Professional Documents
Culture Documents
LA
General
Catalog
2016-17
Academic Calendars
2016 2017
2017 2018
Online Publications
The UCLA General Catalog is available at http://catalog.registrar.ucla.edu. Links to updates of UCLA courses and curricula
are available from the online Catalog main menu.
Consult the online Schedule of Classes for detailed information on registration and enrollment and for academic and administrative deadlines. The online Schedule at http://www.registrar.ucla.edu/schedule/ has the most current information about fees,
deadlines, and courses.
http://www.registrar.ucla.edu
General Catalog
2016-17
Your fellow students at UCLA come from incredibly diverse backgrounds. Those admitted to our
freshman class for 2016-17 are from 50 states and
110 countries. But, like you, all of them are driven
by an unwavering commitment to excellence and
a determination to make a difference wherever
they go.
Our faculty of more than 4,700 is made up of
renowned scholars who are highly regarded as leaders in their fields. Undergraduates, as well as graduate students, have opportunities to study with top
professors and conduct research under their guidance.
This Catalog includes opportunities for graduate and undergraduate students, including those that offer
priority enrollment for lower division students. Among these are Fiat Lux Seminars, which are small
classes in a broad range of subjects; Freshman Clusters, which engage students in yearlong, team-taught
interdisciplinary study of timely topics; and advanced research opportunities.
Our campus is a vibrant community made up of forward-thinking achievers who think outside traditional academic boundaries and share an exuberant sense of possibility. The UCLA experience prepares
leaders who go on to excel all over the world.
I invite you to explore UCLA beyond the contents of this catalog. Visit us on campus, or online at
http://www.ucla.edu.
Gene D. Block
Chancellor
Table of Contents
ACADEMIC CALENDARS . . inside front cover
FROM THE CHANCELLOR OF UCLA . . . . 3
MAJORS AND DEGREES . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Undergraduate Minors and Specializations . . . . . . . . . . 9
Graduate Concurrent and Articulated Degrees . . . . . . 10
ABOUT UCLA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Teaching . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Research . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
The University of California System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
A Brief History of UCLA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Life On Campus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Academic Programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Research Programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Supporting Resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Student Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Student Activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
UCLA Alumni Association . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
UNDERGRADUATE STUDY . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Undergraduate Admission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Financial Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Majors and Degrees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Degree Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Capstone Majors and Programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Undergraduate Research . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Internships and Service Programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Lower Division Seminar Programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Advising and Academic Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Academic Excellence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
GRADUATE STUDY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Graduate Admission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
About the UCLA Graduate Division . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Financial Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Degree Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
ACADEMIC POLICIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Academic Terms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Language of Instruction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Academic Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Grades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Absence and Readmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Transcripts and Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Degrees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Graduation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
5
East Asian Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ecology and Evolutionary Biology . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Electrical Engineering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Emergency Medicine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Engineering Schoolwide Programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Entrepreneurship . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Environmental Health Sciences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Epidemiology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ethnomusicology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Family Medicine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Film, Television, and Digital Media . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Food Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Foreign Literature in Translation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
French and Francophone Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Freshman General Education Clusters . . . . . . . . . . .
Gender Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Geography . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Germanic Languages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gerontology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Global Health . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Global Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Head and Neck Surgery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Health Policy and Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Honors Collegium . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Human Genetics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Indo-European Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Information Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Institute for Society and Genetics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Institute of the Environment and Sustainability . . . .
Integrative Biology and Physiology . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
International and Area Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
International Development Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Italian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Labor and Workplace Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Latin American Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Law . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lesbian, Gay, Bisexual, Transgender, and Queer
Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Life Sciences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Linguistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Materials Science and Engineering . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mathematics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mathematics/Atmospheric and Oceanic Sciences . . .
Mathematics/Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering . . . . . . . . . .
Medicine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Microbiology, Immunology, and Molecular
Genetics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Molecular and Medical Pharmacology . . . . . . . . . . .
Molecular Biology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Molecular, Cell, and Developmental Biology . . . . . .
Molecular, Cellular, and Integrative Physiology . . . .
Molecular Toxicology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Music . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
284
285
295
303
316
324
324
327
338
339
342
346
353
353
363
363
364
368
370
376
383
388
389
390
391
392
396
409
414
415
416
420
425
430
435
442
444
448
450
451
452
454
456
464
476
480
493
494
495
502
503
507
509
510
515
516
517
APPENDIXES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .687
Appendix A: Regulations and Policies . . . . . . . . . . . . 687
Appendix B: University Administrative Officers . . . . 697
Appendix C: Endowed Chairs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 698
Appendix D: Distinguished Teaching Awards . . . . . . 702
INDEX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .706
7
MAJORS AND
DEGREES
8
MAJORS AND
DEGREES
ENGINEERING
Bioengineering Department
Bioengineering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BS, MS, PhD
Chemical and Biomolecular Engineering
Department
Chemical Engineering . . . . . . . . . . . . BS, MS, PhD
Civil and Environmental Engineering
Department
Civil Engineering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BS, MS, PhD
Computer Science Department
Computer Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BS, MS, PhD
Computer Science and Engineering . . . . . . . . . . BS
Electrical Engineering Department
Electrical Engineering. . . . . . . . . . . . . BS, MS, PhD
Engineering Schoolwide Programs
Engineering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .MEngr, MS, Engr
EngineeringAerospace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MS
EngineeringComputer Networking . . . . . . . . . MS
EngineeringElectrical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MS
EngineeringElectronic Materials . . . . . . . . . . . MS
EngineeringIntegrated Circuits . . . . . . . . . . . . MS
EngineeringManufacturing and Design. . . . . . MS
EngineeringMaterials Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . MS
EngineeringMechanical. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MS
EngineeringSignal Processing and
Communications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MS
EngineeringStructural Materials . . . . . . . . . . . MS
Materials Science and Engineering Department
Materials Engineering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BS
Materials Science and Engineering . . . . . . . . . .MS, PhD
Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering
Department
Aerospace Engineering . . . . . . . . . . . . BS, MS, PhD
Manufacturing Engineering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MS
Mechanical Engineering . . . . . . . . . . . BS, MS, PhD
SCHOOL OF DENTISTRY
Dentistry Department
Dental Surgery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DDS
Oral Biology Section
Oral Biology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MS, PhD
SCHOOL OF LAW
Law Department
Law. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LLM, JD, SJD
SCHOOL OF NURSING
Nursing Department
Nursing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BS, MS, MSN, PhD
UNDERGRADUATE MINORS
AND SPECIALIZATIONS
MINORS
College of Letters and Science
African American Studies
African and Middle Eastern Studies
African Studies
American Indian Studies
Ancient Near East and Egyptology
Anthropology
Applied Developmental Psychology
Arabic and Islamic Studies
Armenian Studies
Art History
Asian American Studies
Asian Humanities
Asian Languages
Atmospheric and Oceanic Sciences
Biomedical Research
Central and East European Studies
Chicana and Chicano Studies
Civic Engagement
Classical Civilization
Cognitive Science
Comparative Literature
Conservation Biology
Digital Humanities
Disability Studies
Earth and Environmental Science
East Asian Studies
English
Environmental Systems and Society
European Studies
Evolutionary Medicine
Food Studies
French
Gender Studies
Geochemistry
Geography
Geography/Environmental Studies
Geology
Geophysics and Planetary Physics
Geospatial Information Systems and Technologies
German
Global Health
Global Studies
Greek
Hebrew and Jewish Studies
History of Science and Medicine
Iranian Studies
Israel Studies
Italian
Labor and Workplace Studies
Latin
Latin American Studies
Lesbian, Gay, Bisexual, Transgender, and Queer
Studies
Linguistics
Literature and Environment
Mathematical Biology
Mathematics
Mexican Studies
Middle Eastern Studies
Neuroscience
Philosophy
Portuguese
Russian Language
Russian Literature
Russian Studies
Scandinavian
Science Education
Social Thought
Society and Genetics
South Asian Studies
Southeast Asian Studies
Spanish
Spanish Linguistics
Statistics
Structural Biology
Study of Religion
Systems Biology
Teaching Secondary Mathematics
Graduate School of Education and Information
Studies
Education Studies
Henry Samueli School of Engineering and
Applied Science
Bioinformatics
Environmental Engineering
Herb Alpert School of Music
Music History
Music Industry
John E. Anderson Graduate School of
Management
Accounting
Entrepreneurship
Jonathan and Karin Fielding School of Public
Health
Public Health
9
MAJORS AND
DEGREES
10
MAJORS AND
DEGREES
SPECIALIZATIONS
College of Letters and Science
Computing
Chemistry
Communication Studies
Ecology and Evolutionary Biology
Linguistics
Mathematics
Mathematics/Economics
Molecular, Cell, and Developmental Biology
Psychology
Sociology
GRADUATE CONCURRENT
AND ARTICULATED
DEGREES
Inquiries about concurrent and articulated degree programs should be directed to graduate advisers in the
departments and schools involved. Students should contact Graduate Admissions/Student and Academic Affairs
for information on designing articulated programs.
CONCURRENT DEGREES
Degree
Program
Number
One
Degree
Program
Number
Two
ARTICULATED DEGREES
Degree
Program
Number
One
Degree
Program
Number
Two
About UCLA
Few universities in the world offer the extraordinary
range and diversity of academic programs that students
enjoy at UCLA. Leadership in teaching, research, and
public service make UCLA a beacon of excellence in
higher education, as students, faculty members, and
staff come together in a true community of scholars to
advance knowledge, address societal challenges, and
pursue intellectual and personal fulfillment.
TEACHING
The National Research Council Committee to Assess
Research-Doctorate Programs evaluates the quality of
the faculty in 212 American research universities
approximately every 15 years. Of the 62 doctoral
degree disciplines studied in the 2011 evaluation, 33
UCLA academic departments ranked among the top
10 in the country and 12 ranked among the top 20.
Distinguished faculty members at UCLA include
Nobel prizewinners, Guggenheim fellows, Sloan fellows, and Fulbright scholars, as well as numerous
members of the National Academy of Sciences and the
American Academy of Arts and Sciences. In fact,
UCLA consistently places among the leading universities nationwide in the number of these prestigious
awards granted to its faculty members.
This remarkable pool of talent is shared between one
college and 12 professional schools. The College of
Letters and Science offers programs leading to both
undergraduate and graduate degrees, as do the School
of the Arts and Architecture, Henry Samueli School of
Engineering and Applied Science, Herb Alpert School
of Music, School of Nursing, and School of Theater,
Film, and Television. The other professional schools
offer graduate programs exclusively: the Graduate
School of Education and Information Studies, School
of Law, John E. Anderson Graduate School of Management, Meyer and Renee Luskin School of Public
Affairs and, in the health sciences, the School of Dentistry, David Geffen School of Medicine, and Jonathan
and Karin Fielding School of Public Health.
Undergraduates may earn a Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Science degree in one of 125 different disciplines; graduate students may earn one of 97 masters/
professional and 109 doctoral/professional degrees.
Academic programs undergo continuous review and
evaluation to maintain their excellence, and new
degree programs are added as they are approved by the
Academic Senate or the Regents.
RESEARCH
Pushing the boundaries of the known, UCLA researchersfaculty members and students, both graduate and
undergraduateventure every day into uncharted
worlds from the molecular to the galactic.
Whether its tracing the roots of urban decay, pioneering new drug therapies for cancer, or revealing a black
SERVICE
As a public university, serving the community is one
of UCLAs greatest commitments. Undergraduate and
graduate programs, research activities, community
outreach programs, and grass-roots participation by
students, faculty, staff, and alumni help to forge a partnership between the University and the entire Los
Angeles region.
With the Ronald Reagan UCLA Medical Center,
UCLA furthers its tradition of medical outreach and
assures the highest quality of care to Los Angeles and
the world. Low-income families receive top-quality
treatment from School of Dentistry clinics on campus
and in Venice. The Santa Monica-UCLA Medical
In terms of overall
excellence, UCLA is
one of Americas
most prestigious
and influential
public universities.
It is consistently
rated among the
best universities
in the nation.
12
ABOUT UCLA
Today the University is one of the largest and most renowned centers of higher education
in the world. Its 10 campuses span the state, from Davis in the north to San Diego in the
south. In between are Berkeley, San Francisco, Santa Cruz, Merced, Santa Barbara, Riverside, Irvine and, of course, Los Angeles.
All campuses adhere to the same admission guidelines and high academic standards, yet
each has its own distinct character and academic individuality. Riverside, for example,
excels in the plant sciences and entomology; Davis has a large agricultural school and
the Universitys only veterinary medicine program; San Diego has excellent oceanography
and marine biology programs; San Francisco is devoted exclusively to the health sciences.
Among the campuses there are six medical schools and four law schools, as well as
schools of architecture, business administration, education, engineering, and many others.
The UC campuses have a combined enrollment exceeding 257,438 students, over 84 percent of them California residents. About one fifth study at the graduate level. Some 150
laboratories, extension centers, and research and field stations strengthen teaching and
research while providing public service to California and the nation. The collections of over
100 UC libraries on the 10 campuses are surpassed in size on the American continent only
by the Library of Congress collection.
The UC faculty is internationally known for its distinguished academic achievements. On
its 10 campuses the University has 31 living Nobel laureates, and membership in the National Academy of Sciences is the largest of any university in the country.
The UC system is governed by a Board of Regents whose regular members are appointed
by the Governor of California. In addition to setting general policy and making budgetary
decisions for the UC system, The Regents appoint the President of the University, the
10 chancellors, and the directors and deans who administer the affairs of the individual
campuses and divisions of the University.
The Regents delegate authority in academic matters to the Academic Senate, which determines academic policy for the University as a whole. The Senate, composed of faculty
members and certain administrative officers, determines the conditions for admission and
granting of degrees, authorizes and supervises courses and curricula, and advises University administrators on budgets and faculty appointments and promotions. Individual divisions of the Universitywide Academic Senate
determine academic policy for each campus.
A BRIEF HISTORY OF UCLA
Students participate in policymaking at both
ith only 11,000 inhabitants in 1880, the pueblo of Los Angeles convinced the
campuswide and systemwide levels.
state government to establish a State Normal School in Southern California.
Enthusiastic citizens contributed between $2 and $500 to purchase a site, and
on August 29, 1882, the Los Angeles Branch of the State Normal School welcomed its
first students in a Victorian building that had been erected on the site of an orange grove.
By 1914 Los Angeles had grown to a city of 350,000, and the school moved to new quartersa Hollywood ranch off a dirt road that later became Vermont Avenue. In 1919, the
school became the Southern Branch of the University of California and offered two years
of instruction in Letters and Science. Third- and fourth-year courses were soon added;
the first class of 300 students was graduated in 1925, and by
1927 the Southern Branch had earned its new name: University
of California at Los Angeles. (The name was changed again in
1958 to University of California, Los Angeles.)
Continued growth mandated the selection of a site that could
support a larger campus and, in 1927, ground was broken in
the chaparral-covered hills of Westwood. The four original
buildingsRoyce Hall, Powell Library, Haines Hall, and Kinsey
Hall (now called the Humanities Building)formed a lonesome
cluster in the middle of 400 empty acres. The campus hosted
some 5,500 students its first term in 1929. The Regents established the masters degree at UCLA in 1933 and, three years
later, the doctorate. UCLA was fast becoming a full-fledged
university offering advanced study in almost every field.
The most spectacular growth at UCLA occurred in the 25 years
following World War II, when it tripled its prewar enrollment of 9,000 students and undertook what would become a $260 million building program that included residence halls,
parking structures, laboratories, more classrooms, service buildings, athletic and recreational facilities, and a 581-bed teaching hospital that is now one of the largest and most
highly respected in the world.
LIFE ON CAMPUS
Just five miles from the ocean, UCLA lies in one of the
most attractive areas of Southern California. It is bordered on the north by the protected wilderness of the
Santa Monica Mountains and on the south by Westwood Village. Some 213 buildings on 419 acres house
the College of Letters and Science plus 12 professional
schools and serve more than 43,300 students.
A UNIQUE SETTING
The Romanesque architecture of early UCLA buildings blends with the modern design of new structures
and provides a backdrop for diverse campus settings.
Bruin Walk continually echoes with the chatter of students and vendors, but nearby, the botanical gardens
provide a serene escape. While a hip-hop band energizes lunchtime crowds in the Ackerman quad, a classical recital may be taking place in Schoenberg Music
Building, and students contemplating a Rodin or
Lachaise in the Murphy Sculpture Garden may be
unaware of a political rally organizing in Meyerhoff Park.
To give a feel for the dynamic atmosphere at UCLA,
Undergraduate Admission offers tours tailored to prospective undergraduates. See http://www.admission
.ucla.edu/tours.htm or call 310-825-8764 or 310206-3719.
ACADEMIC
PROGRAMS
UCLA has a tradition of advancing higher education
and the common good through excellence in scholarship, research, and public service. Academic excellence,
faculty distinction, and a comprehensive curriculum
are hallmarks of the UCLA experience. The College of
Letters and Science and 12 graduate and professional
schools present an extraordinary richness and diversity
of teaching programs. The International Education
Office, Summer Sessions, UCLA Extension, and
13
ABOUT UCLA
14
ABOUT UCLA
EDUCATION ABROAD
PROGRAM
The UC Education Abroad Program
(UCEAP) offers short- and longterm study programs in cooperation
with over 115 host universities and
colleges in more than 40 countries throughout the
world. Participating students remain registered on
their home campuses while studying abroad and
receive full academic credit for their work. With careful planning, study abroad should not delay progress
toward graduation. While on EAP, students are eligible
for financial aid. See http://ieo.ucla.edu/uceap.
NON-UC PROGRAMS
Students may also study abroad through other universities and programs not affiliated with UCLA. The
IEO strongly recommends that all students considering non-UC programs consult with the IEO early in
the planning process about UCLA policies on planned
academic leave (PAL), transfer credit, financial support,
and more. UC financial aid is not available for study
abroad on non-UC programs. See http://ieo.ucla.edu/
nonucprograms.
SUMMER SESSIONS
Throughout the summer, UCLA provides three ways
to earn UCLA creditacademic courses, summer
institutes, and travel study. More than 1,600 courses
from over 70 departments are offered in six-, eight-,
nine-, and 10-week sessions. Developed from courses
that are already part of UCLAs regular curriculum,
summer institutes offer the breadth and depth of
UCLAs academic rigor in an intensive, holistic format
that allows students to share a unique hands-on learning experience. Some summer institute programs are
specifically designed for advanced high school students. Travel study programs offer the option to study
various subjects as part of an exciting and challenging
travel experience. Many students take advantage of
summer sessions to put themselves closer to graduation, explore possibilities, and broaden perspectives.
Although visiting students are welcome to enroll,
admission to summer sessions does not constitute
admission to the University in either undergraduate or
graduate standing. Students who wish to attend UCLA
in regular academic terms must follow admission procedures described in the Undergraduate Study and
Graduate Study sections of this catalog.
Regularly enrolled UCLA undergraduate students may
attend summer sessions for full unit and grade credit.
Summer sessions work is recorded on the UCLA transcript, and grades earned are computed in the gradepoint average. Check with a College or school counselor about applying these courses toward degree
requirements and about any limitations the College or
school may impose on summer sessions study. UCLA
financial aid is available to qualified UCLA students.
Regularly enrolled UCLA graduate students may, with
departmental approval, take courses offered in summer
sessions for credit toward a masters or doctoral degree;
consult a graduate adviser in advance concerning this
possibility. Summer sessions courses may also satisfy
UCLA EXTENSION
With over 90,000 adult student enrollments each year,
UCLA Extension is one of the largest university continuing education programs in the world. It is designed
to bring the benefits of the Universityits scholars,
research, and resourcesto the community and the
state as a whole.
Many of UCLA Extensions 5,300 classes are innovative and experimental in content, format, and teaching
methods. Credit and noncredit courses are offered in
nearly every academic discipline, in many interdisciplinary areas, and in emerging fields.
In addition, Extension offers special programs each
term on topical issues as well as those of ongoing public concern. Many noncredit Extension courses offer
the opportunity to earn Continuing Education Units,
widely used for relicensure and other professional/
career-related purposes.
Although registering for Extension courses does not
constitute admission to regular session, degree credit
earned through Extension may apply toward the
UCLA bachelors or masters degree; consult a College
or school counselor or graduate adviser before enrolling. For more information, refer to UCLA Extension
under Transfer Credit in the Academic Policies section
of this catalog.
To obtain the current UCLA Extension Catalog, request
a copy at https://www.uclaextension.edu or contact the
Registration Office, 113 UCLA Extension Building,
10995 Le Conte Avenue, 310-825-9971.
15
ABOUT UCLA
RESEARCH
PROGRAMS
At any given time, more than
6,000 funded research programs
are in progress at UCLA. For
more information on the Organized Research Units listed below,
see https://vcr.ucla.edu/orga
nized-research-units-orus-1.
ORGANIZED
RESEARCH UNITS
Organized Research Units (ORUs) are campuswide
research programs. Members come from more than
one department and normally from more than one
school, college, or division.
Study in various
countries, plus
conferences and
workshops on
culture and history,
are offered
regionally through
UCLA International
Institute.
16
ABOUT UCLA
17
ABOUT UCLA
The ARTEMIS
mission, a joint
effort of the
Institute of
Geophysics and
Planetary Physics,
UC Berkeley, and
NASA, studies the
lunar space
environment.
18
ABOUT UCLA
UCLA-DOE INSTITUTE
FOR GENOMICS AND
PROTEOMICS
The UCLA-DOE Institute for
Genomics and Proteomics, funded
though a Department of Energy
(DOE) contract, conducts
research in bioenergy, carbon capture, microbial genomics, and
structural and functional studies
of organisms and their constituents. Institute faculty members
have joint appointments in academic departments and teach at
both undergraduate and graduate
levels. Major facilities include a
biomedical cyclotron, advanced
scanning equipment, and macromolecular crystallization, nuclear
magnetic resonance, protein
expression, and X-ray crystallography facilities. See http://www
.doe-mbi.ucla.edu or call 310825-3754.
SPECIALIZED
RESEARCH CENTERS,
LABORATORIES, AND
INSTITUTES
At any given time,
over 5,000
funded research
programs are in
progress at UCLA.
forecast) in the Anderson Graduate School of Management and the Center for Study of Evaluation and the
National Center for Research on Evaluation, Standards, and Student Testing (http://www.cse.ucla.edu)
in the Graduate School of Education and Information
Studies, which are at the forefront of efforts to improve
the quality of education and learning in America.
In the health sciences, research ranges from improving
the quality of life for patients and caregivers at the
Mary S. Easton Center for Alzheimers Disease
Research at UCLA (http://www.eastonad.ucla.edu) to
epidemiology, immunology, and the clinical management of AIDS at the UCLA AIDS Institute (http://
aidsinstitute.ucla.edu) and the Center for Clinical
AIDS Research and Education (https://www.ucla
health.org/care-center/). The Fernald Child Study
Center (https://www.psych.ucla.edu/centers-programs
/fernald-child-study-center) focuses on the study and
treatment of a variety of childhood behavioral problems and learning disorders.
In the physical sciences and engineering, the Institute
for Pure and Applied Mathematics (http://www.ipam
.ucla.edu) makes connections between a wide spectrum of mathematicians and scientists and broadens
the range of applications in which mathematics is
used. The UCLA Logic Center (http://www.logic.ucla
.edu) fosters teaching and research in logic, broadly
understood to include all areas of mathematical and
philosophical logic, as well as the applications of logic
to philosophy, linguistics, and computer science. On
other frontiers, the Center for Embedded Networked
Sensing (http://www.cens.ucla.edu) develops embedded networked sensing systems to monitor and collect
information on plankton colonies, endangered species,
soil and air contaminants, medical patients, and buildings, bridges, and other man-made structures.
The Center for Study of Urban Poverty (http://www
.csup.ucla.edu) initiates new research on issues related
to urban poverty and sponsors seminars in the field.
The Center for Policy Research on Aging (http://luskin
.ucla.edu/content/center-policy-research-aging) addresses
the significant issues of an aging society through policy
analysis, dissemination of information, and technical
assistance to the public and private sectors.
SUPPORTING
RESOURCES
As UCLA students and scholars advance knowledge,
illuminate the past, shape the present, and uncover
the future, they rely on resources that support their
endeavors in all fields. From a top-rated library to outdoor nature reserves, the campus is well-equipped to
meet diverse scholastic needs.
19
ABOUT UCLA
LIBRARIES
The UCLA Library, a campuswide network of libraries
serving programs of study and research in many fields,
is among the top 10 academic research libraries in
North America. The total collections number more
than 11 million volumes, and over 78,000 serial titles
are received regularly.
Reference librarians are available in all library units to
answer questions about using online systems and to
provide assistance with reference and research topics.
Students locate and identify materials through the
librarys Web-based online information systems. The
UCLA Library Catalog contains records for all UCLA
Library holdings and other campus collections, including the Archive Research and Study Center of the Film
and Television Archive, Chicano Studies Research
Center Library, Ethnomusicology Archive, Social Science Data Archive, Instructional Media Collections
and Services, and William Andrews Clark Memorial
Library. It also provides library item location and circulation status.
Other available catalogs
include the UC Libraries
Catalog (Melvyl), WorldCat,
Center for Research Libraries,
Online Archive of California,
numerous abstracting and
indexing databases, and gateways to other systems. The
Melvyl Catalog contains information on library holdings at
all 10 UC campuses.
While continuing to develop
and manage collections of traditional printed materials, the
UCLA Library also makes a
number of digital resources
available for campus use
through the library site. These
include College Library electronic reserves and electronic
journals, texts, reference
resources, periodical indexes,
and abstracts. See http://www
.library.ucla.edu.
ARTS LIBRARY
Housed in 1400 Public Affairs Building, the Arts
Library has more than 300,000 books on architecture,
architectural history, art, art history, design, fashion
and costume, film, television, photography as fine art,
studio art, theater, urban design, and allied disciplines.
It also contains the Elmer Belt Library of Vinciana, a
special collection of rare books and incunabula about
Leonardo da Vinci and related materials in Renaissance studies. Performing Arts Special Collections,
housed in the Young Research Library, contain noncirculating materials including the Artists File; archival
records of major Southern California motion picture
studios and television production companies; scripts
from film, television, and radio; animation art; personal papers of writers, directors, and producers; pho-
The Fowler
Museum collections
focus on arts and
culture focusing on
West and Central
Africa, Asia and the
Pacific, and the
Americas.
The Hammer
Museum is known
for its collection of
impressionist and
post-impressionist
art, and exhibits
by contemporary
artists.
20
ABOUT UCLA
The Darling Law Library collects published case decisions, statutes, and codes of the federal and state
governments of the U.S. and other common law
jurisdictions, legal treatises and periodicals in AngloAmerican and international law, and appropriate international and comparative law holdings. The Law
Library reports to the dean of the School of Law and
contains over 600,000 print volumes and over 30,000
electronic titles. See http://www.law.ucla.edu/library/
or call 310-825-4743 or 310-825-6414.
MUSIC LIBRARY
The collections of the Music Library in the Schoenberg Music Building include books, music scores, sheet
music, video and sound recordings, microforms, and
interactive media on Western music history and criticism; world music styles, cultures, and traditions; and
music theory, aesthetics, philosophy, and organology.
Performing Arts Special Collections, housed in the
Young Research Library, include rare printed and manuscript books, scores, and opera librettos; personal
papers of prominent Southern California composers,
performers, and writers on music; and archives of film,
television, and radio music. See http://www.library
.ucla.edu/music or call 310-825-4882 or 310-825-1353.
POWELL LIBRARY
Powell (College) Library, located in the Powell Library
Building, features collections and services in support of
the undergraduate curriculum in the College of Letters
and Science (humanities and social, life, and physical
sciences). Course reserve materials, including books,
articles, audiotapes, homework solutions, lecture notes,
and Academic Publishing Service Readers, are available
for loan. The Campus Library Instructional Computing Commons, located on the first floor of Powell
Library, provides students with access to computers and
multimedia equipment, and Night Powell provides
study space in a late-night reading room. There are
Inquiry Laboratories with research workshops and an
office of the Undergraduate Writing Center. See http://
www.library.ucla.edu/powell or call 310-825-1938.
21
ABOUT UCLA
OTHER COLLECTIONS
The Ethnomusicology Archive
(http://www.ethnomusic.ucla
.edu/archive/) houses over
100,000 sound and audiovisual recordings of folk, ethnic,
and non-Western classical
music, while the Social Science Data Archive (http://
www.library.ucla.edu/location/social-science-dataarchive or http://dataarchives.ss.ucla.edu) contains a
collection of statistical databases for the social sciences.
The UCLA Lab School Gonda Family Library (http://
www.labschool.ucla.edu/learning/library) features contemporary materials for children from kindergarten
through junior high school and adult works on childrens literature.
Recordings and a
vast collection of
musical instruments
from non-Western
countries are
held by the
Ethnomusicology
Archive.
22
ABOUT UCLA
BIOLOGICAL COLLECTIONS
The Biological Collections of the Ecology and Evolutionary Biology Department include marine fishes from
the Eastern Pacific and Gulf of California, and birds
and mammals primarily from the Western U.S., Canada, Mexico, and Central America. The department
also maintains a more limited collection of amphibians, reptiles, and fossil vertebrates. See https://www.eeb
.ucla.edu/dickey/index.php or call 310-825-1282.
Evolutionary Biology, Geography, Physics and Astronomy, and the Institute of the Environment and Sustainability utilize Stunt Ranch and other NRS sites. See
http://stuntranch.ucnrs.org. For more information,
contact the Director of Research at garyb@ucla.edu or
call 310-825-5063.
STUDENT SERVICES
Like a small city, UCLA has its own police department
and fire marshal, an equivalent to the phone company,
health center, corner restaurants, and shops. Hundreds
of services for the campus community facilitate academic and personal endeavors.
ACADEMIC COUNSELING
Many sources of academic counseling are available.
Faculty advisers and counselors in the College and
each school help students with major selection, program planning, academic difficulties, degree requirements, and petitions.
Advisers in each department counsel undergraduates
concerning majors offered and their requirements, and
possible career and graduate school options (see Advising and Academic Assistance in the Undergraduate
Study section of this catalog). In addition, special graduate advisers are available in each department to assist
prospective and currently enrolled graduate students.
BRUIN ONLINE
Bruin OnLine (BOL) is the campus Internet service
provider for UCLA students, faculty, and staff and a
vehicle for accessing campus network communication
services. Bruin OnLine services include access to the
campus backbone network and the Internet, e-mail
accounts, Google Apps for UCLA, Box, and personal
web hosting. Wireless Internet access is available in
select campus locations for BOL account holders. Utility software can be downloaded from the BOL website.
Help desk services are available online, by e-mail at
consult@ucla.edu, by telephone at 310-267-4357, and
at the BOL office in Kerckhoff Hall. See https://www
.bol.ucla.edu.
COMPUTER LABORATORIES
Student computer laboratories are supported through
the Campus Library Instructional Computing Commons (CLICC, http://www.library.ucla.edu/clicc), a
collaborative effort of the Center for Digital Humanities (http://www.cdh.ucla.edu), Social Sciences Computing (https://computing.sscnet.ucla.edu/labs/),
Office of Instructional Development, and Powell
Library. Some 15 computer laboratories are available
throughout the campus, each with computers, peripherals, software, and services that cater to specific areas of
study. See the websites listed above or https://www.it
.ucla.edu/ucla-computer-labs for further information.
COURSE READERS
Course Reader Solutions provides faculty custom
course readers in both traditional print and ebook formats, obtaining 5,000 copyright authorizations each
year. The office is located in the Textbooks Department on the A Level of Ackerman Union. See http://
shop.uclastore.com/c-323-custom-course-readers.aspx
or call 310-825-2831.
COURSE WEBSITES
The Instructional Enhancement Initiative (IEI) assures
that all UCLA undergraduate nontutorial courses provide an individual online course website for faculty
members, teaching assistants, and enrolled students.
The sites facilitate the distribution of supplementary
course materials, lecture notes, homework assignments, research links, and electronic communication,
including virtual office hours and class bulletin boards
for interactive question and answer sessions. Instructors decide which of these online capabilities are best
suited to their course websites.
MYUCLA
MyUCLA provides the easiest way for students to gain
real-time access to their academic, financial, and personal records. The site is designed with an intuitive
visual interface that walks students through the different steps of the procedure they are trying to accomplish, whether it be to check their billing accounts,
change address information, view and print Study Lists
or Degree Progress Reports (DPRs) or Degree Audits,
or see term grades. MyUCLA also provides a convenient way to enroll in classes, to verify enrollment
appointment times, and to view real-time enrollment
counts.
Other features include a notifications section for
important announcements; a subscriptions section to
access online information from newspapers, journals,
or magazines or from University departments, clubs,
and organizations; a personal calendar; and links to
UCLA online resources, including the Schedule of
Classes and UCLA General Catalog. WebMail provides
students an intuitive way to access private e-mail
accounts from any computer through MyUCLA.
Students access the site using their UCLA Logon ID
and password. MyUCLA operates Sunday from noon
through Tuesday at 1 a.m. and Tuesday through Saturday from 6 a.m. to 1 a.m., including holidays. See
http://my.ucla.edu or call 310-206-4525.
benefits, tutorial assistance, and the work-study program; issues fee waivers to dependents of California veterans who are deceased or disabled because of serviceconnected injuries and who meet the income restrictions in Education Code Section 10652; and certifies
student status for recipients of educational benefits.
MENTAL HEALTH
SERVICES
Services for mental health range from routine counseling and psychotherapy to crisis counseling.
Counseling and Psychological Services
Counseling and Psychological Services (CAPS) offers
short-term personal counseling and psychotherapy in
221 Wooden Center West, 310-825-0768.
23
ABOUT UCLA
24
ABOUT UCLA
911
310-825-1491
310-825-2111
310-794-WALK
STUDENT GOVERNMENT
Many facets of student life at UCLA are sponsored or
organized by student government. Getting involved in
the decision-making process is rewarding and offers
avenues of expression students may not find in other
aspects of their university experience.
Graduate Students Association
The Graduate Students Association (GSA) is the official organization representing UCLA graduate and
professional students in academic, administrative,
campus, and statewide areas. GSA appoints or elects
graduate student members to important campus organizations and committees from the Student Fee Advisory Committee to the committees of the Academic
Senate. It sponsors graduate student orientation, the
Graduate Student Resource Center, the Graduate
Writing Center, and various graduate student journals,
programs, and social events, including the Melnitz
Movies film program. See http://gsa.asucla.ucla.edu or
call 310-206-8512.
Undergraduate Students Association
Undergraduate student government is embodied in the
Undergraduate Students Association (USA). Its governing body, the Undergraduate Students Association
Council (USAC), is comprised of elected officers as
well as appointed administrative, alumni, and faculty
representatives. Every UCLA undergraduate student is
a member of USA. See https://www.usac.ucla.edu.
The breadth of USA activities offers an invaluable service to the campus and surrounding communities and
provides students the opportunity to participate in and
benefit from these endeavors. For example, USA programs benefit both campus and community through
programs to tutor youths and adults, address health
needs of ethnic communities, combat poverty and
homelessness, and better the environment.
Student government also supports approximately 20
student advocacy groups on campus from the African
Student Union to the Vietnamese Student Union.
CAMPUS EVENTS
Each year approximately 40,000 students, faculty, and
staff attend programs of the Campus Events Commission (CEC), including a low-cost film program, a
speakers program, and performances by dozens of
outstanding entertainers. See http://www.uclacec.com
or call 310-825-1958.
The Speakers Program brings entertainers, politicians,
and literary figures to campus and presents two annual
awards programsthe Jack Benny Award for comedic
excellence and the Spencer Tracy Award for outstanding screen performance. Speakers and awardees have
included notables as varied as Bill Gates, Whoopi
Goldberg, and Tom Hanks.
The Concert Program brings new and name performing artists like Rage Against the Machine or A Tribe
Called Quest to UCLA for free and affordably priced
concerts.
The Cultural Affairs Commission sponsors art exhibits
in the Kerckhoff Hall Art Gallery, the JazzReggae
Festival, Bruin Bash, Hip Hop Congress, and Worldfest. See http://www.culturalaffairsla.com or call 310825-6564.
and cultural affairs both on and off campus. Prospective staffers are welcome.
Online Media
Student Media supports the Bruinwalk.com community portal website at http://www.bruinwalk.com.
Features include UCLA professor reviews, used book
trading, reviews of apartments near UCLA, and a
campus calendar.
UCLAradio
UCLAradio broadcasts live over the Internet from
http://uclaradio.com and features college alternative,
hip-hop, jazz, and world music. It also covers select
Bruin football, basketball, and baseball games and a
lineup of sports talk shows. Studios are in Ackerman
Union, 310-825-9999 (request line) or 310-825-6955;
all positions, including on-air, news staff, and advertising representatives, are open to students.
UCLA Yearbook
The UCLA yearbook, BruinLife, is one of the largest
student publication efforts on campus. It contains
photographs and information on undergraduate students, graduating seniors, athletic teams, fraternities
and sororities, and campus activities. Students who
would like to participate may contact the yearbook
staff. See http://bruinlife.com or call 310-825-2640.
UCLA RESTAURANTS
ASUCLA operates more than a dozen restaurants and
two coffee houses on campus, assuring a range of eating options from Italian to sushi. From the residence
halls to the student union, a restaurant is never far.
Hours vary, especially during summer and holidays.
For hours and locations of all the restaurants, see http://
asucla.ucla.edu/ucla-restaurant-hours/.
UCLA STORE
In terms of sales, the UCLA
Store is the biggest college store
in the nation. There are five locations on campus. Author signings, sales, and other special
events are announced in the
Daily Bruin or on the UCLA
Store site. See http://shop.ucla
store.com.
The UCLA StoreAckerman
Union, (310) 825-7711, has
eight departments. The Textbooks department carries
required and recommended texts
for most undergraduate and
many graduate courses and operates a buyback service so students can sell used texts.
BookZone offers reference books
and a wide selection of titles in
literature, science, history, and
technical disciplines, including
the UCLA Faculty Authors section. The Computer
Store carries personal computers, peripherals, accessories, and software at low academic prices. Essentials
offers school and office supplies, including consumables for computer printers. BearWear specializes in
UCLA emblematic merchandise. Fast Track carries
active sportswear for men and women, plus an extensive Clinique counter. Market is a convenience store,
25
ABOUT UCLA
26
ABOUT UCLA
SERVICES FOR
STUDENT LIFE
From housing to transportation,
basic student needs are facilitated by services designed to
enhance all aspects of student
living.
New freshman and
transfer students
who are admitted
for fall quarter and
apply on time are
guaranteed
housing. Graduate
student housing is
also available.
ACCOMMODATIONS
The UCLA Housing website is the best guide for finding the right kind of accommodation for different lifestyles and budgets. It includes detailed information
about the different residence options, dining plans,
support and extracurricular programs, and an online
housing application. See https://housing.ucla.edu or
call 310-206-7011.
On-Campus Housing
Many students, especially those in their first year,
choose to live on campus. Besides the convenience, its
BANKING
Automated teller machines representing several major
banks are located in Ackerman Union and near restaurants and shops around campus.
The University Credit Union has an office in West Los
Angeles and a branch office in Ackerman Union. See
https://www.ucu.org or call 310-477-6628.
BRUINCARD
The UCLA BruinCard is a mandatory campuswide
identification card that can electronically confirm student status and eligibility for services. Supportive
photo identification, such as a drivers license or state
ID, passport, or military ID, is required when the card
is issued.
The primary benefit of the BruinCard is convenience.
It is a versatile card that serves the following functions:
confirmation of student status; ID card for faculty,
staff, and students; residence hall access and meal card;
laundry card; library card; recreation card; debit card
(if activated) for purchases at campus stores and restaurants on and off campus; and access to the Santa Monica and Culver City bus lines.
Students with a hold from an office with which they
have an outstanding obligation (financial, academic, or
administrative) may not receive services until the hold
is released by the initiating office. For details on outstanding holds and initiating offices, check MyUCLA
at http://my.ucla.edu.
The BruinCard center is located in 123 Kerckhoff
Hall. See https://secure.bruincard.ucla.edu/bcw/web/
home.aspx to check account balance, make deposits,
view recent transactions, and report lost or stolen cards
or call 310-825-2336.
CAREER CENTER
The UCLA Career Center, located in the Strathmore
Building, offers career planning and employment assistance free to all UCLA students. See http://career.ucla
.edu or call 310-206-1915.
Career Planning and Exploration
Career counselors provide assistance in selecting a
major, setting realistic career goals, investigating career
options, evaluating graduate and professional school
programs, and developing skills to conduct a successful
job search. Information on local, national, and international internship opportunities can assist students in
exploring different career possibilities, making important professional contacts, and obtaining valuable onthe-job experience. The Career Center library offers a
collection of over 3,000 resources, including careerrelated books and directories, videos, periodicals, and
other materials. In addition, the Career Center offers
workshops on a variety of career-related topics; many
are repeated several times each term.
Employment Assistance
Students who need extra money to finance their college degree can find a large volume of part-time, temporary, and seasonal employment leads advertised
through the Career Centers 24-hour BruinView
online listings. Students and recent graduates looking
for full-time, entry-level career positions may access
hundreds of current professional, managerial, and
technical openings in numerous career fields. Seniors
and graduate students may participate in campus interviews for positions in corporations, government, notfor-profit organizations, elementary and secondary
schools, community colleges,
and four-year academic institutions. Annual career fairs
and special events offer additional opportunities to meet
potential employers.
27
ABOUT UCLA
TM
CENTRAL TICKET
OFFICE
Tickets for UCLA events are
available at the Central
Ticket Office (CTO) in the
James West Alumni Center.
As part of its service, CTO
offers students with current
BruinCards discount tickets
to campus athletic and cultural events and local movies. Students may also
purchase tickets to off-campus events through Ticketmaster, as well as student
discount tickets for Los Angeles area buses. See http://
tickets.ucla.edu or call 310-825-2101.
CHILD CARE
UCLA Early Care and Education (ECE) operates three
accredited child care centers near the University and
student housing. Care is provided for children two
months to six years old at most centers. Fees depend
on the age of the child. A limited number of state
grants and partial scholarship subsidies is available for
eligible student families. See https://www.ece.ucla.edu
or call 310-825-5086.
The ECE Child Care Resource Program helps parents
make off-campus child care arrangements and coordinates a Choosing Child Care Forum each month. See
https://www.ece.ucla.edu/programs/ece-resource-andinformation-program or send e-mail to childcareinfor
mation@ece.ucla.edu.
University Parents Nursery School is a UCLA-affiliated, parent-participation, multicultural cooperative
school for two- through five-year-old children of UCLA
students, faculty, and staff. It is located in the Univer-
BruinCard is a
student ID that also
grants access to
residence halls and
recreation, and
offers retail and
transportation
discounts.
28
ABOUT UCLA
POST OFFICES
Campus mail is handled by UCLA Mail, Document,
and Distribution Services, which offers full-service
document processing and delivery for the campus community. See https://www.mdds.ucla.edu or call 310825-0374.
ASUCLA operates a U.S. Postal Service express post
office on A Level in Ackerman Union. Call 310-2065596 for more information.
STUDENT
ACTIVITIES
The opportunities to participate in extracurricular
activities at UCLA are virtually unlimited and provide
a good way for students to expand their horizons
beyond classroom learning.
29
ABOUT UCLA
30
ABOUT UCLA
DEPARTMENT EVENTS
The Ethnomusicology Department provides students
with the opportunity to perform in various world music
and jazz ensembles that provide concerts listed in the
departments schedule of events. See http://www.ethno
music.ucla.edu.
The Film, Television, and Digital Media Department
features student-directed films and television programs
throughout the year, and the Theater Department
presents a series of major productions to the general
public. The School of Theater, Film, and Televisions
annual Design Showcase West and Film Festival is a
week-long celebration of film, digital media, animation, screenwriting, and acting that features everything
from performance art to the classics. See http://www
.tft.ucla.edu.
The Music Department features performances by
ensembles ranging from music theater to opera. In
addition, the Gluck Outreach Program and Music
Partnership Program provide community outreach
through free performances throughout the Los Angeles
and Southern California region. See http://www.music
.ucla.edu.
The World Arts and Cultures/Dance Department
presents events and concerts involving departmental
faculty members, guest artists, and students. Student
performances include M.F.A. concerts, an undergraduate and graduate student-produced concert, and the
Senior Concert/Colloquium. Students also perform in
more informal programs, such as the end-of-term student works festival or Pau Hana, that feature many
world dance forms. See http://www.wacd.ucla.edu.
ART OF PERFORMANCE
ATHLETIC FACILITIES
The major indoor arena at UCLA is the famed Pauley
Pavilion, which seats approximately 13,800 for UCLA
basketball, volleyball, and gymnastics events. It was the
site of the 1984 Summer Olympics gymnastics competition. Immediately adjacent, Drake Stadium is the
home of UCLA track and field and soccer competitions and site of many outdoor events, including the
U.S. Olympic Festival 1991. The Spieker Aquatics
Center is home to the UCLA water polo, swimming,
and diving teams. The Los Angeles Tennis Center, a
5,800-seat outdoor tennis stadium and clubhouse,
was the site of the 1984 Olympic tennis competition.
Easton Softball Stadium, which seats 1,300, is the
home of the championship womens softball team. The
Morgan Intercollegiate Athletics Center houses the
UCLA Athletic Hall of Fame and the actual personal
den of Coach John Wooden. Off-campus facilities
include Jackie Robinson Stadium for varsity baseball
and the renowned Rose Bowl in Pasadena, home of the
UCLA football team.
UCLA RECREATION
To help students learn new skills, meet people with
similar interests, relieve stress, and increase fitness, the
Department of Cultural and Recreational Affairs (CRA)
OUTDOOR ADVENTURES
Outdoor Adventures, 310-2061252, offer students the chance
to get away and enjoy the wonders of local and distant mountains and waterways. Activities
designed for beginning to
experienced outdoors people
include bike rides, UCLA
Challenge Course, camping,
rock climbing, scuba diving,
windsurfing, canoeing, kayaking, and hiking.
CLASS PROGRAMS
Noncredit recreation classes,
310-206-5612, in arts, dance,
fitness sports, golf, kayaking,
martial arts, outdoor adventures, rock wall, rowing, sailing,
standup paddling, surfing,
swimming, tennis, water aerobics, windsurfing, yoga, and a variety of group fitness
programs are offered for beginning and intermediate
levels. Private lessons in tennis, fitness activities, swimming, racquetball, martial arts, golf, and other activities are also available. Fitness is offered either as a
recreation class or on a drop-in basis.
31
ABOUT UCLA
32
FACILITIES
ABOUT UCLA
For registered students who prefer independent recreation and exercise, CRA offers access to many facilities.
The John R. Wooden Recreation and Sports Center
has multiple gymnasia, basketball, volleyball, and badminton courts, handball/racquetball/squash courts, a
weight training facility, rock climbing wall, exercise/
dance and martial arts studios, and a games lounge.
The Sunset Canyon Recreation Center offers activities
in an outdoor park setting that features a 50-meter
swimming pool, 25-yard family pool, picnic/barbecue
areas, play fields, outdoor amphitheater, six lighted
tennis courts, sand volleyball court, two multipurpose
sports courts, and various meeting rooms and lounges,
as well as a Challenge Course. The UCLA Marina
Aquatic Center offers sailing, windsurfing, kayaking,
rowing, surfing, and other activities. Students also have
the use of Pauley Pavilion, Drake Stadium, Sycamore
Tennis Courts, Los Angeles Tennis Center, Intramural
Fields, Student Activities Center, and Kaufman Hall
for recreational sports and activities.
UCLA ALUMNI
ASSOCIATION
Celebrating 82 years of serving the UCLA community,
the UCLA Alumni Association has more than 92,000
members, making it one of the largest alumni groups
in the nation. Whether a person is a recent graduate, a
pioneer Bruin, or somewhere in between, membership
in the Alumni Association is the best way to stay connected to UCLA and its growing excellence.
Membership dues enable the Alumni Association to
serve as an advocate on campus and to play the vital
role of guardian of the value of every UCLA degree.
Dues also support programs such as Beat SC Bonfire
and Rally, I Love UCLA Week, Locks of Love, Dinners
for 12 Strangers, Spring Sing, UCLA Alumni Day,
senior events, class reunions, career events, and the
scholarship program.
The association offers many benefits and services,
including alumni career and travel services. Members
make friends, pursue lifelong learning, save money,
and make a difference. UCLA graduates, Bruin parents, and friends of the University are invited to take
advantage of all the association has to offer. Offices are
in the James West Alumni Center. See https://alumni
.ucla.edu. Call 310-825-2586 or, outside Los Angeles
County, 800-825-2586 for further information.
Undergraduate Study
UCLA Undergraduate Admission (UA) invites prospective students to visit UCLA for individual or group
tours of the campus. Reservations are required. See
http://www.admission.ucla.edu/tours.htm or call 310825-8764 or 310-206-3719.
UNDERGRADUATE
ADMISSION
Undergraduate Admission
1147 Murphy Hall
310-825-3101
http://www.admission.ucla.edu
ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS
Entrance requirements established by the University
follow the guidelines set forth in the California Master
Plan for Higher Education, which requires that the top
12.5 percent of the states high school graduates be
eligible for admission to the University of California.
Requirements are designed to ensure that all eligible
students are adequately prepared for University-level
work.
Fulfilling the minimum admission requirements does
not assure admission to UCLA. Admission is based on
demonstrated high scholarship in preparatory work
going well beyond the minimum eligibility requirements. High school honors level and Advanced Placement courses are good preparation regardless of the
desired major. UCLA offers admission to those students
with the best overall academic preparation, viewed in
the context of the applicants academic and personal
circumstances, extracurricular and volunteer experiences, and the overall strength of the UCLA applicant
pool. For details, see http://www.admission.ucla.edu.
WHEN TO APPLY
All majors and programs in the College of Letters and
Science; Henry Samueli School of Engineering and
Applied Science; Herb Alpert School of Music; School
of the Arts and Architecture; School of Nursing; and
School of Theater, Film, and Television are open for
fall quarter. The application filing period is November
1 through 30 of the prior year. See http://www
.admission.ucla.edu/prospect/applying.htm for up-todate information on application procedures.
NOTIFICATION OF ADMISSION
The UC Application Center e-mails notices to
acknowledge receipt of applications. Subsequently,
UCLA Undergraduate Admission notifies students of
the admission decision. Fall quarter freshman applicants are notified beginning in late March and transfers in late April.
Students who are offered admission are asked to submit a Statement of Intent to Register and a Statement
of Legal Residence. A nonrefundable deposit, also
required at this time, is applied to the Student Services
ADMISSION AS A FRESHMAN
Students are considered freshman applicants if they
have not enrolled in a regular session of any collegelevel institution since graduation from high school.
Students who attend summer session immediately
following high school graduation are still considered
freshman applicants.
34
UNDERGRADUATE
STUDY
To be considered
for admission as a
freshman, students
must meet three
main requirements:
the subject
requirement, the
scholastic
requirement, and
the examination
requirement.
To be competitive,
applicants need to
present an
academic profile
much stronger than
that represented by
the minimum
admission
requirements.
Subject Requirement
The subject requirement, sometimes called A to G
requirements, is a sequence of high school academic
courses required for admission to the University. Each
course must be completed with a grade of C or better.
The requirement consists of 15 year-long courses, with
11 completed by the end of the junior (eleventh grade)
year. These are the minimum requirements; students
should exceed these requirements whenever possible.
A. History/Social Science. Two years of history/social
science, including one year of world history, cultures,
and geography, and one year of U.S. history or onehalf year of U.S. history and one-half year of civics or
American government
B. English. Four years of college preparatory
English that include frequent and regular writing, and
reading of classic and modern literature, poetry, and
drama. No more than one year of ESL-type courses
can be used to meet this requirement
C. Mathematics. Three years of college preparatory
mathematics that include the topics covered in elementary and advanced algebra and two- and threedimensional geometry (four years are recommended,
including trigonometry and calculus). Approved integrated mathematics courses may be used to fulfill part
or all of this requirement, as may mathematics courses
taken in the seventh and eighth grades if the high
school accepts them as equivalent to its own mathematics courses
D. Laboratory Science. Two years of laboratory science (three years are recommended) that provide fundamental knowledge in at least two of the three
foundational subjects: biology, chemistry, and physics.
Advanced laboratory science courses that have biology,
chemistry, or physics as requisites and offer substantial
new material may be used to fulfill this requirement.
The last two years of an approved three-year integrated
science program that provides rigorous coverage of at
least two of the three foundational subjects may also be
used to fulfill this requirement
E. Language Other than English. Two years (or the
equivalent of the second level of high school instruction) of the same language other than English (three to
four years are recommended). Courses should emphasize speaking and understanding and include instruction in grammar, vocabulary, reading, composition,
and culture. American Sign Language and classical languages such as Greek and Latin are acceptable. Courses
in languages other than English taken in the seventh
and eighth grades may be used to fulfill part or all of
this requirement if the high school accepts them as
equivalent to its own courses
F. Visual and Performing Arts. One year-long visual
and performing arts course selected from dance,
drama/theater, music, or visual art
G. College Preparatory Electives. One year (two
semesters), in addition to those required in A to F
above, selected from the following areas: history,
English, advanced mathematics, laboratory science,
language other than English (a third year in the language used for the e requirement or two years of
2 years
b. English
4 years
c. Mathematics
3 years
d. Laboratory Science
2 years
2 years
1 year
1 year
ADMISSION SELECTION
UCLA selects students using a carefully designed holistic
evaluation process that takes into account an applicants
achievements, both academic and nonacademic, in the
context of the opportunities available to the student.
Among other factors, holistic evaluation specifically
considers academic grade-point average; performance
on standardized tests; the quality, quantity, and level of
coursework taken; sustained participation in activities
that develop academic and intellectual abilities; leadership and initiative; employment and personal responsibilities; and overcoming life challenges related to
personal or family situations.
Because admission requirements and selection criteria
may change, freshman applicants should see http://
www.admission.ucla.edu/Prospect/Adm_fr.htm for the
most complete and up-to-date information.
ADMISSION AS A TRANSFER
STUDENT
Students are considered transfer applicants if they have
enrolled in a regular fall, winter, or spring session (1) at
another college or university or (2) in college-level
extension courses. (This does not include attending a
summer session immediately following high school
graduation.) Students may not disregard their college
record and apply for admission as a freshman.
In accordance with the California Master Plan for
Higher Education, first preference is given to California community college applicants. Applicants transferring from other UC campuses are next in priority,
followed by applicants transferring from other colleges
and universities. Each application receives a holistic
evaluation, integrating all available information. Students attaining senior standing are generally not
admitted.
INTERCAMPUS TRANSFERS
Undergraduate students registered in a regular session at
any University of California campus (or those previously registered who have not since registered at any
other school) may apply for transfer to another campus of the University. Submit the UC Application for
Transfer Admission and Scholarships with the required
application fees. The filing periods and admission
requirements are the same as those for new applicants.
Students who have attended another UC campus and
wish to be considered for admission to UCLA must
have been in good standing when they left that campus. Intercampus transfers are not automatic; students
must compete with all other applicants.
REGISTRATION
Registrars Office
1113 Murphy Hall
310-825-1091, option 6
http://www.registrar.ucla.edu
PAYING FEES
Details on fee payment, enrollment
procedures, and deadlines are in the
Schedule of Classes at https://sa.ucla
.edu/ro/public/soc.
INTERNATIONAL APPLICANTS
E-BILL
ANNUAL UNDERGRADUATE
FEES
Although the exact cost of attending
UCLA varies, there are some fees that
35
UNDERGRADUATE
STUDY
36
UNDERGRADUATE
STUDY
MISCELLANEOUS FEES
Miscellaneous fees include charges for late registration
fees payment. Late fees also apply if students file their
study list late or do not pay off BruinBill balances on
time. Fees are charged if any check is returned by a
bank for any reason. Charges are assessed for most
petitions and other special requests. A full list of miscellaneous fees is posted at http://www.registrar.ucla
.edu/Fees-Residence/Overview.
FEE REFUNDS
Students who formally withdraw from the University
may receive partial refunds of fees. For information on
withdrawal, see the Academic Policies section of this
catalog or consult the Registrars Office website at
http://migration.registrar.ucla.edu/RegistrationClasses/Registration-and-Payment/Refunds-andReductions/Refunds for policy details and specific
refund deadlines for each term.
IN-PERSON ENROLLMENT
Late registration, processing, and penalty fees are waivable on request in writing to the office assessing the
fees only if they were incurred through the fault of the
University or because a student suffered sudden and
debilitating injury or accident.
ENROLLING IN CLASSES
New students should see an academic counselor before
enrolling in classes (counseling is required in the
Henry Samueli School of Engineering and Applied
Science). Counselors help new students select courses
and formulate a schedule tailored to their academic
interests or degree objectives.
New Student Orientation takes new students through
a step-by-step process designed to ensure that they
enroll in an effective program.
The Schedule of Classes (https://sa.ucla.edu/ro/public/
soc) contains listings of class times, meeting rooms,
instructors, and all information necessary for enrolling
in classes. Use the Schedule and academic counseling
to assemble a program of courses.
MYUCLA ENROLLMENT
Students enroll in classes through MyUCLA, which is
accessed at http://my.ucla.edu. The site walks students
through the enrollment procedure.
Students are assigned specific timescalled enrollment
appointmentswhen they are allowed to enroll. Use
MyUCLA to determine enrollment appointments.
Also use MyUCLA for other enrollment-related tasks,
such as adding, dropping, or exchanging classes, joining the wait list for a class and checking wait list status,
or changing the grading basis for a class. For more
information, see http://www.registrar.ucla.edu/Regis
tration-Classes/Study-List.
STUDY LIST
A study list is the record of courses a student is enrolled
in for the term. At 11:59 p.m. on Friday of the second
week of instruction the study list of enrolled courses
becomes official, and all wait lists are eliminated. Students should verify their study list through MyUCLA
after each enrollment transaction. Students are responsible for all courses and the grading basis as listed on
MyUCLA and cannot receive credit for courses not
listed.
After Friday of the second week, most changes to the
official study list can be made with a fee through
MyUCLA. Some changes require an Enrollment Petition along with approval signatures.
See http://www.registrar.ucla.edu/Registration-Classes/
Study-List for deadlines and complete instructions.
Errors or omissions should be corrected before the
College or school deadlines for changes by petition.
Unapproved withdrawal from or neglect of a course
entered on the study list results in a failing grade.
CONCURRENT ENROLLMENT
Concurrent enrollmentdefined as taking courses
during regular sessions for credit at UCLA and, at the
same time, at a non-UC institution, including UCLA
Extensionis not permitted except in extraordinary
circumstances, and no credit is given for such courses
unless the approval of the UCLA College or school
has been obtained by petition prior to enrollment.
INTERSEGMENTAL CROSS-ENROLLMENT
At the discretion of the appropriate campus authorities
on both campuses, California Education Code sections
66755 and 66756 (amended by California Senate Bill
361 passed in 1999) allow undergraduate students
enrolled in any campus of the California community
colleges, the California State University, or the University of California to enroll without formal admission in a maximum of one course per academic term at
a campus of either of the other systems on a spaceavailable basis. Enrollment in precollege courses is
excluded.
37
UNDERGRADUATE
STUDY
38
UNDERGRADUATE
STUDY
UCLA students qualify for intersegmental cross-enrollment if they meet all the following requirements:
1. Complete at least one term at UCLA as a
matriculated student
2. Enroll for a minimum of 6 units for the
current term
3. Earn a grade-point average of 2.0 (C) for work
completed
4. Pay appropriate tuition and fees at UCLA for the
current term
5. Complete appropriate
academic preparation
as determined by the host
campus
6. Have California resident
status
Obtain a concurrent enrollment application from the College or school. An
administration fee is charged
for each academic term such
enrollment is requested.
INTERCAMPUS VISITOR
PROGRAM
Undergraduate students
enrolled at one campus of the
University of California may
have the opportunity to attend
another UC campus for one
quarter or semester on the
Intercampus Visitor Program.
UCLA students obtain applications at http://www.registrar.ucla.edu/RegistrationClasses/Enrollment-Policies/
Special-Program-Enrollment/
UC-Intercampus-Visitor-Program. Observe the deadlines on the application. Applications are reviewed by a
students College or school. Letters and Science students should consult College Academic Counseling in
A316 Murphy Hall; Arts and Architecture students
should contact the Student Services Office in 2200
Broad Art Center; Music students should consult the
Student Services Office in 1642 Schoenberg Music
Building; Theater, Film, and Television students
should consult the Student Services Office in 103 East
Melnitz Building; Engineering students should contact
the Office of Academic and Student Affairs in 6426
Boelter Hall.
SIMULTANEOUS UC ENROLLMENT
Undergraduate students may enroll simultaneously in
courses offered by another UC campus. Eligible students must be registered (fees paid), in good standing,
and enrolled in at least 12 units at UCLA. Students
may simultaneously enroll in no more than one UC
host-campus course not to exceed 6 units. Before
attending the host campus, both campuses must give
approval. Approval to enroll simultaneously on
another UC campus does not guarantee credit toward
specific degree or general education requirements.
Application of host-campus courses to UCLA graduation requirements is determined by the College or
school. Details are on the application form. Obtain
applications and directions for submitting forms from
the following offices: honors students, A311 Murphy
FINANCIAL SUPPORT
Financial Aid and Scholarships
A129J Murphy Hall
310-206-0400
http://www.financialaid.ucla.edu
SCHOLARSHIPS
The Undergraduate Scholarship Program at UCLA
rewards academic excellence and assists with the
expenses of an undergraduate education.
Financial need is required for University and named
(endowed) scholarships other than those listed below.
Each year approximately $300,000 is awarded from
the many different scholarship funds. Awards range
from $100 to $3,000 and are not automatically renewable. Entering students apply for scholarships on the
UC Application for Admission and Scholarships. If
admitted to UCLA, new students also have the
opportunity to add additional information to their
scholarship profile, so they can be considered for
other scholarships that open throughout the academic
year. Continuing students should begin their search
early and continue it throughout the year, as scholarships across campus have differing deadlines.
In addition to applying for University scholarships,
students are encouraged to apply for outside scholar-
39
UNDERGRADUATE
STUDY
40
UNDERGRADUATE
STUDY
GRANTS
Grants are based on need and do not have to be repaid.
When awarding policies and funds permit, the financial aid package includes a grant.
Federal Pell Grants
Federal Pell Grants are based on exceptional need. They
are awarded to undergraduate students who are U.S.
citizens or eligible noncitizens and who have not earned
a bachelors degree. Amounts for 2016-17 range from
$598 to $5,815 for students enrolled full time. Students who file the FAFSA are automatically considered
for a Pell Grant. Eligibility is determined by the federal
government. Award amounts depend on a students
Estimated Family Contribution (EFC) and whether
LOANS
Loans allow students to postpone paying some of the
costs of their education until they have completed
school. A financial aid offer includes a long-term, lowinterest loan.
Borrowers must realize their commitment and responsibility to repay according to repayment schedules.
Before accepting a loan, students should assess their
total educational debt and ability to repay after graduation. The University makes every effort to assist students during the repayment of their obligation, but
University services, including registration and the
Direct Loans
Direct Loans are low-interest Subsidized and Unsubsidized Loans financed by the U.S. Department of
Education.
Subsidized Direct Loans are awarded to undergraduate
students who have demonstrated financial need. Interest rates are fixed and adjusted by the U.S. Department
of Education annually; contact Financial Aid and
Scholarships for additional information. Interest
accrues immediately after students graduate or drop
below half-time enrollment. Repayment begins six
months after students leave school or drop below halftime enrollment.
Unsubsidized Direct Loans are available to undergraduate, graduate, and professional students who are U.S.
citizens or eligible noncitizens regardless of income.
Interest accrues from the date of disbursement, but
students can avoid the extra costs of accrual by making
regular interest payments while in school.
Direct PLUS Loans
Direct PLUS Loans are designed to help graduate students and parents of undergraduate students meet the
total cost of education. Graduate students and parents
may be eligible to borrow up to the cost of education
for the academic year less any other financial aid
received. This loan is available only to borrowers who
do not have adverse credit histories. The interest rate is
fixed and annually adjusted by the U.S. Department of
41
Annual Limits
Subsidized Loans
Freshmen
$ 3,500
Sophomores
4,500
Juniors/Seniors
5,500
8,500
Unsubsidized Loans
(includes any subsidized funds awarded)
Freshmen
Sophomores
Juniors/Seniors
Graduates (beyond bachelors degree)
$ 5,500
6,500
7,500
20,500
Freshmen
Sophomores
Juniors/Seniors
Graduates (beyond bachelors degree)
$ 4,000
4,000
5,000
12,000
Private Loans
Private loans are available to students who have received
the maximum award amounts under the Direct Loan
Program and require additional funding. These loans
are sponsored by banks and private lending institutions. Interest rates and re-payment schedules vary.
These loans must be certified by Financial Aid and
Scholarships before funds can be disbursed. A list of
private lenders that UCLA borrowers have used in the
past is available at http://www.financialaid.ucla.edu/
Forms-and-Publications.
Short-Term Loans
Students need not be receiving financial aid to apply
for a short-term loan. They may borrow up to $200
for immediate emergency needs; the amount is repayable on the 20th of the month following the month in
which the loan was made. To qualify, applicants must
be registered UCLA students with satisfactory loan
repayment records. Applications are available from the
Loan Services Office, A227 Murphy Hall. See http://
www.loans.ucla.edu/Short-Term-Loan.
WORK-STUDY PROGRAM
The Federal Work-Study Program (FWS) is intended
to stimulate and promote part-time student employment, particularly for students from low-income families who are in need of earnings to pursue their studies.
Under FWS, the federal government pays a portion of
the students wage and the employer pays the balance.
Through this program, students may work up to 20
hours per week for the University, government agencies, or public and private nonprofit agencies. Students
employed through FWS provide essential services to
the University and community and have the opportunity to hold jobs that may relate to their educational
objectives or enable them to gain valuable work
experience.
UNDERGRADUATE
STUDY
42
UNDERGRADUATE
STUDY
PLANNING A MAJOR
New students should obtain academic counseling
before enrolling in classes at UCLA. Counselors can
help new students formulate degree objectives based
on interests, abilities, and career
goals. As students begin to
decide on a major, counselors
can help them start fulfilling
College or school requirements
as well as the department
requirements necessary for
completion of the degree
program.
DECLARING A
MAJOR
Regulations and procedures for
declaring a major vary for the
College and each school. Students in the College of Letters
and Science do not need to
declare a major in their freshman year and can attend with
an undeclared major until the
end of their sophomore year. Certain schools require
students to choose a major when applying for admission, or require early declaration. Check specific
policies for declaration with the school or department
adviser.
All students must declare a major by the beginning of
their junior year (90 quarter units). To declare a major,
obtain a Petition to Declare a Major at the College or
school office. There is no fee for the petition.
INDIVIDUAL MAJORS
Highly motivated students who find that no single
major accommodates their specific interest in a given
subject may propose designing their own major. Proposals are prepared with faculty guidance and sponsorship and are thoroughly examined for cogency,
completeness, and academic merit. Requirements for
individual majors vary among the College and schools.
CHANGING MAJORS
Changing majors requires the approval of the College
or school and the department. To change majors,
obtain a Program Change Petition at the department
office or at http://www.registrar.ucla.edu/Forms/Regis
tration-and-Enrollment/Undergraduate-ProgramChange-Petition.
DEGREE
REQUIREMENTS
As soon as they are accepted for admission to UCLA,
new students should learn the requirements necessary
to receive a bachelors degree and begin planning an
appropriate program of study. All undergraduate students must satisfy three types of requirements for a
degree:
1. University requirements
2. College or school requirements
3. Department requirements
UNIVERSITY REQUIREMENTS
The University of California has established two
requirements that all undergraduate students must satisfy in order to graduate: Entry-Level Writing or
English as a Second Language (ESL), and American
History and Institutions. It is each students responsibility to see that these requirements are fulfilled.
ENTRY-LEVEL WRITING
Because proficiency in English composition is so
important to successful performance in many courses,
Entry-Level Writing is the only requirement for graduation that students must satisfy before entering UCLA
or during their first year in residence. They may meet
this requirement by
1. Scoring 3, 4, or 5 on one of the College Board
Advanced Placement Examinations in English
OR
2. Scoring 5, 6, or 7 on one of the International
Baccalaureate Higher Level English A Examinations or scoring 6 or 7 on one of the International Baccalaureate Standard Level English A
Examinations OR
3. Scoring 680 or better on the SAT Reasoning
Test, Writing (last administered in January 2016)
OR
4. Scoring 30 or better on the ACT English Language Arts test OR
5. Scoring 30 or better on the ACT Combined English/Writing test (last administered in June
2015) OR
6. Presenting transfer credit for an acceptable college-level course in English composition (passed
with a grade of C or better) at another institution OR
7. Passing the University of California Analytical
Writing Placement Examination (all freshmen
from California high schools should have taken
the examination during the month of May before they enrolled; others take an examination at
UCLA early in their first term)
If students do not meet the requirement in one of the
ways described above, Academic Senate regulations
require them to enroll in a course determined by performance on the Analytical Writing Placement Examination as early as possible during their first year in
residence. Each course must be taken for a letter grade
and passed with a grade of C or better. Students receiving a final grade of C or less must repeat the course
during their next term in residence. Satisfaction of the
Entry-Level Writing requirement is a requisite to
CAPSTONE MAJORS
AND PROGRAMS
Capstones are designed to be the culmination of a
UCLA undergraduate experience. Capstones range
from yearlong sequences of courses or tutorials to a
single seminar, and from honors theses to comprehensive seminar projects or internships. They may be
based in tutorials, laboratories, advanced courses, or
seminars and may include either individual or teambased projects.
Four levels of UCLA capstone options are illustrated.
The four levels represent different expectations for
MAJORS
Aerospace Engineering BS
American Indian Studies BA
Art BA
Asian American Studies BA
Bioengineering BS
Central and East European Languages
and Cultures BA
Chemical Engineering BS
Civil Engineering BS
Classical Civilization BA
Cognitive Science BS
Computational and Systems Biology
BS
Computer Science BS
Computer Science and Engineering BS
Design | Media Arts BA
Earth and Environmental Science BA
Ecology, Behavior, and Evolution BS
Electrical Engineering BS
Engineering Geology BS
Environmental Science BS
Ethnomusicology BA
European Studies BA
Film and Television BA
French BA
Gender Studies BA
Geology BS
Geophysics BS
German BA
Global Studies BA
Greek BA
Greek and Latin BA
History BA
Individual Field of Concentration BA
Individual Field of Concentration BS
International Development Studies BA
Italian BA
Italian and Special Fields BA
Latin BA
Marine Biology BS
Materials Engineering BS
Mathematics/Atmospheric and
Oceanic Sciences BS
PROGRAMS
American Literature and Culture BA
Art History BA
Chicana and Chicano Studies BA
English BA
43
UNDERGRADUATE
STUDY
44
UNDERGRADUATE
STUDY
degree must satisfy the American History and Institutions requirement by one of the following methods:
1. Completing a years course in American history
or American government, or a one-year combination of both, in high school with an average
grade of B or better OR
2. Completing any one of the following UCLA
courses with a grade of C or better, or a grade of
Passed:
African American Studies M150D, M158A, M158B,
M158C, M158E
Asian American Studies M171D
Chicana and Chicano Studies M159A, M159B,
CM182, M183
Economics 183
Gender Studies M147B, M147D
History 13A, 13B, 13C, 138A, 138B, 138C, 139A,
139B, 140A, 140B, 140C, 141A, 141B, 142A
through 142D, 143A, 143B, 144, M144C, 145A,
145B, 146A through 146D, 147A through M147D,
149A, 149B, M150A through M150E, M151A,
M151B, M151C, 152, 153, 154, M155, 179C
Political Science 40, 114, 140A, 140B, 140C, 142A,
143A, 145B, 145C
Study of Religion M142C
3. Equivalent courses completed in UCLA Extension or at another college institution, and accepted by the Board of Admissions, may be used
to fulfill the requirement OR
4. Presenting a satisfactory result of the requirement, by examination, as administered at another college or university within the state OR
5. Scoring 500 or better on the SAT Subject Test in
U.S. History OR
6. Scoring 3, 4, or 5 on the College Board Advanced Placement Test in American History.
Candidates for an instructional credential, but not for
a degree, must take one of the following courses: History 143A, 143B, Political Science 145B, or 145C.
Students attending the University on an F-1 or J-1 visa
may petition for exemption from this requirement by
showing proof of temporary residence in the U.S.
For more information on this requirement, contact the
undergraduate History Department counselor in 6284
Bunche Hall, 310-825-3720.
COLLEGE OR SCHOOL
REQUIREMENTS
The College and each school with undergraduate programs establish their own degree requirements. These
generally include a (1) unit requirement that defines
the total number of units to be completed, (2) scholarship requirement that defines a minimum grade-point
average, (3) residence requirement that defines the
amount of study that must be undertaken in residence
at the UCLA campus, and (4) course requirements
that may include general education courses, reading
and composition courses, foreign language courses, and
core courses for the field of study. See the College and
Schools section of this catalog for details on requirements set by the College and by each of the schools.
DEPARTMENT REQUIREMENTS
Each department or interdepartmental program sets its
own degree requirements in addition to those established by the College or school. Department requirements generally include (1) preparation for the major,
which are lower division courses designed to prepare
students for advanced study and (2) the major, which
are upper division course requirements. Requirements
for each department are listed in the Curricula and
Courses section of this catalog.
DEGREE POLICIES
Students are responsible for degree policies and regulations as described in the Academic Policies section of
this catalog.
UNDERGRADUATE
RESEARCH
UNDERGRADUATE RESEARCH
CENTERS
The Undergraduate Research Centers (URC) assist
students in the arts, humanities, social sciences, and
behavioral sciences (URC Humanities, Arts, and Social
Sciences, A334 Murphy Hall, 310-825-2935, http://
hass.ugresearch.ucla.edu) and in science, engineering,
and mathematics (URC Sciences, 2121 Life Sciences,
310-794-4227, http://www.ugresearchsci.ucla.edu) by
supporting scholarly, critical, and creative research.
The centers provide mentoring and tutorials, manage
the Student Research Program (SRP), and administer
summer research programs, academic year research
programs, research stipends, and scholarships. They
also sponsor two student-run publicationsthe
Undergraduate Science Journal and the Aleph humanities and social sciences journal; organize campuswide
conferences and events; and coordinate the Student
Research Forum that promotes a broader and deeper
understanding of university research and helps entrylevel student researchers define their place in the larger
research community. See http://www.ugresearch
.ucla.edu.
45
UNDERGRADUATE
STUDY
46
UNDERGRADUATE
STUDY
INTERNSHIPS AND
SERVICE PROGRAMS
Rewarding opportunities in the form of internships,
community service work, industry and business positions, local, national, and international programs, and
community-based teaching provide students with
insights into a range of professional fields and the
chance to apply academic theories firsthand.
CAREER CENTER
INTERNSHIP AND INTERNATIONAL
OPPORTUNITIES
The UCLA Career Center, located in the Strathmore
Building, offers advice and leads for internships, fellowships, and other experiential learning opportunities
in the U.S. and abroad. Many helpful resources are
featured in the second floor Career Laboratory and on
BruinView . Options for current students and alumni
include teaching or volunteering abroad, research or
fieldwork, and internships in almost every occupation
or industry. The Internship Peer Advocates Team
advises students on search techniques to identify relevant employers and programs. All career counselors
and peer advisers also offer support for students eager
to gain hands-on experience. See http://career.ucla.edu/
Student/Job-Search-Strategies/Internships-and-Inter
national-Opportunities.
in multiple majors. The core course, a research development seminar, is multiple-listed in political science,
sociology, communication studies, and history; meets
the capstone requirement for the Public Affairs minor;
and is eligible for College Honors consideration. The
internship placement fulfills the internship requirement for the Civic Engagement minor. At least one
course in a subject other than political science, such as
economics or history, is usually offered each quarter.
All courses take advantage of Washingtons unique
resources for study and research.
UC Washington Center administrators help students
find a field placement that complements a substantial
research project. Placements have included ABC News,
the Brookings Institution, CNN, the Department of
Justice, the Kennedy Center, Studio Theatre, the Center for Strategic and International Studies, and various
members of Congress. For information, contact the
CAPPP office by e-mail at info@cappp.ucla.edu or call
310-206-3109. See http://cappp.ucla.edu/quarterin
washington/.
TM
QUARTER IN
WASHINGTON, DC
The Center for American Politics
and Public Policy (CAPPP) selects
undergraduates each fall, winter,
and spring to participate in its
Quarter in Washington Program.
The program offers an exciting
opportunity to combine UC
courses with research and field
experience.
Students live at the UC Washington Center for up to
12 weeks, dividing their time between coursework and
a part-time internship placement. They can earn credit
TEACHING OPPORTUNITIES
Exciting teaching programs prepare undergraduate
students for careers in teaching or education and allow
them to serve in classrooms in the Los Angeles area.
Many teaching opportunities are offered in conjunction with the Graduate School of Education and Information Studies (GSE&IS), which helps coordinate
programs leading to various instructional credentials
or to graduate study.
47
UNDERGRADUATE
STUDY
48
UNDERGRADUATE
STUDY
UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA
CENTER SACRAMENTO
The University of California Center Sacramento (UCCS)
is operated by UC Davis. The centers long-term goal
is to bring together UC faculty members with undergraduate students to pursue research related to state
government, politics, and public policy. UCCS places
students in intensive one-term policy-related internships throughout the State Capitol Building and in the
Sacramento policy community. UCCS is open to all
juniors and seniors with a 3.0 grade-point average. For
more information, send e-mail to jedwards@college
.ucla.edu. See http://uccs.ucdavis.edu.
LOWER DIVISION
SEMINAR PROGRAMS
COLLEGIUM OF UNIVERSITY
TEACHING FELLOWS
The Collegium of University Teaching Fellows (CUTF)
offers outstanding graduate students the opportunity
to develop and teach lower division seminars in their
area of expertise. These unique courses cover all areas,
from the humanities to the life, physical, and social
sciences. Undergraduate students take courses that are
at the cutting edge of a discipline and benefit from a
small-seminar environment. GE and honors credit is
granted for most seminars, which are offered in Winter
HONORS COLLEGIUM
The Honors Collegium, a series of interdisciplinary
honors courses, offers a unique educational experience
where students learn how to think critically and creatively
and how to communicate effectively. Courses emphasize
the breadth of an interdisciplinary approach to learning
and focus on small classes and individual attention. See
http://www.honors.ucla.edu/honors-collegium/about/.
ADVISING AND
ACADEMIC ASSISTANCE
Academic assistance is available in the form of staff and
student counselors, faculty advisers, student services,
tutorials, and special programs.
ACADEMIC ADVANCEMENT
PROGRAM
The Academic Advancement Program (AAP, http://
www.aap.ucla.edu), built on principles of social justice,
has a threefold mission: (1) to ensure the academic success, retention, and graduation of students who have
been historically underrepresented in higher education, (2) to increase the numbers of AAP students
entering graduate and professional schools, and (3) to
develop the academic, political, scientific, economic,
and community leadership necessary to transform society. AAP promotes academic achievement and excellence by providing students with an array of academic
services.
Students are eligible for AAP if their academic profiles
and personal backgrounds may impact their University
experience and their retention and graduation from
UCLA. Students are also eligible if they are part of any federally funded program that
requires counseling, tutoring,
or mentoring. For more information, contact AAP New Student Programs in 1230
Campbell Hall. See http://www
.aap.ucla.edu/programs/newstudents/overview/ or call 310206-1571.
ACADEMIC COUNSELING
College counselors at AAP
holistically counsel students to
facilitate their academic and
personal success by empowering them with the knowledge
and guidance to thrive in their
undergraduate careers and
beyond. Counselors and peer
counselors work with students
to plan their academic programs, monitor progress toward
the degree, provide information
about degree requirements, and
connect them to various campus resources and opportunities. See http://www.aap.ucla.edu/programs/coun
seling/overview/ or call 310-825-1481.
49
UNDERGRADUATE
STUDY
50
UNDERGRADUATE
STUDY
research-programs/mcnair-research-scholars-program/
or call 310-794-4186.
Research Rookies Program
The Research Rookies Program gives second-year AAP
undergraduate students the opportunity to develop
entry-level research projects in the humanities and
social sciences. Over two academic terms, students
meet regularly with graduate mentors and a faculty
member. See http://www.aap.ucla.edu/graduate-men
toring-and-research-programs/aap-junior-scholars/ or
call 310-794-4186.
PEER COUNSELING
Peer counselors are upper division AAP students who
assist entering students with the transition to the
University and provide them with a perspective on life
at UCLA. See http://www.aap.ucla.edu/programs/
counseling/peer-counselors/ or call 310-825-1481.
PEER LEARNING
AAP Peer Learning services promote academic excellence. Most peer learning facilitators are upper division
AAP students who provide the intellectual challenge,
encouragement, and personal support that students
need to recognize their own authority as thinkers and
learners. The sessions provide academic support
through small groups that foster discussion and allow
students to listen to and articulate new and different
perspectives. See http://www.aap.ucla.edu/programs/
peer-learning/overview/ or call 310-206-7771.
SCHOLARSHIPS
SUMMER PROGRAMS
The AAP seven-week intensive academic residential
summer program for incoming freshman and transfer
students prepares historically underrepresented, lowincome, and/or first-generation students for the academic rigors and demands of a research university. Students are able to build a network of academic support
prior to the regular school year that provides interaction with students from diverse backgrounds and
broadens life experiences.
Students enroll in three University courses that meet
UCLA requirements for graduation and receive support in small groups or individual sessions from teaching assistants and peer learning facilitators. Freshmen
have the option of taking classes offered in the writing
or mathematics/science intensive programs. Transfer
student preparation involves an advanced composition
course, honors research course, and upper division
seminar. Academic counselors meet with students
during the program and are available to assist students
in shaping their educational plan toward graduation.
See http://www.aap.ucla.edu/programs/new-students/
freshman-and-transfer-summer-programs/overview/ or
call 310-206-1571.
bachelors and masters degree programs simultaneously. Nominations are submitted to the College or
school dean for recommendation to the dean of the
Graduate Division. Students interested in becoming
Departmental Scholars should consult their depart-
ACADEMIC
EXCELLENCE
Eligible students receive the following honors and
awards in recognition of academic achievement.
LATIN HONORS
HONOR SOCIETIES
ALPHA LAMBDA DELTA AND PHI ETA SIGMA
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS
GOLDEN KEY
DEPARTMENTAL SCHOLAR
PROGRAM
Departments in the College of Letters and Science and
each schoolexcept the Herb Alpert School of Music;
School of Nursing; and School of Theater, Film, and
Televisionmay nominate exceptionally promising
juniors and seniors as Departmental Scholars to pursue
51
UNDERGRADUATE
STUDY
52
MORTAR BOARD
UNDERGRADUATE
STUDY
TAU SIGMA
Tau Sigma is a national honor society that recognizes
the high academic achievement of first-year transfer
students. To become a member, UCLA students need
to earn a 3.5 grade-point average or better during their
first term at UCLA after transferring either from a
community college or a four-year institution (summer
quarter not included). Invitations are issued after each
regular academic term, and an induction ceremony is
held during spring quarter.
Tau Sigma honors UCLAs large transfer community
for academic achievement and provides leadership,
networking, and social activities. For more information, contact the Office of the Dean of Students, 1206
Murphy Hall, 310-825-3871. See http://www.dean
ofstudents.ucla.edu/Honor-Societies.
Graduate Study
Graduate students at UCLA benefit fromand contribute tothe resources of one of the countrys outstanding research universities. A distinguished faculty
committed to research and teaching, an extensive
library system ranked among the best in the nation,
and excellent research centers, institutes, and laboratories in virtually every major discipline all provide
extraordinary opportunities for graduate endeavor.
Graduate training at UCLA takes place in the classrooms, the laboratories, the libraries, in specialized
seminars, through independent research, and in teaching experiences. Graduate education is enriched by
several hundred postdoctoral and visiting scholars
from other universities who engage in research and, in
some instances, teaching at UCLA every year. This
unique research environment promotes the quality of
original work and study that is the hallmark of graduate education.
The degree of Master of Arts or Master of Science, or
one of several professional degrees such as Master of
Business Administration, is intended to develop mastery of a field and prepare students for the practice of a
profession. The doctoral degree (PhD, EdD, and so
forth) is designed to prepare students for creative activity and original research, often in association with college or university teaching.
APPLICATION FEE
A nonrefundable application fee is required when the
application is submitted.
ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS
U.S. applicants to graduate standing must hold a bachelors degree from a regionally accredited institution
comparable in standard and content to that awarded
at the University of California. Degrees granted on the
basis, for example, of nonacademic prior learning, test
scores, and other than organized supervised coursework
in academic subjects are not considered comparable. A
scholastic average of B or better (or its equivalent if the
letter grade system is not used) is required in the last
two years of undergraduate coursework and in any
postbaccalaureate study.
Requirements for international applicants are listed
below.
SUPPORTING MATERIALS
GRADUATE ADMISSION
Diversity, Inclusion, and Admissions
1237 Murphy Hall
310-206-3411
Supporting materials to be submitted, including official transcripts of record and the nonrefundable
application fee, are specified at https://grad.ucla.edu/
admissions/. Submitted materials become the property
of the University and are not returnable.
https://grad.ucla.edu/admissions/
WHEN TO APPLY
Most departments and schools have deadlines in
November and early December for the following fall
quarter. Consult the Admissions section of the Graduate Division website for specific deadlines for each
major. A few departments accept applications for
winter and spring quarters.
54
GRADUATE STUDY
scores should be sent directly to the prospective department and not to the Graduate Division.
GRE registration and information about both paper
and computer-based testing are available from ETS at
http://www.ets.org/gre. Information on GRE fee waivers is also available on the ETS website.
LETTERS OF RECOMMENDATION
Most graduate professional schools, departments, and
interdepartmental programs at UCLA require applicants to submit three letters of recommendation. Letters typically augment, validate, or explain information
provided in the application and should be written by
people qualified to analyze students abilities and academic promise.
INTERNATIONAL APPLICANTS
International applicants who have completed their
postsecondary education outside the U.S. are expected
to hold a degree, with above average scholarship, from
a university or university-level institution. If their
examinations have been graded Excellent, Very Good,
Good, and Pass, applicants must have at least a Very
Good general rating to qualify for admission. Applicants who hold a three-year Bologna degree may be
considered for admission on the recommendation of
the department, program, or professional school.
Applicants who hold a three-year ordinary or pass
degree, or who hold a professional diploma in accounting, business, librarianship, social work, physical education, health education, and so forth, or a four-year
degree, diploma, or higher certificate from a technical,
vocational, or postsecondary specialized school, should
not apply for graduate admission. Persons with memberships in professional associations such as Institutes
of Chartered Accountants, the Institute of Chartered
Secretaries and Administrators, and so forth, also do
not qualify for graduate admission unless they also
hold recognized university-level degrees or titles.
ADMISSION TO GRADUATE
PROGRAMS IN BIOSCIENCE
Applicants to PhD programs in fields related to life and
biomedical sciences apply for admission to the individual degree-granting program. Graduate Programs in
Bioscience is a consortium of PhD programs organized
into specialized research groups, called home areas, that
serve as the admissions and training units associated
with the degree-granting programs. Through this structure, students can specialize in their chosen area while
maintaining the flexibility to move between home areas
to best pursue their research interests. See https://bio
science.ucla.edu for more information.
DUPLICATION OF DEGREES
The University of California, in general, discourages
the duplication of advanced degrees. At the same time,
it recognizes that a professional degree does not duplicate an academic one, and that pressing needs may
exist for degrees in different areas (see Concurrent and
Articulated Degree Programs in the front of this catalog). Students who apply for a second academic
degree at the same level or lower than the one they
already hold are required to show compelling cause to
the department. The Graduate Division is particularly
concerned that a careful review and special justification
be made by the graduate program in all cases where an
applicant or continuing student is recommended for
admission to a second doctoral program. This concern
also extends to a recommendation for student support
for pursuit of a second doctoral degree. All degree
requirements and University regulations apply just as
they do for a first degree. Courses and other degree
requirements already applied to the earlier degree may
not be applied to the second.
55
GRADUATE STUDY
56
GRADUATE STUDY
READMISSION
Students who have registered at any time as a graduate
student at UCLA and are returning after an absence
(except a formal leave of absence) must file an Application for Graduate Admission.
See the Academic Policies section of this catalog for
readmission procedures.
REGISTRATION
Registrars Office
1113 Murphy Hall
310-825-1091, option 6
http://registrar.ucla.edu
PAYING FEES
Details on fee payment, enrollment procedures, and
deadlines are on the Registrars Office website at http://
www.registrar.ucla.edu/Registration-Classes/Registra
tion-and-Payment/Paying-Registration-Fees.
E-BILL
BruinBill accounts are administered electronically (ebill) through MyUCLA. Financial activity is displayed
for the current term, as well as account activity for the
last 24 months. MyUCLA also provides a link to important communications from the University regarding
registration and University policies. Students can pay
their BruinBill account electronically using electronic
checks with no fee, or American Express, Discover,
MasterCard, and VISA credit cards with a fee.
MISCELLANEOUS FEES
Miscellaneous fees include charges for late registration
fees payment. Late fees also apply if students file their
study list late or do not pay off BruinBill balances on
time. Fees are charged if any check is returned by a
bank for any reason. Charges are assessed for most
petitions and other special requests. There is also a fee
for advancement to doctoral candidacy. A full list of
miscellaneous fees is at http://registrar.ucla.edu/FeesResidence/Overview.
.registrar.ucla.edu/Registration-Classes/Registrationand-Payment/Refunds-and-Reductions/Refunds for
policy details and specific refund deadlines for each
term.
Waiving UCSHIP
Students may waive UCSHIP if they (1) maintain
active enrollment in a qualified medical/health insurance plan that meets all established requirements, (2)
apply for a UCSHIP waiver within established deadlines each term, and (3) correctly complete the online
UCSHIP waiver form.
Students must apply for a UCSHIP waiver online. A
pre-waiver worksheet is available to assist students
before they complete an actual waiver. See the Ashe
Center website for details, including a definition of
qualified private medical/health insurance. Click the
Insurance tab on http://www.studenthealth.ucla.edu
and select the appropriate waiver link.
FEE DEFERRALS
FEE REFUNDS
Students who formally withdraw from the University
or take an approved leave of absence may receive partial refunds of fees. For more information, see Withdrawal in the Academic Policies section of this catalog
or consult the Registrars Office website at http://www
FILING FEE
Graduate students may be eligible to pay the filing fee (half the
quarterly student services fee) in
lieu of full registration fees for the
term in which they expect to
complete final degree requirements and receive their degree.
Students are not eligible to pay
the filing fee unless registered the
immediately preceding term. For
more information on other eligibility requirements, see https://
grad.ucla.edu/academics/graduate-study/filing-fee-application/.
Students who pay the filing fee are
not eligible for University services
and are not considered in the
same status as registered students.
IN ABSENTIA REGISTRATION
Graduate students conducting research or taking
coursework outside California may be eligible for in
absentia registration and reduction of tuition and the
student services fee to 15 percent of the full amounts.
See the Academic Policies section of this catalog for
more information.
All fees are subject to change without notice by The
Regents. Current academic year fees and update information is available from the Registrars Office at http://
www.registrar.ucla.edu/Fees-Residence/Annual-Fees.
57
GRADUATE STUDY
58
STUDY LIST
GRADUATE STUDY
ENROLLING IN CLASSES
The Schedule of Classes (https://sa.ucla.edu/ro/public/
soc) contains listings of class times, meeting rooms,
instructors, and all information necessary for enrolling
in classes. Use the Schedule and academic counseling
to assemble a program of courses.
MYUCLA ENROLLMENT
Students enroll in classes through MyUCLA at http://
my.ucla.edu. The site walks students through the
enrollment procedure.
Students are assigned specific timescalled appointmentswhen they are allowed to enroll. Use MyUCLA
to determine enrollment appointments.
Also use MyUCLA for other enrollment-related tasks,
such as adding, dropping, or exchanging classes; signing onto the wait list for a class and checking wait list
status; or changing the grading basis for a class. For more
information, see the Registrars Office website at http://
www.registrar.ucla.edu/Registration-Classes/Enroll
ment-Policies.
IN-PERSON ENROLLMENT
For classes that require written approval or specialized
processing, students may enroll in person at 1113
Murphy Hall, Monday through Friday from 9 a.m.
to 4 p.m.
FINANCIAL SUPPORT
Fellowships and Financial Services
1228 Murphy Hall
310-825-1025
uclafellowship@grad.ucla.edu
https://grad.ucla.edu/funding/financial-aid
FELLOWSHIPS
The University administers several awards on the basis
of scholarly achievement. Most awards are available in
open competition, though some are restricted to new
students or to specific departments. Some fellowship
and scholarship awards are made from University
funds; others are made from endowment funds held in
trust by the University and given by interested friends
and alumni. Still others come from annual donations
by educational foundations, industry, government, and
individual benefactors.
Most fellowship, traineeship, and grant awards are for
one academic year (three terms). Fellowships and
grants provide stipends in varying amounts for qualified students. Nonresident tuition fellowships cover
the nonresident supplemental tuition, for periods of
one to three terms, of selected graduate students who
are not California residents.
ASSISTANTSHIPS
Academic apprenticeships train qualified students for
careers in teaching and research, and compensate them
for their services. Teaching assistantships provide experience in teaching undergraduates, with faculty supervision. Graduate student researcher appointments give
students experience working on faculty-supervised
research projects. For more information see https://
grad.ucla.edu/funding/
working-at-ucla/.
AWARDS BASED
ON FINANCIAL
NEED
Because the cost of a
graduate education may
present a financial hardship, students who
require assistance in
meeting educational
costs are encouraged to
apply for aid based on
their financial need.
Need is defined as the
difference between
allowable school-related
expenses and financial resources. Financial aid applicants must file the Free Application for Federal Student
Aid (FAFSA). The priority filing deadline is March 2.
Some awards, such as university grants, are subject to
availability of funding. Students who complete the
FAFSA by March 2 should also make sure that any
additional requested documentation is submitted to
Financial Aid and Scholarships as soon as possible.
Students who need financial aid for Summer Sessions
must submit a Summer Aid Application in addition to
the FAFSA. Summer applications are available at http://
financialaid.ucla.edu beginning April 1 and should be
filed by April 30 for on-time consideration.
Financial aid is also available to UCLA students enrolled
in Summer Travel, Summer Institutes, or UC cross-
59
GRADUATE STUDY
60
GRADUATE STUDY
DEGREE
REQUIREMENTS
The following information is for prospective applicants and those outside the University who are interested in the basic structure of UCLA graduate degree
requirements. It is not meant to be comprehensive or
to serve as a primary resource for continuing students.
Official, specific degree requirements, including language requirements, are detailed in the Program
Requirements for UCLA Graduate Degrees on the
Graduate Division website at https://grad.ucla.edu.
Standards and Procedures for Graduate Study at UCLA,
at https://grad.ucla.edu/academics/graduate-study/
standards-and-procedures-for-graduate-study/, provides detailed information and sets forth general policies, many of which emanate from the Academic
Senate and its Graduate Council, regarding completion of degree requirements, masters and doctoral
committees, examinations, and foreign language
requirements. General regulations concerning graduate
courses, standards of scholarship, disqualification,
appeal, leave of absence, normal progress toward
degree, withdrawal, and a number of other matters also
are included.
UCLA at https://grad.ucla.edu/academics/graduatestudy/standards-and-procedures-for-graduate-study/.
ACADEMIC RESIDENCE
For the masters degree, the minimum residence requirement consists of three academic terms of registration
in graduate standing at the University of California,
including at least two terms at UCLA.
For the doctoral degree, the minimum residence
requirement is two years (six terms) of registration in
graduate standing at the University of California,
including one year (usually the second) in continuous
residence at UCLA. If students earned a masters
degree at UCLA, one year of this requirement will
have been met. In most cases a longer period of residence is necessary, and from three to five years is
generally considered optimal.
Academic residence for both degrees is established by
successfully completing a minimum of one graduate or
upper division course (4 units) during a term.
Students may earn one term of residence for summer
study in either of these ways: (1) enroll in two six-week
summer sessions taking at least 2 units of upper division and/or graduate work in each session OR (2)
enroll in one eight-week session for at least 4 units of
credit. Residence earned through Summer Sessions
enrollment is limited to one third of the degree
requirements.
To maintain satisfactory progress toward the degree,
UCLA requires at least a B average in all courses taken
in graduate standing at the University and in all
courses applied toward a graduate degree, including
those taken at another UC campus.
Foreign language requirements are determined by individual departments and programs. If their program has
a language requirement, students should fulfill it either
before they begin graduate study or as soon as possible
thereafter. All foreign language requirements must be
satisfied before advancement to candidacy.
Many departments require graduate degree candidates
to demonstrate proficiency in one or more foreign
languages, so that they can acquire broad knowledge in
their field of study and keep abreast of foreign developments in the field. Students are urged to complete
language requirements as early as possible in their
graduate career. If the department requires two or more
foreign languages, students must complete at least one
before the University Oral Qualifying Examination
(unless, as is most common, the department requires
that both be completed before the examination).
Some departments allow students to fulfill language
requirements either by passing departmental examinations or by completing coursework in a foreign language. Certain departments may require additional
languages, special competence, or other special procedures. In some departments, English satisfies the
foreign language requirement if it is not the native
language.
For further details on foreign language requirements,
consult the Program Requirements for UCLA Gradu-
CHANGING MAJORS
Continuing graduate students may petition for a
change of major after discussing plans with the new
department. Forms are available from the departments
and should be filed with Academic Services, 1255
Murphy Hall. Deadlines are generally the same as
those for the graduate admissions procedure.
DOCTORAL DEGREE
Doctoral programs are individualized and permit a
high degree of specialization. The University does not
specify course requirements for doctoral programs.
Individual programs set their own requirements, which
may include specific courses, and these must be completed before students take the University Oral Qualifying Examination. Students determine their course of
study in consultation with a graduate adviser until the
doctoral committee is appointed.
Doctoral Examinations before Advancement
to Candidacy
Prior to advancement to candidacy, doctoral candidates fulfill the coursework, teaching, and/or examinations required by the major department or program.
They are supervised during this period by a departmental adviser and/or departmental guidance committee. This committee administers a departmental
written and, in some cases, oral examination (not to be
confused with the University Oral Qualifying Exam-
61
GRADUATE STUDY
Academic Policies
Students at UCLA are responsible for understanding
the policies and regulations established by the Academic Senate. Should any variations exist between
explanations in this catalog and regulations in the
Manual of the Academic Senate, the manual prevails in
all cases.
UNITS OF CREDIT
ACADEMIC T ERMS
CLASS LEVELS
Undergraduate class levels are determined by the number of units completed as follows:
Freshman (UFR)
0-44.9 units
Sophomore (USO) 45-89.9 units
Junior (UJR)
90-134.9 units
Senior (USR)
135 or more units
Graduate class levels are based on the degree objective
and whether or not students are advanced to candidacy
for a doctorate.
LANGUAGE OF
INSTRUCTION
ACADEMIC CREDIT
Academic work at UCLA is measured by units of
credit, which are used to evaluate the amount of time
a student has devoted to a particular subject and to
determine a students class level.
REPETITION OF COURSES
GRADUATE GRADES
GRADES
GRADE POINTS
CREDIT BY EXAMINATION
Grade
UNDERGRADUATE GRADES
The following grades are used to report the quality of
undergraduate student work at UCLA:
A+ Extraordinary
A Superior
B Good
C Fair
D Poor
F Fail
P Passed (achievement at grade C level or better)
NP Not Passed
I Incomplete
IP In Progress
DR Deferred Report
Grade Points
Grade
Grade Points
A+
4.0
1.7
4.0
D+
1.3
3.7
1.0
B+
3.3
0.7
3.0
0.0
2.7
NP
0.0
C+
2.3
0.0
2.0
64
ACADEMIC POLICIES
SATISFACTORY/UNSATISFACTORY
GRADES
GRADE-POINT AVERAGE
Grade
Points
Course
Units
Total Grade
Points
3.7
14.8
2.7
10.8
C+
2.3
9.2
12
34.8
Total
INCOMPLETE GRADES
Once an Incomplete (I) grade is assigned, it remains on
the transcript along with the passing grade students may
later receive for the course. The instructor may assign
the I grade when work is of passing quality but is
incomplete for a good cause (such as illness or other
serious problem). It is the students responsibility to
discuss with the instructor the possibility of receiving
an I grade as opposed to a nonpassing grade.
If an I grade is assigned, students may receive unit
credit and grade points by satisfactorily completing the
coursework as specified by the instructor. Students
should not re-enroll in the course; if they do, it is
recorded twice on the transcript. If the work is not
completed by the end of the next full term in residence,
the I grade lapses to an F, NP, or U as appropriate. The
College or school may extend the deadline in unusual
cases (not applicable to graduate students).
IN PROGRESS GRADES
For certain courses extending over more than one
term, evaluation of student performance is deferred
until the end of the final term of the course. Provisional grades of In Progress (IP) are assigned in the
intervening term(s) and are replaced with the final
grade when students complete the full sequence. The
school or College faculty or the Graduate Division
determines credit if they do not complete the full
sequence and petition for partial credit.
CORRECTION OF GRADES
All grades except DR, I, and IP are final when filed by
the instructor in the end-of-term course report. Thereafter, a grade change may be made only in case of a
clerical or procedural error or other unusual circumstances. No grade may be revised by re-examination or,
with the exception of I and IP grades, by completing
additional work. Students who are dissatisfied with a
grade should review their work with the instructor and
receive an explanation of the grade assigned. All grade
changes are recorded on the transcript. See the Appendix for further details and procedures for appealing
grades.
ABSENCE AND
READMISSION
To be registered for a term, students must enroll in
courses and pay fees according to deadlines specified
in the Registrars Office term calendar. Students who
do not register are subject to the following policies on
absence and readmission.
CANCELLATION
Before the first day of classes, students may cancel registration by (1) completing and submitting a Cancellation of Registration form, available at http://www.reg
istrar.ucla.edu/Registration-Classes/Registration-andPayment/Cancel-Registration, or (2) faxing a written
notice to 310-206-4520. Refund is as follows: fees paid
by new undergraduate and Dentistry students are
refunded except for the nonrefundable acceptance of
admission fee; for new graduate, undergraduate, continuing, and re-entering students, a service fee is
deducted from the amount of fees paid.
Graduate students who cancel their registration and do
not apply for a formal leave of absence must file for
readmission to return to the University.
WITHDRAWAL
Withdrawing from the University means discontinuing attendance in all courses in which students are
enrolled. Students who withdraw during a term need
to file a Withdrawal Notice, available online at http://
www.registrar.ucla.edu/Registration-Classes/Registra
tion-and-Payment/Withdrawal.
When students officially withdraw, a percentage of the
student services fee may be refunded depending on the
date the withdrawal form is filed. The UCSHIP fee is
nonrefundable in most cases. Contact the Arthur Ashe
Student Health and Wellness Center insurance office
for more information.
Claims for refund must be presented within the academic (fiscal) year to which the claim is applicable.
Consult the Registrars Office website for policy details
and specific refund dates.
UNDERGRADUATE READMISSION
Students who complete a term (fall, winter, or spring
quarter) and do not register the following term may
return to UCLA the subsequent term as a continuing
student and be eligible to register and enroll in advance.
ONE-TERM ABSENCE
Students on a one-term absence who plan to attend
another institutionincluding UCLA Extension
should discuss plans with their College or school counselor before enrolling elsewhere. On returning to
UCLA, they must have an official transcript mailed
from the institution directly to UCLA Undergraduate
Admission to have coursework evaluated.
65
ACADEMIC POLICIES
66
ACADEMIC POLICIES
RE-ENTERING STUDENTS
To return to the University after an absence of more
than one term, studentsexcept for those on PAL for
non-UC study abroadmust complete an Undergraduate Readmission Application and file it with the Registrars Office in accordance with published deadlines.
A nonrefundable fee applies.
Students must submit official transcripts from all institutions (including UCLA Extension) and a completed
Statement of Legal
Residence with readmission applications.
Coursework is evaluated when official
transcripts are
received. The paper
records of nonregistered students, including transcripts
submitted for transfer
credit, are retained by
the Registrars Office
for five academic years
after the last registered
term.
Students who have not
registered for five years
must resubmit official
transcripts of all work
completed outside
UCLA. Readmission
is generally approved if
students were in good
academic standing
(2.0 grade-point average) when they left the
University, if coursework completed elsewhere in the interim is satisfactory, and if readmission applications are filed on time.
The College or school may have other regulations.
Contact the readmission clerk for more information at
310-825-1091, option 6.
READMISSION DEADLINES
Fall Quarter
August 15
Winter Quarter
November 25
Spring Quarter
February 25
GRADUATE READMISSION
For details on the policies below, consult Standards and
Procedures for Graduate Study at UCLA at https://
grad.ucla.edu/academics/graduate-study/standardsand-procedures-for-graduate-study/.
TRANSCRIPTS AND
RECORDS
The transcript reflects all undergraduate and graduate
work completed in UCLA regular session and Summer
Sessions. It lists chronologically the courses, units,
grades, cumulative GPA, transfer credits, and total units.
Official UCLA paper transcripts are printed on security paper to safeguard against unauthorized duplication, alteration, and misrepresentation. The paper has
a multicolor security background design and a border
with the words University of California, Los Angeles.
Authentication details are located in the lower righthand corner of the transcript, and the transcript legend
is located on the reverse of the document. Transcripts
are issued in blue envelopes marked Official Transcripts
Enclosed.
Official UCLA electronic PDF transcripts contain a
background design, identifying border text, authentication details, and legend. The secure file is sent with a
cover page that includes UCLA, student, and recipient
information.
Two versions of official UCLA student records are available to order through MyUCLA: the academic transcript and the verification transcript. Each is designed
to meet specific needs.
Unofficial academic transcripts are also available
through MyUCLA.
ACADEMIC TRANSCRIPT
The academic transcript is a students complete academic record, including a listing of courses taken,
transfer credit, units, grades, grade-point average
(GPA), earned UCLA degrees, and in-progress term
information. In-progress information includes a list of
the courses that a student enrolled in during the term
the document was requested and other in-progress
information such as a change in major or the removal
of an I grade.
Grades for completed terms are processed immediately
following the conclusion of final examinations. Complete academic transcripts are available approximately
two weeks after the last day of the term. For graduating
students, academic transcripts with the graduation date
included are available approximately six weeks after the
VERIFICATION TRANSCRIPT
The verification transcript certifies registration (fee
payment), enrollment status, and degrees. Verification
transcripts confirm student status only after registration
fees have been paid for the term. Verification of student
workload is based on actual enrolled units and does
not consider wait-listed units or list courses for a term.
Verification of degree can be issued after the degree has
been posted to the students record, approximately six
weeks after the term ends. If verification is required
before the degree is posted, the student may contact a
degree auditor at 1113 Murphy Hall.
THIRD-PARTY VERIFICATIONS
UCLA has authorized National Student Clearinghouse
to act as its agent for all third-party verifications of
student enrollment and degrees, including those for
loans and creditors. Approved by the U.S. Department
of Education, the Clearinghouse is a national organization that facilitates and expedites student enrollment
verifications for creditors and other student servicerelated agencies. The Clearinghouse abides by all provisions of the Family Educational Rights and Privacy
Act (FERPA). Degree verification for the most recent
term is available approximately seven weeks after the
term ends. See http://www.studentclearinghouse.org.
ORDERING TRANSCRIPTS
Continuing students must order official academic and
verification transcripts through MyUCLA. Other students may order transcripts through MyUCLA, in person at 1113 Murphy Hall, or by using a Transcript
Order form, available at http://www.registrar.ucla.edu/
Student-Records/Academic-Transcript/Order-an-Aca
demic-Transcript. The form should be sent to UCLA
Registrars Office, Attn: [Academic or Verification]
68
ACADEMIC POLICIES
STUDENT RECORDS
The Registrar prepares, maintains, and permanently
retains a record of each students academic work.
Student files of pertinent documents are maintained
up to five years from the admit term. Students may
view their documents at the Registrars Office, 1113
Murphy Hall. Advance notice of two to three days is
required for viewing.
MYUCLA
Through MyUCLA, UCLA students acquire academic,
financial, and personal information from their University academic records. See http://my.ucla.edu.
DEGREES
Students must satisfy (1) University requirements, (2)
College or school requirements, and (3) department
requirements as described in this catalog.
UNDERGRADUATE DEGREES
Undergraduate degree requirements are subject to the
following degree policies.
STUDENT RESPONSIBILITY
It is the responsibility of students to keep informed of
and to comply with the rules, regulations, and policies
affecting their academic standing. Meeting academic
deadlines, monitoring the study list for accuracy, completing requisites, and fulfilling degree requirements
are all part of their academic duties as students.
MINIMUM SCHOLARSHIP
The grades A through C and Passed denote satisfactory
progress toward the bachelors degree. The grades C
through D yield unit credit but may not satisfy certain scholarship requirements. Even when they do,
they must be offset by grades of C+ or better in other
courses. Students must earn at least a C (2.0) average
in all courses taken at any University of California
campus. Students who fail to maintain this level may be
placed on academic probation or may become subject
to dismissal. The College and each school may set
additional scholarship requirements.
Academic Probation
Students are placed on probation if their overall or
term grade-point average falls between 1.5 and 1.99.
While they are on probation, they may not take any
course on a Passed/Not Passed basis. Probation ends at
the close of a regular term if students have attained a C
(2.0) average for the term and a cumulative C average
in all University work. Students who do not end probation within two terms are subject to dismissal.
Academic Dismissal
Students are subject to dismissal from the University
under any of the following conditions:
1. If their grade-point average in any one term is
less than 1.5 or
2. If they do not earn at least a C (2.0) average in
any term when they are on probation or
3. If they do not end probation within two terms
PETITIONS
A petition is a form submitted to explain an exception
from any standard rule or regulation of the University.
It is the only way to obtain formal approval from the
department, the College or school, the Registrar, or
office with authority over the particular request. Some
petitions carry a fee.
Some uses of petitions are to change the College,
school, or major; take more or fewer units than regulations permit; make changes to the study list after
MyUCLA processing ends; or obtain credit by examination. In addition, students may petition for concurrent enrollment, double major, or waiver of scholarship
requirements.
TRANSFER CREDIT
Every California community college has transfer course
agreements that specify which courses will receive
transfer credit. These courses are displayed on ASSIST
(http://www.assist.org), the statewide transfer information site. Students can get some knowledge of transfer
credit from accredited institutions other than the University of California or California community college
by comparing the descriptions of courses taken with
those in the UCLA General Catalog.
Once students complete the courses, they must have
the other institution send official, sealed transcripts to
UCLA Undergraduate Admission, 1147 Murphy Hall,
Box 951436, Los Angeles, CA 90095-1436. Transfer
students should discuss transfer credit with their College or school counselor and/or departmental adviser.
Community College
The maximum number of community college units
allowed toward the bachelors degree is 105 quarter
units (70 semester units). UCLA Undergraduate
Admission does not grant transfer credit for community college courses beyond 105 quarter units, but
students may still receive subject credit for this coursework to satisfy lower division requirements. Consult
the College or school counselors for possible further
limitations. To convert semester units into quarter
units, multiply the semester units by 1.5for exam-
UCLA Extension
Students who wish to receive degree credit for work
taken through UCLA Extension should take courses
that correspond in number to the undergraduate
courses offered in regular session. The designation XL
or XLC before the number of the Extension course
signifies that the course is equivalent to the regular
session course bearing the same number. Grades
earned by undergraduate students in the College of
Letters and Science, the School of Arts and Architecture, and the Henry Samueli School of Engineering
and Applied Science in courses prefixed by XLC are
computed in the UCLA grade-point average. No
degree credit is given for courses numbered X300
through X499. Concurrent enrollment in Extension
and regular session is not permitted.
DEGREE CHECKS
Anytime prior to graduation students may request a
review of degree progress. These official degree checks
detail requirements remaining to complete the bachelors degree. The degree check process may be different
for the College and each school. The Degree Progress
Report (DPR) or Degree Audit is a computer-generated assessment of all degree requirements and the
courses taken to fulfill them. View and print DPRs or
Degree Audits through MyUCLA, or order one at a
College or school counseling office.
College of Letters and Science
Degree Audits are available through MyUCLA and on
request from a College counseling office (Academic
Advancement Program, 1209 Campbell Hall; Honors
Programs, A311 Murphy Hall; College Academic
Counseling, A316 Murphy Hall). Students should
review their DPR or Degree Audit with departmental
undergraduate advisers and College counselors to
ensure that all requirements will be satisfied.
69
ACADEMIC POLICIES
70
ACADEMIC POLICIES
GRADUATE DEGREES
For graduate degree requirements and procedures, see
Program Requirements for UCLA Graduate Degrees at
https://grad.ucla.edu and Standards and Procedures for
Graduate Study at UCLA at https://grad.ucla.edu/aca
demics/graduate-study/standards-and-procedures-forgraduate-study/.
GRADUATION
The awarding of degrees is the culmination of several
steps that begin when students identify the term in
which they expect to complete degree requirements.
UNDERGRADUATE STUDENTS
Approximately eight out of every 10 UCLA freshmen
eventually receive a baccalaureate degree, either from
UCLA or from another campus or institution. One
third of all UCLA baccalaureate recipients go on to
graduate school.
DECLARATION OF CANDIDACY
To initiate the steps leading to the award of a bachelors
degree, students must identify the term in which they
expect to complete degree requirements through
MyUCLA by the time they complete 160 units (172
units for engineering students) to avoid the late declaration of candidacy fee. The identified term must fall
within the academic year (four quarters) subsequent to
the term in which students reach or expect to reach the
160- or 172-unit mark. Once they complete 160/172
or more units, a fee is assessed each time students
change the degree expected term.
Current-term or past-term candidates over the unit
limit must file a UCLA Declaration of Candidacy
form with the Registrars Office at 1113 Murphy Hall.
The form is available online at http://www.registrar
.ucla.edu/Registration-Classes/Graduation/DeclareCandidacy.
Friday of the second week is the last day to declare
candidacy for the current term (with fee depending
on units completed). Declaration of candidacy after
the second week may result in a degree award date
for the following term and additional penalty fees.
IN ABSENTIA GRADUATION
Students who intend to complete degree requirements
while nonregistered (those who take a course through
UCLA Extension or at another institution, remove an
Incomplete grade, and so on) must file a request to
graduate in absentia with their degree auditor in 1113
Murphy Hall by the second-week candidacy deadline.
Students graduating in absentia are assessed the undergraduate in absentia degree processing fee in addition
to the declaration of candidacy fee if they were also not
registered in the term immediately prior to their degree
expected term.
DEGREE DATE
Degrees are awarded at the end of fall, winter, and
spring quarters and at the end of summer session C.
School of Law and School of Medicine degrees are normally awarded at the end of fall and spring semesters.
Consult the UCLA quarter, semester, and summer ses-
COMMENCEMENT
The College and each school conduct ceremonies for
their graduates. Ceremonies feature addresses and recognize candidates who have achieved high academic
distinction and honors. Names of students who
request that no public information be released do not
appear in commencement ceremony programs. Students may change their privacy status on MyUCLA.
Check with the College or school for eligibility
requirements, programs, and time schedules. Further
information, including the schedule of ceremonies,
maps and parking, and updates, is at https://www
.commencement.ucla.edu.
DIPLOMAS
Diplomas for both undergraduate and graduate
students are available approximately three months after
the degree award date. After the third week of their
expected term of graduation, students should provide
instructions for obtaining the diploma in person or by
mail using the diploma request feature on MyUCLA.
To expedite receipt of diplomas, instructions should be
provided no later than one month after the last day of
the degree term. Students may also request diplomas in
person at 1113 Murphy Hall or by returning a
Diploma Mail Request form, available at http://www
.registrar.ucla.edu/Student-Records/Diplomas/Dip
loma-Request. Obtain recorded diploma availability
information at 310-825-8883.
Change of Name
To be reflected on the diploma, name changes must be
submitted to the Registrars Office, 1113 Murphy
Hall, by the last day of the degree expected term. Once
the degree is awarded, only a court order will be
accepted to make a name change. The replacement
diploma fee applies.
Replacement Diploma
If an original diploma is destroyed, a replacement may
be ordered by using the diploma request option on
MyUCLA. Students may also order a replacement
diploma in person at 1113 Murphy Hall, or by returning a Replacement Diploma Request available at http://
www.registrar.ucla.edu/Student-Records/Diplomas/
Replacement-Diploma. There is a fee for the replacement diploma, and it bears a reissue date and the
signatures of the current officials of the state and
University.
GRADUATE STUDENTS
Candidates for both masters and doctoral degrees
must be advanced to candidacy and complete all
degree requirements, including the masters thesis or
capstone, or doctoral dissertation, before the degree is
conferred (see the Registrars Office calendar for filing
deadlines). For graduate degree requirements and procedures, see Program Requirements for UCLA Graduate Degrees at https://grad.ucla.edu and Standards and
Procedures for Graduate Study at UCLA at https://
grad.ucla.edu/academics/graduate-study/standardsand-procedures-for-graduate-study/.
71
ACADEMIC POLICIES
COLLEGE OF LETTERS
AND SCIENCE
David C. Schaberg, Dean of Humanities
Victoria L. Sork, Dean of Life Sciences
Miguel A. Garca-Garibay, Dean of Physical
Sciences
Laura E. Gmez, Interim Dean of Social Sciences
Patricia A. Turner, Dean/Vice Provost of
Undergraduate Education
UCLA
2300 Murphy Hall
Box 951430
Los Angeles, CA 90095-1430
310-825-9009
http://www.college.ucla.edu
Undergraduate
programs in the
College stress a
liberal arts
education that
brings together
perspectives from
many fields in a
unified approach to
learning.
HUMANITIES
The Humanities Division promotes, through scholarly
inquiry and the transmission of ideas, sensitive, imaginative, and rigorous reflection on the human condition. Courses in literature help students understand
the enduring power of texts both great and small
from cuneiform to manuscript to hypertext. Studies of
nearly 100 foreign languages create a gateway to civilizations that span the globe and five millennia of
human history. Philosophers provide training in the
fundamental principles of logic and moral reasoning,
and linguistsboth theoretical and appliedilluminate the physiological, cognitive, and social aspects of
human language. Art historians explore with students
the forms and media through which humans have
sought to express themselves and to challenge and
make sense of their worlds. Programs in the humanities teach students to interpret texts with an informed
sensitivity, to evaluate ideas critically, to write clearly
and effectively about them, and to be able to question
and discuss them with their peers. See http://human
ities.ucla.edu.
LIFE SCIENCES
Faculty members and students in the Life Sciences
Division play an essential role in unlocking the basic
mechanisms of life at the most fundamental level. The
geography of Southern California is conducive to life
sciences research, since the diverse region is a natural
laboratory for environmental biologists, plant and animal ecologists, and evolutionary biologists. Scientists
in microbiology and molecular, cell, and developmental biology study embryo formation, cell signaling, and
genetics. Neurochemists, neurophysiologists, psychobiologists, and behavior biologists study the underlying mechanisms of the neural basis of behavior.
Physiological scientists examine the structure of muscle, hormonal control of behavior, and environmental
conditions, such as weightlessness, that affect bone and
muscle structure and function. Cognitive psychologists
are concerned with the nature of knowledgehow
people learn, remember, associate, and think, and how
PHYSICAL SCIENCES
Departments in the Physical Sciences Division present
the results of human efforts to understand the natural
sciences and their physical aspects, including the properties and characteristics of matter and energy; the
science of numbers and order; the origin and structure
of the universe, solar system, and Earth; and climatic
change and its environmental impact. The bases for
the physical sciences are the fundamental laws and
proof of mathematics, chemistry, and physics. Studies
in the physical sciences are experimental, theoretical,
observational, and computational. Faculty members
and students are interested in such topics as the nature
and evolution of the galaxies; ozone depletion; nuclear
winter; greenhouse effect; molecular recognition,
interactions, design, synthesis, and structure; evolution
of life and the continents; computational mathematics
and symbolic logic; superconducting materials; plasma
fusion, space plasmas; and high-energy accelerator
physics. See http://www.physicalsciences.ucla.edu.
SOCIAL SCIENCES
Majors in the Social Sciences Division help students
make sense of the rapidly changing world around them
by giving them the tools and sensibilities to appreciate
the complex interplay of individuals, environment,
culture, and economy that makes up their social world.
They study human and animal evolution, as well as the
transformation of human societies from small groups
to states. They explore and debate the meaning of cultural, ethnic, and racial identities in historical and contemporary settings. Some majors challenge students to
analyze the role of labor, markets, and exchange, as
well as the dynamics of political choices, participation,
and institutions. Communication, from interpersonal
conversation to mass media, and its impact on personal and political behavior are studied in different
fields, while the impact of place and the natural environment are examined through geography. Underlying
all of these topics is a drive to capture the elusive
nature of human behaviors and relationships through
direct observation and the questioning of prevailing
theories. In addition, students learn exciting and
diverse methods of social and environmental analysis,
such as archaeology, linguistics, statistics, game theory,
remote sensing and imagery, textual analysis, ethnography, geographic information systems, fieldwork, and
ecology. See http://socialsciences.ucla.edu.
UNDERGRADUATE EDUCATION
The Undergraduate Education Division serves as the
campuswide advocate for undergraduate education,
promoting academic success for the diverse undergraduate population at UCLA and ensuring options for all
students to engage in a challenging array of educational opportunities, from foundational general education courses to advanced research and capstone
projects. See http://www.ugeducation.ucla.edu.
Academic Advancement Program. The Academic
Advancement Program (AAP) is a multiracial, multiethnic, and multicultural program that promotes
academic excellence through academic counseling,
learning sessions, and mentoring. Students are eligible
for AAP if their academic profiles and personal backgrounds may impact their University experience and
73
COLLEGE OF
LETTERS AND
SCIENCE
74
COLLEGE OF
LETTERS AND
SCIENCE
UNDERGRADUATE DEGREE
REQUIREMENTS
For a complete list of College of Letters and Science
degrees, see the table in the front of this catalog.
Degree programs in the College offer students a variety
of intellectual challenges by combining a wide distribution of courses and the opportunity to specialize in
one particular field. To this end, students are required
to select lower division courses that provide general
foundations of human knowledge. In upper division
courses, they concentrate on one major field of interest.
As described below, College students must meet three
types of requirements for the Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Science degree:
1. University requirements
2. College requirements
3. Department requirements
UNIVERSITY REQUIREMENTS
The University of California has two requirements that
undergraduate students must satisfy to graduate: (1)
Entry-Level Writing or English as a Second Language
COLLEGE REQUIREMENTS
The College of Letters and Science has eight requirements that must be satisfied for the award of the degree:
unit, scholarship, academic residence, writing, quantitative reasoning, foreign language, diversity, and general
education.
UNIT REQUIREMENT
Students must satisfactorily complete for credit a minimum of 180 units for the bachelors degree. At least 60
of the 180 units must be upper division courses numbered 100 through 199. A maximum of 216 units is
permitted. Students with Advanced Placement Examination or International Baccalaureate Examination
(transfer) credit may exceed the unit maximum by the
amount of that credit.
SCHOLARSHIP REQUIREMENT
Students must earn at least a C (2.0) grade-point average in all courses undertaken at UCLA for receipt of
the bachelors degree. They must also attain a 2.0 GPA
in a major and satisfy both the course and scholarship
requirements for that major, including preparation for
the major. Some majors have additional requirements.
WRITING REQUIREMENT
Students must complete the University Entry-Level
Writing or English as a Second Language (ESL)
requirement prior to completing the College writing
requirement.
New students admitted to the College are required to
complete a two-term writing requirementWriting I
and Writing II. Two courses in English composition
are required for graduation. Both courses must be
taken for letter grades, and students must receive
grades of C or better (C grades are not acceptable).
Writing I. The Writing I requirement must be satisfied within the first three terms of enrollment by completing English Composition 3 or 3SL with a grade of
C or better (C or a Passed grade is not acceptable).
The Writing I requirement may also be satisfied by (1)
scoring 4 or 5 on one of the College Board Advanced
Placement Examinations in English, (2) a combination
of a score of 720 or better on the SAT Reasoning Test,
Writing and superior performance on the English
Composition 3 Proficiency Examination, (3) completing a course equivalent to English Composition 3 with
75
COLLEGE OF
LETTERS AND
SCIENCE
76
COLLEGE OF
LETTERS AND
SCIENCE
DIVERSITY REQUIREMENT
The diversity requirement may be satisfied by completing one course from the faculty-approved list of
courses. The course must be taken for a letter grade,
and students must receive a grade of C or better (C
grade is not acceptable). Applicable courses may also
be applied toward major, minor, or elective requirements and, if approved for general education (GE)
credit, may fulfill a GE requirement. For a list of
approved courses, see http://www.registrar.ucla.edu/
Academics/Diversity-Requirement.
DEPARTMENT REQUIREMENTS
College departments generally set two types of requirements that must be satisfied for the award of the
degree: (1) Preparation for the Major (lower division
courses) and (2) the Major (upper division courses).
Departments also set requirements for minors and
specializations.
THE MAJOR
A major in the College consists of a group of coordinated upper division courses and is designated as
departmental, interdepartmental, or individual. Each
course applied toward the major and preparation for
the major must be taken for a letter grade unless otherwise stipulated by the department. Students who have
been away from the University for several terms should
consult with their major department or curriculum
adviser concerning the requirements under which they
are to graduate.
Each department sets its own major requirements; see
the Curricula and Courses section of this catalog.
Departmental Majors. A departmental major consists
of a minimum of 36 upper division units and a maximum of 60 upper division units. The majors are established and supervised by campus departments.
Interdepartmental Majors. An interdepartmental
major consists of a minimum of 48 upper division
units and a maximum of 75 upper division units, of
which no more than 32 units may be coursework in
one department. The programs are administered by
interdepartmental committees made up of faculty
whose membership is determined by research interest,
not by departmental affiliation. By cutting across the
usual lines of departmental division, a subject area is
studied from the perspectives of different disciplines
and a greater degree of program flexibility is achieved.
Individual Capstone Majors. If students have some
unusual but definite academic interest for which no
suitable major is offered at the University and have completed at least three terms of work (45 units minimum)
at the University with a grade-point average of 3.4 or
better, they may petition for an individual major that is
also a designated capstone major. The consent of the
College Honors Programs and the assistance of a faculty
adviser are required. Individual majors must be approved
by the vice provost for Undergraduate Education.
The individual major must consist of at least 48 and
no more than 60 upper division units, a majority of
which must be in departments offering a major in the
College. A capstone senior thesis of at least 8 but no
77
COLLEGE OF
LETTERS AND
SCIENCE
78
COLLEGE OF
LETTERS AND
SCIENCE
more than 12 units is required. For details about individual majors, contact Honors Programs, A311 Murphy Hall, 310-825-1553. See http://www.honors.ucla
.edu/other-programs/design-your-own-major/.
Double Majors. Students in good academic standing
and on track to graduate on time may be permitted to
have a double major consisting of majors from two
departments within the College. Both majors must be
completed within the maximum limit of 216 units,
and students must obtain the approval of both departments and the College.
With few exceptions, double majors in the same
department are unacceptable. No more than 20 upper
division units may be common to both majors.
MINIMUM PROGRESS/EXPECTED
CUMULATIVE PROGRESS
During a regular term of enrollment, undergraduate
students in the College are required to enroll in a minimum of 13 units. Students are also required to meet
cumulative progress unit expectations as outlined in
the Expected Cumulative Progress Chart at http://www
.ugeducation.ucla.edu/counseling/exp-cum-prog.html.
The following courses count toward minimum progress and expected cumulative progress but are exempt
from the maximum unit limit of 216: 19 (Fiat Lux),
88S (Undergraduate Student Initiated Education seminars), 89 and 189 (honors seminars), 89HC and
189HC (honors contracts), M97X (PEERS lectures),
98X, 98XA, and 98XB (PEERS laboratories), 99 (student research tutorials), 190 (research colloquia), 193
(journal club seminars), 194 (research group or internship seminars), Honors Collegium 101A through
101J, Mathematics 71SL, 72SL, Science Education
1SL, and 10SL.
Degree requirements are subject to policies and regulations, including the following:
While full-time study is expected and required of students, some students may qualify for part-time study
due to compelling reasons of occupation, home and
family responsibilities, or health. Under this policy,
part-time status is defined as 10 units or less per term
based on enrolled units at the end of the third week,
and is presumed to be of a permanent nature. On
approval of part-time status, a reduction of the tuition
fee by one half and a reduction of the nonresident supplemental tuition fee by one half are approved.
To be eligible for part-time study, students must provide documentation of occupation, home and family
responsibility, or health that prevents them from carrying a full-time study load, as well as documentation of
a need for part-time study for a minimum of three
consecutive terms. Once approved for part-time study,
students must complete two courses of 10 units or less
in each of the three consecutive terms. Only under
documented extraordinary circumstances is a onecourse study list approved. Documentation must specify that a one-course study list is warranted.
Students should obtain the Fee Reduction Request
from College Academic Counseling or at http://www
.registrar.ucla.edu/Registration-Classes/Registrationand-Payment/Reduced-Fee-Programs. The application for part-time study must be submitted with
accompanying documentation by Friday of the second
week of the term. Students approved for part-time
study who become enrolled in or receive credit for
more than 10 units during a term must pay the full fees
for that term.
STUDENT RESPONSIBILITY
Students should take advantage of academic support
resources, but they are ultimately responsible for keeping informed of and complying with the rules, regulations, and policies affecting their academic standing.
STUDY LIST
The study list is a record of classes that a student is taking for a particular term. The allowable study list load
is up to 19 units. After the first term, students may
petition to enroll in more than 19 units if they attained
at least a B average the preceding term in a total program of at least 15 units and have an overall gradepoint average of 3.0. First-term transfer students from
any other campus of the University may carry excess
units on the same basis as students who have completed one or more terms at UCLA; however, they are
not encouraged to do so.
DECLARING A MAJOR
Students are expected to select a major by the beginning of their junior year. This may be a program of
related upper division courses within a single department (departmental major) or a group of related
courses involving a number of departments (interdepartmental major) or, under certain circumstances, a
group of courses selected to meet a special need (individual capstone major).
Most entering freshmen are unsure about specific academic goals and request to be admitted to the College
as undeclared. These students then explore fields of
study by taking introductory courses in the physical
and life sciences, social sciences, and humanities in
search of an area that most excites their interest.
All students with 90 or more units toward a degree are
expected to declare a premajor or a major. When they
are ready to do so, they obtain approval on a Petition
for Declaration of Major from the department or
interdepartmental degree committee that governs their
intended major.
CHANGING A MAJOR
Students in good academic standing who wish to
change their major may petition to do so provided
they can complete the new major within the 216-unit
limit and are on track to graduate on time. Petitions
must be submitted to and approved by the department
or committee in charge of the new major. Admission
to certain majors may be closed or restricted; changes
are normally not permitted if students are on probation or have begun their last term.
Students who fail to attain a grade-point average of 2.0
(C) in preparation for the major or major courses may
be denied the privilege of entering or continuing in
that major. Some departments may have higher gradepoint requirements for their preparation and major
courses or other restrictions; consult the appropriate
department regarding minimum standards.
CREDIT LIMITATIONS
The following credit limitations apply to all undergraduate students enrolled in the College. In many
cases units are not deducted until the final term before
graduation. Students with questions should consult an
academic counselor.
Transfer students with credit from other institutions
(advanced standing credit) receive a Degree Progress
Report (DPR) or Degree Audit from Undergraduate
Admission indicating the transferable units from former institutions; however, the following credit limitations may reduce the total number of transferred units
that apply toward the degree in the College. Consult a
counselor in College Academic Counseling about these
limitations.
Advanced Placement Examinations. Advanced Placement (AP) Examination credit may not be applied
toward a degree unless students had less than 36 units
of credit at the time of the examination(s). See the AP
table at http://www.admission.ucla.edu/prospect/
APCreditLS.htm for UCLA course equivalents and
credit allowed for GE requirements.
79
COLLEGE OF
LETTERS AND
SCIENCE
80
DAVID GEFFEN
SCHOOL OF
MEDICINE
HONORS
College undergraduate students who achieve scholastic
distinction may qualify for the following honors and
programs:
COLLEGE HONORS
The highest academic recognition the College confers
on its undergraduate students is College Honors,
which is awarded to graduating seniors who successfully complete the College Honors program and who
have an overall University of California grade-point
average of 3.5 or better. The program provides exceptional undergraduate students an opportunity to pursue individual excellence.
For details on the College Honors program and entry
requirements, see http://www.honors.ucla.edu/collegehonors-program/.
DEANS HONORS
The Deans Honors list recognizes high scholastic
achievement in any one term. The following criteria
are used to note Deans Honors on the student records:
(1) a 3.75 grade-point average in any one term with at
least 12 graded units and no grade of NP or I or (2) a
3.66 GPA and at least 56 grade points during the term,
with no grade of NP or I. Deans Honors are automatically recorded on the transcript.
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS
Individual departments and programs in the College
offer departmental honors programs. Admission and
curricular requirements vary according to the department or program. See the Curricula and Courses
section of this catalog for details, and consult the
departmental adviser about procedures and arrangements. Students who successfully complete the
requirements graduate with departmental honors or
highest honors.
LATIN HONORS
Students who have achieved scholastic distinction may
be awarded the bachelors degree with Latin honors. To
be eligible, students must have completed 90 or more
units for a letter grade at the University of California
and must have attained an overall grade-point average
at graduation that places them in the top five percent
of College graduates (GPA of 3.893 or better) for
summa cum laude, the next five percent (GPA of 3.816
or better) for magna cum laude, and the next 10 percent
(GPA of 3.700 or better) for cum laude. Coursework
taken on the Education Abroad Program is applied
toward Latin honors at graduation. The minimum
GPAs required are subject to change on an annual
GRADUATE STUDY
The College of Letters and Science provides graduate
students virtually unlimited opportunities for academic pursuit, faculty-sponsored research, and fieldwork relative to specific programs and career goals.
With Graduate Division approval and subject to University minimum requirements, each department sets
its own standards for admission and other requirements for the award of masters and doctoral degrees.
For complete degree requirements, see Program
Requirements for UCLA Graduate Degrees at https://
grad.ucla.edu.
For information on the proficiency in English requirements for international graduate students, see Graduate
Admission in the Graduate Study section of this catalog.
DAVID GEFFEN
SCHOOL OF MEDICINE
Kelsey C. Martin, Interim Dean
UCLA
17-253 East Center for the Health Sciences
Box 957035
Los Angeles, CA 90095-7035
310-825-6081
e-mail: somadmiss@mednet.ucla.edu
http://medschool.ucla.edu
grams of the school and broader University. They volunteer in community clinics, health fairs, and public
schools, and participate in research and clinical care in
multiple global settings.
Students at the Geffen School of Medicine are exposed
to the best of many worldsstrong research-oriented
basic and clinical science departments, a hospital
consistently ranked among the nations elite, superb
affiliated clinical facilities that provide the full spectrum of teaching settings and patient populations, a
biomedical library that is considered one of the worlds
best, and a multidisciplinary global health program.
Geffen School of Medicine departments are staffed by
a distinguished faculty of respected researchers and
practitioners.
importance such as primary care, research opportunities for careers in academic medicine, human genetics
and the evolving world of gene therapy, psychosocial
issues of health and disease, evidence-based medicine,
medical ethics, and clinical reasoning.
For details on the MD curriculum or to apply to the
program, see http://medschool.ucla.edu/apply-applynow or contact the Geffen School of Medicine Admissions Office, 17-253 East Center for the Health Sciences, UCLA, Box 957035, Los Angeles, CA 900957035.
81
DAVID GEFFEN
SCHOOL OF
MEDICINE
SPECIAL PROGRAMS
PARTNERSHIP PROGRAMS
DEGREES
The Geffen School of Medicine offers an MD degree
program, special programs in affiliation with other
hospitals and universities, and postgraduate medical
training programs, and faculty members participate in
the Graduate Programs in Bioscience. Additionally, the
following masters and doctoral degrees are offered
through the UCLA Graduate Division:
Biological Chemistry (MS, PhD)
Biomathematics (MS, PhD)
Clinical Research (MS)
Human Genetics (MS, PhD)
Microbiology, Immunology, and Molecular Genetics
(MS, PhD)
Molecular and Medical Pharmacology (MS, PhD)
Molecular, Cellular, and Integrative Physiology (PhD)
Neurobiology (MS, CPhil, PhD)
Neuroscience (PhD)
PathologyCellular and Molecular Pathology (MS,
PhD)
Physics and Biology in Medicine (MS, PhD)
Psychiatry and Biobehavioral Sciences Clinical
Psychology Internship (Certificate)
MD DEGREE PROGRAM
The Doctor of Medicine (MD) degree program develops a comprehensive scientific and humanistic
approach to patient care that includes basic sciences,
preventive medicine, diagnosis, and therapeutic skills
for evidence-based medicine. Clinical skills are taught
in the context of anatomical, molecular, pathophysiological, and psychosocial factors in health, disease, and
treatment.
The curriculum is an innovative, integrated, organ
system-based program, with problem-based learning
case studies to link basic, clinical, and social studies.
Because medical school is but one phase in a physicians education, the curriculum stresses self-directed
learning to prepare students for a future in which scientific knowledge, social values, and human needs are
ever changing. Formats for instruction include lectures, problem-based learning tutorials, seminars, laboratories, standardized patient exercises, and clinical
experiences; students are involved in patient care from
their first week through graduation.
The MD program is a four-year medical curriculum
that prepares students broadly for careers in research,
practice, and teaching in the medical field of their
choice. The curriculum emphasizes issues of growing
Students at the
Geffen School of
Medicine are
exposed to the best
of many worlds
strong researchoriented basic and
clinical science
departments, a
hospital
consistently ranked
among the nations
elite, and superb
clinical facilities.
82
GRADUATE SCHOOL
OF EDUCATION AND
INFORMATION
STUDIES
The Semel Institute is one of the worlds leading interdisciplinary research and education institutes devoted
to the understanding of complex human behavior.
Fourteen research centers, ranging from genetics to
human culture, together with research initiatives distributed widely across the academic departments of the
Geffen School of Medicine and the College of Letters
and Science provide a comprehensive and outstanding
research and training environment for the study of
neuroscience and behavior.
The research portfolio of the 400 faculty members,
graduate students, and fellows who work in the institute spans behavioral genetics, developmental neurobiology, cognitive neuroscience, neuropharmacology,
GRADUATE SCHOOL
OF EDUCATION AND
INFORMATION STUDIES
Marcelo M. Surez-Orozco, Dean
UCLA
1009 Moore Hall
Box 951521
Los Angeles, CA 90095-1521
310-825-8326
fax: 310-794-4732
e-mail: info@gseis.ucla.edu
https://gseis.ucla.edu
DEGREES
The school offers the following degrees, in addition to
an undergraduate minor in Education Studies:
Education (MA, MEd, EdD, PhD)
Credential Programs
The school offers two credential programs that are
accredited by the California Commission on Teacher
Credentialing:
Preliminary Administrative Services Credential
Teacher Credential
ADMISSION
Admission criteria established by the UCLA Graduate
Division require a bachelors degree from a regionally
accredited institution comparable in standards and
content to a bachelors degree from the University of
California. A scholastic average of B (3.0 on a 4.0
scale) or betteror its equivalent if the letter grade system is not usedis required for the last 60 semester
units or last 90 quarter units of undergraduate study
and in any postbaccalaureate study. Further requirements for international students are explained in the
Graduate Study section. See https://grad.ucla.edu/
admissions/.
Departments and programs in the school set additional
admission requirements. See https://gseis.ucla.edu.
DEGREE REQUIREMENTS
Specific degree requirements vary according to the
department and program. Refer to Program Requirements for UCLA Graduate Degrees at https://grad
.ucla.edu.
83
GRADUATE SCHOOL
OF EDUCATION AND
INFORMATION
STUDIES
84
HENRY SAMUELI
SCHOOL OF
ENGINEERING AND
APPLIED SCIENCE
CENTER X
Center X provides a unique setting where researchers
and practitioners collaborate to design and conduct
programs that prepare and support K-12 education
professionals committed to social justice, instructional
excellence, the integration of research and practice, and
caring in low-income urban schools. See https://centerx
.gseis.ucla.edu.
HENRY SAMUELI
SCHOOL OF
ENGINEERING AND
APPLIED SCIENCE
The Higher Education Research Institute (HERI) conducts research, evaluation, information, policy studies,
and research training in postsecondary education.
HERIs research program includes the outcomes of
postsecondary education, leadership development,
institutional transformation, faculty performance, federal and state policy, and educational equity, and houses
the Cooperative Institutional Research Program (CIRP),
the largest ongoing national study of college students
in the U.S. See http://heri.ucla.edu/index.php.
DEGREES
The school offers the following degrees, in addition
to undergraduate minors in Bioinformatics and in
Environmental Engineering:
Aerospace Engineering (BS, MS, PhD)
85
HENRY SAMUELI
SCHOOL OF
ENGINEERING AND
APPLIED SCIENCE
UNDERGRADUATE ADMISSION
Applicants for admission to the school must satisfy
the University admission requirements as outlined in
the Undergraduate Study section. Students must apply
directly to HSSEAS by selecting one of the majors
within the school or the undeclared engineering option.
In the selection process many elements are considered,
including grades, test scores, and academic preparation.
Applicants are accepted at either the freshman or
junior level.
ADMISSION AS A FRESHMAN
Freshman applicants must satisfy the examination
requirement described in the Undergraduate Study
section and should take
required tests by the
December test date,
since scores are part of
the review process.
Instruct the testing
agencies to send results
directly to Undergraduate Admission.
Applicants must submit
scores from an approved
core test of mathematics,
language arts, and writing. This requirement
may be satisfied by taking either the ACT with
Writing tests, the SAT Reasoning Test (last administered January 2016), or the SAT with Essay test. Applicants to the school are strongly encouraged to also take
the following SAT Subject Tests: Mathematics Level 2
and a laboratory science test (Biology E/M, Chemistry,
With strong
programs in
traditional
engineering, the
Henry Samueli
School of
Engineering and
Applied Science
also advances
research in the
evolving fields of
biomedical
engineering,
wireless
communications
and networking, and
micromachines.
86
HENRY SAMUELI
SCHOOL OF
ENGINEERING AND
APPLIED SCIENCE
ADMISSION AS A JUNIOR
Students who begin their college work at a California
community college are expected to remain at the community college to complete the lower division requirements in chemistry, computer programming, English
composition, mathematics, physics, and the recommended engineering courses before transferring to
UCLA. Transfer students who have completed the recommended lower division program in engineering at
California community colleges normally can complete
the remaining requirements for one of the BS degrees
in two to three academic years of full-time study. Students who select certain majors, such as Computer Science and Engineering or Chemical Engineering, may
be required to complete additional lower division
courses for the major sequence.
Lower Division Requirements
Applicants to the school in junior standing should
have completed 90 quarter units (60 semester units) in
good standing, including the following lower division
minimum subject requirements:
1. Chemistry courses equivalent to Chemistry and
Biochemistry 20A, 20B, 20L at UCLA (only
Chemistry and Biochemistry 20A is required for
the Electrical Engineering major; the Bioengineering and Chemical Engineering curricula also
require Chemistry and Biochemistry 30A, 30AL,
30B). The Computer Science and Computer
Science and Engineering majors do not require
chemistry
2. Mathematics courses equivalent to Mathematics
31A, 31B, 32A, 32B, 33A, 33B at UCLA
3. Physics courses equivalent to Physics 1A, 1B, 1C,
4AL, 4BL at UCLA, depending on curriculum
selected
4. Computer programming: applicants to the Computer Science, Computer Science and Engineering, and Electrical Engineering majors may take
any C++, C, or Java course to meet the admission
requirement, but to be competitive the applicant
must take a C++ course equivalent to Computer
Science 31 at UCLA. Applicants to Chemical
Engineering may take any C++, C, Java, or
MATLAB course to satisfy the admission
requirement, but lack of a MATLAB course
equivalent to Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering M20 or Civil and Environmental Engi-
UNDERGRADUATE DEGREE
REQUIREMENTS
Henry Samueli School of Engineering and Applied
Science students must meet three types of requirements for the Bachelor of Science degree:
1. University requirements
2. School requirements
3. Department requirements
UNIVERSITY REQUIREMENTS
The University of California has two requirements
that undergraduate students must satisfy in order to
graduate: (1) Entry-Level Writing or English as a Second Language and (2) American History and Institutions. See Degree Requirements in the Undergraduate
Study section for details.
SCHOOL REQUIREMENTS
The Henry Samueli School of Engineering and
Applied Science has seven requirements that must be
satisfied for the award of the degree: unit, scholarship,
academic residence, writing, technical breadth, ethics,
and general education.
UNIT REQUIREMENT
The minimum units allowed for HSSEAS students is
between 180 and 185, depending on the program. The
maximum allowed is 213 units.
After 213 quarter units, enrollment may not normally
be continued in the school without special permission
SCHOLARSHIP REQUIREMENT
Students must earn at least a C (2.0) grade-point
average in all courses taken at any UC campus. In
addition, at least a 2.0 grade-point average must be
achieved in total upper division required courses and
total upper division engineering courses. See a counselor in 6426 Boelter Hall for details.
WRITING REQUIREMENT
Students must complete the University Entry-Level
Writing or English as a Second Language (ESL)
requirement prior to completing the school writing
requirement.
Students admitted to the school are required to complete a two-term writing requirementWriting I and
engineering writing. Both courses must be taken for
letter grades, and students must receive grades of C or
better (C grades are not acceptable).
Writing I. The Writing I requirement must be satisfied by completing English Composition 3 or 3SL
with a grade of C or better (C or a Passed grade is not
acceptable) by the end of the second year of enrollment.
The Writing I requirement may also be satisfied by (1)
scoring 4 or 5 on one of the College Board Advanced
Placement Examinations in English, (2) a combination
of a score of 720 or better on the SAT Reasoning Test,
Writing and superior performance on the English
Composition 3 Proficiency Examination, (3) completing a course equivalent to English Composition 3 with
a grade of C or better (C or a Passed grade is not
acceptable) taken at another institution, or (4) scoring
5, 6, or 7 on an International Baccalaureate Higher
Level Examination.
Students whose native language is not English may
need to take English Composition 1A, 1B, and 2I
before enrolling in a Writing I course. All courses in
the sequence must be passed with a grade of C or better (C or a Passed grade is not acceptable).
Engineering Writing. The engineering writing requirement is satisfied by selecting one approved engineering
writing (EW) course from the HSSEAS writing course
list or by selecting one approved Writing II (W) course.
The course must be completed with a grade of C or
better (C or a Passed grade is not acceptable). Writing
courses are listed in the Schedule of Classes at https://
sa.ucla.edu/ro/public/soc.
Writing courses also approved for general education
credit may be applied toward the relevant general
education foundational area.
ETHICS REQUIREMENT
The ethics and professionalism requirement is satisfied
by completing one course from Engineering 183EW
or 185EW with a grade of C or better (C or a Passed
grade is not acceptable). The course may be applied
toward the engineering writing requirement.
87
HENRY SAMUELI
SCHOOL OF
ENGINEERING AND
APPLIED SCIENCE
88
HENRY SAMUELI
SCHOOL OF
ENGINEERING AND
APPLIED SCIENCE
FOUNDATIONS OF KNOWLEDGE
General education courses are grouped into three
foundational areas: Foundations of the Arts and
Humanities, Foundations of Society and Culture, and
Foundations of Scientific Inquiry.
Five courses (24 units minimum) are required. Engineering writing requirement courses also approved for
GE credit may be applied toward the relevant GE
foundational areas.
Students must meet with a counselor in the Office of
Academic and Student Affairs to determine the applicability of GE Cluster courses toward the engineering
writing or GE requirements.
Courses listed in more than one category can fulfill GE
requirements in only one of the cross-listed categories.
Foundations of the Arts and Humanities. Two 5unit courses selected from two different subgroups:
Literary and Cultural Analysis
Philosophical and Linguistic Analysis
Visual and Performance Arts Analysis and Practice
The aim of courses in this area is to provide perspectives and intellectual skills necessary to comprehend
and think critically about our situation in the world as
human beings. In particular, the courses provide the
basic means to appreciate and evaluate the ongoing
efforts of humans to explain, translate, and transform
their diverse experiences of the world through such
media as language, literature, philosophical systems,
images, sounds, and performances. The courses introduce students to the historical development and fundamental intellectual and ethical issues associated with
the arts and humanities and may also investigate the
complex relations between artistic and humanistic
expression and other facets of society and culture.
Foundations of Society and Culture. Two 5-unit
courses, one from each subgroup:
Historical Analysis
Social Analysis
The aim of courses in this area is to introduce students
to the ways in which humans organize, structure, ratio-
DEPARTMENT REQUIREMENTS
Henry Samueli School of Engineering and Applied
Science departments generally set two types of requirements that must be satisfied for the award of the
degree: (1) Preparation for the Major (lower division
courses) and (2) the Major (upper division courses).
THE MAJOR
Students must complete their major with a scholarship
average of at least a 2.0 (C) in all courses in order to
remain in the major. Each course in the major department must be taken for a letter grade. See the Curricula and Courses section of this catalog for details on
each major.
STUDENT RESPONSIBILITY
Students should take advantage of academic support
resources, but they are ultimately responsible for keeping informed of and complying with the rules, regulations, and policies affecting their academic standing.
STUDY LIST
The study list is a record of classes that a student is taking for a particular term. It is the students responsibility to present a study list that reflects satisfactory
progress toward the degree. Study lists or programs of
study that do not comply with the standards set by the
faculty may result in enforced withdrawal from the
University or other academic action. Study lists require
approval of the dean of the school or a designated representative.
Undergraduate students in the school are expected to
enroll in at least 12 units each term. Students enrolling
in less than 12 units must obtain approval by petition
to the dean prior to enrollment in courses. The normal
program is 16 units per term. Students may not enroll
in more than 21 units per term unless an Excess Unit
Petition is approved in advance by the dean.
MINIMUM PROGRESS
Full-time HSSEAS undergraduate students must complete a minimum of 36 units in three consecutive terms
in which they are registered.
CREDIT LIMITATIONS
The following credit limitations apply to all undergraduate students enrolled in the school:
Advanced Placement Examinations. Some portions
of Advanced Placement (AP) Examination credit are
evaluated by corresponding UCLA course number. If
students take the equivalent UCLA course, a deduction of UCLA unit credit is made prior to graduation.
See the HSSEAS AP table at http://www.admission
.ucla.edu/prospect/APCreditEN.htm.
College Level Examination Program. Credit earned
through the College Level Examination Program (CLEP)
may not be applied toward the bachelors degree.
REPETITION OF COURSES
For undergraduate students who repeat a total of 16
units or less, only the most recently earned letter
grades and grade points are computed in the gradepoint average (GPA). After repeating 16 units, the
GPA is based on all letter grades assigned and total
units attempted. The grade assigned each time a course
is taken is permanently recorded on the transcript.
1. To improve the grade-point average (GPA), students may repeat only those courses in which
they receive a grade of C or lower; NP or U
grades may be repeated to gain unit credit.
Courses in which a letter grade is received may
not be repeated on a P/NP or S/U basis. Courses
originally taken on a P/NP or S/U basis may be
repeated on the same basis or for a letter grade.
2. Repetition of a course more than once requires
the approval of the College or school or the dean
of the Graduate Division and is granted only
under extraordinary circumstances.
3. Degree credit for a course is given only once, but
the grade assigned each time the course is taken is
permanently recorded on the transcript.
4. There is no guarantee that in a later term a
course can be repeated (such as in cases when a
course is deleted or no longer offered). In these
cases students should consult with their academic
counselor to determine if there is an alternate
course that can be taken to satisfy a requirement.
The alternate course would NOT count as a
repeat of the original course.
COUNSELING SERVICES
New undergraduate students must have their course
of study approved by an academic counselor. After
the first term, curricular and career advising is accomplished on a formal basis. Students are assigned a
89
HENRY SAMUELI
SCHOOL OF
ENGINEERING AND
APPLIED SCIENCE
90
HENRY SAMUELI
SCHOOL OF
ENGINEERING AND
APPLIED SCIENCE
HONORS
HSSEAS undergraduate students who achieve scholastic distinction may qualify for the following honors
and programs:
LATIN HONORS
Students who have achieved scholastic distinction may
be awarded the bachelors degree with honors. To be
eligible, students must have completed 90 or more
units for a letter grade at the University of California
and must have attained a cumulative grade-point average at graduation which places them in the top five
percent of the school (GPA of 3.884 or better) for
summa cum laude, next five percent (GPA of 3.802 or
better) for magna cum laude, and the next 10 percent
(GPA of 3.642 or better) for cum laude. The minimum
GPAs required are subject to change on an annual
TAU BETA PI
The UCLA chapter of Tau Beta Pi, the national engineering honor society, encourages high scholarship,
provides volunteer tutors, and offers many services and
programs to foster a spirit of liberal culture in engineering colleges. See https://tbp.seas.ucla.edu.
SPECIAL PROGRAMS
EXTRACURRICULAR ACTIVITIES
Students are encouraged to participate in UCLA extracurricular activities, especially those relevant to engineering, such as the student engineering society (the
Engineering Society, University of California), student
publications, and programs of the technical and professional engineering societies in the Los Angeles area.
The student body takes an active part in shaping policies of the school through elected student representatives on the schools Faculty Executive Committee.
WOMEN IN ENGINEERING
Among HSSEAS students, women make up approximately 23 percent of the undergraduate and graduate
enrollment. Todays opportunities for women in engineering are excellent, as both employers and educators
try to change the image of engineering as a males only
field. Women engineers are in great demand in all
fields of engineering.
The Society of Women Engineers (SWE), recognizing
that women in engineering are still a minority, has
established a UCLA student chapter that sponsors field
trips and engineering-related speakers (often professional women) to introduce the various options available to women engineers. The UCLA chapter of SWE,
in conjunction with other Los Angeles schools, also
publishes an annual rsum book to aid women students in finding jobs and presents a career day for
women high school students. See http://www.seas
.ucla.edu/swe/.
CONTINUING EDUCATION
Continuing education in engineering is developed and
administered by the UCLA Extension (UNEX)
Department of Engineering and Technology in close
cooperation with HSSEAS. The department offers
evening classes, short courses, certificate programs,
special events, and education and training at the workplace. The office (542 UNEX, 10995 Le Conte Avenue) is open Monday through Friday. Call 310-8254100 for information systems and engineering programs, 310-825-3344 for short course programs, 310206-7260 for technical management classes, and 310825-3858 for the Technical Management Program.
See http://engineering.uclaextension.edu.
GRADUATE ADMISSION
In addition to meeting the requirements of the Graduate Division, applicants to the HSSEAS graduate programs are required to take the General Test of the
Graduate Record Examination (GRE). Specific information about the GRE may be obtained from the
department of interest.
Students entering the Engineer/PhD program normally are expected to have completed the requirements
for the masters degree with at least a 3.25 grade-point
average and to have demonstrated creative ability. Normally the MS degree is required for admission to the
PhD program. Exceptional students, however, can be
admitted to the PhD program without having an MS
degree.
For information on the proficiency in English requirements for international graduate students, see Graduate Admission in the Graduate Study section of this
catalog.
To submit a graduate application, see http://www.seas
oasa.ucla.edu/graduate-admissions-2/. From there connect to the site of the preferred department or program
and go to the online graduate application.
GRADUATE DEGREE
REQUIREMENTS
Graduate degree information is updated annually in
Program Requirements for UCLA Graduate Degrees
at https://grad.ucla.edu.
91
HENRY SAMUELI
SCHOOL OF
ENGINEERING AND
APPLIED SCIENCE
92
ENGINEER DEGREE
HERB ALPERT
SCHOOL OF MUSIC
PHD DEGREES
The PhD programs prepare students for advanced
study and research in the major areas of engineering
and computer science. All candidates must fulfill the
minimum requirements of the Graduate Division.
Major and minor fields may have additional course
and examination requirements. For further information, contact the individual departments.
Fields of Study
Established fields of study for the PhD are listed below.
With the support of an adviser, students may propose
any other field of study to their department. Instructions on the definition of acceptable ad hoc fields and
procedures for their approval are available in each
department office.
Bioengineering Department. Biomedical instrumentation; biomedical signal and image processing; biosystems science and engineering; medical imaging
informatics; molecular cellular tissue therapeutics;
neuroengineering
Chemical and Biomolecular Engineering Department. Chemical engineering
Civil and Environmental Engineering Department.
Civil engineering materials, environmental engineering, geotechnical engineering, hydrology and water
resources engineering, structures (structural mechanics and structural/earthquake engineering)
Computer Science Department. Artificial intelligence, computational systems biology, computer network systems, computer science theory, computer
system architecture, graphics and vision, information
and data management, software systems
Electrical Engineering Department. Circuits and
embedded systems, physical and wave electronics, signals and systems
Materials Science and Engineering Department.
Ceramics and ceramic processing, electronic and optical materials, structural materials
Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering Department. Applied mathematics (established minor field
only), applied plasma physics (minor field only),
design, robotics, and manufacturing (DROM),
dynamics, fluid mechanics, heat and mass transfer,
nanoelectromechanical/microelectromechanical systems (NEMS/MEMS), structural and solid mechanics,
systems and control
With its three outstanding departments of Ethnomusicology, Music, and Musicology, the Herb Alpert
School of Music at UCLA aspires to educate the whole
student through productive collaborations between
performance and scholarship, a cross-cultural global
understanding of the art of music, and preparatory
training for a broad range of careers in music after
graduation.
The school is also home to two undergraduate minors.
The Music History minor provides undergraduates
with an overview of music history and the study of
music. Students may select from a wide variety of
undergraduate courses that range through the history
of European and American music. The Music Industry
minor introduces students to critical perspectives on
the formative effects the music industry and music
technology have on musical practices around the
world.
Public concerts, lectures, symposia, master classes, and
musical theater and opera productions are a hallmark
UNDERGRADUATE DEGREE
REQUIREMENTS
Herb Alpert School of Music students must meet three
types of requirements for the Bachelor of Arts degree:
1. University requirements
2. School requirements
3. Department requirements
DEGREES
The school offers the following degrees, in addition to
undergraduate interdisciplinary minors in Music History and Music Industry:
Ethnomusicology (BA, MA, CPhil, PhD)
Music (BA, MA, MM, CPhil, DMA, PhD)
Music History (BA)
Musicology (MA, CPhil, PhD)
UNDERGRADUATE ADMISSION
In addition to the University of California undergraduate application, some departments in the Herb Alpert
School of Music require auditions, portfolios, or evidence of creativity. Information regarding departmental requirements is available on each department
website; see http://schoolofmusic.ucla.edu (click on
Academics). The annual deadline date for applications
is November 30 for admission in the following Fall
Quarter. After the UC application has been filed,
applicants may need to submit supplemental application material and should consult the individual department website for details.
HERB ALPERT
SCHOOL OF MUSIC
UNIVERSITY REQUIREMENTS
The University of California has two requirements that
undergraduate students must satisfy in order to graduate: (1) Entry-Level Writing or English as a Second
Language and (2) American History and Institutions.
See Degree Requirements in the Undergraduate Study
section for details.
Herb Alpert School of Music students enrolled in
English Composition 1A, 1B, and 2I must take each
course for a letter grade.
93
SCHOOL REQUIREMENTS
The Herb Alpert School of Music has eight requirements that must be satisfied for the award of the
degree: unit, scholarship, academic residence, writing,
quantitative reasoning, foreign language,
diversity, and general
education.
UNIT
REQUIREMENT
Students must complete for credit, with a
passing grade, no less
than 180 units and no
more than 216 units,
of which at least 60
units must be upper
division courses
(numbered 100
through 199). Credit for upper division tutorials numbered 195 through 199 is limited to a maximum of 24
units total for a letter grade, 8 of which may be applied
toward the major.
SCHOLARSHIP REQUIREMENT
A 2.0 (C) average is required in all work attempted at
the University of California, exclusive of courses in
UCLA Extension and those graded Passed/Not Passed.
A 2.0 (C) average is also required in all upper division
courses in the major taken at the University, as well as
in all courses applied toward the general education and
University requirements.
94
HERB ALPERT
SCHOOL OF MUSIC
WRITING REQUIREMENT
Students must complete the Universitys Entry-Level
Writing or English as a Second Language (ESL)
requirement prior to completing the school writing
requirement.
Students admitted to the school are required to complete a two-term writing requirementWriting I and
Writing II. The courses must be taken for letter grades,
and students must receive grades of C or better (C
grades are not acceptable).
Writing I. The Writing I requirement must be satisfied within the first three terms of enrollment by completing English Composition 3 or 3SL with a grade of
C or better (C or a Passed grade is not acceptable).
The Writing I requirement may also be satisfied by (1)
scoring 4 or 5 on one of the College Board Advanced
Placement Examinations in English, (2) a combination
of a score of 720 or better on the SAT Reasoning Test,
Writing and superior performance on the English
Composition 3 Proficiency Examination, (3) completing a course equivalent to English Composition 3 with
a grade of C or better (C or a Passed grade is not
acceptable) taken at another institution, or (4) scoring
5, 6, or 7 on an International Baccalaureate Higher
Level Examination.
Students whose native language is not English may
need to take English Composition 1A, 1B, and 2I
before enrolling in a Writing I course. All courses in
the sequence must be passed with a grade of C or better (C or a Passed grade is not acceptable).
Writing II. The Writing II requirement must be satisfied within the first seven terms of enrollment by com-
DIVERSITY REQUIREMENT
The diversity requirement is predicated on the notion
that students in music must be trained to understand
the local, national, and global realities in which they
make, understand, interpret, and teach music. Those
realities include the multicultural, transnational, and
global nature of contemporary society. To satisfy the
requirement, students must complete one course from
the faculty-approved list of diversity courses (available
online, through degree audits, or in the Student Services Office). The course must be taken for a letter
grade, and students must receive a grade of C or better
(C or a Passed grade is not acceptable).
Students can take a course in any of three parts of their
overall program: (1) general education courses, (2)
courses in the major, or (3) upper division nonmajor
elective courses. As such, students are not required to
complete an additional course to satisfy the diversity
requirement.
95
HERB ALPERT
SCHOOL OF MUSIC
96
HERB ALPERT
SCHOOL OF MUSIC
laboratory experiences, writing, and intensive discussions, students consider the important roles played by
the laws of physics and chemistry in society, biology,
Earth and environmental sciences, and astrophysics
and cosmology.
Foundations Course Lists. Creating and maintaining
a general education curriculum is a dynamic process;
consequently, courses are frequently added to the list.
For the most current list of approved courses that satisfy the Foundations of Knowledge GE plan, consult
an academic counselor or see http://www.registrar.ucla
.edu/Academics/GE-Requirement.
Degree requirements are subject to policies and regulations, including the following:
DEPARTMENT REQUIREMENTS
CHANGING A MAJOR
THE MAJOR
A major is composed of at least 36 units and no more
than 58 units of upper division courses.
Students must complete their major with a scholarship
average of at least a 2.0 (C) in all courses in order to
remain in the major. Each course in the major department must be taken for a letter grade.
As changes in major requirements occur, students are
expected to satisfy the new requirements insofar as
STUDENT RESPONSIBILITY
Students should take advantage of academic support
resources, but they are ultimately responsible for keeping informed of and complying with the rules, regulations, and policies affecting their academic standing.
STUDY LIST
MINIMUM PROGRESS
Students are expected to complete satisfactorily at least
40 units during any three consecutive terms in residence; they are placed on probation if they fail to pass
these units. They are subject to disqualification if they
fail to pass at least 32 units in three consecutive regular
terms in residence.
CONCURRENT ENROLLMENT
Enrollment at a non-UC institution or at UCLA
Extension while enrolled at UCLA is not permitted.
CREDIT LIMITATIONS
The following credit limitations apply to all undergraduate students enrolled in the school:
Advanced Placement Examinations. Credit earned
through the College Board Advanced Placement (AP)
Examinations may be applied toward certain University/school requirements. Consult a counselor in the
ADMISSION
COUNSELING SERVICES
DEGREE REQUIREMENTS
The Herb Alpert School of Music offers advising, program planning in the major and general education
requirements, and individual meetings with school and
departmental counselors. For counseling information,
contact the Student Services Office, Herb Alpert
School of Music, 1642 Schoenberg Music Building,
310-206-5002.
HONORS
Herb Alpert School of Music undergraduate students
who achieve scholastic distinction may qualify for the
following honors and programs:
DEANS HONORS
To receive Deans Honors, students must have at least
12 graded units per term with a grade-point average of
3.8 for less than 16 units of work (3.7 GPA for 16 or
more units). The honor is posted on the transcript for
the appropriate term. Students are not eligible for
Deans Honors in any given term if they receive an
Incomplete or a Not Passed (NP) grade, change a
grade, or repeat a course.
LATIN HONORS
Latin Honors are awarded at graduation to students
with superior grade-point averages. To be eligible, students must have completed 90 or more units for a letter grade at the University of California. The levels of
honors are summa cum laude, magna cum laude, and
cum laude. The minimum GPAs required are subject
to change on an annual basis. Required GPAs in effect
in the graduating year determine student eligibility.
Contact the Student Services Office or http://www
.registrar.ucla.edu/Registration-Classes/Graduation/
Final-Degree-Audit/Latin-Honors for the most current
calculations of Latin honors.
GRADUATE STUDY
The advanced degree programs offered in the Herb
Alpert School of Music provide graduate students with
unique research opportunities when combined with
special resources, such as the Young Research Library,
the special collections of the Music Library, and the
Universitys performance halls.
Fellowships, grants, and assistantships are available
through the departments and the dean of the Graduate
Division.
97
JOHN E. ANDERSON
GRADUATE SCHOOL
OF MANAGEMENT
Judy D. Olian, Dean
UCLA
F407 Mullin Management Commons
Box 951481
Los Angeles, CA 90095-1481
310-825-7982
fax: 310-206-2073
http://www.anderson.ucla.edu
98
JONATHAN AND
KARIN FIELDING
SCHOOL OF PUBLIC
HEALTH
The Anderson
School of
Management
prepares students
to become first-rate
managers with
specialized skills
and a broad
understanding of
the general
economic,
business, and
managerial
environment.
RESEARCH CENTERS
Eight interdisciplinary research centers provide valuable resources that support school programs: Center
for Global Management (CGM), Center for Management of Enterprise in Media, Entertainment, and
Sports (MEMES), Easton Technology Management
Center, Harold and Pauline Price Center for Entrepreneurship and Innovation, Laurence D. and Lori W.
Fink Center for Finance and Investments, Morrison
Center for Marketing and Data Analytics, Richard S.
Ziman Center for Real Estate, and the UCLA Anderson Forecast. See http://www.anderson.ucla.edu
/centers for further details.
OUTREACH PROGRAMS
A wide range of outreach programs, such as the Applied
Management Research Program (AMR), Global Access
Program (GAP), Entrepreneurship Bootcamp for Veterans with Disabilities, Leaders in Sustainability Certificate Program, Management Development for
Entrepreneurs (MDE), and Riordan Programs, offer
many teaching, research, and service resources to
UCLA, the city, and beyond. See http://www.anderson
.ucla.edu/programs-and-outreach.
DEPARTMENTS
The school offers graduate programs leading to both
academic and professional degrees in five departments.
The Department of Biostatistics develops statistical
and analytical techniques for public health use. The
Department of Community Health Sciences addresses
behaviors that prevent disease and enhance health,
health problems of high-risk groups (women, children,
the aged, the poor, the disadvantaged, and racial and
ethnic minorities), health education and promotion,
public health policy, community nutrition, and international health. The Department of Environmental
Health Sciences elucidates health hazards in the general environment and in the workplace. The Department of Epidemiology is concerned with the nature,
extent, and distribution of disease and health in
populations. The Department of Health Policy and
Management deals with the organization, financing,
delivery, quality, and distribution of healthcare
services. The school also administers an interdepartmental degree program in molecular toxicology.
See the Curricula and Courses section for further
information on each department.
ADMISSION
Admission criteria established by the UCLA Graduate
Division require a bachelors degree from a regionally
accredited institution comparable in standard and content to a bachelors degree from the University of California. A scholastic average of B (3.0 on a 4.0 scale) or
better is requiredor its equivalent if the letter grade
system is not usedfor the last 60 semester units or
last 90 quarter units of undergraduate study and in any
postbaccalaureate study. Further requirements for
international students are explained in the Graduate
Study section. See https://grad.ucla.edu/admissions/
international-applicants.
Applicants must also submit the application to the
centralized Schools of Public Health Application Service (SOPHAS) at http://www.sophas.org. For additional admission requirements, see http://ph.ucla.edu/
prospective-students/application-checklist-and-sub
mission-instructions.
DEGREE REQUIREMENTS
Specific degree requirements vary according to the
department and program. Refer to Program Require-
99
JONATHAN AND
KARIN FIELDING
SCHOOL OF PUBLIC
HEALTH
100
JONATHAN AND
KARIN FIELDING
SCHOOL OF PUBLIC
HEALTH
RESEARCH CENTERS
The Center for Environmental Genomics was established in May 2003 in partnership with the Jonsson
Comprehensive Cancer Center. The goal of the center
is to bring together experts from a variety of fields,
including cancer, environmental health, epidemiology,
biostatistics, human genetics, pathology, and pharmacology, to investigate the molecular mechanisms by
which environmental agents such as air pollutants and
radiation interact with genetic predisposing factors to
cause disease. A better understanding of these processes
paves the way not only for targeted drug therapies, but
also for targeted public health efforts to reduce environmental exposures in high-risk populations. Environmental genomics helps prevent diseases rather than waiting
to cure them once they have occurred. See http://ph
.ucla.edu/research/centers/center-environmentalgenomics.
critical mass of expertise has been assembled to conduct activities in five major areas: (1) child health and
social services, (2) applied research, (3) training of
health and social service providers, (4) public policy
research and analysis, and (5) technical assistance and
support to community providers, agencies, and policymakers. See http://www.healthychild.ucla.edu.
101
JONATHAN AND
KARIN FIELDING
SCHOOL OF PUBLIC
HEALTH
102
MEYER AND RENEE
LUSKIN SCHOOL OF
PUBLIC AFFAIRS
DEPARTMENTS
The school combines three academic departments
Public Policy, Social Welfare, and Urban Planning
and faculty members from such diverse disciplines as
economics, geography, history, law, management, and
political science. The school trains policy professionals,
planners, and social workers for public, private, and
nongovernment service, conducts research on significant regional, national, and international issues with a
strong interdisciplinary and cross-cultural focus, and
acts as a convener and catalyst for public dialogue,
engaging people locally, nationally, and internationally.
In addition to requiring that applicants hold a bachelors degree from an accredited U.S. institution or an
equivalent degree or professional title from an international institution, each department in the school has
limitations and additional requirements. Individuals
interested in concurrent degrees must be admitted to
both programs. Detailed information can be found in
Program Requirements for UCLA Graduate Degrees
at https://grad.ucla.edu.
For information on the proficiency in English requirements for international graduate students, see Graduate Admission in the Graduate Study section of this
catalog.
RESEARCH CENTERS
The school houses a number of research centers where
faculty members from across the campus pursue issues
of mutual interest. In addition to their focus on practical policy problems, the research centers also provide
opportunities for student financial aid in the form of
research assistant positions, grants, and fellowships.
ADMISSION
DEGREE REQUIREMENTS
103
104
SCHOOL OF THE
ARTS AND
ARCHITECTURE
The School of the Arts and Architecture has an impressive array of public arts units, including the Center for
the Art of Performance at UCLA, one of the largest
and most diverse performing arts presenters in the
nation, and two world-class museumsthe UCLA
Hammer Museum which focuses on contemporary
and emerging artists and the Fowler Museum at
UCLA which focuses on the traditional and contemporary arts of Africa, the Americas, Asia, and Oceania.
Seven interdisciplinary research centersthe Art and
Global Health Center, Art | Sci Center, cityLAB,
Experiential Technologies Center, Game Lab, Grunwald Center for the Graphic Arts, and NOW Instituteas well as the renowned Murphy Sculpture
Garden are part of the school. All of these offer students the opportunity to broaden and deepen their
experience of the arts and architecture while at UCLA.
In addition to providing a rich and diverse environment on campus, the school encourages students to
participate in community outreach programs designed
around concerts, exhibitions, symposia, and dance
productions presented in cooperation with groups
throughout the greater Los Angeles area.
DEGREES
The school offers the following degrees, in addition to
an undergraduate interdisciplinary minor in Visual and
Performing Arts Education:
Architectural Studies (BA)
Architecture (MArch I, MArch II, MA, PhD)
Art (BA, MFA)
Culture and Performance (MA, PhD)
Dance (BA, MFA)
Design | Media Arts (BA, MFA)
Individual Field (BA)
World Arts and Cultures (BA)
UNDERGRADUATE ADMISSION
SCHOOL REQUIREMENTS
In addition to the University of California undergraduate application, departments in the School of the Arts
and Architecture require auditions, portfolios, or evidence of creativity. Information regarding departmental requirements is available on each department
website; see http://www.arts.ucla.edu/resource/prospec
tive-students/undergraduate-admission/. The annual
deadline date for applications is November 30 for
admission in the following fall quarter. After the UC
application has been filed, applicants must submit supplemental application material and should consult the
individual department website for details.
UNDERGRADUATE DEGREE
REQUIREMENTS
School of the Arts and Architecture students must
meet three types of requirements for the Bachelor of
Arts degree:
1. University requirements
2. School requirements
3. Department requirements
UNIVERSITY REQUIREMENTS
The University of California has two requirements that
undergraduate students must satisfy in order to graduate: (1) Entry-Level Writing or English as a Second
Language and (2) American History and Institutions.
See Degree Requirements in the Undergraduate Study
section for details.
School of the Arts and Architecture students enrolled
in English Composition 1A, 1B, and 2I must take each
course for a letter grade.
105
SCHOOL OF THE
ARTS AND
ARCHITECTURE
UNIT REQUIREMENT
Students must complete for credit, with a passing
grade, no less than 180 units and no more than 216
units, of which at least 64 units must be upper division
courses (numbered 100
through 199). Credit for
upper division tutorials
numbered 195 through
199 is limited to a maximum of 8 units in a single term and a maximum
of 32 units total for a letter grade. Each major
may have limitations on
the number of upper
division tutorials and/or
units that may be
applied toward degree
requirements.
SCHOLARSHIP
REQUIREMENT
A 2.0 (C) average is required in all work attempted at
the University of California, exclusive of courses in
UCLA Extension and those graded Passed/Not Passed.
A 2.0 (C) average is also required in all upper division
courses in the major taken at the University, as well as
in all courses applied toward the general education and
University requirements.
WRITING REQUIREMENT
Students must complete the University Entry-Level
Writing or English as a Second Language (ESL)
requirement prior to completing the school writing
requirement.
Students admitted to the school are required to complete a two-term writing requirementWriting I and
Writing II. The courses must be taken for letter grades,
and students must receive grades of C or better (C
grades are not acceptable).
Writing I. The Writing I requirement must be satisfied within the first three terms of enrollment by completing English Composition 3 or 3SL with a grade of
C or better (C or a Passed grade is not acceptable).
The Writing I requirement may also be satisfied by (1)
scoring 4 or 5 on one of the College Board Advanced
106
SCHOOL OF THE
ARTS AND
ARCHITECTURE
DIVERSITY REQUIREMENT
The aim of courses in this area is to ensure that students gain a fundamental understanding of how scientists formulate and answer questions about the
operation of both the physical and biological world.
The courses also deal with some of the most important
issues, developments, and methodologies in contemporary science, addressing such topics as the origin of
the universe, environmental degradation, and the
decoding of the human genome. Through lectures,
laboratory experiences, writing, and intensive discussions, students consider the important roles played by
the laws of physics and chemistry in society, biology,
Earth and environmental sciences, and astrophysics
and cosmology.
Foundations Course Lists. Creating and maintaining
a general education curriculum is a dynamic process;
consequently, courses are frequently added to the list.
For the most current list of approved courses that satisfy the Foundations of Knowledge GE plan, consult
an academic counselor or see http://www.registrar.ucla
.edu/Academics/GE-Requirement.
Reciprocity with Other UC Campuses
Students who transfer to UCLA from other UC campuses and have met all GE requirements prior to
enrolling at UCLA are not required to complete the
School of the Arts and Architecture GE requirements.
Written verification from the dean at the other UC
campus is required. Verification letters should be sent
to the Student Services Office, School of the Arts and
Architecture, 2200 Broad Art Center, UCLA, Box
951620, Los Angeles, CA 90095-1620.
Intersegmental General Education Transfer
Curriculum
Transfer students from California community colleges
have the option to fulfill UCLA lower division GE
requirements by completing the Intersegmental General Education Transfer Curriculum (IGETC) prior to
transfer. The curriculum consists of a series of subject
areas and types of courses which have been agreed on
by the University of California and the California
community colleges. Although GE or transfer core
courses are degree requirements rather than admission
requirements, students are advised to fulfill them prior
to transfer. The IGETC significantly eases the transfer
process, as all UCLA GE requirements are fulfilled
when students complete the IGETC courses. Students
who select the IGETC must complete it entirely before
enrolling at UCLA. Otherwise, they must fulfill the
School of the Arts and Architecture GE requirements.
DEPARTMENT REQUIREMENTS
School of the Arts and Architecture departments generally set two types of requirements that must be satisfied for the award of the degree: (1) Preparation for the
Major (lower division courses) and (2) the Major
(upper division courses). Preparation for the Major
courses should be completed before beginning upper
division work.
107
SCHOOL OF THE
ARTS AND
ARCHITECTURE
108
THE MAJOR
CHANGING A MAJOR
SCHOOL OF THE
ARTS AND
ARCHITECTURE
A major is composed of no less than 56 units, including at least 36 units of upper division courses.
Students must complete their major with a scholarship
average of at least a 2.0 (C) in all courses in order to
remain in the major. Each course in the major department must be taken for a letter grade.
As changes in major requirements occur, students are
expected to satisfy the new requirements insofar as
possible. Hardship cases should be discussed with the
department adviser, and petitions for adjustment
should be submitted to the dean of the school when
necessary.
Any department offering a major in the School of the
Arts and Architecture may require a general final
examination.
Individual Majors. Highly motivated students who
believe that no single major accommodates their specific interests and goals may propose designing their
own major. Proposals are prepared with faculty guidance and sponsorship and must explain the intent
concerning the anticipated program of study and
reasons why the academic goals cannot be achieved
within an existing major. Proposals must be submitted
no later than the end of the sophomore year. Transfer
students must complete at least one term of residency
at UCLA before proposing an individual major. Students interested in designing an individual major
should consult the Director of Student Services,
School of the Arts and Architecture, 2200 Broad Art
Center, 310-206-3564.
Minors and Double Majors. Students may petition to
be reviewed for a minor and/or double major on an
individual basis. It is strongly recommended that students pursuing a minor or double major enroll in 15 to
20 units per term. Contact the Student Services Office
for an outline of criteria required.
STUDENT RESPONSIBILITY
Students should take advantage of academic support
resources, but they are ultimately responsible for keeping informed of and complying with the rules, regulations, and policies affecting their academic standing.
STUDY LIST
Each term the student study list must include from 12
to 20 units. The school has no provision for part-time
enrollment. After the first term, students may petition
to carry more than 20 units if they have an overall
grade-point average of 3.0 (B) or better and have
attained at least a B average in the preceding term with
all courses passed. Consult the Student Services Office
no later than the end of the second week of instruction.
MINIMUM PROGRESS
Students are expected to complete satisfactorily at least
36 units during any three consecutive terms in residence; they are placed on probation if they fail to pass
these units. They are subject to dismissal if they fail to
pass at least 32 units in three consecutive regular terms
in residence.
CONCURRENT ENROLLMENT
Enrollment at a non-UC institution or at UCLA
Extension while enrolled at UCLA is not permitted.
CREDIT LIMITATIONS
The following credit limitations apply to all undergraduate students enrolled in the school:
Advanced Placement Examinations. Credit earned
through the College Board Advanced Placement (AP)
Examinations may be applied toward certain University/school requirements. Consult a counselor in the
Student Services Office to determine applicable credit.
Portions of AP Examination credit may be evaluated
by corresponding UCLA course numbers (e.g., French
4). If students take the equivalent UCLA course, unit
credit for such duplication is deducted before graduation. See the AP table at http://www.admission.ucla
.edu/prospect/APCreditAA.htm for UCLA course
equivalents and credit allowed for GE requirements.
Graduate Courses. Undergraduate students who wish
to take courses numbered in the 200 series for credit
toward a specific degree requirement must petition for
advance approval of the department chair and the dean
of the school and must meet the specific qualifications.
Courses numbered in the 400 and 500 series may not
be applied toward the degree.
COUNSELING SERVICES
The School of the Arts and Architecture offers advising, program planning in the major and general education requirements, and individual meetings with
school and departmental counselors. For counseling
information, contact the Student Services Office,
School of the Arts and Architecture, 2200 Broad Art
Center, 310-206-3564.
HONORS
School of the Arts and Architecture undergraduate students who achieve scholastic distinction may qualify
for the following honors and programs:
DEANS HONORS
To receive Deans Honors, students must have at least
12 graded units per term with a grade-point average of
3.8 for less than 16 units of work (3.7 GPA for 16 or
more units). The honor is posted on the transcript for
the appropriate term. Students are not eligible for
Deans Honors in any given term if they receive an
Incomplete or a Not Passed (NP) grade, change a
grade, or repeat a course.
LATIN HONORS
Latin Honors are awarded at graduation to students
with superior grade-point averages. To be eligible, students must have completed 90 or more units for a letter grade at the University of California. The levels of
honors are summa cum laude, magna cum laude, and
cum laude. The minimum GPAs required are subject
to change on an annual basis. Required GPAs in effect
in the graduating year determine student eligibility.
Contact the Student Services Office or http://www
.registrar.ucla.edu/Registration-Classes/Graduation/
Final-Degree-Audit/Latin-Honors for the most current
calculations of Latin honors.
GRADUATE STUDY
The advanced degree programs offered in the School
of the Arts and Architecture provide graduate students
with unique research opportunities when combined
with special resources, such as the Young Research
Library, the special collections of the Arts Library, and
the Universitys exhibition halls.
Fellowships, grants, and assistantships are available
through the departments and the dean of the Graduate
Division.
ADMISSION
In addition to requiring that applicants hold a bachelors degree from an accredited U.S. institution or an
equivalent degree of professional title from an international institution, each department in the school has
limitations and additional requirements. In general,
samples of creative work (auditions, portfolios, computer programs, etc.) are required. Detailed information is available on individual department websites
and in Program Requirements for UCLA Graduate
Degrees at https://grad.ucla.edu.
For information on the proficiency in English requirements for international graduate students, see Graduate Admission in the Graduate Study section of this
catalog.
DEGREE REQUIREMENTS
Requirements to fulfill each degree objective vary
according to the degree and the department. For complete degree requirements, see Program Requirements
for UCLA Graduate Degrees at https://grad.ucla.edu.
SCHOOL OF DENTISTRY
Paul H. Krebsbach, Dean
UCLA
53-038 Dentistry
Box 951668
Los Angeles, CA 90095-1668
310-206-6063
fax: 310-794-7734
https://www.dentistry.ucla.edu
PREDENTAL CURRICULUM
For details on the three-year predental curriculum, see
http://career.ucla.edu/Pre-Health-Career-Services.
DDS DEGREE
The UCLA dental curriculum leading to the degree of
Doctor of Dental Surgery (DDS) is based on the quarter system. The course of study usually takes four academic years of approximately nine months each, with
three required summer quarters between the first/second, second/third, and third/fourth years. The curric-
109
SCHOOL OF
DENTISTRY
110
SCHOOL OF LAW
The School of
Dentistry has an
international
reputation for its
teaching and
research activities,
which prepare
students for
professional careers
dedicated to patient
treatment and
service.
RESIDENT PROGRAMS
School of Dentistry opportunities for resident study
include a one-year general practice residency program;
a one-year advanced education in general dentistry
program; a one-year residency in maxillofacial prosthodontics; a six-year oral and maxillofacial surgery residency training program; three-year prosthodontics,
periodontics, orthodontics, and dental anesthesiology
programs; two-year programs in the specialties of endodontics, oral radiology, and orofacial pain and dysfunction; and a 26-month program in pediatric
dentistry.
Information on the resident programs can be obtained
by writing directly to Residency Programs, School of
Dentistry, A0-111 Dentistry, UCLA, Box 951762, Los
Angeles, CA 90095-1762.
SCHOOL OF LAW
Jennifer L. Mnookin, Dean
UCLA
1242 Law Building
Box 951476
Los Angeles, CA 90095-1476
310-825-4841
fax: 310-206-7763
http://www.law.ucla.edu
By any standard, the School of Law at UCLA is recognized as one of the nations great law schools. Each year
a lively, talented, and diverse law student population
assembles in a rigorous, innovative, and supportive
environment. Members of the faculty frequently
receive awards for teaching excellence and are highly
regarded Universitywide and nationally. They also
are recognized worldwide for their contributions to
scholarship and law reform in a broad spectrum of
DEGREES
The school offers the following degrees:
Juris Doctor (JD)
Master of Laws (LLM)
Doctor of Juridical Science (SJD)
Concurrent Degree Programs
The school offers nine concurrent degree programs:
Law JD/African American Studies MA
Law JD/American Indian Studies MA
Law JD/Education MEd, MA, EdD, or PhD
Law JD/Management MBA
Law JD/Philosophy PhD
Law JD/Public Health MPH
Law JD/Public Policy MPP
Law JD/Social Welfare MSW
Law JD/Urban Planning MURP
In addition to the concurrent programs above, students may design a tailored program from other disciplines in the UCLA curriculum or from another highquality institution; this must be arranged in consultation with the School of Law and the other selected
program.
Detailed information about the academic programs
offered by the School of Law, course titles and descriptions, fees, and the semester-system calendar by which
it operates are available at http://www.law.ucla.edu/
academics/degrees-and-specializations/.
111
SCHOOL OF LAW
The outstanding
reputation of the
School of Law is
based on
excellence in
scholarship,
rigorous education
programs, and the
quality of a faculty
that includes
eminent authorities
in all major fields
of law.
112
SCHOOL OF LAW
public conversation about race relations. It is appropriate for law students who seek advanced study and/or
practice in race and the law, critical race theory, civil
rights, public policy, and other legal practice areas that
are likely to involve working with racial minority clients and communities or working to combat racial
inequality. The course of study emphasizes mastery of
five areas: (1) history (centered on the Constitution
but focused as well on a variety of other legal documents and experiences), (2) theory (critical race theory,
jurisprudence, and theoretical advances outside the
legal academy), (3) comparative subordination (understanding of the multiracial nature of American race
relations, as well as how racial inequality is affected by
discrimination based on gender, sexual orientation,
and disability), (4) doctrine (case and statutory law
and its interpretation), and (5) practice (including
legal practice, community service, and lawyers use of
social science inquiries and methods).
113
SCHOOL OF LAW
114
SCHOOL OF LAW
courses that encompass all areas of legal practicelitigation, transactional, and public interest. In addition,
second- and third-year students can do part-time and
fill-time externships, working for judges, government
agencies, public interest law firms, and nonprofit organizations.
The clinical program is led by exceptional faculty
membersvisionary scholars who have contributed
the cornerstone ideas that form the basis of clinical
training, as well as a new generation of leaders who are
bringing clinical education into areas of the legal profession that have long remained outside the scope of
hands-on training.
115
SCHOOL OF LAW
116
SCHOOL OF LAW
SCHOOL OF NURSING
Linda P. Sarna, Interim Dean
UCLA
2-200 Factor Building
Box 951702
Los Angeles, CA 90095-1702
310-825-6562
fax: 310-267-0330
e-mail: sonsaff@sonnet.ucla.edu
http://www.nursing.ucla.edu
117
SCHOOL OF
NURSING
The School of
Nursing is
consistently ranked
high for its
teaching and
research programs.
The innovative
curriculum is
responsive to
national needs in
healthcare and the
diversity of the
patient population.
118
SCHOOL OF
NURSING
The prelicensure (BS and MECN) and advanced practice masters programs are approved by the California
Board of Registered Nursing. In 2011 the Commission
on Collegiate Nursing Education (CCNE) accredited
the existing bachelors and masters degree programs
for a term of 10 years, the longest award period that
can be granted.
DEGREES
The school offers the following degrees:
Bachelor of Science (BS)
Master of Science (MS)
Master of Science in Nursing (MSN)
Doctor of Philosophy (PhD)
Concurrent Degree Program
The school offers one concurrent degree program to
which admission is currently suspended:
Nursing MSN/Management MBA
UNDERGRADUATE ADMISSION
The School of Nursing admits new undergraduate students in fall quarter only. BS (Prelicensure) students
are admitted at the freshman and junior levels. See
Nursing in the Curricula and Courses section for additional admission requirements.
UNDERGRADUATE DEGREE
REQUIREMENTS
School of Nursing students must meet three types of
requirements for the Bachelor of Science degree:
1. University requirements
2. School requirements
3. Major requirements
UNIVERSITY REQUIREMENTS
The University of California has two requirements that
undergraduate students must satisfy in order to graduate: (1) Entry-Level Writing or English as a Second
Language and (2) American History and Institutions.
See Degree Requirements in the Undergraduate Study
section for details.
School of Nursing students enrolled in English Composition 1A, 1B, and 2I must take each course for a
letter grade.
SCHOOL REQUIREMENTS
The School of Nursing has six requirements that must
be satisfied for the award of the degree: unit, scholarship, academic residence, writing, quantitative reasoning, and general education.
UNIT REQUIREMENT
Students must complete with a passing grade a minimum of 180 units. At least 83 of the 180 units must be
upper division courses numbered 100 through 199. A
maximum of 216 units is permitted. Students with
advanced placement or international baccalaureate
credit may exceed the unit maximum by the amount
of that credit.
School of Nursing
Structure of a Degree
University Requirements
1. Entry-Level Writing or English as a Second Language
2. American History and Institutions
School Requirements
1. Unit
2. Scholarship
3. Academic Residence
4. Writing Requirement
Writing I
Writing II
5. Quantitative Reasoning
6. General Education
Foundations of Arts and Humanities
Foundations of Society and Culture
Foundations of Scientific Inquiry
Major Requirements
1. Preparation for the Major
2. The Major
Courses that do not satisfy specific University, school, or
department requirements are referred to as electives and
can be used to meet the minimum unit requirement for
graduation.
SCHOLARSHIP REQUIREMENT
A 2.0 (C) average is required in all work attempted at
the University of California, exclusive of courses in
UCLA Extension and those graded Passed/Not Passed.
A 2.0 (C) average is also required in all upper division
courses in the major taken at the University, as well as
in all courses applied toward the general education and
University requirements. Each required nursing course
in the school must be completed with a grade of C or
better (C grade is not acceptable). Elective courses
may be taken on a Passed/Not Passed basis with prior
approval, according to the policy listed in the Academic Policies section of this catalog.
WRITING REQUIREMENT
Students must complete the University Entry-Level
Writing or English as a Second Language (ESL)
requirement prior to completing the school writing
requirement.
Students admitted to the school are required to complete a two-term writing requirementWriting I and
Writing II. Two courses in English composition are
required for graduation. Both courses must be taken
for letter grades, and students must receive grades of C
or better (C grades are not acceptable).
Writing I. The Writing I requirement must be satisfied within the first three terms of enrollment by completing English Composition 3 or 3SL with a grade of
C or better (C or a Passed grade is not acceptable).
The Writing I requirement may also be satisfied by (1)
scoring 4 or 5 on one of the College Board Advanced
Placement Examinations in English, (2) a combination
119
SCHOOL OF
NURSING
120
SCHOOL OF
NURSING
School of Nursing
General Education Requirements
Foundations of the Arts and Humanities
Literary and Cultural Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Course
Philosophical and Linguistic Analysis . . . . . . . . 1 Course
Visual and Performance Arts Analysis
and Practice. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Course
Total = 15 units minimum
Foundations of Society and Culture
Historical Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Course
Social Analysis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Course
Third course from either subgroup . . . . . . . . . . 1 Course
Total = 15 units minimum
Foundations of Scientific Inquiry
Life Sciences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Courses
Physical Sciences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Courses
Total = 18 units minimum
Total GE . . . . . . . . . . . .10 Courses/48 Units Minimum
One of the 10 courses may be a GE-approved Writing II
course in an appropriate foundational area selected from
a list published in the Schedule of Classes and available
in the Student Affairs Office.
Preparation for the major courses may overlap with GE
foundation courses.
the program, students must fulfill the general education requirements prior to transfer.
Additional requirements are listed under Admission
and Preparation for the Major in the Curricula and
Courses section of this catalog.
http://www.admission.ucla.edu/prospect/APCredit
NS.htm for UCLA course equivalents and credit
allowed for GE requirements.
MAJOR REQUIREMENTS
STUDENT RESPONSIBILITY
Students should take advantage of academic support
resources, but they are ultimately responsible for keeping informed of and complying with the rules, regulations, and policies affecting their academic standing.
STUDY LIST
The presentation of study lists by the students and
their acceptance by the school evidences an obligation
on the part of the students to faithfully perform the
designated work to the best of their ability. Withdrawal from, or neglect of, any course entered on the
study list, or a change in program without the formal
permission of the assistant dean of Student Affairs renders students liable to enforced withdrawal from the
University or other appropriate disciplinary action.
Students are expected to follow the course sequence
specified for their program. After the first term, they
may petition to carry a program of study exceeding 20
units provided they have an overall grade-point average
of 3.0 (B or better) and have attained at least a B average in the preceding term with all courses passed.
MINIMUM PROGRESS
Students are expected to complete satisfactorily at least
36 units during any three consecutive terms in residence; they are placed on probation if they fail to pass
these units. They are subject to dismissal if they fail to
pass at least 32 units in three consecutive regular terms
in residence.
CONCURRENT ENROLLMENT
Enrollment at a non-UC institution or UCLA Extension while enrolled at UCLA is not permitted except in
extraordinary circumstances. No credit is given for
courses taken concurrently elsewhere without the
approval of the school.
CREDIT LIMITATIONS
The following credit limitations apply to all undergraduate students enrolled in the school:
Advanced Placement Examinations. Credit earned
through the College Board Advanced Placement (AP)
Examinations may not be applied toward the general
education requirements. Portions of AP Examination
credit may be evaluated by corresponding UCLA
course numbers (e.g., History 1C). If students take the
equivalent UCLA course, unit credit for such duplication is deducted before graduation. See the AP table at
COUNSELING SERVICES
HONORS
School of Nursing undergraduate students who
achieve scholastic distinction may qualify for the
following honors:
DEANS HONORS
To receive Deans Honors, undergraduate students
must have at least 12 graded units per term with a
grade-point average of 3.75. The honor is posted on
the transcript for the appropriate term. Students are
not eligible for Deans Honors in any given term if they
receive an Incomplete or a Not Passed (NP) grade,
change a grade, or repeat a course.
LATIN HONORS
Students who have achieved scholastic distinction may
be awarded the bachelors degree with Latin honors. To
be eligible, students must have completed 98 or more
units for a letter grade at the University of California
and must have attained an overall grade-point average
at graduation that places them in the top five percent
of College graduates (GPA of 3.893 or better) for
summa cum laude, the next five percent (GPA of 3.816
or better) for magna cum laude, and the next 10 percent
(GPA of 3.700 or better) for cum laude. Coursework
taken on the Education Abroad Program is applied
toward Latin honors at graduation. The minimum
GPAs required are subject to change on an annual
basis. Required GPAs in effect in the graduating year
(fall, winter, spring, summer) determine student eligibility. Students should consult their Degree Progress
Reports, Degree Audits, or http://www.registrar.ucla
.edu/Registration-Classes/Graduation/Final-DegreeAudit/Latin-Honors for the most current calculations
of Latin honors.
GRADUATE STUDY
The Master of Science in Nursing (MSN) degree program offers prelicensure and postlicensure options.
121
SCHOOL OF
NURSING
122
SCHOOL OF
THEATER, FILM, AND
TELEVISION
ADMISSION
Detailed information about the graduate academic
programs offered by the School of Nursing is included
in the Program Requirements for UCLA Graduate
Degrees at https://grad.ucla.edu.
For information on the proficiency in English requirements for international graduate students, see Graduate Admission in the Graduate Study section of this
catalog.
DEGREE REQUIREMENTS
For complete degree requirements, see Program
Requirements for UCLA Graduate Degrees at https://
grad.ucla.edu.
SCHOOL OF THEATER,
FILM, AND TELEVISION
Teri E. Schwartz, Dean
UCLA
102 East Melnitz Building
Box 951622
Los Angeles, CA 90095-1622
310-825-5761
fax: 310-825-3383
e-mail: info@tft.ucla.edu
http://www.tft.ucla.edu
forms, modes of communication, and cultural interventions, theater, film and television, and digital media
have in common the ability and power to reflect and
shape our perception of a complex, diverse, and everchanging world. We believeas artists and scholars
that we have an obligation to reflect on this power and
to use it responsibly.
Situated in the diverse and culturally rich environment
of Los Angeles and drawing on the many resources of
the campus at large, including the Center for the Art
of Performance at UCLA, Geffen Playhouse, and
UCLA Film and Television Archive, the school provides the ideal setting for students to engage in the
study and practice of art forms essential to a healthy
and dynamic society.
DEGREES
The school offers the following degrees, in addition to
undergraduate minors in Film, Television, and Digital
Media and in Theater:
Film and Television (BA, MA, MFA, CPhil, PhD)
Individual Field (BA)
Theater (BA, MFA)
Theater and Performance Studies (CPhil, PhD)
UNDERGRADUATE ADMISSION
In addition to the University of California undergraduate application, departments in the School of Theater, Film, and Television require applicants to submit
additional supporting materials. Information on
departmental requirements is available at http://www
.tft.ucla.edu. The annual deadline date for applications
is November 30 for admission in the following fall
quarter.
UNDERGRADUATE DEGREE
REQUIREMENTS
123
SCHOOL OF
School of Theater, Film, and Television students must THEATER, FILM, AND
TELEVISION
meet three types of requirements for the Bachelor of
Arts degree:
1. University requirements
2. School requirements
3. Department requirements
UNIVERSITY REQUIREMENTS
The University of California has two requirements that
undergraduate students must satisfy in order to graduate: (1) Entry-Level Writing or English as a Second
Language and (2) American History and Institutions.
See Degree Requirements in the Undergraduate Study
section for details.
School of Theater, Film, and Television students
enrolled in English Composition 1A, 1B, and 2I must
take each course for a letter grade.
SCHOOL REQUIREMENTS
The School of Theater, Film, and Television has seven
requirements that must be satisfied for the award of
the degree: unit, scholarship, academic residence, writing, foreign language, literature, and general education.
UNIT REQUIREMENT
Students must complete for credit, with a passing
grade, no less than 180 units and no more than 216
units, of which at least 64 units must be upper division
courses (numbered 100 through 199). No more than 8
units of freshman seminars and/or 8 units of 300-level
courses may be applied toward the degree. Credit for
upper division tutorials numbered 195 through 199 is
limited to a maximum of 8 units in a single term and a
maximum of 32 units total for a letter grade.
SCHOLARSHIP REQUIREMENT
Students must earn at least a C (2.0) grade-point average in all courses undertaken at UCLA for receipt of
the bachelors degree, in all upper division courses in
the major, and in all courses applied toward the general
education requirements.
WRITING REQUIREMENT
Students must complete the Universitys Entry-Level
Writing or English as a Second Language (ESL)
requirement prior to completing the school writing
requirement.
124
SCHOOL OF
THEATER, FILM, AND
TELEVISION
The School of
Theater, Film, and
Television is
recognized for
education in
production and
performance as well
as history, theory,
and criticism of
both established
and new digital
media.
Students admitted to the school are required to complete a two-term writing requirementWriting I and
Writing II. Two courses in English composition are
required for graduation. Both courses must be taken
for letter grades, and students must receive grades of C
or better (C grades are not acceptable).
Writing I. The Writing I requirement must be satisfied within the first three terms of enrollment by completing English Composition 3 or 3SL with a grade of
C or better (C or a Passed grade is not acceptable).
The Writing I requirement may also be satisfied by (1)
scoring 4 or 5 on one of
the College Board Advanced
Placement Examinations
in English, (2) a combination of a score of 720 or
better on the SAT Reasoning Test, Writing and superior performance on the
English Composition 3
Proficiency Examination,
(3) completing a course
equivalent to English
Composition 3 with a
grade of C or better (C or
a Passed grade is not
acceptable) taken at another institution, or (4) scoring
5, 6, or 7 on an International Baccalaureate Higher
Level Examination.
Students whose native language is not English may
need to take English Composition 1A, 1B, and 2I
before enrolling in a Writing I course. All courses in
the sequence must be passed with a grade of C or better (C or a Passed grade is not acceptable).
Writing II. The Writing II requirement must be satisfied within the first six terms of enrollment by completing one course from a faculty-approved list of
Writing II courses published at http://www.registrar
.ucla.edu/Academics/Writing-II-Requirement. The
course must be completed with a grade of C or better
(C or a Passed grade is not acceptable).
A Writing II course used to meet this requirement may
not be applied toward a foundational area under general education or toward the literature requirement.
Transfer students with 90 or more units who have
completed the Intersegmental General Education
Transfer Curriculum (IGETC) will have satisfied the
Writing I and Writing II requirements. No transfer
student is admitted to the school without completing,
with a grade of C or better (C grade is not acceptable),
a college-level writing course that Undergraduate Admission accepts as equivalent to English Composition 3.
LITERATURE REQUIREMENT
Three courses (12 units minimum) in literature are
required, at least one of which must be upper division.
A school-approved literature course taken in the original language can fulfill this requirement. A list of
courses that satisfy the requirement is available in the
Student Services Office. A course taken to meet the
Writing II requirement may not also be applied toward
the literature requirement or toward a foundational
area under general education.
FOUNDATIONS OF KNOWLEDGE
General education courses are grouped into three
foundational areas: Foundations of the Arts and
Humanities, Foundations of Society and Culture, and
Foundations of Scientific Inquiry.
Ten courses (48 units minimum) are required. A
course taken to meet the Writing II requirement may
not also be applied toward a GE requirement.
Courses listed in more than one category can fulfill GE
requirements in only one of the cross-listed categories.
GE courses may not be applied toward major requirements.
Foundations of the Arts and Humanities. Five 5-unit
courses, with no more than two from any one subgroup:
Literary and Cultural Analysis
Philosophical and Linguistic Analysis
Visual and Performance Arts Analysis and Practice
The aim of courses in this area is to provide perspectives and intellectual skills necessary to comprehend
and think critically about our situation in the world as
human beings. In particular, the courses provide the
basic means to appreciate and evaluate the ongoing
efforts of humans to explain, translate, and transform
their diverse experiences of the world through such
media as language, literature, philosophical systems,
images, sounds, and performances. The courses introduce students to the historical development and fundamental intellectual and ethical issues associated with
the arts and humanities and may also investigate the
complex relations between artistic and humanistic
expression and other facets of society and culture.
Foundations of Society and Culture. Three 5-unit
courses, one from each subgroup and a third course
from either subgroup:
Historical Analysis
Social Analysis
The aim of courses in this area is to introduce students
to the ways in which humans organize, structure,
rationalize, and govern their diverse societies and cultures over time. The courses focus on a particular historical question, societal problem, or topic of political
and economic concern in an effort to demonstrate how
issues are objectified for study, how data is collected
and analyzed, and how new understandings of social
phenomena are achieved and evaluated.
Foundations of Scientific Inquiry. Two courses (8
units minimum), one from each subgroup:
Life Sciences
Physical Sciences
The aim of courses in this area is to ensure that students gain a fundamental understanding of how scientists formulate and answer questions about the
operation of both the physical and biological world.
The courses also deal with some of the most important
issues, developments, and methodologies in contemporary science, addressing such topics as the origin of
the universe, environmental degradation, and the
decoding of the human genome. Through lectures,
laboratory experiences, writing, and intensive discussions, students consider the important roles played by
the laws of physics and chemistry in society, biology,
Earth and environmental sciences, and astrophysics
and cosmology.
DEPARTMENT REQUIREMENTS
School of Theater, Film, and Television departments
generally set two types of requirements that must be
satisfied for the award of the degree: (1) Preparation
for the Major (lower division courses) and (2) the
Major (upper division courses). Preparation for the
Major courses should be completed before beginning
upper division work.
THE MAJOR
A major is composed of no less than 56 units, including at least 36 units of upper division courses.
Students must complete their major with a scholarship
average of at least a 2.0 (C) in all courses in order to
remain in the major. Each course in the school must be
taken for a letter grade.
As changes in major requirements occur, students are
expected to satisfy the new requirements insofar as
possible. Hardship cases should be discussed with the
126
SCHOOL OF
THEATER, FILM, AND
TELEVISION
STUDENT RESPONSIBILITY
Students should take advantage of academic support
resources, but they are ultimately responsible for keeping informed of and complying with the rules, regulations, and policies affecting their academic standing.
STUDY LIST
The study list is a record of classes that a student is taking for a particular term. Each term the student study
list must include from 12 to 19 units. The school has
no provision for part-time enrollment. After the first
term, students may petition to carry more than 19
units (up to 22 units maximum) if they have an overall
grade-point average of 3.0 (B) or better and have
attained at least a B average in the preceding term with
all courses passed. The petitions must be filed and
approved by the Student Services Office no later than
the end of the third week of instruction.
First-term transfer students from any other campus of
the University may carry excess units on the same basis
as students who have completed one or more terms at
UCLA; however, they are not encouraged to do so.
MINIMUM PROGRESS
Students are expected to complete satisfactorily at least
36 units during any three consecutive terms in residence; they are placed on probation if they fail to pass
these units. They are subject to dismissal if they fail to
pass at least 32 units in three consecutive regular terms
in residence.
CREDIT LIMITATIONS
The following credit limitations apply to all undergraduate students enrolled in the school:
Advanced Placement Examinations. Credit earned
through the College Board Advanced Placement (AP)
Examinations may be applied toward the school and
general education requirements. If students take the
equivalent UCLA course, unit credit for such duplication is deducted before graduation. See the AP table at
http://www.admission.ucla.edu/prospect/APCredit
TF.htm for UCLA course equivalents and credit
allowed for GE requirements.
Graduate Courses. Undergraduate students who wish
to take graduate courses (200 level) for credit toward
the bachelors degree must petition for advance
approval of the department chair and the dean of the
school and must meet the specific qualifications.
Courses numbered in the 400 and 500 series are not
open for credit to undergraduate students.
UCLA Extension. Extension courses with the prefix X
on those numbered in the 1 through 199, 200, 300,
400, or 800 series may not be applied toward the
degree.
Upper Division Tutorials. Credit for upper division
tutorials numbered 195 through 199 is limited to a
maximum of 8 units in a single term and a maximum
of 32 units total for a letter grade.
COUNSELING SERVICES
The School of Theater, Film, and Television offers
advising, program planning in the major and general
education requirements, and individual meetings with
departmental counselors, including a yearly degree
check. Prior to registration and enrollment in classes,
each new student is assigned to a counselor in the
major department. For further counseling information, contact the Student Services Office, School of
Theater, Film, and Television, 103 East Melnitz Building, 310-206-8441.
HONORS
School of Theater, Film, and Television undergraduate
students who achieve scholastic distinction may qualify
for the following honors and programs:
CHANGING A MAJOR
DEANS HONORS
CONCURRENT ENROLLMENT
Enrollment at another institution or UCLA Extension
while enrolled at UCLA is not permitted except in
extraordinary circumstances. No credit is given for
courses taken concurrently elsewhere without the
approval of the school.
LATIN HONORS
Students who have achieved scholastic distinction may
be awarded the bachelors degree with Latin honors. To
be eligible, students must have completed 90 or more
units for a letter grade at the University of California
and must have attained an overall grade-point average
at graduation that places them in the top five percent
of College graduates (GPA of 3.959 or better) for
summa cum laude, the next five percent (GPA of 3.923
or better) for magna cum laude, and the next 10 percent
(GPA of 3.850 or better) for cum laude. Coursework
taken on the Education Abroad Program is applied
toward Latin honors at graduation. The minimum
GPAs required are subject to change on an annual
GRADUATE STUDY
The advanced degree programs offered in the School
of Theater, Film, and Television provide graduate students with unique research opportunities when combined with special resources, such as the Young
Research Library, UCLA Film and Television Archive,
Geffen Playhouse, special collections of the Arts
Library, and the Universitys exhibition and performance halls.
A program in teaching is offered by the Graduate
School of Education and Information Studies in each
of the areas.
Fellowships, grants, and assistantships are available
through the dean of the Graduate Division. Donor
awards are available through the School of Theater,
Film, and Television.
ADMISSION
127
DEGREE REQUIREMENTS
Requirements to fulfill each degree objective vary
according to the degree and the department. For complete degree requirements, see Program Requirements
for UCLA Graduate Degrees at https://grad.ucla.edu.
Undergraduate Course
Numbering
Undergraduate courses are classified as lower
division and upper division. Lower division
courses (numbered 199) are often surveys
offering preliminary introductions to the subject
field. They are designed primarily for freshmen
and sophomores, though upper division students may enroll for unit and grade credit.
Lower division courses may not be applied toward graduate degrees.
Upper division courses (numbered 100199)
are open to all students who have met the requisites indicated in departmental requirements
or the course description. Preparation generally
includes at least one lower division course in
the subject or two years of college work. With
approval of the major department, graduate
students may take 100-series courses toward
satisfaction of master's degree requirements.
Undergraduate Seminars
and Tutorials
Fiat Lux freshman seminars (numbered 19)
are taught by faculty in areas of their expertise.
They introduce freshmen to topics of intellectual importance and enable them to participate
in critical discussion of these topics with a
small group of peers. The seminar series takes
its name from the motto of the University of
California: Fiat LuxLet There be Light!
Sophomore seminars (numbered 88) are departmentally sponsored courses designed to
provide sophomores the opportunity to participate in small seminars to enhance writing, verbal, and analytical skills.
Honors seminars and tutorials (numbered
89/189 and 89HC/189HC) are primarily
designed for students in the College Honors
Program. They are adjunct to lecture courses
and explore lecture topics in more depth
AFRICAN AMERICAN
STUDIES
College of Letters and Science
UCLA
1308 Rolfe Hall
Box 951545
Los Angeles, CA 90095-1545
310-825-9821, 825-3776
fax: 310-825-9276
e-mail: staff@afam.ucla.edu
http://www.afam.ucla.edu
Cheryl I. Harris, JD, Interim Chair
Professors
Walter R. Allen, PhD
Devon W. Carbado, JD (Honorable Harry Pregerson
Endowed Professor of Law)
Cheryl I. Harris, JD (Rosalinde and Arthur Gilbert
Foundation Endowed Professor of Civil Rights and
Civil Liberties)
Darnell M. Hunt, PhD
Robin D. G. Kelley, PhD
Mark Q. Sawyer, PhD
Brenda Stevenson, PhD
Patricia A. Turner, PhD
Richard A. Yarborough, PhD
Associate Professors
Scot D. Brown, PhD
Aisha K. Finch, PhD
Yogita Goyal, PhD
Marcus A. Hunter, PhD
Uri G. McMillan, PhD
Mignon R. Moore, PhD
Jemima Pierre, PhD
Melvin L. Rogers, PhD (Scott Waugh Endowed
Professor in Division of Social Sciences)
Assistant Professors
Bryonn R. Bain, JD, in Residence
Sarah Haley, PhD
Peter J. Hudson, PhD
Safiya U. Noble, PhD
also provides opportunities to study the literary, musical, and artistic heritage of peoples of
African descent. Second, students analyze key
issues through additional courses that bring to
bear concepts, theories, and methods of traditional academic disciplines in areas such as
cultural analysis and production, social justice,
and public policy. Students may also do individualized study with a professor and/or an internship for course credit.
Undergraduate Study
African American Studies BA
Preparation for the Major
Required: Two courses from African American
Studies M5, 6, M10A.
Transfer Students
Transfer applicants to the African American
Studies major with 90 or more units must complete as many of the following introductory
courses as possible prior to admission to
UCLA: one African American Studies or civilizations of Africa course or equivalent.
Refer to the UCLA Transfer Admission Guide at
http://www.admission.ucla.edu/prospect/Adm_
tr/tradms.htm for up-to-date information regarding transfer selection for admission.
The Major
Required: Twelve upper division courses as follows: (1) two history and/or literature courses
selected from African American Studies
M104A through M104D, M150D, M158A
through M158E, M179A, (2) two upper division
breadth courses from any of the following
departments or programs: American Indian
Studies, Asian American Studies, Chicana and
Chicano Studies, or Gender Studies, and (3) a
concentration of five courses in one of the following tracks and three courses in the other: (a)
humanitiesAfrican American Studies M102,
M103A, M103B, M103E, M104A through
M104E, M107, M109, M110A, M110B, M111,
CM112A, CM135A, CM135B, M150D, M158A
through M158E, M179A, 188A, 188B, C191,
and (b) social sciencesAfrican American
Studies M114C, M114D, M114E, M118, M120,
M144, M150D, M154C, M158A through
M158E, M159P, M164, M165, M167, M172,
M173, M178, M179A, M182A, M182B, M182C,
M183A, M183B, M183C, 188A, 188B, C191,
M194A, M194B.
No more than 8 graded units of African American Studies 195, 197, 198, and 199 may be
applied toward the major.
Students are encouraged to engage in a culminating activity, such as an internship, independent study, honors thesis, service learning
course, Center for American Politics and Public Policy program, University of California
Center Sacramento program, Education
Abroad Program, or other African American
studies-related project or performance course.
Honors Program
African American Studies majors with gradepoint averages of 3.5 or better are eligible for
the honors option that requires the completion
of a senior thesis under the guidance of an African American Studies faculty member. Students must take African American Studies 198
(independent study course) with an approved
professor who oversees the thesis requirement. For more information, contact the student affairs officer in the department.
Graduate Study
Official, specific degree requirements are detailed in Program Requirements for UCLA
Graduate Degrees, available at the Graduate
Division website, http://grad.ucla.edu. In many
cases, more detailed guidelines may be outlined in announcements, other publications,
and websites of the schools, departments, and
programs.
Graduate Degrees
The Department of African American Studies
offers the Master of Arts (MA) degree in African
American Studies. A concurrent degree program (African American Studies MA/Law JD) is
also offered.
Graduate Courses
M200A. Advanced Historiography: Afro-American.
(4) (Same as History M200V.) Seminar, three hours.
May be repeated for credit. S/U or letter grading.
M200C. Black Families and Relationships. (4)
(Same as Sociology M262.) Seminar, three hours.
Evaluation of social, cultural, and historical forces that
affect socialization, stability, and interaction in black
intimate relationships, beginning with theoretical
framework from black feminism to analysis of economic and other expectations for partners in cohabiting and other types of unions. Examination of family
life for both middle-class and low-income populations. Exploration of notions of black sexuality, including images of hyper-masculinity and femininity
within black body and critical interrogation of notions
of blackness and authenticity in racial identification.
Contribution to greater understanding of black intimate relationships in different contexts, including lesbian and gay identities, Caribbean and other ethnic
identities, and interracial intimacies. S/U or letter
grading.
200D. African American Womens History. (4) Seminar, four hours. Historical examination of black
womens experiences in U.S. from antebellum era to
present. Exploration of key themes, including gender
formation, sexuality, labor and class, collective action,
gender and sexual violence, reproduction, and role of
AFRICAN STUDIES
Interdepartmental Program
College of Letters and Science
UCLA
10373 Bunche Hall
Box 951487
Los Angeles, CA 90095-1487
310-206-6571
fax: 310-206-3555
e-mail: idpgrads@international.ucla.edu
http://web.international.ucla.edu/institute/
academics/africanstudies/
Ghislaine E. Lydon, PhD, Chair
Faculty Committee
Hannah C. Appel, PhD (Anthropology)
Franoise Lionnet, PhD (Comparative Literature,
French and Francophone Studies, Gender Studies)
Ghislaine E. Lydon, PhD (History)
Edith Mukudi Omwami, PhD (Education)
Jemima Pierre, PhD (African American Studies)
Allen F. Roberts, PhD (French and Francophone
Studies, World Arts and Cultures/Dance)
Paula A. Tavrow, PhD (Community Health Sciences)
Dominic R. Thomas, PhD (Comparative Literature,
French and Francophone Studies)
William H. Worger, PhD (History)
Graduate Study
Official, specific degree requirements are detailed in Program Requirements for UCLA
Graduate Degrees, available at the Graduate
Division website, http://grad.ucla.edu. In many
cases, more detailed guidelines may be outlined in announcements, other publications,
and websites of the schools, departments, and
programs.
Graduate Degrees
The African Studies Program offers the Master
of Arts (MA) degree in African Studies. A concurrent degree program (African Studies MA/
Public Health MPH) is also offered.
African Studies
Graduate Courses
201A. Africa and Disciplines. (4) Seminar, four hours.
Major intellectual trends and currents in development
of African studies. Emphasis on appreciation of multidisciplinary background of African studies and relevant interpretive strategies. Central questions, critical
issues, and current problems affecting Africa. Content
varies each year. Letter grading.
201B. Africa and Professions. (4) Seminar, three
hours. Exploration of key contributions and debates
of academic disciplines in African studies, with emphasis on professional dimension. Review of disciplines literature, resources, career opportunities, and
professionals themselves. Letter grading.
296. Africanist Working Group. (1) Research group
meeting, one hour. Collaborative exploration and discussion of current research and literature on modern
AMERICAN INDIAN
STUDIES
Undergraduate Study
The American Indian Studies major is a designated capstone major. Seniors complete a research/service experience and participate in a
tutorial where faculty members help them relate their course-derived academic experience
to their original research/service efforts involving Native American communities. Through
their capstone work, students demonstrate
their skills at analyzing and synthesizing knowledge, show their capacity to work collaboratively with peers, and display their capacity to
relate their academic research and discourse
to Native American community needs and
concerns. Students present their work at the
academic year-end Research Symposium
sponsored by the American Indian Studies Interdepartmental Program.
Interdepartmental Program
College of Letters and Science
UCLA
3220 Campbell Hall
Box 951548
Los Angeles, CA 90095-1548
310-825-6541
fax: 310-206-7060
e-mail: clembordeaux@amindian.ucla.edu
http://www.americanindianstudies.ucla.edu
Paul V. Kroskrity, PhD, Chair
Faculty Committee
Randall K. Akee, PhD (Public Policy)
Mishuana R. Goeman, PhD (Gender Studies)
Felicia S. Hodge, DrPH (Health Policy and
Management, Nursing)
Paul V. Kroskrity, PhD (Anthropology)
Benjamin L. Madley, PhD (History)
Shannon E. Speed, PhD (Anthropology, Gender
Studies)
Capstone Major
The curriculum encompasses the cultural, historical, political, and social experiences of
Native Americans in the Americas. Through
courses on Native American literature, languages, theater, and contemporary societies
and through more culturally specific courses
on California Indians, cultures of the Pueblo
southwest, and so on, the major provides an
in-depth and broad knowledge on the experience of Native Americans not only in the U.S.
and Canada but in Mexico and elsewhere in
Latin America as well.
Given the increasingly multicultural society of
the U.S. and the economic revitalization of
many Native American communities, a knowledge of American Indian studies greatly enhances the professional and scholarly contributions attainable for those seeking postgraduate degrees in various related disciplines and
fields.
The Major
Requirements are distributed according to certain categories to create a breadth of knowledge. Students are required to take a research
methods course to become familiar with scholarly techniques of knowledge production and
to critically regard academic research, as well
as a course in either ethnic/race/gender relations or comparative indigenous studies. Additional courses are selected in the social sciences and humanities according to a distributional formula that encourages further
specialization within either of these two broad
areas while simultaneously adding additional
breadth. Finally, American Indian Studies
C122SL prioritizes the experiential dimension
of involvement in Native American communities (either urban, reservation, or rancheria)
through work that provides service experience
and/or supervised internship opportunities.
The 12 courses must fit one of the following regional emphasis patterns: (1) Native North
Americaeight courses, including those mentioned below and additional electives on Native North American topics or (2) indigenous
peoples of the Americaseight courses, including at least four dealing with indigenous
people in Central and/or South America.
Students must complete 12 upper division
courses (48 units) as follows, with no more
than 32 units from American Indian studies
courses:
1.
3.
Honors Program
The honors program is designed for American
Indian Studies majors who are interested in
carrying out an independent research project
that culminates in an interdepartmental honors
thesis of approximately 30 pages. The program
gives qualified students the opportunity to
work closely with individual professors on an indepth supervised research and writing project.
All junior and senior American Indian Studies
majors who have a cumulative grade-point average of 3.0 or better and at least a cumulative
GPA of 3.5 in coursework in the major are eligible to apply. Consult the student affairs officer
for more information.
To qualify for graduation with honors, students
must (1) complete all requirements for the major, (2) have a cumulative grade-point average
of 3.5 or better in the major course requirements and an overall GPA of 3.0 or better, and
(3) complete American Indian Studies 198A198B-198C, taken with a professor who agrees
to mentor and guide them through the stages
of senior essay design and development
during their senior year. Completion of a senior
thesis is required.
Campbell Hall. All degree requirements, including the specific requirements for this minor,
must be fulfilled within the unit maximum set
forth by the College of Letters and Science.
Required Lower Division Course (5 units):
American Indian Studies M10 with a grade of C
or better.
Required Upper Division Courses (28 units):
Seven courses selected from the following: (1)
one American Indian languages and communication systems course (Anthropology C144 or
Linguistics 114); (2) three history and social
sciences courses from American Indian Studies C120, C121, C122SL, C130, 140, 158, C170,
C175, C178, Anthropology 113Q, 113R, 114P,
114R, 158, Gender Studies 130, History 149A,
149B, 157B, Sociology M161; (3) three humanistic perspectives on language and expressive
culture courses from American Indian Studies
180, Art History 137, C139A, English 106, 180,
Ethnomusicology 106A, 106B, Theater 103F.
A minimum of 20 units applied toward the minor requirements must be in addition to units
applied toward major requirements or another
minor, and at least 16 units applied toward the
minor must be taken in residence at UCLA.
Transfer credit for any of the above is subject
to program approval; consult the interdepartmental adviser before enrolling in any courses
for the minor.
Each minor course must be taken for a letter
grade, and students must have a minimum
grade of C (2.0) in each and an overall gradepoint average of 2.0 or better. Successful
completion of the minor is indicated on the
transcript and diploma.
Graduate Study
Official, specific degree requirements are detailed in Program Requirements for UCLA
Graduate Degrees, available at the Graduate
Division website, http://grad.ucla.edu. In many
cases, more detailed guidelines may be outlined in announcements, other publications,
and websites of the schools, departments, and
programs.
Graduate Degrees
The American Indian Studies Program offers
the Master of Arts (MA) degree in American Indian Studies. A concurrent degree program
(American Indian Studies MA/Law JD) is also
offered.
bers help students relate their course-derived academic experience to their original research/service efforts involving Native American communities. Completion of research paper and presentation of student
work at year-end Research Symposium required.
Must be taken in conjunction with American Indian
Studies C122SL or an alternative upper division
course approved by program chair and academic coordinator. Individual contract required. Letter grading.
Graduate Courses
M200A. Advanced Historiography: American Indian Peoples. (4) (Same as History M200W.) Lecture,
90 minutes; seminar, 90 minutes. Introduction to culture-histories of North American Indians and review of
Indian concepts of history. Stereotypical approach to
content and methodologies related to Indian past that
is interdisciplinary and multicultural in its scope.
Letter grading.
M200B. Cultural World Views of Native America.
(4) (Same as English M266.) Seminar, three hours. Exploration of written literary texts from oral cultures and
other expressive cultural formsdance, art, song, religious and medicinal ritualin selected Native American societies, as these traditional and tribal contexts
have been translated into contemporary literary texts
(fiction, poetry, essay, and drama). Survey, from secondary sources, of interdisciplinary methodological
approaches taken from literary analysis, structural anthropology, folklore, linguistics, and ethnomusicology.
May be repeated for credit with instructor and/or
topic change. Letter grading.
M200C. Contemporary Issues of American Indians. (4) (Same as Anthropology M269 and Sociology
M275.) Seminar, three hours. Introduction to most important issues facing American Indians as individuals,
communities, tribes, and organizations in contemporary world, building on historical background presented in course M200A and cultural and expressive
experience of American Indians presented in course
M200B. Letter grading.
M200D. Economic Principles and Economic Development in Indigenous Communities. (4) (Same
as Public Policy M270.) Seminar, two hours; discussion, one hour. Limited to graduate students. Introduction to basic economic concepts and their application to issues of economic development in indigenous communities. Coverage of microeconomic and
macroeconomic aspects of economic development
using current and existing research. Letter grading.
201. Topics in American Indian Studies. (4) Discussion, three hours. S/U or letter grading.
M202. Qualitative Research Design and Methodology for Indigenous Communities. (5) (Same as
Health Policy M202 and Nursing M221.) Seminar,
three hours. Introduction to some key theoretical
themes in American Indian studies and exploration of
methods that can be used to incorporate them in research on American Indian cultures, societies, languages, and other issues. Quantitative methods (design, appropriate use), with emphasis on qualitative
research methods, ethics, and special considerations
in conducting research in American Indian country.
Design of research and exploration of feasibility of researching topics. Letter grading.
C220. Working in Tribal Communities: Introduction. (4) Lecture, four hours. Through readings, discussion, and Native guest lecturers, students learn to
participate within Native American communities engaged in political, social, and cultural processes of
change and preservation. Development of proposal
for Native nation-building project. Concurrently
scheduled with course C120. S/U or letter grading.
C221. Working in Tribal Communities: Preparing
for Fieldwork. (4) Lecture, four hours. Through readings, discussion, Native guest lecturers, and project
participation, introduction to rules of conduct and
skills necessary to successfully work or carry out
community service projects for Native American communities and organizations. Concurrently scheduled
with course C121. S/U or letter grading.
tions, primarily of U.S., but elsewhere also. Discussion of theories of change, comparative methodologies, and case materials. Letter grading.
265. Federal Indian Law I. (4 or 6) (Formerly numbered M265.) Lecture, three to four hours. Overview
of federal Indian law, including nature and history of
tribal federal legal and political relationship; basic
legal definitions within federal Indian law (such as
what is Indian country); equal protection issues posed
by federal Indian legislation; canons of construction
unique to Indian law; tribal sovereignty and its protection; basic questions of federal and state authority
within Indian country; and tribal, federal, and state jurisdiction in Indian country according to default rules
as well as special statutory regimes. May be concurrently scheduled with Law 267. S/U or letter grading.
M265A-265B. Federal Indian Law I. (1 to 8 each)
(Same as Law M267.) Lecture, three hours. Course
M265A is enforced requisite to 265B. Overview of
federal Indian law through study of cases and historical and contemporary materials. Basic conflicts
among sovereign governments that dominate this
area of law, especially conflicts over criminal, civil adjudicative, and regulatory jurisdiction. Special attention to status and sovereign powers of Indian nations
as recognized under U.S. law, federal trust responsibility, and equal protection issues posed by federal
and state legislation singling out Indian nations and
tribal members. Federal statutory regimes regulating
tribal gaming and child welfare included. Students
gain critical understanding of basic tenets of Indian
law, bases of tribal sovereignty, structure of federaltribal relationship and its history, and sense of future
directions courts, tribes, and Congress may take in
addressing current legal issues in Indian country. In
Progress (M265A) and S/U or letter (265B) grading.
M267. Federal Indian Law II. (1 to 8) (Same as Law
M382.) Lecture, three hours. Requisites: courses
238A and 238B, or M265A and 265B. Examination indepth of principles and doctrines of federal Indian law
as applied to property rights in land, cultural resources, hunting and fishing rights, water rights, and
economic development. Special jurisdictional regimes
established by federal statutes, such as Indian Child
Welfare Act and Indian Gaming Regulatory Act, addressed. S/U or letter grading.
M267A-267B. Federal Indian Law II. (1 to 8 each)
(Same as Law M382.) Lecture, three hours. Requisites: courses 238A and 238B, or M265A and 265B.
Course M267A is enforced requisite to 267B. Examination in-depth of principles and doctrines of federal
Indian law as applied to property rights in land, cultural resources, hunting and fishing rights, water
rights, and economic development. Special jurisdictional regimes established by federal statutes, such
as Indian Child Welfare Act and Indian Gaming Regulatory Act, addressed. In Progress (M267A) and S/U
or letter (267B) grading.
C268. Healthcare for American Indians. (4) Lecture, two hours; discussion, one hour. Identification of
traditional health beliefs, health practices, and healthcare systems of American Indian tribes to understand
role of U.S. government in healthcare services for Indian people. Survey of Federal Indian Health programs and development of Indian Healthcare System
and Tribal/Urban Indian Health programs to understand health problems that have affected American
Indian people and definition of contemporary health
issues and measures taken to raise health status of
American Indian people. Concurrently scheduled with
course CM168. Letter grading.
C270. California Indian History. (4) Lecture, four
hours. Introduction to overview of California Indian
history, specific tribal community histories, and/or
contemporary California Indian history through readings, discussion, and Native guest lecturers. May be
repeated for credit with topic change and consent of
interdepartmental chair. Concurrently scheduled with
course C170. S/U or letter grading.
M272. Seminar: Cultural Property Law. (3 or 4)
(Same as Law M514.) Seminar, three hours. Exploration of identity, ownership, appropriation, and repatriation of both tangible and intangible cultural prop-
ertythose items that are of great significance to cultural heritage and cultural survival of people.
Consideration of importance of preservation of cultural property as means of maintaining group identity,
self-determination, and collective rights. Examination
of both international and domestic law governing
these issues, addressing such questions as How
should cultural property be defined? Can cultural
property by protected under existing intellectual property and cultural property regimes? How can we balance protection of cultural property against need or
desire for its use in creative expression or scientific
advancement? Examination of cultural property of
groups in general, with emphasis on cultural property
of indigenous peoples, including folklore, traditional
knowledge, burial grounds, sacred sites, and ancient
ceremonies and traditions. S/U or letter grading.
274. Good Native Governance. (4 or 6) Seminar,
three hours. Examination of legal issues integral to
governance that Native American nations face in 21st
century, including those that impact and shape political sovereignty, economic development, constitutional reform, membership criteria, cultural property
protection, sacred sites, religious freedom, and safety
and criminal law enforcement, among others. Emphasis on breadth of issues that lawyers working with
and for Native nations must confront. Integration and
highlighting of legal issues unique to Native nations
within California. Materials from traditional law review
articles, books, and case studies derived from field
research to engage students in multidimensional settings that confront Native societies. May be concurrently scheduled with Law 637. S/U or letter grading.
C275. Cultures of Native Southern California. (4)
Lecture, three hours. Introduction to Southern California indigenous societies through readings, discussion, guest lecturers, and direct community participation. May be repeated for credit with topic and/or instructor change and consent of interdepartmental
chair. Concurrently scheduled with course C175. S/U
or letter grading.
C278. California Experiences in Native Cultural
Resource Management. (4) Seminar, three hours.
Exploration of creation and implementation of laws
that affect cultural resource management in California, such as California Environmental Quality Act
(CEQA), Native American Graves Protection and
Repatriation Act (NAGPRA), AB 978 (California
NAGPRA), American Indian Religious Freedom Act,
National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA), and National Historic Preservation Act (NHPA), from applied
standpoint. To understand goals and challenges of
these laws, examination of series of cases from California sites. Concurrently scheduled with course
C178. S/U or letter grading.
375. Teaching Apprentice Practicum. (1 to 4) Seminar, to be arranged. Preparation: apprentice personnel employment as teaching assistant, associate,
or fellow. Teaching apprenticeship under active guidance and supervision of regular faculty member responsible for curriculum and instruction at UCLA.
May be repeated for credit. S/U grading.
596. Directed Individual Studies. (4 to 8) Tutorial, to
be arranged. S/U or letter grading.
598. Research for and Preparation of MA Thesis. (4
to 8) Tutorial, to be arranged. Preparation of research
data and writing of MA thesis. S/U grading.
ANESTHESIOLOGY AND
PERIOPERATIVE
MEDICINE
David Geffen School of Medicine
UCLA
3304 Reagan UCLA Medical Center
Box 957403
Los Angeles, CA 90095-7403
310-267-8653
fax: 310-267-3766
http://www.anes.ucla.edu
Chairs
Aman Mahajan, MD, PhD (Ronald L. Katz, MD
Endowed Professor of Anesthesiology), Chair
Barbara M. Van de Wiele, MD, Executive Vice Chair
Randolph H. Steadman, MD, Vice Chair, Education
Yibin Wang, PhD, Vice Chair, Research
Anesthesiology
Upper Division Course
199. Directed Research in Anesthesiology. (2 to 8)
Tutorial, two hours. Limited to juniors/seniors. Supervised individual research or investigation under guidance of faculty mentor. Culminating paper required.
May be repeated for credit. Individual contract required. P/NP or letter grading.
ANTHROPOLOGY
College of Letters and Science
UCLA
341 Haines Hall
Box 951553
Los Angeles, CA 90095-1553
310-825-2055
fax: 310-206-7833
e-mail: anthro@ucla.edu
http://www.anthro.ucla.edu
Nancy E. Levine, PhD, Chair
P. Jeffrey Brantingham, PhD, Graduate Vice
Chair
C. Jason Throop, PhD, Undergraduate Vice
Chair
Professors
Andrew Apter, PhD
Jeanne E. Arnold, PhD
H. Clark Barrett, PhD
P. Jeffrey Brantingham, PhD
Alessandro Duranti, PhD
Daniel M.T. Fessler, PhD
Alan Page Fiske, PhD
Linda C. Garro, PhD
Marjorie Harness Goodwin, PhD
Laurie K. Hart, PhD
Akhil Gupta, PhD
Douglas W. Hollan, PhD
Paul V. Kroskrity, PhD
Richard G. Lesure, PhD (Marilyn Beaudry-Corbett
Endowed Professor of Mesoamerican Archaeology)
Nancy E. Levine, PhD
Joseph H. Manson, PhD
Norma C. Mendoza-Denton, PhD
Elinor Ochs, PhD
Sherry B. Ortner, PhD
Susan E. Perry, PhD
David D. Shorter, PhD
Susan E. Slyomovics, PhD
Monica L. Smith, PhD (Navin and Pratima Doshi
Professor of Indian Studies)
Charles S. Stanish, PhD
Mariko Tamanoi, PhD
Russell Thornton, PhD
Yunxiang Yan, PhD
Professors Emeriti
Nicholas G. Blurton Jones, PhD
Robert Boyd, PhD
Karen B. Brodkin, PhD
Carole H. Browner, PhD
Christopher B. Donnan, PhD
Robert B. Edgerton, PhD (University Professor
Emeritus)
Sondra Hale, PhD
Allen W. Johnson, PhD
Gail E. Kennedy, PhD
Lewis L. Langness, PhD
Claudia I. Mitchell-Kernan, PhD
Michael Moerman, PhD
Philip L. Newman, PhD
Wendell H. Oswalt, PhD
Merrick Posnansky, PhD
Dwight W. Read, PhD
James R. Sackett, PhD
Joan B. Silk, PhD
Thomas S. Weisner, PhD
Johannes Wilbert, PhD
Associate Professors
Aomar Boum, PhD
Jessica R. Cattelino, PhD
Christopher M. Kelty, PhD
Jessica W. Lynch Alfaro, PhD
Kyeyoung Park, PhD
Jemima Pierre, PhD
Brooke A. Scelza, PhD
Gregson T. Schachner, PhD
Shannon E. Speed, PhD
C. Jason Throop, PhD
Assistant Professors
Stephen B. Acabado, PhD
Hannah C. Appel, PhD
Erica A. Cartmill, PhD
Molly Fox, PhD
Jennifer L. Jackson, PhD
Min Li, PhD
Anthropology / 139
ties worldwide. Linguistic anthropologists at
UCLA have a variety of backgrounds and research interests that include face-to-face communication, language contact and change, language and politics, language socialization
across the lifespan, verbal art and performance, and the relation of language to ideology, mind, emotion, and identity. Courses are
offered in ethnographic approaches to discourse analysis, field methods, language ideology, conversation analysis, language socialization, and communication in urban communities, as well as on cross-cultural language
practices.
Sociocultural anthropology concerns the examination and understanding of social and cultural systems and processes, and the human
capacities that enable them. Its goal is to understand their operation in specific settings
and to understand the experience of individuals who live in these diverse systems. Faculty
members have engaged in fieldwork in almost
every area of the world, but most notably in Africa, Latin America, East and Southeast Asia,
and Oceania. They have also engaged in ethnographic research among Americans with
diverse ethnic identities and in various institutional settings.
Bridging the four primary subfields are several
other dimensions of anthropological study, including psychocultural anthropology and medical anthropology. Courses are also offered in
the history and theory of anthropology and a
wide range of anthropological methods.
The department offers Bachelor of Arts and
Bachelor of Science degrees and a minor in
Anthropology for undergraduate students; the
graduate program leads to the Master of Arts
and PhD degrees. Studies in anthropology are
particularly valuable for students planning careers in which an understanding of human behavior and cultural diversity is desirable, such
as business, education, law, medicine, nursing,
public health, social welfare, and urban planning. Because of its breadth of outlook, anthropology also offers an ideal basis for those
seeking a general education in our increasingly
interdependent world.
Undergraduate Study
Anthropology BA
Preparation for the Major
Required: Anthropology 7, 8, 9, 33. Each
course must be taken for a letter grade, and
students must have an overall grade-point average of 2.0 or better.
Transfer Students
Transfer applicants to the Anthropology BA
major with 90 or more units must complete as
many of the following introductory courses as
possible prior to admission to UCLA: one
human evolution course, one archaeology
course, one sociocultural anthropology course,
and one culture and communication course.
Refer to the UCLA Transfer Admission Guide at
http://www.admission.ucla.edu/prospect/Adm_
The Major
The Major
The major provides an overview of human evolution and is designed to prepare students for
careers in anthropology and the health sciences, including medicine, dentistry, public
health, and nursing. Each course must be
taken for a letter grade, and students must
have an overall grade-point average of 2.0 or
better.
Anthropology BS
Preparation for the Major
Required: Anthropology 7, 8, 9, 33; Chemistry
and Biochemistry 14A, 14B, 14BL, and 14C, or
20A, 20B, 20L, 30A, and 30AL; Mathematics
3A, 3B, 3C, and Statistics 12, or Mathematics
31A, 31B, and Statistics 12, or Life Sciences
30A, 30B, and Statistics 13; Physics 6A, 6B,
and 6C, or 6AH, 6BH, and 6CH.
Students must also complete one of two life
sciences sequenceseither Life Sciences 1, 2,
3, 4, and 23L OR 7A, 7B, 7C, 23L, and 107.
They may not substitute courses in either
sequence.
Each course must be taken for a letter grade,
and students must have an overall grade-point
average of 2.0 or better.
Transfer Students
Transfer applicants to the Anthropology BS
major with 90 or more units must complete as
many of the following introductory courses as
possible prior to admission to UCLA: one human evolution course, one archaeology
course, one sociocultural anthropology course,
one culture and communication course, two
general biology courses for majors, one year of
calculus, one year of general chemistry with
laboratory, one year of general physics with
laboratory, and one lower division organic
chemistry course.
Refer to the UCLA Transfer Admission Guide at
http://www.admission.ucla.edu/prospect/Adm_
Students must complete nine courses as follows: (1) two upper division courses in the sociocultural anthropology field and one in each
of the other three fields (archaeology, biological
anthropology, and linguistic anthropology), (2)
one upper division region and society course,
(3) one upper division history/theory course,
and (4) two additional upper division anthropology courses.
Students are strongly encouraged to enroll in 3
to 4 units of 89 and/or 189 courses to gain small
seminar experience. Ideally, at least one of the
units should be at the upper division level.
Honors Program
The honors program provides researchoriented students with opportunity to engage
in original research and analysis under the
close supervision of faculty members and culminates in an honors thesis. To be admitted
students should have a cumulative gradepoint average of 3.0 overall and a 3.5 cumulative GPA in their upper division anthropology
courses. The application for admission must
be submitted during fall quarter. Ideal candidates should have junior or senior standing
and have completed at least two upper division anthropology courses. The proposal, research, analysis, and writing of the paper take
place over four terms via Anthropology
191HA through 191HD. Course 191HA is
taken in winter quarter and 191HB in spring
quarter. Research should be done in summer,
and courses 191HC and 191HD are taken in
fall and winter quarters of the graduation year.
Students should contact the departmental
honors adviser early in their studies for more
information.
Anthropology Minor
Students who wish to take a series of courses
in anthropology, but major in another discipline, may be interested in the Anthropology
minor. Students select courses from the four
fields within anthropology (archaeology, biological anthropology, linguistic anthropology,
sociocultural anthropology), although they are
encouraged to focus the body of their coursework within one field.
To enter the minor, students must have an
overall grade-point average of 2.0 or better.
Required Lower Division Courses (10 units):
Two courses from Anthropology 7, 8, 9, 33.
Required Upper Division Courses (20 units
minimum): Core course (Anthropology 111,
120, 130, M140, or 150) from one of the four
anthropology fields listed above; four addi-
140 / Anthropology
tional courses. Students are encouraged to
concentrate their upper division coursework
within one field and are required to consult with
the undergraduate adviser in planning their
program of study.
A minimum of 20 units applied toward the minor requirements must be in addition to units
applied toward major requirements or another
minor.
Each minor course must be taken for a letter
grade, and students must have an overall
grade-point average of 2.0 or better. Successful completion of the minor is indicated on the
transcript and diploma.
Graduate Study
Official, specific degree requirements are detailed in Program Requirements for UCLA
Graduate Degrees, available at the Graduate
Division website, http://grad.ucla.edu. In many
cases, more detailed guidelines may be outlined in announcements, other publications,
and websites of the schools, departments, and
programs.
Graduate Degrees
The Department of Anthropology offers Master
of Arts (MA) and Doctor of Philosophy (PhD)
degrees in Anthropology.
Anthropology
Lower Division Courses
1. Welcome to America: American Culture for International Students. (4) Lecture, four hours. Designed for incoming international students. Introduction to American culture from anthropological perspective. Exploration of central aspects in American
culture, including immigration, ethnic diversity, family,
popular culture, and myths and realities about values
at core of American society. Offered in summer only.
P/NP or letter grading.
2. America through Lenses of Popular Culture. (4)
Lecture, four hours. Designed for students interested
in life and values in U.S. from anthropological perspective. Exploration of popular culture as experienced by Americans from various age groups, ethnic
heritages and genders, and regional locations. Topics
include music and art, film and television, sports,
other entertainment, food, and technology. Employment of anthropological methods of inquiry and brief
fieldwork. P/NP or letter grading.
7. Human Evolution. (5) Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour. Required as preparation for both
bachelors degrees. Evolutionary processes and evolutionary past of human species. P/NP or letter
grading.
8. Archaeology: Introduction. (5) Lecture, three hours;
discussion, one hour; one field trip. Required as
preparation for both bachelors degrees. General
survey of field and laboratory methods, theory, and
major findings of anthropological archaeology, including case-study guest lectures presented by several campus archaeologists. P/NP or letter grading.
9. Culture and Society. (5) Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour; fieldwork. Required as preparation
for both bachelors degrees. Introduction to study of
culture and society in comparative perspective. Examples from societies around world to illustrate basic
principles of formation, structure, and distribution of
human institutions. Of special concern is contribution
and knowledge that cultural diversity makes toward
understanding problems of modern world. P/NP or
letter grading.
ated remarkably rich cultures over entire globe beginning several millennia ago in both Old World and
Americas. Letter grading.
114P. Ancient Civilizations of Mesoamerica. (4)
Lecture, three hours. Archaeology of pre-Hispanic native cultures of Mesoamerica from late Pleistocene
through Spanish conquest, with emphasis on formative sociopolitical developments, classic period civilizations, and Aztec society as revealed by archaeology and early Spanish writing. P/NP or letter
grading.
114R. Ancient Civilizations of Andean South America. (4) Lecture, three hours. Requisite: course 8 or 9.
Pre-Hispanic and Conquest period native cultures of
Andean South America, as revealed by archaeology
and early Spanish writing. Incas and their predecessors in Peru, with emphasis on sociopolitical systems,
economic patterns, religion, and aesthetic and intellectual achievements. P/NP or letter grading.
115Q. Politics of Past. (4) Seminar, three hours.
Requisite: course 8. Examination of social and cultural context of modern archaeology. Topics include
legal frameworks governing archaeological practice,
relationships between archaeologists and descendant
peoples, and role of archaeology in current politics.
P/NP or letter grading.
116. Archaeology of South Asia. (4) Lecture, three
hours. Archaeology of Harappan, early historic, and
medieval periods in Indian subcontinent. Investigation
of large-scale social movements such as Buddhism,
as well as consideration of how past is interpreted in
present. P/NP or letter grading.
116N. Archaeology of Ancient Civilizations: China.
(4) Lecture, three hours. Examination of current developments and key issues in archaeology of early Chinese civilizations, with special focus on development
of social complexity and interregional interaction networks, and emergence of early cities, states, and
early civilizations. Contextualization of these issues in
framework of world prehistory and comparative civilizations, addressing contemporary archaeological theories and methods, as well as major research projects
and debates that contribute directly to current interpretations of social changes observed in archaeological record. Letter grading.
116P. Archaeology of Prehistoric China. (4) Lecture, three hours. Enforced requisite: course 8. Detailed survey of prehistoric archaeological sequence
of China, ranging from early Pleistocene (about two
million years ago) to initial rise of Chinese state
(around 2100 B.C.). P/NP or letter grading.
M116S. Archaeological Landscapes of China. (4)
(Same as Chinese M183.) Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour. Declassified space images from
Cold War era and open remote sensing data of 21st
century provide new opportunities for studying landscape transformation in historical China. Combining
lectures, library research, and hands-on analysis of
archaeological sites on satellite images, investigation
of changing historical and archaeological landscape
in China during last 5,000 years. Social processes at
various scales, from emergence of early cities to rise
of metropolitan centers and formation of imperial
landscapes. Letter grading.
117P. Selected Laboratory Topics in Archaeology.
(4) Lecture, three hours. Requisite: course 8. How archaeological research is furthered by specialized
analysis of particular classes of cultural remains.
Topics may include animal bones, plants, ceramics,
rock art. Hands-on experience working with collections and data. May be repeated for credit with topic
change. P/NP or letter grading.
117Q. Intensive Laboratory Training in Archaeology. (6) Lecture, three hours; laboratory, three hours.
Requisite: course 8. Archaeologists with special expertise in specific analytical techniques and topics
oversee intensive laboratory training on one of following topics: zooarchaeology, ethnobotany, lithic
analysis, ceramic analysis, etc. May be repeated for
credit with topic change. P/NP or letter grading.
Anthropology / 141
118. Selected Topics in Archaeology. (4) Lecture,
three hours. Study of selected topics in archaeology.
Consult Schedule of Classes for topics and instructors. May be repeated for credit with topic change.
P/NP or letter grading.
M119E. Archaeology of Egypt and Sudan. (4)
(Same as Ancient Near East M105.) Lecture, two
hours; laboratory, three hours. Ancient Egypt is well
known for iconic archaeological sites such as Giza
Pyramids and Tomb of Tutankhamun. From these and
thousands of less well-known sites, enormous variety
of archaeological information can be gained. Through
discussion of particular archaeological themes, regions, or sites, examination of methods of prehistoric
and historic archaeology and how archaeological information contributes to understanding of social, political, and religious history. Background provided for
development of group research projectsfinding resources, data gathering, analysis, interpretation, presentation, and training on how to embark on research
in this field. Computer laboratory component included
in which student research is performed and presented
in time map. P/NP or letter grading.
119P. Cities Past and Present. (4) Lecture, three
hours. Requisite: course 8 or 9. Examination of ancient and modern cities to evaluate how urban form
developed and continues to thrive as human social
phenomenon. Contemporary observations compared
with archaeological case studies, including South
America, Asia, Africa, and ancient Near East. Letter
grading.
Biological Anthropology
120. Survey of Biological Anthropology. (4) Lecture,
three hours. Requisite: course 7. Limited to majors
and graduate anthropology students. Survey of biological anthropology including all major subareas.
(Core course for biological field.) P/NP or letter
grading.
121C. Evolution of Genus Homo. (5) Lecture, three
hours; discussion, one hour. Requisite: course 7. Origin and evolution of genus Homo, including archaic
sapiens and Neanderthals. Morphology, ecology, and
behavior of these groups. Course ends with appearance of modern humans. May be taken independently
for credit. P/NP or letter grading.
122P. Human Osteology. (4) Lecture, three hours;
laboratory, four hours. Examination of human skeletal
and muscular systems, concerned with both form and
function. Students expected to recognize important
anatomical landmarks on human skeleton, identify
fragmentary bones, and know origins, insertions, and
action of major muscles. How to sex and age skeletons and introduction to paleopathology. Letter
grading.
124A. Human Behavioral Ecology. (4) Lecture, three
hours. Recommended requisite: course 7 or Life Sciences 1. Survey of research in human behavioral
ecology. Review of natural and sexual selection, kin
selection, and reciprocal altruism. Emphasis on current empirical studies of modern human behavior
from evolutionary perspective, including social organization, sexual division of labor, parenting strategies,
conflict, and cooperation. P/NP or letter grading.
124B. Evolutionary Psychology. (4) Lecture, three
hours. Recommended requisite: course 7 or Life Sciences 1. Survey of research in evolutionary psychology. Review of relevant theory in evolution and
genetics. Emphasis on empirical studies of modern
human behavior from evolutionary perspective, including social behavior, decision making, language,
culture, and child development. P/NP or letter
grading.
124P. Evolution of Human Sexual Behavior. (4)
Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour. Recommended requisite: course 7. Examination of human
sexual relations and social behavior from evolutionary
perspective. Emphasis on theories and evidence for
differences between men and women in their patterns
of growth, maturation, fertility, mortality, parenting,
and relations with members of opposite sex. Letter
grading.
Cultural Anthropology
130. Study of Culture. (4) Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour (when scheduled). Requisite:
course 9. Designed for juniors/seniors. Twentiethcentury elaboration and development of concept of
culture. Examination of five major paradigms: culture
as human capacity, as patterns and products of behavior, as systems of meaning and cognition, as generative structure and semiotic system, as component
in social action and reality construction. (Core course
for cultural field.) P/NP or letter grading.
131. Culture: What Makes It All Work. (4) Lecture,
three hours. Preparation: two lower division social sciences courses (may be from different departments).
Examination of some basic questions addressed by
anthropologists in their study of what is meant by culture. Consideration of theories of culture and evolutionary origins of culture. Review of new analytic
methods that allow students to begin to do quasi-experimental research into nature of culture and introduction to multiagent simulation as framework for
modeling how culture can be both supra-organic and
embedded in minds of culture bearers. P/NP or letter
grading.
133F. Anthropology of Food. (4) Lecture, three hours;
discussion, one hour (when scheduled). Production,
consumption, and distribution of food, with particular
emphasis on culture of food. Exploration of ecological
history, class, poverty, hunger, ethnicity, nationalism,
capitalism, gender, race, and sexuality. Food that
shapes identities, desires, and needs in contemporary
world. P/NP or letter grading.
133P. Visual Anthropology: Documentary Photography. (4) Lecture, three hours. Photographs in anthropology serve many purposes: as primary data, illustrations of words in books, documentation for disappearing cultures, evidence of fieldwork, material
objects for museum exhibitions, and even works of
art. Topics include relationships between subject and
treatment of image, between art photography and
ethnographic documentation, role of museum photo-
142 / Anthropology
137. Selected Topics in Cultural Anthropology. (4)
Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour (when
scheduled). Study of selected topics in cultural anthropology. Consult Schedule of Classes for topics
and instructors. May be repeated for credit. P/NP or
letter grading.
139. Field Methods in Cultural Anthropology. (5)
Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour. Designed
for juniors/seniors. Introduction to skills and tools of
data ascertainment through fieldwork in cultural anthropology. Emphasis on techniques, methods, and
concepts of ethnographical research and how basic
observational information is systematized for presentation, analysis, and cross-cultural comparison. Letter
grading.
M139P. Fieldwork in Asian American and Pacific
Islander Communities. (4) (Same as Asian American Studies M143A.) Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour. Introduction to qualitative research
methods and application of techniques in data collection, analysis, and reporting. Critical reflection of issues related to identity, migration, multiculturalism,
tourism, and indigenous rights. Field excursions and
guest lecturers from local community included. Given
in Hawaii. P/NP or letter grading.
Linguistic Anthropology
M140. Language in Culture. (5) (Same as Linguistics
M146.) Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour;
fieldwork, two hours. Requisite: course 33 or Linguistics 20. Study of language as aspect of culture; relation of habitual thought and behavior to language;
and language and classification of experience. Holistic approach to study of language, with emphasis
on relationship of linguistic anthropology to fields of
biological, cultural, and social anthropology, as well
as archaeology. (Core course for linguistics field.)
P/NP or letter grading.
141. Ethnography of Everyday Speech. (5) Lecture,
three hours; fieldwork. Requisite: course 33. Designed for juniors/seniors. Course has two interrelated
objectives: (1) to introduce students to ethnography
of communicationdescription and analysis of situated communicative behaviorand sociocultural
knowledge that it reflects and (2) to train students to
recognize, describe, and analyze relevant linguistic,
proxemic, and kinesic aspects of face-to-face interaction. Letter grading.
M142R. Culture of Jazz Aesthetics. (4) (Same as
Ethnomusicology M130 and World Arts and Cultures
M136.) Lecture, three hours. Requisite: course 9 or 33
or Ethnomusicology 20A or 20B or 20C or World Arts
and Cultures 20. Aesthetics of jazz from point of view
of musicians who shaped jazz as art form in 20th century. Listening to and interacting with professional jazz
musicians who answer questions and give musical
demonstrations. Analytical resources and historical
knowledge of musicians and ethnomusicologists
combined with those interested in jazz as cultural tradition. P/NP or letter grading.
C144. Native American Languages and Cultures.
(4) Lecture, three hours. Requisite: course 33 or
American Indian Studies M10. Introduction and comparative analysis of sociocultural aspects of language
use in Native North American Indian speech communities. Specific foci include both micro- and macrosociolinguistic topics. Micro-sociolinguistic topics are
comprised of such issues as multilingualism, cultural
differences regarding appropriate communicative behavior and variation within speech communities (e.g.,
male and female speech, baby talk, ceremonial
speech, etc.). Macro-sociolinguistic considerations
include language contact and its relationship to language change and language in American Indian education. Concurrently scheduled with course C243P.
P/NP or letter grading.
147. Selected Topics in Linguistic Anthropology.
(4) Lecture, three hours. Study of selected topics in
linguistic anthropology. Consult Schedule of Classes
for topics and instructors. May be repeated for credit.
P/NP or letter grading.
M148W. Talk and Body. (5) (Same as Communication Studies M123W.) Lecture, four hours; discussion,
one hour. Enforced requisite: English Composition 3.
Relationship between language and human body
raises host of interesting topics. New approaches to
phenomena such as embodiment become possible
when body is analyzed, not as isolated entity, but as
visible agent whose talk and action are lodged within
both processes of human interaction and rich settings
where people pursue courses of action that count in
their lives. Satisfies Writing II requirement. Letter
grading.
149A. Language and Identity. (4) Lecture, three hours.
Requisite: course 33. Language as social phenomenon. Introduction to several angles from which language use can be critically examined as integral to interactions between individuals and between social
groups. Letter grading.
149B. Gender and Language in Society. (4) Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour (when scheduled). Requisite: course 33. Examination of role language plays in social construction of gender identities
and ways in which gender impacts language use and
ideologies. Letter grading.
149C. Multilingualism: Communities and Histories
in Contact. (4) Lecture, three hours. Requisite:
course 33. Examination of communicative, political,
and poetic aspects of use of two or more languages
(multilingualism) by individuals and by groups.
Broader themes in social theory, anthropological inquiry, sociolinguistics, and literary studies in lectures
to contextualize class readings. Letter grading.
149D. Language, Culture, and Education. (4) Lecture, three hours. Requisite: course 33. Examination
of various ways in which culture, and language in particular, influence not only educational processes and
outcomes, but also very conceptions of what normal
development processes and desirable educational
outcomes are. Letter grading.
149E. Language Socialization. (4) (Formerly numbered M149E.) Seminar, four hours. Exploration of
process of socialization through language, and socialization to use language across lifespan, across communities of practice within single society, and across
different ethnic and socioeconomic groups. Examination of ways in which verbal interaction between novices and experts is structured linguistically and culturally. P/NP or letter grading.
149F. Language and Social Organization through
Life Cycle. (4) Lecture, three hours. Requisite: course
33. Examination of forms of participation and talk-ininteraction across various phases of life cycle from
birth to old age, using videotaped interactions of naturally occurring activities. How language and interaction within specific contexts are used to constitute
identity and how interaction order resulting from faceto-face interaction provides building blocks for larger
formations that arise from such activities. Letter
grading.
149SL. Gender and Language across Communities. (4) Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour.
Requisite: course 33. Examination of how language
practices contribute to expression of gendered identities in different social groups and situations. Completion of 20 hours of service learning in community service program coordinated through Center for Community Learning required. Active participation in
organized service that is conducted in and meets
needs of communities. Letter grading.
Social Anthropology
150. Study of Social Systems. (4) Lecture, three
hours; discussion, one hour (when scheduled). Enforced requisite: course 9. Introduction to more specialized social anthropology courses. Evaluation of
variation in sociocultural systems, with special emphasis on forms of inequality. Basic frameworks of
anthropological analysis; historical context and development of social anthropology discipline. Letter
grading.
M151. Marriage, Family, and Kinship. (4) (Same as
Gender Studies M151.) Lecture, three hours. Requisite: course 9. Examination of understandings of kin-
ship in cross-cultural perspective and impact of kinship on interpersonal relationships, gender roles, and
sociocultural systems. Readings from popular materials and formal ethnographic accounts. P/NP or letter
grading.
153P. Economic Anthropology. (4) Lecture, three
hours. Requisite: course 9. Introduction to anthropological perspectives for interpretation of economic life
and institutions. Economic facts to be placed in their
larger social, political, and cultural contexts; examination of modes of production, distribution, and consumption of goods and services in their relation to social networks, power structures, and institutions of
family, kinship, and class. P/NP or letter grading.
M154P. Gender Systems: North America. (4) (Same
as Gender Studies M154P.) Lecture, three hours. Recommended preparation: prior anthropology or gender
studies courses. Designed for junior/senior social sciences majors. Comparative study of womens lives
and gender systems in North American cultures from
anthropological perspective. Critical review of relevant theoretical and practical issues using ethnography, case study, and presentations. P/NP or letter
grading.
M154Q. Gender Systems: Global. (4) (Same as
Gender Studies M154Q.) Lecture, three hours. Recommended preparation: prior anthropology or gender
studies courses. Designed for junior/senior social sciences majors. Comparative study of gender systems
globally from anthropological perspective. Outline of
material conditions of womens lives in worldgender
division of labor, relationship of gender to state, and
colonialism and resistance movements. P/NP or letter
grading.
M155. Womens Voices: Their Critique of Anthropology of Japan. (4) (Same as Gender Studies
M155.) Lecture, three hours. Preparation: introductory
sociocultural anthropology course. Anthropology of
Japan has long viewed Japan as homogeneous
whole. Restoration of diversity and contradiction in it
by listening to voices of Japanese women in various
historical contexts. P/NP or letter grading.
M155Q. Women and Social Movements. (4) (Same
as Gender Studies M155Q.) Lecture/discussion, three
hours. Recommended preparation: prior gender
studies or anthropology courses. Comparative studies
of social movements (e.g., nationalist, socialist, liberal/reform), beginning with Russia and China and including Cuba, Algeria, Guinea-Bissau, Mozambique,
Nicaragua, and Iran. Analysis of womens participation in social transformations and centrality of gender
interests. P/NP or letter grading.
156. Anthropology of Religion. (4) Lecture, three
hours. Survey of various methodologies in comparative study of religious ideologies and action systems,
including understanding particular religions through
descriptive and structural approaches, and identification of social and psychological factors that may account for variation in religious systems cross-culturally. P/NP or letter grading.
157. Selected Topics in Social Anthropology. (4)
Lecture, three hours. Study of selected topics in social anthropology. Consult Schedule of Classes for
topics and instructors. May be repeated for credit.
P/NP or letter grading.
158. Hunting and Gathering Societies. (4) Lecture,
three hours. Requisite: course 9. Survey of hunting
and gathering societies. Examination of their distinctive features from both ecological and cultural viewpoints. Discussion of possibility of developing general
framework for synthesizing these two viewpoints. Use
of this synthesis as basis for illustrating relevance of
hunting and gathering societies as understanding of
complex societies. P/NP or letter grading.
M158Q. Past People and Their Lessons for Our
Own Future. (5) (Same as Geography M153 and
Honors Collegium M152.) Lecture, two hours; discussion, two hours. Examination of modern and past
people that met varying fates, as background to examination of how other modern people are coping or
failing to cope with similar issues. Letter grading.
Anthropology / 143
159. Warfare and Conflict. (4) Lecture, three hours.
Examination of conflict and violent confrontation as
these have been treated in anthropological literature.
Cross-cultural comparison of institutions such as
raids, feuds, ritual warfare. Consideration of application of anthropology to study of militaries, modern
warfare, and large-scale ethnic conflict. Letter
grading.
M159P. Constructing Race. (4) (Same as African
American Studies M159P and Asian American
Studies M169.) Lecture, three hours. Examination of
race, socially constructed category, from anthropological perspective. Consideration of development of
racial categories over time and in different regions, racial passing, multiracial identity in U.S., whiteness,
race in popular culture, and race and identity. P/NP or
letter grading.
Applied Anthropology
161. Development Anthropology. (4) Lecture, three
hours; discussion, one hour (when scheduled). Requisite: course 9. Designed for juniors/seniors. Comparative study of planned and unplanned development,
in particular as it affects rural societies. Emphasis on
impact of capital, technological change and gender
differences, economic differentiation and class,
urban/rural relations, and migration. Discussion of
theoretical issues in light of case studies. P/NP or
letter grading.
M162. Language Endangerment and Linguistic
Revitalization. (4) (Same as American Indian Studies
M162.) Lecture, three hours; activity, one hour. Requisites: course 33, American Indian Studies M10. Examination of causes and consequences of current
worldwide loss of linguistic diversity and revelation of
kinds of efforts that members of threatened heritage
language communities have produced in their attempt
to revitalize these languages. Projected loss of as
many as half of worlds languages by end of 21st century can only be explained as outcome of such factors as nationalism, global economic forces, language
ideological change, and language shift away from
smaller indigenous and tribal languages. Since loss of
such languages means both reduction of cultural as
well as linguistic diversity, many affected communities
have engaged in various language renewal practices.
Examination of some diverse strategies that have
been attempted, including immersion, language and
culture classes, master-apprentice, interactive multimedia, mass media approaches, and language
policy-reform approaches. Evaluation of effectiveness
of these measures and of very imagery used to discuss language endangerment. P/NP or letter grading.
163. Selected Topics in Applied Anthropology. (4)
Lecture, three hours. Study of selected topics in applied anthropology. Consult Schedule of Classes for
topics and instructors. May be repeated for credit.
P/NP or letter grading.
M164. Afro-American Experience in U.S. (4) (Same
as African American Studies M164.) Lecture, three
hours. Promotes understanding of contemporary sociocultural forms among Afro-Americans in U.S. by
presenting comparative and diachronic perspective
on Afro-American experience in New World. Emphasis on utilization of anthropological concepts and
methods in understanding origins and maintenance of
particular patterns of adaptation among black Americans. P/NP or letter grading.
167. Urban Anthropology. (4) Lecture, three hours;
discussion, one hour (when scheduled). Designed for
junior/senior social sciences majors. Introduction to
modern industrial cities and urban life. Examination of
notion of urban space in context of social relations by
drawing from historical and cross-cultural urban ethnographies. Urban space is created according to
needs of capital and actions of urban subjects. Exploration of ways in which class, gender, race, and geography shape or contest perspectives and priorities on
urban issues. P/NP or letter grading.
C169R. Repatriation of Native American Human
Remains and Cultural Objects. (4) Lecture, two
hours; discussion, one hour. Native Americans have
recently been successful in obtaining passage of fed-
Regional Cultures
Africa
Middle East
North America
172A. Native North Americans. (4) Lecture, three
hours; discussion, one hour (when scheduled). Designed for juniors/seniors. Consideration of diversity
of Native American societies north of Mexico, including their origins, formation, and development.
Particular attention to subsistence systems and their
relationship to social institutions and cultural practices, especially religion. Letter grading.
172B. Change and Continuity among Native North
Americans. (4) Lecture, three hours. Requisite:
course 172A. Consideration of tremendous change
Native American societies and cultures have undergone since European contact. Emphasis on patterns
of adaptation and continuity as Native Americans
confronted colonization and its implications. Letter
grading.
Middle America
173Q. Latin American Communities. (4) Lecture,
three hours. Overview of social and cultural anthropology of small communities in Latin America. Similarities and contrasts in social organization and interpersonal relations described in context of economic,
political, and cultural environments. P/NP or letter
grading.
South America
174P. Ethnography of South American Indians. (4)
Lecture, three hours. Introduction to ethnography of
South American Indians, with special emphasis on
Lowland South America. Survey of history and development of man and society in this world area and examination of exemplary cultures symptomatic of various levels of cultural achievement. P/NP or letter
grading.
Asia
175Q. Ideology and Social Change in Contemporary China. (4) Lecture, three hours. Introduction to
sociocultural changes in China from 1949 to present.
Topics include ideology and politics in everyday life,
social stratification and mobility, cultural construction
of socialist person, changes in courtship, marriage,
and family, and political economy of reforms in postMao era. P/NP or letter grading.
175R. Societies of Central Asia. (4) Lecture, three
hours. Overview of culture and society among diverse
peoples of Inner Asia, including Mongolia, Tibet, and
Soviet Central Asia. Topics include environment and
economic adaptation, politics in traditional isolation
and within framework of recent national integration,
kinship, forms of marriage and status of women, religion and social order in Hindu/Buddhist culture contact zone, and current problems of modernization.
P/NP or letter grading.
Pacific
177. Cultures of Pacific. (4) Lecture, three hours.
Four major culture areas of Australia, Melanesia, Polynesia, and Micronesia. General geographical features,
prehistory, and language distribution of whole region.
Distinctive sociocultural features of each culture area
presented in context of their adaptive significance.
P/NP or letter grading.
M177P. Ethnic Identity and Ethnic Relations in Hawaii. (4) (Same as Asian American Studies M143A.)
Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour. Continuing
construction and expression of ethnic identity in various cultural forms and social contexts in Hawaii.
Overview of theoretical approaches to and basic concepts in study of ethnic identity and ethnic relations.
Discussion of historical and contemporary aspects of
ethnic identity and ethnic relations in Hawaii. Given in
Hawaii. P/NP or letter grading.
Regional Cultures
179. Selected Topics in Regional Cultures. (4) Lecture, three hours. Study of selected topics in regional
cultures. Consult Schedule of Classes for topics and
instructors. May be repeated for credit. P/NP or letter
grading.
144 / Anthropology
ture. How processes of cultural transmission and
modification explain cultural variation in space and
time. P/NP or letter grading.
Special Studies
191. Variable Topics Research Seminars: Anthropology. (4) Seminar, three hours. Research seminar
on selected topics in anthropology. Reading, discussion, and development of culminating project. Consult Schedule of Classes for topics and instructors.
May be repeated for credit with topic change. P/NP or
letter grading.
191HA. Beginning Seminar. (4) Seminar, three hours.
Limited to anthropology honors program students.
Survey of major research strategies in anthropology
to aid honors students in developing research proposals. Letter grading.
191HB. Field Methods. (4) Seminar, three hours.
Limited to anthropology honors program students.
Survey of major field methods in anthropology to prepare students to conduct their own field research.
Letter grading.
191HC. Data Analysis. (4) Seminar, three hours. Limited to anthropology honors program students.
Survey of major forms of data analysis in anthropology to aid honors students in analysis of their own
research data. Letter grading.
191HD. Writing for Anthropology. (4) Seminar, three
hours. Limited to anthropology honors program students. Teaching of writing skills, with focus on how to
write honors theses. Letter grading.
191HE. Writing for Publication and Conference
Presentations. (4) Seminar, three hours. Limited to
anthropology honors program students. Preparation
of honors theses for publication and for conference
presentations and posters. Letter grading.
193. Journal Club Seminars: Anthropology. (1)
Seminar, one hour. Limited to undergraduate students. Discussion of current readings in discipline.
May be linked with speaker series. May be repeated
for credit with topic change. P/NP grading.
194. Research Group Seminars: Anthropology. (1)
Seminar, one hour. Limited to undergraduate students
who are part of research group or internship. Discussion of research methods and current literature in discipline or of research of faculty members or students.
May meet concurrently with graduate research seminar. May be repeated for credit with topic change.
P/NP grading.
195CE. Community and Corporate Internships in
Anthropology. (4) Tutorial, to be arranged; fieldwork,
eight to 10 hours. Limited to juniors/seniors. Internship in corporate, governmental, or nonprofit setting
coordinated through Center for Community Learning.
Students complete weekly written assignments, attend biweekly meetings with graduate student coordinator, and write final research paper. Faculty sponsor
and graduate student coordinator construct series of
reading assignments that examine issues related to
internship site. May be repeated for credit with consent of Center for Community Learning. No more than
4 units may be applied toward major; units applied
must be taken for letter grade. Individual contract with
supervising faculty member required. P/NP or letter
grading.
197. Individual Studies in Anthropology. (2 to 8) Tutorial, to be arranged. Limited to juniors/seniors. Individual intensive study, with scheduled meetings to be
arranged between faculty member and student. Assigned readings and tangible evidence of mastery of
subject matter (e.g., paper or other product) required.
May be repeated for credit. Individual contract required. P/NP or letter grading.
199. Directed Research in Anthropology. (2 to 8)
Tutorial, to be arranged. Limited to juniors/seniors.
Supervised individual research or investigation under
guidance of faculty mentor. Culminating paper or
project required. May be repeated for credit. Individual contract required. P/NP or letter grading.
Graduate Courses
200. Conceptualizing Anthropological Research.
(4) Seminar, three hours. Introduction to process of
conceptualizing research projects, including formulating and theorizing research questions and developing appropriate methodology to carry out research.
Preparation of proposals and presentation to group
for critique. S/U or letter grading.
M201A-M201B. Graduate Core Seminars: Archaeology. (4-4) (Same as Archaeology M201A-M201B.)
Seminar, three hours. Course M201A is required of
anthropology students in archaeology field. Seminar
discussions based on carefully selected list of 25
major works related to development of archaeology in
social sciences (M201A) and humanities (M201B).
Core seminars provide students with foundation in
breadth of knowledge required of professional archaeologists. Archaeological historiography, survey of
world archaeology, and archaeological techniques.
Emphasis on appreciation of multidisciplinary background of modern archaeology and relevant interpretative strategies. May be repeated for credit with consent of adviser. S/U or letter grading.
202. Biological Anthropology Colloquium. (4) Seminar, three hours. Selected topics on status of current
research in biological anthropology. May be repeated
for credit. S/U or letter grading.
203A-203B-203C. Core Seminars: Sociocultural
Anthropology. (4-4-4) Seminar, three hours. Letter
grading:
203A. Historical and Philosophical Foundations of
Anthropology. (4) Seminar, three hours. Preparation:
two courses from 130, 135A, 150. Examination of theoretical writings that shaped foundations of anthropology as scholarly discipline. Consideration of writings of Durkheim, Weber, Marx, and others. Letter
grading.
203B. Sociocultural Systems and Ethnography: Anthropology at Mid-Century. (4) Seminar, three hours.
Recommended requisite: course 203A. Examination
of development of major schools of sociocultural
thought during middle decades of 20th century. Emphasis on formation of sociocultural theories, concepts, and methodologies found in contemporary anthropology. Letter grading.
203C. Scientific and Interpretive Frameworks in Contemporary Anthropology. (4) Seminar, three hours.
Recommended requisite: course 203B. Examination
of selected contemporary works and issues in field of
sociocultural anthropology. Letter grading.
204. Core Seminar: Linguistic Anthropology. (4)
Seminar, three hours. Theoretical and methodological
foundations of study of language structure and language use from sociocultural perspective. Discussion
of linguistic, philosophical, psychological, and anthropological contributions to understanding of verbal
communication as social activity embedded in culture. S/U or letter grading.
Archaeology
210. Analytical Methods in Archaeological Studies.
(4) Lecture, three hours. Preparation: one term of statistics. Data analysis procedures in archaeology. Emphasis on conceptual framework for analysis of archaeological data, beginning at level of attribute and
ending at level of region. S/U or letter grading.
CM210Q. Introduction to Archaeological Sciences.
(4) (Same as Ancient Near East CM269.) Lecture,
three hours. Basic understanding of newly introduced
methods and techniques throughout field of archaeology to implement them and to appreciate and evaluate results of their use by others who have embedded them in their scholarly publications or theoretical models. Systematic instruction in digital data
management and mining, scientific analysis of materials (including geological and biochemical techniques), and visual presentation of data and research
results (ranging from simple graphs to virtual reality).
Concurrently scheduled with course CM110Q. S/U or
letter grading.
Biological Anthropology
220. Current Problems in Biological Anthropology.
(4) Seminar, three hours. Detailed examination of current research in biological anthropology (specific
topics to be announced). Emphasis on nature of hypotheses and their testing in ongoing student and
faculty research. May be repeated for credit. S/U or
letter grading.
221A. Fossil Evidence for Human Evolution. (4)
Seminar, four hours. Examination and analysis of
fossil evidence for human evolution. S/U or letter
grading.
222. Graduate Core Seminar: Biological Anthropology in Review. (4) Seminar, three hours. Graduate
core course in biological anthropology. Topics include
evolutionary theory, behavior of nonhuman primates,
hominid evolutionary history, and contemporary
human variation. Letter grading.
Cultural Anthropology
230P. Practice Theory and Beyond. (4) Seminar,
three hours. Requisites: courses 203A, 203B, 203C.
Background in classic social theoryMarx, Weber,
Durkheimassumed. Designed for graduate anthro-
Anthropology / 145
pology students. Basic texts in practice theory by
Pierre Bourdieu and Anthony Giddents. Series of upgrades on basic practice theory framework, with
greater attention to issues of power and need to historicize anthropological work, and new perspectives
on concept of culture. S/U or letter grading.
233R. Anthropology and Media Theory. (4) Seminar,
three hours. Limited to graduate students. Examination of theoretical assumptions and debates that animate visual anthropology very broadly defined, including issues of interpretation, production, and reception of visual media, which includes ethnographic,
documentary, and feature films, as well as television
programming. S/U or letter grading.
233T. Ethnographies of Information Technology.
(4) Seminar, three hours. Emerging work on new information economy, with emphasis on ethnography.
Reading of anthropological work and materials from
range of disciplines, including sociology, geography,
urban studies, and management studies. S/U or letter
grading.
234. Seminar: Psychocultural Studies and Medical
Anthropology. (4) Seminar, three hours. Devoted to
present state of research in psychocultural studies.
Survey of work in child development and socialization, personality, psychobiology, transcultural psychiatry, deviance, learning, perception, cognition, and
psychocultural perspectives on change. S/U or letter
grading.
M234Q. Psychological Anthropology. (4) (Same as
Psychiatry M272.) Lecture, three hours. Various psychological issues in anthropology, both theoretical
and methodological. Areas of interest include such
things as culture and theory, culture and personality,
and culture psychiatry. Discussion of questions relating to symbolic and unconsciousness process as
they relate to culture. Topics vary from term to term.
May be repeated for credit. S/U or letter grading.
M234T. Anthropological Perspectives on Human
Body. (2 to 4) (Same as Psychiatry M282.) Seminar,
three hours. Exploration of how sociocultural and political dynamics shape perceptions of and understandings about human body, and how, reciprocally,
those perceptions and understandings influence social processes. Includes materials from both nonWestern and Western societies. Letter grading.
235. Individual in Culture. (4) Seminar, three hours.
Designed for graduate students. Letter grading.
M236P. Cross-Cultural Studies of Socialization
and Children. (4) (Same as Psychiatry M214.) Lecture, three hours. Selected topics in cross-cultural
study of socialization and child training. Methods,
ethnographic data, and theoretical orientations. Emphasis on current research. S/U or letter grading.
M238. Native American Revitalization Movements. (4) (Same as History M260C.) Lecture, two
hours; discussion, one hour. Examination of revitalization movements among native peoples of North
America (north of Mexico). Specific revitalization includes Handsome Lake, 1870 and 1890 Ghost
Dances, and Peyote Religion. Letter grading.
239P. Selected Topics in Field Ethnography. (4 to
8) Seminar, three hours. Discussion and practicum in
various techniques for collecting and analyzing ethnographic field data. S/U or letter grading.
Linguistic Anthropology
M241. Topics in Linguistic Anthropology. (4) (Same
as Linguistics M246C.) Lecture, three hours. Problems in relations of language, culture, and society.
May be repeated for credit. S/U or letter grading.
M242. Ethnography of Communication. (4) (Same
as Applied Linguistics M207.) Lecture, three hours.
Designed for graduate students. Seminar devoted to
examining representative scholarship from fields of
sociolinguistics and ethnography of communication.
Particular attention to theoretical developments including relationship of ethnography of communication
to such disciplines as anthropology, linguistics, and
sociology. Topical foci include style and strategy,
Social Anthropology
250. Selected Topics in Social Anthropology. (4)
Seminar, three hours. Intensive examination of current
theoretical views and literature. S/U or letter grading.
Applied Anthropology
260. Urban Anthropology. (4) Seminar, three hours.
Requisite: course 167. Intensive anthropological examination of urban setting as human environment.
S/U or letter grading.
M263P. Gender Systems. (4) (Same as Gender
Studies M263P.) Seminar, three hours. Current theoretical developments in understanding gender systems cross-culturally, with emphasis on relationship
between systems of gender, economy, ideational systems, and social inequality. Selection of ethnographic
cases from recent literature. S/U or letter grading.
M263Q. Advanced Seminar: Medical Anthropology. (2 to 4) (Same as Community Health Sciences
M244, Nursing M273, and Psychiatry M273.) Seminar,
three hours. Limited to 15 students. Examination of
interrelationships between society, culture, ecology,
Regional Cultures
271. Contemporary Problems in Africa. (4) Seminar,
three hours. Problematic issues in Africa in light of
classical anthropological literature and recent work by
anthropologists and other fieldworkers in Africa, with
cases from eastern and southern Africa. S/U or letter
grading.
M276. Japan in Age of Empire. (4) (Same as Asian
M292 and History M286.) Seminar, three hours. Designed for graduate students. Since late 19th century,
Japan expanded its empire into East and Southeast
Asia. Coverage of that period and array of anthropological studies conducted in Japans colonies and occupied areas in this hardly explored area of study of
colonialism. S/U or letter grading.
M295A-M295B-M295C. Relationship Science Forums. (2-2-2). (Same as Education M298A-M298BM298C, Psychology M237A-M237B-M237C, and Sociology M269A-M269B-M269C.) Seminar, 90 minutes. Limited to graduate students. Current research
and theory about personal relationships presented by
members of seminar, faculty members, and guest
speakers from diverse fields, including anthropology,
education, psychology, and sociology. May be repeated for credit. S/U grading.
M295S. Interdisciplinary Relationship Science. (4)
(Same as Education M297, Psychology M236, and
Sociology M270.) Lecture, three hours. Limited to
graduate students. Diverse approaches to relationship science in fields of anthropology, education, psychology, and sociology. Focus on theme of understanding biological, behavioral, and cultural aspects
of relationships through diverse theoretical and methodological approaches. Use of broad definition of interpersonal relationships, including relationships such
as parent-child, teacher-student, sibling, peer, kin, romantic relationships, marriages, and friendships. S/U
or letter grading.
297. Selected Topics in Anthropology. (2 to 4)
Seminar, three hours. Designed for graduate students. Study of selected topics of anthropological interest. Consult Schedule of Classes for topics and instructors. May be repeated for credit. S/U or letter
grading.
Special Studies
375. Teaching Apprentice Practicum. (1 to 4) Seminar, to be arranged. Preparation: apprentice personnel employment as teaching assistant, associate,
or fellow. Teaching apprenticeship under active guidance and supervision of regular faculty member responsible for curriculum and instruction at UCLA.
May be repeated for credit. S/U grading.
495. Teaching Anthropology. (2 to 4) Seminar/workshop, three hours. Designed for graduate students.
Required of all new teaching assistants. Workshop/
seminar in teaching techniques, including evaluation
of each students own performance as teaching assistant. Four-day workshop precedes beginning of
term, followed by 10-week seminar during term designed to deal with problems and techniques of
teaching anthropology. Unit credit may be applied toward full-time equivalence but not toward nine-course
requirement for MA. S/U grading.
501. Cooperative Program. (2 to 8) Tutorial, to be
arranged. Preparation: consent of UCLA adviser and
graduate dean, and host campus instructor, department chair, and graduate dean. Used to record enrollment of UCLA students in courses taken under cooperative arrangements with USC. S/U grading.
596. Individual Studies for Graduate Students. (2
to 8) Tutorial, to be arranged. Directed individual
studies. S/U or letter grading.
597. Preparation for PhD Qualifying Examinations.
(2 to 12) Tutorial, to be arranged. S/U grading.
598. Research for and Preparation of MA Thesis. (2
to 8) Tutorial, to be arranged. Preparation of research
data and writing of MA thesis. S/U grading.
599. Research for PhD Dissertation. (2 to 12) Tutorial, to be arranged. PhD dissertation research or
writing. Students must have completed qualifying examinations and ordinarily take no other coursework.
S/U grading.
APPLIED LINGUISTICS
College of Letters and Science
UCLA
3126C Campbell Hall
Box 951543
Los Angeles, CA 90095-1543
310-825-4632
fax: 310-206-4118
e-mail: appling@ucla.edu
http://www.appling.ucla.edu
Russell G. Schuh, PhD, Chair
The UCLA Academic Senate approved the disestablishment of the Department of Applied
Linguistics, the discontinuance of the graduate
degree and certificate programs, the Language
Teaching minor, and African Languages BA,
and the transfer of the Applied Linguistics BA
to the Department of Linguistics effective winter quarter 2015. Students currently enrolled in
any of the programs may complete them under
current requirements.
Undergraduate Study
Applied Linguistics BA
The Applied Linguistics BA was transferred to
the Linguistics Department effective winter
quarter 2015.
Graduate Study
The Department of Applied Linguistics offers
Master of Arts (MA), Candidate in Philosophy
(CPhil), and Doctor of Philosophy (PhD) degrees in Applied Linguistics. However, the UCLA
Academic Senate approved the discontinuance
of the graduate degree and certificate programs effective winter quarter 2015. Students
currently enrolled in any of the programs may
complete them under current requirements.
Applied Linguistics
Lower Division Courses
30W. Language and Social Interaction. (5) Lecture,
three hours; discussion, two hours. Enforced requisite: English Composition 3 or 3H or English as a
Second Language 36. Not open for credit to students
with credit for course 30. Exploration of range of
topics related to study of language and social interaction in both mundane and professional settings, particularly how language affects social lives and how
social organization affects use of language. Topics include different approaches to study of language in social interaction (theories and research methodologies), issues regarding language and social identity
(such as socioeconomic status, race, gender, and situational identity), and issues concerning language
and culture (such as cross-cultural misunderstanding
and language socialization). Satisfies Writing II requirement. Letter grading.
40. Language and Gender: Introduction to Gender
Differences and Stereotypes. (5) Lecture, four hours;
discussion, one hour. Not open for credit to students
with credit for course 40W. Introduction to language
from sociological perspective of gender. Use of re-
Archaeology / 147
search and examples in English and other languages
to explore nature of male and female genderlects
and gendered language, as reflected in lexicon, language behavior, phonetics and intonation, and language acquisition and linguistic change. Fieldwork to
be carried out in language of student choice. Letter
grading.
40W. Language and Gender: Introduction to Gender and Stereotypes. (5) Lecture, four hours; discussion, two hours. Enforced requisite: English Composition 3 or 3H or English as a Second Language 36. Not
open for credit to students with credit for course 40.
Prior knowledge of foreign languages not required. Introduction to language from sociological perspective
of gender. Use of research and examples in English
and other languages to explore nature of male and female genderlects and gendered language, as reflected in lexicon, language behavior, phonetics and
intonation, and language acquisition and linguistic
change. Satisfies Writing II requirement. Letter
grading.
Graduate Courses
M207. Ethnography of Communication. (4) (Same
as Anthropology M242.) Lecture, three hours. Designed for graduate students. Seminar devoted to examining representative scholarship from fields of sociolinguistics and ethnography of communication. Particular attention to theoretical developments including
relationship of ethnography of communication to such
disciplines as anthropology, linguistics, and sociology.
Topical foci include style and strategy, speech variation, varieties of noncasual speech genres, languages
and ethnicity, and nonverbal communication behavior.
S/U or letter grading.
M224. Language Socialization. (4) (Same as Anthropology M248.) Seminar, four hours. Requisite: course
M206. Exploration of process of socialization through
language and socialization to use language across
lifespan, across communities of practice within single
society, and across different ethnic and socioeconomic groups. Ways in which verbal interaction between novices and experts is structured linguistically
and culturally. S/U or letter grading.
M225A-M225B. Seminars: Corpus Linguistics. (44) (Same as Asian M222A-M222B.) Seminar, three
hours. Construction and exploitation of computerized
language corpora for studying issues in areas such as
lexicology, discourse grammar, language change and
variation, language learning, and teaching. Discussion
of special issues in working with East Asian language
corpora. In Progress (M225A) and S/U or letter
(M225B) grading.
M232. Culture, Brain, and Development Forum. (1)
(Same as Anthropology M293, Education M285, Neuroscience M293, and Psychology M248.) Seminar, 90
minutes every other week. Interdisciplinary seminar
series to provide students with exposure to current research in understanding complex relationship between culture, brain, and development. S/U grading.
M233. Culture, Brain, and Development. (4) (Same
as Anthropology M293S, Education M286, Neuroscience M294, and Psychology M247.) Seminar, three
hours. Designed for graduate students. Integration of
knowledge across different disciplines to understand
interrelations of culture, brain, and development,
where development includes both human ontogeny
and human phylogeny. S/U or letter grading.
M266. Topics in Semantics and Pragmatics. (4)
(Same as Anthropology M247.) Seminar, four hours.
Requisite: course C201. Detailed examination of specialized topics in semantics and pragmatics. Topics
vary from year to year and may include metaphor, theories of reference and denotation, honorific speech,
evidentiality, reported speech, etc. May be repeated
for credit with topic change. Letter grading.
M270A. Ethnographic Methods in Language, Interaction, and Culture I. (4) (Same as Anthropology
M249A.) Seminar, three hours. Requisite: course
M207 or Sociology 244A. Ethnographic approaches
to recording and analyzing communicative events and
practices in their sociocultural context, involving student-initiated fieldwork in community setting. Emphasis on hands-on activities within theoretical frameworks that consider language as social and cultural
practice. Devoted to skills related to collecting socially and culturally meaningful data. Letter grading.
278. Discourse Laboratory. (4) Laboratory, four hours.
Requisite: course M206. Designed for Applied Linguistics PhD students. Advanced procedures in data
analysis in field of discourse analysis, including devel-
opment of large-scale research project and critical review of current research. May be repeated for credit.
S/U grading.
375. Teaching Apprentice Practicum. (1 to 4) Seminar, to be arranged. Preparation: apprentice personnel employment as teaching assistant, associate,
or fellow. Teaching apprenticeship under active guidance and supervision of regular faculty member responsible for curriculum and instruction at UCLA.
May be repeated for credit. S/U grading.
596. Directed Individual Study. (2 to 12) Tutorial, to
be arranged. Limited to MA and PhD students. Independent study in one area of applied linguistics. May
not be applied toward MA course requirements. Up to
8 units may be applied toward PhD course requirements. May be repeated for credit. S/U or letter
grading.
597. Preparation for PhD Candidacy Examination.
(4 to 8) Tutorial, to be arranged. Preparation: completion of at least six courses of 32-unit requirement for
PhD. May not be applied toward 32-unit requirement.
May be repeated for credit. S/U grading.
599. Research for and Preparation of PhD Dissertation. (4 to 16) Tutorial, to be arranged. Preparation:
advancement to PhD candidacy. Required of all PhD
candidates each term they are registered and engaged in dissertation preparation. May be repeated
for credit but may not be applied toward PhD course
requirements. S/U grading.
ARCHAEOLOGY
Interdepartmental Program
College of Letters and Science
UCLA
A210 Fowler Building
Box 951510
Los Angeles, CA 90095-1510
310-825-4169
fax: 310-206-4723
e-mail: mswanson@ioa.ucla.edu
http://www.archaeology.ucla.edu
John K. Papadopoulos, PhD, Chair
Faculty Committee
Stephen B. Acabado, PhD (Anthropology)
Jeanne E Arnold, PhD (Anthropology)
Hans Barnard, MD, PhD (Near Eastern Languages and
Cultures)
P. Jeffrey Brantingham, PhD (Anthropology)
Aaron A. Burke, PhD (Near Eastern Languages and
Cultures)
Jesse L. Byock, PhD (Scandinavian Section)
Elizabeth F. Carter, PhD (Near Eastern Languages and
Cultures)
Kathlyn (Kara) M. Cooney, PhD (Near Eastern
Languages and Cultures)
Ioanna Kakoulli, DPhil (Materials Science and
Engineering)
Richard G. Lesure, PhD (Anthropology)
Min Li, PhD (Anthropology, Asian Languages and
Cultures)
Kathryn J. McDonnell, PhD (Classics)
Sarah P. Morris, PhD (Classics)
Stella E. Nair, PhD (Art History
John K. Papadopoulos, PhD (Classics)
Ellen J. Pearlstein, MA (Information Studies)
Gregson T. Schachner, PhD (Anthropology)
David A. Scott, PhD (Art History)
Monica L. Smith, PhD (Anthropology)
Charles S. Stanish, PhD (Anthropology)
Lothar von Falkenhausen, PhD (Art History)
Thomas A. Wake, PhD (Anthropology)
Willeke Z. Wendrich, PhD (Near Eastern Languages
and Cultures)
148 / Archaeology
Graduate Study
Official, specific degree requirements are detailed in Program Requirements for UCLA
Graduate Degrees, available at the Graduate
Division website, http://grad.ucla.edu. In many
cases, more detailed guidelines may be outlined in announcements, other publications,
and websites of the schools, departments, and
programs.
Graduate Degrees
The Archaeology Program offers Master of Arts
(MA), Candidate in Philosophy (CPhil), and
Doctor of Philosophy (PhD) degrees in Archaeology but does not encourage applicants who
seek only an MA degree.
Archaeology
Lower Division Course
30. Science in Archaeology. (4) (Formerly numbered
Ancient Near East 30.) Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour. Archaeology is rapidly developing due
to ongoing introduction of new hardware, software,
and information dissemination technology. It is multidisciplinary field of study, combining its own research
methods and technologies with elements from geology, history, ethnography, geography, material science, statistics, biology, biochemistry, medicine, and
others, presenting opportunities not only to obtain
new scholarly insights, but also to provide integrated
instruction in science, technology, engineering, and
mathematics (STEM) skills. Use of archaeological
data as paradigm in STEM education. Instant practical application of mathematics during surveying, geology during ceramic analysis or geophysical research, biochemistry during archaeological residue
analysis, or biology during zooarchaeological or paleoethnobotanical research offers point of departure
for instructors as well as motivation to students. P/NP
or letter grading.
ramics, and other inorganic and some organic substances. Concurrently scheduled with course C210.
P/NP or letter grading.
M112. Archaeology and Art of Christian and Islamic Egypt. (4) (Same as Art History M119D, Islamic
Studies M112, and Middle Eastern Studies M112.)
Lecture, three hours. Culture of Egypt transformed
gradually after Muslim conquest in mid-7th century
C.E. According to material evidence such as ceramics, textiles, architectural forms, and building
techniques, it is functionally impossible to separate
pre-Islamic Christian Egypt from early Islamic Egypt.
Although population may have become largely
Muslim by 10th century, Egypt remained Coptic in
many senses even to 14th century and retains sizeable Christian minority to present. Survey of archaeological remains and standing architecture of Egypt
from 6th to 19th century, charting changes and continuities in material culture and shifts in human geography and land use. P/NP or letter grading.
C120. Special Topics in Archaeology. (2 or 4) Lecture, three hours. Designed for juniors/seniors. Special topics on theoretical subjects in archaeology such
as new strategies, regional synthesis, or current work
by core program faculty or special visiting scholars.
May be repeated for credit with topic change. Concurrently scheduled with course C220. Final project or
paper required if taken for 4 units (P/NP or letter
grading); 2-unit course has P/NP grading.
C159. Fieldwork in Archaeology. (2 to 12) Fieldwork,
to be arranged. Participation in archaeological field
excavations or museum research under supervision
of staff archaeologists at UCLA. Minimum of one
month of field time away from campus required. May
be repeated for credit with consent of adviser. Concurrently scheduled with course C259. P/NP or letter
grading.
C180. Ancient and Historic Metals: Corrosion,
Technology, and Microstructure. (6) Seminar, four
hours; laboratory, four hours. Overview of technology
of ancient metals, aspects of extraction and alloying,
corrosion that ancient metals undergo, and how this
impacts their preservation. Exploration of knowledge
and research work of last two decades that has substantially advanced understanding of processes of
extraction, alloying, surface patination, metallic coatings, corrosion, and microstructure. Laboratory work
in preparation and examination of metallic samples
under microscope, as well as lectures on technology
of metallic works of art. Discussion of phase and stability diagrams of common alloying systems and environments. Metallographic study samples represent
Bronze Age Europe, Renaissance Europe, China from
Warring States to Tang dynasty, Japanese swordmaking, Indian high-tin bronze alloys, bronzes, Peruvian, Colombian, Costa Rican, and Panamanian
copper and gold-copper alloys. Concurrently scheduled with course C280. Letter grading.
Graduate Courses
M201A-M201B. Graduate Core Seminars: Archaeology. (4-4) (Same as Anthropology M201A-M201B.)
Seminar, three hours. Required of all students. Seminar discussions based on carefully selected list of 25
major works related to development of archaeology in
social sciences (M201A) and humanities (M201B).
Compulsory core seminars provide students with
foundation in breadth of knowledge required of
professional archaeologists. Archaeological historiography, survey of world archaeology, and archaeological techniques. Emphasis on appreciation of multidisciplinary background of modern archaeology and
relevant interpretative strategies. May be repeated for
credit with consent of adviser. S/U or letter grading.
M201C. Archaeological Research Design. (4)
(Same as Ancient Near East M201.) Seminar, three
hours. Requisites: courses M201A, M201B. How to
design archaeological projects in preparation for MA
thesis or PhD phase. Students do exploratory research to select subject, then write research design
that could form basis for extensive paper, grant application, or oral examination. Students work closely
with faculty members and report weekly on their
progress. Preparation of at least two oral progress-report presentations, one on theoretical framework and
one on practical aspects of project. Final written research design that incorporates theoretical and practical aspects of research and formulates bridging arguments required. S/U or letter grading.
M205A. Selected Laboratory Topics in Archaeology. (4) (Same as Anthropology M212S.) Lecture, three
hours. Designed for graduate students in archaeology
or in other departments. Specialized analysis of particular classes of cultural remains. Topic may be one
of following: zooarchaeology, paleoethnobotany, ceramics, lithic analysis, rock art. Laboratory experience
with collections and data. May be repeated for credit
with topic change. S/U or letter grading.
M205B. Intensive Laboratory Training in Archaeology. (6) (Same as Anthropology M212T.) Lecture,
three hours; laboratory, two hours minimum. Advanced laboratory training for graduate students with
extended laboratory hours. Special laboratory-based
topics, including but not limited to lithic analysis, ceramic analysis, zooarchaeology, and paleoethnobotany. May be repeated for credit with topic change.
S/U or letter grading.
C210. Archaeological Materials Identification and
Characterization. (4) Lecture, one hour; laboratory,
two hours. Laboratory-oriented introduction for
archaeologists to identification and quantitative
description of solid materials, especially metals, ceramics, and other inorganic and some organic substances. Concurrently scheduled with course C110.
S/U or letter grading.
C220. Special Topics in Archaeology. (2 or 4) Lecture, three hours. Special topics on theoretical subjects in archaeology such as new strategies, regional
synthesis, or current work by core program faculty or
special visiting scholars. May be repeated for credit
with topic change. Concurrently scheduled with
course C120. Final project or paper required if taken
for 4 units (S/U or letter grading); 2-unit course has
S/U grading.
C259. Fieldwork in Archaeology. (2 to 12) Fieldwork,
to be arranged. Participation in archaeological field
excavations or museum research under supervision
of staff archaeologists at UCLA. Minimum of one
month of field time away from campus required. May
be repeated for credit with consent of adviser. Concurrently scheduled with course C159. S/U or letter
grading.
M265. Depositional History and Stratigraphic
Analysis. (4) (Same as Ancient Near East M265.) Lecture, two hours. Theoretical understanding of depositional processes (laws) which lead to site formation
and of stratigraphic procedures to be used in recovery of embedded cultural materials. Study of issues covered in literature, with specific test cases
from actual excavations and site reports. Coverage of
theoretical implications of such disciplines as surveying and pedology with help of specialists. S/U or
letter grading.
C280. Ancient and Historic Metals: Corrosion,
Technology, and Microstructure. (6) Seminar, four
hours; laboratory, four hours. Overview of technology
of ancient metals, aspects of extraction and alloying,
corrosion that ancient metals undergo, and how this
impacts their preservation. Exploration of knowledge
and research work of last two decades that has substantially advanced understanding of processes of
extraction, alloying, surface patination, metallic coatings, corrosion, and microstructure. Laboratory work
in preparation and examination of metallic samples
under microscope, as well as lectures on technology
of metallic works of art. Discussion of phase and stability diagrams of common alloying systems and environments. Metallographic study samples represent
Bronze Age Europe, Renaissance Europe, China from
Warring States to Tang dynasty, Japanese swordmaking, Indian high-tin bronze alloys, bronzes, Peruvian, Colombian, Costa Rican, and Panamanian
copper and gold-copper alloys. Concurrently scheduled with course C180. Letter grading.
ARCHITECTURE AND
URBAN DESIGN
School of the Arts and Architecture
UCLA
1317 Perloff Hall
Box 951467
Los Angeles, CA 90095-1467
310-825-7857
fax: 310-825-8959
e-mail: admissions@aud.ucla.edu
http://www.aud.ucla.edu
Hitoshi Abe, PhD, Chair
Professors
Hitoshi Abe, PhD (Paul I. and Hisako Terasaki
Professor of Contemporary Japanese Studies)
Dana Cuff, PhD
Neil M. Denari, MArch
Diane G. Favro, PhD
Craig E. Hodgetts, MArch
Sylvia Lavin, PhD
Greg S. Lynn, MArch
Mark Mack, MArch
Thom Mayne, MArch
Ben J. Refuerzo, MArch
Professors Emeriti
Marvin Adelson, PhD
Samuel Aroni, PhD
Baruch Givoni, PhD
Thomas S. Hines, PhD
F. Eugene Kupper, MArch
Jurg Lang, DiplArch
Robin S. Liggett, PhD
Murray A. Milne, MArch
Barton Myers, MArch
George Rand, PhD
Dagmar E. Richter, DiplArch
Richard Schoen, MArch
Thomas R. Vreeland, Jr., MArch
Richard S. Weinstein, MA
Associate Professors
Jason K. Payne, MArch
Heather L. Roberge, MArch
Assistant Professor
Michael Osman, PhD
Adjunct Professors
Alan Locke, MSc
Roger Sherman, MArch
Undergraduate Study
Architectural Studies BA
Admission
Students are admitted for fall quarter only. Admission is highly competitive, and only a limited number of students are admitted each
year. UCLA students may apply for admission
in fall quarter of their second year in residence,
must have at least a 3.0 cumulative gradepoint average, and are required to complete
the Preparation for the Major courses, with
grades of B or better, before applying for admission. Transfer students must have at least a
3.0 cumulative GPA and are expected to complete the Preparation for the Major courses
during their first year in residence. All applicants must submit a statement of interest and
a three- to six-page PDF of creative work. Applications are available in the department office
to regularly enrolled UCLA students during the
previous fall quarter. For further information,
consult the undergraduate adviser.
The Major
Required: Architecture and Urban Design 121,
122, 123, 131, 132, 133, 141, 142, 143.
Graduate Study
Official, specific degree requirements are detailed in Program Requirements for UCLA
Graduate Degrees, available at the Graduate
Division website, http://grad.ucla.edu. In many
cases, more detailed guidelines may be outlined in announcements, other publications,
and websites of the schools, departments, and
programs.
Graduate Degrees
The Department of Architecture and Urban Design offers Master of Architecture I (MArch I)
and Master of Architecture II (MArch II) degrees,
and Master of Arts (MA) and Doctor of Philosophy (PhD) degrees in Architecture. A concurrent degree program (Architecture MArch I/Urban Planning MURP) and a Graduate Certificate in Urban Humanities are also offered.
of domestic architecture, from communal living arrangements of antiquity to functional and automated
ideals of modern movement. Exploration of how design of domestic interior has evolved to express and
accommodate corresponding developments in lifestyle and taste. Letter grading.
133. Modernism and Metropolis. (5) Lecture, three
hours; outside study, 12 hours. Limited to Architectural Studies majors. Introduction to emergence of
contemporary metropolis through series of comparative urban explorations that begin in Los Angeles and
extend to engage range of cities, including key examples from Asia to South America. Modern project can
be seen in myriad forms across globe, so that city and
suburb, taken together, exist in complex commingling
of aesthetic, political, spatial, economic, technological, and social issues. Letter grading.
141. Technology I: Projections. (5) Laboratory, four
hours; outside study, 11 hours. Limited to Architectural Studies majors. Introduction to techniques of
spatial representation as they relate to architectural
design. How to communicate using two- and threedimensional drawing and modeling. Analog and digital techniques and opportunity afforded by moving
between both. Analog techniques include orthographic and axonometric projection. Digital techniques focus on computer graphics fundamentals, including bit map and vector graphic imaging using
Adobe suite and modeling using Rhinoceros. Letter
grading.
142. Technology II: Building Materials and Methods. (5) Laboratory, four hours; outside study, 11
hours. Limited to Architectural Studies majors. Introduction to construction systems and materials in relation to design, such as framed, bearing wall, or hybrid
systems. Graphic conventions and organization of
construction documents. Letter grading.
143. Technology III: Digital Technology. (5) Laboratory, four hours; outside study, 11 hours. Limited to
Architectural Studies majors. Overview of three-dimensional computer-aided visualization concepts,
teaching applications of AutoCAD and Maya and their
use relative to process of design and visual communication. Basic representation methods and tools and
introduction to additional concepts required to dynamically interact with computer and to explore and
understand communicative capacities of different
methods of representation. Explanation of bitmap
versus vector graphics, typography basics, and color
output and integration for print and Web, and introduction to three-dimensional digital modeling and
fabrication. Letter grading.
CM153. Introduction to Sustainable Architecture
and Community Planning. (4) (Same as Environment
M153.) Lecture, three hours. Relationship of built environment to natural environment through whole systems approach, with focus on sustainable design of
buildings and planning of communities. Emphasis on
energy efficiency, renewable energy, and appropriate
use of resources, including materials, water, and land.
Concurrently scheduled with course CM247A. Letter
grading.
199. Directed Research or Senior Project in Architecture and Urban Design. (2 to 4) Tutorial, to be arranged. Limited to juniors/seniors. Supervised individual research or investigation under guidance of
faculty mentor. Culminating paper or project required.
May be repeated for credit. Individual contract required. P/NP or letter grading.
Graduate Courses
M201. Theories of Architecture. (4) (Same as Urban
Planning M201.) Lecture, three hours. Exploration of
conceptual and historical structures that shape current issues in architectural theory. Readings in primary
texts serve as framework for understanding nature of
speculative inquiry in architectural context. Letter
grading.
220. Introduction to Computers. (2) Lecture, 90
minutes; laboratory, 90 minutes; outside study, three
hours. Introduction to basic concepts, skills, and
theoretical aspects of computer-aided architecture
design microcomputer skills. Applications selected
152 / Art
force and bending moment. Reactions, stability, and
statical determinacy. Determinate frames. Plane
trusses; analysis and design. S/U or letter grading.
432. Structures II. (4) Lecture, three hours. Requisite:
course 431. Mechanics of structures and structural elements. Elastic materials: stress, strain, and stressstrain relations. Theory of bending: curvature, stress
and strain distributions, centroid, moments of inertia,
resisting and plastic moments. Design of beams for
bending, shear, and deflections. Torsion members. Instability and design of columns. Design for combined
bending and compression. Tensile structures; cables,
pneumatic structures. Slabs and plates; shells and
folded plates. S/U or letter grading.
433. Structures III. (4) Lecture, three hours. Requisite: course 432. Introduction to statically indeterminate analysis. Structural materials and loads. Wind
loads: distribution with height, design for comfort,
structure behavior under lateral loads. Steel construction and concepts for high-rise structures. Structural
case studies in timber and steel. Introduction to earthquakes: seismology, magnitude, intensity, history.
Seismic instrumentation. Case studies of recent
earthquakes and damage. Earthquake design concepts and seismic code requirements. S/U or letter
grading.
436. Introduction to Building Construction. (2)
Laboratory, two hours; outside study, four hours. Introduction to construction techniques. Study of physical principles and materials for making architecture
through series of exercises and field trips. Letter
grading.
437. Building Construction. (4) Laboratory, four hours;
outside study, eight hours. Principles of structure and
enclosure, with focus on production and materials research. Exploration of building elements for formal
and functional properties; in addition, design development of project in previous studio may be developed
in detail with integration of range of technical systems. Letter grading.
441. Environmental Control Systems. (4) Lecture,
four hours. Design of mechanical systems necessary
for functioning of large buildings: air handling, fire and
life safety, plumbing, vertical and horizontal circulation, communication and electrical power distribution,
analysis of interaction of these systems and their integrated effects on architectural form of building. S/U or
letter grading.
442. Building Climatology. (4) Lecture, four hours.
Preparation: basic physics. Design of buildings that
specifically respond to local climate; utilization of natural energies, human thermal comfort; sun motion
and sun control devices; use of plant materials and
landform to modify microclimate. S/U or letter
grading.
461. Architectural Practice. (4) Lecture, three hours.
Historical development of profession; role of architect
in contemporary society, current forms of practice
and emerging trends. Contractual relationships, ethical responsibility, office management and promotion.
Case studies of practical process. S/U or letter
grading.
496. Special Projects in Architecture. (2 to 8) Tutorial, to be arranged. Projects initiated either by individual students or student teams and directed by faculty member. May be repeated for credit. S/U or letter
grading.
497. Special Projects in Urban Design. (2 to 8)
Tutorial, to be arranged. Projects initiated either by individual students or student teams and directed by
faculty member. May be repeated for credit. S/U or
letter grading.
498. Comprehensive Examination Seminar. (4)
Seminar, three hours; outside study, nine hours. Seminar intended to begin process of developing independent proposal with related research and documentation that moves toward production of final document or book for each project. S/U grading.
501. Cooperative Program. (2 to 8) Tutorial, to be
arranged. Preparation: consent of UCLA graduate adviser and graduate dean, and host campus instructor,
ART
School of the Arts and Architecture
UCLA
2275 Broad Art Center
Box 951615
Los Angeles, CA 90095-1615
310-825-3281
fax: 310-206-6676
e-mail: artinfo@arts.ucla.edu
http://www.art.ucla.edu
Hirsch Perlman, BA, Chair
Professors
Jennifer Bolande, BFA
Barbara Drucker, MFA
Russell Ferguson, MA
Andrea Fraser
Roger R. Herman, MFA
Mary Kelly, MA
Barbara Kruger
Catherine S. Opie, MFA
Hirsch Perlman, BA
Lari G. Pittman, MFA
Adrian A. Saxe, BFA
Patty A. Wickman, MFA
Professors Emeriti
Raymond B. Brown, MA
Paul D. McCarthy, MFA
Charles R. Ray, MFA
Nancy J. Rubins, MFA
James Welling, MFA
Associate Professors
Rodney T. McMillian, MFA
Silke Otto-Knapp, MFA
Lecturer
Jacob M. Samuel, BFA
Undergraduate Study
The Art major is a designated capstone major.
As part of the upper division advanced studio
requirements, all undergraduate students are
required to complete a senior studio course
that emphasizes analysis and criticism of individual creative work and ideas. Students develop and present a body of creative work in
which they exhibit familiarity with and competence in a range of techniques and media, and
a level of proficiency in utilizing particular media appropriate to advanced-level studio projects. Graduates are expected to demonstrate
familiarity with historical precedents for and issues in contemporary art, to understand terms
and concepts relevant to contemporary art discourse, and to have the ability to effectively articulate analysis of works of art to participate in
a studio critique.
Art BA
Capstone Major
The Major
Required: A minimum of nine upper division
courses, including Art 100 or 132 or one
course from an approved list of upper division
nonmajor courses, six courses from at least
four of the following studio areas: 130, 133,
137, 140, 145, 147, 148, one course from Art
History M110A through 185, one capstone senior studio course (Art 150), and 8 units of art
electives.
Each course applied toward major requirements must be taken for a letter grade, with
the exception of Art 190, 193, and 195, which
are offered only on a Passed/Not Passed grading basis. Of those, no more than 4 units total
may be applied toward the upper division art
elective requirement.
Graduate Study
Official, specific degree requirements are detailed in Program Requirements for UCLA
Graduate Degrees, available at the Graduate
Division website, http://grad.ucla.edu. In many
cases, more detailed guidelines may be outlined in announcements, other publications,
and websites of the schools, departments, and
programs.
Art / 153
Graduate Degrees
The Department of Art offers the Master of Fine
Arts (MFA) degree in Art.
Art
Lower Division Courses
1A. Drawing. (4) Studio, eight hours; five hours arranged. Course in basic drawing skills intended as
preparation for work in variety of media. P/NP or letter
grading.
1B. Sculpture. (4) Studio, eight hours; five hours arranged. Introduction to concepts and forms of contemporary sculpture to become familiar with tools and
material to enable students to visually manifest their
individual ideas. Presentation of work of contemporary artists. P/NP or letter grading.
11A. Painting. (4) Studio, eight hours; five hours arranged. Basics of painting: introduction to technical
procedures, tools, and materials. Discussion of fundamental conceptual and formal concerns. P/NP or
letter grading.
11B. Photography. (4) Studio, eight hours; five hours
arranged. Fundamentals in technique, with emphasis
on individual projects. Varied approaches, processes,
and applications of photographic medium within context of art, supported by studies in theory, aesthetics,
and history of photography. P/NP or letter grading.
11C. Printmaking. (4) Studio, eight hours; five hours
arranged. Introductory survey of various technical and
conceptual concerns in variety of printmaking media
as preparation for more focused study in particular
media at upper division level. P/NP or letter grading.
11D. New Genres. (4) Studio, eight hours; five hours
arranged. Introduction to projects in installation, performance, video, film, intermedia, and other nontraditional media and processes. P/NP or letter grading.
11E. Ceramics. (4) Studio, eight hours; five hours arranged. Introduction to ceramic materials and processes, with emphasis on personal and cultural expression in ceramic media. Discussion of ceramics in
contemporary artistic practice and social history of
ceramic art. Letter grading.
20. Production. (2) Studio, four hours. Limited to Art
majors. Instruction in production techniques and processes, including basics of recording still images,
moving images, and sound. Discussion of professional setups and standard practices as well as alternatives. Editing of still images, moving images, and
sound. Review of use of tools, software, workflow,
storage, and output modalities. Letter grading.
31A. Modernism. (5) Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour; field trips, three hours. Impact of modernist thought on art and society from mid-19th
through early-20th centuries. Exploration of origins,
development, theory, and practice of modernism in
Europe and U.S. Letter grading.
31B. Modernism. (5) Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour; field trips, three hours. Art majors
should complete courses 31A, 31B, and 31C in sequence in first year. Continuation of impact of modernist ideas through mid-20th century, with focus primarily on work made from 1920s to 1960s. Letter
grading.
31C. Modernism. (5) Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour; field trips, three hours. Art majors
should complete courses 31A, 31B, and 31C in sequence in first year. Continuation of impact of modernist ideas through latter part of 20th century, covering shift from modernist to postmodernist practices
and theories, with focus on work made from 1960s to
present. Letter grading.
70. Summer Art Institute: Special Topics in Studio.
(3) Studio/lecture/field trips, 45 hours. Limited to high
school students in Summer Art Institute. Two-week
intensive in studio art covering range of media and
contemporary art practices and combination of focused studio work, lecture/presentations, field trips,
Graduate Courses
271. Graduate Painting. (2 to 8) Studio, eight hours.
Study in painting and associated media. May be repeated for credit with consent of adviser. Letter
grading.
272. Graduate Printmaking. (2 to 8) Studio, eight
hours. Studies in traditional and experimental printmaking. Selected studies in intaglio, lithograph,
ART HISTORY
College of Letters and Science
UCLA
100 Dodd Hall
Box 951417
Los Angeles, CA 90095-1417
310-206-6905
fax: 310-206-1903
http://arthistory.ucla.edu
Miwon Kwon, PhD, Chair
Professors
George T. Baker, PhD
Charlene Villaseor Black, PhD
Robert L. Brown, PhD
Sharon E. Gerstel, PhD
Burglind Jungmann, PhD
Mary Kelly, MA
Miwon Kwon, PhD
Steven D. Nelson, PhD
David A. Scott, PhD
Debora L. Silverman, PhD (Presidential Professor of
Modern European History)
Dell Upton, PhD
Lothar von Falkenhausen, PhD
Bronwen Wilson, PhD
Professors Emeriti
Susan B. Downey, PhD
Cecelia F. Klein, PhD
David M. Kunzle, PhD
Carlo Pedretti, MA (Armand Hammer Professor
Emeritus of Leonardo Studies)
Donald A. Preziosi, PhD
Anthony Vidler, DiplArch
Joanna C. Woods-Marsden, PhD
Adjunct Professor
John M.D. Pohl, PhD
The Major
Required: Eleven upper division art history
courses as follows:
1.
Undergraduate Study
The Art History Department offers a designated capstone program for undergraduate
majors. Students have options for completing
a senior honors thesis, a directed independent
study, an advanced undergraduate seminar, a
museum studies internship, a research assistantship, or a faculty-approved upper division
course that includes additional coursework
culminating in the completion of a capstone
paper. Through their capstone work, students
are expected to conceive and execute a research or creative project; identify and evaluate
documentation relevant to the discipline;
develop an enhanced capacity for writing and
research, critical and analytical thinking, and
competent familiarity with art historical methodologies; and identify and articulate these
arguments within art historical discourse and
areas of specialization. The capstone experience also enables students to develop an enriched understanding of the foundations of the
discipline, as well as the current landscape of
the field.
Art History BA
Capstone Program
2.
3.
While the department does not require language training beyond the College requirement, Art History majors, particularly those
planning graduate work, are strongly encouraged to study foreign languages beyond what
is required by the College.
Transfer Students
Transfer applicants to the Art History major
with 90 or more units must complete as many
of the following introductory courses as possible prior to admission to UCLA: two art history
Honors Program
The honors program is designed for Art History
majors who are interested in carrying out an in-
Two courses from at least two of the following three historical periods; (a) ancient/
medieval before 1400Art History M110A,
M110B, M110C, M111, M112A through
M112D, M113A, M113B, M114A through
C114D, C115A through C115F, C116A,
C116B, C117A, C117B, M118A, 119A,
119B, C139A, C148A, C148B, 154A, (b)
early modern, 1400 to 1700courses 121A
through 121D, 124, C125A, 125B, C126,
Two courses from at least two of the following five geographic regions: (a) Africa
Art History C145A, C145B, (b) Asia
courses C148A through C148E, C149,
150A, C150B, C151, 152A through C152D,
C153, 154A through 154D, C155, 156,
C158A, (c) Europe and U.S.courses
C115B through C115F, 121A through 121D,
124, C125A, 125B, C126, 127A, 127B,
M127C, C129A, C129B, C129C, C131A,
C131B, C131C, C133A through 133E,
CM135A, CM135B, 137, C170A, (d) Latin
America and Caribbeancourses C139A,
C139B, C139C, C140, C141, C142A,
C142B, 143, 144, and (e) Mediterranean,
Middle East, and Near Eastcourses
M110A, M110B, M110C, M111, M112
through M112D, M113A, M113B, M114A,
M114B, M114C, C115A, 119A, 119B
3.
A minimum of 20 units applied toward the minor requirements must be in addition to units
applied toward major requirements or another
minor.
By petition, one upper division course with
substantial art historical content and methodology applied toward the students majors may
also be applied toward this minor.
Each minor course must be taken for a letter
grade (unless the course is graded only on a
P/NP basis), and students must have an overall grade-point average of 2.0 or better. Successful completion of the minor is indicated on
the transcript and diploma.
Graduate Study
Official, specific degree requirements are detailed in Program Requirements for UCLA
Graduate Degrees, available at the Graduate
Division website, http://grad.ucla.edu. In many
cases, more detailed guidelines may be outlined in announcements, other publications,
and websites of the schools, departments, and
programs.
Graduate Degrees
The Department of Art History offers Master of
Arts (MA) and Doctor of Philosophy (PhD) degrees in Art History.
Art History
Lower Division Courses
20. Ancient Art. (5) (Formerly numbered 50.) Lecture, three hours; quiz, one hour; museum field trips.
Prehistoric, Egyptian, Mesopotamian, Aegean, Greek,
Hellenistic, and Roman art and architecture. P/NP or
letter grading.
21. Medieval Art. (5) (Formerly numbered 51.) Lecture, three hours; quiz, one hour. Early Christian, Byzantine, Islamic, Carolingian, Ottoman, Romanesque,
and Gothic art and architecture. P/NP or letter grading.
22. Renaissance and Baroque Art. (5) (Formerly
numbered 57.) Lecture, three hours; discussion, one
hour. Survey of Renaissance and baroque art. P/NP
or letter grading.
23. Modern Art. (5) (Formerly numbered 54.) Lecture,
three hours; discussion, one hour; museum field trips.
History of modern art from 1860s to 1960s, from
Manet and impressionists to pop art and minimalism.
Study of origins and social functions, as well as aesthetic innovations and philosophical dilemmas of
modernism. P/NP or letter grading.
24. Architecture in Modern World. (5) (Formerly
numbered 58.) Lecture, three hours; discussion, one
hour. Introduction to study of architectural history
through examination of built world of past two centuries. Building technologies and forms of economic,
social, and political life have produced modern built
environment that is both diverse and increasingly
connected. Focus on factors that have affected architecture globally and those that give regions, cultures,
and historical periods their particular qualities. Topics
include architectural and urban ramifications of
modern self-consciousness, nationalism and internationalism, industrialism, colonialism and anticolonialism, and new art and architectural theories. P/NP
or letter grading.
27. Art and Architecture of Ancient Americas. (5)
(Formerly numbered 55B.) Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour; museum field trips. Introduction to
art, architecture, and urbanism of Americas (North to
South) from earliest settlement until A.D. 1450. Analysis of variety of media within their historical and cultural context. P/NP or letter grading.
28. Arts of Africa. (5) (Formerly numbered 55A.) Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour; museum field
trips. Introduction to arts and architecture of Africa.
Examination of social and historical contexts of their
production. Introduction to body of information within
framework of conceptual problem through series of
case studies. P/NP or letter grading.
29. Chinese Art. (5) (Formerly numbered 56B.) Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour; museum field
trips. General introduction to Chinese art, covering all
major periods from Neolithic to modern age. Presentation of monuments as well as artifacts in variety of
media in their social and historical contexts. P/NP or
letter grading.
31. Art of India and Southeast Asia. (5) (Formerly
numbered 56A.) Lecture, three hours; discussion, one
hour; museum field trips. Discussion of selection of
monuments and objects from Indian subcontinent
and Southeast Asia using key historical, cultural, and
religious concepts. Analysis of each monument or object in detail, with their relationships compared and
contrasted. P/NP or letter grading.
88. Lower Division Seminars. (4) Seminar, three
hours. Limited to freshmen. Variable topics; consult
Schedule of Classes or department for topics to be
offered in specific term. P/NP or letter grading.
of political and intellectual developments. Special emphasis on effect of rise of democratic institutions, especially French Revolution. P/NP or letter grading.
127B. European Art of 19th Century. (4) (Formerly
numbered 110A.) Lecture, three hours. Requisite:
course 23. Neoclassicism and Romanticism, with emphasis on Francedevelopment and influence of
David, Ingres, and Delacroix. P/NP or letter grading.
M127C. Cultural and Intellectual History of Modern
Europe, 19th Century. (4) (Formerly numbered
M110D.) (Same as History M122E.) Lecture, three
hours; discussion, one hour (when scheduled). Designed for juniors/seniors. Climates of taste and
climates of opinion. Educational, moral, and religious
attitudes; art, thought, and manners of time in historical context. P/NP or letter grading.
C128A-C128B-C128C. History of Photography. (44-4) (Formerly numbered C171A-C171B-C171C.)
Concurrently scheduled with courses C228A-C228BC281C. P/NP or letter grading. C128A. 1839 to 1910.
Lecture, three hours. Study of origin, social functions,
and development of photography in 19th and early
20th centuries, from Nipce to Atget. C128B. 1910 to
Present. Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour.
History of photography in 20th century, with special
attention to photographys entrance into project of
avant-garde and its role in formation of postmodern
aesthetic. C128C. Selected Topics. Lecture, three
hours. Variable topics in history of photography that
reflect interests of individual regular and/or visiting
faculty members. May be repeated twice for credit.
C129A. Modern Art, 1900 to 1950. (4) (Formerly
numbered C147.) Lecture, three hours. Inquiry into
20th-century modernism from Fauvism to abstract
expressionism. Topics include primitivism, gender,
and sexuality in modernist art; origins of abstraction,
collage, photomontage, and ready-made; rise of automatism and chance procedures; art, utopia, and
political revolution; antimodernism and fascism; mass
culture, machine paradigm, and work of art in age of
mechanical reproduction. Concurrently scheduled
with course C229A. P/NP or letter grading.
C129B. Dada, 1915 to 1923. (4) (Formerly numbered
C149A.) Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour
(when scheduled). Introduction to modernism and
historical avant-garde of early 20th century, tracing in
detail emergence of Dada avant-garde in its various
geographical locales during and after World War I. Visual art, literature, film, and performance addressed,
with special attention to invention of series of avantgarde strategies crucial to Dada: ready-made, chance
procedures, mechanical drawing, and photomontage.
Concurrently scheduled with course C229B. P/NP or
letter grading.
C129C. Surrealism, 1924 to 1939. (4) (Formerly numbered C149B.) Lecture, three hours; discussion, one
hour (when scheduled). Study of art, literature, and
film associated with surrealist movement in France,
with special attention to dissident surrealism of writer
and philosopher Georges Bataille, as well as to challenge to art history posed by surrealisms engagement with lessons of psychoanalysis. Concurrently
scheduled with course C229C. P/NP or letter grading.
130. Selected Topics in Modern Art. (4) (Formerly
numbered 110F.) Lecture, three hours. Requisite:
course 23. Changing topics in modern art (post-1780)
that reflect interests of individual regular and visiting
faculty members. May be repeated once for credit.
P/NP or letter grading.
C131A. Contemporary Art, 1940s to 1950s. (4) (Formerly numbered C150A.) Lecture, three hours. Requisite: course 23. Study of major artistic and cultural
trends following World War II in U.S. and Europe, covering abstract expressionism to pop art. Concurrently
scheduled with course C231A. P/NP or letter grading.
C131B. Contemporary Art, 1960s to 1970s. (4) (Formerly numbered C150B.) Lecture, three hours. Requisite: course 23. Study of ambitions and contexts of
pop art, minimalism, conceptual art, feminist art, performance, land art, and more. Concurrently scheduled
with course C231B. P/NP or letter grading.
Graduate Courses
200. Art Historical Theories and Methodologies.
(4) Seminar, three hours. Critical examination of history of discipline of art history, with studies of various
theoretical, critical, and methodological approaches
to visual arts from antiquity to present. May be repeated for credit with consent of adviser. S/U or letter
grading.
201. Topics in Historiography of Art History. (4)
Seminar, three hours. Critical examination of historiographic traditions of specific areas and fields within
discipline of art history, concentrating on particular
time periods, geographical areas, artistic traditions, or
work of one or more authors. May be repeated for
credit with consent of adviser. S/U or letter grading.
202. Topics in Theory and Criticism in Art History.
(4) Seminar, three hours. Focused studies of various
theoretical and critical traditions within art history,
concentrating on particular issues, authors, or methodologies either within or across historical and cultural areas. May be repeated for credit with consent of
adviser. S/U or letter grading.
203. Topics in Architectural History and Theory. (4)
Seminar, three hours. Focused studies of various theoretical and critical traditions within architectural history, concentrating on particular issues, authors, or
methodologies either within or across historical, geographic, and cultural areas. May be repeated for
credit with consent of adviser. S/U or letter grading.
207. Consortium Scholar Seminar at Getty Research Institute. (4) Seminar, three hours. Intramural
graduate seminar at Getty Museum in collaboration
with Getty Research Institute. Instructors, topics, and
format vary. S/U or letter grading.
210. Egyptian Art. (4) Seminar, two hours. Requisites: courses M110A, M110B, M111. Art in Egypt
during Late period and Greco-Roman period. Students should be ready to prepare for every meeting
C251A. Selected Topics in Japanese Art. (4) Lecture, three hours. Variable topics in Japanese art that
reflect interests of individual regular and/or visiting
faculty members. May be repeated twice for credit.
Concurrently scheduled with course C151. S/U or
letter grading.
251B. Japanese Art. (4) (Formerly numbered 260C.)
Lecture, three hours. Advanced studies in secular and
religious artistic traditions of Japan. May be repeated
for credit with consent of adviser. S/U or letter
grading.
C252A. History of Korean Painting. (4) (Formerly
numbered C242A.) Lecture, three hours. Korean
painting history from Three Kingdoms period to 19th
century, examined within cultural and sociopolitical
contexts. Special emphasis on diversity of topics and
social status of artists during Choson dynasty (1392
to 1910). Concurrently scheduled with course C152B.
S/U or letter grading.
C252B. History of Korean Ceramics. (4) (Formerly
numbered C242B.) Lecture, three hours. History of
Korean ceramics from Neolithic period to 19th century, with special emphasis on technological and stylistic developments. Concurrently scheduled with
course C152C. S/U or letter grading.
C252C. History of Korean Buddhist Art. (4) (Formerly numbered C242C.) Lecture, three hours. History of Korean Buddhist art from Three Kingdoms period to Choson dynasty, with special emphasis on
Buddhist iconography and relationship between
sculpture, painting, and architecture. Concurrently
scheduled with course C152D. S/U or letter grading.
C253A. Selected Topics in Korean Art. (4) (Formerly
numbered C242D.) Lecture, three hours. Variable
topics in Korean art that reflect interests of individual
regular and/or visiting faculty members. May be repeated twice for credit. Concurrently scheduled with
course C153. S/U or letter grading.
253B. Selected Topics in Korean Art. (4) (Formerly
numbered 243.) Lecture, three hours. Studies of Korean art under different art-historical perspectives,
methods, and theories. Individual studies, with emphasis on professional presentation. Group studies
may be linked to exhibition projects. May be repeated
with consent of instructor. S/U or letter grading.
C254A. Advanced Indian Art. (4) (Formerly numbered
C257.) Lecture, three hours. Requisite: course 154A.
Study in Indian sculpture and architecture. Concurrently scheduled with course C154C. S/U or letter
grading.
254B. Modern and Contemporary South Asian Art.
(4) (Formerly numbered 280C.) Lecture, three hours.
Topics in modern and contemporary South Asian art
from 1900 to present. Letter grading.
C255A. Selected Topics in South and Southeast
Asian Art. (4) Lecture, three hours. Variable topics in
South and Southeast Asian art that reflect interests of
individual regular and/or visiting faculty members.
May be repeated twice for credit. Concurrently scheduled with course C155. S/U or letter grading.
255B. Indian Art. (4) (Formerly numbered 260A.) Lecture, two hours. Advanced studies in secular and religious artistic traditions of India. May be repeated for
credit with consent of adviser. S/U or letter grading.
C258A. Selected Topics in Asian Arts and Architecture. (4) Lecture, three hours. Variable topics in
Asian arts and architecture that reflect interests of individual regular and/or visiting faculty members. May
be repeated twice for credit. Concurrently scheduled
with course C158A. S/U or letter grading.
M258B. Topics in Asian Archaeology. (4) (Formerly
numbered M262A.) (Same as Anthropology M216.)
Lecture, three hours. Designed for graduate students.
Topics may include identification of ethnic groups in
archaeology, archaeology of religion, archaeological
reflections of commerce and trade and their influence
on social development, archaeology of language dispersal, cultural contact and nature of cultural influence. Letter grading.
258C. Fieldwork in Archaeology. (2 to 8) (Formerly
numbered 265.) Fieldwork, to be arranged. Participation in archaeological excavations or other archaeo-
material constituents of works of art are studied. Concurrently scheduled with course C172B. S/U or letter
grading.
273. Studies in Materials and Production of Artworks. (4) Seminar, three hours. Designed to expose
students to material properties and technical production issues related to making of artworks. Introduction
to processes of construction, fabrication, maintenance, preservation, and more. Hands-on demonstrations and workshops to deepen understanding of significance of choices that artists make in choice of materials. Processes of making that can impact final
physical forms as well as aesthetic meanings that can
attach to it. Combination of theoretical, ethical, and
practical questions that confront conservators as well
as those specializing in technical art history. S/U or
letter grading.
375. Teaching Apprentice Practicum. (1 to 4) Seminar, to be arranged. Preparation: apprentice personnel employment as teaching assistant, associate,
or fellow. Teaching apprenticeship under active guidance and supervision of regular faculty member responsible for curriculum and instruction at UCLA.
May be repeated for credit. S/U grading.
495. Teaching Art History. (1 to 4) Seminar, to be arranged. Preparation: apprentice personnel employment as teaching assistant, associate, or fellow. Designed for graduate students. Required of all new
teaching assistants during fall quarter of their
teaching assistant appointment. Workshop/seminar in
teaching techniques and pedagogical issues, consisting of readings, discussions, and guest speakers
on selected topics. May not be applied toward MA or
PhD course requirements. S/U grading.
496. Teaching with Technology. (1 to 4) Seminar, to
be arranged. Preparation: apprentice personnel employment as teaching assistant, associate, or fellow.
Designed for graduate students. Introduction to technological support available to new departmental
teaching assistants. Topics include exploring functions of teaching assistant archive, CCLE, MyUCLA,
Gradebook, and TurnItIn and ways to efficiently use
these tools. Introduction to lesson planning and ways
to establish effective teaching strategies in and out of
classroom. May not be applied toward MA or PhD
course requirements. S/U grading.
501. Cooperative Program. (2 to 8) Tutorial, to be
arranged. Preparation: consent of UCLA graduate adviser and graduate dean, and host campus instructor,
department chair, and graduate dean. Used to record
enrollment of UCLA students in courses taken under
cooperative arrangements with USC. S/U grading.
596. Directed Individual Study or Research. (2 to
8) Tutorial, to be arranged. May be repeated for credit
with consent of adviser. S/U or letter grading.
597. Preparation for MA Comprehensive Examination or PhD Qualifying Examinations. (2 to 12)
Tutorial, to be arranged. S/U grading.
598. Research for and Preparation of MA Thesis. (2
to 12) Tutorial, to be arranged. S/U grading.
599. Research for and Preparation of PhD Dissertation. (2 to 12) Tutorial, to be arranged. S/U grading.
ARTS AND
ARCHITECTURE
School of the Arts and Architecture
UCLA
2200 Broad Art Center
Box 951620
Los Angeles, CA 90095-1620
310-206-3564
fax: 310-825-7917
e-mail: students@arts.ucla.edu
http://www.arts.ucla.edu
ASIAN AMERICAN
STUDIES
College of Letters and Science
UCLA
3336 Rolfe Hall
Box 957225
Los Angeles, CA 90095-7225
310-267-5592
fax: 310-267-5590
http://www.asianam.ucla.edu
Jinqi Ling, PhD, Chair
Professors
Mitchell J. Chang, PhD
King-Kok Cheung, PhD
C. Cindy Fan, PhD
Gilbert C. Gee, PhD
Lane Ryo Hirabayashi, PhD (George T. and Sakaye I.
Aratani Professor of Japanese American,
Incarceration, Redress, and Community)
Jerry Kang, JD (Korea Times-Hankook Ilbo Endowed
Professor of Korean American Studies and Law)
Vinay Lal, PhD
Anna S. Lau, PhD
Jinqi Ling, PhD
Purnima Mankekar, PhD
Valerie J. Matsumoto, PhD
Paul M. Ong, PhD
Shu-mei Shih, PhD
Renee E. Tajima-Pea, BA (UCLA Alumni and Friends
of Japanese Ancestry Professor of Japanese
American Studies)
Lois M. Takahashi, PhD
David K. Yoo, PhD
Min Zhou, PhD (Walter and Shirley Wang Professor of
U.S./China Relations and Communications)
Professors Emeriti
Marjorie Kagawa-Singer, RN, PhD
Snehendu B. Kar, DrPH, MSc
David Wong Louie, MFA
Robert A. Nakamura, MFA (UCLA Alumni and Friends
of Japanese Ancestry Professor Emeritus of
Japanese American Studies)
Lecturers
Stewart Kowh, JD
Glenn K. Omatsu, MA
School of Public Health and one with the Social Welfare Department.
The teaching and research methods used by
faculty members in the department are interdisciplinary and comparative in nature, with a
healthy mix of quantitative, qualitative, interpretive, and applied approaches. These methods develop out of dynamic cross-fertilization
among faculty expertise that registers both
major intellectual shifts in the field and notable
trends from disparate disciplines, professional
practices, and epistemological traditions.
Undergraduate Study
The Asian American Studies major is a designated capstone major. Students are required to
complete either a community-based applied
team research project or an independent
scholarly or creative expression project. Those
who select the community-based project are
expected to use their scholarly knowledge and
analytical skills to examine problems facing
Asian American and/or Pacific Islander populations, think creatively and innovatively about
evidence-based solutions, and to produce reports that benefit community stakeholders.
Those who select to design and complete an
independent scholarly or creative expression
project pursue a key idea or theme of personal
interest that is related to their prior coursework
and to the experiences and realities of Asian
Americans and/or Pacific Islanders. Through
their capstone work, all students are expected
to demonstrate their skills in using and synthesizing knowledge gained in disparate courses
and communicating effectively their findings
and conclusions in a final paper, report, or project and in a public forum.
The Major
Required: A total of 12 upper division courses,
including one scholarly and creative communications in Asian American studies course
(Asian American Studies 101); one multidisci-
Honors Program
Admission
The honors program is open to junior and senior Asian American Studies majors who have
(1) 90 or more total units, (2) a grade-point average of 3.5 or better in upper division Asian
American studies courses and an overall cumulative GPA of 3.0 or better, and (3) completed two lower division Asian American studies courses and one upper division research
methods course selected from a list maintained in the Student Advising Office. Applications must be submitted no later than the end
of the fifth week of classes during Winter Quarter each academic year. For application forms
and further information, contact the undergraduate counselors.
Requirements
Honors students must take Asian American
Studies 198A during Spring Quarter of the junior year. During Fall and Winter Quarters of
the senior year, they take courses 198B and
198C, in which they write a thesis or its equivalent under the direction of a faculty member.
Graduate Study
Official, specific degree requirements are detailed in Program Requirements for UCLA
Graduate Degrees, available at the Graduate
Division website, http://grad.ucla.edu. In many
cases, more detailed guidelines may be outlined in announcements, other publications,
and websites of the schools, departments, and
programs.
Graduate Degrees
The Department of Asian American Studies offers the Master of Arts (MA) degree in Asian
American Studies. Two concurrent degree programs (Asian American Studies MA/Public
Health MPH and Asian American Studies MA/
Social Welfare MSW) are also offered.
toward departmental major or minor elective requirements. May be repeated once for credit. Letter
grading.
20. Contemporary Asian American Communities.
(5) Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour. Multidisciplinary introduction to contemporary Asian
American populations and communities in U.S.
Topics include contemporary immigration, demographic trends, sociocultural, economic, and political
issues, and interethnic relations. P/NP or letter
grading.
30. Asian American Literature and Culture. (5) Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour. Not open for
credit to students with credit for course 30W. Multidisciplinary introduction to Asian American literature
and cultural production, with examination of some
combination of novels, short stories, poetry, drama,
performance, film, visual art, music, and/or new
media. P/NP or letter grading.
30W. Asian American Literature and Culture. (5)
Lecture, three hours; discussion, two hours. Enforced
requisite: English Composition 3 or 3H or English as a
Second Language 36. Not open for credit to students
with credit for course 30. Multidisciplinary introduction to Asian American literature and cultural production, with examination of some combination of novels,
short stories, poetry, drama, performance, film, visual
art, music, and/or new media. Satisfies Writing II requirement. Letter grading.
40. Asian American Movement. (5) Lecture, three
hours; discussion, one hour. Using Asian American
movement of late 1960s and 1970s as lens, introduction to social history methods, including role of oral
history, documentary films, and archival history, and
analysis of primary and secondary sources. Asian
American movement situated within larger frame of
social change of era and interpretation of nation and
society through lives of ordinary men and women. Exploration of campus- and community-based activism,
service learning, and civic engagement. P/NP or letter
grading.
50. Asian American Women. (5) Lecture, three hours;
discussion, one hour. Overview of history of feminist
theory and intersection of gender, class, race/ethnicity from cross-cultural perspectives, with focus on
Asian American womens lived experiences in U.S.
Topics include Asian American womens roles in
family life, work, community organization, social
change, and cultural creativity. Examination of
broader structural forces that affect women in society,
such as racialization, immigration, global capitalism,
colonialism and postcolonialism, and social movements. P/NP or letter grading.
97. Variable Topics in Asian American Studies. (1
to 2) Tutorial, one to two hours. Current topics and
particular research methods in Asian American
studies through readings and other assignments. May
be repeated for credit. P/NP grading.
biography, novel, poetry, short fiction, or drama); specific nationalities within Asian American community;
themes of transnational migration; cross-cultural, interdisciplinary, or interracial negotiation; and gender
and queer politics. Reading, discussion, and development of culminating project. May be repeated for
credit with topic or instructor change. P/NP or letter
grading.
192. Undergraduate Practicum in Asian American
Studies. (2 or 4) Seminar, two or four hours. Limited
to juniors/seniors. Training and supervised practicum
for advanced undergraduate students in Asian American studies courses. Students assist in preparation
of materials and development of innovative programs
with guidance of faculty members in small course settings. May not be applied toward departmental major
or minor requirements. May be repeated for credit.
P/NP grading.
195. Community or Corporate Internships in Asian
American Studies. (4) Tutorial, two hours; fieldwork,
eight hours. Requisites: courses 10 or 10W, and 20.
Limited to juniors/seniors. Internship in supervised
setting in community agency or business. Students
meet on regular basis with instructor and provide periodic reports of their experience. May be repeated for
credit. Individual contract with supervising faculty
member required. P/NP or letter grading.
M195CE. Comparative Approaches to Community
and Corporate Internships. (4) (Same as African
American Studies M195CE, American Indian Studies
M195CE, Chicana and Chicano Studies M195CE, and
Gender Studies M195CE.) Tutorial, one hour; fieldwork, eight to 10 hours. Limited to juniors/seniors. Internship in corporate, governmental, or nonprofit setting coordinated through Center for Community
Learning. Comparative study of race, gender, and indigeneity in relation to contemporary workplace dynamics. Students complete weekly written assignments, attend biweekly meetings with graduate student coordinator, and write final research paper.
Faculty sponsor and graduate student coordinator
construct series of reading assignments that examine
issues related to internship site. Individual contract
with supervising faculty member required. P/NP or
letter grading.
196. Research Apprenticeship in Asian American
Studies. (2 to 4) Tutorial, three hours per week per
unit. Limited to juniors/seniors. Entry-level research
apprenticeship for upper division students under
guidance of faculty mentor to learn skills and techniques. May not be applied toward departmental
major or minor requirements. May be repeated for
credit. Individual contract required. P/NP grading.
197. Individual Studies in Asian American Studies.
(2 to 4) Tutorial, three hours. Requisites: course 10 or
10W or 20 or comparable knowledge in Asian American studies, 3.0 grade-point average or better. Limited to juniors/seniors. Directed reading of scholarly
work or supervised research between student and
faculty member. No original research or project expected, but tangible evidence of mastery of subject
matter required. May be repeated for maximum of 8
units. Individual contract required. P/NP or letter
grading.
198A. Honors Research in Asian American Studies. (4) Tutorial, three to four hours. Requisites: two
courses from 10 (or 10W), 20, and 30 (or 30W) and
one course from 104A through M108, 187A, or 191A.
Introduction to research techniques and applications
of methodologies in study of Asians and Pacific Islanders in U.S. Development of honors thesis or comprehensive research project under direct supervision
of faculty member. May be repeated for credit. Individual contract required. Letter grading.
198B-198C. Honors Research in Asian American
Studies. (4-4) Tutorial, three hours. Requisite: course
198A. Course 198B is requisite to 198C. Development
and completion of honors thesis or comprehensive
research project under direct supervision of faculty
member. May be repeated for credit. Individual contract required. In Progress (198B) and letter (198C)
grading.
Graduate Courses
200A. Critical Issues in Asian American Studies.
(4) Seminar, three hours. Designed for graduate students. Examination and development of critical appreciation of research literature on Asians in America
and development of alternative interpretations of
Asian American experience. Topics include Asian
American history and economic/political and social/
psychological issues. S/U or letter grading.
200B. Critical Issues in Asian American Communities. (4) Lecture, three hours. Designed for graduate
students. Evaluation of traditional and contemporary
theories and models of community for their appropriateness to understanding Asian Pacific American
communities. Consideration of specific topics that explicate development, structure, and dynamics of
Asian Pacific American communities in studying community issues and concerns. S/U or letter grading.
200C. Critical Issues in Asian American Studies
Research. (4) Seminar, three hours. Designed for
graduate students. Critical review of research
methods, strategies, and philosophies in Asian American studies. S/U or letter grading.
200D. Asian American Literature and Culture. (4)
Seminar, three hours. Examination of questions
arising from Asian American literary and cultural criticism from mid-1980s to present, with focus on assumptions, possibilities, and limitations of certain theoretical perspectives and positions that have become
important in Asian American critical practice. S/U or
letter grading.
203. Asian American Research Methods. (4) Seminar, three hours. Introduction to empirical research
methods, stressing uses and relevancy in research
with ethnic minority populations. Review of characteristics and logical processes of research and applicability of scientific and scholarly inquiry in advancing
knowledge. S/U or letter grading.
M213. Asian-Latinos. (4) (Same as Chicana and Chicano Studies M213.) Seminar, three hours. Limited to
graduate students. Examination of historical and contemporary populations of Asian-Latinos in Latin
America and U.S. Review and critique of nascent literature on Asian-Latinos and analysis of experience of
Asian-Latinos utilizing theoretical frameworks of mestizaje, critical mixed-race theory, and transnationalism. Coverage of often-overlooked Asian contributions to Latin American and Chicano/Latino culture
and identity and exploration of unique experience of
mixed-race Asian-Latinos. S/U or letter grading.
215A-215B. Asian American Jurisprudence. (215A:
3 or 4/215B: 1 or 2) (Formerly numbered M215A.)
Lecture, three hours. Course 215A is enforced requisite to 215B. Designed for graduate students.
Through judicial opinions, commentary, and historical
readings, examination of how American law has
shaped demographics, experiences, and possibilities
of Asian Americans and also how they shaped American law as well. Concurrently scheduled with Law
315. In Progress (215A) and S/U or letter (215B)
grading.
222. Colonialism and Law in Pacific. (4) Seminar,
three hours. Reading seminar on broad topics of colonialism and law. Survey of anthropological, historical,
and legal studies of ways in which colonialism and
law operate as methods of social control, order, and
surveillance in Asia and Pacific. S/U or letter grading.
375. Teaching Apprentice Practicum. (1 to 4) Seminar, three hours. Preparation: apprentice personnel
employment as teaching assistant, associate, or
fellow. Teaching apprenticeship under active guidance and supervision of regular faculty member responsible for curriculum and instruction at UCLA. Unit
credit may be applied toward full-time equivalence
but not toward 11-course requirement for MA. May be
repeated for credit. S/U grading.
490. Writing Workshop for Graduate Students. (2)
Lecture, one hour; discussion, one hour. Practice in
writing reports, grant proposals, abstracts, theses,
and article-length research papers. Analyzing rhetorical and stylistic features of essays in various Asian
American journals helps students improve both their
prose style and editorial abilities. Four units may be
applied toward MA degree requirements. May be repeated once for credit. S/U grading.
495. Supervised Teaching of Asian American Studies. (4) Seminar, three hours. Preparation: apprentice
personnel appointment as teaching assistant in Asian
American studies. Designed for graduate students.
Required of all new teaching assistants. Special
course for teaching assistants designed to deal with
problems and techniques for teaching introductory
Asian American studies courses. Unit credit may be
applied toward full-time equivalence but not toward
course requirements for MA. S/U grading.
596. Directed Individual Study or Research. (2 to
8) Tutorial, to be arranged. S/U or letter grading.
597. Research for and Preparation of MA Capstone. (2 to 8) Tutorial, three hours. Limited to graduate students. Preparation and research for MA capstone. May be repeated for credit. S/U grading.
598. Research for and Preparation of MA Thesis. (2
to 8) Tutorial, to be arranged. Preparation of research
data and writing of MA thesis. S/U grading.
Professors Emeriti
Noriko Akatsuka, PhD
Ben Befu, PhD
Robert C. Epp, PhD
Theodore D. Huters, PhD
Kan Lao, BA
Peter H. Lee, PhD
Richard C. Rudolph, PhD
Hartmut E.F. Scharfe, PhD
Jonathan A. Silk, PhD
Associate Professors
Jack W. Chen, PhD
Robert Y. Chi, PhD
Hung-hsiang Chou, PhD
Torquil Duthie, PhD (Haruhisa Handa Professor of
Shinto Studies)
Michael D. Emmerich, PhD
Christopher P. Hanscom, PhD
Natasha L. Heller, PhD
Namhee Lee, PhD
Thu-huong Nguyen-vo, PhD
Sung-Deuk Oak, ThD
Assistant Professor
Min Li, PhD
Lecturers S.O.E.
Y.C. Chu, MA, Emeritus
Kuo-yi Pao, MA, MS, Emeritus
Lecturers
Chuc V. Bui, MA
Liancheng Chief, PhD
Jane B. Choi, PhD
Nenita P. Domingo, PhD
Jenjit Gasigitamrong, PhD
Eishi Ikeda, MA
Seonkyung Jeon, PhD
Jennifer Jung-Kim, PhD
Yumiko Kawanishi, PhD
Gyanam Mahajan, PhD
Jae-eun I. Mitsunaga, PhD
Thu Ba Nguyen-Hoai, PhD
Yoko Nogami, MA
Yan Shen, MA
Michelle M. Fu Smith, PhD
Xiaoxin Sun, BA
Asako H. Takakura, EdD
Juliana Wijaya, PhD
Yu-Wen Yao, MA
Jae-eun Yoon, MA
Undergraduate Study
The department offers one major in the study
of Asian languages and linguisticsBA in
Asian Languages and Linguistics, two majors
in the study of Asian culturesBA in Asian Humanities and BA in Asian Religions, and three
majors in Asian literaturesBA in Chinese, BA
in Japanese, and BA in Korean. Each course in
the majors must be taken for a letter grade.
The department also offers two minorsAsian
Humanities minor and Asian Languages minor.
Each course in the minors must be taken for a
letter grade.
Students considering a major or minor in the
department should consult the departmental
undergraduate adviser as soon as possible in
their University career, but in no case later than
the point at which they are about to begin taking upper division courses. Students should
select courses to fulfill major or minor requirements in consultation with the undergraduate
adviser. The approved list of courses for each
category of major or minor requirements is
available in the department office (290 Royce
Hall) and at http://www.alc.ucla.edu.
At least 24 upper division units required for the
majors must be completed successfully while
in residence at UCLA.
Asian Humanities BA
The Major
Required: Completion of the intermediate sequence in one Asian language offered by the
department (e.g., Chinese 6, 10, Filipino 6,
Hindi-Urdu 6, Indonesian 6, Japanese 6, 10,
Korean 6, 10, Thai 6, Vietnamese 6, or equivalent) and Asian 30 or one civilization course
(e.g., Chinese 50, Japanese 50, 70, Korean 50)
or one introduction to religions course (e.g.,
Asian M60, M60W, M61, Chinese M60, M60W,
Korean M60, South Asian M60, Southeast
Asian M60) within the department.
Transfer Students
Transfer applicants to the Asian Humanities
major with 90 or more units must complete as
many of the following introductory courses as
possible prior to admission to UCLA: two years
of Chinese, Japanese, Korean, Filipino/Tagalog, Hindi, Indonesian, Thai, or Vietnamese and
either one civilization course on Asia or one introduction to Buddhism course or one introduction to Asian religions course.
Refer to the UCLA Transfer Admission Guide at
http://www.admission.ucla.edu/prospect/Adm
_tr/tradms.htm for up-to-date information regarding transfer selection for admission.
The Major
Required: Three upper division language
courses in one Asian language offered by the
department and eight upper division electives
within the department, including at least one
course from at least four of the following areas:
China, Japan, Korea, South Asia, or Southeast
Asia.
Asian Religions BA
Preparation for the Major
Required: Completion of the intermediate sequence in one Asian language offered by the
department (e.g., Chinese 6, 10, Filipino 6,
Hindi-Urdu 6, Indonesian 6, Japanese 6, 10,
Korean 6, 10, Thai 6, Vietnamese 6, or equivalent) and Asian 30 or one introduction to religions course from Asian M60, M60W, M61,
Chinese M60, M60W, Korean M60, South
Asian M60, or Southeast Asian M60.
Transfer Students
Transfer applicants to the Asian Religions major with 90 or more units must complete as
many of the following introductory courses as
possible prior to admission to UCLA: two years
of Chinese, Japanese, Korean, Filipino/Tagalog, Hindi, Indonesian, Thai, or Vietnamese, or
one year of Sanskrit, and one introduction to
Buddhism course or one introduction to Asian
religions course.
Refer to the UCLA Transfer Admission Guide at
http://www.admission.ucla.edu/prospect/Adm
_tr/tradms.htm for up-to-date information regarding transfer selection for admission.
The Major
Required: Three upper division language
courses in one Asian language offered by the
department; six upper division Asian religions
courses within the department, including at
least one course each concerning religions in
China, Japan, Korea, and either South Asia or
Southeast Asia; and two electives within the
department.
Chinese BA
Preparation for the Major
Required: Chinese 6 or 6A or 10 or equivalent,
and one course from 50, M60, M60W, 70, 70W,
or Asian 30.
Transfer Students
Transfer applicants to the Chinese major with
90 or more units must complete as many of the
The Major
Required: Eleven courses as follows: (1) five
language courses selected from either modern
Chinese (Chinese 100A and 100B and 100C or
100I, 101A, 101B, 102A, C107A, C120, 130A or
130B, 135) or from premodern Chinese (110A,
110B, 110C, 140A through 140D, 165)at least
two language courses must be in the premodern language or texts, (2) one literature course
selected from 130A, 130B, 131, 135, 140A
through 140D, C150A, 150B, 151, 152, or
M153, (3) three elective courses on China
selected from C138, 139, 154, 155, C156,
CM160, 165, 174, C175, 176, 180, 184, 185, 186,
187, 191A, 191B, or from items 1 and 2 above
not used to fulfill another requirement, and (4)
two additional upper division elective courses
within the department but outside China.
Japanese BA
Preparation for the Major
Required: Japanese 6 or 10 or equivalent, and
50 or 70 or Asian 30.
Transfer Students
Transfer applicants to the Japanese major with
90 or more units must complete as many of the
following introductory courses as possible
prior to admission to UCLA: two years of Japanese and one Japanese civilization or images
of Japan course.
Refer to the UCLA Transfer Admission Guide at
http://www.admission.ucla.edu/prospect/Adm
_tr/tradms.htm for up-to-date information regarding transfer selection for admission.
The Major
Required: Eleven courses as follows: (1) five
language courses in modern or premodern
language or texts selected from Japanese
100A and 100B and 100C or 100S, 100R,
101A and 101B and 101C or 101S, 102A,
102B, 103A, 103B, 104, 110A, 110B, M120,
CM123, 130A, 130B, 140A, 140B, 140C, C149,
165, C180, (2) one literature course selected
from C150, 151, 154, M156, 157, 158, C159,
170, 172, C173, 174, C177, C186, or 191A, (3)
three elective courses on Japan selected from
C112, CM122, CM123, CM127, 155, CM160,
161, 165, C171, 175, C182, 191B, 191C, or
from items 1 and 2 above not used to fulfill another requirement, and (4) two additional upper
division elective courses within the department
but outside Japan.
Korean BA
Preparation for the Major
Required: Korean 6 or 6A or 10 or equivalent,
and 50 or M60 or Asian 30.
Transfer Students
Transfer applicants to the Korean major with
90 or more units must complete as many of the
following introductory courses as possible
prior to admission to UCLA: two years of Korean and one Korean civilization course.
Refer to the UCLA Transfer Admission Guide at
http://www.admission.ucla.edu/prospect/Adm
_tr/tradms.htm for up-to-date information regarding transfer selection for admission.
The Major
Required: Eleven courses as follows: (1) five
language courses selected from Korean 100A,
100B, 100C, 101A and 101B and 101C or 101I,
102A, 102B, 102C, 103A, 103B, 103C, 104A,
104B, 104C, C105A, C105B, C105C, 106A,
106B, 106C, 107A, 107B, 107C, CM120, 165,
176, 178, (2) one literature course selected
from 130A, 130B, 150, or C151, (3) three elective courses on Korea selected from CM127,
C149, 154, 155, CM160, 165, 172, 175, 177,
180A, 180B, 180C, 181, 182, 183, 184A, 184B,
185, M186, 187, 191A, 191B, or from items 1
and 2 above not used to fulfill another requirement, and (4) two additional upper division
elective courses within the department but
outside Korea.
Study Abroad
Early acquisition of Asian language skills aids
in the timely completion of major requirements
and enriches appreciation of Asian cultures.
Students are encouraged, therefore, to complete up to a year of language study in approved programs of study abroad.
Honors Program
Admission
The honors program is open to departmental
majors with a 3.5 grade-point average in upper
division courses in the major and a 3.0 overall
GPA. Students should apply for admission by
spring quarter of their junior year and, at the
time of admission, must have completed at
least two upper division courses in their major.
For application forms and further information, contact the departmental undergraduate
adviser.
Requirements
The honors program is a three-term sequence
(Asian 198A-198B-198C), taken in addition to
requirements for the major, that culminates in
the submission of a 40- to 60-page thesis. In
most circumstances courses 198A-198B198C are taken in the senior year (fall, winter,
and spring quarters), although students also
have the option of taking course 198A in spring
quarter of their junior year. Students are expected to use an Asian language in their research, with the scope of language work to be
determined in consultation with their faculty
adviser. Highest honors, honors, or no honors
are awarded as determined by the faculty
thesis director and the departmental honors
committee.
To qualify for graduation with departmental
honors, students must (1) complete all require-
Graduate Study
Official, specific degree requirements are detailed in Program Requirements for UCLA
Graduate Degrees, available at the Graduate
Division website, http://grad.ucla.edu. In many
cases, more detailed guidelines may be outlined in announcements, other publications,
and websites of the schools, departments, and
programs.
Graduate Degrees
The Department of Asian Languages and Cultures offers Master of Arts (MA), Candidate in
Philosophy (CPhil), and Doctor of Philosophy
(PhD) degrees in Asian Languages and
Cultures.
Asian
Lower Division Courses
M20. Visible Language: Study of Writing. (5) (Same
as Indo-European Studies M20, Near Eastern Languages M20, Slavic M20, and Southeast Asian M20.)
Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour. Consideration of concrete means of language representation in
writing systems. Earliest representations of language
known are those of Near East dating to end of 4th millennium B.C. While literate civilizations of Egypt,
Indus Valley, China, and Mesoamerica left little evidence of corresponding earliest developments, their
antiquity and, in case of China and Mesoamerica,
their evident isolation mark these centers as loci of independent developments in writing. Basic characteristics of early scripts, assessment of modern alphabetic writing systems, and presentation of conceptual
basis of semiotic language representation. Origins
and development of early non-Western writing systems. How Greco-Roman alphabet arose in 1st millennium B.C. and how it compares to other modern
writing systems. P/NP or letter grading.
Graduate Courses
200. Research Methods in East Asian Linguistics.
(4) Seminar, three hours. Research methodologies for
East Asian languages, with emphasis on compiling
bibliographic data and using professional resources
for research. Examination of issues in analyzing language examples, theoretical implications of linguistic
data, and applications of functional linguistics in order
to explain language phenomena. S/U or letter
grading.
201. Proseminar: Approaches to Buddhist Studies.
(4) Seminar, three hours. Designed for graduate students in Buddhist studies. Introduction to history of
field, bibliography, relations with other disciplines, and
current issues and research trends. S/U or letter
grading.
202. Proseminar: Functional Approaches to Japanese/Korean Linguistics. (4) Seminar, four hours.
Preparation: three years of Japanese or Korean, one
year of any East Asian language, one functional linguistics course. Survey of recent empirical and theoretical research in syntax, semantico-pragmatics,
theory of language change, and comparative sociolinguistics in Japanese/Korean. May be repeated for
credit with consent of instructors. S/U or letter
grading.
203. Variable Topics in East Asian Linguistics. (4)
Seminar, three hours. Advanced course that explores
topics in East Asian linguistics through critical reading
of current research on Asian languages and in-depth
analysis of linguistic data. Topics include linguistic
structure, communicative function, pragmatics, language, society, and culture, and language change.
May be repeated for credit. S/U or letter grading.
204A-204B. Issues and Practices in Teaching
Asian languages. (4-4) Lecture, three hours. Course
204A is enforced requisite to 204B. Critical reading
and discussion of major pedagogical issues in
teaching Asian languages (chiefly Chinese, Japanese,
Korean) as second languages, with focus on second
language acquisition theories and best practices as
related to Asian language teaching. In Progress
(204A) and S/U or letter (204B) grading.
205. Variable Topics in East Asian Culture and History. (4) Seminar, three hours. Selected topics in East
Asian culture and history, with focus on China, Japan,
and Korea. May be repeated for credit with topic
change. S/U or letter grading.
210. Proseminar: Cultural and Comparative Studies. (4) Seminar, three hours. Designed for graduate
students. Introduction to theoretical topics relevant to
comparative study of East Asian cultures in modern
period. Readings include Western theoretical works
balanced with texts taking congruent approaches to
East Asian topics. S/U or letter grading.
215. Seminar: Cultural Studies Theory. (2) Seminar,
two hours. Requisite: course 210. Reading and discussion of recent theoretical works in cultural studies.
S/U grading.
216. Seminar: History and Asia. (4) Seminar, three
hours. Designed for graduate students. Readings and
discussion of major historiographical trends, with
focus on how they have been applied to Asia. Topics
include Marxist histories, Annales school and cultural
history, microhistories, gender, space, historical
memory, postcolonial histories, subaltern, and modernity and Asia. S/U or letter grading.
220A-220B. Seminars: Topics in Cultural Studies.
(4-4) Seminar, three hours. Complements course 210.
Further investigation of methodology and materials of
cultural studies in connection with specific topics selected by instructors. May be repeated for credit. In
Progress (220A) and letter (220B) grading.
M222A-M222B. Seminars: Corpus Linguistics. (44) (Formerly numbered 222A-222B.) (Same as Applied Linguistics M225A-M225B.) Seminar, three
hours. Construction and exploitation of computerized
language corpora for studying issues in areas such as
lexicology, discourse grammar, language change and
variation, language learning, and teaching. Discussion
496K. Computer Technologies for Teaching College-Level Korean. (2) Lecture, two hours. Intended
for current or potential teaching assistants in Korean.
Introduction to tools and technology designed to enrich classroom learning, help effectively manage student records, and expose students to current computer software and web resources. May not be applied toward degree requirements. S/U grading.
501. Cooperative Program. (2 to 8) Tutorial, to be
arranged. Preparation: consent of UCLA graduate adviser and graduate dean, and host campus instructor,
department chair, and graduate dean. Used to record
enrollment of UCLA students in courses taken under
cooperative arrangements with USC. S/U grading.
596. Directed Individual Studies. (2 to 4) Tutorial, to
be arranged. S/U grading.
597. Preparation for MA Comprehensive Examination or PhD Qualifying Examinations. (4 to 8) Tutorial, to be arranged. S/U grading.
598. Research for and Preparation of MA Thesis. (4
to 8) Tutorial, to be arranged. Maximum of 8 units
may be applied toward MA degree requirements. S/U
grading.
599. Research for and Preparation of PhD Dissertation. (4 to 8) Tutorial, to be arranged. S/U grading.
Chinese
Lower Division Courses
1. Elementary Modern Chinese. (5) Lecture, two
hours; discussion, three hours. Not open to students
who have learned, from whatever source, enough
Chinese to qualify for more advanced courses. Introduction to fundamentals of standard Chinese, including pronunciation, grammar, and Chinese characters, with emphasis on all four basic language skills
speaking, listening comprehension, reading, and
writing. P/NP or letter grading.
1A. Elementary Modern Chinese for Advanced Beginners. (5) Lecture, two hours; discussion, three
hours. Recommended preparation: ability to speak
and understand Mandarin or other Chinese dialects at
elementary levels. Not open to students who have
learned, from whatever source, enough Chinese to
qualify for more advanced courses. Designed for students who already have certain listening and
speaking skills in Mandarin or other Chinese dialects
at elementary levels. Training in all four basic language skills (speaking, listening, reading, and writing).
P/NP or letter grading.
2. Elementary Modern Chinese. (5) Lecture, two
hours; discussion, three hours. Enforced requisite:
course 1 with grade of C or better or Chinese placement test. First-year Chinese. Not open to students
who have learned, from whatever source, enough
Chinese to qualify for more advanced courses. Continuation of course 1. P/NP or letter grading.
2A. Elementary Modern Chinese for Advanced Beginners. (5) Lecture, two hours; discussion, three
hours. Enforced requisite: course 1A with grade of C
or better or Chinese placement test. First-year Chinese. Not open to students who have learned, from
whatever source, enough Chinese to qualify for more
advanced courses. Continuation of course 1A. P/NP
or letter grading.
3. Elementary Modern Chinese. (5) Lecture, two
hours; discussion, three hours. Enforced requisite:
course 2 with grade of C or better or Chinese placement test. First-year Chinese. Not open to students
who have learned, from whatever source, enough
Chinese to qualify for more advanced courses. Continuation of course 2. P/NP or letter grading.
3A. Elementary Modern Chinese for Advanced Beginners. (5) Lecture, two hours; discussion, three
hours. Enforced requisite: course 2A with grade of C
or better or Chinese placement test. First-year Chinese. Not open to students who have learned, from
whatever source, enough Chinese to qualify for more
advanced courses. Continuation of course 2A. P/NP
or letter grading.
to pre-20th-century Chinese literary traditions, including selections from poetry, prose, fiction, and
drama. Satisfies Writing II requirement. Letter grading.
80. Chinese Cinema: Pictures, Prisms, Products,
Projections. (5) Lecture, two hours; discussion, one
hour; film viewing, three hours. Knowledge of Chinese
not required. Introduction to history and major themes
of Chinese cinema. Representative films studied in
contexts of culture, society, politics, and economics,
with reflections on changing meanings of both
Chinese and cinema. May not be repeated for credit.
P/NP or letter grading.
97. Variable Topics in Chinese Culture. (4) Lecture,
three hours. Knowledge of Chinese language or culture not required. Variable topics course covering
many different aspects of Chinese culture. Consult
Schedule of Classes for topics to be offered in specific term. May be repeated for credit with topic
change. P/NP or letter grading.
180. Chinese Mythology and Supernatural. (4) Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour. Knowledge of
Chinese not required. Survey of corpus of traditional
Chinese mythology, with focus on examples preserved in variety of early texts, later evolutions in dramatic and fictional works, and evidence from visual
arts. Letter grading.
182. Archaeology of Early Global Trade and Piracy.
(4) Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour. Exploration of role of trade and piracy at threshold of globalization (13th to 17th century), with focus on continuity and transformation in Asiatic trade network in
response to early global trade. Investigation based on
archaeological study of porcelain, tracing movement
from kilns around Chinese trading ports to shipwrecks
and consumer societies in Southeast Asia and colonial Americas. As one of most important commodities
on trans-Pacific voyage, close association of porcelain production and trade with international piracy in
traditional historiography presents new angle for understanding dynamics of early global trade and industries. Letter grading.
M183. Archaeological Landscapes of China. (4)
(Same as Anthropology M116S.) Lecture, three hours;
discussion, one hour. Declassified space images from
Cold War era and open remote sensing data of 21st
century provide new opportunities for studying landscape transformation in historical China. Combining
lectures, library research, and hands-on analysis of
archaeological sites on satellite images, investigation
of changing historical and archaeological landscape
in China during last 5,000 years. Social processes at
various scales, from emergence of early cities to rise
of metropolitan centers and formation of imperial
landscapes. Letter grading.
184. Crime, Law, and Punishment in Traditional
China. (4) Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour.
Preventing crime and administering justice are important parts of any society, but these are not
straightforward or simple processes. What is crime?
Are there crimes so terrible that they merit special
kinds of punishment? How is punishment decided
and by whom? What happens if justice is not carried
out? Consideration of these questions as they apply
to premodern China from multiple perspectives: legal
codes and casebooks, literary re-imaginings of trials,
depictions of postmortem punishment, and tales of
supernatural retribution. Discussion of how legal and
penal systems of China have been represented in
West. Letter grading.
185. Food and Love in Chinese Culture. (4) Lecture,
three hours; discussion, one hour. Knowledge of Chinese not required. Based on studies of cultural, historical, anthropological, and archaeological materials,
introduction to how Chinese have been engaging
themselves in fields of food eating and love making.
Letter grading.
186. Archaeology in China. (4) Lecture, three hours;
discussion, one hour. Knowledge of Chinese not required. Early Chinese study of their own past, types of
artifacts, beginnings of scientific archaeology, and
surveys of major excavations of sites of all periods.
Letter grading.
187. Chinese Etymology and Calligraphy. (4) Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour. Recommended requisite: course 3. Coverage of (1) development of Chinese writing system from pottery inscriptions 6,000 years ago to modern simplified forms and
studies of six scripts principles that were used to form
Chinese characters and (2) aesthetic training of calligraphic art and its appreciation, with focus on ways
of recognizing and interpreting cursive style, common
form of handwriting. Letter grading.
191A. Variable Topics Research Seminars: Classical China. (4) Seminar, three hours. Designed for juniors/seniors. Research seminar on selected topics in
premodern Chinese literature, thought, and culture.
Reading, discussion, and development of culminating
project. May be repeated for credit. Letter grading.
191B. Variable Topics Research Seminars: 20thCentury China and Taiwan. (4) Seminar, three hours.
Designed for juniors/seniors. Research seminar on
selected topics in modern and contemporary litera-
Graduate Courses
200A. Research Methods in Chinese. (4) Seminar,
three hours. Requisite: course 110C. Lectures and
discussion designed to develop basic skills in using
traditional Chinese research materials. Topics include
classical dictionaries; sinological indices; bibliographical, biographical, and geographical sources; encyclopedias; anthologies; rare editions; illustrated matter
and calligraphy. Letter grading.
200B. Proseminar: Premodern Chinese Literature.
(4) Seminar, three hours. Introduction to major bibliographical and methodological resources in field of
premodern Chinese literature, with focus on research
tools in field and on scholarship in English on major
literary genres, periods, and authors. Letter grading.
200C. Proseminar: Modern Chinese Literature and
Cinema. (4) Seminar, three hours. Introduction to
major bibliographical and methodological resources
in fields of modern Chinese literary and cinematic
studies, with focus on theoretical tools, historical
knowledge, and critical trends. Letter grading.
M201. ChinaSeminar: Classical Historiography
and Readings in Classical Studies. (4) (Same as
History M281.) Seminar, three hours. Preparation: two
years of classical Chinese or working knowledge of
classical Chinese. Readings in historiography and selected genres of historical documents. Letter grading.
M202. China Studies: Discipline, Methods, Debates. (2) (Same as History M280.) Seminar, two
hours. Introduction to study of China as practiced in
humanities and social sciences disciplines. S/U
grading.
205. Critical Issues in Chinese and Sinophone Literature. (4) Seminar, three hours. Methodology
course intended for graduate students in 20th-century Chinese literature and culture. Discussion of
major theoretical and textual issues and methods.
Letter grading.
C207A-C207B. Academic/Professional Chinese.
(4-4) Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour. Enforced requisite: course 101B or Chinese placement
test. Intended to improve reading and writing skills in
specific academic and professional subject areas for
students who have studied general Chinese at advanced level, with coverage in Chinese humanities
and social sciences, science and technology, medicine, and applied linguistics. Concurrently scheduled
with courses C107A-C107B. S/U or letter grading.
209. Issues in Sinophone Literature. (4) Seminar,
three hours. Exploration of selected topics and issues
in Sinophone literature, literature written in Sinitic languages by ethnic minority writers in China, and literature written by those living outside China across
world, especially in Malaysia, Taiwan, Singapore, and
the U.S. S/U or letter grading.
210. Modern Chinese Literary History. (4) Lecture,
three hours. Designed for graduate students. Discussion of history of modern Chinese literature, focusing
on sources, controversies, major literary genres, and
critical approaches to studying relationship between
literature and history. Letter grading.
211A-211B. Seminars: Classical Chinese Poetry.
(4-4) Seminar, three hours. Preparation: reading
knowledge of literary Chinese. Topics rotate among
major textual traditions and chronological periods.
Emphasis on philological, critical, and historical approaches. May be repeated for credit with consent of
instructor. In Progress (211A) and letter (211B)
grading.
212. Topics in Chinese Poetry. (4) Readings/discussion, three hours. Selected readings from classical
poetic tradition, with focus on individual poets,
themes, or other critical issues. May be repeated for
credit with consent of instructor. Letter grading.
213A-213B. Chinese-Language Cinemas. (4-4)
Seminar, three hours; film-viewing laboratory, two
hours. Advanced topics in Chinese-language cinemas. Examination of theory and methodology, historiography, industry and institutions, style and aesthetics, major genres and artists, other arts and
media, other cinematic traditions, and social contexts. May be repeated for credit with consent of instructor. In Progress (213A) and letter (213B) grading.
220A-220B. Theoretical Approaches to Chinese
and Sinophone Cultures. (4-4) Seminar, three hours.
Discussions to be framed by Western literary and cultural theory, investigating both challenges and limitations Western theory may pose for Chinese literary
and cultural studies. Specific topics vary from year to
year. In Progress (220A) and letter (220B) grading.
224A-224B. Seminars: Selected Topics in Chinese
Linguistics. (4-4) Seminar, three hours. Critical
reading and discussion of selected topics in Chinese
functional linguistics (discourse and grammar, corpus
linguistics, sociolinguistics, language change). May
be repeated for credit with consent of instructor. In
Progress (224A) and letter (224B) grading.
226A. Seminar: Topics in Chinese Applied Linguistics. (4) Seminar, three hours. Critical reading and discussion of selected topics in Chinese applied linguistics (teaching Chinese as a second language, second
language acquisition theories and practices). May be
repeated for credit with consent of instructor. S/U or
letter grading.
230A-230B. Seminars: Selected Topics in Modern
Chinese Literature. (4-4) Seminar, three hours. Selected readings in 20th-century Chinese literature,
emphasizing fiction. Discussion of individual research
projects. May be repeated for credit. In Progress
(230A) and letter (230B) grading.
C238. Travel Writing in Premodern China. (4) Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour. Recommended preparation: course 50. Exploration of travel
writing in China, with focus on English translations of
works by native writers and by foreign visitors through
centuries. Concurrently scheduled with course C138.
Letter grading.
C240. Introduction to Chinese Linguistics. (4) Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour. Requisite:
course 6, 6A, 6C, or 10. Introduction to Chinese
sound system, writing system and its reform, regional
differences, major structural features, language in society and in cultural practices. Concurrently scheduled with course C120. Letter grading.
241A-241B. Heaven, Earth, and Monarchy in Ancient China. (4-4) Seminar, three hours. Preparation:
working knowledge of classical Chinese. Close
reading of chapters from Han dynasty collection of
writings on forms of music, social interaction, education, marriage, and mourning in Zhou royal court, with
discussion of topics in recent cultural semiology and
anthropology. In Progress (241A) and letter (241B)
grading.
242A-242B. Chinese Classics and Exegetical Traditions. (4-4) Seminar, three hours. Recommended
preparation: command of literary Chinese. Reading
and discussions of selections from one traditional
Chinese classic (Confucian Five Classics, others),
with introduction to exegetical history, secondary
scholarship, and research methodology. Topics vary
from year to year. May be repeated for credit. In Progress (242A) and letter (242B) grading.
243. Translation Workshop: Premodern Chinese
Texts. (2) Seminar, two hours. Translation, grammatical analysis, and discussion of selections from premodern Chinese texts. S/U grading.
245A-245B. Seminars: Traditional Chinese Narrative and Drama. (4-4) Seminar, three hours. Preparation: reading knowledge of colloquial and literary Chinese. Seminar topics alternate yearly between traditional narrative and drama, with emphasis on generic,
Filipino
Lower Division Courses
1. Introductory Filipino. (5) Lecture, two hours; discussion, three hours. Coverage of basic Filipino/Tagalog grammar, with equal emphasis on reading,
writing, conversation, and comprehension. P/NP or
letter grading.
2. Introductory Filipino. (5) Lecture, two hours; discussion, three hours. Enforced requisite: course 1
with grade of C or better. Coverage of basic Filipino/
Tagalog grammar, with equal emphasis on reading,
writing, conversation, and comprehension. P/NP or
letter grading.
3. Introductory Filipino. (5) Lecture, two hours; discussion, three hours. Enforced requisite: course 2
with grade of C or better. Coverage of basic Filipino/
Tagalog grammar, with equal emphasis on reading,
writing, conversation, and comprehension. P/NP or
letter grading.
3R. Introductory Filipino Reading and Writing. (5)
Lecture, five hours. Recommended preparation:
speaking and listening skills in Filipino. Training in
reading and writing skills at elementary level, equivalent to completion of one year of Filipino. P/NP or
letter grading.
4. Intermediate Filipino. (5) Lecture, two hours; discussion, three hours. Enforced requisite: course 3
with grade of C or better. Reinforcement of basic Filipino/Tagalog grammar and coverage of more advanced topics. Broadening of skills in conversation
and composition; reading of selected texts. P/NP or
letter grading.
5. Intermediate Filipino. (5) Lecture, two hours; discussion, three hours. Enforced requisite: course 4
with grade of C or better. Reinforcement of basic Filipino/Tagalog grammar and coverage of more advanced topics. Broadening of skills in conversation
and composition; reading of selected texts. P/NP or
letter grading.
6. Intermediate Filipino. (5) Lecture, two hours; discussion, three hours. Enforced requisite: course 5
with grade of C or better. Reinforcement of basic Filipino/Tagalog grammar and coverage of more advanced topics. Broadening of skills in conversation
and composition; reading of selected texts. P/NP or
letter grading.
8. Elementary Filipino: Intensive. (15) Lecture, 10
hours; discussion, 10 hours. Intensive course equivalent to courses 1, 2, and 3. Coverage of basic Filipino/
Tagalog grammar, with equal emphasis on reading,
writing, conversation, and comprehension. Offered in
summer only. P/NP or letter grading.
Hindi-Urdu
Lower Division Courses
1. Introductory Hindi-Urdu. (5) Lecture, two hours;
discussion, three hours. Coverage of basic Hindi
grammar, with equal emphasis on reading, writing,
conversation, and comprehension. P/NP or letter
grading.
2. Introductory Hindi-Urdu. (5) Lecture, two hours;
discussion, three hours. Enforced requisite: course 1
with grade of C or better. Coverage of basic Hindi
grammar, with equal emphasis on reading, writing,
conversation, and comprehension. P/NP or letter
grading.
3. Introductory Hindi-Urdu. (5) Lecture, two hours;
discussion, three hours. Enforced requisite: course 2
with grade of C or better. Coverage of basic Hindi
grammar, with equal emphasis on reading, writing,
conversation, and comprehension. P/NP or letter
grading.
3R. Elementary Hindi-Urdu Reading and Writing.
(5) Lecture, five hours. Recommended preparation:
speaking and listening skills in Hindi-Urdu. Training in
reading and writing skills at elementary level, equivalent to completion of one year of Hindi. P/NP or letter
grading.
4. Intermediate Hindi-Urdu. (5) Lecture, two hours;
discussion, three hours. Enforced requisite: course 3
with grade of C or better. Reinforcement of basic
Hindi grammar and coverage of more advanced
topics. Broadening of skills in conversation and composition; reading of selected texts. P/NP or letter
grading.
5. Intermediate Hindi-Urdu. (5) Lecture, two hours;
discussion, three hours. Enforced requisite: course 4
with grade of C or better. Reinforcement of basic
Hindi grammar and coverage of more advanced
topics. Broadening of skills in conversation and composition; reading of selected texts. P/NP or letter
grading.
6. Intermediate Hindi-Urdu. (5) Lecture, two hours;
discussion, three hours. Enforced requisite: course 5
with grade of C or better. Reinforcement of basic
Hindi grammar and coverage of more advanced
topics. Broadening of skills in conversation and composition; reading of selected texts. P/NP or letter
grading.
Indonesian
Lower Division Courses
1. Introductory Indonesian. (5) Lecture, five hours.
Not open to students who have learned enough Indonesian to qualify for more advanced courses. Coverage of basic Indonesian grammar, with equal emphasis on reading, writing, listening, and speaking
skills. P/NP or letter grading.
2. Introductory Indonesian. (5) Lecture, five hours.
Enforced requisite: course 1 with grade of C or better.
Not open to students who have learned enough Indonesian to qualify for more advanced courses. Coverage of basic Indonesian grammar, with equal emphasis on reading, writing, listening, and speaking
skills. P/NP or letter grading.
3. Introductory Indonesian. (5) Lecture, five hours.
Enforced requisite: course 2 with grade of C or better.
Not open to students who have learned enough Indonesian to qualify for more advanced courses. Coverage of basic Indonesian grammar, with equal emphasis on reading, writing, listening, and speaking
skills. P/NP or letter grading.
4. Intermediate Indonesian. (5) Lecture, five hours.
Designed to expand language skills acquired in introductory courses and to equip students with good
command of communicative competence in Indonesian. P/NP or letter grading.
5. Intermediate Indonesian. (5) Lecture, five hours.
Enforced requisite: course 4 with grade of C or better.
Designed to expand language skills acquired in introductory courses and to equip students with good
command of communicative competence in Indonesian. P/NP or letter grading.
6. Intermediate Indonesian. (5) Lecture, five hours.
Enforced requisite: course 5 with grade of C or better.
Designed to expand language skills acquired in introductory courses and to equip students with good
command of communicative competence in Indonesian. P/NP or letter grading.
Japanese
Lower Division Courses
1. Elementary Modern Japanese. (5) Lecture, two
hours; discussion, three hours. Not open to students
who have learned, from whatever source, enough
Japanese to qualify for more advanced courses. Introduction to modern Japanese with attention to conversation, grammar, and written forms. Conversation
drill based on material covered in class. P/NP or letter
grading.
2. Elementary Modern Japanese. (5) Lecture, two
hours; discussion, three hours. Enforced requisite:
course 1 with grade of C or better or Japanese placement test. Not open to students who have learned,
from whatever source, enough Japanese to qualify for
more advanced courses. Continuation of course 1.
P/NP or letter grading.
3. Elementary Modern Japanese. (5) Lecture, two
hours; discussion, three hours. Enforced requisite:
course 2 with grade of C or better or Japanese placement test. Not open to students who have learned,
May be repeated for credit with topic change. Concurrently scheduled with course C259. P/NP or letter
grading.
CM160. Japanese Buddhism. (4) (Same as Religion
M161B.) Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour.
Knowledge of Japanese not required. Development of
Buddhism in Japan in its cultural context, with emphasis on key ideas and teachings. Concurrently
scheduled with course C260. Letter grading.
161. Religious Life in Modern Japan. (4) Lecture,
three hours; discussion, one hour. Knowledge of Japanese not required. Religious transformations accompanying rapid industrialization, urbanization, militarism, and defeat in the Pacific War, including analyses
of Shinto mythology, secular positivism, Buddhist reform movements, new religions, and continuing role
of traditional village/family religious rites. Letter
grading.
165. Introduction to Japanese Buddhist Texts. (4)
Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour. Enforced
requisite: course 110A or Chinese 165 or Japanese
placement test. Readings in premodern Buddhist
texts written by Japanese in Sino-Japanese or
Kambun and mixed Japanese/Chinese literary styles
concerning textual commentaries, doctrinal treatises,
hagiographies, temple histories, etc. Coverage varies.
May be repeated for credit with consent of instructor.
Letter grading.
170. Japanese Tales of Supernatural. (4) Lecture,
three hours; discussion, one hour. Knowledge of Japanese not required. Readings of fictional works that
feature supernatural beings, including Shinto gods,
Buddhas, boddhisatvas, Yin-yang diviners, ghosts,
various types of demons, shape-shifting foxes and
raccoon dogs, snakes, and dragons. Exploration of
different treatments of supernatural themes from ancient to modern times, and of relationship between
supernatural literature and expressions of fear, cruelty,
violence, misogyny, desire, hope, compassion, and
humor. Letter grading.
C171. Topics in Japanese Studies. (4) Lecture,
three hours. Enforced requisite: course 100C or Japanese placement test. Advanced course that explores
Japanese culture through in-depth reading of Japanese-language texts and/or visual documents. Topics
include literature, religion, folklore, cultural history,
language, and society. Concurrently scheduled with
course C271. P/NP or letter grading.
172. Fiction and Plays of Floating World. (4) Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour. Enforced requisite: course 50. Examination of broad selection of
popular fiction and theater from late 17th to early 19th
century, with focus on theme of floating world (ukiyo)
of entertainment, including pleasure quarters, theater
district, and realm of fiction. Letter grading.
C173. Imperial Culture in Ancient Japan. (4) Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour. Requisite:
course 50. Knowledge of Japanese not required;
basic knowledge of Japanese history and culture assumed. Examination of formation of imperial-style
state and its culture in Asuka, Nara, and Heian periods (7th- to 10th-century Japan). Literary genres include myths, historical narrative, poetry, short tales,
and diaries. Concurrently scheduled with course
C273. Letter grading.
174. Classical Japanese Poetry. (4) Lecture, three
hours; discussion, one hour. Knowledge of Japanese
not required. Examination of classical poetry of Nara
and Heian periods, with focus on poetry anthology
called Manyoshu (Collection of Myriad Ages, 8th century) and on Kokinwakashu (Collection of Ancient and
Modern Japanese Poems, early 10th century). Letter
grading.
175. Introduction to Japanese Thought. (4) Lecture,
three hours. Knowledge of Japanese not required.
General survey of Japanese thought from early to
modern times, including analyses of Shinto mythology, forms of Confucianism, ethic of bushido, National Learning School, and modern Japanese philosophers such as Nishida Kitaro and Watsuji Tetsuro.
Attention also to representative types of contemporary thinking about Japanese thought, especially
question of what might qualify as recognizably Japanese in aesthetics, ethics, and philosophy. Letter
grading.
C177. Introduction to Modern Japanese Aesthetics. (4) Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour.
Knowledge of Japanese not required. Introduction to
field of modern and premodern Japanese aesthetics,
with focus on hermeneutics of literary arts. Analysis of
metalanguage in formulation of aesthetic judgment.
Concurrently scheduled with course C277. P/NP or
letter grading.
C180. Readings in Japanese Literary Thought. (4)
Seminar, three hours. Enforced requisite: course
110A. Reading and translation of commentaries of
monogatari and waka from Heian, Kamakura, Muromachi, and Edo periods. Introduction to Japanese
hermeneutics. Concurrently scheduled with course
C280. Letter grading.
C182. Japanese Folklore. (4) Lecture, three hours;
discussion, one hour. Knowledge of Japanese not required. Lectures/discussions on native religious rituals
(festivals) and observances of Japanese, with special
emphasis on artistic behavior. Discussion of Shinto,
Shinto/Buddhist syncretism, and other non-Buddhist
belief systems. Concurrently scheduled with course
C282. Letter grading.
C186. Japanese Poetry and Philosophy. (4) Lecture,
three hours; discussion, one hour. Recommended
preparation: two years of Japanese. Reading and discussion of selected topics on philosophy of literary
arts. May be repeated once with consent of instructor.
Concurrently scheduled with course C286. Letter
grading.
187SL. Service Learning in Japanese Community.
(4) Lecture, three hours; fieldwork, three hours minimum. Enforced requisite: course 6. Service learning
in Japanese community. Examination of scholarly
works on cultural and language factors between Japanese and American communities. Survey of intercultural communication and learning of strategies for resolving miscommunication difficulties arising from
language barrier and cultural differences while using
language in real interaction with native speakers of
Japanese. Letter grading.
191A. Variable Topics Research Seminars: Classical Japan. (4) Seminar, three hours. Research seminar on selected topics in premodern Japanese literature and thought. Reading, discussion, and development of culminating project. May be repeated for
credit. Letter grading.
191B. Variable Topics Research Seminars: Modern
Japan. (4) Seminar, three hours. Research seminar on
selected topics on modern Japan. Reading, discussion, and development of culminating project. May be
repeated for credit. Letter grading.
191C. Variable Topics Research Seminars: Personalities in Japanese Civilization. (4) Seminar, three
hours. Research seminar on selected topics. Reading,
discussion, and development of culminating project.
May be repeated for credit. Letter grading.
197. Individual Studies in Japanese. (4) Tutorial, to
be arranged. Limited to juniors/seniors and graduate
students who desire more advanced or specialized instruction in Japanese. Individual intensive study, with
scheduled meetings to be arranged between faculty
member and student. Assigned reading and tangible
evidence of mastery of subject matter required. May
be repeated for credit. Individual contract required;
see undergraduate adviser. P/NP or letter grading.
Graduate Courses
200. Japanese Studies Seminar. (4) Seminar, three
hours. Selected topics on introduction to major bibliographical and methodological resources in field of
Japanese studies. May be repeated for credit with
topic change. Letter grading.
201A-201B. Introduction to Reading Japanese Academic Texts. (4-4) Lecture, three hours. Requisite:
course 100A or 100R. Course 201A is requisite to
201B. Designed for graduate students. Introduction to
modern Japanese-language academic texts, both
Korean
Lower Division Courses
1. Elementary Modern Korean. (5) Lecture, two
hours; discussion, three hours. Not open to students
who have learned, from whatever source, enough Korean to qualify for more advanced courses. Introduction to standard spoken Korean and Korean writing,
with emphasis on conversation. P/NP or letter
grading.
1A. Elementary Korean for Korean-Heritage
Speakers. (5) Lecture, two and one half hours; discussion, two hours. Not open to students who have
learned, from whatever source, enough Korean to
qualify for more advanced courses. Designed for Korean-heritage learners who have very limited knowledge in Korean language or have had no formal instruction in it and to students with no Korean-heritage
background who want more Korean speaking/lis-
101I. Advanced Readings in Modern Korean: Intensive. (12) Lecture, 15 hours. Enforced requisite:
course 100C or Korean placement test. Intensive
course equivalent to courses 101A, 101B, and 101C.
Learning advanced Korean language with emphasis
on pop culture and social issues of contemporary Korean society. Expansion of Korean literacy and cultural
knowledge by examining Korean films/drama, newspapers, and other contemporary publications. Offered
in summer only. P/NP or letter grading.
102A-102B-102C. Advanced Korean Conversation.
(4-4-4) Lecture, three hours. Enforced requisite:
course 6 or 6A or Korean placement test. Not open to
students who attended elementary school in Korea
for more than two years or who have learned, from
whatever source, enough Korean to qualify for more
advanced courses. Designed to improve spoken proficiency. Each course may be taken independently for
credit. P/NP or letter grading.
103A-103B-103C. Readings in Sino-Korean Characters. (4-4-4) Lecture, three hours. Requisite:
course 100C or Korean placement test. Course 103A
or Korean placement test is requisite to 103B; course
103B or Korean placement test is requisite to 103C.
Sino-Korean vocabulary and characters necessary for
advanced and superior level of knowledge in Korean.
Sino-Korean characters are used differently from
same Chinese characters used in contemporary
China in terms of pronunciation, meaning, and word
formation. Professional-level Korean speakers need
to be able to read at least 1,800 Sino-Korean characters. Reinforcement of collocation patterns and semantic association of Sino-Korean vocabulary. P/NP
or letter grading.
104A-104B-104C. Korean Writing for Advanced
Learners. (4-4-4) Lecture, three hours; discussion,
one hour. Enforced requisite: course 101C or Korean
placement test. Emphasis on academic writing in Korean, including rhetorical conventions, argument construction and coherence, and development of prose
style. Readings include representative examples of diverse genres selected from magazines, journals, and
books. Each course may be taken independently for
credit. P/NP (undergraduates), S/U (graduates), or
letter grading.
C105A-C105B-C105C. Reading Korean Academic
Texts. (4-4-4) Lecture, three hours. Enforced requisite: course 101C or Korean placement test. Intended
to improve reading skills for students who have
studied Korean to advanced level, with coverage in
Korean of materials on Korean history, culture, and
society. Each course may be taken independently for
credit. Concurrently scheduled with courses C205AC205B-C205C. P/NP or letter grading.
106A-106B-106C. Superior Korean. (4-4-4) Lecture,
three hours. Recommended preparation: course
101C. May not be taken concurrently with course
102A, 102B, or 102C. Use of speaking, listening,
reading, and writing skills to participate effectively, or
understand without difficulty any practical, social, and
professional topics, whether those topics are familiar
or not. Each course may be taken independently for
credit. P/NP or letter grading.
106SL. Superior Korean with Service Learning. (4)
Lecture, three hours; fieldwork, two hours. Recommended preparation: course 101C. May not be taken
concurrently with course 102A, 102B, 102C, 106A, or
107SL. Use of speaking, listening, reading, and
writing skills to participate effectively, or understand
without difficulty any practical, social, and professional topics, whether those topics are familiar or not.
Opportunity for students to communicate in Korean in
authentic contexts while providing useful service to
community. P/NP or letter grading.
107A-107B-107C. Professional/Academic Korean.
(4-4-4) Lecture, three hours. Requisite: course 101C
or Korean placement test. Course 107A or Korean
placement test is requisite to 107B; course 107B or
Korean placement test is requisite to 107C. May not
be taken concurrently with course 102A, 102B, or
102C. Development of professional and academic
proficiency in oral and written Korean to understand
many sociolinguistic and cultural references as well as
Graduate Courses
200. Bibliography and Methods of Research in Korean. (4) Lecture, three hours. Requisites: course
101C, Chinese 110C. Review of basic Western and
modern Korean reference books, with concentration
on Korean literature and language, and survey of
basic bibliographical material. In addition, introduction to most important primary sources in students
field of specialization. Letter grading.
203. Variable Topics in Korean Culture. (4) Seminar,
three hours. Advanced course that explores Korean
culture through in-depth reading of Korean-language
texts and/or visual documents. Topics include literature, religion, folklore, cultural history, language, and
society. May be repeated for credit. S/U or letter
grading.
C205A-C205B-C205C. Reading Korean Academic
Texts. (4-4-4) Lecture, three hours. Requisite: course
101C or Korean placement test. Intended to improve
reading skills for students who have studied Korean
to advanced level, with coverage in Korean of materials on Korean history, culture, and society. Each
course may be taken independently for credit. Concurrently scheduled with courses C105A-C105BC105C. S/U or letter grading.
210. Thought and Society in Korea. (4) Readings/
discussion, three hours. Preparation: reading knowledge of Korean. Designed for graduate students.
Readings in Korean intellectual history and its social,
political, and economic background from rise of neoConfucianism in 14th century to 20th century. Letter
grading.
211. Thought and Society in Modern Korea. (4)
Discussion, three hours. Preparation: reading knowledge of Korean. Designed for graduate students. Critical examination of list of books central to field of
modern Korean history, including such topics as Korean capitalism and communism, intellectual history,
social movements, and Korean War. Letter grading.
212. 19th-Century Korea. (4) Seminar, three hours;
discussion, one hour. Requisite: course 180B or
180C. Proseminar covering crucial period from coronation of Sunjo in 1800 to annexation of Korea by
Japan in 1910, including major historical scholarship
on political, diplomatic, social, economic, intellectual,
and cultural history. Letter grading.
South Asian
Lower Division Course
M60. Religion in Classical India: Introduction. (5)
(Same as Religion M60D.) Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour. Introduction to religions of classical IndiaVedic, Brahmanical, Hindu, Jain, and
Graduate Courses
M222A-M222B. Vedic. (4-4) (Same as Indo-European Studies M222A-M222B and Iranian M222AM222B.) Lecture, three hours. Preparation: knowledge of Sanskrit equivalent to course 110C. Characteristics of Vedic dialect and readings in Rig-Vedic
hymns. Only course M222B may be repeated for
credit. S/U or letter grading.
230. Selected Readings in Sanskrit Texts. (4) Lecture, three hours. May be repeated for credit with consent of instructor. S/U or letter grading.
234A-234B. Introduction to Paninis Grammar. (44) Lecture, three hours. Requisite: course 110C.
Reading of selected passages of text, with introduction to Paninis technique. S/U or letter grading.
236A-236B. Pali and Prakrits. (4-4) Lecture, three
hours. Preparation: knowledge of Sanskrit equivalent
to course 110B. Grammatical studies and reading of
texts. Comparative considerations. S/U or letter
grading. 236A. Pali; 236B. Prakrits.
243. Translation Workshop: Premodern Sanskrit,
Pali, and/or Prakrit Texts. (2) Seminar, two hours.
Requisite: course 110C. Translation, grammatical
analysis, and discussion of selections from premodern Sanskrit, Pali, and/or Prakrit texts. S/U
grading.
C260. Buddhism in India. (4) Lecture, three hours;
discussion, one hour. Knowledge of Indian languages
not required. Overview of social and doctrinal history
of Buddhism from its origin to its disappearance in
India, based not only on texts but on archaeological,
art historical, and inscriptional sources. Examination
of both formal doctrine and actual practices and on
what learned Buddhists wrote and ordinary Buddhists
did, saw, and made. Concurrently scheduled with
course CM160. Letter grading.
Southeast Asian
Lower Division Courses
M20. Visible Language: Study of Writing. (5) (Same
as Asian M20, Indo-European Studies M20, Near
Eastern Languages M20, and Slavic M20.) Lecture,
three hours; discussion, one hour. Consideration of
concrete means of language representation in writing
systems. Earliest representations of language known
are those of Near East dating to end of 4th millennium
B.C. While literate civilizations of Egypt, Indus Valley,
China, and Mesoamerica left little evidence of corresponding earliest developments, their antiquity and,
in case of China and Mesoamerica, their evident isolation mark these centers as loci of independent developments in writing. Basic characteristics of early
scripts, assessment of modern alphabetic writing
systems, and presentation of conceptual basis of semiotic language representation. Origins and development of early non-Western writing systems. How
Greco-Roman alphabet arose in 1st millennium B.C.
and how it compares to other modern writing systems. P/NP or letter grading.
M60. Religious Traditions in Southeast Asia. (4)
(Same as Religion M60E.) Lecture, three hours. Introduction to historical development and contemporary
practice of religions in Southeast Asia. Examination of
indigenous religious beliefs and major textually based
religions introduced to region, including Hinduism,
Buddhism, Islam, and Christianity. P/NP or letter
grading.
70. Modern Southeast Asian Literature. (5) Lecture,
three hours; discussion, one hour. Introduction to
modern literatures of Southeast Asia. Designed to expose students to range of literatures, predominantly
novels and short stories, that were written across this
region in response to dramatic changes caused by
colonialism and its aftermath. P/NP or letter grading.
90. Modern Literatures in Southeast Asia. (4) Lecture, three hours. Knowledge of Southeast Asian languages not required. Exploration of diversity of
Southeast Asia in such areas as traditional culture,
modernization, politics, and literature through modern
literary texts. P/NP or letter grading.
Graduate Course
205. Southeast Asian Culture and History. (4) Seminar, three hours. Designed to expose graduate students to study of Southeast Asia as region across
multiple disciplines. Discussions led by instructor and
guest faculty members about core elements of their
disciplines engagement with Southeast Asia, as well
as latest trends in theory and research in that area.
Reading of classic texts, as well as research articles
representing current state of field. S/U or letter
grading.
Thai
Lower Division Courses
1. Introductory Thai. (5) Lecture, five hours. Coverage of basic Thai grammar, with equal emphasis on
reading, writing, conversation, and comprehension.
P/NP or letter grading.
2. Introductory Thai. (5) Lecture, five hours. Enforced requisite: course 1 with grade of C or better.
Coverage of basic Thai grammar, with equal emphasis on reading, writing, conversation, and comprehension. P/NP or letter grading.
3. Introductory Thai. (5) Lecture, five hours. Enforced requisite: course 2 with grade of C or better.
Coverage of basic Thai grammar, with equal emphasis on reading, writing, conversation, and comprehension. P/NP or letter grading.
3R. Thai Scripts. (5) Lecture, five hours. Recommended preparation: speaking and listening skills in
Thai and Thai placement test. Training in reading and
writing at introductory level. Completion of course 3R
is equivalent to completion of one year of collegelevel Thai. P/NP or letter grading.
4. Intermediate Thai. (5) Lecture, five hours. Reinforcement of basic Thai grammar and coverage of
more advanced topics. Broadening of skills in conversation and composition; reading of selected texts.
P/NP or letter grading.
Vietnamese
Lower Division Courses
1. Introductory Vietnamese. (5) Lecture, two hours;
discussion, three hours. Coverage of basic Vietnamese grammar, with equal emphasis on reading,
writing, conversation, and comprehension. P/NP or
letter grading.
1A. Introductory Vietnamese for Heritage Learners. (5) Lecture, two hours; discussion, three hours.
Not open to students who have learned, from whatever source, enough Vietnamese to qualify for more
advanced courses. Designed for Vietnamese-heritage
learners who have some limited knowledge of Vietnamese or have had no formal instruction in Vietnamese. Emphasis on spelling, basic grammar,
reading, writing, daily conversation, and polite forms.
P/NP or letter grading.
2. Introductory Vietnamese. (5) Lecture, two hours;
discussion, three hours. Enforced requisite: course 1
with grade of C or better. Coverage of basic Vietnamese grammar, with equal emphasis on reading,
writing, conversation, and comprehension. P/NP or
letter grading.
2A. Introductory Vietnamese for Heritage Learners. (5) Lecture, two hours; discussion, three hours.
Enforced requisite: course 1A with grade of C or
better or Vietnamese placement test. Not open to students who have learned, from whatever source,
enough Vietnamese to qualify for more advanced
courses. Designed for Vietnamese-heritage learners
who have some limited knowledge of Vietnamese or
have had no formal instruction in Vietnamese. Emphasis on spelling, basic grammar, reading, writing,
daily conversation, and polite forms. P/NP or letter
grading.
3. Introductory Vietnamese. (5) Lecture, two hours;
discussion, three hours. Enforced requisite: course 2
with grade of C or better. Coverage of basic Vietnamese grammar, with equal emphasis on reading,
writing, conversation, and comprehension. P/NP or
letter grading.
3A. Introductory Vietnamese for Heritage Learners. (5) Lecture, two hours; discussion, three hours.
Enforced requisite: course 2A with grade of C or
better or Vietnamese placement test. Not open to students who have learned, from whatever source,
enough Vietnamese to qualify for more advanced
courses. Designed for Vietnamese-heritage learners
who have some limited knowledge of Vietnamese or
have had no formal instruction in Vietnamese. Emphasis on spelling, basic grammar, reading, writing,
daily conversation, and polite forms. P/NP or letter
grading.
3R. Introductory Vietnamese Reading and Writing.
(5) Lecture, five hours. Recommended preparation:
speaking and listening skills in Vietnamese. Training in
reading and writing skills at elementary level, equivalent to completion of one year of Vietnamese. P/NP or
letter grading.
4. Intermediate Vietnamese. (5) Lecture, two hours;
discussion, three hours. Enforced requisite: course 3
with grade of C or better. Reinforcement of basic Vietnamese grammar and coverage of more advanced
topics. Broadening of skills in conversation and composition; reading of selected texts. P/NP or letter
grading.
5. Intermediate Vietnamese. (5) Lecture, two hours;
discussion, three hours. Enforced requisite: course 4
with grade of C or better. Reinforcement of basic Vietnamese grammar and coverage of more advanced
topics. Broadening of skills in conversation and composition; reading of selected texts. P/NP or letter
grading.
6. Intermediate Vietnamese. (5) Lecture, two hours;
discussion, three hours. Enforced requisite: course 5
with grade of C or better. Reinforcement of basic Vietnamese grammar and coverage of more advanced
topics. Broadening of skills in conversation and composition; reading of selected texts. P/NP or letter
grading.
8. Elementary Vietnamese: Intensive. (15) Lecture,
10 hours; discussion, 10 hours. Intensive course
equivalent to courses 1, 2, and 3. Coverage of basic
Vietnamese grammar, with equal emphasis on
reading, writing, conversation, and comprehension.
Offered in summer only. P/NP or letter grading.
40. War in Vietnamese Popular Culture. (5) Lecture,
three hours; discussion, one hour. Knowledge of Vietnamese not required. Focus on popular culture produced and consumed by, or about, people in Vietnam
and diasporas. Materials include theoretical and other
scholarly texts, as well as literature, music, visual art,
films, and comics. Reading of scholarly writings for
argument, date, and methods, and learning to apply
theoretical frameworks in readings and lectures to
analysis of popular cultural productions. P/NP or
letter grading.
Graduate Course
297B. Topics in Contemporary Vietnamese Culture. (4) Seminar, three hours. Selected topics in Vietnamese contemporary culture, including diasporic
culture, with emphasis on cultural production. Primary
materials combined with theoretical readings. S/U or
letter grading.
ASTRONOMY
See Physics and Astronomy
ATMOSPHERIC AND
OCEANIC SCIENCES
College of Letters and Science
UCLA
7127 Math Sciences
Box 951565
Los Angeles, CA 90095-1565
310-825-1217
fax: 310-206-5219
e-mail: deptinfo@atmos.ucla.edu
http://www.atmos.ucla.edu
Jochen P. Stutz, PhD, Chair
Alexander D. Hall, PhD, Vice Chair
Professors
Rong Fu, PhD
Alexander D. Hall, PhD
Kuo-Nan Liou, PhD
Lawrence R. Lyons, PhD
Professors Emeriti
Akio Arakawa, DSc
James G. Edinger, PhD
Robert G. Fovell, PhD
Michael Ghil, PhD
George L. Siscoe, PhD
Richard M. Thorne, PhD
Richard P. Turco, PhD
Associate Professors
Jacob Bortnik, PhD
Marcelo Chamecki, PhD
Gang Chen, PhD
Qinbin Li, PhD
Jonathan L. Mitchell, PhD
Tina I. Treude, PhD
Aradhna K. Tripati, PhD
Assistant Professors
Jasper F. Kok, PhD
Ulrike Seibt, PhD
Andrew L. Stewart, PhD
Lecturer
Jeffrey K. Lew, PhD
Adjunct Professors
Yi Chao, PhD
Randall R. Friedl, PhD
Lawrence W. Harding, PhD
Duane E. Waliser, PhD
Undergraduate Study
Atmospheric, Oceanic, and
Environmental Sciences BS
Preparation for the Major
Required: Two courses from Atmospheric and
Oceanic Sciences 1/1L, 2/2L, 3/3L; Chemistry
and Biochemistry 14A and 14B, or 20A and
20B; Mathematics 3A, 3B, and 3C, or 31A,
31B, 32A, 32B, 33A, and 33B; Physics 1A or
1AH, 1B or 1BH, 1C or 1CH, 4AL, and 4BL, or
6A, 6B, and 6C; Program in Computing 10A.
Students interested in pursuing graduate studies in atmospheric and oceanic sciences or
obtaining employment with the National
Weather Service or other government agencies
are strongly urged to select the Mathematics
31A through 33B sequence and the Physics 1
sequence.
Transfer Students
Transfer applicants to the Atmospheric, Oceanic, and Environmental Sciences major with
90 or more units must complete as many of the
following introductory courses as possible
prior to admission to UCLA: one year of calculus, one year of calculus-based physics with
laboratory, one general chemistry course with
laboratory for majors, and one C++ programming course.
Refer to the UCLA Transfer Admission Guide at
http://www.admission.ucla.edu/prospect/Adm
_tr/tradms.htm for up-to-date information regarding transfer selection for admission.
The Major
Required: Four courses from Atmospheric and
Oceanic Sciences 101, 102, 103, 104, M105,
three additional upper division atmospheric
sciences courses selected in consultation with
the undergraduate advisers, and two upper division courses from a list of chemistry, mathematics, physics, and statistics courses selected in consultation with the undergraduate
advisers.
Students preparing for graduate studies in atmospheric chemistry should take Chemistry
and Biochemistry 20B, 103, Mathematics
115A, 136, Physics 131, 132; students preparing for graduate studies in upper atmosphere
and space physics should take Mathematics
115A, Physics 110A, 110B, M122; students
preparing for graduate studies in atmospheric
dynamics and physics should take Atmospheric and Oceanic Sciences 101, M120,
Mathematics 115A, 136, Physics 131, 132.
and must make an appointment with a departmental undergraduate adviser for approval in
selecting a coordinated program of courses
from within the department and related disciplines. For further information, contact the department at 310-825-1217.
Required Courses (28 units): Seven 4-unit
courses, including (1) three from Atmospheric
and Oceanic Sciences M100, 101, 102, 103,
104, M105, M106, C110, C115, M120, 130,
141, 145, 150, C160, C170, 180 and (2) four
additional courses, two of which must be upper division, from any of the above atmospheric and oceanic sciences courses beyond
the minimum four required or from Atmospheric and Oceanic Sciences 1, 2, 3, 186
(must be taken twice), Chemistry and Biochemistry 103, 110A, 110B, 113A, C113B,
114, Earth, Planetary, and Space Sciences 15,
Ecology and Evolutionary Biology 109, C119A,
122, 123A or 123B, 147, 148, Mathematics
115A, 115B, 132, 135, 136, 146, 170A, 170B,
Physics 110A, 110B, 112, M122, 131, 132.
Other relevant courses from related disciplines
may be substituted with prior approval of the
department. At least five courses approved for
the minor must be upper division.
Groups of courses relevant to specific subareas of atmospheric sciences include (1) atmospheric chemistry: Atmospheric and Oceanic
Sciences 104, Chemistry and Biochemistry
103, 110A, 110B, C113B, 114; (2) atmospheric
chemistry and biology: Atmospheric and Oceanic Sciences 101, 104, Ecology and Evolutionary Biology 109, C119A, 122; (3) atmospheric dynamics: Atmospheric and Oceanic
Sciences 101, 102, Physics 112, 131, 132; (4)
atmospheric dynamics and mathematical modeling: Atmospheric and Oceanic Sciences 101,
180, Mathematics 115A, 115B, 132, 135, 136,
142, 146; (5) oceanography and biology: Atmospheric and Oceanic Sciences 101, 103, 104,
Ecology and Evolutionary Biology 109, 123A or
123B, 147, 148; (6) upper atmosphere: Atmospheric and Oceanic Sciences 101, M120,
C170, Physics 110A, 110B, M122.
A minimum of 20 units applied toward the minor requirements must be in addition to units
applied toward major requirements or another
minor.
One course may be taken on a Passed/Not
Passed basis; each of the other minor courses
must be taken for a letter grade, and students
must have an overall grade-point average of
2.0 or better. Successful completion of the minor is indicated on the transcript and diploma.
Graduate Study
Official, specific degree requirements are detailed in Program Requirements for UCLA
Graduate Degrees, available at the Graduate
Division website, http://grad.ucla.edu. In many
cases, more detailed guidelines may be outlined in announcements, other publications,
and websites of the schools, departments, and
programs.
Graduate Degrees
The Department of Atmospheric and Oceanic
Sciences offers Master of Science (MS), Can-
Graduate Courses
200A. Introduction to Atmospheric and Oceanic
Fluid. (4) Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour.
Recommended requisite: Physics 131. Thermodynamics of two component (moist/salty) fluids. Thermodynamic diagrams and stability. Saturation and
moist processes. Hydrostatics. Equations of fluid motion in rotating coordinate systems. Scales of motion
and dominant balances: geostrophic, gradient, and
thermal wind. Circulation and vorticity. Boundary
layers and turbulence. Elementary waves. S/U or
letter grading.
200B. Introduction to Dynamics of Earth System.
(4) Lecture, three hours. Overview of general circulation of atmosphere and ocean; global energy balances; coupled circulations (such as el nio); mesoscale, synoptic, and tropical phenomena; boundary
layers, clouds, and convection; biogeochemical cycles; climate variability and change. S/U or letter
grading.
201A. Geophysical Fluid Dynamics I. (4) Lecture,
three hours. Fundamental equations of motion. Atmospheric and oceanic approximations. Rotating reference frame. Density stratification. Geostrophic adjustment and balance. Potential vorticity conservation.
Vortex dynamics. Acoustic, gravity, inertial, Rossby,
and Kelvin waves. Barotropic and baroclinic instability. Ekman boundary layers. Oceanic wind gyres:
Sverdrup balance and western boundary currents.
Letter grading.
201B. Geophysical Fluid Dynamics II. (4) Lecture,
three hours. Requisite: course 125 or 201A. Anelastic
approximation. Small-scale gravity waves in atmosphere. Critical levels. Kelvin/Helmholtz instability.
Quasi-static oscillations of planetary atmosphere.
Equatorial Kelvin and mixed Rossby-gravity (Yanai)
waves. Baroclinic and barotropic instabilities in continuously stratified system. General circulation of atmosphere. Jet streams, eddies, storm tracks. Propagation of planetary waves. Wave-mean flow interactions. Noninteraction theorems. Letter grading.
201C. Atmospheric and Oceanic Turbulence. (4)
Lecture, three hours. Requisite: course 200A. Recommended: course 201A. Turbulent flows that occur on
relatively small scales (<~10 km) in both atmosphere
and ocean. Classical homogeneous, shear, convective, and boundary-layer turbulence and its geophysical modification due to stratification, Earths rotation,
and water phase changes. S/U or letter grading.
202. Introduction to Ocean Science. (4) Lecture,
three hours. Fundamentals of ocean physics, chemistry, and biology. Equations of motion, dynamical
balances, conservation laws. Ocean circulation and
material transport from small-scale eddies and waves
to global circulation of thermocline and deep ocean;
influences on ecosystem processes, biogeographic
provinces, and chemical cycles; implications for
global heat transport, sea ice, and climate. S/U or
letter grading.
M203A. Introduction to Atmospheric Chemistry.
(4) (Same as Civil Engineering M262A.) Lecture, three
hours. Requisite for undergraduates: Chemistry 20B.
Principles of chemical kinetics, thermochemistry,
spectroscopy, and photochemistry; chemical composition and history of Earths atmosphere; biogeochemical cycles of key atmospheric constituents;
basic photochemistry of troposphere and stratosphere, upper atmosphere chemical processes; air
pollution; chemistry and climate. S/U or letter grading.
havior of systems. S/U (for majors with consent of instructor after successful completion of written and
oral comprehensive examination and for nonmajors at
discretion of major department) or letter grading.
Special Studies
270. Seminar: Atmospheric Sciences. (2) Seminar,
one hour. May be repeated for credit. S/U or letter
grading.
271. Seminar: Atmospheric Dynamics. (2) Seminar,
one hour. May be repeated for credit. S/U or letter
grading.
M272A-M272B-M272C. Seminars: Climate Dynamics. (2 to 4 each) (Same as Earth, Planetary, and
Space Sciences M270A-M270B-M270C and Geography M270A-M270B-M270C.) Seminar, two hours.
Archaeological, geochemical, micropaleontological,
and stratigraphic evidence for climate change
throughout geological past. Rheology and dynamics
of climatic subsystems: atmosphere and oceans, ice
sheets and marine ice, lithosphere and mantle. Climate of other planets. Modeling, simulation, and prediction of modern climate on monthly, seasonal, and
interannual time scale. May be repeated for credit.
S/U or letter grading.
274. Seminar: Atmospheric Chemistry. (2) Seminar,
one hour. May be repeated for credit. S/U or letter
grading.
M275A-M275B-M275C. Seminars: Space Physics.
(2-2-2) (Same as Earth, Planetary, and Space Sciences M288A-M288B-M288C.) Seminar, one hour.
Problems of current interest concerning particles and
fields in space. May be repeated for credit. S/U
grading.
276. Seminar: Mesoscale Processes. (2) Seminar,
one hour. Selected topics of current research interest
in convection, extratropical cyclones, and fronts. May
be repeated for credit. S/U or letter grading.
277. Seminar: Coastal Ocean. (2) Seminar, one hour.
Selected topics of current interdisciplinary research in
marine and coastal sciences, including physical
oceangraphy, biogeochemistry, marine biology,
coastal engineering, atmospheric processes, and
health-related issues. May be repeated for credit. S/U
grading.
281. Special Topics in Dynamic Meteorology. (2 to
4) Lecture, two hours. Individual meetings with instructor to be arranged. Content varies from year to
year. S/U or letter grading.
282. Special Topics in Oceanography. (2 to 4) Lecture, two hours. Individual meetings with instructor to
be arranged. May be repeated for credit. S/U or letter
grading.
283. Special Topics in Atmospheric Physics. (2 to
4) Lecture, two hours. Individual meetings with instructor to be arranged. May be repeated for credit.
S/U or letter grading.
284. Special Topics in Atmospheric Chemistry. (2
to 4) Lecture, two hours. Individual meetings with instructor to be arranged. May be repeated for credit.
S/U or letter grading.
285. Special Topics in Solar Planetary Relations. (2
to 4) Lecture, two hours. Individual meetings with instructor to be arranged. Selected topics of current research interest in solar wind, magnetospheric, or ionospheric physics. S/U or letter grading.
296A-296L. Advanced Topics in Atmospheric Sciences. (2 each) Discussion, two hours. Advanced
study and analysis of current topics in atmospheric
sciences. Discussion of current research and literature in research specialty of faculty member teaching
course. May be repeated for credit. S/U grading:
296A. Numerical Modeling of Atmosphere.
296B. Boundary Layers, Clouds, and Climate.
296C. Numerical Mesoscale Modeling.
296D. Climate Dynamics.
296E. Numerical Modeling of Atmosphere and
Ocean.
296F. Hierarchical Modeling of Ocean/Atmosphere
System.
296G. Upper Atmosphere and Space Physics.
296H. Recent Advances in Atmospheric Chemistry.
296I. Upper Atmospheric Dynamics.
296J. Experimental Mesoscale Meteorology.
296K. Tropical Meteorology.
296L. Geophysical Fluid Dynamics, Oceanography,
and Climate.
296M. Radiation and Remote Sensing.
296N. Tropospheric Chemistry and Climate Modeling
and Analysis.
296P. Atmospheric Chemistry of Air Pollution, Aerosols, and Climate.
375. Teaching Apprentice Practicum. (1 to 4) Seminar, to be arranged. Preparation: apprentice personnel employment as teaching assistant, associate,
or fellow. Teaching apprenticeship under active guidance and supervision of regular faculty member responsible for curriculum and instruction at UCLA.
May be repeated for credit. S/U grading.
495. Teaching Atmospheric and Oceanic Sciences.
(2) Seminar, one hour; two-day intensive training session prior to Fall Quarter. Required of all new teaching
assistants and recommended for new PhD students
and graduate students intending to be teaching assistants during academic year. Introduction to classroom
teaching for general education and upper division departmental courses. Topics include pedagogical techniques, preparation, academic integrity, and integration of technology and electronic communications.
S/U grading.
596. Directed Studies for Graduate Students. (2 to
8) Tutorial, to be arranged. S/U grading.
597. Preparation for MS Comprehensive Examination. (2 to 8) Tutorial, to be arranged. S/U grading.
598. Research for and Preparation of MS Thesis. (2
to 8) Tutorial, to be arranged. S/U grading.
599. Research for PhD Dissertation. (2 to 8) Tutorial, to be arranged. S/U grading.
Bioengineering / 191
BIOENGINEERING
Henry Samueli School of Engineering
and Applied Science
UCLA
5121 Engineering V
Box 951600
Los Angeles, CA 90095-1600
310-267-4985
fax: 310-794-5956
e-mail: bioeng@ea.ucla.edu
http://www.bioeng.ucla.edu
James C. Liao, PhD, Chair
Jacob J. Schmidt, PhD, Vice Chair
Professors
Denise R. Aberle, MD
Pei-Yu Chiou, PhD
Mark S. Cohen, PhD, in Residence
Ian Cook, PhD, in Residence
Linda L. Demer, MD, PhD
Timothy J. Deming, PhD
Dino Di Carlo, PhD
James C. Dunn, MD, PhD
Robin L. Garrell, PhD
Warren S. Grundfest, MD, FACS
Chih-Ming Ho, PhD (Ben Rich Lockheed Martin
Professor of Aeronautics)
Dean Ho, PhD
Tzung K. Hsiai, MD, PhD, in Residence
Bahram Jalali, PhD
Daniel T. Kamei, PhD
H. Pirouz Kaehpour, PhD
Chang-Jin Kim, PhD
Debiao Li, PhD, in Residence
Song Li, PhD
James C. Liao, PhD (Ralph M. Parsons Foundation
Professor of Chemical Engineering)
Wentai Liu, PhD
Aman Mahajan, MD, PhD, in Residence
Aydogan Ozcan, PhD
Jacob Rosen, PhD
Jacob J. Schmidt, PhD
Tatiana Segura, PhD
Kalyanam Shivkumar, MD, PhD, in Residence
Ren Sun, PhD
Yi Tang, PhD
Michael A. Teitell, PhD
Cun-Yu Wang, DDS, PhD
Gerard C.L. Wong, PhD
Benjamin M. Wu, DDS, PhD
Yang Yang, PhD
Undergraduate Study
The bioengineering program is accredited by
the Engineering Accreditation Commission of
ABET. See http://www.abet.org.
The Bioengineering major is a designated capstone major. Utilizing knowledge from previous
courses and new skills learned from the capstone courses, undergraduate students work
in teams to apply advanced knowledge of
mathematics, science, and engineering principles to address problems at the interface of biology and engineering and to develop innovative bioengineering solutions to meet specific
sets of design criteria. Coursework entails construction of student designs, project updates,
presentation of projects in written and oral format, and team competition.
Bioengineering BS
Graduate Study
Official, specific degree requirements are detailed in Program Requirements for UCLA
Graduate Degrees, available at the Graduate
Division website, http://grad.ucla.edu. In many
cases, more detailed guidelines may be outlined in announcements, other publications,
and websites of the schools, departments, and
programs.
The Major
Associate Professors
1.
Assistant Professor
Stephanie K. Seidlits, PhD
Faculty members in the Department of Bioengineering believe that the interface between biology and engineering is an exciting area for
discovery and technology development in the
twenty-first century. They have developed an
Biomaterials and Regenerative Medicine: Bioengineering C104, C105, CM140, C147, C183,
C185, 199 (8 units maximum), Materials Science and Engineering 104, 110, 111, 120, 130,
132, 140, 143A, 150, 151, 160, 161. The above
materials science and engineering courses
may be used to satisfy the technical breadth
requirement.
Professor Emeritus
Capstone Major
2.
3.
Graduate Degrees
The Department of Bioengineering offers Master of Science (MS) and Doctor of Philosophy
(PhD) degrees in Bioengineering.
Bioengineering
Lower Division Course
10. Introduction to Bioengineering. (2) Lecture, two
hours; discussion, one hour; outside study, three
hours. Preparation: high school biology, chemistry,
mathematics, physics. Introduction to scientific and
technological bases for established and emerging
subfields of bioengineering, including biosensors,
bioinstrumentation, and biosignal processing, biomechanics, biomaterials, tissue engineering, biotechnology, biological imaging, biomedical optics and lasers, neuroengineering, and biomolecular machines.
Letter grading.
192 / Bioengineering
ical systems. Material, energy, charge, and force balances. Introduction to network analysis. Letter
grading.
C101. Engineering Principles for Drug Delivery. (4)
(Formerly numbered Biomedical Engineering C101.)
Lecture, four hours; discussion, one hour; outside
study, seven hours. Enforced requisites: Mathematics
33B, Physics 1B. Application of engineering principles for designing and understanding delivery of therapeutics. Discussion of physics and mathematics required for understanding colloidal stability. Analysis of
concepts related to both modeling and experimentation of endocytosis and intracellular trafficking mechanisms. Analysis of diffusion of drugs, coupled with
computational and engineering mathematics approaches. Concurrently scheduled with course C201.
Letter grading.
CM102. Human Physiological Systems for Bioengineering I. (4) (Formerly numbered Biomedical Engineering CM102.) (Same as Physiological Science
CM102.) Lecture, three hours; laboratory, two hours.
Preparation: human molecular biology, biochemistry,
and cell biology. Not open for credit to Physiological
Science majors. Broad overview of basic biological
activities and organization of human body in system
(organ/tissue) to system basis, with particular emphasis on molecular basis. Modeling/simulation of
functional aspect of biological system included. Actual demonstration of biomedical instruments, as well
as visits to biomedical facilities. Concurrently scheduled with course CM202. Letter grading.
CM103. Human Physiological Systems for Bioengineering II. (4) (Formerly numbered Biomedical Engineering CM103.) (Same as Physiological Science
CM103.) Lecture, three hours; laboratory, two hours.
Preparation: human molecular biology, biochemistry,
and cell biology. Not open for credit to Physiological
Science majors. Molecular-level understanding of
human anatomy and physiology in selected organ
systems (digestive, skin, musculoskeletal, endocrine,
immune, urinary, reproductive). System-specific modeling/simulations (immune regulation, wound healing,
muscle mechanics and energetics, acid-base balance, excretion). Functional basis of biomedical instrumentation (dialysis, artificial skin, pathogen detectors, ultrasound, birth-control drug delivery). Concurrently scheduled with course CM203. Letter grading.
C104. Physical Chemistry of Biomacromolecules.
(4) (Formerly numbered M104.) Lecture, three hours;
discussion, two hours; outside study, seven hours.
Requisites: Chemistry 20A, 20B, 30A, Life Sciences 2,
3, 23L. To understand biological materials and design
synthetic replacements, it is imperative to understand
their physical chemistry. Biomacromolecules such as
protein or DNA can be analyzed and characterized by
applying fundamentals of polymer physical chemistry.
Investigation of polymer structure and conformation,
bulk and solution thermodynamics and phase behavior, polymer networks, and viscoelasticity. Application of engineering principles to problems involving
biomacromolecules such as protein conformation,
solvation of charged species, and separation and
characterization of biomacromolecules. Concurrently
scheduled with course C204. Letter grading.
C105. Engineering of Bioconjugates. (4) (Formerly
numbered M105.) Lecture, four hours; discussion,
one hour; outside study, seven hours. Enforced requisites: Chemistry 20A, 20B, 20L. Highly recommended: one organic chemistry course. Bioconjugate
chemistry is science of coupling biomolecules for
wide range of applications. Oligonucleotides may be
coupled to one surface in gene chip, or one protein
may be coupled to one polymer to enhance its stability in serum. Wide variety of bioconjugates are used
in delivery of pharmaceuticals, in sensors, in medical
diagnostics, and in tissue engineering. Basic concepts of chemical ligation, including choice and design of conjugate linkers depending on type of biomolecule and desired application, such as degradable
versus nondegradable linkers. Presentation and discussion of design and synthesis of synthetic bioconjugates for some sample applications. Concurrently
scheduled with course C205. Letter grading.
tions, hydration and solvation interactions, polymermediated interactions, depletion interactions, molecular recognition, and others. Illustration of these ideas
using examples from bioengineering and biomedical
engineering. Students should be able to make simple
calculations and estimates that allow them to engage
broad spectrum of bioengineering problems, such as
those in drug and gene delivery and tissue engineering. May be taken independently for credit. Concurrently scheduled with course C239A. Letter
grading.
C139B. Biomolecular Materials Science II. (4) Lecture, four hours; discussion, one hour; outside study,
seven hours. Course C139A is not requisite to C139B.
Overview of chemical and physical foundations of
biomolecular materials science that concern materials
aspects of molecular biology, cell biology, and bioengineering. Understanding of different basic types of
biomolecules, with emphasis on nucleic acids, proteins, and lipids. Study of how biological and biomimetic systems organize into their functional forms via
self-assembly and how these structures impart biological function. Illustration of these ideas using examples from bioengineering and biomedical engineering. Case study on current topics, including drug
delivery, gene therapy, cancer therapeutics, emerging
pathogens, and relation of self-assembly to disease
states. May be taken independently for credit. Concurrently scheduled with course C239B. Letter
grading.
CM140. Introduction to Biomechanics. (4) (Same
as Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering CM140.)
Lecture, four hours; discussion, two hours; outside
study, six hours. Enforced requisites: Mechanical and
Aerospace Engineering 96, 102, and 156A or 166A.
Introduction to mechanical functions of human body;
skeletal adaptations to optimize load transfer, mobility, and function. Dynamics and kinematics. Fluid
mechanics applications. Heat and mass transfer.
Power generation. Laboratory simulations and tests.
Concurrently scheduled with course CM240. Letter
grading.
CM141. Mechanics of Cells. (4) (Same as Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering CM141.) Lecture, four
hours. Introduction to physical structures of cell biology and physical principles that govern how they
function mechanically. Review and application of continuum mechanics and statistical mechanics to develop quantitative mathematical models of structural
mechanics in cells. Structure of macromolecules,
polymers as entropic springs, random walks and diffusion, mechanosensitive proteins, single-molecule
force-extension, DNA packing and transcriptional regulation, lipid bilayer membranes, mechanics of cytoskeleton, molecular motors, biological electricity,
muscle mechanics, pattern formation. Concurrently
scheduled with course CM241. Letter grading.
CM145. Molecular Biotechnology for Engineers.
(4) (Formerly numbered Biomedical Engineering
CM145.) (Same as Chemical Engineering CM145.)
Lecture, four hours; discussion, one hour; outside
study, seven hours. Enforced requisites: Life Sciences
3, 23L. Selected topics in molecular biology that form
foundation of biotechnology and biomedical industry
today. Topics include recombinant DNA technology,
molecular research tools, manipulation of gene expression, directed mutagenesis and protein engineering, DNA-based diagnostics and DNA microarrays, antibody and protein-based diagnostics, genomics and bioinformatics, isolation of human genes,
gene therapy, and tissue engineering. Concurrently
scheduled with course CM245. Letter grading.
C147. Applied Tissue Engineering: Clinical and Industrial Perspective. (4) (Formerly numbered Biomedical Engineering C147.) Lecture, three hours; discussion, two hours; outside study, seven hours. Requisites: course CM102, Chemistry 20A, 20B, 20L, Life
Sciences 1 or 2. Overview of central topics of tissue
engineering, with focus on how to build artificial tissues into regulated clinically viable products. Topics
include biomaterials selection, cell source, delivery
methods, FDA approval processes, and physical/
chemical and biological testing. Case studies include
skin and artificial skin, bone and cartilage, blood ves-
Bioengineering / 193
sels, neurotissue engineering, and liver, kidney, and
other organs. Clinical and industrial perspectives of
tissue engineering products. Manufacturing constraints, clinical limitations, and regulatory challenges
in design and development of tissue-engineering devices. Concurrently scheduled with course C247.
Letter grading.
M153. Introduction to Microscale and Nanoscale
Manufacturing. (4) (Same as Chemical Engineering
M153, Electrical Engineering M153, and Mechanical
and Aerospace Engineering M183B.) Lecture, three
hours; laboratory, four hours; outside study, five
hours. Enforced requisites: Chemistry 20A, Physics
1A, 1B, 1C, 4AL, 4BL. Introduction to general manufacturing methods, mechanisms, constrains, and microfabrication and nanofabrication. Focus on concepts, physics, and instruments of various microfabrication and nanofabrication techniques that have been
broadly applied in industry and academia, including
various photolithography technologies, physical and
chemical deposition methods, and physical and
chemical etching methods. Hands-on experience for
fabricating microstructures and nanostructures in
modern cleanroom environment. Letter grading.
C155. Fluid-Particle and Fluid-Structure Interactions in Microflows. (4) Lecture, four hours; laboratory, one hour; outside study, seven hours. Enforced
requisite: course 110. Introduction to Navier/Stokes
equations, assumptions, and simplifications. Analytical framework for calculating simple flows and numerical methods to solve and gain intuition for complex flows. Forces on particles in Stokes flow and finite-inertia flows. Flows induced around particles with
and without finite inertia and implications for particleparticle interactions. Secondary flows induced by
structures and particles in confined flows. Particle
separations by fluid dynamic forces: field-flow fractionation, inertial focusing, structure-induced separations. Application concepts in internal biological flows
and separations for biotechnology. Helps students
become sufficiently fluent with fluid mechanics vocabulary and techniques, design and model microfluidic systems to manipulate fluids, cells, and particles,
and develop strong intuition for how fluid and particles behave in arbitrarily structured microchannels
over range of Reynolds numbers. Concurrently
scheduled with course C255. Letter grading.
165EW. Bioengineering Ethics. (4) Lecture, four
hours; discussion, three hours; outside study, five
hours. All professions have ethical rules that derive
from moral theory. Bioethics is well-established discipline that addresses ethical problems about life, such
as when do fertilized eggs become people? Should
ending of life ever be assisted? At what cost should it
be maintained? Unlike physicians, bioengineers do
not make these decisions in practice. Engineering
ethics addresses ethical problems about producing
devices from molecules to bridges, such as when do
concerns about risk outweigh concerns about cost?
When are weapons too dangerous to design? At what
point does benefit of committing to building devices
outweigh need to wait for more scientific confirmation
of their effectiveness? Bioengineers must be aware of
consequences of applying such devices to all living
systems. Emphasis on research and writing within engineering environments. Satisfies engineering writing
requirement. Letter grading.
167L. Bioengineering Laboratory. (4) Lecture, two
hours; laboratory, six hours; outside study, four hours.
Enforced requisite: Chemistry 20L. Laboratory experiments in fluorescence microscopy, bioconjugation,
soft lithography, and cell culture culminate in design
of engineered surface for cell growth. Introduction to
techniques used in laboratories and their underlying
physical or chemical properties. Case studies connect laboratory techniques to current biomedical engineering research and reinforce experimental design
skills. Letter grading.
C170. Energy-Tissue Interactions. (4) (Formerly
numbered Biomedical Engineering C170.) Lecture,
three hours; outside study, nine hours. Enforced requisites: Life Sciences 2, Physics 1C. Introduction to
therapeutic and diagnostic use of energy delivery devices in medical and dental applications, with em-
194 / Bioengineering
CM186. Computational Systems Biology: Modeling and Simulation of Biological Systems. (5) (Formerly numbered Biomedical Engineering CM186.)
(Same as Computational and Systems Biology M186
and Computer Science CM186.) Lecture, four hours;
laboratory, three hours; outside study, eight hours.
Corequisite: Electrical Engineering 102. Dynamic biosystems modeling and computer simulation methods
for studying biological/biomedical processes and systems at multiple levels of organization. Control
system, multicompartmental, predator-prey, pharmacokinetic (PK), pharmacodynamic (PD), and other
structural modeling methods applied to life sciences
problems at molecular, cellular (biochemical pathways/networks), organ, and organismic levels. Both
theory- and data-driven modeling, with focus on
translating biomodeling goals and data into mathematics models and implementing them for simulation
and analysis. Basics of numerical simulation algorithms, with modeling software exercises in class and
PC laboratory assignments. Concurrently scheduled
with course CM286. Letter grading.
CM187. Research Communication in Computational and Systems Biology. (2 to 4) (Formerly numbered Biomedical Engineering CM187.) (Same as
Computational and Systems Biology M187 and Computer Science CM187.) Lecture, four hours; outside
study, eight hours. Requisite: course CM186. Closely
directed, interactive, and real research experience in
active quantitative systems biology research laboratory. Direction on how to focus on topics of current interest in scientific community, appropriate to student
interests and capabilities. Critiques of oral presentations and written progress reports explain how to proceed with search for research results. Major emphasis
on effective research reporting, both oral and written.
Concurrently scheduled with course CM287. Letter
grading.
188. Special Courses in Bioengineering. (4) Lecture, four hours; discussion, one hour; outside study,
seven hours. Special topics in bioengineering for undergraduate students taught on experimental or temporary basis, such as those taught by resident and
visiting faculty members. May be repeated once for
credit with topic or instructor change. Letter grading.
194. Research Group Seminars: Bioengineering.
(4) Seminar, three hours. Limited to bioengineering
undergraduate students who are part of research
group. Study and analysis of current topics in bioengineering. Discussion of current research literature in research specialty of faculty member teaching course.
Student presentation of projects in research specialty.
May be repeated for credit. Letter grading.
199. Directed Research in Bioengineering. (2 to 8)
Tutorial, to be arranged. Limited to juniors/seniors.
Supervised individual research or investigation under
guidance of faculty mentor. Culminating paper or
project required. May be repeated for credit with
school approval. Individual contract required; enrollment petitions available in Office of Academic and
Student Affairs. Letter grading.
Graduate Courses
C201. Engineering Principles for Drug Delivery. (4)
(Formerly numbered Biomedical Engineering C201.)
Lecture, four hours; discussion, one hour; outside
study, seven hours. Enforced requisites: Mathematics
33B, Physics 1B. Application of engineering principles for designing and understanding delivery of therapeutics. Discussion of physics and mathematics required for understanding colloidal stability. Analysis of
concepts related to both modeling and experimentation of endocytosis and intracellular trafficking mechanisms. Analysis of diffusion of drugs, coupled with
computational and engineering mathematics approaches. Concurrently scheduled with course C101.
Letter grading.
CM202. Human Physiological Systems for Bioengineering I. (4) (Formerly numbered Biomedical Engineering CM202.) (Same as Physiological Science
CM204.) Lecture, three hours; laboratory, two hours.
Preparation: human molecular biology, biochemistry,
and cell biology. Not open for credit to Physiological
Fundamental concepts of polymer synthesis, including step-growth, chain growth (ionic, radical,
metal catalyzed), and ring-opening, with focus on factors that can be used to control chain length, chain
length distribution, and chain-end functionality, chain
copolymerization, and stereochemistry in polymerizations. Presentation of applications of use of different
polymerization techniques. Concepts of step-growth,
chain-growth, ring-opening, and coordination polymerization, and effects of synthesis route on polymer
properties. Lectures include both theory and practical
issues demonstrated through examples. Concurrently
scheduled with course C107. Letter grading.
M214A. Digital Speech Processing. (4) (Formerly
numbered Biomedical Engineering M214A.) (Same as
Electrical Engineering M214A.) Lecture, three hours;
laboratory, two hours; outside study, seven hours.
Requisite: Electrical Engineering 113. Theory and applications of digital processing of speech signals.
Mathematical models of human speech production
and perception mechanisms, speech analysis/synthesis. Techniques include linear prediction, filterbank models, and homomorphic filtering. Applications to speech synthesis, automatic recognition, and
hearing aids. Letter grading.
M215. Biochemical Reaction Engineering. (4) (Formerly numbered Biomedical Engineering M215.)
(Same as Chemical Engineering CM215.) Lecture,
four hours; discussion, one hour; outside study, seven
hours. Enforced requisite: Chemical Engineering
101C. Use of previously learned concepts of biophysical chemistry, thermodynamics, transport phenomena, and reaction kinetics to develop tools
needed for technical design and economic analysis of
biological reactors. Letter grading.
M217. Biomedical Imaging. (4) (Formerly numbered
Biomedical Engineering M217.) (Same as Electrical
Engineering M217.) Lecture, three hours; outside
study, nine hours. Requisite: Electrical Engineering
114 or 211A. Optical imaging modalities in biomedicine. Other nonoptical imaging modalities discussed
briefly for comparison purposes. Letter grading.
M219. Principles and Applications of Magnetic
Resonance Imaging. (4) (Formerly numbered Biomedical Engineering M219.) (Same as Physics and Biology in Medicine M219.) Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour. Basic principles of magnetic resonance (MR), physics, and image formation. Emphasis
on hardware, Bloch equations, analytic expressions,
image contrast mechanisms, spin and gradient
echoes, Fourier transform imaging methods, structure
of pulse sequences, and various scanning parameters. Introduction to advanced techniques in rapid imaging, quantitative imaging, and spectroscopy. Letter
grading.
220. Introduction to Medical Informatics. (2) (Formerly numbered Biomedical Engineering 220.) Lecture, two hours; outside study, four hours. Designed
for graduate students. Introduction to research topics
and issues in medical informatics for students new to
field. Definition of this emerging field of study, current
research efforts, and future directions in research. Key
issues in medical informatics to expose students to
different application domains, such as information
system architectures, data and process modeling, information extraction and representations, information
retrieval and visualization, health services research,
telemedicine. Emphasis on current research endeavors and applications. S/U grading.
221. Human Anatomy and Physiology for Medical
and Imaging Informatics. (4) (Formerly numbered
Biomedical Engineering 221.) Lecture, four hours;
outside study, eight hours. Designed for graduate students. Introduction to basic human anatomy and
physiology, with particular emphasis on understanding and visualization of anatomy and physiology
through medical images. Topics relevant to acquisition, representation, and dissemination of anatomical
knowledge in computerized clinical applications.
Topics include chest, cardiac, neurology, gastrointestinal/genitourinary, endocrine, and musculoskeletal
systems. Introduction to basic imaging physics (magnetic resonance, computed tomography, ultrasound,
computed radiography) to provide context for im-
Bioengineering / 195
aging modalities predominantly used to view human
anatomy. Geared toward nonphysicians who require
more formal understanding of human anatomy/physiology. Letter grading.
223A-223B-223C. Programming Laboratories for
Medical and Imaging Informatics I, II, III. (4-4-4)
(Formerly numbered Biomedical Engineering 223A223B-223C.) Lecture, two hours; laboratory, two
hours; outside study, eight hours. Designed for graduate students. Programming laboratories to support
coursework in other medical and imaging informatics
core curriculum courses. Exposure to programming
concepts for medical applications, with focus on
basic abstraction techniques used in image processing and medical information system infrastructures. Letter grading. 223A. Requisites: Computer
Science 31, 32, Program in Computing 20A, 20B.
Course 223A is requisite to 223B, which is requisite to
223C. Integrated with topics presented in course
M227 to reinforce concepts presented with practical
experience. Projects focus on understanding medical
networking issues and implementation of basic protocols for healthcare environment, with emphasis on
use of DICOM. Introduction to basic tools and
methods used within informatics. 223B. Requisite:
course 223A. Integrated with topics presented in
courses 223A, M227, and M228 to reinforce concepts
presented with practical experience. Projects focus
on medical image manipulation and decision support
systems. 223C. Requisite: course 223B. Exposure to
programming concepts for medical applications, with
focus on basic abstraction techniques used to extract
meaningful features from medical text and imaging
data and visualize results. Integrated with topics presented in courses 224B and M226 to reinforce concepts presented with practical experience. Projects
focus on medical information retrieval, knowledge
representation, and visualization.
224A. Physics and Informatics of Medical Imaging.
(4) (Formerly numbered Biomedical Engineering
224A.) Lecture, four hours; laboratory, eight hours.
Requisites: Mathematics 33A, 33B. Designed for
graduate students. Introduction to principles of medical imaging and imaging informatics for nonphysicists. Overview of core imaging modalities: X ray,
computed tomography (CT), and magnetic resonance
(MR). Topics include signal generation, localization,
and quantization. Image representation and analysis
techniques such as Markov random fields, spatial
characterization (atlases), denoising, energy representations, and clinical imaging workstation design. Provides basic understanding of issues related to basic
medical image acquisition and analysis. Current research efforts with focus on clinical applications and
new types of information made available through
these modalities. Letter grading.
224B. Advances in Imaging Informatics. (4) (Formerly numbered Biomedical Engineering 224B.) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Requisite:
course 224A. Overview of information retrieval techniques in medical imaging and informatics-based applications of imaging, with focus on various advances
in field. Introduction to core concepts in information
retrieval (IR), reviewing seminal papers on evaluating
IR systems and their use in medicine (e.g., teaching
files, case-based retrieval, etc.). Medical contentbased image retrieval (CBIR) as motivating application, with examination of core works in this area.
Techniques to realize medical CBIR, including image
feature extraction and processing, feature representation, classification schemes (via machine learning),
image indexing, image querying methods, and visualization of images (e.g., perception, presentation). Discussion of more advanced methods now being pursued by researchers. Letter grading.
M225. Bioseparations and Bioprocess Engineering. (4) (Formerly numbered Biomedical Engineering
M225.) (Same as Chemical Engineering CM225.) Lecture, four hours; discussion, one hour; outside study,
seven hours. Enforced corequisite: Chemical Engineering 101C. Separation strategies, unit operations,
and economic factors used to design processes for
isolating and purifying materials like whole cells, enzymes, food additives, or pharmaceuticals that are
products of biological reactors. Letter grading.
M226. Medical Knowledge Representation. (4)
(Formerly numbered Biomedical Engineering M226.)
(Same as Information Studies M253.) Seminar, four
hours; outside study, eight hours. Designed for graduate students. Issues related to medical knowledge
representation and its application in healthcare processes. Topics include data structures used for representing knowledge (conceptual graphs, frame-based
models), different data models for representing
spatio-temporal information, rule-based implementations, current statistical methods for discovery of
knowledge (data mining, statistical classifiers, and hierarchical classification), and basic information retrieval. Review of work in constructing ontologies,
with focus on problems in implementation and definition. Common medical ontologies, coding schemes,
and standardized indices/terminologies (SNOMED,
UMLS). Letter grading.
M227. Medical Information Infrastructures and Internet Technologies. (4) (Formerly numbered Biomedical Engineering M227.) (Same as Information
Studies M254.) Lecture, four hours; outside study,
eight hours. Designed for graduate students. Introduction to networking, communications, and information infrastructures in medical environment. Exposure
to basic concepts related to networking at several
levels: low-level (TCP/IP, services), medium-level (network topologies), and high-level (distributed computing, Web-based services) implementations. Commonly used medical communication protocols (HL7,
DICOM) and current medical information systems
(HIS, RIS, PACS). Advances in networking, such as
wireless health systems, peer-to-peer topologies,
grid/cloud computing. Introduction to security and
encryption in networked environments. Letter
grading.
M228. Medical Decision Making. (4) (Formerly numbered Biomedical Engineering M228.) (Same as Information Studies M255.) Lecture, four hours; outside
study, eight hours. Designed for graduate students.
Overview of issues related to medical decision
making. Introduction to concept of evidence-based
medicine and decision processes related to process
of care and outcomes. Basic probability and statistics
to understand research results and evaluations, and
algorithmic methods for decision-making processes
(Bayes theorem, decision trees). Study design, hypothesis testing, and estimation. Focus on technical
advances in medical decision support systems and
expert systems, with review of classic and current research. Introduction to common statistical and decision-making software packages to familiarize students with current tools. Letter grading.
C231. Nanopore Sensing. (4) (Formerly numbered
Biomedical Engineering C231.) Lecture, four hours;
discussion, one hour; outside study, seven hours.
Requisites: courses 100, 120, Life Sciences 2, 3, 23L,
Physics 1A, 1B, 1C. Analysis of sensors based on
measurements of fluctuating ionic conductance
through artificial or protein nanopores. Physics of
pore conductance. Applications to single molecule
detection and DNA sequencing. Review of current literature and technological applications. History and instrumentation of resistive pulse sensing, theory and
instrumentation of electrical measurements in electrolytes, nanopore fabrication, ionic conductance
through pores and GHK equation, patch clamp and
single channel measurements and instrumentation,
noise issues, protein engineering, molecular sensing,
DNA sequencing, membrane engineering, and future
directions of field. Concurrently scheduled with
course C131. Letter grading.
M233A. Medtech Innovation I: Entrepreneurial
Opportunities in Medical Technology. (4) (Formerly
numbered 233A.) (Same as Management M271A.)
Lecture, three hours; discussion, three hours; outside
study, six hours. Designed for graduate and professional students in engineering, dentistry, design, law,
management, and medicine. Focus on understanding
how to identify unmet clinical needs, properly filtering
through these needs using various acceptance cri-
teria, and selecting promising needs for which potential medtech solutions are explored. Students work in
groups to expedite traditional research and development processes to invent and implement new medtech devices that increase quality of clinical care and
result in improved patient outcomes in hospital
system. Introduction to intellectual property basics
and various medtech business models. Letter
grading.
M233B. Medtech Innovation II: Prototyping and
New Venture Development. (4) (Formerly numbered
233B.) (Same as Management M271B.) Lecture, three
hours; discussion, three hours; outside study, six
hours. Enforced requisite: course M233A. Designed
for graduate and professional students in engineering,
dentistry, design, law, management, and medicine.
Development of medtech solutions for unmet clinical
needs previously identified in course M233A. Steps
necessary to commercialize viable medtech solutions.
Exploration of concept selection, business plan development, intellectual property filing, financing strategies, and device prototyping. Letter grading.
C239A. Biomolecular Materials Science I. (4) Lecture, four hours; discussion, one hour; outside study,
seven hours. Overview of chemical and physical foundations of biomolecular materials science that concern materials aspects of molecular biology, cell biology, and bioengineering. Understanding of different
types of interactions that exist between biomolecules,
such as van der Waals interactions, entropically modulated electrostatic interactions, hydrophobic interactions, hydration and solvation interactions, polymermediated interactions, depletion interactions, molecular recognition, and others. Illustration of these ideas
using examples from bioengineering and biomedical
engineering. Students should be able to make simple
calculations and estimates that allow them to engage
broad spectrum of bioengineering problems, such as
those in drug and gene delivery and tissue engineering. May be taken independently for credit. Concurrently scheduled with course C139A. Letter
grading.
C239B. Biomolecular Materials Science II. (4) Lecture, four hours; discussion, one hour; outside study,
seven hours. Course C239A is not requisite to C239B.
Overview of chemical and physical foundations of
biomolecular materials science that concern materials
aspects of molecular biology, cell biology, and bioengineering. Understanding of different basic types of
biomolecules, with emphasis on nucleic acids, proteins, and lipids. Study of how biological and biomimetic systems organize into their functional forms via
self-assembly and how these structures impart biological function. Illustration of these ideas using examples from bioengineering and biomedical engineering. Case study on current topics, including drug
delivery, gene therapy, cancer therapeutics, emerging
pathogens, and relation of self-assembly to disease
states. May be taken independently for credit. Concurrently scheduled with course C139B. Letter
grading.
CM240. Introduction to Biomechanics. (4) (Same
as Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering CM240.)
Lecture, four hours; discussion, two hours; outside
study, six hours. Enforced requisites: Mechanical and
Aerospace Engineering 96, 102, and 156A or 166A.
Introduction to mechanical functions of human body;
skeletal adaptations to optimize load transfer, mobility, and function. Dynamics and kinematics. Fluid
mechanics applications. Heat and mass transfer.
Power generation. Laboratory simulations and tests.
Concurrently scheduled with course CM140. Letter
grading.
CM241. Mechanics of Cells. (4) (Same as Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering CM241.) Lecture, four
hours. Introduction to physical structures of cell biology and physical principles that govern how they
function mechanically. Review and application of continuum mechanics and statistical mechanics to develop quantitative mathematical models of structural
mechanics in cells. Structure of macromolecules,
polymers as entropic springs, random walks and diffusion, mechanosensitive proteins, single-molecule
force-extension, DNA packing and transcriptional reg-
196 / Bioengineering
ulation, lipid bilayer membranes, mechanics of cytoskeleton, molecular motors, biological electricity,
muscle mechanics, pattern formation. Concurrently
scheduled with course CM141. Letter grading.
CM245. Molecular Biotechnology for Engineers.
(4) (Formerly numbered Biomedical Engineering
CM245.) (Same as Chemical Engineering CM245.)
Lecture, four hours; discussion, one hour; outside
study, seven hours. Selected topics in molecular biology that form foundation of biotechnology and biomedical industry today. Topics include recombinant
DNA technology, molecular research tools, manipulation of gene expression, directed mutagenesis and
protein engineering, DNA-based diagnostics and
DNA microarrays, antibody and protein-based diagnostics, genomics and bioinformatics, isolation of
human genes, gene therapy, and tissue engineering.
Concurrently scheduled with course CM145. Letter
grading.
C247. Applied Tissue Engineering: Clinical and Industrial Perspective. (4) (Formerly numbered Biomedical Engineering C247.) Lecture, three hours; discussion, two hours; outside study, seven hours. Requisites: course CM202, Chemistry 20A, 20B, 20L, Life
Sciences 1 or 2. Overview of central topics of tissue
engineering, with focus on how to build artificial tissues into regulated clinically viable products. Topics
include biomaterials selection, cell source, delivery
methods, FDA approval processes, and physical/
chemical and biological testing. Case studies include
skin and artificial skin, bone and cartilage, blood vessels, neurotissue engineering, and liver, kidney, and
other organs. Clinical and industrial perspectives of
tissue engineering products. Manufacturing constraints, clinical limitations, and regulatory challenges
in design and development of tissue-engineering devices. Concurrently scheduled with course C147.
Letter grading.
M248. Introduction to Biological Imaging. (4) (Formerly numbered Biomedical Engineering M248.)
(Same as Pharmacology M248 and Physics and Biology in Medicine M248.) Lecture, three hours; laboratory, one hour; outside study, seven hours. Exploration of role of biological imaging in modern biology
and medicine, including imaging physics, instrumentation, image processing, and applications of imaging
for range of modalities. Practical experience provided
through series of imaging laboratories. Letter grading.
M250B. Microelectromechanical Systems (MEMS)
Fabrication. (4) (Formerly numbered Biomedical Engineering M250B.) (Same as Electrical Engineering
M250B and Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering
M280B.) Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour;
outside study, eight hours. Enforced requisite: course
M153. Advanced discussion of micromachining processes used to construct MEMS. Coverage of many
lithographic, deposition, and etching processes, as
well as their combination in process integration. Materials issues such as chemical resistance, corrosion,
mechanical properties, and residual/intrinsic stress.
Letter grading.
M252. Microelectromechanical Systems (MEMS)
Device Physics and Design. (4) (Formerly numbered Biomedical Engineering M252.) (Same as Electrical Engineering M252 and Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering M282.) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Introduction to MEMS design.
Design methods, design rules, sensing and actuation
mechanisms, microsensors, and microactuators. Designing MEMS to be produced with both foundry and
nonfoundry processes. Computer-aided design for
MEMS. Design project required. Letter grading.
C255. Fluid-Particle and Fluid-Structure Interactions in Microflows. (4) Lecture, four hours; laboratory, one hour; outside study, seven hours. Enforced
requisite: course 110. Introduction to Navier/Stokes
equations, assumptions, and simplifications. Analytical framework for calculating simple flows and numerical methods to solve and gain intuition for complex flows. Forces on particles in Stokes flow and finite-inertia flows. Flows induced around particles with
and without finite inertia and implications for particleparticle interactions. Secondary flows induced by
structures and particles in confined flows. Particle
separations by fluid dynamic forces: field-flow fractionation, inertial focusing, structure-induced separations. Application concepts in internal biological flows
and separations for biotechnology. Helps students
become sufficiently fluent with fluid mechanics vocabulary and techniques, design and model microfluidic systems to manipulate fluids, cells, and particles,
and develop strong intuition for how fluid and particles behave in arbitrarily structured microchannels
over range of Reynolds numbers. Concurrently
scheduled with course C155. Letter grading.
257. Engineering Mechanics of Motor Proteins and
Cytoskeleton. (4) (Formerly numbered Biomedical
Engineering 257.) Lecture, four hours; outside study,
eight hours. Requisites: Life Sciences 3, 23L, Mathematics 32A, 32B, 33A, 33B, Physics 1A, 1B, 1C. Introduction to physics of motor proteins and cytoskeleton: mass, stiffness and damping of proteins,
thermal forces and diffusion, chemical forces,
polymer mechanics, structures of cytoskeletal filaments, mechanics of cytoskeleton, polymerization of
cytoskeletal filaments, force generation by cytoskeletal filaments, active polymerization, motor protein
structure and operation. Emphasis on engineering
perspective. Letter grading.
M260. Neuroengineering. (4) (Formerly numbered
Biomedical Engineering M260.) (Same as Electrical
Engineering M255 and Neuroscience M206.) Lecture,
four hours; laboratory, three hours; outside study, five
hours. Requisites: Mathematics 32A, Physics 1B or
6B. Introduction to principles and technologies of bioelectricity and neural signal recording, processing,
and stimulation. Topics include bioelectricity, electrophysiology (action potentials, local field potentials,
EEG, ECOG), intracellular and extracellular recording,
microelectrode technology, neural signal processing
(neural signal frequency bands, filtering, spike detection, spike sorting, stimulation artifact removal), braincomputer interfaces, deep-brain stimulation, and
prosthetics. Letter grading.
M261A-M261B-M261C. Evaluation of Research
Literature in Neuroengineering. (2-2-2) (Formerly
numbered Biomedical Engineering M261A-M261BM261C.) (Same as Electrical Engineering M256AM256B-M256C and Neuroscience M212A-M212BM212C.) Discussion, two hours; outside study, four
hours. Critical discussion and analysis of current literature related to neuroengineering research. S/U
grading.
M263. Neuroanatomy: Structure and Function of
Nervous System. (4) (Formerly numbered Biomedical Engineering M263.) (Same as Neuroscience
M203.) Lecture, three hours; discussion/laboratory,
three hours. Anatomy of central and peripheral nervous system at cellular histological and regional systems level, with emphasis on contemporary experimental approaches to morphological study of nervous system in discussions of circuitry and
neurochemical anatomy of major brain regions. Consideration of representative vertebrate and invertebrate nervous systems. Letter grading.
C270. Energy-Tissue Interactions. (4) (Formerly
numbered Biomedical Engineering C270.) Lecture,
three hours; outside study, nine hours. Enforced requisites: Life Sciences 2, Physics 1C. Introduction to
therapeutic and diagnostic use of energy delivery devices in medical and dental applications, with emphasis on understanding fundamental mechanisms
underlying various types of energy-tissue interactions.
Concurrently scheduled with course C170. Letter
grading.
C270L. Introduction to Techniques in Studying Laser-Tissue Interaction. (2) (Formerly numbered Biomedical Engineering C270L.) Laboratory, four hours;
outside study, two hours. Corequisite: course C270.
Introduction to simulation and experimental techniques used in studying laser-tissue interactions.
Topics include computer simulations of light propagation in tissue, measuring absorption spectra of tissue/
tissue phantoms, making tissue phantoms, determination of optical properties of different tissues, techniques of temperature distribution measurements.
Concurrently scheduled with course C170L. Letter
grading.
C271. Laser-Tissue Interaction II: Biologic Spectroscopy. (4) (Formerly numbered Biomedical Engineering C271.) Lecture, four hours; outside study,
eight hours. Requisite: course C270. Designed for
physical sciences, life sciences, and engineering majors. Introduction to optical spectroscopy principles,
design of spectroscopic measurement devices, optical properties of tissues, and fluorescence spectroscopy biologic media. Concurrently scheduled with
course C171. Letter grading.
C272. Design of Minimally Invasive Surgical Tools.
(4) (Formerly numbered Biomedical Engineering
C272.) Lecture, three hours; discussion, two hours;
outside study, seven hours. Requisites: Chemistry
30B, Life Sciences 2, 3, 23L, Mathematics 32A. Introduction to design principles and engineering concepts used in design and manufacture of tools for
minimally invasive surgery. Coverage of FDA regulatory policy and surgical procedures. Topics include
optical devices, endoscopes and laparoscopes, biopsy devices, laparoscopic tools, cardiovascular and
interventional radiology devices, orthopedic instrumentation, and integration of devices with therapy.
Examination of complex process of tool design, fabrication, testing, and validation. Preparation of drawings and consideration of development of new and
novel devices. Concurrently scheduled with course
C172. Letter grading.
CM278. Introduction to Biomaterials. (4) (Formerly
numbered Biomedical Engineering CM280.) (Same as
Materials Science CM280.) Lecture, three hours; discussion, two hours; outside study, seven hours. Requisites: Chemistry 20A, 20B, and 20L, or Materials
Science 104. Engineering materials used in medicine
and dentistry for repair and/or restoration of damaged
natural tissues. Topics include relationships between
material properties, suitability to task, surface chemistry, processing and treatment methods, and biocompatibility. Concurrently scheduled with course
CM178. Letter grading.
C279. Biomaterials-Tissue Interactions. (4) (Formerly numbered Biomedical Engineering C281.) Lecture, three hours; outside study, nine hours. Requisite:
course CM278. In-depth exploration of host cellular
response to biomaterials: vascular response, interface, and clotting, biocompatibility, animal models, inflammation, infection, extracellular matrix, cell adhesion, and role of mechanical forces. Concurrently
scheduled with course C179. Letter grading.
282. Biomaterial Interfaces. (4) (Formerly numbered
Biomedical Engineering 282.) Lecture, four hours; laboratory, eight hours. Requisite: course CM178 or
CM278. Function, utility, and biocompatibility of biomaterials depend critically on their surface and interfacial properties. Discussion of morphology and composition of biomaterials and nanoscales, mesoscales,
and macroscales, techniques for characterizing structure and properties of biomaterial interfaces, and
methods for designing and fabricating biomaterials
with prescribed structure and properties in vitro and in
vivo. Letter grading.
C283. Targeted Drug Delivery and Controlled Drug
Release. (4) (Formerly numbered Biomedical Engineering C283.) Lecture, three hours; discussion, two
hours; outside study, seven hours. Requisites: Chemistry 20A, 20B, 20L. New therapeutics require comprehensive understanding of modern biology, physiology, biomaterials, and engineering. Targeted delivery of genes and drugs and their controlled release
are important in treatment of challenging diseases
and relevant to tissue engineering and regenerative
medicine. Drug pharmacodynamics and clinical pharmacokinetics. Application of engineering principles
(diffusion, transport, kinetics) to problems in drug formulation and delivery to establish rationale for design
and development of novel drug delivery systems that
can provide spatial and temporal control of drug release. Introduction to biomaterials with specialized
structural and interfacial properties. Exploration of
both chemistry of materials and physical presentation
of devices and compounds used in delivery and release. Concurrently scheduled with course C183.
Letter grading.
Bioinformatics / 197
M284. Functional Neuroimaging: Techniques and
Applications. (3) (Formerly numbered Biomedical Engineering M284.) (Same as Neuroscience M285,
Physics and Biology in Medicine M285, Psychiatry
M285, and Psychology M278.) Lecture, three hours.
In-depth examination of activation imaging, including
MRI and electrophysiological methods, data acquisition and analysis, experimental design, and results
obtained thus far in human systems. Strong focus on
understanding technologies, how to design activation
imaging paradigms, and how to interpret results. Laboratory visits and design and implementation of functional MRI experiment. S/U or letter grading.
C285. Introduction to Tissue Engineering. (4) (Formerly numbered Biomedical Engineering C285.) Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour; outside study,
eight hours. Requisites: course CM102 or CM202,
Chemistry 20A, 20B, 20L. Tissue engineering applies
principles of biology and physical sciences with engineering approach to regenerate tissues and organs.
Guiding principles for proper selection of three basic
components for tissue engineering: cells, scaffolds,
and molecular signals. Concurrently scheduled with
course C185. Letter grading.
CM286. Computational Systems Biology: Modeling and Simulation of Biological Systems. (5) (Formerly numbered Biomedical Engineering CM286.)
(Same as Computer Science CM286.) Lecture, four
hours; laboratory, three hours; outside study, eight
hours. Corequisite: Electrical Engineering 102. Dynamic biosystems modeling and computer simulation
methods for studying biological/biomedical processes and systems at multiple levels of organization.
Control system, multicompartmental, predator-prey,
pharmacokinetic (PK), pharmacodynamic (PD), and
other structural modeling methods applied to life sciences problems at molecular, cellular (biochemical
pathways/networks), organ, and organismic levels.
Both theory- and data-driven modeling, with focus on
translating biomodeling goals and data into mathematics models and implementing them for simulation
and analysis. Basics of numerical simulation algorithms, with modeling software exercises in class and
PC laboratory assignments. Concurrently scheduled
with course CM186. Letter grading.
CM287. Research Communication in Computational and Systems Biology. (2 to 4) (Formerly numbered Biomedical Engineering CM287.) (Same as
Computer Science CM287.) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Requisite: course CM286.
Closely directed, interactive, and real research experience in active quantitative systems biology research
laboratory. Direction on how to focus on topics of current interest in scientific community, appropriate to
student interests and capabilities. Critiques of oral
presentations and written progress reports explain
how to proceed with search for research results.
Major emphasis on effective research reporting, both
oral and written. Concurrently scheduled with course
CM187. Letter grading.
295A-295Z. Seminars: Research Topics in Bioengineering. (2 each) (Formerly numbered Biomedical
Engineering 295A-295Z.) Seminar, two hours; outside
study, four hours. Limited to bioengineering graduate
students. Advanced study and analysis of current
topics in bioengineering. Discussion of current research and literature in research specialty of faculty
member teaching course. Student presentation of
projects in research specialty. May be repeated for
credit. S/U grading:
295A. Biomaterial Research.
295B. Biomaterials and Tissue Engineering Research.
295C. Minimally Invasive and Laser Research.
295D. Hybrid Device Research.
295E. Molecular Cell Bioengineering Research.
295F. Biopolymer Materials and Chemistry.
295G. Biomicrofluidics and Bionanotechnology Research.
295H. Biomimetic System Research.
295J. Neural Tissue Engineering and Regenerative
Medicine.
495. Teaching Assistant Training Seminar. (2) (Formerly numbered Biomedical Engineering 495.) Seminar, two hours; outside study, four hours. Limited to
graduate bioengineering students. Required of all departmental teaching assistants. May be taken concurrently while holding TA appointment. Seminar on
communicating bioengineering and biomedical engineering principles, concepts, and methods; teaching
assistant preparation, organization, and presentation
of material, including use of visual aids, grading, advising, and rapport with students. S/U grading.
596. Directed Individual or Tutorial Studies. (2 to 8)
(Formerly numbered Biomedical Engineering 596.) Tutorial, to be arranged. Limited to graduate bioengineering students. Petition forms to request enrollment
may be obtained from program office. Supervised investigation of advanced technical problems. S/U
grading.
597A. Preparation for MS Comprehensive Examination. (2 to 12) (Formerly numbered Biomedical Engineering 597A.) Tutorial, to be arranged. Limited to
graduate bioengineering students. Reading and
preparation for MS comprehensive examination. S/U
grading.
597B. Preparation for PhD Preliminary Examinations. (2 to 16) (Formerly numbered Biomedical Engineering 597B.) Tutorial, to be arranged. Limited to
graduate bioengineering students. S/U grading.
597C. Preparation for PhD Oral Qualifying Examination. (2 to 16) (Formerly numbered Biomedical Engineering 597C.) Tutorial, to be arranged. Limited to
graduate bioengineering students. Preparation for
oral qualifying examination, including preliminary research on dissertation. S/U grading.
598. Research for and Preparation of MS Thesis. (2
to 12) (Formerly numbered Biomedical Engineering
598.) Tutorial, to be arranged. Limited to graduate bioengineering students. Supervised independent research for MS candidates, including thesis prospectus. S/U grading.
599. Research for and Preparation of PhD Dissertation. (2 to 16) (Formerly numbered Biomedical Engineering 599.) Tutorial, to be arranged. Limited to
graduate bioengineering students. Usually taken after
students have been advanced to candidacy. S/U
grading.
BIOINFORMATICS
Interdepartmental Program
College of Letters and Science
UCLA
172 Boyer Hall
Box 951570
Los Angeles, CA 90095-1570
310-825-0068
e-mail: bioinformaticsphd@lifesci.ucla.edu
http://bioinformatics.ucla.edu
Yi Xing, PhD, Chair
Faculty Committee
Hillary A. Coller, PhD (Molecular, Cell, and
Developmental Biology)
Jason Ernst, PhD (Biological Chemistry, Computer
Science)
Eleazar Eskin, PhD (Computer Science, Human
Genetics)
Alexander Hoffmann, PhD (Microbiology, Immunology,
and Molecular Genetics)
Leonid Kruglyak, PhD (Human Genetics)
Christopher J. Lee, PhD (Chemistry and Biochemistry,
Computer Science)
Paivi E. Pajukanta, MD, PhD (Human Genetics)
Bogdan Pasaniuc, PhD (Pathology and Laboratory
Medicine)
Matteo Pellegrini, PhD (Molecular, Cell, and
Developmental Biology)
Graduate Study
Official, specific degree requirements are detailed in Program Requirements for UCLA
Graduate Degrees, available at the Graduate
Division website, http://grad.ucla.edu. In many
cases, more detailed guidelines may be outlined in announcements, other publications,
and websites of the schools, departments, and
programs.
Graduate Degrees
The Bioinformatics Program offers Master of
Science (MS) and Doctor of Philosophy (PhD)
degrees in Bioinformatics.
Bioinformatics
Graduate Courses
M202. Bioinformatics Interdisciplinary Research
Seminar. (4) (Same as Chemistry M202.) Seminar,
two hours; discussion, two hours. Concrete examples
of how biological questions about genomics data
map to and are solved by methodologies from other
disciplines, including statistics, computer science,
and mathematics. May be repeated for credit. S/U or
letter grading.
M224. Computational Genetics. (4) (Same as Computer Science CM224 and Human Genetics CM224.)
Lecture, four hours; discussion, two hours; outside
study, six hours. Enforced requisites: Computer Science 32 or Program in Computing 10C with grade of
C or better, and one course from Biostatistics 100A,
110A, Civil Engineering 110, Electrical Engineering
131A, Mathematics 170A, or Statistics 100A. Designed for engineering students as well as students
from biological sciences and medical school. Introduction to computational analysis of genetic variation
and computational interdisciplinary research in genetics. Topics include introduction to genetics, identification of genes involved in disease, inferring human
population history, technologies for obtaining genetic
information, and genetic sequencing. Focus on formulating interdisciplinary problems as computational
problems and then solving those problems using
computational techniques from statistics and computer science. Letter grading.
M252. Seminar: Advanced Methods in Computational Biology. (2) (Same as Chemistry M252 and
Human Genetics M252.) Seminar, one hour; discussion, one hour. Designed for advanced graduate students. Examination of computational methodology in
bioinformatics and computational biology through
presentation of current research literature. How to select and apply methods from computational and
mathematical disciplines to problems in bioinformatics and computational biology; development of
novel methodologies. S/U or letter grading.
M255. Mitochondria in Medicine, Biology, and
Chemistry. (1) (Same as Chemistry CM255.) Seminar,
two hours every other week. Open to undergraduate
and graduate science majors considering or currently
conducting research in areas related to mitochondria.
Large number of physiological and pathophysiological processes involve mitochondrial function and
dysfunction. Focus on understanding how mitochondria metabolism, form, and function impact health
and disease. Physiology and cell biology of healthy
and dysfunctional mitochondria critically assessed at
subcellular, cellular, tissue, and organismal levels.
Topics include in-depth analyses of literature and critical evaluation of experimental design and methods of
current research. S/U grading.
M260A. Introduction to Bioinformatics. (4) (Same
as Chemistry CM260A, Computer Science CM221,
and Human Genetics M260A.) Lecture, four hours;
discussion, two hours. Enforced requisites: Computer
Science 32 or Program in Computing 10C with grade
of C or better, and one course from Biostatistics
100A, 110A, Civil Engineering 110, Electrical Engineering 131A, Mathematics 170A, or Statistics 100A.
Prior knowledge of biology not required. Designed for
engineering students as well as students from biological sciences and medical school. Introduction to bioinformatics and methodologies, with emphasis on
concepts and inventing new computational and statistical techniques to analyze biological data. Focus
on sequence analysis and alignment algorithms. S/U
or letter grading.
M260B. Algorithms in Bioinformatics and Systems
Biology. (4) (Same as Chemistry CM260B and Computer Science CM222.) Lecture, four hours; discussion, two hours. Enforced requisites: Computer Science 32 or Program in Computing 10C with grade of
C or better, and one course from Biostatistics 100A,
110A, Civil Engineering 110, Electrical Engineering
131A, Mathematics 170A, or Statistics 100A. Course
M260A is not requisite to M260B. Designed for engineering students as well as students from biological
sciences and medical school. Development and application of computational approaches to biological
questions, with focus on formulating interdisciplinary
problems as computational problems and then
solving these problems using algorithmic techniques.
Computational techniques include those from statistics and computer science. Letter grading.
M265. Computational Methods in Genomics. (4)
(Same as Computer Science M225 and Human Genetics M265.) Lecture, two and one half hours; discussion, two and one half hours; outside study, seven
hours. Limited to bioinformatics, computer science,
human genetics, and molecular biology graduate students. Introduction to computational approaches in
bioinformatics, genomics, and computational genetics and preparation for computational interdisciplinary research in genetics and genomics. Topics include genome analysis, regulatory genomics, association analysis, association study design, isolated and
BIOLOGICAL
CHEMISTRY
David Geffen School of Medicine
UCLA
310 Biomedical Sciences Research Building
Box 951737
Los Angeles, CA 90095-1737
310-825-4625
fax: 310-206-5272
http://www.biolchem.ucla.edu
Siavash K. Kurdistani, MD, Chair
John J. Colicelli, PhD, Vice Chair
Michael F. Carey, PhD, Vice Chair
Professors
Utpal Banerjee, PhD
Michael F. Carey, PhD
John J. Colicelli, PhD
Edward M.F. De Robertis, MD, PhD (Norman F.
Sprague Professor of Molecular Oncology)
David S. Eisenberg, DPhil (Paul D. Boyer Professor of
Molecular Biology and Biochemistry)
Steven E. Jacobsen, PhD
Reid C. Johnson, PhD
Leonid Kruglyak, PhD
Siavash K. Kurdistani, MD
Joseph A. Loo, PhD
Kelsey C. Martin, MD, PhD
Gregory S. Payne, PhD
Kathrin Plath, PhD
Leonard H. Rome, PhD
Professors Emeriti
Robert J. DeLange, PhD
John Edmond, PhD
Peter A. Edwards, PhD
Judith C. Gasson, PhD
Dohn G. Glitz, PhD
Michael Grunstein, PhD
Harvey R. Herschman, PhD (Crump Professor
Emeritus of Medical Engineering)
Bruce D. Howard, MD
Kevin McEntee, PhD
David I. Meyer, PhD
Elizabeth F. Neufeld, PhD
Sidney Roberts, PhD
Geraldine A. Weinmaster, PhD
Irving Zabin, PhD
Patrice J. Zamenhof, PhD
Graduate Study
Official, specific degree requirements are detailed in Program Requirements for UCLA
Graduate Degrees, available at the Graduate
Division website, http://grad.ucla.edu. In many
cases, more detailed guidelines may be outlined in announcements, other publications,
and websites of the schools, departments, and
programs.
Graduate Degrees
The Department of Biological Chemistry offers
Master of Science (MS) and Doctor of Philosophy (PhD) degrees in Biological Chemistry. Applicants interested in studying with faculty in
the department are encouraged to apply to an
appropriate home area in Graduate Programs
in Bioscience. See http://bioscience.ucla.edu.
Associate Professors
Hather R. Christofk, PhD
Hilary A. Coller, PhD
Alison R. Frand, PhD
Feng Guo, PhD
Timothy F. Lane, PhD
James A. Wohlschlegel, PhD
Assistant Professors
Pascal F. Egea, PhD (Alexander and Renee Kolin
Endowed Professor of Molecular Biology and
Biophysics)
Jason Ernst, PhD
Weizhe Hong, PhD
Adjunct Professors
Lenore Arab, MSc, PhD
Duilio D. Cascio, PhD
Biological Chemistry
Upper Division Courses
M140. Cancer Cell Biology. (5) (Same as Molecular,
Cell, and Developmental Biology M140.) Lecture,
three hours; discussion, one hour. Requisite: course
165A. Cancer causes and genetics. Effects of cell
transformation on cell growth and metabolism. Altered cell cycle, metabolism, and differentiation pathways in cancer cells. Tumor microenvironment contributions to cancer malignancy, including angiogenesis, metastasis, and immune system evasion. Letter
grading.
194. Research Group Seminars: Biological Chemistry. (2) Seminar, two hours. Designed for undergraduate students who are part of research group. Discussion of research methods and current literature in field
or of research of faculty members or students. May
be repeated for credit. P/NP grading.
199. Directed Research or Senior Project in Biological Chemistry. (2 to 8) Tutorial, two hours. Limited to juniors/seniors. Supervised individual research
or investigation under guidance of faculty mentor.
Culminating paper required. May be repeated for
maximum of 16 units. Individual contract required.
P/NP or letter grading.
Graduate Courses
201A-201B. Biological Chemistry. (5-5) Lecture, five
hours. Preparation: organic chemistry. Open to nonmedical students with consent of instructor. Primarily
for first-year medical students and runs throughout
School of Medicines second semester. General biochemistry with emphasis on mammalian systems.
Structure, function, and metabolism of major cellular
components. To receive credit, both courses must be
taken together in same academic year. In Progress
(201A) and S/U (201B) grading.
204. Human Biological Chemistry and Nutrition
Laboratory. (3) Laboratory, four hours. Open to nonmedical students with consent of instructor. Experiments illustrating techniques and procedures in medically related biochemistry and nutrition, analysis of
experimental results. S/U or letter grading.
205. Biological Chemistry and Nutrition Lecture:
Dental Students. (6) Lecture, six hours; computer
laboratory. Designed for dental students. Biochemical
and genetic factors influencing normal and disease
states: structure and metabolism of cellular constituents, intermediary metabolism and its regulation, endocrine and neurobiochemical mechanisms, connective tissue/mineralization. Includes computer laboratory and self-instruction on dietary assessment in
dentistry. S/U or letter grading.
220A-220B-220C. Research Laboratory Rotations.
(2 to 8 each) Laboratory, two to eight hours. Students
arrange apprenticeships in laboratories of one or
more departmental faculty members and engage in
200 / Biomathematics
596. Directed Individual Study and Research. (2 to
12) Tutorial, to be arranged. S/U or letter grading.
597. Preparation for Examinations. (2 to 4) Tutorial,
to be arranged. Individual study for PhD qualifying examinations or MS comprehensive examination. S/U
grading.
598. Preparation of MS Thesis. (4) Tutorial, to be arranged. Preparation of research data and writing of
MS thesis. S/U grading.
599. Research for and Preparation of PhD Dissertation. (2 to 12) Tutorial, to be arranged. Preparation
of research data and writing of PhD dissertation. S/U
grading.
BIOLOGY
See Ecology and Evolutionary Biology
BIOMATHEMATICS
David Geffen School of Medicine
UCLA
5303 Life Sciences
Box 951766
Los Angeles, CA 90095-1766
310-825-5554
fax: 310-825-8685
e-mail: gradprog@biomath.ucla.edu
http://www.biomath.ucla.edu
Janet S. Sinsheimer, PhD, Chair
Elliot M. Landaw, MD, PhD,Vice Chair
Robert M. Elashoff, PhD, Vice Chair
Professors
Douglas S. Bell, MD, PhD, in Residence
Thomas Chou, PhD
Robert M. Elashoff, PhD
Elliot M. Landaw, MD, PhD
Kenneth L. Lange, PhD (Maxine and Eugene
Rosenfeld Endowed Professor of Computational
Genetics)
Alexander J. Levine, PhD
Gang Li, PhD
Michael E. Phelps, PhD (Norton Simon Professor of
Biophysics)
Steven Piantadosi, PhD, in Residence
Janet S. Sinsheimer, PhD
Marc A. Suchard, MD, PhD
Professors Emeriti
Abdelmonem A. Afifi, PhD
Henry S.C. Huang, DSc
Robert I. Jennrich, PhD
Associate Professors
James O. Lloyd-Smith, PhD (De Logi Professor of
Biological Sciences)
Marcus L. Roper, PhD
Van M. Savage, PhD
Adjunct Professor
David Elashoff, PhD
Adjunct Instructor
Jeffrey Gornbein, DrPH
Graduate Study
Official, specific degree requirements are detailed in Program Requirements for UCLA
Graduate Degrees, available at the Graduate
Division website, http://grad.ucla.edu. In many
cases, more detailed guidelines may be outlined in announcements, other publications,
and websites of the schools, departments, and
programs.
Graduate Degrees
The Department of Biomathematics offers Master of Science (MS) and Doctor of Philosophy
(PhD) degrees in Biomathematics and the Master of Science (MS) degree in Clinical Research.
Biomathematics
Upper Division Courses
106. Introduction to Cellular Modeling. (4) Lecture,
four hours; computer laboratory, two hours. Preparation: some computer programming. Requisite: Mathematics 32A. Designed for upper division science majors and biomedical graduate students. Introduction
to modeling cells and cell systems, including intracellular biochemical networks, applications to cancer research. How to develop ones own computer models
using IMSL mathematics subroutines. P/NP or letter
grading.
108. Introduction to Modeling in Neurobiology. (4)
Lecture, four hours; computer laboratory, two hours.
Preparation: some computer programming. Requisite:
Mathematics 32A. Designed for upper division science majors and biomedical graduate students.
Survey of wide variety of topics in neurobiological
modeling, current neuronal modeling systems. Devel-
Graduate Courses
200. Research Frontiers in Biomathematics. (2)
Lecture, two hours. Series of presentations by faculty
members on research frontiers in biomathematics.
S/U grading.
201. Deterministic Models in Biology. (4) Lecture,
three hours; laboratory, three hours. Preparation:
knowledge of linear algebra and differential equations.
Examination of conditions under which deterministic
approaches can be employed and conditions where
they may be expected to fail. Topics include compart-
Biomathematics / 201
mental analysis, enzyme kinetics, physiological control systems, and cellular/animal population models.
S/U or letter grading.
202. Biological Systems: Structure, Function, Evolution. (4) Lecture, four hours. Preparation: knowledge of calculus, differential equations, and partial
differential equations. Introduction to concepts, equations, and approximations that describe structure and
function of biological systems, evolutionary principles, and network design and dynamics. Topics include cancer initiation and progression, gene expression, epistasis, response to fluctuating environments,
network structure, and functional traits. S/U or letter
grading.
M203. Stochastic Models in Biology. (4) (Same as
Human Genetics M203.) Lecture, four hours. Requisite: Mathematics 170A or equivalent experience in
probability. Mathematical description of biological relationships, with particular attention to areas where
conditions for deterministic models are inadequate.
Examples of stochastic models from genetics, physiology, ecology, and variety of other biological and
medical disciplines. S/U or letter grading.
204. Biomedical Data Analysis. (4) Lecture, four
hours. Quantity and quality of observations have been
greatly affected by present-day extensive use of computers. Problem-oriented study of latest methods in
statistical data analysis and use of such arising in laboratory and clinical research. S/U or letter grading.
206. Introduction to Mathematical Oncology. (4)
Lecture, four hours; computer laboratory, two hours.
Preparation: ordinary partial differential equations,
one computer programming course. Deterministic
and stochastic modeling of cell metabolism, colony
growth, and responses to radio-, chemo-, and immuno-therapeutic agents applied to carcinogenesis,
therapy, emergence of resistance to therapy. Simulation, optimization methods introduced. Current literature review. S/U or letter grading.
M207A. Theoretical Genetic Modeling. (4) (Same as
Biostatistics M272 and Human Genetics M207A.)
Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour. Requisites: Mathematics 115A, 131A, Statistics 100B.
Mathematical models in statistical genetics. Topics include population genetics, genetic epidemiology,
gene mapping, design of genetics experiments, DNA
sequence analysis, and molecular phylogeny. S/U or
letter grading.
M207B. Applied Genetic Modeling. (4) (Same as
Biostatistics M237 and Human Genetics M207B.)
Lecture, three hours; laboratory, one hour. Requisites:
Biostatistics 110A, 110B. Methods of computer-oriented human genetic analysis. Topics include statistical methodology underlying genetic analysis of both
quantitative and qualitative complex traits. Laboratory
for hands-on computer analysis of genetic data; laboratory reports required. Course complements M207A;
students may take either and are encouraged to take
both. S/U or letter grading.
208A. Modeling in Neurobiology for Mathematicians. (4) Lecture, four hours; laboratory, two hours.
Preparation: introductory ordinary partial differential
equations, programming experience. Introduction to
electrochemical bases for nerve function and mathematical and computational methods for studying this,
appropriate for physicists, engineers, and mathematicians. Survey of current leading research areas and
software systems. S/U or letter grading.
208B. Modeling in Neurobiology for Biologists. (4)
Lecture, four hours; laboratory, two hours. Preparation: lower division calculus, some elementary programming experience. Introduction to neuronal modeling, including how to formulate models and study
them with existing computer software (e.g., NODUS)
or ones own simple programs that use IMSL subroutines. Survey of current leading research areas. S/U or
letter grading.
209. Mechanisms and Modeling in Bioanalytical
Assays. (4) Lecture, three hours. Preparation: knowledge of basic physical chemistry and ordinary differential equations. Recommended requisite: course
201. Review of basic physical mechanisms and mathematical analyses used in common bioanalytical as-
says. Topics include chromatography, electrophoresis, blotting, DNA sequencing, PCR, SELEX, ChiPsequencing, FACS, FRAP, and FISH. S/U or letter
grading.
210. Optimization Methods in Biology. (4) Lecture,
four hours. Preparation: undergraduate mathematical
analysis and linear algebra; familiarity with programming language such as Fortran or C. Modern computational biology relies heavily on finite-dimensional
optimization. Survey of theory and numerical methods
for discrete and continuous optimization, with applications from genetics, medical imaging, pharmacokinetics, and statistics. S/U or letter grading.
M211. Mathematical and Statistical Phylogenetics.
(4) (Same as Biostatistics M239 and Human Genetics
M211.) Lecture, three hours; laboratory, one hour.
Requisites: Biostatistics 110A, 110B, Mathematics
170A. Theoretical models in molecular evolution, with
focus on phylogenetic techniques. Topics include
evolutionary tree reconstruction methods, studies of
viral evolution, phylogeography, and coalescent approaches. Examples from evolutionary biology and
medicine. Laboratory for hands-on computer analysis
of sequence data. S/U or letter grading.
212. Nonlinear Dynamics in Biological Systems.
(4) Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour. Required preparation: elementary knowledge of ordinary
differential equations, partial differential equations,
and computer programming. Mathematical bases of
nonlinear dynamics and self-organization in temporal
and spatial systems, with applications to biological
systems. Topics range from bifurcation theory in low
dimension to pattern formation in high dimension.
Use of biologically important examples to illustrate
applications of these dynamics, including gene regulation and protein-protein interaction networks, glycolytic and metabolic oscillations, circadian rhythms,
cell cycle controls, intracellular calcium cycling, pattern formation in morphogenesis, and action potential
models and electrical wave formation and propagation in nerve and cardiac systems. S/U or letter
grading.
213. Modeling Vascular Networks. (4) Lecture, four
hours. Recommended preparation: calculus, differential equations, complex analysis, elementary knowledge of partial differential equations. Introduction to
equations that describe fluid flow dynamics and
branching, and hierarchal networks to provide survey
of models for structure and flow of vascular systems.
Vascular systems are nearly ubiquitous in nature, occurring across animals, plants, and other organisms.
Coverage of applications to tumor growth and angiogenesis, sleep, allometric scaling, and other phenomena. S/U or letter grading.
220. Kinetic and Steady State Models in Pharmacology and Physiology. (4) Lecture, four hours. Recommended preparation: knowledge of linear algebra,
differential equations, statistics. Designed for biologists and theoreticians. Modeling and data analysis in
pharmacokinetics, enzyme kinetics, and endocrinology. Topics include compartmental and noncompartmental approaches, steady state analysis of
transport and binding processes, and optimal experiment design. S/U or letter grading.
M230. Computed Tomography: Theory and Applications. (4) (Same as Physics and Biology in Medicine M230.) Lecture, four hours. Computed tomography is three-dimensional imaging technique being
widely used in radiology and is becoming active research area in biomedicine. Basic principles of computed tomography (CT), various reconstruction algorithms, special characteristics of CT, physics in CT,
and various biomedical applications. S/U or letter
grading.
M231. Statistical Methods for Categorical Data.
(4) (Same as Biostatistics M210.) Lecture, three
hours; discussion, one hour. Requisites: Biostatistics
100B or 110B, Statistics 100B. Statistical techniques
for analysis of categorical data; discussion and illustration of their applications and limitations. S/U or
letter grading.
BIOMEDICAL PHYSICS
See Physics and Biology in Medicine
BIOMEDICAL
RESEARCH
Interdisciplinary Minor
College of Letters and Science
UCLA
220B Hershey Hall
Box 957246
Los Angeles, CA 90095-7246
310-267-5679
fax: 310-206-3987
e-mail: iclark@ucla.edu
http://www.biomedresearchminor.ucla.edu
Utpal Banerjee, PhD, Chair
Faculty Committee
Utpal Banerjee, PhD (Biological Chemistry; Molecular,
Cell, and Developmental Biology)
Paul H. Barber, PhD (Ecology and Evolutionary
Biology)
Michael F. Carey, PhD (Biological Chemistry)
Ellen M. Carpenter, PhD (Psychiatry and Biobehavioral
Sciences)
John J. Colicelli, PhD (Biological Chemistry)
Albert J. Courey, PhD (Chemistry and Biochemistry)
Soraya de Chadarevian, PhD (History, Institute for
Society and Genetics)
Frank A. Laski, PhD (Molecular, Cell, and
Developmental Biology)
Aldons J. Lusis, PhD (Human Genetics; Medicine;
Microbiology, Immunology, and Molecular Genetics)
Kelsey C. Martin, MD, PhD (Biological Chemistry,
Psychiatry and Biobehavioral Sciences)
Jeffery F. Miller, PhD (Microbiology, Immunology, and
Molecular Genetics)
Caius G. Radu, MD (Molecular and Medical
Pharmacology)
Dwayne D. Simmons, PhD (Integrative Biology and
Physiology)
Stephen T. Smale, PhD (Microbiology, Immunology,
and Molecular Genetics)
Undergraduate Study
Biomedical Research Minor
Admission to the Biomedical Research minor
is competitive, and application follows completion of Biomedical Research 5HA, 10H, Honors
Collegium 70A, or an approved alternative
course. Applications (see http://www.biomed
researchminor.ucla.edu) must be submitted no
later than the first term of the junior year. Students must be in good academic standing and
demonstrate a genuine interest in research. All
degree requirements, including the specific re-
Biostatistics / 203
quirements for this minor, must be fulfilled
within the unit maximum set forth by the College of Letters and Science.
Required Lower Division Courses (9 units): Biomedical Research 5HB (or an approved alternative course) and Molecular, Cell, and Developmental Biology 60.
Required Upper Division Courses (24 units): (1)
Sixteen units (four courses) of approved laboratory research through either course 198 or
199; (2) one history of science or philosophy of
science course selected from History 179A,
179B, 180A, Neurobiology M168, M169, Philosophy 124, 125, 137, or 155; and (3) Biomedical Research 193H and 194H, or the required
journal club seminars (such as Chemistry and
Biochemistry 193A) for students in the Howard
Hughes Undergraduate Research Program,
MARC, or UC LEADS.
Students are expected to file a senior research
thesis after completion of their 16 research
units and must participate in at least one conference in which they present their research.
Up to 8 units of research may be applied toward departmental requirements for the major.
The research project and thesis may be the
same as those for departmental honors.
Transfer credit for any required course is subject to approval. Students with a grade of less
than B (3.0) in any minor course or a cumulative grade-point average of less than 3.0 are
subject to dismissal from the minor.
A minimum of 20 units applied toward the minor
requirements must be in addition to units applied
toward major requirements or another minor.
Each minor course must be taken for a letter
grade. Successful completion of the minor is
indicated on the transcript and diploma.
Biomedical Research
Lower Division Courses
5HA. Biomedical Research: Concepts and Strategies. (4) Lecture, three hours. Designed for freshmen/
sophomores. Exploration of scientific concepts and
experimental approaches through seminars by UCLA
faculty members on their cutting-edge research. Topics
may include areas of study such as cancer, stem cells,
and infectious disease, as well as more basic research
in cell and molecular biology. Letter grading.
5HB. Biomedical Research: Essential Skills and
Concepts. (4) Lecture, three hours; discussion, one
hour. Requisite: course 5HA. Designed for freshmen/
sophomores. Exploration of scientific concepts and
experimental approaches through seminars by UCLA
faculty members on their cutting-edge research.
Topics may include areas of study such as cancer,
stem cells, and infectious disease, as well as more
basic research in cell and molecular biology. Student
investigation of one or more laboratories on campus
and presentation of brief synopsis of single research
project from one laboratory. Letter grading.
10H. Research Training in Genes, Genetics, and
Genomics. (6) (Formerly numbered Life Sciences
10H.) Lecture, 90 minutes; laboratory, six hours; computer laboratory, 90 minutes. Limited to 30 students.
Basic training in biological research, including techniques in genetics, model organism, bioinformatics,
functional genomics, electron microscopy. Part of Undergraduate Research Consortium in Functional Genomics sponsored by Howard Hughes Medical Institute Professors Program. Letter grading.
BIOSTATISTICS
Jonathan and Karin Fielding School of
Public Health
UCLA
51-254 Center for the Health Sciences
Box 951772
Los Angeles, CA 90095-1772
310-825-5250
fax: 310-267-2113
e-mail: biostat@ucla.edu
http://www.biostat.ucla.edu
Sudipto Banerjee, PhD, Chair
Thomas R. Belin, PhD, Vice Chair
Professors
Sudipto Banerjee, PhD
Thomas R. Belin, PhD
Ronald S. Brookmeyer, PhD
William G. Cumberland, PhD
Dorota M. Dabrowska, PhD
Robert M. Elashoff, PhD
Stefan Horvath, PhD, ScD
Gang Li, PhD
Honghu Liu, PhD
Christina M. Ramirez, PhD
Marc A. Suchard, PhD
Robert E. Weiss, PhD
Weng Kee Wong, PhD
Professors Emeriti
Abdelmonem A. Afifi, PhD
Nancy G. Berman, PhD
Potter C. Chang, PhD
Virginia A. Clark, PhD
Frederick J. Dorey, PhD
Donald Guthrie, PhD
Robert I. Jennrich, PhD
Associate Professors
Catherine M. Crespi, PhD, in Residence
Damla Senturk, PhD, in Residence
Catherine A. Sugar, PhD, in Residence
Donatello Telesca, PhD
Hua Zhou, PhD
Assistant Professor
Grace H.J. Kim, PhD, in Residence
Lecturer
Fei Yu, PhD
Adjunct Professors
David Elashoff, PhD
David W. Gjertson, PhD
Martin L. Lee, PhD
James W. Sayre, DrPH
Graduate Study
Official, specific degree requirements are detailed in Program Requirements for UCLA
Graduate Degrees, available at the Graduate
Division website, http://grad.ucla.edu. In many
cases, more detailed guidelines may be outlined in announcements, other publications,
and websites of the schools, departments, and
programs.
Graduate Degrees
The Department of Biostatistics offers Master
of Science (MS) and Doctor of Philosophy
(PhD) degrees in Biostatistics.
Biostatistics
Upper Division Courses
100A. Introduction to Biostatistics. (4) Lecture,
three hours; discussion, one hour; laboratory, one
hour. Preparation: one biological or physical sciences
course. Suitable for juniors/seniors. Students who
have completed courses in statistics may enroll only
with consent of instructor. Not open for credit to students with credit for course 110A. Introduction to
methods and concepts of statistical analysis. Sampling situations, with special attention to those occurring in biological sciences. Topics include distributions, tests of hypotheses, estimation, types of error,
significance and confidence levels, sample size. P/NP
or letter grading.
204 / Biostatistics
100B. Introduction to Biostatistics. (4) Lecture,
three hours; discussion, one hour; laboratory, one
hour. Requisite: course 100A. Not open for credit to
students with credit for course 110B. Introduction to
analysis of variance, linear regression, and correlation
analysis. P/NP or letter grading.
110A. Basic Biostatistics. (4) Lecture, three hours;
discussion, one hour; laboratory, one hour. Requisite:
Mathematics 31B. Not open for credit to students
with credit for course 100A. Basic concepts of statistical analysis applied to biological sciences. Topics include random variables, sampling distributions, parameter estimates, statistical inference. P/NP or letter
grading.
110B. Basic Biostatistics. (4) Lecture, three hours;
discussion, one hour; laboratory, one hour. Requisite:
course 110A. Not open for credit to students with
credit for course 100B. Topics include elementary
analysis of variance, simple linear regression; topics
related to analysis of variance and experimental designs. P/NP or letter grading.
197. Individual Studies in Biostatistics. (2 to 4) Tutorial, four hours. Limited to juniors/seniors. Individual
intensive study, with scheduled meetings to be arranged between faculty member and student. Assigned reading and tangible evidence of mastery of
subject matter required. May be repeated for credit.
Individual contract required. P/NP or letter grading.
Graduate Courses
200A. Biostatistics. (4) Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour; laboratory, one hour. Requisites:
courses 100A and 100B, or 110A and 110B. Topics in
methodology of applied statistics, such as design,
analysis of variance, regression. S/U or letter grading.
200B-200C. Biostatistics. (4-4) Lecture, three hours;
discussion, one hour; laboratory, one hour. S/U or
letter grading. 200B. Requisite: course 200A. Multiple
linear regression, including model validation, influence
of observations, regression diagnostics; discriminant
analysis; principal components; factor analysis and
clinical trials. 200C. Requisites: courses 200A, 200B.
Measures of association and analysis of categorical
data, theory of generalized linear models.
201A. Topics in Applied Regression. (4) Lecture,
three hours; discussion, one hour; laboratory, one
hour. Requisites: courses 100A and 100B, or 110A
and 110B. Designed for masters and doctoral students in fields outside biostatistics. Topics in linear regression and other related methods. When and how
to use linear regression and related methods and how
to properly interpret results. Heavy emphasis on practical application as opposed to theoretical development. S/U or letter grading.
201B. Topics in Applied Regression. (4) Lecture,
three hours; discussion, one hour; laboratory, one
hour. Requisite: course 201A. Further studies in multiple linear regression, including applied multiple regression models, regression diagnostics and model
assessment, factorial and repeated measure analysis
of variance models, nonlinear regression, logistic regression, propensity scores, matching versus stratification, Poisson regression, and classification trees.
Applications to biomedical and public health scientific
problems. Letter grading.
202A. Theoretical Principles of Biostatistics. (4)
Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour. Recommended preparation: two years of calculus and linear
algebra. Introduction to main principles of probability,
random variables, discrete and continuous distributions, bivariate distributions, and distributions of functions of random variables. Letter grading.
202B. Topics in Estimation. (4) Lecture, three hours;
discussion, one hour. Requisite: course 202A. Basic
concepts, sufficiency, biasedness, approximation
methods in statistics, nonparametric models and estimation methods, maximum likelihood estimation, Mestimation, Bayesian estimation, and hypotheses
testing. Letter grading.
Biostatistics / 205
240. Masters Seminar and Research Resources
for Graduating Biostatistics MS Students. (4) Seminar, three hours. Introduction to resources for finding
statistical literature. Discussion of principles of
making statistical presentations and how to write statistical reports, including writing abstracts and choice
of key words. Discussion of journal article preparation
and submission format and refereeing process to help
students make progress on their masters reports.
Letter grading.
245. Advanced Seminar: Biostatistics. (2) Seminar,
two hours. Requisite: course 200C. Current research
in biostatistics. May be repeated for credit. S/U
grading.
250A-250B. Linear Statistical Models. (4-4) Lecture,
three hours; discussion, one hour. Preparation: one
upper division three-term theoretical statistics course.
Topics include linear algebra applied to linear statistical models, distribution of quadratic forms, Gauss/
Markov theorem, fixed and random component
models, balanced and unbalanced designs. Letter
grading.
251. Multivariate Biostatistics. (4) Lecture, three
hours; discussion, one hour. Requisite: course 250A.
Multivariate analysis as used in biological and medical
situations. Topics from multivariate distributions,
component analysis, factor analysis, discriminant
analysis, MANOVA, MANCOVA, longitudinal models
with random coefficients. S/U or letter grading.
255. Advanced Probability in Biostatistics. (4) Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour. Requisites:
courses 202A, 202B, Mathematics 131A. Survey of
probability theory, with special emphasis on applications to biostatistics. Topics include probability
spaces and random variables, generating functions,
modes of convergence, common limit theorems, conditioning, discrete- and continuous-time martingales,
Markov chains. S/U or letter grading.
256. Advanced Methods of Mathematical Statistics. (4) Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour.
Requisites: courses 202A, 202B, 255. Survey of advanced topics in mathematical statistics, with special
emphasis on applications to biostatistics. Topics include finite sample and asymptotic criteria in decision
theory, basic concepts from empirical processes
theory, minimum distance estimation in parametric
and nonparametric models, minimax and Bayes procedures, testing hypotheses and confidence procedures, resampling methods. S/U or letter grading.
270. Stochastic Processes. (4) Lecture, three hours.
Preparation: upper division mathematics (including
statistics and probability). Stochastic processes applicable to medical and biological research. Letter
grading.
M272. Theoretical Genetic Modeling. (4) (Same as
Biomathematics M207A and Human Genetics
M207A.) Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour.
Requisites: Mathematics 115A, 131A, Statistics 100B.
Mathematical models in statistical genetics. Topics include population genetics, genetic epidemiology,
gene mapping, design of genetics experiments, DNA
sequence analysis, and molecular phylogeny. S/U or
letter grading.
273. Classification and Regression Trees (CART)
and Other Algorithms. (4) Lecture, three hours. Requisite: course 200C. Instruction in use of statistical
tools in analysis of large datasets. Classification and
regression trees as well as other adaptive algorithms.
Implementation of CART software and other programs to real datasets. S/U or letter grading.
275. Advanced Survival Analysis. (4) Lecture, three
hours; discussion, one hour. Requisites: courses
250A, 255. Time-to-event data arise in many fields,
such as medicine, reliability theory, demography, sociology, economics, and astronomy. Overview of
common stochastic process models and methods for
analysis of such data. Examples include continuoustime Markov chain and semi-Markov models, and
frailty and copula models. S/U or letter grading.
276. Inferential Techniques that Use Simulation.
(4) Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour. Requisites: Statistics 200A, 200B. Recommended: course
213. Theory and application of recently developed
CHEMICAL AND
BIOMOLECULAR
ENGINEERING
Henry Samueli School of Engineering
and Applied Science
UCLA
5531 Boelter Hall
Box 951592
Los Angeles, CA 90095-1592
310-825-2046
fax: 310-206-4107
e-mail: chemeng@ucla.edu
http://www.chemeng.ucla.edu
James C. Liao, PhD, Chair
Panagiotis D. Christofides, PhD, Vice Chair
Yi Tang, PhD, Vice Chair
Professors
Jane P. Chang, PhD (William Frederick Seyer
Professor of Materials Electrochemistry)
Panagiotis D. Christofides, PhD
Yoram Cohen, PhD
James F. Davis, PhD
Robert F. Hicks, PhD
Kendall N. Houk, PhD (Saul Winstein Professor of
Organic Chemistry)
James C. Liao, PhD (Ralph M. Parsons Foundation
Professor of Chemical Engineering)
Yunfeng Lu, PhD
Vasilios I. Manousiouthakis, PhD
Harold G. Monbouquette, PhD
Stanley J. Osher, PhD
Philippe Sautet, PhD
Tatiana Segura, PhD
Selim M. Senkan, PhD
Yi Tang, PhD
Professors Emeriti
Louis J. Ignarro, PhD (Nobel laureate, Jerome J.
Belzer Professor Emeritus of Medical Research)
Eldon L. Knuth, PhD
Ken Nobe, PhD
Vincent L. Vilker, PhD
A.R. Frank Wazzan, PhD, Dean Emeritus
Assistant Professors
Yvonne Y. Chen, PhD
Philip A. Romero, PhD
Dante S. Simonetti, PhD
ence, semiconductor processing, chemical vapor deposition, plasma processing, and polymer engineering.
Students are trained in the fundamental principles of these fields while acquiring sensitivity
to societys needsa crucial combination
needed to address the challenge of continued
industrial growth and innovation in an era
of economic, environmental, and energy
constraints.
The undergraduate curriculum leads to a BS in
Chemical Engineering and includes the standard core curriculum, as well as biomedical
engineering, biomolecular engineering, environmental engineering, and semiconductor
manufacturing engineering options. The department also offers graduate courses and research leading to MS and PhD degrees. Both
graduate and undergraduate programs closely
relate teaching and research to important industrial problems.
Undergraduate Study
The chemical engineering program is accredited by the Engineering Accreditation Commission of ABET. See http://www.abet.org.
The Chemical Engineering major is a designated capstone major. The capstone project
requires students to first work individually and
learn how to integrate chemical engineering
fundamentals taught in prior required courses;
they then work in groups to produce a paper
design of a realistic chemical process using
appropriate software tools. Graduates should
be able to design a chemical or biological system, component, or process that meets technical and economical design objectives, with
consideration of environmental, social, and
ethical issues, as well as sustainable development goals. In addition, they should be able to
apply their knowledge of mathematics, physics, chemistry, biology, and chemical and biological engineering to analysis and design of
chemical and biochemical processes and
products; function on multidisciplinary teams;
identify, formulate, and solve complex chemical and biological engineering problems; and
communicate effectively, both orally and in
writing.
Chemical Engineering BS
Capstone Major
The chemical engineering curricula provide a
high quality, professionally oriented education
in modern chemical engineering. The biomedical engineering, biomolecular engineering, environmental engineering, and semiconductor
manufacturing engineering options provide
students an opportunity for exposure to a subfield of chemical and biomolecular engineering. In all cases, balance is sought between
engineering science and practice.
Chemical Engineering
The Major
Required: Chemical Engineering 45, 100,
101A, 101B, 101C, 102A, 102B, 103, 104A,
104B, 106, 107, 109; three technical breadth
courses (12 units) selected from an approved
list available in the Office of Academic and Student Affairs; two capstone analysis and design
courses (Chemical Engineering 108A, 108B);
and two elective courses (8 units) from Chemical Engineering 113, C118, C119, C121, C128,
C135, C140 (another chemical engineering
elective may be substituted with approval of
the faculty adviser).
For information on University and general education requirements, see the College and
Schools section earlier in this catalog.
Semiconductor Manufacturing
Engineering Option
Preparation for the Major
Required: Chemical Engineering 10; Chemistry
and Biochemistry 20A, 20B, 20L, 30A, 30AL,
30B; Civil and Environmental Engineering M20
or Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering
M20; Mathematics 31A, 31B, 32A, 32B, 33A,
33B; Physics 1A, 1B, 1C, 4AL.
The Major
Required: Chemical Engineering 100, 101A,
101B, 101C, 102A, 102B, 103, 104A, 104C,
104CL, 106, 107, 109, C116; three technical
breadth courses (12 units) selected from an
approved list available in the Office of Academic and Student Affairs; two capstone analysis and design courses (Chemical Engineering 108A, 108B); and one elective course (4
units) from chemical engineering or from Materials Science and Engineering 104, 120, 121,
122, or 150.
For information on University and general education requirements, see the College and
Schools section earlier in this catalog.
Graduate Study
Official, specific degree requirements are detailed in Program Requirements for UCLA
Graduate Degrees, available at the Graduate
Division website, http://grad.ucla.edu. In many
cases, more detailed guidelines may be outlined in announcements, other publications,
and websites of the schools, departments, and
programs.
Graduate Degrees
The Department of Chemical and Biomolecular
Engineering offers Master of Science (MS) and
entropy, and free energy. Ideal and real gases, property evaluation. Thermodynamics of flow systems.
Applications of first and second laws in biological processes and living organisms. Letter grading.
102B. Thermodynamics II. (4) Lecture, four hours;
discussion, one hour; outside study, seven hours. Enforced requisite: course 102A. Fundamentals of classical and statistical thermodynamics in chemical and
biological sciences. Phase equilibria in single and
multicomponent systems. Thermodynamics of ideal
and nonideal solutions. Chemical reaction equilibria.
Statistical ensembles and partition functions. Statistical thermodynamics of ideal gases. Intermolecular
interactions and liquid state. Thermodynamics of
polymers and biological macromolecules. Letter
grading.
103. Separation Processes. (4) Lecture, four hours;
discussion, one hour; outside study, seven hours. Enforced requisites: courses 100, 101B. Application of
principles of heat, mass, and momentum transport to
design and operation of separation processes such
as distillation, gas absorption, filtration, and reverse
osmosis. Letter grading.
104A. Chemical and Biomolecular Engineering
Laboratory I. (4) Lecture, two hours; laboratory, six
hours; outside study, four hours. Enforced requisite:
course 100. Enforced corequisite: course 101B. Recommended: course 102B. Investigation of basic
transport phenomena in 10 predetermined experiments, collection of data for statistical analysis and
individually written technical reports and group presentations. Design and performance of one original
experimental study involving transport, separation, or
another aspect of chemical and biomolecular engineering. Basic statistics: mean, standard deviation,
confidence limits, comparison of two means and of
multiple means, single and multiple variable linear regression, and brief introduction to factorial design of
experiments. Oral and poster presentations. Technical
writing of sections of technical reports and their contents; writing clearly, concisely, and consistently; importance of word choices and punctuation in multicultural engineering environment and of following required formatting. Letter grading.
104B. Chemical and Biomolecular Engineering
Laboratory II. (6) Lecture, four hours; laboratory,
eight hours; outside study, four hours; other, two
hours. Enforced requisites: courses 101C, 103, 104A.
Course consists of four experiments in chemical engineering unit operations, each of two weeks duration.
Students present their results both written and orally.
Written report includes sections on theory, experimental procedures, scaleup and process design, and
error analysis. Letter grading.
104C. Semiconductor Processing. (3) Lecture, four
hours; outside study, five hours. Enforced requisite:
course 101C. Enforced corequisite: course 104CL.
Basic engineering principles of semiconductor unit
operations, including fabrication and characterization
of semiconductor devices. Investigation of processing
steps used to make CMOS devices, including wafer
cleaning, oxidation, diffusion, lithography, chemical
vapor deposition, plasma etching, metallization, and
statistical design of experiments and error analysis.
Presentation of student results in both written and
oral form. Letter grading.
104CL. Semiconductor Processing Laboratory. (3)
Laboratory, four hours; outside study, five hours. Enforced requisite: course 101C. Enforced corequisite:
course 104C. Series of experiments that emphasize
basic engineering principles of semiconductor unit
operations, including fabrication and characterization
of semiconductor devices. Investigation of processing
steps used to make CMOS devices, including wafer
cleaning, oxidation, diffusion, lithography, chemical
vapor deposition, plasma etching, and metallization.
Hands-on device testing includes transistors, diodes,
and capacitors. Letter grading.
104D. Molecular Biotechnology Laboratory: From
Gene to Product. (6) Lecture, two hours; laboratory,
eight hours; outside study, eight hours. Enforced requisites: courses 101C, C125. Integration of molecular
and engineering techniques in modern biotechnology.
Graduate Courses
200. Advanced Engineering Thermodynamics. (4)
Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Requisite: course 102B. Phenomenological and statistical
thermodynamics of chemical and physical systems
with engineering applications. Presentation of role of
atomic and molecular spectra and intermolecular
forces in interpretation of thermodynamic properties
of gases, liquids, solids, and plasmas. Letter grading.
201. Methods of Molecular Simulation. (4) Lecture,
four hours; outside study, eight hours. Requisite:
course 200 or Chemistry C223A or Physics 215A.
Modern simulation techniques for classical molecular
systems. Monte Carlo and molecular dynamics in various ensembles. Applications to liquids, solids, and
polymers. Letter grading.
210. Advanced Chemical Reaction Engineering.
(4) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours.
Requisites: courses 101C, 106. Principles of chemical
reactor analysis and design. Particular emphasis on
simultaneous effects of chemical reaction and mass
transfer on noncatalytic and catalytic reactions in
fixed and fluidized beds. Letter grading.
C211. Cryogenics and Low-Temperature Processes. (4) Lecture, four hours; discussion, one hour; outside study, seven hours. Requisites: courses 102A,
102B (or Materials Science 130). Fundamentals of
cryogenics and cryoengineering science pertaining to
industrial low-temperature processes. Basic approaches to analysis of cryofluids and envelopes
needed for operation of cryogenic systems; low-temperature behavior of matter, optimization of cryosystems and other special conditions. Concurrently
scheduled with course C111. Letter grading.
C212. Polymer Processes. (4) Lecture, four hours;
discussion, one hour; outside study, seven hours.
Requisites: course 101A, Chemistry 30A. Formation
of polymers, criteria for selecting reaction scheme,
polymerization techniques, polymer characterization.
Mechanical properties. Rheology of macromolecules,
M280C. Optimal Control. (4) (Same as Electrical Engineering M240C and Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering M270C.) Lecture, four hours; outside study,
eight hours. Requisite: Electrical Engineering 240B or
Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering 270B. Applications of variational methods, Pontryagin maximum
principle, Hamilton/Jacobi/Bellman equation (dynamic programming) to optimal control of dynamic
systems modeled by nonlinear ordinary differential
equations. Letter grading.
M282A. Nonlinear Dynamic Systems. (4) (Same as
Electrical Engineering M242A and Mechanical and
Aerospace Engineering M272A.) Lecture, four hours;
outside study, eight hours. Requisite: course M280A
or Electrical Engineering M240A or Mechanical and
Aerospace Engineering M270A. State-space techniques for studying solutions of time-invariant and
time-varying nonlinear dynamic systems with emphasis on stability. Lyapunov theory (including converse theorems), invariance, center manifold theorem,
input-to-state stability and small-gain theorem. Letter
grading.
283C. Analysis and Control of Infinite Dimensional
Systems. (4) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight
hours. Requisites: courses M280A, M282A. Designed
for graduate students. Introduction to advanced dynamical analysis and controller synthesis methods for
nonlinear infinite dimensional systems. Topics include
(1) linear operator and stability theory (basic results on
Banach and Hilbert spaces, semigroup theory, convergence theory in function spaces), (2) nonlinear
model reduction (linear and nonlinear Galerkin
method, proper orthogonal decomposition), (3) nonlinear and robust control of nonlinear hyperbolic and
parabolic partial differential equations (PDEs), (4) applications to transport-reaction processes. Letter
grading.
284A. Optimization in Vector Spaces. (4) Lecture,
four hours; outside study, eight hours. Requisites:
Electrical Engineering 236A, 236B. Review of functional analysis concepts. Convexity, convergence,
continuity. Minimum distance problems for Hilbert
and Banach spaces. Lagrange multiplier theorem in
Banach spaces. Nonlinear duality theory. Letter
grading.
290. Special Topics. (2 to 4) Seminar, four hours.
Requisites for each offering announced in advance by
department. Advanced and current study of one or
more aspects of chemical engineering, such as
chemical process dynamics and control, fuel cells
and batteries, membrane transport, advanced chemical engineering analysis, polymers, optimization in
chemical process design. May be repeated for credit
with topic change. Letter grading.
M297. Seminar: Systems, Dynamics, and Control
Topics. (2) (Same as Electrical Engineering M248S
and Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering M299A.)
Seminar, two hours; outside study, six hours. Limited
to graduate engineering students. Presentations of research topics by leading academic researchers from
fields of systems, dynamics, and control. Students
who work in these fields present their papers and results. S/U grading.
298A-298Z. Research Seminars. (2 to 4 each)
Seminar, to be arranged. Requisites for each offering
announced in advance by department. Lectures, discussions, student presentations, and projects in areas
of current interest. May be repeated for credit. S/U
grading.
299. Departmental Seminar. (2) Seminar, two hours.
Limited to graduate chemical engineering students.
Seminars by leading academic and industrial chemical engineers on development or application of recent technological advances in discipline. May be repeated for credit. S/U grading.
375. Teaching Apprentice Practicum. (1 to 4) Seminar, to be arranged. Preparation: apprentice personnel employment as teaching assistant, associate,
or fellow. Teaching apprenticeship under active guidance and supervision of regular faculty member responsible for curriculum and instruction at UCLA.
May be repeated for credit. S/U grading.
CHEMISTRY AND
BIOCHEMISTRY
College of Letters and Science
UCLA
3010 Young Hall
Box 951569
Los Angeles, CA 90095-1569
310-825-4219
fax: 310-206-4038
e-mail: info@chem.ucla.edu
http://www.chemistry.ucla.edu
Miguel A. Garca-Garibay, PhD, Chair
Professors
Anne M. Andrews, PhD, in Residence (Shirley M.
Hatos Professor)
David B. Bensimon, PhD
James U. Bowie, PhD
Robijn F. Bruinsma, PhD
Guillaume F. Chanfreau, PhD
Catherine F. Clarke, PhD
Steven G. Clarke, PhD (Elizabeth R. and Thomas E.
Plott Professor of Gerontology)
Robert T. Clubb, PhD
Albert J. Courey, PhD
Timothy J. Deming, PhD
Paula L. Diaconescu, PhD
Xiangfeng Duan, PhD
Professors Emeriti
Frank A.L. Anet, PhD
Daniel E. Atkinson, PhD
Kyle D. Bayes, PhD
Paul D. Boyer, PhD (Nobel laureate)
Richard E. Dickerson, PhD
Mostafa A. El-Sayed, PhD
Jay D. Gralla, PhD
E. Russell Hardwick, PhD
M. Frederick Hawthorne, PhD (University Professor
Emeritus)
Charles M. Knobler, PhD
Harold G. Martinson, PhD
C. Kumar N. Patel, PhD
Verne N. Schumaker, PhD
Robert L. Scott, PhD
Roberts A. Smith, PhD
J. Fraser Stoddart, PhD
Charles E. Strouse, PhD
Joan S. Valentine, PhD
John T. Wasson, PhD
Charles A. West, PhD
Richard L. Weiss, PhD
Associate Professors
Anastassia N. Alexandrova, PhD
Delroy A. Baugh, PhD
Yung-Ya Lin, PhD
Craig A. Merlic, PhD
Margot E. Quinlan, PhD
Jorge Z. Torres, PhD
Assistant Professors
Louis S. Bouchard, PhD
Sriram Kosuri, PhD (Linda and Fred Wudl Term
Professor)
Hosea M. Nelson, PhD
Ellen M. Sletten, PhD (John McTague Career Development Professor)
Alexander M. Spokoyny, PhD
Senior Lecturers
Steven A. Hardinger, PhD
Laurence Lavelle, PhD
Lecturer
Eric R. Scerri, PhD
Adjunct Professor
Omar M. Yaghi, PhD
Undergraduate Study
Admission
Students entering UCLA directly from high
school who declare a Chemistry, Biochemistry,
or Chemistry/Materials Science major at the
time of application are automatically admitted
to that major.
UCLA students who wish to enter one of the
majors must have a minimum grade of C in
each of the preparation for the major courses
completed and a combined grade-point average of at least 2.0 in those courses. Grades in
any completed courses for the major must also
average at least 2.0.
Transfer Students
Transfer applicants to the departmental majors
with 90 or more units must complete the following introductory courses prior to admission
to UCLA: one year of general chemistry with
laboratory for majors, one and one half years
of calculus, and either one year of calculusbased physics with laboratory or one year of
organic chemistry for majors. Biochemistry
majors must also complete courses equivalent
to Life Sciences 2, 3, and 4 OR 7A, 7B, and
7C; Chemistry majors should have completed
the equivalent of Mathematics 32B; Chemistry/
Materials Science majors in the organic materials concentration must complete a full year of
organic chemistry with laboratory in addition to
the other courses listed above.
Entering transfer students who have successfully completed a year course (including laboratory) in general college chemistry intended
for science and engineering students should
enter course 30A. Transfer students should
consult the Undergraduate Advising Office in
Credit Limitations
Students may not take or repeat a chemistry or
biochemistry course for credit if it is a requisite
for a more advanced course for which they already have credit. This applies in particular to
the repetition of courses (e.g., if students wish
to repeat Chemistry and Biochemistry 20A, they
must do so before completing course 20B).
Undergraduate Majors
The department offers four majors: Chemistry
(with concentrations in chemistry and physical
chemistry), Biochemistry, General Chemistry,
and Chemistry/Materials Science. The Chemistry and Biochemistry majors are designed to
prepare students for graduate studies in each
field, for entry into professional schools in the
health sciences, and for careers in industries
and businesses that depend on chemically and
biochemically based technology. The General
Chemistry major is intended for students who
wish to acquire considerable chemical background in preparation for careers outside
chemistry. The Chemistry/Materials Science
major provides appropriate preparation for
graduate studies in fields that emphasize research involving chemistry, engineering, and
applied science.
The Major
Required: Chemistry and Biochemistry 110A,
either 110B or C113B, 113A, 114 (or 114H), either 136 or 144, 153A, 153L, 171, 172, and two
other upper division or graduate courses in the
department, including at least one additional
laboratory course from 136, 144, 154, C174,
184, 185.
Biochemistry BS
The Biochemistry major is for students preparing for careers in biochemistry or other fields
requiring extensive preparation in both chemistry and biology.
General Chemistry BS
The General Chemistry major is for students
who wish to acquire considerable chemical
background in preparation for careers outside
chemistry. The requirements are accordingly
quite flexible. The major may be appropriate
for some students who plan to enter professional schools, such as those of pharmacy,
dentistry, or public health. This major cannot be
taken as part of a double major. Students must
declare the major before reaching 135 units.
The Major
Required: Chemistry and Biochemistry 110A,
153A, 153L, 171; three additional upper division courses in the department (at least one
must be a laboratory course); six additional upper division courses. A 2.0 grade-point average is required in all upper division courses in
the department. Acceptance into the major is
based on an original written proposal that is
coherent in terms of student interests and objectives. The proposal should specify which
courses students plan to apply toward the major and requires the approval of the faculty
adviser.
Chemistry/Materials
Science BS
Each course used to fulfill any of the requirements for any of the departmental majors must
be taken for a letter grade. Seminar courses,
individual study courses, and research courses
(e.g., 194, 199) may not be applied toward the
requirements for the majors.
The Chemistry/Materials Science major is designed for students who are interested in
chemistry with an emphasis on material properties and provides students the opportunity to
gain expertise in both chemistry and the science and engineering in materials such as
semiconductors, photonic materials, polymers,
biomaterials, ceramics, and nano-scale structures. Students explore the reactivity of such
materials in different environments and gain
understanding of how chemical compositions
affect properties. The major provides appropriate preparation for graduate studies in many
fields emphasizing interdisciplinary research,
including chemistry, engineering, and applied
science.
The Major
Chemistry BS
The Chemistry major is for students who intend to pursue a career in chemistry.
Chemistry Concentration
Preparation for the Major
Required: Chemistry and Biochemistry 20A (or
20AH), 20B (or 20BH), 20L, 30A, 30AL, 30B,
30BL, 30C, 30CL; Mathematics 31A, 31B, 32A,
32B, 33B; Physics 1A, 1B, and 1C (or 1AH,
1BH, and 1CH), 4BL.
The Major
Required: Chemistry and Biochemistry 110A,
113A, 171, 172 or C180 or C181, 185, 4 units
from 110B, C113B, 172, C174, C175, C176,
C180, C181; Materials Science and Engineering 104, 110, 110L, 120, 121 or 150 or 160,
131, 8 units from 111, 121, 122, 132, 150, 160,
162, CM180; 7 laboratory units from Chemistry
Computing Specialization
Honors Program
Admission
The honors program provides exceptional
Chemistry and Biochemistry Department majors with the opportunity to do research culminating in an honors thesis. Junior and senior
majors who have completed all university-level
coursework, including all preparation courses
and requirements for the major, with an overall
grade-point average of 3.0 or better and a 3.5
GPA or better in the required major courses,
may apply for admission. Students must have
the sponsorship of an approved faculty
adviser.
For further information and application forms,
students should consult the Undergraduate
Advising Office, 4006 Young Hall, early in their
educational planning. Completed applications
must be submitted at least two weeks prior to
the term in which students plan to begin the
honors program.
Requirements
The core of the program consists of at least
one approved undergraduate seminar course
from Chemistry and Biochemistry 193A or
193B and three research courses (12 units
minimum) from 196A, 196B, or 199, culminating
in a thesis.
To qualify for graduation with departmental
honors, students must satisfactorily complete
all requirements for the honors program and
the major and obtain a cumulative grade-point
average of 3.5 or better in coursework required
for the major. On recommendation of the faculty sponsor, and with the approval of the thesis by the departmental honors committee,
students are awarded no honors, honors, or
highest honors.
Students who have a grade-point average of
3.6 or better, both overall and in the major, and
demonstrated exceptional accomplishment on
the research thesis are awarded highest hon-
Majors in Chemistry and Biochemistry may select a specialization in Computing by (1) satisfying all the requirements for a bachelors degree in the specified major, (2) completing Program in Computing 10A, 10B, and one course
from 10C, 15, 20A, 30, or 60, and (3) completing two computational chemistry courses from
Chemistry and Biochemistry C126A, C145,
CM160A. Courses need to be completed with
a combined grade-point average of at least
2.0. Students must petition for admission to
the program and are advised to do so after
they complete Program in Computing 10B (petitions should be filed in the Undergraduate
Office). Students graduate with a bachelors
degree in their major and a specialization in
Computing.
Graduate Study
Official, specific degree requirements are detailed in Program Requirements for UCLA
Graduate Degrees, available at the Graduate
Division website, http://grad.ucla.edu. In many
cases, more detailed guidelines may be outlined in announcements, other publications,
and websites of the schools, departments, and
programs.
Graduate Degrees
The Department of Chemistry and Biochemistry offers Master of Science (MS), Candidate in
Philosophy (CPhil), and Doctor of Philosophy
(PhD) degrees in Chemistry and Master of Science (MS), Candidate in Philosophy (CPhil),
and Doctor of Philosophy (PhD) degrees in Biochemistry, Molecular and Structural Biology.
Chemistry and
Biochemistry
Lower Division Courses
2. Introductory Chemistry. (4) Lecture, two hours;
discussion, two hours. Not open to students with
credit for course 14A or 20A. Concept of submicroscopic world of chemistry, ranging from protons to
proteins in subject matter. P/NP or letter grading.
7. Nanoscience and Nanotechnology Laboratory.
(2) Seminar, discussion, and laboratory, 32 hours.
Limited to high school students. Key concepts of nanoscience and nanotechnology, including various approaches to nanofabrication (bottom-up and topdown). Fabrication of nanostructures and devices,
collection of scientific data using those devices, analysis of data, and presentations of student results. Offered in summer only. P/NP grading.
14A. Atomic and Molecular Structure, Equilibria,
Acids, and Bases. (4) Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour. Preparation: high school chemistry or
equivalent background and three and one half years
of high school mathematics. Enforced corequisite:
Life Sciences 30A or Mathematics 3A or 31A or score
of 35 or better on Mathematics Diagnostic Test. Not
open to students with credit for course 20A. Introduction to physical and general chemistry principles;
atomic structure based on quantum mechanics;
atomic properties; trends in periodic table; chemical
bonding (Lewis structures, VSEPR theory, hybridization, and molecular orbital theory); gaseous and
aqueous equilibria; properties of inorganic and organic acids, bases, buffers; titrations. P/NP or letter
grading.
14B. Thermodynamics, Electrochemistry, Kinetics,
and Organic Chemistry. (4) Lecture, three hours;
discussion, one hour. Enforced requisite: course 14A
with grade of C or better. Enforced requisite or corequisite: Life Sciences 30B or Mathematics 3B or 31B
with grade of C or better. Not open to students with
credit for course 20A, 20B, or 30A. Phase changes;
thermochemistry; first, second, and third laws of thermodynamics; free energy changes; electrochemistry
and its role as energy source; chemical kinetics, including catalysis, reaction mechanisms, and enzymes; coordination compounds; general classes and
naming of organic molecules; structure, conformations, and relative energies of organic molecules; application of thermodynamics and kinetics to organic
and biochemical reactions; use of molecular modeling
software to illustrate molecular structures and their
relative energies. P/NP or letter grading.
14BL. General and Organic Chemistry Laboratory
I. (3) Lecture, one hour; laboratory, three hours. Enforced requisite: course 14A with grade of C or
better. Enforced corequisite: course 14B. Not open to
students with credit for course 20L. Introduction to
volumetric, spectrophotometric, and potentiometric
analysis. Use and preparation of buffers and pH meters. Synthesis and kinetics techniques using compounds of interest to students in life sciences. P/NP
or letter grading.
14C. Structure of Organic Molecules. (4) Lecture,
three hours; discussion, one hour. Enforced requisite:
course 14B with grade of C or better. Not open to
students with credit for course 30A. Continuing
studies in structure of organic molecules, with emphasis on biological applications. Resonance, stereochemistry, conjugation, and aromaticity; spectroscopy (NMR, IR, and mass spectrometry); introduction
to effects of structure on physical and chemical properties; survey of biomolecular structure. P/NP or letter
grading.
14CL. General and Organic Chemistry Laboratory
II. (4) Lecture, one hour; laboratory, six hours. Enforced requisites: courses 14B and 14BL, with grades
of C or better. Enforced corequisite: course 14C.
Synthesis and analysis of compounds; purification by
extraction, chromatography, recrystallization, and
sublimation; characterization by mass spectroscopy,
UV, NMR, and IR spectroscopy, optical activity, electrochemistry, pH titration. P/NP or letter grading.
14D. Organic Reactions and Pharmaceuticals. (4)
Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour. Enforced
requisite: course 14C with grade of C or better. Organic reactions, nucleophilic and electrophilic substitutions and additions; electrophilic aromatic substitutions, carbonyl reactions, catalysis, molecular basis of
drug action, and organic chemistry of pharmaceuticals. P/NP or letter grading.
17. Chemical Principles. (4) Lecture, three hours;
discussion, one hour. Introduction to chemical principles: numbers, measurements, chemical calculations,
gas laws, solutions, acids, bases, and salts, molecular
structure, and nomenclature. Collaborative learning
and problem solving; introduction to chemistry laboratory practice. P/NP or letter grading.
20A. Chemical Structure. (4) Lecture, three hours;
discussion, one hour. Preparation: high school chemistry or equivalent background and three and one half
years of high school mathematics. Recommended
preparation: high school physics. Enforced corequisite: Mathematics 31A. First term of general chemistry. Survey of chemical processes, quantum chemistry, atomic and molecular structure and bonding,
molecular spectroscopy. P/NP or letter grading.
20AH. Chemical Structure (Honors). (4) Lecture,
three hours; discussion, one hour. Preparation: high
school chemistry or equivalent background, high
school physics, and three and one half years of high
school mathematics. Enforced corequisite: Mathematics 31A. Honors course parallel to course 20A.
P/NP or letter grading.
thesis of organic and organometallic molecules, including asymmetric catalysts. One- and two-dimensional multinuclear NMR techniques. Written reports
and proposals. P/NP or letter grading.
88A-88Z. Lower Division Seminars. (2-2) Seminar,
two hours. Limited to freshmen/sophomores. General
introduction to frontiers of molecular sciences or intensive exploration of particular theme or topic. Consult Schedule of Classes for topics and instructors.
P/NP or letter grading:
88A. Serendipity in Science. (2) Seminar, two hours.
Limited to 20 freshmen. Inquiry into unexpected discoveries in science that have had significant impact
on society and analysis of circumstances that brought
these about, beginning with discovery of helium in
sun by Janssen in 1868 (using newly developed field
of spectroscopy). Discovery of X rays by Rntgen in
1895 and of radioactivity by Becquerel in 1896. Other
topics include discoveries important to medicine,
such as penicillin by Fleming in 1928 and cis-platin by
Rosenberg in 1969. P/NP or letter grading.
96. Special Courses in Chemistry. (1 to 4) Tutorial,
to be arranged. May be repeated for maximum of 8
units. P/NP or letter grading.
98XA. PEERS Collaborative Learning Workshops
for Life Sciences Majors. (1) Laboratory, three hours.
Corequisite: associated undergraduate lecture course
in chemistry and biochemistry for life sciences majors. Development of intuition and problem-solving
skills in collaborative learning environment. May be
repeated four times, but only 1 unit may be applied
toward graduation. P/NP grading.
98XB. PEERS Collaborative Learning Workshops
for Physical Sciences and Engineering Majors. (1)
Laboratory, three hours. Corequisite: associated undergraduate lecture course in chemistry and biochemistry for physical sciences and engineering majors. Development of intuition and problem-solving
skills in collaborative learning environment. May be
repeated four times, but only 1 unit may be applied
toward graduation. P/NP grading.
concepts and inventing new computational and statistical techniques to analyze biological data. Focus
on sequence analysis and alignment algorithms. Concurrently scheduled with course CM260A. P/NP or
letter grading.
CM160B. Algorithms in Bioinformatics and Systems Biology. (4) (Same as Computer Science
CM122.) Lecture, four hours; discussion, two hours.
Enforced requisites: Computer Science 32 or Program in Computing 10C with grade of C or better,
and one course from Biostatistics 100A, 110A, Civil
Engineering 110, Electrical Engineering 131A, Mathematics 170A, or Statistics 100A. Course CM160A is
not requisite to CM160B. Designed for engineering
students as well as students from biological sciences
and medical school. Development and application of
computational approaches to biological questions,
with focus on formulating interdisciplinary problems
as computational problems and then solving these
problems using algorithmic techniques. Computational techniques include those from statistics and
computer science. Concurrently scheduled with
course CM260B. Letter grading.
C161A. Plant Biochemistry. (4) Lecture, three hours;
discussion, two hours. Requisite: course 153C. Introduction to distinctive features of plant biochemistry.
Topics include photosynthesis, nitrogen metabolism,
plant cell wall metabolism, and secondary metabolism in relation to stress. Concurrently scheduled with
course C261A. P/NP or letter grading.
C163. Membrane Protein Structure and Function.
(4) Lecture, four hours. Enforced requisite: course
156. Detailed examination of how various membrane
proteins work. Topics include lipid bilayer properties
and how they affect membrane protein function and
biology; membrane protein biogenesis; principles of
transport across membranes; how channels, transporters, and receptors work at atomic level. Emphasis
on reading and analyzing original research papers.
Concurrently scheduled with course C263. P/NP or
letter grading.
C164. Free Radicals in Biology and Medicine. (2 to
4) Lecture, three hours. Enforced requisites: courses
153A and either 153B or 153C, with grades of C or
better. Biochemical reactivity of dioxygen, its role in
mitochondrial metabolism, neurodegenerative diseases, apoptosis, and aging. Discussion of radical reactions, how they are harnessed to achieve enzyme
catalysis, and how free radicals contribute to or regulate essential biological processes. These same reactions run amok under certain types of stress and
can contribute to wide variety of diseases, including
neurodegenerative diseases (e.g., Huntingtons, Parkinsons, and Alzheimers diseases), mitochondrial
diseases, atherosclerosis, and aging. Concurrently
scheduled with course C264. P/NP or letter grading.
C165. Metabolic Control by Protein Modification.
(4) Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour. Requisites: courses 153A, 153B, 153C. Biochemical basis
of controlling metabolic pathways by posttranslational modification of proteins, including phosphorylation and methylation reactions. Concurrently scheduled with course C265. Letter grading.
166. RNA Structure, Recognition, and Function.
(4) Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour. Enforced requisites: courses 153A, 153B, Life Sciences
3, 23L. Recent years have seen explosion in biochemical characterization of diverse structures and functions of RNA molecules in metabolism of living systems. RNA has been shown to act both as catalyst in
living systems and as potent modulator of gene expression control at every level of gene expression
pathways (transcription, RNA processing, translation,
degradation). RNA molecules now being used as
therapeutic agents in gene therapy approaches. Coverage of these various aspects and in-depth analysis
of RNA structure and function, using primary research
literature and analysis of molecular structures of RNA
and RNA-protein complexes. Letter grading.
CM170. Biochemistry and Molecular Biology of
Photosynthetic Apparatus. (2 to 4) (Same as Molecular, Cell, and Developmental Biology M170.) Lecture,
two to three hours; discussion, zero to two hours.
199. Directed Research in Chemistry and Biochemistry. (2 to 4) Tutorial, three hours per week per
unit. Enforced requisite: course 196A (8 units). Limited
to juniors/seniors. Supervised individual research
under guidance of faculty mentor. Culminating report
required. May be repeated for maximum of 12 units.
Individual contract required. P/NP or letter grading.
Graduate Courses
C200. Genomics and Computational Biology. (5)
Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour. Enforced
requisite: course 153B, Microbiology 132, Molecular,
Cell, and Developmental Biology 144, or 165B. Introduction for biochemistry students of technologies and
experimental data of genomics, as well as computational tools for analyzing them. Biochemistry and molecular biology dissected life into its component parts,
one gene at time, but lacked integrative mechanisms
for putting this information back together to predict
what happens in complete organism (e.g., over 80
percent of drug candidates fail in clinical trials). Highthroughput technologies such as sequencing, microarrays, mass-spec, and robotics have given biologists incredible new capabilities to analyze complete
genomes, expression patterns, functions, and interactions across whole organisms, populations, and
species. Use and analysis of such datasets becomes
essential daily activity for biomedical scientists. Core
principles and methodologies for analyzing genomics
data to answer biological and medical questions, with
focus on concepts that guide data analysis rather
than algorithm details. Concurrently scheduled with
course C100. S/U or letter grading.
201. Scientific Proposal Writing. (2) Lecture, three
hours. Designed for graduate biochemistry and molecular biology students. How to write scientific proposals to be submitted to funding agencies. How to
develop curricula vitae, put together grant proposals,
and critique proposals. Letter grading.
M202. Bioinformatics Interdisciplinary Research
Seminar. (4) (Same as Bioinformatics M202.) Seminar, two hours; discussion, two hours. Concrete examples of how biological questions about genomics
data map to and are solved by methodologies from
other disciplines, including statistics, computer science, and mathematics. May be repeated for credit.
S/U or letter grading.
203B. Ethics in Chemical Research. (2) Seminar,
one hour. Discussion of ethics in graduate education,
teaching, and chemical research, including issues
such as conflicts of interest, plagiarism, intellectual
property, sexual harassment, and other topics related
to ethical conduct of research. S/U grading.
203C. Research Integrity and Ethics in Genetics
Research. (2) Lecture, 90 minutes. Data analysis and
management, statistical methods, use of commercial
reagents, microscopy data analysis, figure preparation, authorship, mentoring, human subjects protection, animal subject protection, and conflict of interest. May be repeated for credit. S/U grading.
203D. Advanced Topics in Responsible Conduct in
Cellular and Molecular Biology Research. (2) Seminar, two hours. Enforced requisite: course 203A or
203B or 203C. Cellular and molecular biology PhD
students continue to learn how to conduct research in
field to reliably advance knowledge while maintaining
ethical principles. Designed to be taken in fourth or
fifth year of PhD work where students would have already been exposed to many challenges of performing and reporting experiments and who are in
stage of their careers where they are beginning to
think of applying for postdoctoral fellowships and research and teaching positions. Course helps fulfill
training requirement in research integrity for NIH
training grants and individual NRSA awards. S/U
grading.
204. Student Research Seminar. (2) Seminar, one
hour. Limited to students supported by UCLA program in Cellular and Molecular Biology Predoctoral
Training. Research seminar presented by second- and
third-year students. S/U grading.
283. Evolution of Devices from Concept to Product. (2) Seminar, 90 minutes. Required of students in
Materials Creation Training Program. Training in fundamental science and engineering to fabricate electrical, photonic, and microelectromechanical devices.
Discussion of intellectual property issues and development of business plan. May be repeated for credit.
S/U or letter grading.
284. Materials Creation Training Program BrownBag Seminar. (2) Seminar, one hour. Required of students in Materials Creation Training Program. Research and literature seminar presented by graduate
students conducting research in synthesis and characterization of materials and fabrication of electronic
and photonic devices. S/U grading.
285. Materials Chemistry Laboratory. (5) (Formerly
numbered C285.) Lecture, two hours; laboratory,
eight hours. Requisites: courses 30AL, 110A, 113A,
171. Materials synthesis and physical properties of
complex materials. Combines synthetic skills with fundamental physical understanding and characterization in approximately equal proportions to relate materials synthesis to materials function. Letter grading.
M370A. Integrated Science Instruction Methods.
(4) (Same as Earth, Planetary, and Space Sciences
M370A and Physics M370A.) Lecture, two hours; discussion, one hour; laboratory, one hour. Preparation:
one introductory lower division year (including laboratory) each of chemistry, life sciences, and physics and
at least two Earth science courses, preferably one
with field experience. Classroom management,
lesson design, assessment, history of science education. S/U or letter grading.
M370B. Integrated Science Instruction Methods.
(4) (Same as Earth, Planetary, and Space Sciences
M370B and Physics M370B.) Lecture, two hours; discussion, one hour; laboratory, one hour. Requisite:
course M370A or Earth, Planetary, and Space Sciences M370A or Physics M370A. Application of
learning theory to science instruction and classroom
management, including use of technology, collaborative learning, laboratory safety, ethical issues, field experiences, and professional development. S/U or
letter grading.
375. Teaching Apprentice Practicum. (1 to 4) Seminar, to be arranged. Preparation: apprentice personnel employment as teaching assistant, associate,
or fellow. Teaching apprenticeship under active guidance and supervision of regular faculty member responsible for curriculum and instruction at UCLA.
May be repeated for credit. S/U grading.
400. Safety in Chemical and Biochemical Research. (2) Lecture, two hours. Survey of safe laboratory practices for experimental research in organic, inorganic, and physical chemistry and biochemistry.
Topics include laser safety, cryogenic hazards, highand low-pressure experimentation, gas and carcinogen handling, chemical spills, fire extinguishing, and
chemical disposal. S/U grading.
495. Teaching College Chemistry. (2) Seminar, two
hours; discussion, two hours; 20 hours training during
week prior to fall quarter. Course for teaching assistants designed to deal with problems and techniques
of teaching college chemistry. S/U grading.
596. Directed Individual Study or Research. (2 to
16) Tutorial, to be arranged with faculty member who
directs study or research. May be repeated for credit.
S/U grading.
597. Preparation for MS Comprehensive Examination or PhD Qualifying Examinations. (2 to 4) Tutorial, to be arranged. May be taken for maximum of 8
units. S/U grading.
598. Research for and Preparation of MS Thesis. (2
to 16) Tutorial, to be arranged. Each faculty member
supervises research of MS students and holds research group meetings, seminars, and discussions
with students. May be repeated for credit. S/U or
letter grading.
CSAR E. CHVEZ
DEPARTMENT OF
CHICANA AND
CHICANO STUDIES
College of Letters and Science
UCLA
7349 Bunche Hall
Box 951559
Los Angeles, CA 90095-1559
310-206-7695
fax: 310-825-2449
e-mail: studentadvisor@chavez.ucla.edu
http://www.chavez.ucla.edu
Abel Valenzuela, Jr., PhD, Chair
Professors
Eric R. Avila, PhD
Judith F. Baca, MA
Matthew A. Barreto, PhD
Rosina M. Becerra, PhD
Charlene Villaseor Black, PhD
Alicia Gaspar de Alba, PhD
Laura E. Gmez, PhD
Reynaldo F. Macas, PhD
Susan J. Plann, PhD
Otto Santa Ana, PhD
Daniel G. Solrzano, Jr., PhD
Abel Valenzuela, Jr., PhD
Jos Luis Valenzuela, BA
Professor Emerita
Kris D. Gutirrez, PhD
Associate Professors
Leisy J. Abrego, PhD
Maylei S. Blackwell, PhD
Leobardo F. Estrada, PhD
Ral A. Hinojosa-Ojeda, PhD
Mara Cristina Pons, PhD
Robert Chao Romero, JD, PhD
Assistant Professor
Genevieve G. Carpio, PhD
Undergraduate Study
The Chicana and Chicano Studies Department
offers a designated capstone program for undergraduate majors. Students have options for
completing a senior honors thesis, individual
research, or senior project under the direction
of a faculty member. Alternatively, students
may elect to complete an upper division
course that includes additional coursework
culminating in completion of a capstone paper
or creative project. Through their capstone
work, students are expected to demonstrate
working knowledge of the major findings and
methods of the disciplines from which they
have drawn their Chicana and Chicano studies
coursework, show their capacities for conceiving and executing a research or creative project on a self-selected topic as well as identifying and evaluating relevant documentation
pertaining to that project, demonstrate appropriate levels of scholarly discourse on their selected topic, and develop greater capacity to
be of lifelong service to the Chicana/Chicano
and Latina/Latino community and to global society in the tradition of Csar Chvez and
scholar activist exemplars.
ary Chicana/Chicano social structure and contemporary conditions course, and five quarter
terms of Spanish.
Refer to the UCLA Transfer Admission Guide at
http://www.admission.ucla.edu/prospect/Adm
_tr/tradms.htm for up-to-date information regarding transfer selection for admission.
The Major
Required: A total of 11 upper division courses,
including Chicana and Chicano Studies 101;
one service learning course from 100SL or
M170SL or from the approved list available in
the department office each term; two related
study courses from the approved list of
courses outside the department (related study
includes courses that provide a comparative
perspective to Chicana and Chicano studies
and/or a contextualization of Chicana and Chicano communities in the world); one advanced
seminar course from 191 or another course by
petition to the department chair; and a concentration of four courses in one area listed below and two courses in a second area:
Border and Transnational Studies: Chicana and
Chicano Studies CM110, 120, M124, M125,
M126, 132, 143, M144, CM147, 151, 152, 153,
M154, M155A, M156A, 163, 176, 184, 191
Expressive Arts: Chicana and Chicano Studies
M103C, M103D, M103G, 104, M108A, M115,
M116, 117, M135, M175, M185, M186A,
M186AL, M186B, M186BL, M186C, M186CL,
M187, 191
History, Culture, and Language of Americas:
Chicana and Chicano Studies M105A, M105C,
109, CM110, 111, M114, M116, 131, 132,
M133, M139, C141, 142, 143, M145A, M145B,
M146, 157, M158, M159A, M159B, 160, 168A,
168B, 169, 171, M173, 181, CM182, M183,
184, M187, 191
Labor, Law, and Policy Studies: Chicana and
Chicano Studies M102, CM106, M119, 120,
M121, M122, 123, M127, M128, M130, 148,
149, 150, 151, 152, M156A, M156B, 165, 166,
M174A, M174B, 177, 178, CM179, 191
No more than 8 units of 188, 191, and 199
courses may be applied toward the major; enrollment in the courses must be approved in
writing by the department chair.
Each major course must be taken for a letter
grade, and students must have an overall
grade-point average of 2.0 or better.
Honors Program
The Chicana and Chicano Studies honors program provides the opportunity for motivated
and dedicated students to undertake a yearlong research or creative project with the guidance and supervision of a faculty member. The
program is open to all juniors and seniors who
have (1) a 3.5 grade-point average in the major,
(2) a cumulative GPA of 3.0 or better, and (3)
completed 90 or more total units, including
Chicana and Chicano Studies 10A, 10B, 101,
and one course from 89, 89HC, 189, or 189HC.
The application for admission must be submitted in spring quarter of the year prior to admission to the program, with the advice and con-
Graduate Study
Official, specific degree requirements are detailed in Program Requirements for UCLA
Graduate Degrees, available at the Graduate
Division website, http://grad.ucla.edu. In many
cases, more detailed guidelines may be outlined in announcements, other publications,
and websites of the schools, departments, and
programs.
Graduate Degrees
The Csar E. Chvez Department of Chicana
and Chicano Studies offers Master of Arts (MA)
and Doctor of Philosophy (PhD) degrees in
Chicana and Chicano Studies.
nonprofit organization. Study of role that these organizations play in improvement and change of Chicana/
Chicano communities. Students meet on regular
basis with instructor and provide periodic reports of
their experience. Individual contract with supervising
faculty member required. Letter grading.
101. Theoretical Concepts in Chicana and Chicano
Studies. (5) Lecture, four hours; discussion, one hour.
Requisite: course 10A or 10B. Survey of different theoretical approaches to field of Chicana and Chicano
studies. Letter grading.
M102. Mexican Americans and Schools. (4) (Same
as Education M102.) Seminar, four hours. Theoretical
and empirical overview of Chicana/Chicano educational issues in U.S., with special emphasis on disentangling effects of race, gender, class, and immigrant
status on Chicana/Chicano educational attainment
and achievement. Examination of how historical, social, political, and economic forces impact Chicana/
Chicano educational experience. P/NP or letter
grading.
M103C. Origins and Evolution of Chicano Theater.
(5) (Same as Theater M103C.) Lecture, three hours.
Designed for juniors/seniors. Exploration of development of Chicano theater from its beginning in legends
and rituals of ancient Mexico to work of Luis Valdez
(late 1960s). P/NP or letter grading.
M103D. Contemporary Chicano Theater: Beginning of Chicano Theater Movement. (5) (Same as
Theater M103D.) Lecture, three hours. Analysis and
discussion of historical and political events from 1965
to 1980, as well as theatrical traditions that led to
emergence of Chicano theater. Letter grading.
M103G. Contemporary Chicano Theater: Chicano
Theater since 1980. (5) (Same as Theater M103G.)
Lecture, three hours. Analysis and discussion of Chicano theater since 1980, including discussion of Chicana playwrights, magic realism, Chicano comedy,
and Chicano performance art. Letter grading.
104. Comedy and Culture: Your Humorous Life. (4)
Lecture, four hours. How to mine unique humorous
life adventures from students cultural identities and
turn those distinct experiences into humorous literature. Students acquire skills to read their stories out
loud, with emphasis on comedy in their pieces
through art of storytelling and performance. P/NP or
letter grading.
M105A. Early Chicana/Chicano Literature, 1400 to
1920. (5) (Same as English M105A.) Lecture, four
hours; discussion, one hour (when scheduled). Enforced requisite: English Composition 3 or 3H. Survey
of Chicana/Chicano literature from poetry of Triple Alliance and Aztec Empire through end of Mexican Revolution (1920), including oral and written forms (poetry, corridos, testimonios, folklore, novels, short stories, and drama) by writers such as Nezahualcoyotl
(Hungry Coyote), Cabaza de Vaca, Lorenzo de Zavala,
Mara Amparo Ruiz de Burton, Eusebio Chacn,
Daniel Venegas, and Lorena Villegas de Magn. P/NP
or letter grading.
M105B. Chicana/Chicano Literature from Mexican
Revolution to el Movimiento, 1920 to 1970s. (5)
(Same as English M105B.) Lecture, four hours; discussion, one hour (when scheduled). Enforced requisite: English Composition 3 or 3H. Chicana/Chicano
literature from 1920s through Great Depression and
World War II, ending with Chicana/Chicano civil rights
movement. Oral and written narratives by writers including Conrado Espinoza, Jovita Gonzlez, Cleofas
Jaramillo, Angelico Chvez, Mario Surez, Oscar
Acosta, and Evangelina Vigil. P/NP or letter grading.
M105C. Chicana/Chicano Literature since el Movimiento, 1970s to Present. (5) (Same as English
M105C.) Lecture, four hours; discussion, one hour
(when scheduled). Enforced requisite: English Composition 3 or 3H. Survey of Chicana/Chicano literature
since 1970s, with particular emphasis on how queer
and feminist activism as well as Central and South
American migration have shaped 21st-century chicanidad. Oral, written, and graphic fiction, poetry, and
drama by writers including John Rechy, Gloria Anzalda, Los Bros Hernndez, Ana Castillo, and Dagoberto Gilb guide exploration of queer and feminist
Chicano experience. Like its U.S. counterpart, Mexican cinematic discourse portrayal of Chicanas/Chicanos has been plagued by use of stereotypes that
limit visual representation of Chicanas/Chicanos. Exploration of causes and effects for such obtuse cinematic representation. P/NP or letter grading.
M118. Student-Initiated Retention and Outreach
Issues in Higher Education. (4) (Same as African
American Studies M118, American Indian Studies
M118, and Asian American Studies M168.) Lecture,
four hours. Exploration of issues in outreach and retention of students in higher education, especially
through student-initiated programs, efforts, activities,
and services, with focus on UCLA as case. May be repeated twice for credit. Letter grading.
M119. Chicano/Latino Community Formation:
Critical Perspectives and Oral Histories. (4) (Same
as Labor and Workplace Studies M123.) Lecture, four
hours. Analysis of historical formation and development of Chicano/Latino communities in 20th century,
with focus on labor, immigration, economic structures, electoral politics, and international dimensions.
Letter grading.
120. Immigration and Chicano Community. (4)
Lecture, three hours. Discussion on relationship between international immigration and development of
Chicana/Chicano community. Examination of U.S. immigration policy and relationship between Mexicanorigin population and other Latin American immigrants. P/NP or letter grading.
M121. Issues in Latina/Latino Poverty. (4) (Same as
Labor and Workplace Studies M121 and Urban Planning M140.) Lecture, four hours. Examination of nature and extent of urban and rural poverty confronting
Latina/Latino population in U.S. Special emphasis on
antipoverty policies of government and nonprofit organizations and social planning and economic development strategies. Attention also to literature on underclass. Letter grading.
M122. Planning Issues in Latina/Latino Communities. (4) (Same as Labor and Workplace Studies
M122 and Urban Planning M171.) Lecture, four hours.
Exploration of socioeconomic, demographic, and political forces that shape low-income communities and
analyses of planning intervention strategies. Emphasis on community and economic development
and environmental equity. Letter grading.
123. Applied Research Methods in Latino Communities. (4) Lecture, three hours. Through combination
of lectures, key readings, and several experiments, introduction to several applied research methods that
are highly effective in producing sound and methodologically rigorous studies on poor and/or Latino
communities, including important data that can be
used for critical analysis and policy recommendations. Letter grading.
M124. Latino Immigration History and Politics. (4)
(Same as Honors Collegium M143.) Lecture, four
hours. Overview of immigration in 20th century, examining social, political, and economic contexts out of
which different waves of Latin American immigration
to U.S. has occurred. Letter grading.
M125. U.S./Mexico Relations. (4) (Same as Labor
and Workplace Studies M125.) Lecture, four hours.
Examination of complex dynamics in relationship between Mexico and U.S., using political economy approach to study of asymmetrical integration between
advanced industrial economies and developing countries. P/NP or letter grading.
M126. Politics of Crisis: Migration, Identity, and
Religion. (4) (Same as Honors Collegium M145.) Lecture, three hours. Examination of individual and collective religious response of Latin Americans and
Latinas/Latinos in U.S. to dislocations, displacements, and fragmentation produced by conquest,
colonization, underdevelopment, globalization, and
migration. Letter grading.
M127. Farmworker Movements, Social Justice,
and United Farm Workers Legacy. (4) (Same as
Labor and Workplace Studies M127.) Lecture, four
hours. Designed for juniors/seniors. Historical and social context of farmworker organizing, including its
multiracial origins and its influence on fight for
Mexico and California during national period, specifically examination of migration and adaptation experiences of Chinese, Japanese, and Punjabi-Indian immigrants. P/NP or letter grading.
M144. Womens Movement in Latin America. (4)
(Same as Gender Studies M144 and Labor and Workplace Studies M144.) Lecture, four hours. Course on
womens movements and feminism in Latin America
and Caribbean to examine diverse social movements
and locations from which women have launched political and gender struggles. Discussion of forms of
feminism and womens consciousness that have
emerged out of indigenous rights movements, environmental struggles, labor movements, Christianbased communities, peasant and rural organizing,
and new social movements that are concerned with
race, sexuality, feminism, and human rights. Through
comparative study of womens movements in diversity of political systems as well as national and transnational arenas, students gain understanding of historical contexts and political conditions that give rise
to womens resistance, as well as major debates in
field of study. P/NP or letter grading.
M145A. Introduction to Chicano Literature: Literature to 1960. (4) (Same as Spanish M145A.) Lecture,
three hours. Requisite: Spanish 25 or 27. Introduction
to texts representative of Chicano literary heritage.
Sampling of genres, as well as historical and geographical settings and points of view characteristic of
work written by Chicanos during 20th century. Most
required reading in Spanish. Bilingual and English
works are included and discussed. Reading and analysis of number of important scholarly and critical
statements pertaining to characteristics and development of Chicano literary corpus. Letter grading.
M145B. Literature of Chicana/Chicano Movement.
(4) (Same as Spanish M155B.) Lecture, three hours.
Enforced requisite: Spanish 25 or 27. Examination of
literature of Chicana/Chicano movement covering period from first manifestations of Chicano artistic production in 1965 with el Teatro Campesino through rise
of womens writing, including work by Cherrie Moraga
(1983), Helena Maria Viramontes (1985), and Sandra
Cisneros (1991). P/NP or letter grading.
M146. Chicano Narrative. (4) (Same as Spanish
M155A.) Lecture, three hours. Enforced requisite:
Spanish 25 or 27. Introduction to major Chicano narrative genresnovel, romance, satire, autobiography,
cronicn/semblanza, Chicana detective novel, and
Chicana solidarity fiction. Texts examined within their
own geographic, cultural, and historical contexts, as
well as within history of narrative forms. P/NP or letter
grading.
CM147. Transnational Womens Organizing in
Americas. (4) (Formerly numbered M147.) (Same as
Gender Studies M147C.) Lecture, four hours. Feminist
theories of transnational organizing. Examination of
gender and race as central to processes of globalization and essential to economic and political struggles
encompassed in transnational power relations. Exploration of how questions of race and gender influence
global economic policies and impact local actors and
their communities. In time when people, capital, cultures, and technologies cross national borders with
growing frequency, discussion of process of accelerated globalization has been linked to feminization of
labor and migration, environmental degradation,
questions of diaspora, sexuality, and cultural displacement, as well as growing global militarization.
Problems and issues created by globalization and
cultural, social, and political responses envisioned by
transnational organizing. Concurrently scheduled with
course C215. P/NP or letter grading.
M148. Politics of Struggle: Race, Solidarity, and
Resistance. (4) (Formerly numbered 148.) (Same as
African American Studies M148.) Lecture, four hours.
Examination of Chicana/Chicano intergroup relations
and political coalitions with other Latinos, African
Americans, Asian and Pacific Islanders, and EuroAmericans, especially in communities undergoing
rapid changes in demographic composition. Letter
grading.
Graduate Courses
200. Theoretical Paradigms in Chicana and Chicano Studies. (4) Seminar, three hours. Limited to graduate students. Examination of several approaches
and important theoretical frameworks in field of Chicana and Chicano studies. Exploration of changes
that have taken place around four key theoretical
areascoloniality, nationhood, inequality studies, and
genders and sexualities. S/U or letter grading.
201. Activist Scholarship and Intersectional Methodologies Seminar. (4) Seminar, three hours. Limited to graduate students. Exploration of four critical
epistemologies, or schools of thought, that employ intersectional methodologies as basis for social action
researchChicana/Chicano cultural studies, Chicana feminism, queer studies, and critical legal
studies. S/U or letter grading.
202. Qualitative Methods in Study of Chicanas/
Chicanos and Latinas/Latinos. (4) Seminar, three
hours. Limited to graduate students. Methods course
that takes students through entire empirical research
cycle. Students required to collectively develop interesting research questions, conduct qualitative research, analyze original data, and write final papers
that contextualize findings within existing social scientific literature. To answer research questions, students select from theoretical frameworks discussed in
readings. S/U or letter grading.
209. Service Learning: Theory and Praxis. (4) Seminar, three hours. Limited to graduate students. Examination of approaches and theories that underpin service learning and exploration of ways in which service
learning can be utilized in variety of academic disciplines (second and foreign language instruction, education, ethnic studies, labor studies, womens studies,
public health, literature, public art, political science,
etc.). Creation of research proposal for use of service
learning in one course (real or hypothetical) in academic discipline of students choice. S/U or letter
grading.
210. Queer of Color Genealogies. (4) Seminar, three
hours. Art of community-making by those multiply
marginalized by categories of race, gender, class, citizenship, and gender nonconformity and disposed of
normative forms of belonging. Tracking of genealogies of queer of color communities through alternative
archives of desire, love, affect, memory, performance,
and politics. Reading about queer of color theories
and practices, with special focus on oral history, digital storytelling, and forms of social documentation
methodologies. S/U or letter grading.
211. Immobilizing Immigrants: Detention and Deportation in U.S. (4) Seminar, three hours. History of
detention and deportation policy in U.S. as it affects
Mexicans and other Latinas/Latinos. Consolidation of
this legal authority and its deployment across 20th
century. S/U or letter grading.
C212. Latina/Latino Families in U.S. (4) Lecture,
four hours; discussion, one hour (when scheduled).
Study of how intersections of race, class, and gender
help shape experiences of Latina/Latino families in
U.S. society and how these intersections also help
shape individual experiences within families. Examination of family, race, class, and gender as sociological concepts. Readings about family experiences of
diverse Latina/Latino groups in U.S., with special emphasis on immigrants, and analysis of how race,
class, and gender together play important roles in
C251. Chicana and Latin American Womens Narrative. (4) Lecture, four hours. Preparation: reading
knowledge of Spanish (level 4). Analyses, comparisons, and discussion of narrative literary production
of U.S. Chicana writers and their Latin American
counterparts in English and Spanish, with particular
focus on how each group deals with gender, ethnic,
and class issues. Concurrently scheduled with course
C141. Letter grading.
252. Cultural Representations in Americas. (4)
Seminar, three hours. Analysis of Latina/Latino and
Latin American fictional and nonfictional narratives
and films, with emphasis on gender issues, diasporas, and global transformation. Use of aesthetic
and formal analytical perspectives and several conceptual frameworkscultural studies, postcolonial
studies, neoliberalism, intersectionality, and feminist
theories. Study of these cultural productions as expression of intersectionalities and differences among
Latina/Latino and Latin American cultural workers, as
well as among diverse populations and changing experiences their works refer to. S/U or letter grading.
253. Tenth Muses of Chicana Theory. (4) Seminar,
three hours. Chicana lesbian feminist theory in its
multiple and historical manifestations, beginning in
17th century with early proto-feminist work of Sor
Juana Ins de la Cruz, Mexican nun/scholar/poet
known world over as first feminist of Americas. Exploration of Sor Juanas feminist legacy in 20th-century
Chicana lesbian and Chicana feminist theorists and
scholars, such as Gloria Anzalda, Cherrie Moraga,
Emma Prez, Chela Sandoval, Norma Alarcn, and
Alicia Arrizn. Discussion of foundational theoretical
concepts such as Anzaldas foundational concepts
of mundo zurdo, nepantla, mestiza consciousness,
and conocimiento; Prezs sitio y lengua and decolonial imaginary; Sandovals methodology of oppressed, differential consciousness, and hermeneutics of love; and Arrizns postcolonial queer mestizaje. How to apply several of these theories in
decolonization of one revered cultural icon, la Virgen
de Guadalupe. S/U or letter grading.
254. Los Angeles: History, Space, and Culture. (4)
Seminar, three hours. Exploration of significance of
Los Angeles as birthplace of Chicana/Chicano identity and historical development of Mexican American
culture and community in Southern California. Historiography of Latino Los Angeles from Spanish conquest to present, with emphasis on labor, immigration, art culture, and politics. Survey of current literature on socioeconomic condition of Mexican
Americans in Los Angeles and burgeoning culture and
politics of Latino Los Angeles at outset of 21st century. S/U or letter grading.
255. Mass Media Research Methods. (4) Seminar,
three hours. Limited to graduate students. Survey of
range of qualitative and quantitative communication
methods and findings regarding Chicana/Chicano
and Latina/Latino topics for all media types in both
English and Spanish. Critical evaluation of research
findings across this expansive field and design of
complex research problems. S/U or letter grading.
C256. Understanding Whiteness in American History and Culture. (4) Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour (when scheduled). Designed for graduate students. History, construction, and representation of whiteness in American society. Readings and
discussions trace evolution of white identity and explore its significance to historical construction of race
class in American history. Concurrently scheduled
with course CM182. Letter grading.
258. Laughter, Political Humor, and Social Control.
(4) Seminar, three hours. Limited to graduate students. Investigation of power of political humor, one
social practice that constructs discriminatory hierarchies in interpersonal settings and mass media. With
goal of developing set of principled methods to investigate its manifestations, reading of outstanding humanistic contributions across history of its social
function and power, development of classification of
types and settings of political humor, and critical evaluation of recent social scientific models of its nature.
S/U or letter grading.
259. Critical Discourse Analytic Methods. (4) Seminar, three hours. Limited to departmental graduate
students. Two critical discourse analytic (CDA)
methods taught to document language of public figures. Student teams employ one method (conceptual
metaphor CDA or discourse historical approach) to
analyze actual public officials own discourse surrounding one controversial issue. Empirical study of
discourses that are based on independently developed research enterprises can be valuable tool for variety of graduate student research. S/U or letter
grading.
C274. Language Politics and Policies in U.S.: Comparative History. (4) Lecture, four hours. Historical
overview of national and institutional language policies, especially schooling, in U.S. as context to understanding social, legal, and political constraints on
bilingualism. Definitions and development of language policy and planning, history of general and educational language policies in U.S., demographic profile of language diversity, and current language and
educational policy issues in U.S. Comparisons with
selected international cases. Concurrently scheduled
with course CM179. S/U or letter grading.
C276. Health in Chicano/Latino Population. (4)
Lecture, four hours; discussion, one hour. Designed
for graduate students. Examination of Chicano/Latino
health status through life expectancy, causes of
death, reportable diseases, services utilization, provider supply, and risk behaviors within demographic/
immigration changes. Binational review of health effects in U.S. and Mexico. Concurrently scheduled
with course CM106. Letter grading.
279. Globalization and Transnationalism. (4) Seminar, three hours. Interdisciplinary seminar that integrates political-economical, historical-sociological,
and anthropological-cultural perspectives to help students develop critical political-economical analysis of
interplay between globalization (of flows of people,
material goods, information, and political-cultural influences) and localized transnational dynamics that
together are giving meaning and constructing new social identities and strategies for struggle throughout
world. S/U or letter grading.
280. Urban Social Inequality. (4) Seminar, three hours.
Examination of several key social and urban inequalities in U.S. Survey of three key contemporary issues
of inequality primarily from sociology and urban planning/studies: income distribution (poverty), work and
employment (labor), and neighborhoods (space/geography). Through wide range of methods, approaches, and theoretical frameworks examined, exposure to key research on inequality. S/U or letter
grading.
281. Central American Migration and Integration.
(4) Seminar, three hours. Through empirical research
cycle and informed with relevant theoretical frameworks, students develop research questions based
on migration and integration experiences of Central
American immigrants in greater Los Angeles area.
Students conduct qualitative research, analyze original data, and write final papers that contextualize
findings within existing social scientific literature. S/U
or letter grading.
282. Chicana/Chicano Legal History. (4) Seminar,
three hours. Legal history of Chicanas/Chicanos in
U.S. from mid-19th century to present, with emphasis
on critical race theory. Examination of landmark legislation and key appellate decisions that have impacted
Chicano/Latino community. Topics include critical
race theory, Treaty of Guadalupe-Hidalgo, legal construction of Mexican American racial identity, historic
educational segregation, contemporary educational
issues, jury rights, Chicano movement, and undocumented immigration. S/U or letter grading.
M289. Studies in Chicana/Chicano Literature. (4)
(Same as English M261.) Seminar, three hours. Intensive research and study of major themes, authors,
and issues in Chicana/Chicano literature and culture.
Examination of political, aesthetic, economic, and
cultural context that emerges in Chicana/Chicano dis-
CIVIC ENGAGEMENT
Interdisciplinary Minor
College of Letters and Science
UCLA
A265 Murphy Hall
Box 951571
Los Angeles, CA 90095-1571
310-825-7867
fax: 310-267-2482
e-mail: dbarrera@college.ucla.edu
http://www.uei.ucla.edu/civicminor.htm
Michael C. Lens, PhD, Chair
Faculty Committee
Joel D. Aberbach, PhD (Political Science, Public
Policy)
Barbara Drucker, MFA (Art)
Michelle F. Erai, PhD (Gender Studies)
Jennifer A. Jay, PhD (Civil and Environmental
Engineering)
Michael C. Lens, PhD (Urban Planning)
Reynaldo F. Macas, PhD (Chicana and Chicano
Studies, Education)
Meredith Phillips, PhD (Public Policy, Sociology)
Robert Chao Romero, JD, PhD (Asian American
Studies, Chicana and Chicano Studies)
Olga T. Yokoyama, PhD (Humanities)
David K. Yoo, PhD (Asian American Studies)
Undergraduate Study
Civic Engagement Minor
The Civic Engagement minor integrates local,
state, and national internships with an academic context that enriches the valuable learning gained through meaningful work.
To enter the minor, students must (1) have an
overall grade-point average of 2.7 or better, (2)
submit a completed application endorsed by a
faculty sponsor, and (3) submit a written statement describing how civic engagement relates
to their academic interests or career goals. Applications are available in A265 Murphy Hall.
Students who complete the minor with a
grade-point average of at least 3.5 in their minor coursework, an overall GPA of 3.5, and
Civic Engagement 198 for their capstone experience qualify for graduation with College
Honors.
Required Core Courses (12 to 15 units): Civic
Engagement M115 with a grade of B or better;
one service learning course from American Indian Studies C122SL, Arts Education M192SL,
Asian American Studies 140SL, Chicana and
Chicano Studies 100SL, Civic Engagement
100SL, 105SL, 133SL, 163SL, Education 196C,
Gender Studies 120SL, History M181SL, Hon-
Civic Engagement
Lower Division Courses
10. Introduction to Engaged Scholarship. (2) Seminar, two hours. Limited to students participating in
preapproved UCLA civic engagement programs. Introduction to history, research, and philosophy of
general University/community partnerships, as well as
specific opportunities for active engagement by undergraduate students at UCLA. Offered in summer
only. P/NP grading.
18. Bruin Leaders: Model for Social Change. (1)
Lecture, two hours; fieldwork, one hour. Introduction
to leadership development and civic engagement
through community service. Based on nonhierarchical
mode of leadership developed by UCLA Graduate
School of Education and Information Studies. Topics
include diversity issues, organizational skills and
team-building development, and personal growth and
community service goals. Participation in first-week
orientation session required. Consult Schedule of
Classes for topics to be offered in specific term. May
not be repeated for credit. P/NP grading.
50SL. Engaging Los Angeles. (5) Lecture, two hours;
discussion, two hours. Service learning course with
focus on diverse communities of Los Angeles. Analysis of general shared history of Los Angeles. Comparing or contrasting of experiences of several different racial/ethnic groups. Engagement in meaningful work off campus to reflect on assets, injustices,
and inequities that have shaped experiences of native
or immigrant communities. Analysis of Los Angeles in
which residents coexist and interact while managing
tensions and social justice issues inherent in minority/
majority city. P/NP or letter grading.
95A-95B. Introduction to Community-Based Internships. (2-4) Tutorial, one hour; fieldwork, four
hours (course 95A) and 10 hours (course 95B).
Course 95A is not requisite to 95B. Introduction to
community-based work for students in specialized
UCLA scholarship programs. Platform for preplanned,
organized, structured, and supervised off-campus experiences with academic context. Acceptable placements include corporate, nonprofit, and governmental
organizations that meet criteria for undergraduate internships as established by Center for Community
Learning. Individual contract with supervising faculty
member required. P/NP or letter grading.
95CE. Introduction to Community-Based Internships. (2) Tutorial, one hour; fieldwork, four hours. Introduction to community-based work for third-term
freshman/sophomore students who have not completed 90 units. Platform for preplanned, organized,
structured, and supervised off-campus experiences
with academic context. Acceptable placements include corporate, nonprofit, and governmental organizations that meet criteria for undergraduate internships as established by Center for Community
Learning. May be repeated once for credit. Individual
contract with supervising faculty member required.
P/NP or letter grading.
CIVIL AND
ENVIRONMENTAL
ENGINEERING
Henry Samueli School of Engineering
and Applied Science
UCLA
5731 Boelter Hall
Box 951593
Los Angeles, CA 90095-1593
310-825-1851
fax: 310-206-2222
e-mail: cee@seas.ucla.edu
http://www.cee.ucla.edu
Jonathan P. Stewart, PhD, PE, Chair
Scott J. Brandenberg, PhD, PE, Vice Chair
Steven A. Margulis, PhD, Vice Chair
Professors
J.R. DeShazo, MSc, PhD
Eric M.V. Hoek, PhD
Jennifer A. Jay, PhD
Jiann-Wen Ju, PhD, PE
Dennis P. Lettenmaier, PhD
Steven A. Margulis, PhD
Michael K. Stenstrom, PhD, PE
Jonathan P. Stewart, PhD
Ertugrul Taciroglu, PhD
Professors Emeriti
Stanley B. Dong, PhD, PE
Lewis P. Felton, PhD
Michael E. Fourney, PhD, PE
Gary C. Hart, PhD, PE
Poul V. Lade, PhD
Richard L. Perrine, PhD
Moshe F. Rubinstein, PhD
Lucien A. Schmit, Jr., MS
Lawrence G. Selna, PhD, SE
Associate Professors
Scott J. Brandenberg, PhD
Mekonnen Gebremichael, PhD
Shaily Mahendra, PhD
Gaurav Sant, PhD
Jian Zhang, PhD
Assistant Professors
Mathieu Bauchy, PhD
Henry V. Burton, PhD, SE
Adjunct Professors
Robert Kayen, PhD, PE
Michael J. McGuire, PhD, PE, NAE
George Mylonakis, PhD, PE
Thomas A. Sabol, PhD, SE
Undergraduate Study
The civil engineering program is accredited by
the Engineering Accreditation Commission of
ABET. See http://www.abet.org.
Civil Engineering BS
Capstone Major
The Major
Required: Chemical Engineering 102A or Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering 105A,
Civil and Environmental Engineering 101, 102,
103, C104 (or Materials Science and Engineering 104), 108, 110, 120, 135A, 150, 153, Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering 103;
three technical breadth courses (12 units) selected from an approved list available in the
Office of Academic and Student Affairs; and at
least eight major field elective courses (32
units) from the lists below with at least two
design courses, one of which must be a capstone design course and two of which must be
laboratory courses. Courses applied toward
the required course requirement may not also
be applied toward the major field elective
requirement.
Civil Engineering Materials: Civil and Environmental Engineering C104, C105, C182.
Environmental Engineering: Civil and Environmental Engineering 154, 155, 163, 164, M165,
M166; laboratory courses: 156A, 156B; capstone design courses: 157B, 157C.
Geotechnical Engineering: Civil and Environmental Engineering 125; laboratory courses:
128L, 129L; design courses: 121, 123 (capstone).
Hydrology and Water Resources Engineering:
Civil and Environmental Engineering 157A; laboratory course: 157L; design courses: 151, 152
(capstone).
Structural Engineering and Mechanics: Civil
and Environmental Engineering 125, 130,
135B, M135C, 137, 142; laboratory courses:
130L, 135L, 140L; design courses: 141, 143,
144 (capstone), 147 (capstone).
Environmental Engineering
Minor
The Environmental Engineering minor is designed for students who wish to augment their
major program of study with courses addressing issues central to the application of environmental engineering to important environmental
problems facing modern society in developed
and developing countries. The minor provides
students with a greater depth of experience
and understanding of the role that environmental engineering can play in dealing with environmental issues.
To enter the minor, students must be in good
academic standing (2.0 grade-point average or
better) and file a petition in the Office of Academic and Student Affairs, 6426 Boelter Hall.
Required Lower Division Course (4 units):
Mathematics 3C or 32A.
Required Upper Division Courses (24 units
minimum): Civil and Environmental Engineering
153 and five courses from 154, 155, 156A,
M165, M166, Chemical Engineering C118, Environment 159, 166, Environmental Health Sciences C125, C164.
A minimum of 20 units applied toward the minor requirements must be in addition to units
applied toward major requirements or another
minor, and at least 16 units applied toward the
minor must be taken in residence at UCLA.
Transfer credit for any of the above is subject
to departmental approval; consult the undergraduate counselors before enrolling in any
courses for the minor.
Each minor course must be taken for a letter
grade, and students must have a minimum
grade of C (2.0) in each and an overall gradepoint average of 2.0 or better. Successful completion of the minor is indicated on the transcript and diploma.
Graduate Study
Official, specific degree requirements are detailed in Program Requirements for UCLA
Graduate Degrees, available at the Graduate
Division website, http://grad.ucla.edu. In many
cases, more detailed guidelines may be outlined in announcements, other publications,
and websites of the schools, departments, and
programs.
Graduate Degrees
The Department of Civil and Environmental Engineering offers Master of Science (MS) and
Doctor of Philosophy (PhD) degrees in Civil
Engineering.
Graduate Courses
200. Civil and Environmental Engineering Graduate Seminar. (2) (Formerly numbered 249 and 259A.)
Seminar, four hours; outside study, two hours. Various
topics in civil and environmental engineering that may
include earthquake engineering, environmental engineering, geotechnical engineering, hydrology and
water resources engineering, materials engineering,
structural engineering, and structural mechanics. May
be repeated for credit. S/U grading.
C204. Structure, Processing, and Properties of
Civil Engineering Materials. (4) Lecture, four hours;
discussion, two hours; outside study, six hours. Discussion of aspects of cement and concrete materials,
including manufacture of cement and production of
concrete. Aspects of cement composition and basic
chemical reactions, microstructure, properties of
plastic and hardened concrete, chemical admixtures,
and quality control and acceptance testing. Development and testing of fundamentals for complete understanding of overall response of all civil engineering
materials. By end of term, successful utilization of
fundamental materials science concepts to understand, explain, analyze, and describe engineering
performance of civil engineering materials. Concurrently scheduled with course C104. Letter grading.
C205. Structure and Properties of Amorphous
Civil Engineering Materials. (4) Lecture, four hours;
discussion, two hours; outside study, six hours. Requisites: course 101, Chemistry 20A, 20B, Mathematics 31A, 31B, 32B, Physics 1A, 1B, 1C. Corequisite: course 108. Nature and properties of amorphous
civil engineering materials in fields of infrastructure
and technology. Special attention to composition-
254A. Environmental Aquatic Inorganic Chemistry. (4) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours.
Requisites: Chemistry 20B, Mathematics 31A, 31B,
Physics 1A, 1B. Equilibrium and kinetic descriptions
of chemical behavior of metals and inorganic ions in
natural fresh/marine surface waters and in water
treatment. Processes include acid-base chemistry
and alkalinity (carbonate system), complexation, precipitation/dissolution, absorption oxidation/reduction, and photochemistry. Letter grading.
255A. Physical and Chemical Processes for Water
and Wastewater Treatment. (4) Lecture, four hours;
outside study, eight hours. Requisites: courses 155,
254A. Review of momentum and mass transfer,
chemical reaction engineering, coagulation and flocculation, granular filtrations, sedimentation, carbon
adsorption, gas transfer, disinfection, oxidation, and
membrane processes. Letter grading.
255B. Biological Processes for Water and Wastewater Treatment. (4) Lecture, four hours; outside
study, eight hours. Requisites: courses 254A, 255A.
Fundamentals of environmental engineering microbiology; kinetics of microbial growth and biological oxidation; applications for activated sludge, gas transfer,
fixed-film processes, aerobic and anaerobic digestion, sludge disposal, and biological nutrient removal.
Letter grading.
258A. Membrane Separations in Aquatic Systems.
(4) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours.
Requisite: course 254A. Applications of membrane
separations to desalination, water reclamation, brine
disposal, and ultrapure water systems. Discussion of
reverse osmosis, ultrafiltration, electrodialysis, and
ion exchange technologies from both practical and
theoretical standpoints. Letter grading.
259B. Selected Topics in Water Resources. (2 to
4) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Review of recent research and developments in water
resources. Water supply and hydrology, global climate change, economic planning, optimization of
water resources development. May be taken for maximum of 4 units. Letter grading.
260. Advanced Topics in Hydrology and Water Resources. (4) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight
hours. Requisites: courses 250A, 250B, 250D. Current research topics in inverse problem of parameter
estimation, experimental design, conjunctive use of
surface and groundwater, multiobjective water resources planning, and optimization of water resource
systems. Topics may vary from term to term. Letter
grading.
261. Colloidal Phenomena in Aquatic Systems. (4)
Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Requisites: courses 254A, 255A. Colloidal interactions, colloidal stability, colloidal hydrodynamics, surface
chemistry, adsorption of pollutants on colloidal surfaces, transport of colloids in porous media, coagulation, and particle deposition. Consideration of applications to colloidal processes in aquatic environments. Letter grading.
261B. Advanced Biological Processes for Water
and Wastewater Treatment. (4) Lecture, four hours;
outside study, eight hours. Requisite: course 255B.
In-depth treatment of selected topics related to biological treatment of waters and wastewaters, such as
biodegradation of xenobiotics, pharmaceuticals,
emerging pollutants, toxicity, and nutrients. Discussion of theoretical aspects, experimental observations, and recent literature. Application to important
and emerging environmental problems. Letter
grading.
M262A. Introduction to Atmospheric Chemistry.
(4) (Same as Atmospheric and Oceanic Sciences
M203A.) Lecture, three hours. Requisite for undergraduates: Chemistry 20B. Principles of chemical kinetics, thermochemistry, spectroscopy, and photochemistry; chemical composition and history of
Earths atmosphere; biogeochemical cycles of key
atmospheric constituents; basic photochemistry of
troposphere and stratosphere, upper atmosphere
chemical processes; air pollution; chemistry and climate. S/U or letter grading.
Classics / 237
M262B. Atmospheric Diffusion and Air Pollution.
(4) (Same as Atmospheric and Oceanic Sciences
M224B.) Lecture, three hours. Nature and sources of
atmospheric pollution; diffusion from point, line, and
area sources; pollution dispersion in urban complexes; meteorological factors and air pollution potential; meteorological aspects of air pollution. S/U or
letter grading.
263A. Physics of Environmental Transport. (4)
Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Designed for graduate students. Transport processes in
surface water, groundwater, and atmosphere. Emphasis on exchanges across phase boundaries: sediment/water interface; air/water gas exchange; particles, droplets, and bubbles; small-scale dispersion
and mixing; effect of reactions on transport; linkages
between physical, chemical, and biological processes. Letter grading.
263B. Advanced Topics in Transport at Environmental Interfaces. (4) Lecture, four hours; outside
study, eight hours. Requisite: course 263A. In-depth
treatment of selected topics involving transport phenomena at environmental interfaces between solid,
fluid, and gas phases, such as aquatic sediments, porous aggregates, and vegetative canopies. Discussion
of theoretical models and experimental observations.
Application to important environmental engineering
problems. Letter grading.
265A. Mass Transfer in Environmental Systems.
(4) Lecture, four hours; computer applications, two
hours; outside study, eight hours. Designed for graduate environmental engineering program students.
Physical chemistry and mass transfer fundamentals
related to contaminant fate and transport in soil, air,
and water systems, including soil/water sorption and
desorption, contaminant retardation, vaporization and
dissolution of nonaqueous phase liquids (NAPL), and
other environmental systems. Letter grading.
265B. Contaminant Transport in Soils and
Groundwater. (4) Lecture, four hours; computer applications, two hours; outside study, six hours. Requisites: courses 250B, 265A. Principles of mass transfer
as they apply in soil and groundwater, independent
estimation of transport model parameters; remediating hazardous waste sites. Letter grading.
266. Environmental Biotechnology. (4) Lecture,
four hours; outside study, eight hours. Requisites:
courses 153, 254A. Environmental biotechnology
concept and potential, biotechnology of pollutional
control, bioremediation, biomass conversion: composting, biogas and bioethanol production. Letter
grading.
267. Environmental Applications of Geochemical
Modeling. (4) Lecture, four hours; outside study,
eight hours. Requisite: course 254A. Geochemical
modeling is important tool for predicting environmental impacts of contamination. Hands-on experience in modeling using geochemical software packages commonly found in environmental consulting industry to gain better understanding of governing
geochemical principles pertaining to movement and
transformation of contaminants. Types of modeling include speciation, mineral solubility, surface complexation, reaction path, inverse mass balance, and reactive transport modeling. Case studies involve acid
mine drainage, nuclear waste disposal, bioavailability
and risk assessment, mine tailings and mining waste,
deep well injection, landfill leachate, and microbial
respiration. Research/modeling project required.
Letter grading.
C282. Rigid and Flexible Pavements: Design, Materials, and Serviceability. (4) Lecture, four hours;
discussion, two hours; outside study, six hours. Correlation, analysis, and metrication of aspects of pavement design, including materials selection and traffic
loading and volume. Special attention to aspects of
pavement distress/serviceability and factoring of
these into metrics of pavement performance. Discussion of potential choices of pavement materials (i.e.,
asphalt and concrete) and their specific strengths and
weaknesses in paving applications. Unification and
correlation of different variables that influence pave-
CLASSICS
College of Letters and Science
UCLA
100 Dodd Hall
Box 951417
Los Angeles, CA 90095-1417
310-825-4171
fax: 310-206-1903
http://www.classics.ucla.edu
Kathryn A. Morgan, PhD, Chair
Professors
David L. Blank, PhD
Kathryn A. Morgan, PhD
Sarah P. Morris, PhD (Steinmetz Professor of Classical
Archaeology and Material Culture)
John K. Papadopoulos, PhD
Amy E. Richlin, PhD
Giulia Sissa, PhD
Brent H. Vine, PhD
Professors Emeriti
Ann L.T. Bergren, PhD
Bernard D. Frischer, PhD
Sander M. Goldberg, PhD
Michael W. Haslam, PhD
Katherine C. King, PhD
Steven Lattimore, PhD
Philip Levine, PhD
Jaan Puhvel, PhD
Associate Professors
Robert A. Gurval, PhD
Chris J. Johanson, PhD
Alex C. Purves, PhD
Assistant Professor
Francesca K. Martelli, DPhil
Undergraduate Study
Students considering a major in the department should consult the adviser as soon as
possible in their University career, but in no
case later than the point at which they are
about to take upper division courses.
The majors offered in the Classics Department
are designated capstone majors. Undergraduate students take a capstone seminar in which
they use the skills and expertise acquired in
earlier coursework to research, analyze, and
complete a written paper or project. They identify and analyze ancient classical documents,
material evidence, or other forms of primary
sources and demonstrate their critical skills by
238 / Classics
engaging in presentations and weekly discourse with their peers.
Classical Civilization BA
Capstone Major
The civilizations of ancient Greece and Rome
have made important contributions to the political, social, artistic, and intellectual development of the Western world. The purpose of the
Classical Civilization major is to provide a formal and balanced introduction to the historical
and cultural experiences of the ancient Greeks
and Romans. The program of study is structured, yet not rigid. Lower division survey
courses and requirements in elementary language study, ancient history, and classical art
establish an essential background of knowledge, while electives encourage individual and
specialized interests. The program offers a
broad range of courses in the fields of language, literature, history, mythology, religion,
philosophy, art, and archaeology. The major
serves as excellent and rewarding preparation
for a professional career in medicine, law, business, journalism, communications, or the arts.
The Major
Required: (1) Ten upper division courses in the
department (courses in related fields not offered by the department may be substituted by
petition and with approval of the undergraduate adviser)no more than three may be selected from Greek 100 through 133 or Latin
100 through 133, and Classics 198A and 198B
may be applied as only one course toward the
major and (2) one capstone seminar (Classics
191). All other courses in the 190 series may be
substituted only by petition.
Greek and related courses in civilization, culture, history, linguistics, literature, and closely
related languages.
Refer to the UCLA Transfer Admission Guide at
http://www.admission.ucla.edu/prospect/Adm
_tr/tradms.htm for up-to-date information regarding transfer selection for admission.
The Major
Required: (1) Seven upper division Greek
courses, including course 110; Greek 197 and
199 may be applied only by petition; (2) three
upper division courses in classical civilization
and/or ancient history (History 112A through
M112E, 113A, 113B, 114A, 114B, 114C, 115).
Courses in related fields not offered by the department may be substituted by petition and
with approval of the faculty undergraduate adviser; (3) one capstone seminar (Classics 191).
Admission
The honors program is open to all departmental majors with a cumulative grade-point average of 3.5 or better in departmental courses
and an overall GPA of 3.25 or better. Students
with lower GPAs may petition for admission to
the program, but these grade-point averages
must be achieved before graduation in order to
qualify for honors.
Transfer Students
Transfer applicants to the Greek and Latin major with 90 or more units must complete as
many of the following introductory courses as
possible prior to admission to UCLA: one year
of Greek and of Latin and related courses in
civilization, culture, history, linguistics, literature, and closely related languages.
Refer to the UCLA Transfer Admission Guide at
http://www.admission.ucla.edu/prospect/Adm
_tr/tradms.htm for up-to-date information regarding transfer selection for admission.
The Major
Required: (1) Eight upper division Greek and/or
Latin courses (of which at least four must be in
each language), including Greek 110 or Latin
110; Greek and/or Latin 197 and 199 may be
applied only by petition; (2) three upper division courses in classical civilization and/or ancient history (History 112A through M112E,
113A, 113B, 114A, 114B, 114C, 115). Courses
in related fields not offered by the department
may be substituted by petition and with approval of the faculty undergraduate adviser; (3)
one capstone seminar (Classics 191).
Latin BA
Capstone Major
Capstone Major
Transfer Students
Transfer applicants to the Greek major with 90
or more units must complete as many of the
following introductory courses as possible
prior to admission to UCLA: one year of
Honors Program
The Major
Capstone Major
Greek BA
Preparation for the Major
Transfer Students
Transfer applicants to the Latin major with 90
or more units must complete as many of the
following introductory courses as possible
prior to admission to UCLA: one year of Latin
and related courses in civilization, culture,
history, linguistics, literature, and closely related languages.
Requirements
All honors students are required to take Classics 191 (or an equivalent undergraduate seminar) in their junior year before beginning work
on the honors thesis. Students must then enroll in Classics 198A and 198B in consecutive
terms, in which they write the thesis under the
direct supervision of a faculty member. They
may take courses 198A and 198B concurrently
or be exempt from course 198A only with approval of the faculty undergraduate adviser. In
course 198A students submit an annotated
bibliography and preliminary outline of their
thesis. In course 198B, they submit at least
one initial draft and the final revised version of
the thesis. Only course 198B may be applied
toward the upper division classical civilization
requirement for departmental majors.
To qualify for graduation with departmental
honors, students must (1) have a cumulative
grade-point average of 3.5 or better in departmental courses and an overall GPA of 3.25 or
better and (2) complete Classics 198A and
198B with grades of A or better.
To qualify for graduation with departmental
highest honors, students must (1) have a cumulative GPA of 3.85 or better in departmental
courses and an overall GPA of 3.65 or better
and (2) complete Classics 198A and 198B with
grades of A.
Classics / 239
ture, mythology, and film provide an essential
introduction to the imagination and power of
the ancient world. Students may fulfill upper
division requirements from a variety of courses
in classical civilization and related fields, including political and social history, literature,
art and archaeology, religion, mythology, philosophy, and cultural studies of ethnicity, gender, and sexuality in antiquity.
2, 3) or its equivalent, students select departmental upper division reading courses in classical (and/or late antique and medieval) Latin
prose and poetry that provide close analysis of
individual texts, with attention to their historical, literary, and cultural context. Subjects of
study include Roman comedy, epic, lyric, elegy, satire, history, rhetoric, philosophy, epistolography, and the novel.
A minimum of 20 units applied toward the minor requirements must be in addition to units
applied toward major requirements or another
minor.
Each minor course must be taken for a letter
grade, and students must have an overall
grade-point average of 2.0 or better. Successful completion of the minor is indicated on the
transcript and diploma.
Greek Minor
The Greek minor is designed to recognize a serious commitment to the study of the Greek
language. After a year of elementary Greek
(Greek 1, 2, 3) or its equivalent, students select
departmental upper division reading courses in
ancient Greek prose and poetry that provide
close analysis of individual texts, with attention
to their historical, literary, and cultural context.
Subjects of study include Homeric epic, lyric
poetry, tragedy and comedy, history, rhetoric,
philosophy, and the New Testament.
To enter the minor, students must have an
overall grade-point average of 2.0 or better.
Required Lower Division Courses (14 units):
Greek 2, 3, 20, or equivalent. Greek 16 may be
substituted for Greek 2 and 3.
Required Upper Division Courses (20 units):
Five courses selected from Greek 100 through
133.
A minimum of 20 units applied toward the minor requirements must be in addition to units
applied toward major requirements or another
minor.
Each minor course must be taken for a letter
grade, and students must have an overall
grade-point average of 2.0 or better. Successful completion of the minor is indicated on the
transcript and diploma.
Latin Minor
The Latin minor is designed to recognize a serious commitment to the study of the Latin language. After a year of elementary Latin (Latin 1,
A minimum of 20 units applied toward the minor requirements must be in addition to units
applied toward major requirements or another
minor.
Each minor course must be taken for a letter
grade, and students must have an overall
grade-point average of 2.0 or better. Successful completion of the minor is indicated on the
transcript and diploma.
Graduate Study
Official, specific degree requirements are detailed in Program Requirements for UCLA
Graduate Degrees, available at the Graduate
Division website, http://grad.ucla.edu. In many
cases, more detailed guidelines may be outlined in announcements, other publications,
and websites of the schools, departments, and
programs.
Graduate Degrees
The Department of Classics offers the Master
of Arts (MA) degree in Greek, Master of Arts
(MA) degree in Latin, and Master of Arts (MA),
Candidate in Philosophy (CPhil), and Doctor of
Philosophy (PhD) degrees in Classics. MA degrees can be earned only after students have
been admitted to the PhD program.
Classics
Lower Division Courses
10. Discovering Greeks. (5) Lecture, three hours;
discussion, one hour. Knowledge of Greek not required. Study of Greek life and culture from age of
Homer to Roman conquest. Readings focus on selections from works of ancient authors in translation.
Lectures illustrated with images of art, architecture,
and material culture. P/NP or letter grading.
20. Discovering Romans. (5) Lecture, three hours;
discussion, one hour. Knowledge of Latin not required. Study of Roman life and culture from time of
citys legendary foundations to end of classical antiquity. Readings focus on selections from works of ancient authors in translation. Lectures illustrated with
images of art, architecture, and material culture. P/NP
or letter grading.
30. Classical Mythology. (5) Lecture, three hours;
discussion, one hour. Introduction to myths and legends of ancient Greece and/or Rome, role of those
stories in their societies, and modern approaches to
studying them. P/NP or letter grading.
240 / Classics
M121. Ancient and Medieval Political Theory. (4)
(Same as Political Science M111A.) Lecture, three or
four hours; discussion, one hour (when scheduled).
Designed for juniors/seniors. Exposition and critical
analysis of major thinkers such as Plato, Aristotle,
Thucydides, St. Augustine, Aquinas, Machiavelli, and
More and questions such as forms of government,
citizenship, justice, happiness, rhetoric, religion, emotion. P/NP or letter grading.
M124. Modern Receptions of Ancient Political
Thought. (4) (Same as Political Science M119A.) Lecture, three hours. Designed for juniors/seniors. Study
of how Western culture has conceived and reinterpreted political thought of ancient Greeks and Romans. Topics include examination of influential
case(s) of modern reception of classical antiquity.
P/NP or letter grading.
M125. Invention of Democracy. (5) (Same as Political Science M112B.) Lecture, three or four hours; discussion, one hour (when scheduled). Designed for juniors/seniors. Democracy was invented in ancient
Greece as political form grounded on equality before
law, citizenship, and freedom. It came into existence
as struggle by demos, people, aware of its excellence
and proud of its power, kratos. It became only regime
capable of including all members of community while
disregarding wealth, status, and diverging interests.
Examination of history and theory of ancient democracy. P/NP or letter grading.
137. Ancient Lives: Art of Biography. (4) Lecture,
three hours. Study of origins, development, and practice of writing lives (i.e., biography) represented in cultures of ancient Greece and Rome. Readings include
examples from Greek and Roman lives of Plutarch
and lives of Roman Emperors (Caesars) by Suetonius.
Comparisons with modern biographical traditions in
literature and film. P/NP or letter grading.
138. Ancient Letters. (4) Lecture, three hours. Requisite: course 10 or 20. Study of practice of letter
writing in ancient Greek and Roman worlds. Broad
survey of letters as literary compositions and historical documents or more focused analysis of one particular period, author, or theme. P/NP or letter
grading.
140. Topics in History of Greek Literature. (4) Lecture, three hours. Requisite: course 10 or 40W. Investigation of specific issue in understanding of Greek literature, such as definition of one genre or evaluation
of particular author. May be repeated for credit with
topic change. P/NP or letter grading.
141. Topics in History of Latin Literature. (4) Lecture, three hours. Requisite: course 20 or 41W. Investigation of specific issue in interpretation of Latin literature, such as definition of one genre or evaluation of
particular author. May be repeated for credit with
topic change. P/NP or letter grading.
142. Ancient Epic. (4) Lecture, three hours. Requisite: one course from 10, 20, 30, 40W, or 41W.
Homers Iliad and Odyssey, Vergils Aeneid, and Ovids
Metamorphoses, studied in translation. P/NP or letter
grading.
143A. Ancient Tragedy. (4) Lecture, three hours.
Requisite: course 10 or 40W. Survey of tragedy from
5th-century Athens through later antiquity. P/NP or
letter grading.
143B. Ancient Comedy. (4) Lecture, three hours.
Requisite: course 10 or 20. Survey of comedy as it
developed in Greek and Roman worlds. P/NP or letter
grading.
144. Topical Studies in Ancient Culture. (4) Lecture, three hours. Requisite: one course from 10, 20,
30, 40W, or 41W. Investigation of one problem in ancient culture that involves discussion of both Greek
and Roman material. May be repeated for credit with
topic change. P/NP or letter grading.
M145A. Ancient Greek and Roman Philosophy. (4)
(Same as Philosophy M103A.) Lecture, three hours.
Study of some major Greek and Roman philosophical
texts, including those of pre-Socratics, Plato, Aristotle, and Hellenistic philosophers, with emphasis on
Classics / 241
164. Spectacle Entertainments of Ancient Rome.
(4) Lecture, three hours. Requisite: course 20. Study
of culture and politics of urban entertainment in ancient Rome, including gladiatorial competitions,
chariot races, and theatrical productions. P/NP or
letter grading.
165. Ancient Athletics. (4) Lecture, three hours.
Requisite: course 10 or History 1A. Study of ancient
Greek and Roman athletics and their connections
with religion, politics, literature, and art. P/NP or letter
grading.
166A. Greek Religion. (4) Lecture, three hours. Requisite: course 10 or 30. Study of religion of ancient
Greeks. P/NP or letter grading.
166B. Roman Religion. (4) Lecture, three hours.
Requisite: course 20. Study of religion of ancient Romans. P/NP or letter grading.
M167. Magic in Ancient World. (4) (Same as Ancient Near East M167.) Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour (when scheduled). Requisite: course
10 or 20. Exploration of art of influencing natural
course of events by occult means as practiced in ancient world at large. Coverage of beliefs in supernatural forces, rites aimed at controlling these forces effectively, and character and social roles of ritual experts in various cultures of ancient world. Source
material includes types of magical spells, literary texts
about magic and magicians, and artifacts such as
amulets and ritual implements. P/NP or letter grading.
168. Comparative Mythology. (4) Lecture, three
hours. Requisites: course 30, or GE Clusters 30A,
30B, and 30CW. Religious, mythical, and/or historical
traditions of Greece and Rome compared with each
other and with other traditions worldwide. P/NP or
letter grading.
169. Sex in Ancient World. (4) Lecture, three hours.
Requisite: course 10 or 20 or History 1A. Examination
of sex and gender systems of Greek and Roman cultures in ancient Mediterranean world. What Greek and
Roman sex/gender systems were, how they changed
over time, and difference it makes. Readings include
both modern theories about sex and history as foundation for course and broad range of ancient texts in
translation. P/NP or letter grading.
M170C. Power and Imagination in Byzantium. (4)
(Same as History M116C.) Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour (when scheduled). Requisites: History 116A, 116B. Designed for juniors/seniors. Study
of relations of authority and intelligentsia in highly
centralized Byzantine Empire. Topics include criticism
of emperor, iconoclasm, intellectual freedom, attempts at reform. Letter grading.
180. Introduction to Classical Linguistics. (4) Lecture, three hours. Requisite: Greek 3 or Latin 3. Linguistic approach to Greek and Latin, including IndoEuropean background, etymology, pronunciation, alphabets, sociolinguistics (dialects, bilingualism), and
applications to classical literature. P/NP or letter
grading.
185. Origins and Nature of English Vocabulary. (5)
Lecture, three hours. Origins and nature of English vocabulary, from Proto-Indo-European prehistory to current slang. Topics include Greek and Latin component
in English (including technical terminology), alphabet
and English spelling, semantic change and word formation, vocabulary in literature and film. P/NP or letter
grading.
190. Research Colloquia in Classics. (1) Seminar,
one hour. Limited to juniors/seniors. Designed to
bring together students undertaking supervised tutorial research in seminar setting with one or more faculty members to discuss their own work or related
work in discipline. Led by one supervising faculty
member. May be repeated for credit. P/NP grading.
191. Capstone Seminar: Classics. (5) Seminar,
three hours. Requisites: courses 10, 20, at least four
upper division major courses. Limited to declared junior/senior departmental majors; minors may be admitted with consent of instructor. Topical research
seminar on important themes, periods, genres of ancient Greek and Roman world. Intended to provide
students with opportunity for serious engagement
with research in discipline under close faculty supervision. Readings, discussions, oral presentations, and
final research paper or project. May be repeated for
credit. Letter grading.
193. Journal Club Seminars: Classics. (1) Seminar,
one hour. Limited to undergraduate students. Group
discussion of readings and topics selected from current issues in classics and related disciplines. May be
repeated for credit. P/NP grading.
197. Individual Studies in Classics. (2 to 4) Tutorial,
two hours. Limited to juniors/seniors. Individual intensive study, with scheduled meetings to be arranged
between faculty member and student. Assigned
reading and tangible evidence of mastery of subject
matter required. May be repeated for credit. Individual
contract required. P/NP or letter grading.
198A-198B. Honors Research in Classics. (2-5)
Limited to junior/senior departmental honors program
students. May be repeated for credit. Individual contract required. 198A. Tutorial, six hours. Requisite:
course 191. Tutorial under direct supervision of faculty member. Research and development of thesis
outline in preparation of paper to be completed in
course 198B. In Progress grading. 198B. Tutorial, 15
hours. Requisite: course 198A. Completion of final research thesis under direct supervision of faculty
member. Letter grading.
199. Directed Research in Classics. (2 to 4) Tutorial, two hours. Limited to juniors/seniors. Supervised
individual research or investigation under guidance of
faculty mentor. Culminating paper or project required.
May be repeated for credit. Individual contract required. P/NP or letter grading.
Graduate Courses
200. History of Classical Scholarship. (4) Lecture,
four hours. S/U or letter grading.
201B. Topics in Ancient History: Roman World. (2
or 4) Seminar, three hours. Introduction to basic
methods and approaches to study of Roman history
by intensive examination of selected topics, including
readings of ancient texts and modern scholarship.
S/U or letter grading.
M218. Paleography of Latin and Vernacular Manuscripts, 900 to 1500. (4) (Same as English M215,
French M210, and History M218.) Lecture, three
hours; discussion, two hours. Introduction to history
of Latin and vernacular manuscript book from 900 to
1500 to (1) train students to make informed judgments with regard to place and date of origin, (2) provide training in accurate reading and transcription of
later medieval scripts, and (3) examine manuscript
book as witness to changing society that produced it.
Focus on relationship between Latin manuscripts and
vernacular manuscripts with regard to their respective
presentation of written texts. S/U or letter grading.
220A. Interfaces: Transmission of Roman Literature. (2 or 4) Seminar, three hours. Examination of
transmission of Latin classical literature in late antiquity, Middle Ages, and Renaissance to understand
processes by which Latin literature has been preserved. S/U (2-unit course) or letter (4-unit course)
grading.
244. Textual Criticism: Studies in Preparation of
Critical Edition of Greek and/or Latin Texts. (2 or
4) Seminar, three hours. Different steps required in
preparation of critical edition of ancient text: localizing
manuscripts; collation; establishing stemma; selecting right reading on basis of knowledge of context, of language of author, and of sources; emendations; formulation of apparatus criticus and apparatus
fontium. S/U (2-unit course) or letter (4-unit course)
grading.
245. Computing and Classics. (2 or 4) Seminar,
three hours. Introduction to processing and analysis
of digitized texts of classical authors for purposes of
literary history and criticism. S/U (2-unit course) or
letter (4-unit course) grading.
246. Greek and Latin Meter. (2 or 4) Seminar, three
hours. Comprehensive study of meter as it functions
in classical poetry. S/U (2-unit course) or letter (4-unit
course) grading.
250. Topics in Greek and Roman Culture and Literature. (2 or 4) Seminar, three hours. Interdisciplinary study on topics of ancient Greek and Roman
culture and/or literature. May be repeated for credit
with topic change. S/U or letter grading.
251A. Seminar: Classical ArchaeologyAegean
Bronze Age. (2 or 4) Seminar, three hours. S/U or
letter grading.
251B. Seminar: Classical ArchaeologyGrecoRoman Architecture. (2 or 4) Seminar, three hours.
Studies in style and iconography of various periods of
Aegean, Greek, and Roman architecture. S/U (2-unit
course) or letter (4-unit course) grading.
251C. Seminar: Classical ArchaeologyGrecoRoman Sculpture. (2 to 4) Seminar, three hours.
Studies in style and iconography of various periods of
Aegean, Greek, and Roman sculpture. S/U (2-unit
course) or letter (4-unit course) grading.
251D. Seminar: Classical ArchaeologyGrecoRoman Painting. (2 or 4) Seminar, three hours.
Studies in style and iconography of various periods of
Aegean, Greek, and Roman painting. May be repeated for credit with consent of instructor. S/U or
letter grading.
C251E. Archaeological Field Techniques. (12) Offcampus field archaeology, 36 hours. Preparation: at
least one classical archaeology course. Training in
techniques of archaeological research in field, including topographic and area survey, mapping and
recording artifacts, excavation and data analysis.
Conducted in Mediterranean area. Concurrently
scheduled with course C151E. S/U or letter grading.
252. Topography and Monuments of Athens. (2 or
4) Lecture, two or four hours. Detailed studies in topography and monuments of Athens, combining evidence of literature, inscriptions, and actual remains.
S/U or letter grading.
253. Topography and Monuments of Rome. (2 or
4) Lecture, two or four hours. Detailed studies in topography and monuments of ancient Rome, combining evidence of literature, inscriptions, and actual
remains. S/U or letter grading.
260. Topics in Ancient Religion. (2 or 4) Seminar,
three hours. S/U or letter grading.
287. Graduate Colloquium in Classical Literature.
(2) Seminar, three hours. Survey of basic methods of
and approaches to classical scholarship, including
textual criticism, literary interpretation and theory,
hermeneutics, interdisciplinary studies, and computer
applications to classics. Emphasis varies from year to
year, depending on instructor(s). May be repeated for
credit with topic change. S/U grading.
288. Literary Theory. (2 or 4) Discussion, three hours.
Designed for graduate students. Introduction to chief
texts in literary theory and criticism for readers of
classical literature, with application to classical texts.
S/U or letter grading.
375. Teaching Apprentice Practicum. (1 to 4) Seminar, to be arranged. Preparation: apprentice personnel employment as teaching assistant, associate,
or fellow. Teaching apprenticeship under active guidance and supervision of regular faculty member responsible for curriculum and instruction at UCLA.
May be repeated for credit. S/U grading.
495. Teaching Classics. (2) Seminar, two hours.
Normally to be taken by all graduate students in term
before or during their first assignments as teaching
assistants. Seminar/workshop in various pedagogical
issues and strategies in preparation for teaching classical civilization, Greek, and/or Latin undergraduate
courses. Readings and group discussions in topics
related to teaching in field of classics. May not be applied toward MA or PhD course requirements. S/U
grading.
501. Cooperative Program. (2 to 8) Tutorial, to be
arranged. Preparation: consent of UCLA adviser and
graduate dean, and host campus instructor, department chair, and graduate dean. Used to record enrollment of UCLA students in courses taken under cooperative arrangements with USC. S/U grading.
596. Directed Individual Study or Research. (2 to
8) Tutorial, to be arranged. S/U grading.
242 / Classics
597. Study for MA Comprehensive Examination or
PhD Qualifying Examinations. (2 to 8) Tutorial, to
be arranged. S/U grading.
599. Research for PhD Dissertation. (2 to 8) Tutorial, to be arranged. S/U grading.
Greek
Lower Division Courses
1. Elementary Greek. (5) Lecture, three hours;
discussion, two hours. P/NP or letter grading.
2. Elementary Greek. (5) Lecture, three hours;
discussion, two hours. Enforced requisite: course 1.
P/NP or letter grading.
3. Elementary Greek. (5) Lecture, three hours;
discussion, two hours. Enforced requisite: course 2.
P/NP or letter grading.
8A-8B-8C. Elementary Modern Greek. (4-4-4) Lecture, three hours. Course 8A is enforced requisite to
8B, which is enforced requisite to 8C. Introductory
modern Greek sequence, with emphasis on spoken
modern Greek. P/NP or letter grading.
9A-9B-9C. Intermediate Modern Greek. (4-4-4)
Lecture, three hours. Enforced requisite: course 8C.
Course 9A is enforced requisite to 9B, which is enforced requisite to 9C. Intermediate-level program in
modern Greek language study from communicative
and task-based approach. Continued development of
student understanding and use of Greek syntax and
morphology through oral and written activities,
reading, and listening. Students master basic communication skills, communicate in everyday real-life
situations, comprehend simple passages, announcements, and advertisements, master basic rules of
modern Greek grammar and syntax, read fluently, and
write accurately. P/NP or letter grading.
15. Elementary Modern Greek. (12) Lecture, 18 to
19 hours. Eight-week intensive introduction to principles of speaking, reading, and writing modern (demotic) Greek. Offered in summer only. P/NP or letter
grading.
16. Intensive First-Year Greek. (12) Lecture, 19 hours.
Eight-week intensive introduction to Greek language
equivalent to courses 1, 2, and 3. Offered in summer
only. P/NP or letter grading.
20. Intermediate Greek. (4) Lecture, three hours;
discussion, one hour (when scheduled). Requisite:
course 3 or 16. Formal review of Greek grammar and
syntax and development of skills in reading original
texts of Greek prose. Readings selected to introduce
literature and culture of ancient Greece. P/NP or letter
grading.
Graduate Courses
200A-200B-200C. History of Greek Literature. (44-4) Lecture, three hours. Lectures on history of
Greek literature, supplemented by reading of Greek
texts in original language. Each course may be taken
independently for credit. S/U or letter grading.
201A-201B. Homer: Iliad. (2 or 4 each) Lecture,
three hours. Course 201A is requisite to 201B. S/U (2unit course) or letter (4-unit course) grading.
202A-202B. Homer: Odyssey and Epic Cycle. (2 or
4 each) Lecture, three hours. Course 202A is requisite to 202B. S/U (2-unit course) or letter (4-unit
course) grading.
203. Hesiod. (2 or 4) Seminar, three hours. S/U (2unit course) or letter (4-unit course) grading.
204. Homeric Hymns. (2 or 4) Seminar, three hours.
S/U (2-unit course) or letter (4-unit course) grading.
Classics / 243
242. Greek Dialects and Historical Grammar. (2 or
4) Lecture, three hours. Linguistic situation in early
Greece. Readings in classical Greek dialectal texts.
Greek grammar in context of common Greek and
Indo-European linguistics. S/U or letter grading.
243. Mycenaean Greek. (2 or 4) Seminar, three hours.
Script, language, and grammar of Linear B inscriptions; their relevance to ancient Greek linguistic and
cultural history. S/U or letter grading.
244. Greek Papyrology. (2 or 4) Seminar, three hours.
Preparation: reading knowledge of Greek. Introduction to Greek papyri, considered both as historical
documents and as carriers of literature. S/U (2-unit
course) or letter (4-unit course) grading.
245. Greek Palaeography. (2 or 4) Seminar, three
hours. Studies in development of book hand in Greek
manuscripts earlier than invention of printing. S/U (2unit course) or letter (4-unit course) grading.
250. Topical Studies of Ancient Greece. (2 or 4)
Lecture, three hours. Advanced study of some aspect
of ancient Greek language, literature, and/or culture.
May be repeated for credit with topic change. S/U (2unit course) or letter (4-unit course) grading.
596. Directed Individual Study or Research. (2 to
8) Tutorial, to be arranged. S/U grading.
597. Study for MA Comprehensive Examination or
PhD Qualifying Examinations. (2 to 8) Tutorial, to
be arranged. S/U grading.
599. Research for PhD Dissertation. (2 to 8) Tutorial, to be arranged. S/U grading.
Latin
Lower Division Courses
1. Elementary Latin. (5) Lecture, three hours; discussion, two hours. P/NP or letter grading.
1G. Elementary Latin for Graduate Students. (No
credit) Lecture, eight hours. Concurrently scheduled
with course 14. No grading.
2. Elementary Latin. (5) Lecture, three hours; discussion, two hours. Enforced requisite: course 1. P/NP or
letter grading.
3. Elementary Latin. (5) Lecture, three hours; discussion, two hours. Enforced requisite: course 2 or
14. P/NP or letter grading.
14. Elementary Latin: Intensive. (10) Lecture, 10
hours. Declensions of nouns and adjectives, conjugations in indicative mood, and primary uses of subjunctive mood. Emphasis on development of ability to
read easy selections of classical prose. P/NP or letter
grading.
16. Intensive First-Year Latin. (12) Lecture, 19 hours.
Eight-week intensive introduction to Latin language
equivalent to courses 1, 2, and 3. Offered in summer
only. P/NP or letter grading.
20. Intermediate Latin. (4) Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour (when scheduled). Requisite:
course 3 or 16. Formal review of Latin grammar and
syntax and development of skills in reading original
texts of Latin prose. Readings selected to introduce
literature and culture of ancient Rome. P/NP or letter
grading.
105A. Beginning Vergil: Selections from Aeneid IVI. (4) Lecture, three hours. Requisite: course 100.
Reading of one or more books from first half of Aeneid, designed especially for students with only limited experience in reading Latin poetry. May be repeated for credit with change in readings and consent
of instructor. P/NP or letter grading.
105B. Advanced Vergil. (4) Lecture, three hours.
Requisite: course 105A. Reading and discussion of
Vergils Eclogues, Georgics, and/or second half of Aeneid. May be repeated for credit with change in readings. P/NP or letter grading.
106. Catullus. (4) Lecture, three hours. Requisite:
course 100. P/NP or letter grading.
107. Horace. (4) Lecture, three hours. Requisite:
course 100. P/NP or letter grading.
108. Roman Elegy. (4) Lecture, three hours. Requisite: course 100. Selections from Catullus, Tibullus,
and Propertius. P/NP or letter grading.
109. Roman Satire. (4) Lecture, three hours. Requisite: course 100. Readings from author(s) of Roman
satire, including Horace, Persius, and Juvenal, or related satiric texts. May be repeated for credit with
change in readings and consent of instructor. P/NP or
letter grading.
110. Study of Latin Prose. (4) Lecture, three hours.
Requisite: course 100. Work in sight reading and
grammatical analysis of classical prose texts; writing
of classical prose. P/NP or letter grading.
111. Livy. (4) Lecture, three hours. Requisite: course
100. P/NP or letter grading.
112. Tacitus. (4) Lecture, three hours. Requisite:
course 100. P/NP or letter grading.
113. Cicero: Orations. (4) Lecture, three hours. Requisite: course 100. P/NP or letter grading.
114. Roman Epistolography: Cicero and Pliny. (4)
Lecture, three hours. Requisite: course 100. P/NP or
letter grading.
115. Caesar. (4) Lecture, three hours. Requisite:
course 100. P/NP or letter grading.
116. Roman Novel. (4) Lecture, three hours. Requisite: course 100. Reading and discussion of either
Petronius Satyricon or Apuleius Metamorphoses and
development of genre of prose novel in antiquity. May
be repeated for credit with change in author and text.
P/NP or letter grading.
117. Sallust. (4) Lecture, three hours. Requisite:
course 100. P/NP or letter grading.
118. Seneca. (4) Lecture, three hours. Requisite:
course 100. Selection of Senecas works read in Latin.
P/NP or letter grading.
119A. Readings in Roman Prose. (4) Lecture, three
hours. Requisite: course 100. Readings of selected
Roman prose author(s). Topics may vary from year to
year and may be organized in terms of chronology
(Republican or imperial), literary genre (Roman biography, antiquarian learning, or science), and/or theme.
May be repeated for credit with topic change. P/NP or
letter grading.
119B. Readings in Roman Poetry. (4) Lecture, three
hours. Requisite: course 100. Readings of selected
Roman poetry author(s). Topics may vary from year to
year and may be organized in terms of chronology
(Republican or imperial), epic, lyric, elegy, and/or
theme. May be repeated for credit with topic change.
P/NP or letter grading.
120. Vulgate. (4) Lecture, three hours. Requisite:
course 3. Reading of selected chapters of St. Jeromes translation of Bible, with emphasis on unclassical features of Latin. P/NP or letter grading.
121. Patristic Texts. (4) Lecture, three hours. Requisite: course 100. Reading and discussion of one or
more Latin patristic texts (especially works of Ambrose, Augustine, and/or Jerome), with emphasis on
specific features of patristic, as opposed to classical,
Latin. P/NP or letter grading.
130. Introduction to Postclassical Latin. (4) Lecture, three hours. Basic competence in classical Latin
required. Readings in postclassical Latin. P/NP or
letter grading.
Graduate Courses
200A-200B-200C. History of Latin Literature (4-44). Lecture, three hours. Lectures on history of Latin
literature, supplemented by reading of Latin texts in
original language. Each course may be taken independently for credit. S/U or letter grading.
201. Roman Epic Tradition. (2 or 4) Seminar, three
hours. Close study of one epic poet other than Vergil
(e.g., Ennius, Lucan, Valerius Flaccus, Statius, Silius
Italicus), with attention to literary tradition of epic. May
be repeated for credit with topic change. S/U (2-unit
course) or letter (4-unit course) grading.
202. Seminar: Catullus. (2 or 4) Seminar, three hours.
Detailed consideration of entire Catullan corpus. S/U
(2-unit course) or letter (4-unit course) grading.
203A. Elegiac Poetry. (2 or 4) Lecture, three hours.
S/U (2-unit course) or letter (4-unit course) grading.
203B. Propertius. (2 or 4) Lecture,
three
hours.
Course 203A is not requisite to 203B. S/U (2-unit
course) or letter (4-unit course) grading.
204A-204B. Vergils Aeneid. (2 or 4 each) Lecture,
three hours. Course 204A is requisite to 204B. S/U (2unit course) or letter (4-unit course) grading.
205A. Seminar: Vergils Bucolics. (2 or 4) Seminar,
three hours. S/U (2-unit course) or letter (4-unit
course) grading.
205B. Seminar: Vergils Georgics. (2 or 4) Seminar,
three hours. Course 205A is not requisite to 205B.
Close reading of Vergils text; careful evaluation of influential criticism on poem, much of it recent; examination of works place within tradition of rural poetry.
S/U (2-unit course) or letter (4-unit course) grading.
206. Horace. (2 or 4) Lecture, three hours. S/U (2unit course) or letter (4-unit course) grading.
207. Roman Comedy. (2 or 4) Seminar, three hours.
Survey of history of Roman comedy. S/U (2-unit
course) or letter (4-unit course) grading.
208. Ovid. (2 or 4) Seminar, three hours. S/U (2-unit
course) or letter (4-unit course) grading.
209. Seminar: Roman Satire. (2 or 4) Seminar, three
hours. Detailed study of one individual satirist, with attention to his position in development of satirical
genre in Roman literature. Choice of author varies
from year to year. Close study of text, of characteristics of writer as social critic and artist, and of contemporary literary and social environment. S/U (2-unit
course) or letter (4-unit course) grading.
210. Advanced Latin Prose Composition. (4) Lecture, three hours. Requisite: course 110. S/U or letter
grading.
211A-211B-211C. Seminars: Roman Historians. (2
or 4 each) Seminar, three hours. Study of considerable portions of writings of following historians. Each
course may be taken independently for credit. S/U (2unit course) or letter (4-unit course) grading. 211A.
Sallust; 211B. Livy; 211C. Tacitus.
245. Neo-Latin. (2 or 4) Seminar, three hours. Preparation: at least two upper division Latin courses. Requisite: course 100. Survey of texts by one or more authors from Renaissance to present, written on related
topics. S/U or letter grading.
250. Topical Studies of Ancient Rome. (2 or 4)
Seminar, three hours. Advanced study of some aspect of Latin language or literature or Roman culture.
May be repeated for credit with topic change. S/U (2unit course) or letter (4-unit course) grading.
495. College Teaching of Latin. (2) Seminar, to be
arranged. Preparation: appointment as teaching assistant. Methodology of instruction in conjunction
with classroom practice. May be repeated for credit.
S/U grading.
596. Directed Individual Study or Research. (2 to
8) Tutorial, to be arranged. S/U grading.
597. Study for MA Comprehensive Examination or
PhD Qualifying Examinations. (2 to 8) Tutorial, to
be arranged. S/U grading.
599. Research for PhD Dissertation. (2 to 8) Tutorial, to be arranged. S/U grading.
Undergraduate Study
COMMUNICATION
STUDIES
College of Letters and Science
UCLA
2303 Rolfe Hall
Box 951538
Los Angeles, CA 90095-1538
310-825-3303
fax: 310-206-2371
e-mail: commstudies@ucla.edu
http://www.commstudies.ucla.edu
Tim J. Groeling, PhD, Chair
Professors
Steven E. Clayman, PhD
Charles Goodwin, PhD
Tim J. Groeling, PhD
Martie G. Haselton, PhD
Neil M. Malamuth, PhD
Lynn Vavreck Lewis, PhD
Professors Emeriti
William W. Johnson, PhD
Paul I. Rosenthal, PhD
John H. Schumann, PhD
Associate Professors
Gregory A. Bryant, PhD
Kerri L. Johnson, PhD
Francis F. Steen, PhD
Assistant Professors
Georgia C. Kernell, PhD
PJ Lamberson, PhD
Senior Lecturers
Marde S. Gregory, MA, Emeritus
Thomas E. Miller, MA
Paul Von Blum, JD, Emeritus
Lecturers
Nushin Arbabzadah, MPhil
Dee A. Bridgewater, PhD
Celia Feramisco, MBA
Keith A. Fink, JD
Mark A. Huppin, JD, PhD
Raffi Kassabian, JD
Karyl K. Kicenski, PhD
John Kochian, MA
Nazo L. Koulloukian, JD
Karen S. Mack, MA
Judith B. Milestone, MA
James S. Newton, BA
Steven M. Peterson, PhD
Michael W. Suman, PhD
Communication Studies BA
Students fulfilling the major in Communication
Studies must complete the seven required
lower division courses and a minimum of 10 or
11 upper division courses as set forth below.
Enrollment in the major is limited. Admission to
the major is by application to the committee in
charge. Applications are available at http://
www.commstudies.ucla.edu to regularly enrolled UCLA students during spring quarter.
The Major
Students must complete 10 or 11 upper division courses. The practicum requirement can
be satisfied by a course that also satisfies a
core or an additional area elective course
requirement.
Honors Program
The departmental honors program provides
exceptional students an opportunity for advanced research and study, under the guidance of a faculty member, that leads to the
completion of an honors thesis. To qualify for
graduation with departmental honors, students
must (1) complete all requirements for the major, (2) have a cumulative grade-point average
of 3.6 or better in upper division coursework in
the major and an overall GPA of 3.3 or better in
all completed University coursework, (3) complete Communication Studies 198A, 198B, and
198C, and (4) produce a completed satisfactory honors thesis (as determined by a recommendation of their thesis adviser and final approval by the department chair). Consult the
student affairs officer for further information.
Computing Specialization
Majors in Communication Studies may select a
specialization in Computing by (1) satisfying all
the requirements for a bachelors degree in the
major, (2) completing Program in Computing
10A and 10B, and (3) completing four courses
(at least one of which must be in communication studies) from Communication Studies 129,
151, 154, 156, 158, Program in Computing
10C, 20A, 20B, 40A. Courses need to be com-
Communication Studies
Lower Division Courses
1. Principles of Oral Communication. (4) Lecture,
four hours. Enforced requisite: satisfaction of EntryLevel Writing requirement. Examination of foundations of communication and public speaking. Consideration of number of basic theories related to study of
communication and development of skills to enable
composition and delivery of speeches in accordance
with specific rhetorical concepts. Improvement of
ability to analyze, organize, and critically think about
communicative messages while becoming better
equipped to articulate ideas. P/NP or letter grading.
1A. Public Speaking for Nonnative Speakers. (4)
Lecture, four hours. Designed for nonnative speakers
of English to increase fluency and vocabulary while
improving presentation skills, language usage, reasoning, style, and delivery. Conversation and pronunciation practice. Focus on theory and practice of
public speaking, including selection of content, organization of ideas, language, and delivery. Practice in
extemporaneous and manuscript speaking. Critical
analysis of speeches in both contemporary and historical settings. Special emphasis on group discussions, evaluations, practice of both public and private
speaking skills. Offered in summer only. P/NP or letter
grading.
1B. Learning American English and Culture from
Movies. (4) Lecture, four hours. Advancement of students fluency in conversational English while increasing their awareness of American popular culture.
Primer on American-style colloquial English and nuances of contemporary customs and values offered
through guided immersion in popular cinema. Offered
in summer only. P/NP or letter grading.
10. Introduction to Communication Studies. (5)
Lecture, four hours; discussion, one hour. Introduction
to fields of mass communication and interpersonal
communication. Study of modes, media, and effects
of mass communication, interpersonal processes,
and communication theory. Letter grading.
M70. Origin of Language. (5) (Same as German
M70 and Indo-European Studies M70.) Lecture, three
hours; discussion, one hour. Theoretical and methodological issues surrounding origin of language. Topics
include evolutionary theory, evolution of man, how
language is organized in brain, and science of language, including physiology of speech, phonetics,
and comparative reconstruction. Letter grading.
M72A-M72B-M72CW. Sex from Biology to Gendered Society. (6-6-6) (Same as GE Clusters M72AM72B-M72CW, Society and Genetics M72A-M72BM72CW, and Sociology M72A-M72B-M72CW.)
Course M72A is enforced requisite to M72B, which is
enforced requisite to M72CW. Limited to first-year
freshmen. Letter grading. M72A-M72B. Lecture, three
hours; discussion, two hours. Examination of many
ways in which sex and sexual identity shape and are
shaped by biological and social forces, approached
from complementary perspectives of anthropology,
biology, medicine, and sociology. Specific topics include biological origins of sex differences, intersex,
gender identity, gender inequality, homosexuality, sex
differences, sex/gender and law, and politics of sex
research. M72CW. Special Topics. Seminar, three
hours. Enforced requisite: course M72B. Topics may
include politics of reproduction, sexuality, sexual
identity, social construction of gender, and reproductive technologies. Satisfies Writing II requirement.
88. Sophomore Seminars: Communication Studies. (4) Seminar, three hours. Limited to maximum of
20 lower division students. Readings and discussions
designed to introduce students to current research in
discipline. Culminating project may be required. P/NP
or letter grading.
sive research project under direct supervision of faculty member. 198B. Requisite: course 198A.
Continuation of work initiated in course 198A. Presentation of summary of data gathered and relevant
progress to supervising faculty member. 198C. Requisite: course 198B. Completion of research developed
in courses 198A, 198B. Presentation of honors
project to supervising faculty member.
199. Directed Research or Senior Project in Communication Studies. (2 to 4) Tutorial, one hour. Limited to juniors/seniors. Supervised individual research
or investigation under guidance of faculty mentor.
Culminating paper or project required. May be repeated for credit. Individual contract required. P/NP
or letter grading.
Adjunct Professors
Neal A. Baer, MD, AM, EdM
Diana M. Bont, DrPH, RN
Elizabeth DAmico, PhD
Daniel H. Ershoff, DrPH
Ronald J. Halbert, MD
Wendelin M. Slusser, MD, MS
Samuel J. Stratton, MD, MPH
COMMUNITY HEALTH
SCIENCES
Jonathan and Karin Fielding School of
Public Health
UCLA
36-071 Center for the Health Sciences
Box 951772
Los Angeles, CA 90095-1772
310-825-5308
fax: 310-794-1805
http://chs.ph.ucla.edu
Steven P. Wallace, PhD, Chair
Carol S. Aneshensel, PhD, Vice Chair
Professors
Carol S. Aneshensel, PhD
Linda B. Bourque, PhD
Anne L. Coleman, MD, PhD (Fran and Ray Stark
Foundation Professor of Ophthalmology)
Gilbert C. Gee, PhD
Deborah C. Glik, ScD
Kimberly D. Gregory, MD, MPH, in Residence
Robert J. Kim-Farley, MD, MPH, in Residence
Joel D. Kopple, MD, in Residence
James A. Macinko, PhD
Donald E. Morisky, ScD, MSPH, ScM
Anne R. Pebley, PhD (Fred H. Bixby Professor of
Population Policy)
Michael L. Prelip, DPA, MPH, CHES, in Residence
Michael G. Ross, MD, MPH
Mary Jane Rotheram-Borus, PhD, in Residence
Dawn M. Upchurch, PhD
Steven P. Wallace, PhD
May C. Wang, DrPH
Professors Emeriti
Graduate Study
Official, specific degree requirements are detailed in Program Requirements for UCLA
Graduate Degrees, available at the Graduate
Division website, http://grad.ucla.edu. In many
cases, more detailed guidelines may be outlined in announcements, other publications,
and websites of the schools, departments, and
programs.
Associate Professors
David P. Eisenman, MD, MSHS, in Residence
Chandra L. Ford, PhD
Michael C. Lu, MD, MPH
Ondine S. von Ehrenstein, MPH, MS, PhD
Assistant Professors
Hiram Beltrn-Snchez, PhD
Jessica D. Gipson, MPH, PhD
Lecturers
Julie A. Elginer, DrPH
Susan D. Kirby, MPH, DrPH
Bonnie Taub, PhD
Graduate Degrees
The Department of Community Health Sciences offers Master of Science (MS) and Doctor of Philosophy (PhD) degrees in Community
Health Sciences and a Master of Public Health
for Health Professionals (MPH-HP) degree. A
concurrent degree program (Community
Health Sciences MPH/Urban Planning MURP)
is also offered.
Community Health
Sciences
Lower Division Courses
48. Nutrition and Food Studies: Principles and
Practice. (4) Lecture, three hours; discussion, one
hour. Overview of nutritional sciences and public
health nutrition. Examination of basic science concepts of nutrition and application of them to student
lives and real-world issues through lectures, diet analysis, activities, reports, discussion of video and
reading assignments, and reviews of community programs that apply nutrition and behavior theory to improve health of public. Description of components of
diets and food sources, including proteins, fats, carbohydrates, vitamins, and minerals and their roles in
maintaining body health. Exploration of aspects of social, cultural, behavioral, and environmental causes of
chronic disease. Letter grading.
60. Intergroup Dialogue: Peer Dialogue. (2) Seminar, two hours. Discussion on issues of difference,
conflict, and community to facilitate understanding
between social/cultural groups. Student participation
in semi-structured face-to-face meetings with students from other social identity groups to learn from
each others perspectives, read and discuss relevant
reading material, and explore their own and other
groups experiences in various social and institutional
contexts. Exploration of ways of taking action to
create change and bridge differences at interpersonal
and social/community levels. P/NP or letter grading.
80. FITTED: Fitness Improvement Training
through Exercise and Diet. (1) Lecture, one hour;
activity, two hours. Success in undergraduate experience is very much influenced by attributes beyond intellectual competence. Examination of personal, social, and environmental factors that influence college
students eating behaviors, physical activity patterns,
and body image. Development of individualized student plans for eating well, being active, and feeling
good about their bodies. Learning of practical skills
with application to nutrition, physical activity, positive
body image, stress management, and other aspects
of wellness as students participate in critical evaluation of popular diets, healthy body weights, fitness,
supplements, media body ideals, and self-destructive
thoughts. P/NP grading.
91. Peer Health Counselor Training. (4) Lecture,
four hours. Limited to students in Peer Health Counselor Program. Analysis of student healthcare issues
as related to campus healthcare delivery system and
to healthcare consumer. Identification of health
needs, determination of appropriate resources, delivery of preventive and self-care education, and delineation of peer health counselors role. P/NP or letter
grading.
99. Student Research Program. (1 to 2) Tutorial
(supervised research or other scholarly work), three
hours per week per unit. Entry-level research for lower
division students under guidance of faculty mentor.
Students must be in good academic standing and enrolled in minimum of 12 units (excluding this course).
Individual contract required; consult Undergraduate
Research Center. May be repeated. P/NP grading.
Graduate Courses
200. Global Health Problems. (4) Lecture, two hours;
discussion, two hours. Overview of health profile of
world in the century. Global health problems and
methods by which they have been dealt in context of
Alma Ata goal of health for all by year 2000. Letter
grading.
205. Immigrant Health. (4) Lecture, two hours; discussion, one hour. Limited to graduate students.
Overview of key topics in public health for documented and undocumented immigrants and refugees
in U.S. Demographics, health status, behavioral risk
factors, and social determinants, health and human
rights, and access to healthcare and prevention services. Analysis of public policy across topics. Builds
skills necessary to develop integrated approach to
health of immigrant populations. Letter grading.
M208. Introduction to Demographic Methods. (4)
(Same as Biostatistics M208, Economics M208, and
Sociology M213A.) Lecture, four hours. Preparation:
one introductory statistics course. Introduction to
methods of demographic analysis. Topics include demographic rates, standardization, decomposition of
differences, life tables, survival analysis, cohort analysis, birth interval analysis, models of population
growth, stable populations, population projection,
and demographic data sources. Letter grading.
M299. Intervention to Reduce HIV and Its Consequences. (4) (Same as Psychiatry M289.) Lecture,
three hours. Examination of interventions to reduce
HIV/AIDS transmission. Review of theory and research supporting efficacy of HIV interventions for variety of high-risk populations. Letter grading.
375. Teaching Apprentice Practicum. (1 to 4) Seminar, to be arranged. Preparation: apprentice personnel employment as teaching assistant, associate,
or fellow. Teaching apprenticeship under active guidance and supervision of regular faculty member responsible for curriculum and instruction at UCLA.
May be repeated for credit. S/U grading.
400. Field Studies in Public Health. (4) Fieldwork, to
be arranged. Field observation and studies in selected community organizations for health promotion
or medical care. Students must file field placement
and program training documentation on form available from Student Affairs Office. May not be applied
toward MS minimum course requirement; 4 units may
be applied toward 60-unit minimum total required for
MPH degree. Letter grading.
M411. Issues in Cancer Prevention and Control.
(4) (Same as Health Policy M411.) Lecture, four hours.
Designed for juniors/seniors and graduate students.
Introduction to causes and characteristics of cancer
epidemic, cancer control goals for nation, and interventions designed to encourage smoking cessation/
prevention, cancer screening, and other dietary, psychosocial, and lifestyle changes. Letter grading.
M420. Children with Special Healthcare Needs:
Systems Perspective. (4) (Same as Health Policy
M420 and Social Welfare M290I.) Lecture, three
hours; fieldwork, one hour. Examination and evaluation of principles, policies, programs, and practices
that have evolved to identify, assess, and meet special needs of infants, children, and adolescents with
developmental disabilities or chronic illness and their
families. Letter grading.
427. Reproductive Health in Sub-Saharan Africa.
(4) Lecture, four hours. Recommended requisite:
course 247. In-depth understanding of reproductive
health challenges facing sub-Saharan Africa and main
programs designed to address them. Topics include
family planning, STIs, abortion, adolescents, HIV/
AIDS, and refugees. Letter grading.
M428. Child and Family Health Program Community Leadership Seminar. (2) (Same as Health Policy
M428.) Seminar, two hours. Designed for graduate
students. Examination of characteristics of community-based organizations (CBOs) and role of leadership in decision-making process involved in major issues facing maternal and child health in Los Angeles
County. Focus on specific leadership competencies
that are or should be employed by organizations effective in shaping maternal and child health programs
and policies (or any population-level policies and programs). Leaders from CBOs in Los Angeles meet with
students, comment on their practicum experiences,
and underscore community leadership concepts
demonstrated by those CBOs. S/U or letter grading.
M430. Building Advocacy Skills: Reproductive
Health Focus. (4) (Same as Health Policy M434.)
Seminar, three hours. Recommended requisite: one
prior health policy course such as Community Health
Sciences 247 or Health Policy 235. Designed for
School of Public Health graduate and doctoral students. Skills-building course to develop competency
in assessing, developing, and implementing advocacy strategies for reproductive health initiatives. Introduction to legislative and community advocacy initiatives and to policymaking process, including policy
analysis and development of resources necessary for
legislative advocacy. Identification of advocacy goals
and objectives, development of advocacy plan, coalition building, organizational capacity building, media
relations, and message development for various audiences. Students learn about range of former and current reproductive health advocacy campaigns. Letter
grading.
431. Foundations of Reproductive Health. (4) Lecture, three hours. Limited to graduate students. Understanding reproductive technologies and practices
is critical for public health students interested in designing programs to address problems such as unwanted pregnancy, family planning, sexually transmitted diseases, and inadequate preventive services.
Examination of foundations of reproductive health
from medical perspective, with particular attention to
implications for public health programs, health services, and policy. Topics include anatomy and physiology of male and female reproductive health tracts,
methods of birth control, medical and surgical abortion, infertility, maternal care, and sexual violence and
trauma. S/U or letter grading.
432. Perinatal Healthcare: Principles, Programs,
and Policies. (4) Lecture, three hours; discussion,
one hour. Comprehensive examination of perinatal
healthcare, including perinatal epidemiology, outcome measures, public programs, controversies surrounding new technology, regionalization, organization of services at federal, state, and county levels,
and medical/legal issues. S/U or letter grading.
434A. Maternal and Child Health in Developing Areas. (4) Lecture, four hours. Requisite: course 231.
Major health problems of mothers and children in developing areas, stressing causation, management,
and prevention. Particular reference to adapting programs to limited resources in cross-cultural milieux.
S/U or letter grading.
435. Seminar: Advanced Issues in Womens
Health. (4) Seminar, three hours. Preparation: at least
one prior womens health course, one to two biostatistics courses, one research methods course. Provides more advanced and in-depth understanding of
ways in which scientists know and considerations
of womens place in scientific discourse. Examination
of series of case studies as starting point for discussion. Letter grading.
M436A-M436B. Child Health, Programs, and Policies. (4-4) (Same as Health Policy M449A-M449B.)
Lecture, four hours. Requisite: Health Policy 100.
Course M436A is requisite to M436B. Examination of
history of child health policy trends and determinants
of health, structure, and function of health service
system; needs, programs, and policies affecting especially at-risk populations. Letter grading.
440. Public Health and National Security at U.S.Mexico Border. (4) Lecture, two hours; discussion,
one hour; research and literature review, one hour. Designed for graduate students. Exploration of community and environmental health and health services issues that are present along U.S.-Mexico and coastal
California borders. Integrated within public health
framework are issues and mitigation of national security and disaster/terrorist risks and hazards. Letter
grading.
441. Planning and Evaluation of Global Health
Programs. (4) Lecture, four hours. Theory, guidelines, and team exercise for planning community
health/family planning projects in U.S. and in developing countries. Phases include community needs
identification; goal setting; budget and work plan development; funding; staffing; evaluation design; data
and cost analysis; and project presentation. Letter
grading.
444. Anthropometric and Dietary Aspects of Nutritional Assessment. (4) Lecture, two hours; laboratory, two hours. Requisite: course 443. Practical skills
in anthropometric and dietary assessment, including
selection of appropriate methods, data gathering and
handling, and analysis and presentation. Letter
grading.
446. Nutrition Education and Training: Third World
Considerations. (4) Lecture, two hours; discussion,
one hour; student participation, one hour. Requisite:
course 434A. Problems and priorities in nutrition education and training for families and health workers in
Third World countries, including new concepts in primary healthcare services, mass media, communications, and governmental and international interventions. S/U or letter grading.
447. Health and Social Context in Middle East. (4)
Lecture, four hours. Recommended preparation:
background in Islamic or Middle Eastern studies.
Requisite: course 200 or 231 or 434A. Current health
COMPARATIVE
LITERATURE
Professors Emeriti
Arnold J. Band, PhD
Katherine C. King, PhD
Ross P. Shideler, PhD
Samuel Weber, PhD
Associate Professors
Nouri Gana, PhD
Elizabeth A. Marchant, PhD
Kenneth Reinhard, PhD
Assistant Professor
Stephanie B. Santana, PhD
Undergraduate Study
Comparative Literature BA
Preparation for the Major
Required: (1) Two courses from the Comparative Literature 1, 2, or 4 series (with approval of
the director of undergraduate studies, a comparable and appropriate lower division course
in another department may be substituted for
one of the courses), (2) completion of the College Writing requirement, and (3) literary profi-
The Major
Required: Ten courses, of which (1) five must
be from comparative literature offerings, including Comparative Literature 100 and at
least four additional comparative literature
courses selected from M101 through 197, (2)
three upper division literature courses using
original language texts in the primary language
area, and (3) two upper division literature
courses using original language texts in the
secondary language area (students may petition the undergraduate adviser to take two upper division literature courses in translation if
their primary literature area is in a language
other than English).
Honors Program
The honors program is open to Comparative
Literature majors with a 3.5 departmental and
a 3.25 overall grade-point average. Eligible interested students should contact the undergraduate adviser to enter the program.
Honors candidates must complete all requirements for the major and an honors research
paper (in addition to regular course requirements) in two of the four required upper division comparative literature courses. Candidates must also complete a fourth course in
the primary literature area and Comparative
Literature 198 with a core faculty member in
which they write a senior honors paper of approximately 25 pages.
Graduate Study
Official, specific degree requirements are detailed in Program Requirements for UCLA
Graduate Degrees, available at the Graduate
Division website, http://grad.ucla.edu. In many
cases, more detailed guidelines may be outlined in announcements, other publications,
and websites of the schools, departments, and
programs.
Graduate Degrees
The Department of Comparative Literature offers Master of Arts (MA), Candidate in Philosophy (CPhil), and Doctor of Philosophy (PhD)
degrees in Comparative Literature.
Comparative Literature
Lower Division Courses
1A. World Literature: Antiquity to Middle Ages. (5)
Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour. Enforced
requisite: satisfaction of Entry-Level Writing requirement. Not open for credit to students with credit for
course 2AW or 4AW. Study of major texts in world literature, with emphasis on Western civilization. Texts
include major works and authors such as Iliad or Odyssey, Greek tragedies, portions of Bible, Virgil, Petronius, St. Augustine, and others such as Gilgamesh or
Tristan and Iseult. P/NP or letter grading.
1B. World Literature: Middle Ages to 17th Century.
(5) Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour. Enforced requisite: satisfaction of Entry-Level Writing requirement. Not open for credit to students with credit
for course 2BW or 4BW. Study of world literature, with
emphasis on Western civilization as it grapples with
its past and with other civilizations. Examination of
works such as Dantes Divine Comedy, Cervantes
Don Quixote, Shakespeares King Lear, and Sor
Juanas Mexican poetry. P/NP or letter grading.
1C. World Literature: Age of Enlightenment to
20th Century. (5) Lecture, three hours; discussion,
one hour. Enforced requisite: satisfaction of EntryLevel Writing requirement. Not open for credit to students with credit for course 2CW or 4CW. Study of
major texts in world literature, with emphasis on
Western civilization. Authors include Swift, Voltaire,
Diderot, Rousseau, Goethe, Flaubert, Ibsen, Strindberg, Dostoevsky, Kafka, Joyce, Woolf, and Stevens.
P/NP or letter grading.
Graduate Courses
200A. Theory of Comparative Literature. (6) Seminar, three hours. Study of theory of literature, with
emphasis on genealogy of theoretical problems. S/U
or letter grading.
COMPUTATIONAL AND
SYSTEMS BIOLOGY
Interdepartmental Program
College of Letters and Science
UCLA
4436 Boelter Hall
Box 951600
Los Angeles, CA 90095-1600
310-825-7482
e-mail: eolano@cs.ucla.edu
http://web.cs.ucla.edu/C&SB/
Joseph J. DiStefano III, PhD, Chair
Van M. Savage, PhD, Vice Chair
Xinshu Grace Xiao, PhD, Vice Chair
Faculty Committee
Christopher R. Anderson, PhD (Mathematics)
Thomas Chou, PhD (Biomathematics, Mathematics)
Joseph J. DiStefano III, PhD (Computer Science,
Medicine)
Eleazar Eskin, PhD (Computer Science, Human
Genetics)
Alexander Hoffmann, PhD (Microbiology, Immunology,
and Molecular Genetics)
Tetsuya Iwasaki, PhD (Mechanical and Aerospace
Engineering)
Elliot M. Landaw, MD, PhD (Biomathematics)
Kenneth L. Lange, PhD (Biomathematics, Human
Genetics)
James O. Lloyd-Smith, PhD (Ecology and
Evolutionary Biology)
Matteo Pellegrini, PhD (Molecular, Cell, and
Developmental Biology)
Van M. Savage, PhD (Biomathematics, Ecology and
Evolutionary Biology)
Marc A. Suchard, MD, PhD (Biomathematics,
Biostatistics, Human Genetics)
Xinshu Grace Xiao, PhD (Integrative Biology and
Physiology)
Undergraduate Study
The Computational and Systems Biology major is a designated capstone major. The capstone experience is a senior-level sequence of
two courses integrating the discipline via
mathematical modeling, simulation, and active
research and report writing. Students are expected to demonstrate critical thinking skills
and familiarity with research techniques
needed to successfully pursue a research project in computational and systems biology,
conceive and execute a research project on
which they engage current methods and theory, communicate original scholarly findings to
peers both in oral and written form, and work
productively with others as part of a research
team. The experience culminates with completion of the senior thesis requirement.
Computational and Systems Biology majors
select a coherent integration of courses from
one of five designated concentrations: bioinformatics, biomedical systems, computers and
biosystems, neurosystems, or systems biology.
The synergy for all concentrations is integrative
systems, information, and computational systems modeling sciences in biology. The focus
is primarily quantitative, as mastery of advanced quantitative skills is essential for multidisciplinary understanding. Each concentration
emphasizes different systems or modalities,
and modeling or other computational approaches. For students interested in broad options for postgraduate studies in life sciences
and related areas, including medicine, the systems biology concentration covers the widest
spectrum of quantitative systems studies at all
levels. The other concentrations are more
focused. For example, bioinformatics is more
focused on computational aspects of genetics
and biology at molecular and cellular levels.
Students normally select one, but because the
concentrations have substantial methodologic
overlap, well-justified combinations are also
possible.
The bioinformatics concentration is designed
for students interested in computational discovery and management of biological data,
primarily genomic, proteomic, or metabolomic
data. Bioinformatics emphasizes computational, statistical, and other mathematical approaches for mining, modeling, and analyzing
high-throughput biological data, and the inherent structure of biological information. Exam-
ple research problems include finding statistical patterns that reveal genomic or evolutionary or developmental information, or how
regulatory sequences give rise to programs of
gene expression, or how the genome encodes
the capabilities of the human mind.
The biomedical systems concentration is designed for students interested primarily in
medical system studies, the systems aspects
of biomedical, surgical, or other biomedical engineering system devices, including MEMS or
nanoscale system devices, and use of dynamic biosystem modeling for optimizing or
developing new clinical diagnostic or therapeutic protocols. Example research problems
include feedback biocontrol system model
development for imaging-based medical diagnosis and optimal control of therapeutic drug
delivery.
The computers and biosystems concentration
is designed for students interested primarily in
computer hardware, software, data management, data representation, graph theory, computational algorithm, or artificial intelligence
applications in biological sciences, medicine,
or pharmacology. Research problems are typically algorithm oriented and/or involve graphs,
automata, or software development. Examples
include algorithmic or graph-theory based
studies for managing genomics data, development of knowledge-based systems (KBS) for
delivering patient education, and KBS for automating complex biosystem modeling tasks.
The neurosystems concentration is designed
for students interested primarily in the nervous
system, or quantitative neurophysiology, with
emphasis on neural system networks that control behavior at molecular, cellular, and wholeorganism levels, neural information and control
systems, and systems electrophysiology and
neural electronic systems for controlling prostheses. Example research problems include
analysis of (real) neural networks in normal and
abnormal brain function, design of prosthetic
systems for hearing (cochlear implant) and
walking (spinal cord stimulation) recovery, and
MEMS-based brain-machine interface devices.
The systems biology concentration is designed
for students who want to understand biological
systems holistically and quantitatively, and
pursue research with an emphasis on systems
and integrative principles in biology or medicine. The curriculum imparts an understanding
of systems biology (often called the new physiology) using dynamical systems modeling,
control, computer simulation, and other computational methodsintegrated with the biology. For example, at the cellular level, systems
biologists integrate proteomic, transcriptomic,
and metabolomic information into a more complete systems picture of living organisms.
However, the methodologies include singlescale or multiscale modeling for enhancing understanding of regulatory biomechanisms at all
levelsmolecular, cellular, organ, and/or wholeorganism levelsand are prevalent in population and ecosystem studies, as well as systemslevel problems in medicine and pharmacology.
Honors Program
Students with a grade-point average of 3.5 or
better in required major courses and a 3.0 cumulative GPA may apply for admission to the
honors program. Honors or highest honors
may be granted at the discretion of the faculty
sponsor and the faculty committee to students
demonstrating exceptional ability on the senior
research thesis.
Computational and
Systems Biology
Upper Division Courses
M184. Introduction to Computational and Systems Biology. (2) (Same as Bioengineering M184
and Computer Science M184.) Lecture, two hours;
outside study, four hours. Enforced requisites: one
course from Civil Engineering M20, Computer Science 31, Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering
M20, or Program in Computing 10A, and Mathematics 3B or 31B. Survey course designed to introduce students to computational and systems modeling and computation in biology and medicine, providing motivation, flavor, culture, and cutting-edge
contributions in computational biosciences and
aiming for more informed basis for focused studies by
students with computational and systems biology interests. Presentations by individual UCLA researchers
discussing their active computational and systems biology research. P/NP grading.
M185. Research Opportunities in Computational
and Systems Biology. (4) (Formerly numbered 185.)
(Same as Computer Science M185.) Lecture, two
hours; discussion, two hours. Requisites: course
M184, Mathematics 32B, 33A, 33B, Life Sciences 4.
Introduction to interdisciplinary laboratory research
methods and research opportunities in computational
and systems biology to prepare and initiate students
for active engagement in research. Presentation of
potential projects by faculty members and student
visits to individual laboratories and participation in ongoing projects. P/NP or letter grading.
M186. Computational Systems Biology: Modeling
and Simulation of Biological Systems. (5) (Same
as Bioengineering CM186 and Computer Science
CM186.) Lecture, four hours; laboratory, three hours;
outside study, eight hours. Corequisite: Electrical Engineering 102. Dynamic biosystems modeling and
computer simulation methods for studying biological/
biomedical processes and systems at multiple levels
of organization. Control system, multicompartmental,
predator-prey, pharmacokinetic (PK), pharmacodynamic (PD), and other structural modeling methods
applied to life sciences problems at molecular, cellular
(biochemical pathways/networks), organ, and organ-
COMPUTER SCIENCE
Adjunct Professors
Professors Emeriti
Algirdas A. Avizienis, PhD
Rajive L. Bagrodia, PhD
Alfonso F. Cardenas, PhD
Jack W. Carlyle, PhD
Associate Professors
Miryung Kim, PhD
Fei Sha, PhD
Alexander Sherstov, PhD
Yuval Tamir, PhD
Assistant Professors
Tyson Condie, PhD (Symantec Term Professor of
Computer Science)
Jason Ernst, PhD
Raghu Meka, PhD
Ameet S. Talwalkar, PhD
Guy Van den Broeck, PhD
Undergraduate Study
The computer science and engineering program is accredited by the Computing Accreditation Commission and the Engineering Accreditation Commission of ABET. See http://
www.abet.org.
The computer science program is accredited
by the Computing Accreditation Commission
of ABET. See http://www.abet.org.
The Computer Science and Engineering and
Computer Science majors are designated capstone majors. Computer Science and Engineering students complete a major product
design course, while Computer Science students complete either a software engineering
or a major product design course. Graduates
are expected to apply the basic mathematical
and scientific concepts that underlie modern
computer science and engineering; design a
software or digital hardware system, component, or process to meet desired needs within
realistic constraints; function productively with
others as part of a team; identify, formulate,
and solve computer software- and hardwarerelated engineering problems; and demonstrate effective communication skills.
The Major
Required: Computer Science 111, 118, 131,
M151B, M152A, 180, 181, Electrical Engineering 102, 110, 111L; one course from Civil and
Environmental Engineering 110, Electrical Engineering 131A, Mathematics 170A, or Statistics 100A; one capstone design course (Computer Science 152B); 4 units of elective
courses selected from Electrical Engineering
113, 115A, 115C, 132A, 141; 12 units of elective courses selected from Computer Science
111 through CM187 or Electrical Engineering
133A, at least one of which must be Computer
Science CM121, CM122, CM124, 143, 161, or
174A; and 12 units of technical breadth courses
selected from an approved list available in the
Office of Academic and Student Affairs.
Students who want to deepen their knowledge
of electrical engineering are encouraged to select that discipline as their technical breadth
area.
Credit is not allowed for both Computer Science 170A and Electrical Engineering 133A unless at least one of them is applied as part of
the technical breadth area. Four units of either
Computer Science 194 or 199 may be applied
as an elective by petition.
For information on University and general education requirements, see the College and
Schools section earlier in this catalog.
Computer Science BS
Capstone Major
The computer science curriculum is designed
to accommodate students who want professional preparation in computer science but do
not necessarily have a strong interest in computer systems hardware. The curriculum consists of components in computer science, a
minor or technical support area, and a core of
courses from the social sciences, life sciences,
and humanities. Within the curriculum, students study subject matter in software engineering, principles of programming languages,
data structures, computer architecture, theory
of computation and formal languages, operating systems, distributed systems, computer
modeling, computer networks, compiler construction, and artificial intelligence. Majors are
prepared for employment in a wide range of industrial and business environments.
The Major
Required: Computer Science 111, 118, 131,
M151B, M152A, 180, 181; one course from
Civil and Environmental Engineering 110, Electrical Engineering 131A, Mathematics 170A, or
Statistics 100A; one capstone software engineering or design course from Computer Sci-
Bioinformatics Minor
The Bioinformatics minor introduces undergraduate students to the emerging interdisciplinary field of bioinformatics, an active area of
research at UCLA combining elements of the
computational sciences with the biological sciences. The minor organizes the many course
offerings in different UCLA departments into a
coherent course plan providing students with
significant training in bioinformatics in addition
to the training they obtain from their major.
Students who complete the minor will be
strong candidates for admission to PhD programs in bioinformatics as well as have the relevant training to obtain jobs in the biotechnology industry.
Students complete a core curriculum and an
elective course and are strongly encouraged to
participate in undergraduate research as early
as possible in one of the many groups offering
research opportunities in bioinformatics.
To enter the minor, students must be (1) in
good academic standing (2.0 grade point average or better), (2) have completed at least two
of the lower division requirements with minimum grades of C, and (3) file a petition in the
Office of Academic and Student Affairs of the
Henry Samueli School of Engineering and Applied Science, 6426 Boelter Hall.
Required Lower Division Courses (14 units
minimum): Computer Science 32 or Program in
Computing 10C, Life Sciences 3, 23L, Mathematics 33A.
Required Upper Division Courses (18 units
minimum): Computer Science 180 (or Mathematics 182), M184, and three courses selected
Graduate Study
Official, specific degree requirements are detailed in Program Requirements for UCLA
Graduate Degrees, available at the Graduate
Division website, http://grad.ucla.edu. In many
cases, more detailed guidelines may be outlined in announcements, other publications,
and websites of the schools, departments, and
programs.
Graduate Degrees
The Department of Computer Science offers
Master of Science (MS) and Doctor of Philosophy (PhD) degrees in Computer Science. A
concurrent degree program (Computer Science
MS/Management MBA) is also offered.
Bioinformatics
Upper Division Course
199. Directed Research in Bioinformatics. (2 to 4)
Tutorial, six to 12 hours. Limited to juniors/seniors.
Supervised individual research under guidance of faculty mentor. Culminating paper required. May be repeated for credit. Individual contract required. Letter
grading.
Computer Science
Lower Division Courses
1. Freshman Computer Science Seminar. (1) Seminar, one hour; discussion, one hour. Introduction to
department resources and principal topics and key
Electrical Engineering M116C. Recommended: Engineering 183EW or 185EW. Limited to seniors. Design
and implementation of complex digital subsystems
using field-programmable gate arrays (e.g., processors, special-purpose processors, device controllers,
and input/output interfaces). Students work in teams
to develop and implement designs and to document
and give oral presentations of their work. Letter
grading.
161. Fundamentals of Artificial Intelligence. (4)
Lecture, four hours; laboratory, two hours; outside
study, six hours. Enforced requisite: course 180. Introduction to fundamental problem solving and knowledge representation paradigms of artificial intelligence. Introduction to Lisp with regular programming
assignments. State-space and problem reduction
methods, brute-force and heuristic search, planning
techniques, two-player games. Knowledge structures including predicate logic, production systems,
semantic nets and primitives, frames, scripts. Special
topics in natural language processing, expert systems, vision, and parallel architectures. Letter
grading.
170A. Mathematical Modeling and Methods for
Computer Science. (4) Lecture, four hours; laboratory, two hours; outside study, six hours. Enforced
requisites: course 180, Mathematics 33B. Introduction to methods for modeling and simulation using interactive computing environments. Extensive coverage of methods for numeric and symbolic computation, matrix algebra, statistics, floating point,
optimization, and spectral analysis. Emphasis on applications in simulation of physical systems. Letter
grading.
M171L. Data Communication Systems Laboratory.
(2 to 4) (Same as Electrical Engineering M171L.) Laboratory, four to eight hours; outside study, two to four
hours. Recommended preparation: course M152A.
Limited to seniors. Not open to students with credit
for course M117. Interpretation of analog-signaling
aspects of digital systems and data communications
through experience in using contemporary test instruments to generate and display signals in relevant laboratory setups. Use of oscilloscopes, pulse and function generators, baseband spectrum analyzers,
desktop computers, terminals, modems, PCs, and
workstations in experiments on pulse transmission
impairments, waveforms and their spectra, modem
and terminal characteristics, and interfaces. Letter
grading.
172. Real-Time Three-Dimensional Animation. (4)
Lecture, four hours; discussion, two hours; outside
study, six hours. Enforced requisite: course 32. Introduction to handling of geometry, appearance, and
motion specifically for real-time virtual environments,
both on theoretical and practical levels. Completion of
one quality real-time three-dimensional animation by
following through from preproduction to postproduction. End products expected to be game demonstrations, storytelling games, or machinima (use of realtime graphics engines to create cinematic productions). Focus on achieving highest quality productions
to qualify and submit products to Student Academy
Awards competition. Use of Unity Game Engine to
make technical decisions to adapt stories to games.
Introduction to interaction concepts, enabling students to create low-fidelity real-time three-dimensional animation and to concepts in artificial intelligence, enabling them to refine their interactions to
create high-fidelity real-time three-dimensional animation. Letter grading.
174A. Introduction to Computer Graphics. (4) Lecture, four hours; discussion, two hours; outside study,
six hours. Enforced requisite: course 32. Basic principles behind modern two- and three-dimensional
computer graphics systems, including complete set
of steps that modern graphics pipelines use to create
realistic images in real time. How to position and manipulate objects in scene using geometric and camera
transformations. How to create final image using perspective and orthographic transformations. Basics of
modeling primitives such as polygonal models and
Graduate Courses
201. Computer Science Seminar. (2) Seminar, four
hours; outside study, two hours. Designed for graduate computer science students. Seminars on current
research topics in computer science. May be repeated for credit. S/U grading.
tational analysis of genetic variation and computational interdisciplinary research in genetics. Topics include introduction to genetics, identification of genes
involved in disease, inferring human population history, technologies for obtaining genetic information,
and genetic sequencing. Focus on formulating interdisciplinary problems as computational problems and
then solving those problems using computational
techniques from statistics and computer science.
Concurrently scheduled with course CM124. Letter
grading.
M225. Computational Methods in Genomics. (4)
(Same as Bioinformatics M265 and Human Genetics
M265.) Lecture, two and one half hours; discussion,
two and one half hours; outside study, seven hours.
Limited to bioinformatics, computer science, human
genetics, and molecular biology graduate students.
Introduction to computational approaches in bioinformatics, genomics, and computational genetics and
preparation for computational interdisciplinary research in genetics and genomics. Topics include genome analysis, regulatory genomics, association
analysis, association study design, isolated and admixed populations, population substructure, human
structural variation, model organisms, and genomic
technologies. Computational techniques and methods include those from statistics and computer science. Letter grading.
M229S. Seminar: Current Topics in Bioinformatics.
(4) (Same as Biological Chemistry M229S and Human
Genetics M229S.) Seminar, four hours; outside study,
eight hours. Designed for graduate engineering students, as well as students from biological sciences
and medical school. Introduction to current topics in
bioinformatics, genomics, and computational genetics and preparation for computational interdisciplinary research in genetics and genomics. Topics include genome analysis, regulatory genomics, association analysis, association study design, isolated and
admixed populations, population substructure,
human structural variation, model organisms, and genomic technologies. Computational techniques include those from statistics and computer science.
May be repeated for credit with topic change. Letter
grading.
230. Software Engineering. (4) Lecture, four hours;
discussion, two hours. Recommended preparation for
undergraduate students: prior software engineering
course. Required preparation for graduate students:
undergraduate-level knowledge of data structures
and object-oriented program languages. As software
systems become increasingly large and complex, automated software engineering analysis and development tools play important role in various software engineering tasks, such as design, construction, evolution, and testing and debugging of software systems.
Introduction to foundations, techniques, tools, and
applications of automated software engineering technology. Development, extension, and evaluation of
mini automated software engineering analysis tool
and assessment of how tool fits into software development process. Introduction to current research
topics in automated software engineering. S/U or
letter grading.
231. Types and Programming Languages. (4) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Requisite:
course 131. Introduction to static type systems and
their usage in programming language design and
software reliability. Operational semantics, simplytyped lambda calculus, type soundness proofs, types
for mutable references, types for exceptions. Parametric polymorphism, let-bound polymorphism, polymorphic type inference. Types for objects, subtyping,
combining parametric polymorphism and subtyping.
Types for modules, parameterized modules. Formal
specification and implementation of variety of type
systems, as well as readings from recent research literature on modern applications of type systems.
Letter grading.
232. Static Program Analysis. (4) Lecture, four hours;
outside study, eight hours. Requisite: course 132. Introduction to static analysis of object-oriented programs and its usage for optimization and bug finding.
Class hierarchy analysis, rapid type analysis, equality-
251A. Advanced Computer Architecture. (4) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Requisite:
course M151B. Recommended: course 111. Design
and implementation of high-performance systems,
advanced memory hierarchy techniques, static and
dynamic pipelining, superscalar and VLIW processors, branch prediction, speculative execution, software support for instruction-level parallelism, simulation-based performance analysis and evaluation,
state-of-art design examples, introduction to parallel
architectures. Letter grading.
251B. Parallel Computer Architectures. (4) Lecture,
four hours; outside study, eight hours. Requisite:
course M151B. Recommended: course 251A. SIMD
and MIMD systems, symmetric multiprocessors, distributed-shared-memory systems, messages-passing
systems, multicore chips, clusters, interconnection
networks, host-network interfaces, switching element design, communication primitives, cache coherency, memory consistency models, synchronization
primitives, state-of-art design examples. Letter
grading.
252A. Arithmetic Algorithms and Processors. (4)
Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Requisite: course 251A. Number systems: conventional, redundant, signed-digit, and residue. Types of algorithms and implementations. Complexity measures.
Fast algorithms and implementations for two-operand
addition, multioperand addition, multiplication, division, and square root. Online arithmetic. Evaluation of
transcendental functions. Floating-point arithmetic
and numerical error control. Arithmetic error codes.
Residue arithmetic. Examples of contemporary arithmetic ICs and processors. Letter grading.
256A. Advanced Scalable Architectures. (4) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Requisite:
course M151B. Recommended: course 251A. Stateof-art scalable multiprocessors. Interdependency
among implementation technology, chip microarchitecture, and system architecture. High-performance
building blocks, such as chip multiprocessors
(CMPs). On-chip and off-chip communication. Mechanisms for exploiting parallelism at multiple levels.
Current research areas. Examples of chips and systems. Letter grading.
M258A. Design of VLSI Circuits and Systems. (4)
(Same as Electrical Engineering M216A.) Lecture, four
hours; discussion, two hours; laboratory, four hours;
outside study, two hours. Requisites: course M51A or
Electrical Engineering M16, and Electrical Engineering
115A. Recommended: Electrical Engineering 115C.
LSI/VLSI design and application in computer systems. Fundamental design techniques that can be
used to implement complex integrated systems on
chips. Letter grading.
M258C. LSI in Computer System Design. (4) (Same
as Electrical Engineering M216C.) Lecture, four hours;
laboratory, four hours; outside study, four hours. Requisite: course M258A. LSI/VLSI design and application in computer systems. In-depth studies of VLSI architectures and VLSI design tools. Letter grading.
258F. Physical Design Automation of VLSI Systems. (4) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight
hours. Detailed study of various physical design automation problems of VLSI circuits, including logic partitioning, floorplanning, placement, global routing,
channel and switchbox routing, planar routing and via
minimization, compaction and performance-driven
layout. Discussion of applications of number of important optimization techniques, such as network
flows, Steiner trees, simulated annealing, and generic
algorithms. Letter grading.
258G. Logic Synthesis of Digital Systems. (4) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Requisites: courses M51A, 180. Detailed study of various
problems in logic-level synthesis of VLSI digital systems, including two-level Boolean network optimization; multilevel Boolean network optimization; technology mapping for standard cell designs and fieldprogrammable gate-array (FPGA) designs; retiming
for sequential circuits; and applications of binary decision diagrams (BDDS). Letter grading.
258H. Analysis and Design of High-Speed VLSI Interconnects. (4) Lecture, four hours; outside study,
eight hours. Requisites: courses M258A, 258F. Detailed study of various problems in analysis and design of high-speed VLSI interconnects at both integrated circuit (IC) and packing levels, including interconnect capacitance and resistance, lossless and
lossy transmission lines, cross-talk and power distribution noise, delay models and power dissipation
models, interconnect topology and geometry optimization, and clocking for high-speed systems. Letter
grading.
259. Current Topics in Computer Science: System
Design/Architecture. (2 to 12) Lecture, four hours;
outside study, eight hours. Review of current literature
in area of computer science system design in which
instructor has developed special proficiency as consequence of research interests. Students report on
selected topics. May be repeated for credit with topic
change. Letter grading.
260. Machine Learning Algorithms. (4) Lecture, four
hours; discussion, two hours; outside study, six
hours. Recommended requisite: course 180. Problems of identifying patterns in data. Machine learning
allows computers to learn potentially complex patterns from data and to make decisions based on
these patterns. Introduction to fundamentals of this
discipline to provide both conceptual grounding and
practical experience with several learning algorithms.
Techniques and examples used in areas such as
healthcare, financial systems, commerce, and social
networking. Letter grading.
261A. Problem Solving and Search. (4) Lecture,
four hours; outside study, eight hours. Requisite:
course 180. In-depth treatment of systematic
problem-solving search algorithms in artificial intelligence, including problem spaces, brute-force search,
heuristic search, linear-space algorithms, real-time
search, heuristic evaluation functions, two-player
games, and constraint-satisfaction problems. Letter
grading.
262A. Learning and Reasoning with Bayesian Networks. (4) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight
hours. Requisite: course 112 or Electrical Engineering
131A. Review of several formalisms for representing
and managing uncertainty in reasoning systems; presentation of comprehensive description of Bayesian
inference using belief networks representation. Letter
grading.
M262C. Current Topics in Causal Modeling, Inference, and Reasoning. (4) (Same as Statistics M241.)
Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Requisite: one graduate probability or statistics course
such as course 262A, Statistics 200B, or 202B. Review of Bayesian networks, causal Bayesian networks, and structural equations. Learning causal
structures from data. Identifying causal effects. Covariate selection and instrumental variables in linear
and nonparametric models. Simpson paradox and
confounding control. Logic and algorithmization of
counterfactuals. Probabilities of counterfactuals. Direct and indirect effects. Probabilities of causation.
Identifying causes of events. Letter grading.
262Z. Current Topics in Cognitive Systems. (4)
Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Requisite: course 262A. Additional requisites for each offering announced in advance by department. Theory
and implementation of systems that emulate or support human reasoning. Current literature and individual studies in artificial intelligence, knowledgebased systems, decision support systems, computational psychology, and heuristic programming theory.
May be repeated for credit with topic change. Letter
grading.
263A. Language and Thought. (4) Lecture, four hours;
outside study, eight hours. Requisite: course 130 or
131 or 161. Introduction to natural language processing (NLP), with emphasis on semantics. Presentation of process models for variety of tasks, including
question answering, paraphrasing, machine translation, word-sense disambiguation, narrative and edito-
COMPUTING ,
PROGRAM IN
See Mathematics
CONSERVATION OF
ARCHAEOLOGICAL
AND ETHNOGRAPHIC
MATERIALS
Interdepartmental Program
College of Letters and Science
UCLA
A210 Fowler Building
Box 951510
Los Angeles, CA 90095-1510
310-825-9407
fax: 310-206-4723
e-mail: acordts@ucla.edu
http://conservation.ucla.edu
Ioanna Kakoulli, DPhil, Chair
Faculty Committee
Robin L. Garrell, PhD (Bioengineering, Chemistry and
Biochemistry)
Mark S. Goorsky, PhD (Materials Science and
Engineering)
Mark T. Harrison, PhD (Earth, Planetary, and Space
Sciences)
Ioanna Kakoulli, DPhil (Materials Science and
Engineering)
John K. Papadopoulos, PhD (Classics)
Ellen J. Pearlstein, MA (Information Studies)
David A. Scott, PhD (Art History)
Lothar von Falkenhausen, PhD (Art History)
Willeke Z. Wendrich, PhD (Near Eastern Languages
and Cultures)
Graduate Study
Official, specific degree requirements are detailed in Program Requirements for UCLA
Graduate Degrees, available at the Graduate
Division website, http://grad.ucla.edu. In many
cases, more detailed guidelines may be outlined in announcements, other publications,
and websites of the schools, departments, and
programs.
Graduate Degree
The Conservation of Archaeological and Ethnographic Materials Program offers a Master
of Arts (MA) degree in Conservation of Archaeological and Ethnographic Materials.
Conservation of
Archaeological and
Ethnographic Materials
Upper Division Courses
C120. Field Methods in Archaeological Conservation: Readiness, Response, and Recovery. (4) Laboratory, four hours. Overview of risks (direct and indirect) and materials vulnerability of in situ cultural heritage and movable archaeological materials in emergency situations (rescue excavations, disasters,
conflicts), with emphasis on readiness, first aid response, and recovery. Readiness focuses on preparedness and preventive measures, including reburials, shelters, rescue excavations, and documentation as well as developing inventories and
awareness campaigns. First aid response covers development of on-site emergency risk assessments to
evaluate damage and putting triage theory into practice, salvage rescue operations, emergency temporary in situ stabilization and protection (using locally
available materials), and training. Recovery is based
on documentation, lifting methods, handling, transportation, and storage. Emphasis on finding practical
solutions to prevent and mitigate damage and to recover and safeguard archaeological artifacts. Concurrently scheduled with course C220. Letter grading.
C142. Managing Collections for Museums, Libraries, and Archives. (4) Lecture, two hours; activity,
two hours. How conservators work together with curators, collections managers, mount makers, designers, and registrars to permit collections to be both
accessed and preserved. Concurrently scheduled
with course C242. Letter grading.
Graduate Courses
M210. Cultural Materials Science II: Characterization Methods in Conservation of Materials. (4)
(Same as Materials Science CM212.) Lecture, four
hours. Preparation: general chemistry, inorganic and
organic chemistry, materials science. Principles and
methods of materials characterization in conservation: optical and electron microscopy, X-ray and electron spectroscopy, X-ray diffraction, infrared spectroscopy, reflectance spectroscopy and multispectral
imaging spectroscopy, chromatography, design of archaeological and ethnographic materials characterization procedures. Letter grading.
M210L. Cultural Materials Science Laboratory:
Technical Study. (4) (Formerly numbered 210L.)
(Same as Materials Science M213L.) Laboratory, four
hours. Enforced requisites: course 215 (or M216) and
one course from 260 through 264. Enforced corequisite: course M210 (or Materials Science CM212 or
C112). Research-based laboratory through objectbased problem-solving approach in conservation materials science. Experimental techniques, characterization, and analysis of archaeological and ethnographic materials (using materials science principles
and reverse engineering processes) to determine
technological features, defects, and products of alteration. Hands-on experience with noninvasive imaging
and spectroscopic techniques, sampling and sample
preparation methods, analysis of microsamples.
Letter grading.
211. Science Fundamentals in Conservation of
Materials. (4) Lecture three, hours. Introduction to
important scientific parameters in conservation of
materials that are of great importance for both fundamental science and practical applications. Students
gain better understanding of intrinsic properties of
materials, mechanisms of deterioration, and conservation treatments. General chemistry, physics, and
physical chemistry (atomic structure bonding, etc.),
fluid transfer in porous materials, diffusion, interfaces,
surface tension, wetting, adsorption, adhesion, dissolution and crystallization, mechanical properties
(properties/charactization), phase transformations
(glass, metals, polymers). Letter grading.
215. Cultural Materials Science I: Analytical Imaging and Documentation in Conservation of Materials. (4) (Formerly numbered M215.) Lecture, two
hours; laboratory, two hours. Basic and advanced
techniques on digital photography, computer-aided
recording tools, and scientific imaging to determine
and document condition (defects) and technological
features of archaeological and ethnographic materials. Development of basic theoretical knowledge on
imaging and photonics technology and practical skills
on conservation photo-documentation, analytical (forensic) photography, and advanced new imaging
technologies. Letter grading.
M216. Science of Conservation Materials and
Methods I. (4) (Same as Materials Science M216.)
Lecture, two hours; laboratory, two hours. Recommended requisite: laboratory safety fundamental concepts course by Office of Environment, Health, and
Safety. Introduction to physical, chemical, and mechanical properties of conservation materials (employed for preservation of archaeological and cultural
materials) and their aging characteristics. Science
and application methods of traditional organic and inorganic systems and introduction of novel technology
based on biomineralization processes and nanostructured materials. Letter grading.
C220. Field Methods in Archaeological Conservation: Readiness, Response, and Recovery. (4) Laboratory, four hours. Overview of risks (direct and indirect) and materials vulnerability of in situ cultural heritage and movable archaeological materials in emergency situations (rescue excavations, disasters,
conflicts), with emphasis on readiness, first aid response, and recovery. Readiness focuses on preparedness and preventive measures, including reburials, shelters, rescue excavations, and documentation as well as developing inventories and
awareness campaigns. First aid response covers development of on-site emergency risk assessments to
evaluate damage and putting triage theory into practice, salvage rescue operations, emergency temporary in situ stabilization and protection (using locally
available materials), and training. Recovery is based
on documentation, lifting methods, handling, transportation, and storage. Emphasis on finding practical
solutions to prevent and mitigate damage and to recover and safeguard archaeological artifacts. Concurrently scheduled with course C120. Letter grading.
221. Principles, Practice, and Ethics in Conservation. (4) Lecture, three hours; activity, one hour. Introduction to preservation of cultural heritage materials,
including what should be preserved and why, as well
as who should be involved in decision-making process. Use of several examples of issues and problems involved in preservation of works of art, from
L.A. Murals to Sistine Chapel, from ancient wall paintings to Statue of Liberty. Discussion of issues of preservation and restoration of these cultural heritage materials both in museum and outdoor environment contexts. Materials and techniques used to make cultural
heritage materials, in relation to preservation efforts
needed to prevent decay and loss. Introduction to examples of conservation issues related to sites, buildings, monuments, and collections. Ethical and contextual aspects with reference to changing values in
conservation of cultural materials, illustrating how cultural materials may have been treated differently according to those values. Letter grading.
222. Conservation and Ethnography. (4) Laboratory,
four hours. Designed for graduate conservation students. Introduction to work as conservators with indigenous repositories housing cultural collections.
Students learn different models for tribal museums
and cultural centers, and importance of material selection and properties in baskets they are treating.
Letter grading.
224. Issues in Preservation and Management of
Archaeological and Cultural Sites. (4) Seminar,
three hours. Designed to offer practical model of
preservation and management planning for heritage
sites that reflects real case-study scenarios. Adaptive
management planning following iterative processes
for sustainable heritage preservation addressing
threats and challenges such as climate change and
global warming, conflicts, and neglect. Consideration
of significance and value of heritage sites and role of
stakeholders. Investigation of methods of evaluation
of physical condition and development of risk assessments to address physical risks in milieu of site preservation management, including visitors organization,
urban development, socioeconomic growth, and
tourist development. Letter grading.
230. Conservation Laboratory: Ceramics, Glass,
Glazes. (4) Laboratory, four hours. Enforced requisite:
course 260. Recommended: course 215. Hands-on
study in deterioration and conservation of ceramics
and glass. Evaluation of use of conservation materials
in joining, gap-filling, and restoration of ceramics and
experience in their use provided. Letter grading.
231. Conservation Laboratory: Stone and Adobe.
(4) Laboratory, four hours. Enforced requisite: course
261. Research-based laboratory on conservation of
stone and adobe. Conservation issues on cleaning,
consolidation, protection, and structural instability.
Characterization, diagnostic assessment, and development of conservation treatment proposals. Testing
of materials. Letter grading.
232. Conservation Laboratory: Organic Materials I.
(4) Laboratory, four hours. Enforced requisite: course
262. Designed for graduate conservation students.
How to recognize characteristic deterioration problems found in organic materials from archaeological
and ethnographic contexts and introduction to typical
treatments used historically and currently for these
materials. Materials focus on wood, bark and barkcloth, paper, and plastics and rubber. Letter grading.
234. Conservation Laboratory: Metals I. (4) Laboratory, four hours. Enforced requisite: course 263. Recommended: course 215. Recommended corequisite:
course M210. Designed for graduate conservation
students. Hands-on work to study deterioration and
conservation of metallic artifacts and composite ob-
Dentistry / 271
jects containing metals (copper and copper alloys,
and silver). Corrosion of ancient metals and their deterioration processes, conservation, problems in stability, issues with composite objects, their deterioration and stabilization, cleaning, joining, and gapfilling. Letter grading.
238. Conservation Laboratory: Organic Materials
II. (4) Laboratory, four hours. Enforced requisite:
course 262. Designed for graduate conservation students. Typical treatments used historically and currently for deterioration problems found in organic materials from archaeological and ethnographic contexts. Materials include plant and animal fibers,
feathers, and quills. Letter grading.
239. Conservation Laboratory: Metals II. (4) Laboratory, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Enforced requisites: courses 234, 263. Recommended:
courses M210, 215. Treatment of conservation problems of metallic artifacts made of iron, steel, cast iron,
gold, zinc, and aluminum that have some importance
in ethnographic objects. Practical work on metallic artifacts. Letter grading.
M240. Environmental Protection of Collections for
Museums, Libraries, and Archives. (4) (Same as Information Studies M238.) Lecture, two hours; laboratory, two hours. Requisite: Information Studies 432.
Required of graduate conservation students. Review
of environmental and biological agents of deterioration, including light, temperature, relative humidity,
pollution, insects, and fungi. Emphasis on monitoring
to identify agents and understanding of materials sensitivities, along with protective measures for collections. Letter grading.
241. Conservation Laboratory: Organic Materials
III. (4) Laboratory, four hours. Enforced requisites:
courses 232, 238, 262. Designed for graduate conservation students. Treatment of organic materials from
archaeological and ethnographic contexts and introduction to typical treatments used historically and
currently for these materials. Materials include wood,
gourd, paper, bark, and barkcloth. Letter grading.
C242. Managing Collections for Museums, Libraries, and Archives. (4) (Formerly numbered 242.) Lecture, two hours; activity, two hours. Designed for
graduate conservation students. How conservators
work together with curators, collections managers,
mount makers, designers, and registrars to permit
collections to be both accessed and preserved. Concurrently scheduled with course C142. Letter grading.
M250. Conservation Laboratory: Rock Art, Wall
Paintings, and Mosaics. (4) (Same as Materials Science M215.) Laboratory, four hours. Enforced requisites: courses M210 (or Materials Science M216 or
C112), 210L, 264. Recommended: course 215. Research-based laboratory on conservation of rock art,
wall paintings (archaeological and modern composites on cements), mosaics, and decorated architectural surfaces. Experimental techniques and analysis
of materials (using materials science and reverse engineering processes) for characterization of technology, constituent materials, and alteration products;
development of conservation treatment proposals,
testing of conservation products, and methods and
conservation treatment. Letter grading.
251 Contemporary Development in Conservation.
(4) Seminar, two hours. Designed for graduate conservation students. Seminar series of invited international experts in archaeological and ethnographic
conservation, who address contemporary issues in
conservation of cultural materials. Letter grading.
260. Structure, Properties, and Deterioration of
Materials: Ceramics, Glass, Glazes. (2) Lecture,
three hours. General introduction to different types of
ancient ceramic and glass materials. Relationship between composition (chemistry), structure (crystals,
molecular arrangement, and microstructure), and
properties of ceramics, glass, glazes. Nature of frit
and faience deterioration explained using basic concepts from physics and chemistry. Chemical, optical,
and structural properties. Deterioration phenomena,
defects, and products of alteration of ceramics and
vitreous artifacts. Hands-on examination of variety of
samples and artifacts. Letter grading.
DANCE
See World Arts and Cultures/Dance
DENTISTRY
School of Dentistry
UCLA
A0 -111 Dentistry
Box 951762
Los Angeles, CA 90095-1762
310-825-9789
https://www.dentistry.ucla.edu
Paul H. Krebsbach, DDS, PhD, Dean
Dentistry
Upper Division Courses
199. Individual Special Studies. (2 to 8) Tutorial, to
be arranged. Studies in dentistry and related subject
areas appropriate for training of particular students,
with required reading assignments or laboratory work
leading to final oral or written examination. May be repeated for maximum of 16 units. P/NP or letter
grading.
199H. Individual Special Studies (Honors). (2 to 8)
Tutorial, to be arranged. Studies in dentistry and related subject areas appropriate for training of particular students, with required paper submitted at end of
course in addition to final examination (paper to be of
publication quality as judged by course mentor). May
be taken for maximum of 8 units. P/NP or letter grading.
Graduate Courses
M300A-M300B-M300C. Child Abuse and Neglect
(2-2-1). (Same as Community Health Sciences
M245A-M245B-M245C, Education M217G-M217HM217I, Law M281A-M281B, Medicine M290AM290B, Nursing M290A-M290B-M290C, and Social
Welfare M203F-M203G-M203H.) Lecture, two hours.
Course M300A is requisite to M300B, which is requisite to M300C. Intensive interdisciplinary study of
child physical and sexual abuse and neglect, with lectures by faculty members of Schools of Dentistry,
Law, Medicine, Nursing, and Public Health and Departments of Education and Psychology, as well as by
relevant public agencies. Letter grading.
441C. Introduction to Healthcare. (2) Lecture, two
hours. Description and analysis of American dental
care system from historical, ethical, and legal perspectives. Assessment of how dentistry fits within
general provision of healthcare services in America,
with comparisons to dental care provisions in other
countries. S/U grading.
Professors Emeriti
James W. Bassler, MA
William C. Brown, MA
Mitsuru Kataoka, MA
J. Bernard Kester, MA
Lionel J. March, ScD
Vasa V. Mihich
Associate Professor
Ramesh Srinivasan, PhD
phy, motion, and interactivity. Historical perspectives and social issues are also introduced. At the upper division level, studio
courses explore current uses of interactive media and new directions in visual communication design, including the study of time and
motion, as well as virtual form and space in
computer-generated environments. Through a
balance of courses in theory, criticism, and
practice, students develop an understanding
of design principles. Most courses are taught
as studios of no more than 20 students, which
encourages individual growth and fosters a
sense of community within the department.
The two-year Master of Fine Arts (MFA) program fosters mature, professional-quality work
utilizing the most current technologies in the
field of media arts. The program focuses on
developing an individual thesis project that
incorporates in-depth research and theoretical
exploration of a topic, culminating in a final
exhibition of work.
Facilities and equipment in the department enable students to create work in two, three, and
four dimensions. They expand opportunities
for students to develop interactive media applications in a networked environment and advanced computer graphics. The departments
equipment includes computer laboratories
with high-end PC and Macintosh computers
and relevant software for the creation of works
for print, Web, video, and other media, a fabrication laboratory with equipment ranging from
table saws to three-dimensional printers to a
CNC machine to create physical objects combined with electronics, and a print laboratory
with high-quality printers.
The Department of Design | Media Arts reserves the right to hold for exhibition purposes
examples of any work done in classes and to
retain for the permanent collection of its galleries such examples as may be selected.
Undergraduate Study
The Design | Media Arts major is a designated
capstone major. Students are required to complete an advanced project of their own that
entails full engagement with the design process. Through their capstone work, students
demonstrate their capacities for research,
ideation/concept development, creative and
design direction, communication strategy, design, production/fabrication, and critical analysis. Capstone courses focus on career choice,
and final projects are showcased at the spring
Senior Show.
The Major
Required: Twelve upper division courses, including the following core courses: Design |
Media Arts 101, 104, 153, 154, 156, 157, 161,
Graduate Study
Official, specific degree requirements are detailed in Program Requirements for UCLA
Graduate Degrees, available at the Graduate
Division website, http://grad.ucla.edu. In many
cases, more detailed guidelines may be outlined in announcements, other publications,
and websites of the schools, departments, and
programs.
Graduate Degrees
The Department of Design | Media Arts offers
the Master of Fine Arts (MFA) degree in
Design | Media Arts.
Graduate Courses
200. Design | Media Arts Faculty Seminar. (2) Seminar, two hours. Limited to graduate design | media
arts students. Designed to familiarize new graduate
students with departmental faculty members and
their creative work and research to help students select their faculty advisers. S/U or letter grading.
207. Mathematical Techniques in Design and Media Arts I. (4) Lecture, three hours. Designed for
graduate students. Survey of mathematical techniques used in design and computation theory. Sets,
relations, posets, lattices, Boolean and Heyting algebras, formal languages and production systems. May
be repeated for credit with consent of adviser. S/U or
letter grading.
208. Mathematical Techniques in Design and Media Arts II. (4) Lecture, three hours. Designed for
graduate students. Survey of mathematical techniques used in design and computation theory.
Theory of descriptive geometry, spatial transformations, matrix representations, symmetry and groups,
graphs, maps and triangulations. May be repeated for
credit with consent of adviser. S/U or letter grading.
M241. Programming Computer Applications in Architecture and Urban Design. (4) (Same as Architecture and Urban Design M227A.) Lecture, three
hours; outside study, nine hours. Introductory course
in logic of computing through experiments in computer graphics programming. Investigation of both
procedural and object-oriented approaches to programming. May be repeated for credit with consent of
adviser. S/U or letter grading.
M242. Introduction to Geometric Modeling. (4)
(Same as Architecture and Urban Design M227B.)
Lecture, three hours; outside study, nine hours. Requisite: course M241. Survey of geometric and threedimensional modeling, with emphasis on implementation of three-dimensional solids constructions and editing operations. Basic representations and operations on shapes and solids. May be repeated for
credit with consent of adviser. S/U or letter grading.
M243. User Interaction Techniques in Design. (4)
(Same as Architecture and Urban Design M227C.)
Lecture, three hours; outside study, nine hours. Requisite: course M241 or knowledge of C++ programming language. Programming techniques for implementing modern computer-user interfaces, specifically looking at issues relevant to building software
tools for computer-aided problem solving in architecture and design. May be repeated for credit with consent of adviser. S/U or letter grading.
249. Advanced Seminar: Computer Applications.
(4) Seminar, three hours. Requisite: course M241 or
Architecture and Urban Design M227A. Survey of various roles computers may play in design; development of new applications. Topics include representation, search, evaluation functions, and communication. May be repeated for credit with consent of
adviser. S/U or letter grading.
252A. Programming Media 1. (3) Studio,
three
hours; outside study, six hours. Limited to majors. Introduction to computer programming within context
of art and design. Exploration of conceptual space
enabled by electronic media through exercises, presentations, discussions, and critiques. Weekly exercises balance concept and technique to reveal potential of computer as medium and tool. Experience with
programming basics includes procedural and objectoriented programming, two- and three-dimensional
graphics, file I/O, color models, and image processing. Letter grading.
252B. Programming Media 2. (3) Studio, three hours;
outside study, six hours. Enforced requisite: course
252A. Limited to majors. Exploration of use of electromechanical actuators and sensors, custom interface
design, microcontroller programming, and building kinetic and interactive physical artworks. Practical electronics theory, programming for embedded systems,
two-dimensional and three-dimensional CAD, basic
milling, laser cutting, mold making, circuit building,
and other sculptural electronics fabrication techniques. Letter grading.
256. Interactive Environments. (4) Lecture/studio,
six hours. Designed for graduate design | media arts
majors. Emphasis on comprehension of fundamental
principles of interactivity and networked environments. May be repeated for credit with consent of adviser. Letter grading.
258. Current State of Technology. (4) Lecture/studio,
six hours. Designed for graduate design | media arts
majors. Introduction to state-of-art software programs
and techniques necessary for design of interactive
and multimedia applications. May be repeated for
credit with consent of adviser. Letter grading.
269. Graduate Seminar. (4) Seminar, four hours. Designed for graduate design | media arts majors.
Survey of critical theories in media art and design.
Critical examination of student work by peers, faculty
members, and expert guests. Must be taken twice for
MFA degree. May be repeated for credit with consent
of adviser. Letter grading.
270. Media Arts Theory. (5) Lecture, three hours.
Media arts is rapidly emerging phenomenon within
wider field of contemporary art, yet has been theorized fairly little. While there are numerous books
chronicling its past and present forms, there is much
less writing about its theoretical and aesthetic underpinnings. Uncertainties begin with concept itself: what
is actually meant by media arts? Letter grading.
271. Media Archaeology. (5) Lecture, three hours.
Media archaeology is emerging approach within
media studies, aiming to excavate little known or misrepresented media cultural phenomena of past, shedding light on apparata that have been overlooked
and/or suppressed by hegemonic versions of media
history. Letter grading.
272. Introduction to Art | Science. (5) Seminar, three
hours. For past 50 years artists have increasingly
moved from being inspired by scientific innovation
and discovery to actually collaborating with scientists
and even residing and working in science laboratories. History of science in relation to artists interpretation of scientific work to current works that are created in response to recent developments in biotechnology and nanotechnology. Letter grading.
287. Form and Structure. (2 to 8) Studio or studio/
seminar, to be arranged. Exploration of form, with emphasis on expressive experimentation in materials
and processes. May be repeated for credit with consent of adviser. Letter grading.
289. Special Topics in Design. (2 to 8) Seminar, to
be arranged. Examination of specific problems relevant to design theory and performance. Topics announced in advance. May be taken for maximum of 8
units. Letter grading.
375. Teaching Apprentice Practicum. (1 to 4) Seminar, to be arranged. Preparation: apprentice personnel employment as teaching assistant, associate,
or fellow. Teaching apprenticeship under active guidance and supervision of regular faculty member responsible for curriculum and instruction at UCLA.
May be repeated for credit. S/U grading.
403. Graduate Critique. (2) Seminar, three hours;
outside study, three hours. Limited to first- and
second-year departmental graduate students. Students meet with instructor in small classroom setting
to exchange ideas through presentation of current
DIGITAL HUMANITIES
Interdisciplinary Minor
College of Letters and Science
UCLA
212 Royce Hall
Box 951539
Los Angeles, CA 90095-1539
310-825-1147
fax: 310-825-9754
e-mail: dhminor@ucla.edu
http://www.cdh.ucla.edu/curriculum/
undergraduate-minor/
Todd S. Presner, PhD, Chair
Faculty Committee
Jon A. Christensen, PhD (Institute of the Environment
and Sustainability)
Maria (Maite) T. de Zubiaurre, PhD (Germanic
Languages, Spanish and Portuguese)
Johanna R. Drucker, PhD (Design|Media Arts,
Information Studies)
Diane G. Favro, PhD (Architecture and Urban Design)
Christopher Johanson, PhD (Classics)
Christopher M. Kelty, PhD (Institute for Society and
Genetics)
Stephen D. Mamber, PhD (Film, Television, and Digital
Media)
Todd S. Presner, PhD (Comparative Literature,
Germanic Languages)
Janice L. Reiff, PhD (History, Statistics)
Francis F. Steen, PhD (Communication Studies)
Willeke Z. Wendrich, PhD (Near Eastern Languages
and Cultures)
Undergraduate Study
Digital Humanities Minor
The Digital Humanities minor is intended to
provide students with literacy in creating, interpreting, and applying the technologies of the
digital world. It examines the cultural and social impact of new technologies and enables
students to harness these technologies to develop their own research projects in a wide
range of fields.
To apply for the minor, students must (1) have
an overall grade-point average of 2.7 or better
and (2) submit an application essay supporting
their interest in pursuing the minor and enumerating any digital projects that they have already undertaken. On acceptance to the minor,
students are expected to identify an academic
area of digital humanities in which they intend
to concentrate. Information about the minor is
available at http://www.cdh.ucla.edu/curricu
lum/undergraduate-minor/. To submit an application for the minor, see the website.
Required Lower Division Course (4 to 6 units):
One elective course selected from Ancient
Near East 10W, Architecture and Urban Design
10A, Classics 10, 20, 42, General Education
Clusters 66A, German 61A, Information Studies 20, 30, or Program in Computing 3.
Required Upper Division Courses (25 to 28
units): Digital Humanities 101, 150, 198 or 199,
and three elective courses selected from Ancient Near East M101C (or Art History M110C),
125A, M125B (or Architecture and Urban Design M125B), M125C (or Architecture and Urban Design M125C), 162, C165, CM169 (or
Anthropology CM110Q), Anthropology M116S
(or Chinese M183), Architecture and Urban Design 132, Armenian C153, Art History C145A,
C145B, Classics 164, 166B, Design | Media
Arts 104, Digital Humanities 195 or 196, English 118A, History 188, Korean 183, 187, Russian 121, 129, Scandinavian C133A, C171, Society and Genetics 131, 175, Spanish 130,
150, 170, Urban Planning 129, 141. Variable
topics courses may be taken as topics apply.
A minimum of 20 units applied toward the minor requirements must be in addition to units
applied toward major requirements or another
minor.
Each minor course must be taken for a letter
grade. Successful completion of the minor is
indicated on the transcript and diploma.
Digital Humanities
Upper Division Courses
101. Introduction to Digital Humanities. (5) Lecture,
four hours; discussion, one hour. Foundation course
for students in Digital Humanities minor, providing
theoretical and conceptual framework for understanding genesis of digital world. Use of contemporary cultural-historical methodology to focus on rise of
new media and information technologies in 19th,
20th, and 21st centuries, such as photography, film,
radio, television, Internet, and World Wide Web and
their impact on how individuals, groups, and cultures
experienced their worlds. Letter grading.
150. Advanced Topics in Digital Humanities. (4)
Seminar, three hours. Requisite: course 101. Introduction to advanced research methods or thematic issues in digital humanities such as database and visualization technologies, social media technologies, application programming interfaces, and digital mapping
to acquire familiarity with particular set of technologies by learning practical research methods and theoretical issues to carry out advanced research in this
area. Consult Schedule of Classes for topics to be offered in specific term. May be repeated for credit with
topic change. Letter grading.
194. Research Group Seminars: Digital Humanities. (2) Seminar, two hours. Requisites: course 101,
completion of two other minor courses. May be taken
concurrently with course 195 or 196. Designed for undergraduate students who are part of research group.
Discussion of research methods, tools, and current literature in field or of research of faculty members and
students. May be repeated for credit. P/NP or letter
grading.
195. Community or Corporate Internships in Digital Humanities. (4) Tutorial, two hours; fieldwork,
eight hours. Limited to juniors/seniors. May be taken
concurrently with course 194. Internship in supervised
setting in community agency or business. Placements
to be arranged by instructor. Students meet on regular basis with instructor and provide periodic reports
of their experience. May be repeated for credit. Individual contract with supervising faculty member required. Letter grading.
196. Research Apprenticeship in Digital Humanities. (4) Tutorial, three hours per week per unit. Limited to juniors/seniors. Entry-level research apprenticeship for upper division students under guidance of
faculty mentor. May be repeated for credit. Individual
contract required. P/NP grading.
198. Honors Research in Digital Humanities. (4)
Tutorial, one hour. Requisite: course 194. Limited to
juniors/seniors. Development and completion of significant research project under direct supervision of
faculty member. May be repeated for credit. Individual
contract required. Letter grading.
199. Directed Research in Digital Humanities. (4)
Tutorial, one hour. Requisite: course 194. Limited to
juniors/seniors. Supervised individual research or investigation under guidance of faculty mentor. Culminating paper or project required. May be repeated for
credit. Individual contract required. Letter grading.
Graduate Courses
201. Introduction to Digital Humanities. (5) Seminar, three hours; laboratory, one hour. Introduction to
field of digital humanities. Historical overview of field
from its beginning in post-World War II era to present,
highlighting major intellectual problems, disciplinary
DISABILITY STUDIES
Interdisciplinary Minor
College of Letters and Science
UCLA
A316 Murphy Hall
Box 951430
Los Angeles, CA 90095-1430
310-206-1667
fax: 310-267-5166
e-mail: ppalomo@college.ucla.edu
http://www.uei.ucla.edu/dsminor.htm
Victoria E. Marks, BA, Chair
Faculty Committee
Bruce L. Baker, PhD (Psychology)
Anurima Banerji, PhD (World Arts and Cultures/Dance)
Helen Deutsch, PhD (English)
Victoria E. Marks, BA (World Arts and Cultures/Dance)
Mary J. OConnor, PhD (Psychiatry and Biobehavioral
Sciences)
Undergraduate Study
Disability Studies Minor
To enter the Disability Studies minor, students
must (1) have an overall grade-point average of
2.7 or better and (2) submit an application essay supporting their interest in pursuing the minor. To help plan the internship and course
schedule, students are expected to work
closely with the minors academic adviser. Applications are available at http://www.uei.ucla
.edu/dsminor.htm and must be filed with College Academic Counseling, A316 Murphy Hall.
For information and questions, e-mail ppalomo
@college.ucla.edu or call 310-206-1667.
Required Upper Division Courses (13 to 15
units): Disability Studies 101 or 101W and
three courses selected from 102 through
M164A, American Sign Language M120, 121,
Anthropology 147, Arts Education 101, Asian
American Studies M117, Community Health
Sciences 100, 132, Education 132, Gerontology M119O, History 179A, Linguistics C135,
Psychiatry and Biobehavioral Sciences M180,
Psychology M107, M119O, 127A or 127B or
127C, 129C, 132A, 133I, M140, M180, Social
Welfare M140, 162, Sociology M148, Spanish
M165SL. Students may petition to apply a third
term of Disability Studies 195CE toward the
elective requirement.
Required Upper Division Internship/Apprenticeship Courses (8 units): Two consecutive
terms of internship or research apprenticeship
(Disability Studies 195CE or 196) in a community-based agency that provides services or
support for persons with disabilities or in an institution or agency at the local, state, or federal
level responsible for policy on disability issues
or collaboration on a research project focused
on an area of disability studies scholarship. Internship credit for students participating in the
UC Center Sacramento (UCCS) program or the
Center for American Politics and Public Policy
(CAPPP) program may be substituted by petition and is subject to approval by the faculty
committee.
Required Upper Division Capstone Courses (5
to 6 units): Disability Studies 191 or 198A and
198B or 199A and 199B. Prior to enrolling in
any capstone option, students must complete
Disability Studies 101 or 101W, two upper division electives, and at least one term of an internship or apprenticeship.
The capstone experience for the minor requires an integrative final paper or project that
incorporates the required curriculum and elec-
Disability Studies
Upper Division Courses
101. Perspectives on Disability Studies. (5) Lecture, one hour; discussion, two hours. Not open for
credit to students with credit for course 101W. Creation of critical framework for understanding concept
of disability from sampling of disciplinary perspectives. Organized around productive and central tension in disability studiesbetween disability as lived
subjective experience that is both individual and communal, and disability as objective, medical, legal, and
sometimes stigmatized category. Students encouraged to make connections between units and to
create their own perspectives on disability in field that
defines itself by how it changes. Letter grading.
101W. Perspectives on Disability Studies. (5) Lecture, one hour; discussion, two hours. Enforced requisite: English Composition 3 or English as a Second
Language 36. Not open for credit to students with
credit for course 101. Creation of critical framework
for understanding concept of disability from sampling
of disciplinary perspectives. Organized around productive and central tension in disability studiesbetween disability as lived subjective experience that is
both individual and communal, and disability as objective, medical, legal, and sometimes stigmatized
category. Students encouraged to make connections
between units and to create their own perspectives
on disability in field that defines itself by how it
changes. Satisfies Writing II requirement. Letter
grading.
102. Disability and Violence. (4) Seminar, three hours.
Relationship between disability and violence from
three angles: (1) review of disproportionate incidence
of violence committed against people with disabilities,
whether specifically as form of hate crime or based on
dependency and/or vulnerability that accompany
some types of disability, (2) study of role of disability
and particularly mental illness in representations of
criminality and violence, and (3) disablement or emergent disability (injuries, illnesses, and impairments
created by social inequity) as consequence of intersecting forms of racial, gender, sexual, and class subordination, or as result of state or interpersonal violence. Consideration of possible coalition-based
strategies for challenging systemic subordination and
prospects for improving disability-consciousness
across social movement efforts and campaigns. P/NP
or letter grading.
M103. Studies in Disability Literatures. (5) (Same
as English M103.) Lecture, four hours; discussion,
one hour (when scheduled). Enforced requisite: English Composition 3 or 3H. Survey of modes of disability in literature, with specific emphasis on thematic
concerns. Topics may include introduction to dis-
EARTH, PLANETARY,
AND SPACE SCIENCES
College of Letters and Science
UCLA
3806 Geology
Box 951567
Los Angeles, CA 90095-1567
310-825-3880, 888-ESS-UCLA
fax: 310-825-2779
e-mail: info@epss.ucla.edu
http://epss.ucla.edu
Jean-Luc Margot, PhD, Chair
Professors
Vassilis Angelopoulos, PhD
Jonathan M. Aurnou, PhD
Paul M. Davis, PhD
T. Mark Harrison, PhD
Raymond V. Ingersoll, PhD
David K. Jacobs, PhD
David C. Jewitt, PhD
Abby Kavner, PhD
Craig E. Manning, PhD
Jean-Luc Margot, PhD
Kevin D. McKeegan, PhD
William I. Newman, PhD
David A. Paige, PhD
Gilles F. Peltzer, PhD
Christopher T. Russell, PhD
Edwin A. Schauble, PhD
J. William Schopf, PhD
Laurence C. Smith, PhD
Marco C. Velli, PhD
An Yin, PhD
Edward D. Young, PhD
Professors Emeriti
Orson L. Anderson, PhD
Peter Bird, PhD
Friedrich H. Busse, PhD
Donald Carlisle, PhD
Paul J. Coleman, Jr., PhD
Wayne A. Dollase, PhD
Clarence A. Hall, Jr., PhD
David D. Jackson, PhD
Isaac R. Kaplan, PhD
Margaret G. Kivelson, PhD
Robert L. McPherron, PhD
Arthur L. Montana, PhD
Gerhard Oertel, DrRerNat
Walter E. Reed, PhD
John L. Rosenfeld, PhD
Bruce N. Runnegar, PhD
Gerald Schubert, PhD
Ronald L. Shreve, PhD
Raymond J. Walker, PhD
John T. Wasson, PhD
Associate Professors
Caroline D. Beghein, PhD
Jonathan L. Mitchell, PhD
Hilke E. Schlicting, PhD
Assistant Professors
Capstone Major
Adjunct Professor
Edward J. Rhodes, PhD
Undergraduate Study
All of the majors offered in the Earth, Planetary,
and Space Sciences Department are designated capstone majors. While the specific
nature of the capstone experience varies by
major, students are required to use skill and
knowledge sets from previous coursework to
complete a field-based research project from
conception to written report. Projects must be
placed into context within the current state of
understanding, and results are presented at a
research symposium or published as a brief
report.
The Major
Required: Three courses from Earth, Planetary,
and Space Sciences 103A, 103B, 111, 112,
116, 119; one capstone 199 research course in
the senior year; three additional upper division
courses from Earth, Planetary, and Space Sciences other than 100; two courses from Geography 100, 101, 104, 105 and 105A, M107,
M109, 110, 124, 125, M127, M131.
Engineering Geology BS
Capstone Major
The Major
Required: Earth, Planetary, and Space Sciences 103A, 103B, 111, 112, 136A, 139; Civil
and Environmental Engineering 108, 120, 121,
150; two capstone field research courses (Earth,
Planetary, and Space Sciences 121, 121F).
Geology BS
Capstone Major
The Major
Required: Earth, Planetary, and Space Sciences 103A, 103B, 111, 112, M118 (or 136A);
two courses from 103C, 116, and 133; two
capstone field research courses (121, 121F);
two additional 100-level department courses.
Geophysics BS
Capstone Major
The Major
Required Core: Earth, Planetary, and Space
Sciences 136A, M140, 171, one capstone field
research course (136C), one course from 152,
153, 154, 155; Physics 105A, 105B, 110A,
110B, 131. Substitutions of equivalent courses
from engineering or other physical sciences
departments must be approved by the undergraduate adviser.
At least three courses from one of the following
areas are also required: (1) applied geophysics
Earth, Planetary, and Space Sciences 111,
112, 122, 136B, 150, 152, (2) marine geophysicscourses 119, 122, 136B, 150, 153, (3)
planetary geophysicscourses 150, 153, 154,
Honors in Geology or
Geophysics
Geochemistry Minor
Geochemistry emphasizes use of minerals,
magmas, elements, and isotopes to date
events, determine rates, and track matter
Geology Minor
Geology is the study of the surface of the Earth
and the rocks and processes that created it.
Field methods, interpretation of rocks, and
modern plate-tectonic models are emphasized, with the goals of finding valuable or hazardous materials and inferring geologic history.
These skills are valuable in engineering, urban
planning, and environmental and resource
studies.
To enter the Geology minor, students must
have an overall grade-point average of 2.0 or
better.
Required Lower Division Courses (8 to 9 units):
Earth, Planetary, and Space Sciences 1, 61.
Required Upper Division Courses (22 units):
Earth, Planetary, and Space Sciences 112,
119, and three courses from C107, 116, 125,
133, 139, 150, 171.
A minimum of 20 units applied toward the minor requirements must be in addition to units
applied toward major requirements or another
minor.
Each minor course must be taken for a letter
grade, and students must have an overall
grade-point average of 2.0 or better. Successful completion of the minor is indicated on the
transcript and diploma.
Graduate Study
Official, specific degree requirements are detailed in Program Requirements for UCLA
Graduate Degrees, available at the Graduate
Division website, http://grad.ucla.edu. In many
cases, more detailed guidelines may be outlined in announcements, other publications,
and websites of the schools, departments, and
programs.
Graduate Degrees
The Department of Earth, Planetary, and Space
Sciences offers Master of Science (MS), Candidate in Philosophy (CPhil), and Doctor of Philosophy (PhD) degrees in Geochemistry, Master of Science (MS), Candidate in Philosophy
(CPhil), and Doctor of Philosophy (PhD) degrees in Geology, and Master of Science (MS)
and Doctor of Philosophy (PhD) degrees in
Geophysics and Space Physics.
sophical problems that arise. Topographic and geologic mapping in field. Interpretation of published
maps in laboratory. P/NP or letter grading.
71. Introduction to Computing for Geoscientists.
(4) Lecture, three hours; laboratory, three hours; outside computing study, three hours. Introduction to
writing programs in MATLAB, visualization of geoscience data, and comparison with models. P/NP or
letter grading.
Poisson statistics, and algorithm development. Design of observational program, acquisition of telescopic data, development of algorithms to analyze
data, and writing of report on results. Concurrently
scheduled with course C279. P/NP or letter grading.
188. Special Topics in Earth, Planetary, and Space
Sciences. (4) Lecture/laboratory, to be arranged. Departmentally sponsored experimental or temporary
courses, such as those taught by visiting faculty
members. P/NP or letter grading.
193A-193B-193C. Undergraduate Journal Club
Seminars: Earth, Planetary, and Space Sciences.
(1-1-1) Seminar, one hour. Limited to undergraduate
students. Study of current topics in Earth, planetary,
and space sciences, including participation in weekly
department colloquium. May be repeated for credit.
P/NP grading.
198. Honors Research in Earth, Planetary, and
Space Sciences. (4) Tutorial, two hours. Limited to
seniors. Individual research designed to broaden and
deepen students knowledge of some phase of Earth,
planetary, and space sciences. Development and
completion of honors thesis or comprehensive research project under direct supervision of faculty
mentor. May be repeated for maximum of 16 units. Individual contract required. Letter grading.
199. Directed Research or Senior Project in Earth,
Planetary, and Space Sciences. (2 to 8) Tutorial,
two hours. Limited to juniors/seniors. Supervised individual research or investigation under guidance of
faculty mentor. Culminating paper or project required.
May be repeated for credit. Individual contract required. P/NP or letter grading.
Graduate Courses
200A. Introduction to Geophysics and Space
Physics I: Solid Earth and Planets. (4) Lecture,
three hours. Requisites: Physics 105A, 110A, 112,
131. Geochemistry, cosmochemistry, and petrology;
geotectonics; gravity field; seismology; heat transfer,
thermal and mechanical evolution of mantle; core and
geomagnetism; lunar and planetary interiors. S/U or
letter grading.
200B. Introduction to Geophysics and Space
Physics II: Oceans and Atmospheres. (4) Lecture,
three hours. Requisites: Physics 105A, 110A, 112,
131. Evolution, chemistry, and heat balance of oceans
and atmospheres; molecular spectra, radiative
transfer, and planetary observations; dynamics of
oceans and atmospheres. S/U or letter grading.
200C. Introduction to Geophysics and Space
Physics III: PlasmasAeronomy and Interplanetary Medium. (4) Lecture, three hours. Requisites:
Physics 105A, 110B, 112, 131. Solar surface features,
heating and expansion of corona, solar wind, plasma
and magnetic fields, interaction of solar wind with
Earth, magnetospheric phenomena. S/U or letter
grading.
200D. Planetary Surfaces. (4) Lecture, three hours.
Introduction to basic physical processes (both exogenic and endogenic) shaping solid surfaces in solar
system and description of their optical and thermophysical properties, with emphasis on simple
physics-based approach. Discussion of current literature. S/U or letter grading.
200E. Planetary Origins and Evolution. (4) Lecture,
four hours. Designed for graduate students who are
interested in origins of planetary systems and history
of solar system. Open to advanced undergraduate
students with consent of instructor. Provides background needed to understand and/or participate in research related to formation and evolution of solar
system and of other planetary systems. Description of
star/planet formation process and subsequent evolution of planetary systems by integrating observations
and theory. Fosters interdisciplinary knowledge and
communication between Departments of Earth and
Space Sciences and Physics and Astronomy graduate students and faculty members. S/U or letter
grading.
tific advancement. Changes through time in Earth/atmosphere/ocean system discussed in terms of their
effects on biological process and biodiversity. Climate
issues considered in this historical context of global
process. Modern anthropogenic climate change
placed in context of geologic record of climate
change. Concurrently scheduled with course CM173.
S/U or letter grading.
C279. Search for Extraterrestrial Intelligence: Theory and Applications. (4) Lecture, two hours; laboratory, two hours. Enforced requisites: Mathematics
31B, Physics 1B. Recommended: course 71, Computer Science 31, Physics 110B, Program in Computing 10A. Search for extraterrestrial intelligence
(SETI) is based on number of astronomical, mathematical, statistical, and computational principles.
Coverage of fundamental concepts in these disciplines in context of SETI: abundance and architecture
of extrasolar planetary systems; radio astronomy, including wave propagation and dispersion; signal processing, including sampling theory and Fourier transforms; random processes, including Gaussian and
Poisson statistics, and algorithm development. Design of observational program, acquisition of telescopic data, development of algorithms to analyze
data, and writing of report on results. Concurrently
scheduled with course C179. S/U or letter grading.
282. Seminar: Geophysics. (4) Seminar, two hours;
discussion, two hours. Seismology, geophysical prospecting, electromagnetic prospecting. Selected
topics in Earth physics. Content varies from year to
year. May be repeated for credit. S/U or letter grading.
M285. Origin and Evolution of Solar System. (4)
(Same as Astronomy M285.) Lecture, four hours. Dynamical problems of solar system; chemical evidences from geochemistry, meteorites, and solar atmosphere; nucleosynthesis; solar origin, evolution,
and termination; solar nebula, hydromagnetic processes, formation of planets and satellite systems.
Content varies from year to year. May be repeated for
credit. S/U grading.
286A-286B-286C. Seminars: Planetology. (2-2-2)
Seminar, two hours. Problems of current interest concerning moon, planets, and meteorites. May be repeated for credit. S/U grading.
287A-287B-287C. Seminars: Seismology and
Earths Interior. (2-2-2) Seminar, two hours. Problems of current interest in seismology and Earths interior. May be repeated for credit. S/U grading.
M288A-M288B-M288C. Seminars: Space Physics.
(2-2-2) (Same as Atmospheric and Oceanic Sciences
M275A-M275B-M275C.) Seminar, one hour. Problems of current interest concerning particles and
fields in space. May be repeated for credit. S/U
grading.
289. Seminar: Fluid Dynamics. (2) Seminar, one to
two hours. Problems of current interest in fluid dynamics, with emphasis on geophysical applications.
May be repeated for credit. S/U grading.
293A-293B-293C. Space Physics Journal Club. (11-1) Seminar, one hour. Limited to graduate space
physics students in Earth. Planetary, and Space Sciences, Atmospheric and Ocean Sciences, and
Physics and Astronomy Departments. Review of current space physics literature. May be repeated for
credit. S/U grading.
295A-295B-295C. Current Research in Earth, Planetary, and Space Sciences. (1-1-1) Lecture, one
hour. Limited to graduate Earth, planetary, and space
sciences students. Seminars presented by outside
speakers, staff, and/or graduate students describing
current research. Written reports required. May be repeated for credit. S/U grading.
297. Advanced Techniques in Geological Research. (2 to 4) Lecture, two to four hours. S/U
grading.
298. Advanced Topics in Earth and Space Sciences. (2 to 4) Lecture, two to four hours. S/U or letter
grading.
Faculty Committee
William M. Bodiford, PhD (Asian Languages and
Cultures)
Cameron D. Campbell, PhD (Sociology)
Jack W. Chen, PhD (Asian Languages and Cultures)
Torquil Duthie, PhD (Asian Languages and Cultures)
Michael D. Emmerich, PhD (Asian Languages and
Cultures)
Andrea S. Goldman, PhD (History)
Christopher P. Hanscom, PhD (Asian Languages and
Cultures)
Graduate Study
Official, specific degree requirements are detailed in Program Requirements for UCLA
Graduate Degrees, available at the Graduate
Division website, http://grad.ucla.edu. In many
cases, more detailed guidelines may be outlined in announcements, other publications,
and websites of the schools, departments, and
programs.
Graduate Degree
The East Asian Studies Program offers the Master of Arts (MA) degree in East Asian Studies.
ECOLOGY AND
EVOLUTIONARY
BIOLOGY
Barbara J. Natterson, MD
UCLA
101 Hershey Hall
Box 957426
Los Angeles, CA 90095-7246
310-825-1959, Graduate Office
fax: 310-206-3987
e-mail: eebgrad@eeb.ucla.edu
310-825-1680, Undergraduate Office
fax: 310-206-3987
e-mail: eebundergrad@lifesci.ucla.edu
https://www.eeb.ucla.edu
Daniel T. Blumstein, PhD, Chair
Professors
Michael E. Alfaro, PhD
Priyanga A. Amarasekare, PhD
Paul H. Barber, PhD
Daniel T. Blumstein, PhD
Donald G. Buth, PhD
Peggy M. Fong, PhD
Malcolm S. Gordon, PhD
Patricia A. Gowaty, PhD
Gregory F. Grether, PhD
Stephen P. Hubbell, PhD
David K. Jacobs, PhD
Peter Kareiva, PhD
Glen M. MacDonald, PhD
Peter M. Narins, PhD
Peter N. Nonacs, PhD
Philip W. Rundel, PhD
Lawren Sack, PhD
Barnett A. Schlinger, PhD
H. Bradley Shaffer, PhD
Thomas B. Smith, PhD
Victoria L. Sork, PhD
Charles E. Taylor, PhD
Blaire Van Valkenburgh, PhD (Donald R. Dickey
Professor of Vertebrate Biology)
Robert K. Wayne, PhD
Cheryl Ann Zimmer, PhD
Richard K. Zimmer, PhD
Professors Emeriti
AA Barber, PhD
Clifford F. Brunk, PhD
Joseph Cascarano, PhD
Martin L. Cody, PhD
Nicholas E. Collias, PhD
Franz Engelmann, PhD
Arthur C. Gibson, PhD
Elma Gonzlez, PhD
William M. Hamner, PhD
Henry A. Hespenheide, PhD
J. Lee Kavanau, PhD
Kenneth A. Nagy, PhD
Park S. Nobel, PhD
Richard W. Siegel, PhD
Henry J. Thompson, PhD
Richard R. Vance, PhD
Peter P. Vaughn, PhD
Eduardo Zeiger, PhD
Associate Professors
Nathan J.B. Kraft, PhD
James O. Lloyd-Smith, PhD
Van M. Savage, PhD
Assistant Professors
Kirk E. Lohmueller, PhD
Pamela J. Yeh, PhD
Adjunct Professors
Carlos L. de la Rosa, PhD
Jon E. Keeley, PhD
Undergraduate Study
Students may earn a Bachelor of Science degree in one of three different majors within the
department: Biology (general biology); Ecology, Behavior, and Evolution; and Marine Biology. The majors build on similar lower division
introductory courses and differ primarily in the
upper division requirements. The Biology major
is designed for students who desire exposure
to a wide range of biological subjects. The remaining two majorsEcology, Behavior, and
Evolution and Marine Biologyprovide more
specialized instruction and strong preparation
for employment or subsequent graduate study
in the respective disciplines.
Two of the majors offered in the department
are designated capstone majors: Ecology, Behavior, and Evolution and Marine Biology. In
both programs students apply theory and
technique learned through four years of classroom and laboratory experience to their own
independent projects. The main purpose of the
capstone is to provide a unique field experience that involves designing and executing a
research project. Students are aided in the scientific process of learning about a new ecosystem, developing relevant questions, designing conceptually based projects, troubleshooting and completing the work, and writing
Biology BS
The Biology major is designed for students
with a broad interest in biology who desire to
pursue careers in a wide range of biological
and related fields. It provides excellent background preparation for postgraduate training in
medicine and other health sciences, in tracks
leading to academic and public service careers
in biology, in biological industries, and even in
nonbiological careers such as business, agriculture, and law. Emphasis is on breadth of
training to expose students to all levels of
modern biology.
4.
The Major
Students
courses:
must
complete
the
following
1.
2.
3.
5.
102, M130 (or Molecular, Cell, and Developmental Biology M181 or Physiological
Science M181 or Psychiatry M181 or Psychology M117J), M148, physics (except
Physics 190 through 199), physiological
science (except Physiological Science 191
through 199), Psychology 115. Any
remaining units from the Field Biology
Quarter or Marine Biology Quarter not
applied in item 3 or 4 may be applied and
any course not applied under item 2, 3, or
4 above may be included in this category
A maximum of 8 units of the Ecology and Evolutionary Biology 198 series or 4 units of Ecology and Evolutionary Biology 199 may be applied toward the major. Credit for 199 courses
from other departments may not be applied.
With consent of the instructors and department, students may enroll in 200-level courses
and apply them toward major requirements.
Each course applied toward requirements for
preparation for the major and the major must
be taken for a letter grade. Biology majors
must earn a C or better in each course taken
as preparation for the major, and at least a 2.0
(C) overall average in all courses applied
toward the major.
The Major
Students must complete the following courses:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
At least 8 units (two courses) from Anthropology 128A, chemistry (except Chemistry
and Biochemistry 193A through 199;
Chemistry and Biochemistry 153A and
153L are strongly recommended), Earth,
planetary, and space sciences (geology
only; except Earth, Planetary, and Space
Sciences 188 through 199), ecology and
evolutionary biology (except Ecology and
Evolutionary Biology 190 through 196),
geography (except Geography 188
through 199), mathematics (except Mathematics 105A, 105B, 106, 191 through 199),
microbiology, immunology, and molecular
genetics (except Microbiology, Immunology, and Molecular Genetics 193A through
199), Molecular, Cell, and Developmental
Biology 172, physics (except Physics 190
through 199); recommended: taxon-oriented courses in ecological, behavioral,
and evolutionary processes such as Ecology and Evolutionary Biology 111, 112,
113A, 114A, 115
The Major
Students must complete the following courses:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
One additional physical, chemical, or geological oceanography course from Atmospheric and Ocean Sciences 102, 103,
104, M105 (or Ecology and Evolutionary
Biology M139), 130, Chemistry and Biochemistry 103, 153A, Earth, Planetary, and
Space Sciences 100, 116, 119, C141, 153,
Ecology and Evolutionary Biology M131
(or Geography M117), 153, 198B, 199,
Geography 100, 101, M106 (or Atmospheric and Oceanic Sciences M106),
Marine Biology BS
Capstone Major
The Marine Biology major is designed for students who wish to specialize in the area of marine sciences. Completion of this major provides students with both an excellent background in biology and specialization in various
disciplines such as oceanography, subtidal
and intertidal ecology, and physiology of marine organisms. Graduates are well prepared
for postgraduate opportunities in the marine
sciences, many other areas of biology, and
medicine. The major provides valuable field experience with concomitant individual research
opportunities in marine biology.
Field Biology
The department offers two quarter-long programs of advanced courses in field biology:
the Field Biology Quarter (FBQ) and the Marine
Biology Quarter (MBQ). These programs focus
on the biology of organisms living in their natural environments, emphasize independent student research projects, and take place at field
sites away from the UCLA campus. The course
composition varies somewhat from year to
year, but each program always carries 16 units
of course credit. The Field Biology Quarter involves some combination of Ecology and Evolutionary Biology 103, 113B, 114B, 115, 118,
124A, 124B, 125, C126, 132, 134B, and 151B.
The Marine Biology Quarter includes some
combination of Ecology and Evolutionary Biology 102, 106, 123A, 123B, 147, 148, 163, 164,
165, and 182. The Field and Marine Biology
Quarters may occur during fall, winter, or
spring quarter, depending on location and faculty participation. To participate, students must
enroll in all courses in the respective program.
Participants in both programs are selected by
personal interview. Information and applications are available in the Undergraduate Advising Office.
Honors Program
An overall grade-point average of 3.4 and a 3.4
in the major are required for graduation with
honors. Highest honors are awarded to majors
who have a GPA of 3.6 overall and a 3.6 in the
major at graduation and who have successfully
completed Ecology and Evolutionary Biology
198A and 198B.
Computing Specialization
Majors in Biology, Ecology, Behavior, and Evolution, and Marine Biology may select a specialization in Computing by (1) satisfying all the
point average of 2.0 or better. Successful completion of the minor is indicated on the transcript and diploma.
Graduate Study
Official, specific degree requirements are detailed in Program Requirements for UCLA
Graduate Degrees, available at the Graduate
Division website, http://grad.ucla.edu. In many
cases, more detailed guidelines may be outlined in announcements, other publications,
and websites of the schools, departments, and
programs.
Graduate Degrees
The Department of Ecology and Evolutionary
Biology offers Master of Science (MS), Candidate in Philosophy (CPhil), and Doctor of Philosophy (PhD) degrees in Biology.
100L. Introduction to Ecology and Behavior Laboratory. (4) Laboratory, four hours. Enforced requisites:
course 100 (may be taken concurrently), Life Sciences
1. Introduction to research methods in ecology and
behavior, resulting in independent research proposals
and to gain understanding of scientific method, critical evaluation of research papers, and development
of scientific writing skills. Involves work outside and
off-campus meetings. Letter grading.
101. Marine Botany. (6) Lecture, four hours; laboratory, six hours; three to four field trips. Requisite: Life
Sciences 1. Introduction to biology and ecology of
marine plants, including algae, sea grasses, and mangroves, with focus on form and function of marine
plants and their ecological role in different marine
habitats and ecosystems. Letter grading.
102. Biology of Marine Invertebrates. (4) Five-week
intensive course. Lecture, five hours; laboratory, 15
hours. Requisite: Life Sciences 1. Morphology, systematics, life histories and natural history, ecology,
behavior, and physiology of marine invertebrates.
Given off campus at marine science center. P/NP or
letter grading.
103. Plant Evolution and Systematics. (5) Lecture,
three hours; laboratory, three hours; field trip. Requisites: Life Sciences 1, 4. Evolution, systematics, morphology, principles of taxonomy, phytogeography,
phylogenetic analysis, speciation, and natural history
of plants. Letter grading.
105. Biology of Invertebrates. (6) Lecture, three
hours; laboratory/field trips, six hours. Requisite: Life
Sciences 1. Introduction to systematics, evolution,
natural history, morphology, and physiology of invertebrates. P/NP or letter grading.
106. Experimental Marine Invertebrate Biology. (4
or 6) Lecture, two hours; laboratory, 12 hours. Requisites: course 105, Physiological Science 166 (may be
taken concurrently). Offered either as 6-unit quarterlong course or as 4-unit Marine Biology Quarter
course. Advanced course of natural history, physiology, biochemistry of invertebrates, with emphasis
on independent laboratory and field investigations.
P/NP or letter grading.
107. Evolution, Development, and Function of Invertebrate Animals. (6) Lecture, three hours; laboratory, three hours; three weekend field trips. Requisite:
course 105 or completion of Marine Biology Quarter.
Advanced invertebrate biology course exploring evolutionary relationship of animal groups and evolution
of marine species, comparative development and developmental genetics of invertebrate form, and form
and function as they relate to marine invertebrates.
Letter grading.
109. Introduction to Marine Science. (4) Lecture,
three hours; discussion, one hour. Requisite: Life Sciences 1. Strongly recommended for prospective Marine Biology Quarter students. Introduction to physical
and biological world of 70 percent of planet: oceans.
Designed to be integrative, with focus on geological
evolution of seas, physical and chemical properties of
water, and how these abiotic processes shape
ecology and evolution of marine organisms and environments. Letter grading.
109L. Introduction to Marine Science Laboratory.
(2) Laboratory, three hours. Enforced requisites:
course 109 (may be taken concurrently), Life Sciences
1. Introduction to marine environments and methods
used to study them. Exploration of variety of concepts
in marine science, ranging from oceanography to behavior, primary productivity, and marine biodiversity,
with emphasis on experimental design and scientific
writing. Letter grading.
110. Vertebrate Morphology. (6) Lecture, three hours;
laboratory, five hours. Requisites: Life Sciences 1, 2,
3, 4, 23L. Study of vertebrate morphology, function,
and evolution from viewpoint of comparative anatomy
of adult forms, biomechanics, development, and paleontology. Laboratory study of selected vertebrates.
Letter grading.
111. Biology of Vertebrates. (5) Lecture, three hours;
laboratory, three hours; four one- to two-day field
trips. Requisite: Life Sciences 1. Adaptations, behavior, and ecology of vertebrates. Letter grading.
research projects developed by students. Topics include model formulation, stochastic models, fitting
models to data, sensitivity analysis, presentation of
model results, and other topics from current literature.
Concurrently scheduled with course C219B. P/NP or
letter grading.
120. Evolution. (4) Lecture, three hours; discussion,
two hours. Requisites: Life Sciences 1, 2, 3, 4, 23L,
and Mathematics 3A and 3B (or 31A or Life Sciences
30B). Not open for credit to students with credit for
course 185. Designed for departmental majors specializing in environmental and population biology. Introduction to mechanics and processes of evolution,
with emphasis on natural selection, population genetics, speciation, evolutionary rates, and patterns of
adaptation. P/NP or letter grading.
121. Molecular Evolution. (4) Lecture, three hours;
discussion, one hour. Requisites: Life Sciences 3, 4,
23L. Molecular biology, with emphasis on evolutionary aspects. DNA replication, RNA transcription,
protein synthesis, gene expression, and molecular
evolution. Letter grading.
122. Ecology. (4) Lecture, three hours; discussion,
two hours. Requisites: course 100, Life Sciences 1,
Mathematics 3B or 31A or Life Sciences 30B. Highly
recommended: Mathematics 31B, 32A. Designed for
departmental majors specializing in environmental
and population biology. Introduction to population
and community ecology, with emphasis on growth
and distributions of populations, interactions between
species, and structure, dynamics, and functions of
communities and ecosystems. P/NP or letter grading.
123A-123B. Field Marine Ecology. (4 or 8 each)
Lecture, five hours; laboratory, 15 hours. Recommended requisites: courses 100, 122. Offered either
as 4- or 8-unit five-week intensive course given off
campus as part of Marine Biology Quarter that is in
residence at research station located outside continental U.S. Survey of current topics in marine
ecology, including analysis of primary research literature combined with field study of ecology of marine
organisms, populations, communities, and ecosystems. Original research project required. Letter
grading.
124A-124B. Field Ecology. (4 or 8 each) Lecture,
five hours; laboratory or field trip, 15 hours. Requisites: course 100, Life Sciences 1. Recommended:
courses 111, 120, 122. Offered as part of Field Biology Quarter that is in residence at research station
located outside continental U.S. for part of or for duration of term. Field and laboratory research in
ecology; collection, analysis, and write-up of numerical data, with emphasis on design and execution of
field studies. Letter grading.
125. Tropical Animal Communication. (4 or 8) Requisites: course 100, Life Sciences 1. Offered either as
4-unit quarter-long course or as 8-unit Field Biology
Quarter course. Four-unit course has lecture, three
hours; discussion, two hours. Animal communication
behavior, tropical vertebrate biology, and evolution of
information processing systems. Eight-unit course
covers same basic lecture material in five or six intensive weeks, followed by extended field trips where
students do individual projects in animal communication. Letter grading.
C126. Behavioral Ecology. (4 or 8) (Formerly numbered 126.) Requisites: course 100, Life Sciences 1,
Mathematics 3C or 32A or Life Sciences 30B. Recommended: course 129. Offered either as 4-unit
quarter-long course or as 8-unit Field Biology Quarter
course. Four-unit course has lecture, three hours; discussion, two hours. Evolutionary perspective of behavioral ecology, with extended consideration of
selfish DNA, conflict with genomes, natural selection
and coevolution, kin selection and diversity in group
functioning and cooperation, social learning, game
theory and alternative life histories, and human behavioral ecology. Eight-unit course covers several
major areas in animal behavior more broadly, including foraging, sexual selection and predator-prey
interactions in five intensive weeks, followed by ex-
tended field trip where students do individual projects. Concurrently scheduled with course C242.
Letter grading.
M127. Soils and Environment. (4) (Same as Environment M127 and Geography M127.) Lecture, three
hours; discussion, one hour; field trips. General treatment of soils and environmental implications: soil development, morphology, and worldwide distribution of
soil orders; physical, chemical, hydrologic, and biological properties; water use, erosion, and pollution;
management of soils as related to plant growth and
distribution. P/NP or letter grading.
128. Plant Physiological Ecology. (5) Lecture, three
hours; laboratory, three hours; one two-day field trip.
Requisites: Life Sciences 1, Physics 1C and 4BL, or
6C or 6CH. Study of plant/environment interactions
under natural conditions. Transpiration and photosynthesis, leaf temperatures, and water movement in
soil/plant/atmosphere continuum. Letter grading.
129. Animal Behavior. (4) Lecture, three hours; discussion, two hours. Requisites: course 100, Life Sciences 1. Introduction to behavioral ecology. Methods
and results of evolutionary approaches to study of animal behavior, including foraging strategies, social
competition, sexual selection, mating systems, cooperation, and social organization. Letter grading.
130. Principles of Systematic Biology. (4) Lecture,
three hours; discussion, two hours. Requisite: Life
Sciences 1. Recommended: courses 120, 135. Concepts, principles, and methods of comparative biology as they apply to inference of evolutionary relationships among organisms. Principles and application of biological nomenclature. Letter grading.
M131. Ecosystem Ecology. (4) (Same as Geography M117.) Lecture, three hours; field trips. Enforced requisite: Geography 1 or Life Sciences 2. Designed for juniors/seniors. Development of principles
of ecosystem ecology, with focus on understanding
links between ecosystem structure and function. Emphasis on energy and water balances, nutrient cycling, plant-soil-microbe interactions, landscape
heterogeneity, and human disturbance to ecosystems. P/NP or letter grading.
132. Field Behavioral Ecology. (8) Lecture, two hours;
laboratory/field trip, 10 hours. Requisites: course 100,
Life Sciences 1. Recommended: course 129. Fiveweek course offered only as part of Field Biology
Quarter. Field research in behavioral ecology, emphasizing animal communication. Design and execution
of individual and small group field projects during extended field trip. Letter grading.
133. Elements of Theoretical and Computational
Biology. (4) Lecture, three hours; discussion, one
hour; laboratory, two hours. Requisites: Life Sciences
1, 2, 3, 4, 23L, and Mathematics 3A, 3B, and 3C, or
31A and 31B, or Life Sciences 30B. Strongly recommended: elementary statistics course. Introduction of
basic core mathematical ideas and models necessary
to understand contemporary ecology and evolutionary biology. Population ecology and growth, community ecology, population genetics, natural selection. P/NP or letter grading.
134B. Field Physiological Ecology of Desert Animals. (8) Field course. Requisite: Life Sciences 1.
Recommended: course 100. Two weeks of offcampus research projects with two-week lecture
course (four hours per day) and offered only as part of
Field Biology Quarter. Consideration of physiological,
behavioral, morphological, and ecological mechanisms desert animals use to enhance their survival in
arid habitat. Students carry out supervised research
projects, then write up and orally present their results
in seminar fashion. Letter grading.
135. Population Genetics. (4) Lecture, three hours;
discussion, one hour. Requisite: Life Sciences 4.
Strongly recommended: course 100, Mathematics
31A, and 31B or Life Sciences 30B. Basic principles
of genetics of population, dealing with genetic structure of natural populations and mechanisms of evolution. Equilibrium conditions and forces altering gene
frequencies, polygenic inheritance, molecular evolution, and methods of quantitative genetics. Letter
grading.
Graduate Courses
M200A. Evolutionary Biology. (4) (Same as Earth,
Planetary, and Space Sciences M216.) Lecture, two
hours; discussion, two hours. Current concepts and
topics in evolutionary biology, including microevolution, speciation and species concepts, analytical biogeography, adaptive radiation, mass extinction, community evolution, molecular evolution, and development of evolutionary thought. S/U or letter grading.
200B. Ecology. (4) Lecture, two hours; discussion,
two hours. Principles and current topics in ecology.
Topics may include island biogeography, disturbance
ecology, chemical ecology, and physiological ecology.
S/U or letter grading.
200C. Advanced Animal Behavior. (4) Lecture, two
hours; discussion, two hours. Survey of major topics
in field of behavioral ecology. Topics include introduction to variety of research pursuits in field and questions and debates at leading edges of research. Advanced interdisciplinary primer that spans topics from
mechanisms of behavior at molecular and cellular
levels to consequences of behavior for Darwinian fitness and ecological and evolutionary processes. S/U
or letter grading.
201. Introduction to R for Ecology and Evolutionary Biology. (1) Lecture, six hours; discussion, six
hours. Designed for departmental PhD students. Offered as intensive two-day course at beginning of
term. Introduction to R language. Topics include
working at command line, writing scripts and functions, flow control, graphics, and conducting basic
simulations in discrete and continuous time. S/U
grading.
203. Marine Botany and Physiology. (4) Lecture,
two hours; discussion, one hour; laboratory, six hours;
experimental project. Designed for graduate students.
Structure, reproduction, life histories, and biology of
marine algae, with emphasis on physiological ecology
and biochemistry. Techniques in culture and physiological, ecological, and biochemical investigation of
algae. Given off campus at marine science center.
S/U or letter grading.
204. Advanced Biology of Algae. (4) Lecture, four
hours; discussion, one hour. Consideration of current
research in experimental phycology. Topics include
discussion of appropriate aspects of chemical and
physical oceanography and limnology; algal physiology; biochemistry, physiological ecology, and algal
processes in ocean and freshwater habitats. S/U or
letter grading.
205. Marine Invertebrate Biology. (4) Lecture, four
hours; laboratory, eight hours. Functional morphology,
life histories, and systematics of marine invertebrates
of all major and most minor taxa; emphasis on living
animal and its habitat. Given off campus at marine
science center. S/U or letter grading.
206. Advanced Ichthyology. (4) Lecture, three hours;
laboratory, three hours. Requisite: course 111 or 112.
Advanced study of various aspects of fish biology.
Theme varies from year to year. May be repeated for
credit. S/U or letter grading.
208. Advanced Vertebrate Morphology. (4) Lecture,
two hours; laboratory, eight hours. Requisite: course
110. Emphasis on functional approach to evolution of
vertebrate locomotor, feeding, and circulatory systems. Laboratory includes comparative and experimental analyses of morphological adaptation. Independent project required. May be repeated once for
credit. S/U or letter grading.
209. Behavior of Arthropods. (4) Lecture, three hours;
discussion, one hour. Advanced study of topics in behavior of terrestrial arthropods, including communication, feeding, reproductive, and social behavior. Emphasis on both mechanistic and adaptive approaches
toward understanding behavior. Independent project
required. S/U or letter grading.
and macroevolutionary patterns; adaptation and diversification; macroevolutionary patterns in fossil record. S/U or letter grading.
282. Seminar: Ichthyology. (2) Seminar, two hours.
Requisite: course 111 or 112. Student presentations
and discussion of specific topics in ichthyology.
Theme varies from year to year. May be repeated for
credit. S/U or letter grading.
M286. Seminar: Statistical Problem Solving for
Population Biology. (2) (Same as Statistics M286.)
Seminar, two hours. Designed for graduate students.
Statistical solutions to complex data analysis and/or
experimental design problems encountered by biology graduate students in their own research. S/U or
letter grading.
288. Seminar: Plant Cell Biology. (2) Seminar, two
hours. Recommended preparation: course 162. S/U
or letter grading.
M290. Seminar: Comparative Physiology. (2)
(Same as Physiological Science M290.) Seminar, two
and one half hours. Discussion of specific topics in
comparative physiology of animals. Topics vary from
year to year, with emphasis on systems physiology,
neuroethology, or behavioral physiology. S/U or letter
grading.
291. Seminar: Physiology and Biochemistry of Arthropods. (2) Seminar, two hours. S/U or letter
grading.
296. Seminar: Ecology and Evolutionary Biology. (1
to 4) Seminar, three hours. Advanced study and analysis of current topics in cellular, organismic, and population biology. Discussion of current research and literature in research specialty of faculty member
teaching course. S/U grading.
297. Selected Topics in Ecology and Evolutionary
Biology. (1 to 4) Seminar, one to three hours. Advanced study and analysis of variable research topics
in research issues in ecology and evolutionary biology. Consult Schedule of Classes for topics and instructors. May be repeated for credit with consent of
instructor. S/U or letter grading.
299. Seminar: Parasitology. (2) Seminar, two hours.
S/U or letter grading.
375. Teaching Apprentice Practicum. (1 to 4) Seminar, to be arranged. Preparation: apprentice personnel employment as teaching assistant, associate,
or fellow. Teaching apprenticeship under active guidance and supervision of regular faculty member responsible for curriculum and instruction at UCLA.
May be repeated for credit. S/U grading.
495. Preparation for Teaching Biology in Higher
Education. (2) Seminar, to be arranged. Designed for
graduate students. Study of problems and methodologies in teaching biology, which includes workshops,
seminars, apprentice teaching, and peer observation.
S/U grading.
496. Preparation for Teaching Biology in Higher
Education. (2) Lecture, two hours. Designed for
graduate students. Strongly recommended as sequel
to course 495 discussions on teaching, theory, and
development of advanced skills. Study of methods
and approaches to teaching of specific areas in biology, with emphasis on laboratory teaching, instructor/student interaction, and undergraduate motivation. S/U grading.
596. Directed Individual (or Tutorial) Studies. (2 to
12) Tutorial, to be arranged. Letter grading.
596F. Directed Individual (or Tutorial) Studies. (2 to
8) Tutorial, to be arranged. Given off campus at marine science center. S/U or letter grading.
597. Preparation for MA Comprehensive Examination or PhD Qualifying Examinations. (2 to 12) Tutorial, to be arranged. May not be applied toward MA
or PhD course requirements. S/U grading.
598. MA Thesis Research and Writing. (2 to 12)
Tutorial, to be arranged. S/U grading.
599. PhD Dissertation Research and Writing. (2 to
12) Tutorial, to be arranged. S/U grading.
Economics / 295
ECONOMICS
Lecturer
UCLA
8283 Bunche Hall
Box 951477
Los Angeles, CA 90095-1477
310-825-1011
fax: 310-825-9528
http://www.econ.ucla.edu
Kathleen M. McGarry, PhD, Chair
Moshe Buchinsky, PhD, Vice Chair
Andrew G. Atkeson, PhD, Director of Business
Economics
Professors
John W. Asker, PhD
Andrew G. Atkeson, PhD (Stanley M. Zimmerman
Endowed Professor of Economics and Finance)
Moshe Buchinsky, PhD
Dora L. Costa, PhD
Michael R. Darby, PhD (Warren C. Cordner Professor
of Money and Financial Markets)
Sebastian Edwards, PhD (Henry Ford II Professor of
International Management)
Roger E. Farmer, PhD
Jinyong Hahn, PhD
Gary D. Hansen, PhD
Hugo A. Hopenhayn, PhD
Matthew E. Kahn, PhD
Edward E. Leamer, PhD (Chauncey J. Medberry
Professor of Management)
Adriana Lleras-Muney, PhD
Rosa L. Matzkin, PhD (Charles E. Davidson Endowed
Professor of Economics)
Kathleen M. McGarry, PhD
Lee E. Ohanian, PhD
John G. Riley, PhD
Peter E. Rossi, PhD (James A. Collins Professor of
Management)
Aaron Tornell, PhD
Pierre-Olivier Weill, PhD
William R. Zame, PhD
Professors Emeriti
William R. Allen, PhD
Masanao Aoki, PhD
Costas Azariadis, PhD
Harold Demsetz, PhD
Bryan C. Ellickson, PhD
Arnold C. Harberger, PhD
Benjamin Klein, PhD
Deepak K. Lal, DPhil (James S. Coleman Professor
Emeritus of International Development Studies)
Naomi R. Lamoreaux, PhD
Axel S. Leijonhufvud, PhD
John J. McCall, PhD
Joseph M. Ostroy, PhD
Finis R. Welch, PhD
Associate Professors
Simon A. Board, PhD
Leah Platt Boustan, PhD
Ariel T. Burstein, PhD
Maurizio Mazzocco, PhD
Moritz Meyer-ter-Vehn, PhD
Ichiro Obara, PhD
Sule Ozler, PhD
Till M. von Wachter, PhD
Assistant Professors
Saki Bigio, PhD
Dennis N. Chetverikov, PhD
Jernej Copic, PhD
Pablo D. Fajgelbaum, PhD
Franois Geerolf, PhD
W. Walker Hanlon, PhD
Edward C. Kung, PhD
Zhipeng Liao, PhD
Jay Y. Lu, PhD
Rodrigo R.A. Pinto, PhD
Marek G. Pycia, PhD
Undergraduate Study
Economics BA
Admission
Application for the Economics major should be
filed at the undergraduate counselors office in
2263 Bunche Hall. To apply, students must
have completed at least 72 quarter units (but no
more than 137 quarter units), one 12-unit term
in residence in regular session at UCLA, and all
courses listed under Preparation for the Major.
In addition, they must be enrolled in UCLA regular session at the time of application.
Economics Premajor
While students are completing the lower division preparation courses for the major, they
may be classified as Economics premajors.
enter the major, students must have a minimum 2.5 grade-point average in the economics and mathematics preparation courses and
a GPA of at least 2.0 in any upper division
courses taken for the major before applying.
Repetition of more than one preparation
course or of any preparation course more than
once results in automatic denial of admission
to the major.
Transfer Students
Transfer applicants to the Economics major
with 90 or more units must complete the following introductory courses prior to admission
to UCLA: one microeconomics course, one
macroeconomics course, two calculus courses
from the mathematics/physical sciences sequence, and one English critical reading and
writing course.
Transfer students are required to take Economics 41 at UCLA rather than prior to transfer.
Transfer credit for any of the above is subject
to department approval; consult an undergraduate counselor before enrolling in any courses
for the major.
Refer to the UCLA Transfer Admission Guide at
http://www.admission.ucla.edu/prospect/Adm
_tr/tradms.htm for up-to-date information regarding transfer selection for admission.
The Major
Required: Ten upper division economics
courses as follows: Economics 101, 102, 103,
103L, and six Economics Department upper
division elective courses. No more than two of
the elective courses may also be selected from
Management 120A, 120B, 122, 127A, 130A,
130B, 180 (real estate finance only).
Each course must be taken for a letter grade.
Former courses 100, 110, and 120 may not be
included among the 10 upper division courses.
Transfer credit is subject to department approval; consult an undergraduate counselor
before enrolling in any courses for the major.
To graduate, students must have at least a 2.0
grade-point average in their upper division major courses, with grades of C or better in Economics 101, 102, 103, and 103L.
Economics BA/Applied
Economics MS Dual
Program
An intercampus dual degree program between
UCLA and UC Santa Cruz allows students to
obtain a BA in Economics from UCLA and an
MS in Applied Economics from UC Santa Cruz
in five years. Consult the economics undergraduate counselor for additional information.
Business Economics BA
The Business Economics BA program offers a
major for students seeking a business orientation in their study of economics. It does not
replicate the traditional undergraduate business school curriculum. Instead, it offers a
more tightly focused curriculum that is guided
by the rigorous logic and integrative perspective of economics. It is designed to prepare
296 / Economics
students for graduate education in business,
economics, and law. The program requires students to include specific courses offered by the
department and the John E. Anderson Graduate School of Management (see The Major).
Admission
Enrollment in the program is limited. Applications for admission are handled exclusively by
the Department of Economics. To apply, students must have completed at least 72 quarter
units (but no more than 137 quarter units), one
12-unit term in residence in regular session at
UCLA, and all courses listed under Preparation
for the Major. In addition, they must (1) be enrolled in UCLA regular session at the time of
application, (2) have a 2.0 (C) minimum grade
in each preparation course, (3) have a minimum 3.0 (B) overall average in all preparation
courses except the writing course, and (4)
have a minimum 2.0 (C) grade-point average in
their upper division courses taken for the major
before applying (Economics 101 applies on the
major preparation grade-point average).
The requisite grade-point averages plus completion of the preparation for the major courses
do not guarantee admission to the program.
Admission is on a competitive basis, using the
above qualifications as minimum standards for
consideration.
The Major
Graduate Degrees
Mathematics/Economics BS
See the Mathematics/Economics listing for a
description of the major.
Honors Program
The departmental honors program is open to
majors in Economics and Business Economics
who have a cumulative grade-point average of
at least 3.5 in the major and in all courses
taken at UCLA prior to application.
To qualify for departmental honors at graduation, students must (1) select at least seven of
the required upper division economics courses
from the approved list designated for departmental honors, (2) complete a two-term senior
thesis acceptable to the departmental honors
committee in Economics 198A and 198B, and
(3) complete the major requirements with at
least a 3.5 grade-point average in the economics courses. Highest honors are awarded at the
discretion of the departmental honors committee based on grade-point average and quality
of the senior thesis.
Economics 198A and 198B, the courses required for thesis preparation, may be counted
as upper division courses toward the field in
which the thesis is written (for purposes of satisfying the requirements for the major). Further
information and application forms are available
from an undergraduate counselor in 2263
Bunche Hall.
Graduate Study
Official, specific degree requirements are detailed in Program Requirements for UCLA
Graduate Degrees, available at the Graduate
Division website, http://grad.ucla.edu. In many
cases, more detailed guidelines may be outlined in announcements, other publications,
and websites of the schools, departments, and
programs.
Economics
Lower Division Courses
1. Principles of Economics. (4) Lecture, three hours;
discussion, one hour. Not open to students with credit
for former course 100. Introduction to principles of
economic analysis, economic institutions, and issues
of economic policy. Emphasis on allocation of resources and distribution of income through price
system. P/NP or letter grading.
2. Principles of Economics. (4) Lecture, three hours;
discussion, one hour. Enforced requisite: course 1.
Not open to students with credit for former course
100. Introduction to principles of economic analysis,
economic institutions, and issues of economic policy.
Emphasis on aggregative economics, including national income, monetary and fiscal policy, and international trade. P/NP or letter grading.
5. Introductory Economics. (4) Lecture, three hours.
Not open to students with credit for course 1, 2, or
former course 100. Principles of economics as tools
of analysis. Presentation of set of concepts with
which to analyze wide range of social problems that
economic theory illuminates. May not be used to fulfill
entrance requirements for any Economics Department major. P/NP or letter grading.
11. Microeconomic Theory. (4) Lecture, three hours;
discussion, one hour. Enforced requisites: courses 1,
2, Mathematics 31A, 31B. Laws of demand, supply,
returns, and costs; price and output determination in
different market situations. P/NP or letter grading.
41. Statistics for Economists. (4) Lecture, three
hours; discussion, one hour. Enforced requisites:
Mathematics 31A, 31B. Not open to students with
credit for former Statistics 11. Introduction to probability and statistics for economists, with emphasis on
rigorous arguments. Letter grading.
97. Economic Toolkit. (2) Lecture, two hours.
Should be taken prior to taking course 11. Coverage
of essential mathematical and spreadsheet tools that
Economics majors use in their core courses and
upper division elective courses. Review of algebra
(graphing lines, solving systems of equations), geometry (determining areas), calculus (first derivatives,
partial differentiation, elementary integral calculus),
and Excel (handling data, using simple arithmetical,
mathematical, and financial functions, use of Solver),
Offered in summer only. P/NP grading.
Economics / 297
103L. Econometrics Laboratory. (1) Lecture, one
hour; laboratory, one hour. Requisites: courses 11,
and 41 or Mathematics 170A or Statistics 100A. Enforced corequisite: course 103. Econometric analysis
of case-based studies. Hands-on data collection and
problem solving. Use of econometric software. P/NP
or letter grading.
106A. Economics in Practice. (4) Seminar, three
hours. Enforced requisites: courses 11, 101, 102. Enforced corequisite: course 106AL. Students, in groups
of four, address three small problems and one large
and more complex problem. Discussion of studentproposed solutions to problems in their groups, with
small-group discussions to student presentations of
results in class. Detailed coaching and feedback by
MBA students on student analysis and presentations.
Final written and oral presentations required. P/NP or
letter grading.
106AL. Economics in Practice Laboratory. (1) Lecture, one hour; laboratory, one hour. Requisites:
courses 11, 101, 102. Enforced corequisite: course
106A. Case-based analysis requiring students to
apply material from course 106A to real-world problems regarding issues such as economic theory and
empirical methods. Hands-on data collection and
problem solving and presentation of student analyses
both orally and in writing. P/NP or letter grading.
106D. Designed Markets. (4) Lecture, three hours;
discussion, one hour. Requisites: courses 11, 101.
Enforced corequisite: course 106DL. Discussion of
markets and other institutions that were purposefully
designed, mostly by economists. Choices designers
face when designing such markets. Markets and their
context and corresponding economic models. Topics
include matching between medical residents and
hospitals, matching between high school students
and New York and Boston high schools, kidney transplants, course allocation in business schools, eBay
auctions, and prediction markets. Examination of how
to optimize ones actions and outcomes in such markets. P/NP or letter grading.
106DL. Designed Markets Laboratory. (1) Lecture,
one hour; laboratory, one hour. Requisites: courses
11, 101. Enforced corequisite: course 106D. Casebased analysis requiring students to apply material
from course 106D to real-world problems regarding
topics such as matching between medical residents
and hospitals, matching between high school students and New York and Boston high schools, kidney
transplants, course allocation in business schools,
eBay auctions, and prediction markets. Hands-on
data collection and problem solving and presentation
of student analyses both orally and in writing. P/NP or
letter grading.
106E. Economics of Entrepreneurship. (4) Lecture,
three hours. Requisite: course 101. Enforced corequisite: course 106EL. Enrollment priority to Business
Economics majors. Application of economic theory to
practice of managing new businessescombining elements of strategy, marketing, and entrepreneurial finance courses. Examination of both strategic decisions of entrepreneurs (pricing, advertising, deterring
entry) and more practical issues (funding, business
plans, patents). Letter grading.
106EL. Economics of Entrepreneurship Laboratory. (1) Lecture, one hour; laboratory, one hour. Requisite: course 101. Enforced corequisite: course 106E.
Case-based analysis requiring students to apply material from course 106E to real-world problems regarding topics involving combining elements of
strategy, marketing, and entrepreneurial finance
courses. Examination of both strategic decisions of
entrepreneurs (pricing, advertising, deterring entry)
and more practical issues (funding, business plans,
patents). Hands-on data collection and problem
solving and presentation of student analyses both
orally and in writing. P/NP or letter grading.
106F. Finance. (4) Lecture, three hours. Requisite:
course 102. Enforced corequisite: course 106FB. Enrollment priority to Business Economics majors. Introduction to principles of asset valuation and role of financial markets in market economy. Basic topics in-
298 / Economics
121. International Trade Theory. (4) Lecture, three
hours; discussion, one hour. Requisite: course 101.
Not open to students with credit for former course
120. Theory of international trade: bases, direction,
terms, volume, and gains of trade. Effects of tariffs,
quantitative restrictions, and international integration.
Effects of free and restricted trade on economic welfare and political stability. P/NP or letter grading.
122. International Finance. (4) Lecture, three hours;
discussion, one hour. Requisite: course 102. Enforced
corequisite: course 122L. Not open to students with
credit for former course 120. Emphasis on interpretation of balance of payments and adjustment to national and international equilibria through changes in
price levels, exchange rates, and national income.
Other topics include making international payments,
determination of exchange rates under various monetary standards, capital movements, exchange controls, and international monetary organization. P/NP
or letter grading.
122L. International Finance Laboratory. (1) Lecture, one hour; laboratory, one hour. Requisite: course
102. Enforced corequisite: course 122. Case-based
analysis requiring students to apply material from
course 122 to real-world problems involving international finance. Topics and analysis include balance of
payments, exchange rates under various monetary
arrangements, capital flows, exchange controls, and
international monetary organization. Hands-on data
collection and problem solving and presentation of
student analyses in writing. P/NP or letter grading.
123. Foreign Exchange Market and Exchange Rate
Forecasting. (4) Lecture, three hours. Limited to
Business Economics, Economics, and Mathematics/
Economics majors with experience using statistical
packages who have appropriate background in computer programming and mathematics (C++ programming recommended). Empirically based advanced
presentation of foreign exchange market and financial
instruments used in this market, with emphasis on
real-world applications of theoretical concepts.
Deeper understanding of foreign exchange market
and exchange rate fluctuation gained and acquisition
of empirical skills necessary to make practical use of
real-world data. Specialized software to be installed in
UCLA computer laboratory to allow students to analyze and graph macroeconomic data and evaluate accuracy (profitability) of their forecasts. P/NP or letter
grading.
C126A-C126B-C126C. Seminars: International
Economics. (4-4-4) Seminar, three hours. Requisites:
courses 11, 101, 102. Limited to seniors. Overview of
most current developments in international economics for advanced undergraduate and graduate
students. Introduction to graduate-level research in
this field. Different topic each week, with presentation
and discussion of new papers. Research in progress
presented, discussed, and criticized by visiting experts, UCLA faculty members, and advanced graduate students. Concurrently scheduled with courses
C285A-C285B-C285C. P/NP or letter grading.
130. Public Economics. (4) Lecture, three hours.
Requisites: courses 11, 101, 103. Enforced corequisite: course 130L. Role of government in market
economy. Alternative justifications for government intervention. Principles and effects of spending programs (especially social insurance and health), taxation, deficit financing, and federal credit programs.
Taxation in open economy. Properties of public
choice mechanisms. P/NP or letter grading.
130L. Public Economics Laboratory. (1) Lecture, one
hour; laboratory, one hour. Requisites: courses 11,
101. Enforced corequisite: course 130. Case-based
analysis requiring students to apply theory from
course 130 to real-world problems regarding government spending programs, taxation, deficit financing,
and federal credit programs. Hands-on data collection and problem solving and presentation of student
analyses both orally and in writing. P/NP or letter
grading.
131. Economics of Health and Healthcare. (4) Lecture, three hours. Requisites: courses 11, 101, 103.
Enforced corequisite: course 131L. Economic anal-
Economics / 299
and unemployment; investments in human capital
and life cycles; migration; human fertility; marriage
and divorce, etc. P/NP or letter grading.
C156A-C156B-C156C. Seminars: Labor Economics. (4-4-4) Seminar, three hours. Requisites: courses
11, 101, 102. Limited to seniors. Overview of most
current developments in labor economics for advanced undergraduate and graduate students. Introduction to graduate-level research in this field. Different topic each week, with presentation and discussion of new papers. Research in progress presented,
discussed, and criticized by visiting experts, UCLA
faculty members, and advanced graduate students.
Concurrently scheduled with courses C266A-C266BC266C. P/NP or letter grading.
160. Money and Banking. (4) Lecture, three hours.
Requisite: course 102. Principles of money and
banking in U.S.; legal and institutional framework;
money supply process; instruments, effects, and
practice of monetary policy. P/NP or letter grading.
161. Monetary Theory. (4) Lecture, three hours. Requisites: courses 101, 160. Nature of money and monetary exchange; level and term structure of interest
rates; level and growth rate of money; transmission of
monetary shocks; theory and practice of monetary
policy. P/NP or letter grading.
164. Advanced Topics in Macroeconomics: Theory
of Economic Growth. (4) Lecture, three hours. Requisite: course 102. Enforced corequisite: course 164L.
Use of neoclassical growth model to address various
issues, with emphasis on quantitative analysis. Development of economic theory and application to study
of long-run growth, industrial revolution, and Great
Depression. P/NP or letter grading.
164L. Advanced Topics in Macroeconomics: Theory of Economic Growth Laboratory. (1) Lecture, one
hour; laboratory, one hour. Requisite: course 102. Enforced corequisite: course 164. Case-based analysis
requiring students to apply theory from course 164 to
real-world macroeconomic growth problems. Handson data collection and problem solving and presentation of student analyses in writing. P/NP or letter
grading.
165. History of Capitalism in American Economy.
(4) Lecture, three hours. Enforced requisite: course
102. Enforced corequisite: course 165L. How capitalismwhat economists call market economy with
well-defined and protected civil rights and property
rightshas contributed to Americas economic
growth. Quantitative course, with analysis of how different features of capitalist economies impact economic growth, investment, consumption, and technical change, using computer simulations based on
prominent historical examples. P/NP or letter grading.
165L. History of Capitalism in American Economy
Laboratory. (1) Lecture, one hour; laboratory, one
hour. Enforced requisite: course 102. Enforced corequisite: course 165. Case-based analysis requiring students to apply theory and historical data from course
165 to simulate and analyze how variety of macroeconomic policies impact economic activity. Hands-on
data collection and problem solving and presentation
of student analyses in writing. P/NP or letter grading.
C166A-C166B-C166C. Seminars: Monetary Economics/Macroeconomics. (4-4-4) Seminar, three
hours. Requisite: course 102. Limited to seniors.
Overview of most current developments in monetary
economics and macroeconomics for advanced undergraduate and graduate students. Introduction to
graduate-level research in this field. Different topic
each week, with presentation and discussion of new
papers. Research in progress presented, discussed,
and criticized by visiting experts, UCLA faculty members, and advanced graduate students. Concurrently
scheduled with courses C226A-C226B-C226C. P/NP
or letter grading.
170. Industrial Organization: Theory and Tactics.
(4) Lecture, three hours. Requisite: course 101. Enforced corequisite: course 170L. Not open for credit
to students with credit for former course 170 or 171.
Monopoly, collusion and competition, strategic firm
behavior, nonprice competition with and without
entry, pricing practices, antitrust. Comparison of eco-
300 / Economics
quirements. May be repeated for credit with consent
of department. Individual contract with supervising
faculty member required. P/NP or letter grading.
198A. Honors Research in Economics I. (4) Tutorial, three hours. Requisites: courses 11, 101, 102.
Limited to senior departmental honors program students. First term of two-term sequence in which students develop honors thesis or comprehensive research project under direct supervision of faculty
member. Individual contract required. In Progress
grading (credit to be given only on completion of
course 198B).
198B. Honors Research in Economics II. (4) Tutorial, three hours. Requisite: course 198A. Limited to
senior departmental honors program students.
Second term of two-term sequence in which students
complete honors thesis or comprehensive research
project under direct supervision of faculty member. Individual contract required. Letter grading.
199A. Directed Research in Economics. (4) Tutorial,
three hours. Requisites: courses 11, 101, 102. Limited
to juniors/seniors. Supervised individual research or
investigation under guidance of faculty mentor. Culminating paper or project required. May be repeated
twice but may be applied only once toward major requirements. Individual contract required. P/NP or
letter grading.
199B. Directed Research in Economics/International Area Studies. (4) Tutorial, four hours. Requisites: courses 103, and 121 or 122. Limited to senior
Economics/International Area Studies majors. Students prepare research papers under guidance of faculty mentor on economy of country or region of specialization. May be repeated for credit. Individual contract required. Letter grading.
Graduate Courses
Foundations of Economics
200. Mathematical Methods in Economics. (4) Lecture, three hours. Should be taken prior to enrollment
in course 201A. Examination of mathematical
methods used in graduate-level courses in microeconomics, macroeconomics, and quantitative methods.
Topics include real analysis, linear algebra and matrices, calculus of many variables, static optimization,
convex analysis, and dynamics and dynamic optimization. S/U grading.
200B. Mathematical Methods in Economics II. (4)
Lecture, three hours; laboratory, two hours. Should be
taken prior to or concurrent with course 201B. Linear
algebra and its application to linear difference equations. Basic real analysis, normed vector space/
Banach space, Hahn/Banach theorem, Schauder
fixed point theorem, and theory of correspondences.
S/U grading.
201A-201B-201C. Microeconomics. (4-4-4) Lecture, three hours. S/U or letter grading:
201A. Theory of Firm and Consumer. (4) Lecture,
three hours. Two input/two output model. Walrasian
equilibrium and Pareto efficiency. Choice over time
consumer savings and firm investment decisions.
Choice under uncertaintystate claims model, asset
pricing. S/U or letter grading.
201B. Basic Concepts and Techniques of Noncooperative Game Theory and Information Economics. (4)
Lecture, three hours. Nash equilibrium and subgame
perfection. Games with incomplete information.
Models of strategic market behavior. Screening and
signaling. Bargaining models. Theory of firm. S/U or
letter grading.
201C. Game Theory with Asymmetric Information and
Applications. (4) Lecture, three hours. Perfect
Bayesian equilibrium and refinements, mechanism
design. Applied topics such as adverse selection, signaling, moral hazard, bidding, price discrimination,
and public good provision. S/U or letter grading.
202A-202B-202C. Macroeconomics. (4-4-4) Lecture, three hours. S/U or letter grading:
202A. Dynamics and Growth Theory. (4) Lecture,
three hours. Essential techniques and concepts from
dynamical mathematics and neoclassical growth
theory. Linear and nonlinear dynamical systems. Dynamic programming and control theory. Stochastic
dynamics. Determinacy of equilibrium. Descriptive,
optimal, and overlapping generations models of
accumulation. Stochastic growth theory. Increasing
returns and applications to economic development.
S/U or letter grading.
202B. Business Cycles. (4) Lecture, three hours.
Survey of representative agent and complete market
models of short-run fluctuations. Facts about fluctuations and long-term growth. Real business cycle
theory. Calibrating and simulating dynamic models.
Asset prices, money, and inflation. Taxation of factor
incomes. Cyclical aspects of employment. S/U or
letter grading.
202C. Topics in Macroeconomics. (4) Lecture, three
hours. Heterogeneous-agent models of endogenous
fluctuations and growth. General equilibrium techniques in macroeconomics. Overlapping fluctuations
model with national debt. Fiscal policy. Externalities,
indeterminacy, and growth. Expectations and business cycles. Money and monetary policy. Historical
overview of mainstream macroeconomics. Wicksell
and Keynes. Monetarist controversy. New classical
and new Keynesian macroeconomics. S/U or letter
grading.
203A. Introduction to Econometrics I. (4) Lecture,
three hours; discussion, one hour. Probability and statistical tools for econometric models. Topics include
random variables, distribution and density functions,
transformations, identification, sampling, estimators,
asymptotic properties. S/U or letter grading.
203B. Introduction to Econometrics II. (4) Lecture,
three hours; discussion, one hour. Estimation and
testing. Basic linear regression model, tests of hypotheses, generalized least squares, heteroskedasticity, multicollinearity, error-in-variables, and qualitative dependent variables. S/U or letter grading.
203C. Introduction to Econometrics III. (4) Lecture,
three hours; discussion, one hour. Econometrics
methods for time-series econometrics, including
theory and applications. Topics include detrending
techniques, unit root theory, cointegrated system approaches, autocorrelation robust inference, Wold and
Beveridge and Nelson (BN) decompositions, model
selection, nonlinear nonstationary models, spatial
density asymptotics and semi-nonparametric timeseries models. S/U or letter grading.
M204A-204Z. Applications of Economic Theory. (4
each) Lecture, three hours. S/U or letter grading:
M204A-204B-204C. California Population Research
Topical Seminar Series. (4-4-4) (Same as Sociology
M225A.) Seminar, three hours. Examination of issues
such as demography, health, aging, labor, and broad
array of topics concerned with effects of economic,
social, and political transformations on human behavior both in U.S. and abroad. Each course may be
taken independently for credit. S/U grading.
M204L-M204M-M204N. Seminars: Pharmaceutical
Economics and Policy. (1-1-2) (Same as Health Policy
M204A-M204B-M204C.) Seminar, three hours every
other week. Requisite: Health Policy M236. Limited to
graduate public health and economics students. Various topics in economics of pharmaceutical industry,
including rates of innovation, drug regulation, and
economic impact of pharmaceuticals. In Progress
(M204L, M204M) and letter (M204N) grading.
204R. (4) Lecture, three hours. Preparation: completion of first-year microeconomics and graduate
econometrics courses. In past decade economists
have learned remarkable amount about how society
works. Increased understanding has come about
through application of distinctively economic
methods of researchexplicit mathematical models
and eclectic statistical techniquesto topics such as
healthcare, crime, education, and immigration. Taken
together this work has led to increased understanding
of inequality, how to measure it, how inequality has increased in U.S., how America differs from other rich
countries and, most important, what causes inequality. Study of this work, with focus on two im-
Economic Theory
211A. Contract Theory. (4) Lecture, three hours.
Preparation: introductory probability. Enforced requisite: course 201C. Study of trading relationships between small number of agents. Coverage of many
tools and techniques used in models of moral hazard,
adverse selection, and incomplete contracting,
starting with static models of moral hazard and mechanism design and development of their dynamic
counterparts. Consideration of environments where
agents cannot use formal contracts, studying relational contracts and trading relationships with no contracts, Analysis of wide variety of applications from industrial organization, corporate finance, personnel
economics, and public economics. S/U or letter
grading.
211B. Economics of Uncertainty, Information, and
Games. (4) Lecture, three hours. Preparation: introductory probability. Enforced requisite: course 201C.
Theory of individual decision making under uncertainty, applied to topics such as asset pricing models,
adverse selection, moral hazard, bargaining, signaling, auctions, and search. S/U or letter grading.
211C. Game Theory and Economic Applications.
(4) Lecture, three hours. Preparation: introductory
probability. Enforced requisite: course 201C. Intended
for students who are interested in doing research in
microeconomic theory and for students who want to
acquire good theory background to do applied work.
Coverage of combination of standard results in field
and topics of current research, including notions of
equilibrium in static and dynamic games, reasoning in
games, repeated games, games of incomplete information, and experiments. S/U or letter grading.
212A-212Z. Topics in Advanced Theory. (4 each)
Lecture, three hours. Current research in microeconomic theory. Content varies. Courses in this sequence not ordinarily given every year. May be repeated for credit. S/U or letter grading:
212A. Search Theory. (4) Lecture, three hours. Preparation: calculus, introductory probability. Price
searching, queueing, Brownian motion, martingales,
and applications to theory of firm. May be repeated
for credit. S/U or letter grading.
Economics / 301
212B. Applied Game Theory. (4) Lecture, three hours.
Preparation: calculus, introductory probability. Use of
theory of Bayesian games to study bargaining, monetary theory, and oligopoly. Use of theory of mechanisms to study auction design and imperfectly competitive markets. May be repeated for credit. S/U or
letter grading.
213A-213B. General Equilibrium and Game Theory.
(4-4) Lecture, three hours. Requisite: course 201C.
Selected advanced theoretical topics of current interest and introduction to modern mathematical economics, including general equilibrium theory and
game theory. S/U or letter grading.
214A-214Z. Topics in Mathematical Economics. (4
each) Lecture, three hours. Requisite: course 213B.
Current research in mathematical economics. Content
varies. Ordinarily only two courses in this sequence
given every year. May be repeated for credit. S/U or
letter grading:
214A. General Equilibrium Theory. (4) Lecture, three
hours. Requisite: course 201C. Core convergence
theorem, cooperative and noncooperative approach
to competitive equilibrium theory, perfectly competitive equilibria, no-surplus condition, and applications
to mechanism theory and incomplete market models.
May be repeated for credit. S/U or letter grading.
M215. Topics in Applied Game Theory. (4) (Same
as Political Science M208B.) Lecture, three hours.
Preparation: calculus or introductory probability. Designed for graduate economics and political science
students. Survey and applications of major solution
concepts to models of bargaining, oligopoly, cost allocation, and voting power. S/U or letter grading.
218A-218B-218C. Proseminars: Economic Theory.
(4-4-4) Seminar, three hours. Quarterly seminars for
predissertation and dissertation writers. Discussion of
advanced topics and recent developments in game
theory, information and uncertainty, and general equilibrium theory. Presentation of recent papers published and unpublished in economic theory as well as
research of instructor and students. In-class presentation expected. S/U grading.
219A-219B-219C. Workshops: Economic Theory
and Mathematical Economics. (4-4-4) Lecture,
three hours. Workshops for predissertation and dissertation writers. Research in progress presented,
discussed, and criticized by visiting experts, UCLA
faculty members, advanced graduate students. Research paper required. S/U grading.
Also see Management 203A (decision theory)
Monetary Economics
221A-221D. Monetary Economics I to IV. (4 each)
Lecture, three hours. S/U or letter grading:
221A. Monetary Economics I. (4) Lecture, three hours.
Requisites: courses 202A, 202B, 202C. Dynamic
methods in business cycles and economic growth.
Multiperiod life-cycle models. Sustainable public deficits. Money and inflationary finance. Human capital.
Endogenous fluctuations and regime switching.
Econometrics of multiple equilibrium models. Political
economy of government deficits and inflation. S/U or
letter grading.
221B. Monetary Economics II. (4) Lecture, three
hours. Emphasis on theoretical, historical, and policy
aspects of monetary economics. Financial intermediation, bank panics, asset price volatility, game theoretic models of policy, inflation, implication of monopolistic competition, search and coordination failures,
central bank operations, and evolution of monetary
institutions. S/U or letter grading.
221C. Monetary Economics III. (4) Lecture, three
hours. Requisites: courses 202A, 202B, 202C. Emphasis on quantitative dynamic models useful in
study of equilibrium business cycles and public finance. Recursive competitive equilibria in representative agent overlapping-generation models, including
models with money, taxes, liquidity constraints, and
other distortions. S/U or letter grading.
221D. Monetary Economics IV. (4) Lecture, three
hours. Requisites: courses 202A, 202B, 202C. Emphasis on applied macroeconomics, with topic
Econometrics
231A. Advanced Econometrics I. (4) Lecture, three
hours. Econometric methods for microeconometric
models. Topics include identification, nonparametric
estimation, limited dependent variable models, duration, panel data, tests of hypotheses. S/U or letter
grading.
231B. Advanced Econometrics II. (4) Lecture, three
hours. Econometric methods for empirical research in
economics. Topics include simultaneous equations,
instrumental variables, panel data, treatment effects,
and point and partial identification, with applications
in static and dynamic games, social interactions,
matching, and network formation. S/U or letter
grading.
231C. Advanced Econometrics III. (4) (Formerly
numbered 232C.) Lecture, three hours. Advanced
topics in econometrics that may vary year to year.
Current topics include empirical process methods
with applications to quantile regression and general
M-estimation, estimation and inference methods in
high-dimensional models, including LASSO and Dantzig Selector techniques, and bootstrap. May be repeated for credit. S/U or letter grading.
M232A-232Z. Topics in Econometrics. (4 each)
Lecture, three hours. Requisites: courses 231A, 231B.
Current research in econometrics. Content varies.
Courses in this sequence not ordinarily given every
year. May be repeated for credit. S/U or letter grading:
M232A. Bayesian Econometrics. (4) (Same as Political Science M208E.) Lecture, three hours. Requisites:
courses 231A, 231B. Subjective probability, introduction to decision theory, Bayesian analysis of regression, sensitivity analysis, simplification of models, criticism. May be repeated for credit. S/U or letter
grading.
232B. Time Series. (4) Lecture, three hours. Requisites: courses 231A, 231B. Stationary stochastic processes, Box/Jenkins methods, spectral analysis, fore-
casting, rational expectation models, analysis of macroeconomic data. May be repeated for credit. S/U or
letter grading.
238A-238B-238C. Proseminars: Econometrics. (44-4) Seminar, three hours. Quarterly seminars for predissertation and dissertation writers. Research in
progress presented, discussed, and criticized by visiting experts, UCLA faculty members, and advanced
graduate students. Research paper or presentation
required. S/U grading.
239A-239B-239C. Workshops: Econometrics. (4-44) Lecture, three hours. Workshops for predissertation
and dissertation writers. Research in progress presented, discussed, and criticized by visiting experts,
UCLA faculty members, advanced graduate students.
Research paper required. S/U grading.
Economic History
241. Economic History of Western Europe. (4) Lecture, three hours. Designed for graduate students.
Seminar on European economic history, with emphasis on evolution of institutions and growth.
Serfdom, medieval agriculture and agricultural revolution, demographics, industrial revolution, imperial expansion, and decline of Britain. S/U or letter grading.
242. Economic History of U.S. (4) Lecture, three
hours. Seminar on American economic history. Onset
of industrialization, relative economic backwardness
of South, slavery, technological change, rise in industrial concentration, women in labor force, development of financial markets. S/U or letter grading.
243A-243Z. Topics in Economic History. (4 each)
Lecture, three hours. Current research in economic
history. Content varies. May be repeated for credit.
S/U or letter grading.
C246A-C246B-C246C. Seminars: Economic History. (4-4-4) Seminar, three hours. Designed for predissertation and dissertation writers. Overview of most
current developments in economic history for advanced undergraduate and graduate students. Introduction to graduate-level research in this field. Different topic each week, with presentation and discussion of new papers. Research in progress presented,
discussed, and criticized by visiting experts, UCLA
faculty members, and advanced graduate students.
Concurrently scheduled with courses C186A-C186BC186C. S/U grading.
248A-248B-248C. Proseminars: Economic History.
(4-4-4) Seminar, three hours. Quarterly seminars for
predissertation and dissertation writers. Discussion of
advanced topics and recent developments in economic history. Presentation of work-in-progress. Research paper required. S/U grading.
249A-249B-249C. Von Gremp Workshops: History
of Entrepreneurship in U.S. Economy. (4-4-4) Lecture, three hours. Designed for graduate students.
Workshops for advanced graduate students. Research in progress discussed by visiting experts,
UCLA faculty members, graduate students. S/U
grading.
Public Finance
251A. Theory and Policy of Taxation. (4) Lecture,
three hours. Examination of influence of taxation on
economic efficiency and incidence of taxation in first
part of course. Topics include tax equivalences,
Ramsey rules, and alternative forms of taxation. Special tax provisions, tax incentives, and progressivity in
taxation in second part of course. S/U or letter
grading.
251B. Cost-Benefit Analysis of Public Projects and
Programs. (4) Lecture, three hours. Requisite: course
251A. Presentation of those aspects of applied capital
theory that are relevant in decisions concerning investment projects in first part of course. Differences
between social and private benefits and costs
(shadow prices) for foreign exchange, capital, and
labor, with applications to public investment decisions, in second part of course. S/U or letter grading.
302 / Economics
252. Economics of Federalism. (4) Lecture,
three
hours. Theories of perfect games and social organization. Role of government, collective goods, collective
defense, local public goods, spillovers, and intergovernmental relations. S/U or letter grading.
253A-253Z. Topics in Public Finance. (4 each) Lecture, three hours. Current research in public finance.
Content varies. Topics include Social Security taxes
and programs, unemployment insurance, public provision of medical care, theory of public goods, and
theory of public choice. May be repeated for credit.
S/U or letter grading.
254A-254B-254C. Workshops: Public Economics.
(4-4-4) Lecture, three hours. Designed for graduate
students. Workshops for advanced graduate students. Research in progress discussed by graduate
students, UCLA faculty members, visiting experts.
S/U grading.
Applied Microeconomics
261A-261B. Labor Economics I, II. (4-4) Lecture,
three hours. S/U or letter grading:
261A. Labor Economics I. (4) Lecture, three hours.
Wage determination in competitive labor markets. Extension of wage determination to schooling and occupational choice, life-cycle earnings profiles, discrimination, minimum wage legislation, and unionism. Emphasis on empirical literature. S/U or letter grading.
261B. Labor Economics II. (4) Lecture, three hours.
Requisite: course 261A. Models of life-cycle learning
and work behavior, with particular emphasis on recent
literature examining labor force behavior and experience of women. S/U or letter grading.
262A-262Z. Topics in Labor Economics. (4 each)
Lecture, three hours. Current research in labor economics. Content varies. May be repeated for credit.
S/U or letter grading:
262D. Development Economics. (4) Lecture, three
hours. Preparation: completion of first-year graduate
microeconomics and econometrics courses. Coverage of important key topics in microeconomics of
development, such as health, education, risk coping,
savings, credit, and household economics. Discussion of empirical methods. S/U or letter grading.
262F. Public Sector Microeconomics. (4) Lecture,
three hours. Preparation: completion of first-year
graduate
microeconomics
and
econometrics
courses. Coverage of topics related to tax incidence,
deadweight loss, public expenditure, income taxation
and transfer programs, with emphasis on impacts of
such programs on labor supply and savings, social
security, unemployment insurance, and other insurance programs. S/U or letter grading.
263. Topics in Urban Economics. (4) (Formerly
numbered 293A.) Lecture, three hours. Current research in urban and regional economics. Content
varies. Serves as forum for presentation of papers on
urban economics by students, UCLA faculty members, and visitors. May be repeated for credit. S/U or
letter grading.
264A. General Equilibrium and Finance. (4) (Formerly numbered 291A.) Lecture, three hours. Designed for graduate students. Introduction to mathematical finance from general equilibrium viewpoint.
CAPM and static equilibrium models. Intertemporal
models in discrete and continuous time. Spanning,
option prices, and derivatives. Martingales, random
walks, and market efficiency. S/U or letter grading.
264B. Fundamentals and Bubbles in Asset Prices.
(4) (Formerly numbered 291B.) Lecture, three hours.
Requisite: course 264A. Designed for graduate students. Applications of dynamic general equilibrium to
asset pricing in economies with exchange and production. Basic empirical puzzles in U.S. and international asset prices, 1880 to 2000: excess volatility, equity premium and risk-free rate puzzle, predictability.
Models of habit formation, asset price bubbles, and
limited arbitrage asset pricing theories. Market imperfections and bounded rationality. S/U or letter
grading.
Industrial Organization
271A-271B. Industrial Organization, Price Policies,
and Regulation I, II. (4-4) Lecture, three hours. S/U
or letter grading:
271A. Industrial Organization, Price Policies, and
Regulation I. (4) Lecture, three hours. Major economic
aspects of property rights system. Firm and market
compared from perspective of alternative arrangements for allocating resources. Traditional problems
of competition, monopoly, and industrial concentration. Brief analysis of those portions of antitrust policy
bearing on industrial structure. S/U or letter grading.
271B. Industrial Organization, Price Policies, and
Regulation II. (4) Lecture, three hours. Requisite:
course 271A. Study of firm organization and pricing
under conditions of less than perfect competition; information costs and advertising; economic and legal
analysis of marketing practices such as discrimination, tie-in selling, resale price maintenance, exclusive
dealing, and territorial arrangements. S/U or letter
grading.
271C. Mathematical Theory in Industrial Organization. (4) Lecture, three hours. Requisites: courses
201A, 201B, 201C. Formal modeling of theory of industrial organization: principal-agent problem, entry
deterrence, endogenous price discrimination, monopolistic competition, new approaches to rationality. S/U
or letter grading.
272A-272Z. Topics in Industrial Organization. (4
each) Lecture, three hours. Current research in industrial organization. Content varies. May be repeated for
credit. S/U or letter grading.
International Economics
281A. International Trade Theory. (4) Lecture, three
hours. Theoretical and empirical analysis of microeconomic relationships among countries. Determinants
of commodity and factor flows, prices, and factor rewards. Effects of trade barriers. S/U or letter grading.
281B. International Finance. (4) Lecture, three hours.
Theory and evidence on balance of payments, exchange rate determination, international transmission
of inflation and business cycles, macroeconomic
policy in open economies, alternative monetary systems. S/U or letter grading.
281C. International Economics. (4) Lecture, three
hours. Theoretical and empirical analysis of interrelation between flows of capital, people, and goods. Applications to current policy. S/U or letter grading.
282A-282Z. Topics in International Economics. (4
each) Lecture, three hours. Current research in international economics. Content varies. May be repeated
for credit. S/U or letter grading.
284. Soviet Economic Theory and Organization.
(4) Lecture, three hours. Overall strategy of planning
used by U.S.S.R. planners and specific planning
methods, interpreted broadly to cover not only instructions and objectives but also institutional arrangements. Intended and unintended outcomes of
methods. S/U or letter grading.
C285A-C285B-C285C. Seminars: International
Economics. (4-4-4) Seminar, three hours. Designed
for predissertation and dissertation writers. Overview
of most current developments in international economics for advanced undergraduate and graduate
students. Introduction to graduate-level research in
this field. Different topic each week, with presentation
and discussion of new papers. Research in progress
presented, discussed, and criticized by visiting experts, UCLA faculty members, and advanced graduate students. Concurrently scheduled with courses
C126A-C126B-C126C. S/U grading.
Development Economics
286A. Economic Development. (4) Lecture, three
hours. Requisites: courses 201C, 202C. Study of theoretical and empirical problems related to developing
countries. Emphasis on relation between international
trade and economic development, dynamic aspects
Education / 303
of commercial policies, inflation, stabilization, structural adjustment, growth and migration. S/U or letter
grading.
286B. Cost-Benefit Analysis of Development Projects. (4) Lecture, three hours. Requisite: course
286A. Methodology for evaluating investment projects, with special attention to types of issues that
arise in developing countries. Discussion of social
versus private evaluation criteria; applications to
highway, electricity, and irrigation projects. S/U or
letter grading.
287A-287Z. Topics in Development Economics. (4
each) Lecture, three hours. Current research in development economics. Content varies. Courses in this
sequence not ordinarily given every year. May be repeated for credit. S/U or letter grading:
287A. Economic Problems of Latin America. (4) Lecture, three hours. Economic history of Latin America.
Great depression, import substitution and industrialization, inflation and growth, free market experiments,
and economic integration. May be repeated for credit.
S/U or letter grading.
287B. Economic Development in East Asia. (4) Lecture, three hours. Recent economic history of East
Asia, focusing on postwar development of Japan,
Korea, and China. Emphasis on role of international
investment and trade, especially with U.S., in areas
economic development. May be repeated for credit.
S/U or letter grading.
287C. Topics in Economic Development. (4) Lecture,
three hours. Designed for graduate students. Topics
in monetary and exchange rate policy in developing
countries. Students expected to develop analytical
tools and underlying policy issues. May be repeated
for credit. S/U or letter grading.
288A-288B-288C. Proseminars: International and
Development Economics. (4-4-4) Seminar, three
hours. Quarterly seminars for predissertation and dissertation writers on current issues in international
trade and finance and development economics. Presentation of work-in-progress for feedback from faculty and other graduate students. Presentation or research paper required. S/U grading.
methods suited for empirical studies that apply to experimental data, quasi-experimental data, panel data,
and cross-sectional data. Letter grading.
295A. Money and Banking. (4) Lecture, three hours.
Limited to Master of Applied Economics students. Introduction to models and data used to understand
connection between asset prices, health of financial
sector, and macroeconomy, including review of recent
papers to gain introduction to questions being addressed on research frontier. Letter grading.
295B. Macroeconomic Implications of Globalization. (4) Lecture, three hours. Limited to Master of
Applied Economics students. Development of understanding of some main macroeconomic implications
of increasing integration of world economy through
trade linkages, multinational production, and financial
markets. Letter grading.
295C. Economics of Entrepreneurship. (4) Lecture,
three hours. Limited to Master of Applied Economics
students. Examination of role of entrepreneurship and
entrepreneurial strategiessource of ideas, value creation, market development, scaling, exit strategies.
Group practice of entrepreneurship. Development of
original ideas into business plans. Letter grading.
295D. Environmental Economics. (4) Lecture, three
hours. Limited to Master of Applied Economics students. Introduction to major ideas in environmental
economics by studying causes and consequences of
pollution, with special emphasis on understanding
Chinas environmental challenges and policy options.
Letter grading.
295E. Financial Crises and Exchange Rate Forecasting. (4) Lecture, three hours. Limited to Master of
Applied Economics students. Introduction to recent
developments in international finance. Coverage of
lending booms and financial crises both theoretically
and empirically, as well as foreign exchange market
anomalies and different approaches to forecasting exchange rates. Letter grading.
C296A-C296B-C296C. Seminars: Asset Pricing. (44-4) Seminar, three hours. Designed for predissertation and dissertation writers. Overview of most current developments in asset pricing theory for advanced undergraduate and graduate students. Introduction to graduate-level research in this field.
Different topic each week, with presentation and discussion of new papers. Research in progress presented, discussed, and criticized by visiting experts,
UCLA faculty members, and advanced graduate students. Concurrently scheduled with courses C146AC146B-C146C. S/U (C296B) and S/U or letter
(C296A, C296C) grading.
298A-298B-298C. Proseminars: Asset Pricing. (44-4) Seminar, three hours. Quarterly seminars for predissertation and dissertation writers on empirical issues in area of asset pricing, broadly defined. Presentation of work-in-progress or background material for
proposed dissertation topics that are discussed and
criticized by faculty members and fellow students.
Presentation or research paper required. S/U grading.
Special Studies
375. Teaching Apprentice Practicum. (1 to 4) Seminar, to be arranged. Preparation: apprentice personnel employment as teaching assistant, associate,
or fellow. Teaching apprenticeship under active guidance and supervision of regular faculty member responsible for curriculum and instruction at UCLA.
May be repeated for credit. S/U grading.
495. Teaching College Economics. (2) Seminar, one
hour; laboratory, three hours. Designed for graduate
students. Required of all new teaching assistants.
Classroom practice in teaching, with individual and
group instruction on related educational methods,
materials, and evaluation. May be repeated for credit.
S/U grading.
501. Cooperative Program. (2 to 8) Tutorial, to be
arranged. Preparation: consent of UCLA graduate adviser and graduate dean, and host campus instructor,
department chair, and graduate dean. Used to record
enrollment of UCLA students in courses taken under
cooperative arrangements with USC. S/U grading.
596. Individual Study. (2 to 8) Tutorial, to be arranged. Directed individual study or research. S/U
grading.
597. Individual Study: Graduate Examinations. (2
to 8) Tutorial, to be arranged. Directed individual
study in preparation for MA comprehensive examination or PhD qualifying examinations. S/U grading.
599. Individual Research: PhD Dissertation. (2 to
8) Tutorial, to be arranged. Preparation: advancement
to PhD candidacy. Directed individual research in
preparation of PhD dissertation. S/U grading.
EDUCATION
Graduate School of Education and
Information Studies
UCLA
Office of Student Services
1009 Moore Hall
Box 951521
Los Angeles, CA 90095-1521
310-825-8326
fax: 310-794-4732
e-mail: info@gseis.ucla.edu
https://gseis.ucla.edu/education/
Louis M. Gomez, PhD, Chair
Professors
Walter R. Allen, PhD (Allan Murray Cartter Professor of
Higher Education)
Alison L. Bailey, EdD
Li Cai, PhD
Mitchell J. Chang, PhD
Christina A. Christie, PhD
Noel D. Enyedy, PhD
Megan L. Franke, PhD
Louis M. Gomez, PhD (MacArthur Foundation
Professor of Digital Media and Learning)
Sandra H. Graham, PhD (Presidential Professor of
Education and Diversity)
Tyrone C. Howard, PhD
Sylvia Hurtado, PhD
Connie L. Kasari, PhD
Douglas M. Kellner, PhD (George F. Kneller Professor
of Education and Philosophy)
Reynaldo F. Macas, PhD
Teresa L. McCarty, PhD (George F. Kneller Professor
of Education and Anthropology)
Patricia M. McDonough, PhD
Rashmita S. Mistry, PhD
Pedro A. Noguera, PhD
Marjorie Faulstich Orellana, PhD
Robert A. Rhoads, PhD
John S. Rogers, PhD
William A. Sandoval, PhD
Linda J. Sax, PhD
Michael H. Seltzer, PhD
Daniel G. Solrzano, PhD
Carola E. Surez-Orozco, PhD
Marcelo M. Surez-Orozco, PhD (Wasserman
Endowed Dean of Education and Information
Studies)
Robert T. Teranishi, PhD (Morgan and Helen Chu
Professor of Asian American Studies)
Carlos A. Torres, PhD (UNESCO Professor of Global
Learning and Global Citizenship Education)
Noreen M. Webb, PhD
Jeffrey J. Wood, PhD
Professors Emeriti
Marvin C. Alkin, EdD
Alexander W. Astin, PhD (Allan Murray Cartter
Professor Emeritus of Higher Education)
Eva L. Baker, EdD
Gordon L. Berry, EdD
Nicholas G. Blurton Jones, PhD
James S. Catterall, PhD
Arthur M. Cohen, PhD
Sol Cohen, PhD
304 / Education
Frederick D. Erickson, PhD (George F. Kneller
Professor Emeritus of Education and Anthropology)
Norma D. Feshbach, PhD
Patricia C. Gndara, PhD
Simon Gonzlez, EdD
Kris D. Gutirrez, PhD
Sandra Harding, PhD
John N. Hawkins, PhD
Charles C. Healy, PhD
Carollee Howes, PhD
Barbara K. Keogh, PhD
Marilyn L. Kourilsky, PhD
Peter L. McLaren, PhD
John D. McNeil, EdD
Bengt Muthn, PhD
Jeannie L. Oakes, PhD (Presidential Professor Emerita
of Educational Equity)
Gary A. Orfield, PhD
W. James Popham, EdD
Mike A. Rose, PhD
Val D. Rust, PhD
Rodney W. Skager, PhD
Romeria Tidwell, PhD
Concepcin M. Valadez, PhD
Carl Weinberg, EdD
Richard C. Williams, PhD
Wellford W. Wilms, PhD
Charles Z. Wilson, PhD
Associate Professors
Robert Cooper III, PhD
Richard Desjardins, PhD
Kimberley Gomez, PhD
Jos-Felipe Martinez, PhD
Edith Mukudi Omwami, PhD
Thomas M. Philip, PhD
Cecilia Rios-Aguilar, PhD
Assistant Professors
M. Kevin Eagan, Jr., PhD, in Residence
David G. Garcia, PhD
Jennie K. Grammer, PhD
Lorena Guilln, PhD
Mark P. Hansen, PhD, in Residence
Jessica C. Harris, PhD
Minjeong Jeon, PhD
Matthew J. Madison, PhD
Ananda Drake Marin, PhD
Safiya U. Noble, PhD
Federica Raia, PhD, in Residence
Gerardo Ramirez, PhD
Adjunct Professors
Katherin M. Anderson-Levitt, PhD
Diane Durkin, PhD
Faye C. Peitzman, PhD
Jody Z. Priselac, EdD
Karen Hunter Quartz, PhD
Linda P. Rose, PhD
Undergraduate Study
Graduate Degrees
The Education Studies minor is intended to address the diverse information needs of the
UCLA undergraduate community to (1) allow
students to learn more about the multitude of
contemporary professional research issues
confronting the field of education, (2) understand the complex interactions between the legal, social, political, and economic forces that
influence and shape educational policies in
America, (3) provide an introductory course sequence for students who wish eventually to
pursue careers in education either as teachers
or researchers, and (4) provide an analysis of
current educational practices by which UCLA
students can become better consumers of educational services as future parents, taxpayers,
and citizens.
To enter the minor, students must have completed one minor course from the approved
course list, have at least sophomore standing
with a minimum overall 2.3 (C+) grade-point
average, and file an admission application with
the education studies academic adviser in the
Office of Student Services, 1009 Moore Hall,
http://gseis.ucla.edu/education/academic-pro
grams/education-studies-minor/. Applicants are
expected to be committed to inquiry of issues
central to educational research and practice.
Students must follow the program of study in
effect at the time of their admission. Students
completing their sophomore year are encouraged to apply.
Graduate Study
Official, specific degree requirements are detailed in Program Requirements for UCLA
Graduate Degrees, available at the Graduate
Division website, http://grad.ucla.edu. In many
cases, more detailed guidelines may be outlined in announcements, other publications,
Education
Lower Division Courses
Education / 305
mentoring. Undergraduate students present College
of Letters and Science academic support workshops
to their peers with intent of enhancing academic and
career perspectives. Concentration on relationship
between creativity and presentation. P/NP or letter
grading.
92E. Evaluation of Peer Mentoring. (4) Seminar,
three hours. Requisite: course 92D. Third course in
series of three designed to provide proficiency in
learning principles and procedures relevant to peer
mentoring. Undergraduate students present College
of Letters and Science academic support workshops
to their peers with intent of enhancing academic and
career perspectives. Concentration on program assessment. P/NP or letter grading.
92F. Academic Success in Undergraduate Experience. (2) Lecture, one hour; discussion, one hour. Designed for first-year or transitioning students to promote understanding of factors involved in making adjustments to college experience, both academic and
social. Letter grading.
98. Critical Issues in Education. (4) Seminar, 30
minutes; laboratory, 30 minutes. Introduction to critical educational issues and approaches taken by researchers, policymakers, and education advocates as
they respond to these issues. Laboratory portion of
course engages students in small research groups
where they acquire background on particular issue of
interest, learn about social sciences research, and
conduct mini-research projects. May be repeated for
credit. Letter grading.
118. Literacy in Society. (5) Lecture, four hours. Literacy plays significant role in cognition and language,
political governance and law, and economic, social,
and personal well-being. Exploration of these aspects
of literacy and their implications for teaching and
learning. Examination of literacy in workplace, healthcare, and community. Consideration of new literacies,
interrelationship between literacy and technology, and
impact of illiteracy on income and opportunity. Letter
grading.
120. Early Childhood Development. (5) Seminar,
four hours. Development of positive social behaviors
and their enhancement. Broad overview of childrens
psychological development, with emphasis on personal, social, and emotional attributes of preschool
and elementary school child. Aspects of prosocial behavior and aggression. Enhancement of prosocial behavior and modification of such negative behaviors as
aggression. Review and evaluation of contemporary
educational programs for promoting positive social
behaviors in elementary schools. Methodological aspects of child development. Overview of early childhood education and issues related to role of family,
school, and television in child development. Letter
grading.
121. Introduction to K-12 Issues in American Public Education. (5) Seminar, four hours. Examination of
American schooling experience (K-12) and analysis of
various school and social policies that impact on children and adolescents. Systematic examination of
major participants in American schooling process
(parents, students, teachers, geographical space of
school environment, school organizations, and society) and how they are associated with American
schooling experience. Discussion of contemporary
themes such as risk behaviors, SAT controversy, high
school exit examinations, social promotion, technology in classroom, psychosocial development of
children, school reform, equal educational opportunity, affirmative action, and educational assessment.
Letter grading.
122. Perspectives on American College. (5) Seminar, four hours. Examination of role colleges and universities play in larger cultural life of U.S. society. Use
of analysis of student movements as vehicle for exploration of key sociological, political, and cultural developments on U.S. campuses. Emphasis on interrelated research, academic, social, and policy issues
underlying diverse system of higher education. Letter
grading.
123. Teaching Profession. (5) Seminar, four hours.
Exploration of traditional and alternative teaching
practices and public responses to teachers teaching
and students learning. Examination of education in
socioeconomic context and discussion of some philosophical questions that challenge teaching profession. Letter grading.
C124. History of Higher Education. (5) Seminar,
four hours. Exploration of major eras in history of
higher education. Topics include issues concerning
access, diversity, parental choice, cultural literacy,
teacher empowerment, and role of popular media.
Concurrently scheduled with course C209A. Letter
grading.
C125. Politics of Education. (5) Lecture, two hours;
discussion, two hours. Political dimensions of education institutions as organizations. Relationships between education institutions and political institutions
in society. Political theory as foundation for public
policy analysis; interest groups in education policy
formation and implementation; and focus on Freireian
pedagogy. Concurrently scheduled with course C207.
P/NP or letter grading.
C126. Educational Anthropology. (5) Seminar, four
hours. Research seminar designed to familiarize students with discipline of anthropology and subfield of
anthropology and education. Exploration of concept
of culture through various anthropological perspectives, with focus on theories of culture, cultural transmission and acquisition, and cultural reproduction
and production for understanding schooling and its
outcomes. Examination of research methodologies in
anthropology, as well as critical historical overview of
306 / Education
ment of personal leadership profile in context of alternative models of leadership relevant to education.
Letter grading.
135. Introduction to Educational Inquiry. (5) Seminar, five hours. Limited to juniors/seniors. Introduction to educational inquiry, with special attention to
different ways of conducting research in field of education. Focus on different ways authors conceptualize/investigate inequity. Development of culminating
project. Letter grading.
M136. Working Families and Educational Inequalities in Urban Schools. (4) (Same as Labor and
Workplace Studies M136.) Seminar, three hours; fieldwork, five hours. Exploration of complex relationship
between working-class and poor communities and inequalities in American urban schools. Drawing on
multiple disciplinary frameworks that address issues
of race, ethnicity, and immigration, schools viewed as
sites where inequalities are produced and resisted.
Review of history of exclusionary treatment and divergent conceptual frames that educational researchers
have used to understand notion of inequality, access
to quality public education, and how race, ethnicity,
and class affect school experiences for working-class
and poor communities. Look inside schools through
community service learning opportunity to examine
systems, structures, and everyday practices that sustain and reproduce inequality and policies that intend
to remedy educational inequalities in urban schools.
Opportunity to investigate issues of working-class
families and inequalities as they relate to students
own communities and experiences. P/NP or letter
grading.
137. Public Policy in Higher Education. (5) Lecture,
four hours. Introduction to range of contemporary and
ongoing higher education public policy issues, and
conceptual and theoretical frameworks typically used
to understand them. Development of fluency in public
policy language, with focus on national, state, and institutional policy perspectives. Letter grading.
138. Critical Pedagogy and Cultural Studies in Urban Education. (5) Lecture, two hours; discussion,
two hours. Consideration of potential of conceptual
and empirical work in critical pedagogy and cultural
studies to inform, confront, and transform many challenges faced in urban education today. Study of
theory and research of critical pedagogists such as
Paulo Freire, Peter McLaren, and others. Letter
grading.
139. Educational Program Evaluation. (5) Seminar,
four hours. Stages and methods for conducting evaluations of educational and social programs, with emphasis on evaluation approaches that are theoretically
grounded, methodologically rigorous, practical, and
useful. Letter grading.
140. Time and Behavior in Educational Organizations. (4) Seminar, three hours. Designed for juniors/
seniors. Exploration of psychosocial perspective of
how temporal orientation and time investments impact and shape human behavior, with specific emphasis on educational issues related to school reform,
teen pregnancy, school violence, teacher burnout,
teacher midlife crisis, cultural diversity, informationseeking behaviors, and academic attainment. Letter
grading.
141. Writing to Learn: Teaching Writing in Elementary and Secondary Schools. (4) Seminar, four hours.
Ways to teach writing at elementary and secondary
level through examination of related concepts of
ideas, evidence, part, and whole, and writing process.
Emphasis on how reading, writing, and thinking exercises engage students and lead them to develop their
own ideas. Letter grading.
142. Reflections of Education Abroad Program
Study. (4) Seminar, two hours; activity, two hours. Designed to provide returned Education Abroad Program (EAP) students with structured opportunity to
deepen their reflections on their time abroad through
contact with literature, academic articles, and
speakers. Provides EAP reciprocity students with opportunity to analyze their transition to UCLA and allows both returned and reciprocity students chances
to learn through service to EAP. Letter grading.
143. Understanding Pathways to College. (4) Lecture, two hours; discussion, two hours. Examination
of inequality across K-12 and higher education to understand how college admissions are stratified across
racial and class lines. Roles of school personnel,
higher education admissions, families, and students
in promoting equal educational opportunity. Course is
good preparation for students interested in working in
UCLA programs such as Early Academic Outreach
Programs that serve students in Los Angeles area
schools. Letter grading.
144. Advanced Undergraduate Research Seminar.
(4) Seminar, four hours. Limited to juniors/seniors. Advanced independent skills course of joint interest to
professor and student. Research topics deal with K12 American educational experience, with specific
emphasis on diversity, assessment, technology, atrisk, geographical space, and psychosocial development of children. Letter grading.
M145A-M145B. Restoring Civility: Understanding,
Using, and Resolving Conflict. (4-4) (Same as Chicana and Chicano Studies M174A-M174B.) Lecture,
one hour; discussion, three hours. Course M145A is
enforced requisite to M145B. Designed for students
who want to learn principles of dialogue and mediation, as alternatives to violence, and practice how to
apply them in educational settings. In Progress
(M145A) and letter (M145B) grading.
M145C. Alternatives to Violence: Peer Mediation in
Public Schools. (4) (Same as Chicana and Chicano
Studies M174C.) Lecture, one hour; fieldwork, three
hours. Requisites: courses M145A, M145B. Limited to
juniors/seniors. Application of student knowledge and
experience to help students in partner schools to develop peer mediation programs to be sustained by future UCLA students. Work at partner school sites and
demonstration of firm grasp of concepts of conflict
resolution through weekly reflective journals, discussion through biweekly meetings, and final journal
entry. Application of critical thinking, review of literature from earlier courses, and reflection on student
field experiences to deepen understanding of violence, its causes, and what schools can do to mitigate it. Letter grading.
146A. Research Apprenticeship in Peer Counseling. (4) Seminar, four hours. Limited to juniors/seniors. Highly interactive, student-centered course designed to provide hands-on experience in academic
peer advising and leadership and understanding of
underlying theories, principles, and related issues.
Students advise their peers in Education Studies
minor courses and build community among those
students. Letter grading.
146B. Research Apprenticeship in Peer Advising
and Leadership. (4) Seminar, four hours. Enforced
requisite: course 146A. Limited to juniors/seniors.
Highly interactive, student-centered course designed
to provide hands-on experience in academic peer advising and leadership and understanding of underlying theories, principles, and related issues. Students
advise their peers in Education Studies minor courses
and build community among those students. Letter
grading.
147. Lesbian, Gay, Bisexual, and Transgender Issues in Education and Law. (4) Lecture, four hours.
Lesbian, gay, bisexual, and transgender-related controversies that arise in schools, colleges, and universities today and how they are being addressed by legal
and education communities. In particular, examination of real-life consequences of current laws and exploration of what might be done to make things better
for all persons. Letter grading.
M148. Women in Higher Education. (4) (Same as
Gender Studies M148.) Seminar, three hours. Designed for juniors/seniors. Overview of issues related
to experience of women in higher education. Topics
include curricular transformation, feminist pedagogy,
gender equity, women faculty members, and intersection of gender and race. Letter grading.
149. Innovation and Social Entrepreneurship in Education. (5) Lecture, two hours; laboratory, two
hours. Exploration of various types of charter schools
as well as alternative methods for social change.
Education / 307
CM178. Critical Media Literacy and Politics of
Gender: Theory and Production. (4) (Same as
Gender Studies CM178.) Seminar, three hours. Corequisite: course CM178L. Use of range of pedagogical
approaches to theory and practice of critical media literacy that necessarily involves understanding of new
technologies and media forms. Study of both theory
and production techniques to inform student analysis
of media and critical media literacy projects. Concurrently scheduled with course CM278. Letter grading.
CM178L. Critical Media Literacy and Politics of
Gender: Laboratory. (2) (Same as Gender Studies
CM178L.) Laboratory, two hours. Corequisite: course
CM178. Hands-on production experience as integral
component of course CM178. Concurrently scheduled with course CM278L. Letter grading.
M182A. Language, Literacy, and Human Development Ethnography. (2) (Same as African American
Studies M182A.) Fieldwork, three hours. Enforced
corequisite: course M194A. Students visit afterschool site on weekly basis and use ethnographic
methods to document learning. Opportunity for students to connect theories of development and language and literacy learning with practice. Letter
grading.
M182B. Culture, Gender, and Human Development
Ethnography. (2) (Same as African American Studies
M182B.) Fieldwork, three hours. Enforced corequisite:
course M194B. Students visit after-school site on
weekly basis and use ethnographic methods to document learning. Opportunity for students to connect
theories of development and language and literacy
learning with practice. Letter grading.
M182C. Culture, Communications, and Human Development Ethnography. (2) (Same as African American Studies M182C.) Fieldwork, three hours. Enforced corequisite: course M194C. Students visit
after-school site on weekly basis and use ethnographic methods to document learning. Opportunity
for students to connect theories of development and
language and literacy learning with practice. Letter
grading.
M183A. Language, Literacy, and Human Development Ethnography. (3) (Same as African American
Studies M183A.) Fieldwork, six hours. Enforced corequisite: course M194A. Students visit after-school site
on weekly basis and use ethnographic methods to
document learning. Opportunity for students to connect theories of development and language and literacy learning with practice. Letter grading.
M183B. Culture, Gender, and Human Development
Ethnography. (3) (Same as African American Studies
M183B.) Fieldwork, six hours. Enforced corequisite:
course M194B. Students visit after-school site on
weekly basis and use ethnographic methods to document learning. Opportunity for students to connect
theories of development and language and literacy
learning with practice. Letter grading.
M183C. Culture, Communications, and Human Development Ethnography. (3) (Same as African American Studies M183C.) Fieldwork, six hours. Enforced
corequisite: course M194C. Students visit afterschool site on weekly basis and use ethnographic
methods to document learning. Opportunity for students to connect theories of development and language and literacy learning with practice. Letter
grading.
184. Variable Topics in Teaching and Learning. (2)
Lecture, one hour. Variable topics course, with emphasis on theories of teaching and learning, connecting them to instructional activities for students in
various learning settings, including libraries and
schools. P/NP grading.
185. Community Service Learning for Academic
Achievement. (4) Lecture, two hours; discussion, two
hours. Must be taken prior to course 192A. Emphasis
on cognitive learning and motivation theories and
their relevance to strategies for developing curricular
instructional techniques and training that contribute
to tutoring, counseling, and other instructional assistance in various school settings. P/NP or letter
grading.
M194A. Language, Literacy, and Human Development Research Group Seminars. (5) (Same as African American Studies M194A.) Seminar, three hours;
laboratory, two hours (when scheduled). Enforced
corequisite: course M182A or M183A. Research seminar designed to provide opportunity to combine
theory and practice in study of human development in
educational contexts. Focus on relationship between
theories of development, culture, and language. May
be taken independently for credit. Letter grading.
M194B. Culture, Gender, and Human Development
Research Group Seminars. (5) (Same as African
American Studies M194B.) Seminar, three hours; laboratory, two hours (when scheduled). Enforced corequisite: course M182B or M183B. Research seminar
designed to provide opportunity to combine theory
and practice in study of human development in educational contexts. Focus on relationship between theories of development, culture, and gender. May be
taken independently for credit. Letter grading.
M194C. Culture, Communications, and Human Development Research Group Seminars (5) (Same as
African American Studies M194C.) Seminar, three
hours; laboratory, two hours (when scheduled). Enforced corequisite: course M182C or M183C. Research seminar designed to provide opportunity to
combine theory and practice in study of human development in educational contexts. Focus on relationship between theories of development, culture, and
technologies. May be taken independently for credit.
Letter grading.
195. Community Internships in Education. (4) Tutorial, one hour; fieldwork, eight to 10 hours. Internship
in K-16 schools or community to be supervised by
Center for Community Learning and faculty sponsor.
Students meet biweekly with teaching assistant, write
reflective journals, and prepare final paper. May be repeated for credit. Individual contract with supervising
faculty member required. Letter grading.
195CE. Community or Corporate Internships in
Education. (4) Tutorial, one hour; fieldwork, eight to
10 hours. Limited to juniors/seniors. Internship in supervised preapproved K-12 settings coordinated
through Center for Community Learning. Students
meet on regular basis with faculty sponsor or designee to construct series of reading and writing assignments that examine educational issues related to
meaningful work at internship site. Students expected
to learn ways in which urban schools are structured,
organized, and operate. May be repeated for credit.
Individual contract with supervising faculty member
required. P/NP or letter grading.
196C. Instructional Apprenticeship in Teaching
and Learning at UCLA Lab School. (4) Tutorial, 10
hours. Limited to juniors/seniors. Training and supervised apprenticeship for advanced undergraduate
students at UCLA Lab School (Corinne A. Seeds
campus), K-6 elementary school on UCLA campus.
Students gain understanding of innovative educational work that goes into teaching and learning at
UCLA Lab School through seminars, readings, observations, and discussions. Individual meetings with
faculty mentor throughout term. May be repeated for
credit. Individual contract required. Letter grading.
196D. Instructional Apprenticeship in Teaching
and Learning at UCLA Partner Schools. (4) Tutorial,
10 hours. Limited to juniors/seniors. Introduction to K12 teaching profession through training and supervised off-campus experiences at UCLA partner
schools (Nora Sterry Elementary School, Brockton Elementary School, Emerson Middle School, University
High School, UCLA Community School, or other
LAUSD schools coordinated by students). Students
gain grounded understanding of social issues in education through readings, observations, direct support
in classrooms, and tutoring activities. Individual meetings with faculty mentor throughout term. May be repeated for credit. Individual contract required. Letter
grading.
308 / Education
196R. Research Apprenticeship in Education. (2 to
4) Tutorial, three hours per week per unit. Limited to
juniors/seniors. Entry-level research apprenticeship
for upper division students under guidance of faculty
mentor. May be repeated for credit. Individual contract required. P/NP grading.
197. Individual Studies in Education. (2 to 4) Tutorial, four hours. Limited to juniors/seniors. Individual
intensive study, with scheduled meetings to be arranged between faculty member and student. Assigned reading and tangible evidence of mastery of
subject matter required. May be repeated for credit.
Individual contract required. P/NP or letter grading.
199. Directed Research or Senior Project in Education. (2 to 4) Tutorial, to be arranged. Limited to juniors/seniors. Supervised individual research or investigation under guidance of faculty mentor. Culminating paper or project required. May be repeated for
credit. Individual contract required. P/NP or letter
grading.
Graduate Courses
200A. Historical Research and Writing. (4) Lecture,
four hours. Methods of historical research and writing
for students who are or who will be engaged in research and in report or paper or thesis writing, regardless of their field of interest. S/U or letter grading.
200B. Survey Research Methods in Education. (4)
Lecture, four hours. Requisite: course 230A. Problems of conceptualization, organization, and gathering nonexperimental and quasi-experimental quantitative and qualitative data. S/U or letter grading.
200C. Analysis of Survey Data in Education. (4)
Lecture, three hours; laboratory, two hours. Requisite:
course 200B. Introduction to techniques of processing and analyzing nonexperimental and quasi-experimental quantitative data. S/U or letter grading.
200D. Research Methods: Special Topics. (4) Lecture, four hours. Variable topics in research methods
in education. S/U or letter grading.
M201C. History of American Education. (4) (Same
as History M264.) Discussion, three hours. History of
educational thought and of social forces impinging on
American education from 1880s to present. Analysis
of relation between these ideas and forces, and aims
and practices of American education today. S/U or
letter grading.
202. Evaluation Theory. (4) Lecture, four hours.
Prevalent evaluation theories, systems for categorizing these theories, and process of theory development in educational evaluation. S/U or letter grading.
C203. Educational Anthropology. (5) Seminar, four
hours. Research seminar designed to familiarize students with discipline of anthropology and subfield of
anthropology and education. Exploration of concept
of culture through various anthropological perspectives, with focus on theories of culture, cultural transmission and acquisition, and cultural reproduction
and production for understanding schooling and its
outcomes. Examination of research methodologies in
anthropology, as well as critical historical overview of
discipline and current debates and dilemmas of doing
anthropological research in educational settings. Issues of race, gender, sexual orientation, and class,
and consideration of application of anthropological
theory and methods to educational practice and research. Concurrently scheduled with course C126.
Letter grading.
204A. Introduction to Education and Social Sciences. (4) Lecture, four hours. Interdisciplinary
course intended to introduce students to study of educational issues, texts, and movements of thought
through social sciences and comparative perspectives. S/U or letter grading.
204B. Introduction to Comparative Education. (4)
Lecture, four hours. Examination of conceptual and
methodological questions underlying comparative
education. Particular attention to development of field
and to styles of social analysis that may be applied to
comparative and cross-national studies in education.
S/U or letter grading.
209C. Research and Evaluation in Higher Education. (4) Lecture, four hours. Development of conceptual and practical understanding of research and evaluation in higher education. Topics include basic statistics, survey design, data analysis, assessment issues, and research proposal writing. Letter grading.
210. Education as Profession: Theory, Research,
and Practice. (4) Lecture, 90 minutes; discussion,
two and one half hours. Introduction to major issues
and approaches in educational research through series of faculty presentations, selected readings, and
writing assignments. Letter grading.
211A. Educational and Psychological Measurement: Underlying Theory and Practice. (4) Lecture,
four hours. Requisite: course 230A. Measurement
theory as applied to educational and psychological
testing, with focus primarily on classical test theory,
reliability estimation, and test construction and selection. S/U or letter grading.
211B. Educational and Psychological Measurement: Generalizability Theory. (4) Lecture, four hours.
Requisites: courses 230A, 230B, 230C. Basic and advanced topics in use of generalizability theory to address problems in measurement. S/U or letter
grading.
211C. Advanced Item Response Theory. (4) Lecture,
four hours. Requisites: course 211A or 211B or Psychology 255A, Psychology 255B. Review of standard
item response theory models, multidimensional
models, multiple group models and models with covariates, item and person parameter estimation, differential item functioning analysis, testing model fit,
linking and scale alignment, computerized adaptive
testing. S/U or letter grading.
212A. Learning and Education. (4) Lecture, four
hours. Models of learning, modeling, reinforcement,
motivation, encoding, memory, transfer, individual differences, and instruction. S/U or letter grading.
212B. Motivation and Affect in Educative Process.
(4) Lecture, four hours. Review of theoretical and empirical literature on motivational factors in school settings and conditions for acquisition of affective outcomes. S/U or letter grading.
213C. Group Counseling Theory and Process. (4)
Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour. Requisite:
course 414A. Group productivity, leadership in
groups, social perception, attitude formation, and effect of behavior changes in individuals and groups.
Evaluation of social, psychological, and educational
principles related to therapeutic experiences of individuals in small groups. Letter grading.
213D. Assessment in Counseling and Student Affairs. (4) Lecture, four hours. Overview of assessment
issues and methods used in counseling and student
affairs activities. Emphasis on concepts of testing and
measurement, applications of measurement theory,
and contemporary issues that are significant in influencing assessment in student affairs programs. Letter
grading.
214A. Counseling Theory and Practice. (4) Lecture,
four hours. Alternatives in counseling practice in relation to theories of personality development and functioning, research on effectiveness of counseling, professional issues in counseling, educational aspects of
counseling. S/U or letter grading.
214C. American Professoriate: Faculty Status,
Role, and Performance. (4) Discussion, four hours.
Historical and contemporary issues involving American professoriate. Topics include employment, academic culture, teaching and research, reward structure, faculty development. Letter grading.
214E. Substance Abuse and Addiction. (4) Lecture, four hours. Theory and practice of prevention
and intervention in substance abuse and addiction
from perspective of counseling and educational practice. S/U or letter grading.
214F. Student Problems: Social Context. (4) Lecture, four hours. Designed to assist students in understanding configuration of social forces that lead to
student dysfunctions. Consideration of number of
Education / 309
contemporary social problems that are of concern to
school counselors, educators in general, and behavioral scientists. S/U or letter grading.
M215. Personality, Motivation, and Attribution. (4)
(Same as Psychology M239.) Discussion, three hours.
Current research and theory relating personality variables (e.g., attributional styles, self-esteem) to motivational concerns such as persistence and intensity of
behavior. Perceived causes of outcomes in achievement and affiliative domains. S/U or letter grading.
216. Counseling Models from Cross-Cultural Perspective. (4) Lecture, four hours. Research related to
psychological, educational, and sociological characteristics of counseling clients within cross-cultural
perspective and implications for counseling models.
Evaluation of counseling practices through analysis of
school, community, and mental health settings. Letter
grading.
217A. Social Development and Education. (4)
Seminar, four hours. Biological and familial, school,
and other influences on children; development in context of current research and theoretical models; consideration of theoretical and methodological research
on family, peer group, and school; application of developmental theory and research to educational practice. S/U or letter grading.
217B. Cognitive Development and Education. (4)
Lecture, two hours; discussion, two hours. Designed
for graduate students. Critical review of theories and
research in cognitive development, with focus on
work of Piaget and Vygotsky, and relation of this work
to issues in educational practice. S/U or letter
grading.
M217C. Personality Development and Education.
(4) (Same as Psychology M245.) Lecture, four hours.
Review of research and theory of critical content
areas in personality development that bear on school
performance: achievement motivation, self-concept,
aggression, sex differences, empathy, and other social behaviors; review of status of emotional behavior
in personality theory and development. S/U or letter
grading.
217D. Language Development and Education. (4)
Lecture, four hours. Research and theory on how children develop their first language; sociolinguistic and
psycholinguistic issues in preschool and primary
years; bilingual and dialectical issues. S/U or letter
grading.
217E. Emerging into Adulthood. (4) Seminar, four
hours. Examination of theories and research related to
transition to adulthood and role of race/ethnicity,
gender, and immigration status in shaping development. Topics include historical and cross-cultural
comparisons of emerging adulthood; ethnic, racial,
and gender identity; family relationships and expectations; college opportunities and experiences; entering
workforce; alternative pathways (incarceration and
military); and civic engagement. Letter grading.
M217F. Adolescent Development. (4) (Same as
Psychology M242G.) Seminar, four hours. Designed
for graduate students. Review of recent research on
physical, cognitive, social, and psychological development during second decade of life. Topics include
pubertal development, changes in parent/adolescent
relationships, role of peers, identity development,
high-risk behaviors, stress and coping, and school
adjustment. Letter grading.
M217G-M217H-M217I. Child Abuse and Neglect.
(2-2-1). (Same as Community Health Sciences
M245A-M245B-M245C, Dentistry M300A-M300BM300C, Law M281A-M281B, Medicine M290AM290B, Nursing M290A-M290B-M290C, and Social
Welfare M203F-M203G-M203H.) Lecture, two hours.
Course M217G is requisite to M217H, which is requisite to M217I. Intensive interdisciplinary study of child
physical and sexual abuse and neglect, with lectures
by faculty members of Schools of Dentistry, Law,
Medicine, Nursing, and Public Health and Departments of Education and Psychology, as well as by relevant public agencies. Letter grading.
ation of historical context of current research and applied issues in special education. S/U or letter
grading.
226. Seminar: Special Topics in Writing, Rhetoric,
and Educational Methodology. (4) Seminar, four
hours. Special topics seminar on writing in education
that could focus on history of writing about education,
social and political dimensions of it, its variation by
discipline, and its uses in professional and public contexts. Letter grading.
227A. Research on Learning Characteristics of Exceptional Individuals. (4) Lecture, four hours. Requisite: course 225B. Overview of research and theory
regarding learning characteristics of exceptional individuals and discussion of application of this work to
educational practice. S/U or letter grading.
227B. Research on Cognitive and Language Characteristics of Exceptional Individuals. (4) Lecture,
four hours. Requisite: course 227A. Review of empirical and theoretical literature regarding language and
cognitive development of exceptional individuals;
focus on intervention programs developing language
and cognition. S/U or letter grading.
227C. Research on Behavioral and Social Characteristics of Exceptional Individuals. (4) Lecture, four
hours. Requisite: course 227B. Analysis of social and
emotional development of exceptional individuals and
development of social competence in special education programs. S/U or letter grading.
228. Observation Methods and Longitudinal Studies. (4) Lecture, two hours; discussion, two hours.
Requisite: course 230A. Design of observational and
longitudinal studies. Formulation of study conclusions
concerning influences on childrens development.
Conduct of observations; processing and analysis of
data. Use of portable computers for recording observations. S/U or letter grading.
229. Seminar: Special Topics in Urban Schooling.
(4) Seminar, four hours. Research on selected topics
in fields of administration, policy, curriculum, and
teaching studies and on conceptualization of hypotheses and research programs on division topics and issues. Letter grading.
230A. Introduction to Research Design and Statistics. (4) Lecture, four hours. Designed for graduate
students. Key concepts and issues in design and
conduct of social sciences research. Introduction to
descriptive statistics and fundamentals of statistical
inference. Letter grading.
230AL. Introduction to Research Design and Statistics: Computer Laboratory. (1) Laboratory, one
hour. Corequisite: course 230A. Computer data analysis laboratory for introductory research design and
statistics. Instruction in SPSS, Stata, and SAS statistical analysis packages. S/U grading.
230B. Linear Statistical Models in Social Science
Research: Multiple Regression Analysis. (4) Lecture, four hours. Requisite: course 230A or passing
score on screening examination. Solid and comprehensive training in regression-based methods for analyzing quantitative social science data. Letter grading.
230BL. Linear Statistical Models: Computer Laboratory. (1) Laboratory, one hour. Corequisite: course
230B. Computer data analysis laboratory for linear
statistical models. Instruction in SPSS, Stata, SAS,
and other relevant statistical analysis packages. S/U
grading.
230C. Linear Statistical Models in Social Science
Research: Analysis of Designed Experiments. (4)
Lecture, four hours. Requisites: courses 230A, 230B.
Solid and comprehensive training in experimental design and analysis methods, especially use of analysis
of variance methods. Letter grading.
230CL. Linear Statistical Models for Experimental
Research: Computer Laboratory. (1) Laboratory,
one hour. Corequisite: course 230C. Computer data
analysis laboratory for linear statistical models for experimental research. Instruction in SPSS and SAS
statistical analysis packages. S/U grading.
310 / Education
230X. Applied Research Design and Statistics for
Social Sciences. (4) Lecture, four hours. Requisite:
course 230A or passing score on screening examination. Introduction to commonly used statistical
methods in social sciences, including regression,
analysis of variance, contingency tables. Emphasis on
application and interpretation. Letter grading.
231A. Toolkit for Quantitative Methods Research.
(4) Lecture, four hours. Requisites: courses 230A,
230B, 230C. Elementary probability. Working knowledge with calculus. Mathematical and statistical results useful for advanced quantitative methodology
research. Matrix algebra. Random vectors. Multivariate distribution theory. Likelihood and Bayesian estimation and inference. Linear and generalized linear
models. Simulation. S/U or letter grading.
M231B. Factor Analysis. (4) (Same as Psychology
M253.) Lecture, four hours. Requisites: courses 211B,
231A. Exploratory factor analysis, rotations, confirmatory factor analysis, multiple-group analysis. S/U or
letter grading.
231BL. Factor Analysis: Computer Laboratory. (1)
Laboratory, one hour. Corequisite: course M231B.
Computer data analysis laboratory for exploratory
and confirmatory factor analysis. Instruction in CEFA,
LISREL, and other relevant statistical analysis packages. S/U grading.
231C. Analysis of Categorical and Other Nonnormal Data. (4) Lecture, four hours. Requisites: courses
230B, 230C. Regression analysis with dichotomous
and polytomous dependent variables, log-linear modeling, coefficients of association for categorical variables, factor analysis, and structural equation modeling. Letter grading.
231D. Advanced Quantitative Models in Nonexperimental Research: Multilevel Analysis. (4) Lecture,
four hours. Requisites: courses 230B, 230C. Examination of conceptual, substantive, and methodological issues in analyzing multilevel data (i.e., on individuals in organizational settings such as schools, corporations, hospitals, communities); consideration of
alternative analytical models. Letter grading.
M231E. Statistical Analysis with Latent Variables.
(4) (Same as Statistics M244.) Lecture, three hours.
Requisites: courses 231A, M231B. Extends path
analysis (causal modeling) by considering models
with measurement errors and multiple indicators of latent variables. Confirmatory factor analysis, covariance structure modeling, and multiple-group analysis.
Identification, estimation, testing, and model building
considerations. Letter grading.
231EL. Latent Variable Modeling: Computer Laboratory. (1) Laboratory, one hour. Corequisite: course
M231E. Computer data analysis laboratory for latent
variable modeling. Instruction in LISREL and other relevant statistical analysis packages. S/U grading.
232. Instructional Analysis. (4) Lecture, four hours.
Theoretical and empirical analysis of instructional
variables as they relate to diverse types of instructional strategies. Development of skill in techniques of
conducting instructional research. S/U or letter
grading.
233. Professional Writing in Education. (4) Lecture,
four hours. Intended to assist in professional development as writers, with focus on style and organization,
scholarly genres, modes of discourse, and broader issues of conceptualization and method. Letter
grading.
234. Critical Perspectives on Economic Approaches to Education. (4) Seminar, four hours. Introduction to concepts and principles in economics of education using critical perspective. Overview of evolving
relationship between education and economics, including growing use of education as economic policy
tool and increased role of economic principles in internal functioning of educational systems. S/U or
letter grading.
235. Comparative Political Economy of Education
and Skills. (4) Seminar, four hours. Use of political
economy of education perspective for exploring, at
international and comparative levels, link between alternative models of governing, providing and fi-
Education / 311
253H. Seminar: Chicanos/Hispanics and Education. (4) Seminar, four hours. Basic issues and topics
related to Chicanos and other Hispanic groups in education. Review of literature on specific educational
levels and Chicano/Hispanic student progress (e.g.,
early childhood, elementary, higher education; specific topics: assessment, access, tracking, segregation; implications for schooling). S/U or letter grading.
253I. Education and Social Change in Middle East
and Islamic World. (4) Seminar, four hours. Critical
and analytic examination of historical and current role
of traditional and modern (Western) education in affecting social, political, and economic changes in
countries of Middle East and Islamic world (including
Pacific Rim, South and Central Asia). S/U or letter
grading.
254. Seminar: History of Education. (4) Seminar,
four hours. Requisite: course M201C. Study of current
movements in historiography of education and critical
reading of texts in history of education. S/U or letter
grading.
255A-255B-255C. Seminars: Special Topics. (4-44) Seminar, four hours. May be repeated for credit.
S/U or letter grading. 255A. Measurement; 255B. Design; 255C. Data Analysis.
256A. Seminar: Special Topics in School Learning.
(4) Seminar, four hours. S/U or letter grading.
256B. Seminar: Special Topics in Development. (4)
Seminar, four hours. S/U or letter grading.
257. Seminar: Research in Counseling Psychology.
(4) Seminar, four hours. In-depth analysis of selected
research approaches/areas in counseling psychology.
S/U or letter grading.
258A. Seminar: Problems in Instructional Research. (4) Seminar, four hours. S/U or letter grading.
258B. Seminar: Problems in Instructional Development. (4) Seminar, four hours. S/U or letter grading.
259. Administration of International Programs in
Higher Education. (4) Seminar, four hours. Introduction to theory and practice of internationalization in
U.S. higher education, looking at meaning of concept
of comprehensive internationalization across campus,
issues of effective leadership and management, and
individual aspects of internationalization, including
study abroad program development and implementation, international student recruitment and support
services, international curriculumarea and language
studies, English as a second language programs, international internships and careers, faculty development in international travel and research, international
partnerships/branch campuses, international development and grant projects, international alumni, distance learning/massive open online courses
(MOOCs)/hybrid models. Letter grading.
260. Seminar: Principles of Curriculum and Instruction. (4) Seminar, four hours. S/U or letter
grading.
261E. Higher Education Seminar: Diversity Issues
and Research Perspectives. (4) Seminar, four hours.
Examination of how racial diversity and its related dynamics have transformed and at same time been reshaped by institutions of higher education, with focus
specifically on student experiences, curricula, institutional climate, educational policies, and administrative
practices. Letter grading.
261F. Seminar: Cognitive and Personal Development of College Students. (4) Seminar, four hours.
Examination of cognitive development of college students; issues of personal and social development, including leadership, and interpersonal relations and
skills. S/U or letter grading.
262B. Seminar: Reading. (4) Seminar, four hours.
S/U or letter grading.
262F. Seminar: Research Topics in Bilingual/Multicultural Education. (4) Seminar, four hours. S/U or
letter grading.
263. Seminar: Higher Education. (4) Seminar, four
hours. S/U or letter grading.
264. Seminar: Teacher Education. (4) Seminar, four
hours. Research, issues, and practices in preservice
and in-service teacher preparation, evaluation, and
certification. Social, philosophical, and methodological issues and current trends in America and abroad.
Opportunities to observe, participate in, and discuss
teacher education programs. S/U or letter grading.
265. Higher Education Policy. (4) Lecture, four hours.
Requisites: courses 250A, 250B. Understanding
public policy for higher education requires understanding of both issues and policy process. Review of
major topics on which U.S. government is active, as
well as key actors and their influence. Letter grading.
M266. Feminist Theory and Social Sciences Research. (4) (Same as Gender Studies M266.) Lecture,
four hours. Examination of how diverse feminist social
theories of last quarter century have both challenged
and strengthened conventional social sciences theories and their methodologies. Introduction especially
to feminist standpoint theory, distinctive critical theory
methodology now widely used in social sciences.
Letter grading.
267. Seminar: Educational Technology. (4) Seminar,
four hours. S/U or letter grading.
268. Theorizing Reading: Rhetorics of Academic
Discourse. (4) Lecture, two hours; discussion, two
hours. Designed for graduate students. Introduction
to theoretical approaches to reading, such as poststructuralist, feminist, deconstruction, reader reception, and semiotics, and to core ideas of some leading
theorists of reading, such as Roland Barthes, Wolfgang Iser, Barbara Johnson, Stanley Fish, and Gayatri
Spivak. Letter grading.
269. Representations of Education in Cinema. (4)
Lecture, two hours; discussion, two hours. Designed
for graduate students. Exploration of ways in which
we draw on diverse texts, particularly films set in or
around schools, to illuminate contemporary issues in
American secondary education (e.g., issues pertaining to representation of teachers, students, parents, and administrators and curriculum in popular
films about high school and adolescents). Letter
grading.
270. Introduction to Cultural Studies. (4) Lecture,
four hours. Investigation of current trends in cultural
studies through examination of different methods of
cultural interpretation, seminal texts in cultural
studies, and practical criticism engaging popular artifacts of media culture. Emphasis on developing critical media literacy as goal of cultural studies. Letter
grading.
271A. Proseminar: Educational Psychology. (2)
Seminar, two hours. Introduction to variety of research
issues in field of educational psychology, including
topics related to human development, learning and
instruction, counseling, and special education, and to
different methodological approaches used to study
them. S/U grading.
272. Case-Study Research in Education Policy and
Practice. (4) Discussion, four hours. Use of casestudy methods in education research, providing opportunities for applying methodological skills to actual
case-study research projects. Focus on single and
multiple case studies that investigate issues in education policy and practice. Letter grading.
273A. Structure and Dynamics of Educational System. (4) Lecture, two hours; discussion, two hours.
Overview of school administration, teaching, curriculum, and policy studies. Focus on American education as institutional system wherein federal, state, and
local policy, school administration, curriculum theory
and design, and teaching are inextricably connected
in delivery of education. Letter grading.
273B. Social Foundations of Education. (4) Seminar, four hours. Introduction to literature on multiculturalism and teachings in diverse social, cultural, and
economic contexts. Exploration of debates over multiculturalism and teaching for democratic citizenship
by review of diverse number of anthropological, sociological, educational curricula and literatures. Letter
grading.
274. Science, Technology, and Social Research after Eurocentrism. (4) Lecture, four hours. Philosophy
of natural sciences for social scientists that examines
challenges to conventional research assumptions
312 / Education
(2) challenges that multicultural and postcolonial social theory have raised to conventional research theories and methodologies. Letter grading.
284. Critical Theory in Education: Power, Politics,
and Liberation. (4) Lecture, four hours. Designed for
graduate students. Introduction to major themes, issues, and methodologies within what has come to be
known as critical and educational tradition, including some major theoretical writings in liberal, neoMarxist, left liberal/postmodernist, and Marxist subfields of critical education tradition. Letter grading.
M285. Culture, Brain, and Development Forum. (1)
(Same as Anthropology M293, Neuroscience M293,
and Psychology M248.) Seminar, 90 minutes every
other week. Interdisciplinary seminar series to provide
students with exposure to current research in understanding complex relationship between culture, brain,
and development. S/U grading.
M286. Culture, Brain, and Development. (4) (Same
as Anthropology M293S, Neuroscience M294, and
Psychology M247.) Seminar, three hours. Designed
for graduate students. Integration of knowledge
across different disciplines to understand interrelations of culture, brain, and development, where development includes both human ontogeny and human
phylogeny. S/U or letter grading.
287. Research on Language Issues in Education.
(4) Seminar, four hours. Roles of language(s) in formal
and informal education, including study of opportunities and challenges offered by language variation
found in schools. Examination of language acquisition
theories along with those of language ideologies, language policies, and multilingualism. Letter grading.
288. Research Apprenticeship Course. (2) Discussion, two hours. Course facilitates mentorship model
of training PhD students in education, with focus on
development of graduate student research topics. Assignment of common readings related to these topics;
students have opportunity to offer and receive feedback. May be repeated for credit. S/U grading.
M289A-M289B. Immigration, Racial Change, and
Education in 21st-Century Metropolis. (4-4) (Same
as Political Science M287A-M287B, Public Policy
M289A-M289B, and Sociology M290A-M290B.)
Seminar, four hours. Examination of metropolitan
American society and institutions at beginning of 21st
century. Consideration of best available information
on patterns of settlement, changing functions of
urban space and institutions, and issues of opportunity linked to urban structure in society facing unprecedented demographic change that will end primarily
European domination of our society by mid-century,
creating democracy with no racial or ethnic majority.
How this demographic transition and postindustrial
transformation of urban functions and space interact
to shape opportunity and inequality. Vast economic
transformations, brought about by globalization of
workplace and dramatic decline of industrial employment in advanced nations, not only greatly raise
stakes on creating equal opportunity but also cut off
what were previously extremely important parts of intergenerational mobility. In Progress (M289A) and
letter (M289B) grading.
290. Educational Policy Analysis: Research, Theory, and Practice. (4) Seminar, four hours. Broad overview of development of educational policy from 1950s
to present. Examination of current issues and debates
within educational policy in U.S. through different theoretical lenses. Exploration of major bodies of research on educational policy and alternative paradigms. Letter grading.
M294A-M294B. High School Reform: Persisting
Failure, Urgent Challenges. (1 to 8 each) (Same as
Law M243A-M243B.) Seminar, four hours. Course
M294A is enforced requisite to M294B. Research
seminars with focus on what is probably most serious
and neglected problem in American educational reform. In past half century real progress has been
made in preschool, gains in achievement in early
grades have been produced, and very well-regarded
system of higher education has been established
but reform of high school has failed. Exploration of institutional and policy roots of these problems and as-
odological approaches. Use of broad definition of interpersonal relationships, including relationships such
as parent-child, teacher-student, sibling, peer, kin, romantic relationships, marriages, and friendships. S/U
or letter grading.
M298A-M298B-M298C. Relationship Science Forums. (2-2-2). (Same as Anthropology M295AM295B-M295C, Psychology M237A-M237B-M237C,
and Sociology M269A-M269B-M269C.) Seminar, 90
minutes. Limited to graduate students. Current research and theory about personal relationships presented by members of seminar, faculty members, and
guest speakers from diverse fields, including anthropology, education, psychology, and sociology. May
be repeated for credit. S/U grading.
299A-299B-299C. Research Practicum: Education. (4-4-4) Clinical, to be arranged. May be repeated for credit. Letter grading.
300. Dissertation Writing Workshop: Interdivisional
Seminar. (4) Seminar, one hour; discussion, two
hours; laboratory, one hour. Limited enrollment. Introduction for doctoral candidates to dissertation writing
as genre that can be analyzed or broken down with its
constituent parts and, vice versa, which is constructed out of materials that can be identified and
analyzed. S/U grading.
301. Introduction to Information and Presentation
Tools. (2) Laboratory, two hours. Limited to credential
program students. Sequence of laboratory sessions
providing preservice teachers with introduction to education technology infrastructure and classroom presentation tools. Introduction to resources and services, e-mail functions and Internet, and presentation
software and multimedia elements. S/U grading.
305. Health Education for Teachers. (2) Lecture, two
hours. Limited to Teacher Education Program students. Teaching/learning process as applied to personal and community health. Topics include psychoactive drugs (alcohol, tobacco, and narcotics), human
sexuality, nutrition, community health resources, and
analysis of states health framework. S/U grading.
309. Methodologies for English Language Learners. (2) Laboratory, two hours. Limited to credential
program students. Pedagogy for bilingual and English
language learners. Discussion of competencies
needed by all content area teachers of English language, including strategies for teaching in and
through English. Topics include educational issues,
organizational approaches, and communicative approach; strategies and activities. Letter grading.
310. Professional Communication for Graduate
Students in Education. (2) Lecture, two hours.
Writing workshop on students papers in progress to
ensure professional standards. Analysis and group
discussion of rhetorical and stylistic principles. May
be repeated once. S/U grading.
311. Principles and Methods of Computer Literacy
and Classroom ApplicationK-12. (2) Lecture, one
hour; laboratory, 30 minutes. Introduction to use of
computers in educational environment. Discussion of
issues on why and how to integrate computers into
curriculum and hands-on practice that allows students to demonstrate skills discussed. S/U grading.
312. Basic Principles of Curriculum and Instruction. (4) Lecture, four hours. Analysis and practice of
basic principles and concepts for planning, conducting, and evaluating units of curriculum and instruction. Emphasis on study and utilization of variety
of instructional strategies and their application in elementary and secondary schools. S/U or letter
grading.
314A. Principles and Methods for Curriculum, Instruction, and Leadership in Mathematics. (6 to
12) Lecture, six to 12 hours. Problem solving, curriculum development, implementation of California
Mathematics Framework, strategies for encouraging
women and minorities into mathematics, and leadership development. S/U grading.
315. Principles and Methods for Teaching Reading
for Multiple Subject Instruction. (3) Lecture, three
hours. Reading instruction in elementary schools.
Analysis of reading problems and programs; study of
Education / 313
relationships between language/culture/cognition and
reading. Examination and development of instructional programs; analysis and practice of alternative
instructional methods. Observation and participation
in schools. Letter grading.
315B. Elementary Literacy Methods. (3) Seminar,
three hours. Theoretical principles and pedagogical
strategies necessary for developing and maintaining
balanced comprehensive literacy program for elementary students. Examination of how children learn
to read, write, and use language. Letter grading.
316A-316B. Principles and Methods for Teaching
Reading for Single Subject Instruction. (2-2) Lecture, two hours. Course 316A is requisite to 316B.
Reading instruction in secondary schools. Analysis of
reading problems and programs; study of relationships between language/culture/cognition and
reading. Examination and development of instructional programs; analysis and practice of alternative
instructional methods. Observation and participation
in schools. S/U grading.
318A. Integrated Methods for Elementary Teachers. (3) Lecture, three hours. Examination and development of instructional programs and analyses and
practices of instructional methods for teaching K-6
content, with emphasis on interdisciplinary approach
that integrates content areas. Aligned with California
state frameworks and California content standards for
grades K-12 that address needs and interests of diverse students. Letter grading.
318B. Integrated Methods for Elementary Teachers. (4) Lecture, four hours. Examination and development of instructional programs and analyses and
practices of instructional methods for teaching K-6
content, with emphasis on interdisciplinary approach
that integrates content areas and infuses literacy,
technology, and strategies for second language
learners. Aligned with California state frameworks and
California content standards for grades K-12, including English Language Development Standards
all of which address needs and interests of diverse
students. Letter grading.
318C. Integrated Methods for Elementary Teachers. (3) Lecture, three hours. Examination and development of instructional programs and analyses and
practices of instructional methods for teaching K-6
content, with emphasis on interdisciplinary approach
that integrates content areas and infuses literacy,
technology, and strategies for second language
learners. Aligned with California state frameworks and
California content standards. Letter grading.
319. Mathematics Methods. (3) Lecture, three hours.
Details of childrens mathematics thinking and use of
that information as way to ground learning about
teaching of mathematics. Letter grading.
320A-320B-320C. Secondary Content and Literacy
Methods. (3-3-3) Lecture, three hours. Examination
and development of instructional programs and analyses and practices of instructional methods for
teaching content in grades 7-12. Emphasis on interdisciplinary approach that integrates content areas
and infuses literacy, technology, and strategies for
second language learners. Methods courses are
aligned with California state frameworks and California content standards for grades K-12, including
English Language Development Standardsall of
which address needs and various interests of diverse
students. Letter grading.
321. Secondary Content and Literacy Methods in
Ethnic Studies. (3) Lecture, three hours. Examination and development of instructional programs, analyses, and practices of instructional methods for
teaching ethnic studies in grades 7 through 12, with
emphasis on interdisciplinary approach that integrates content areas and infuses literacy, technology,
and strategies for second language learners. Methods
courses align with California state frameworks and
California content standards for grades K through 12,
including English Language Development Standardsall of which address needs and various interests of diverse students. Ethnic studies curriculum focuses on Chicano studies, African American/black
studies, indigenous studies, Asian American studies,
and gender/sexuality studies and how to develop curriculum focused on local histories in urban classrooms. S/U grading.
327. Principles and Methods for Teaching Spanish
Effectively. (2 to 6) Lecture, two to six hours. Emphasis on proficiency-based foreign language
teaching methods incorporating language assessment skills, modeling, hands-on experiences, and development of teaching and teacher-training materials.
S/U grading.
328. Principles and Methods for Teaching Mandarin Effectively. (2 to 6) Lecture, two to six hours. Emphasis on proficiency-based foreign language
teaching methods incorporating language assessment skills, modeling, hands-on experiences, and development of teaching and teacher-training materials.
S/U grading.
330A. Observation and Participation. (2 to 6) Sitebased fieldwork, 10 to 15 hours. Students are assigned to school sites with racially, culturally, and linguistically diverse student populations. Throughout
observation and participation period, students analyze effective strategies for achieving learning for all
students, including sociocultural approaches and appropriate use of educational technology. S/U grading.
330B. Student Teaching. (4 to 8) Site-based fieldwork, 10 to 20 hours. Requisite: course 330A. Students are assigned to student teach in designated
school sites with racially, culturally, and linguistically
diverse student populations. Throughout student
teaching period, students as novice teachers plan,
implement, and assess daily lessons and units, as
well as actively engage in reflecting on issues specific
to school/community relations. S/U grading.
330C. Student Teaching. (4 to 8) Site-based fieldwork, 10 to 30 hours. Requisite: course 330A. Students are assigned to student teach in designated
school sites with racially, culturally, and linguistically
diverse student populations. Throughout student
teaching period, students as novice teachers plan,
implement, and assess daily lessons and units, as
well as actively engage in reflecting on issues specific
to school/community relations. Increased daily responsibilities. S/U grading.
330D. Classroom Residency and Teaching. (4)
Site-based fieldwork, 40 hours. Students are employed by local school districts to teach as residents
in designated school sites with racially, culturally, and
linguistically diverse student populations. Students
also work in collaborative teams through Teacher Education Program to initiate change project in their
local school and/or complete case study on project.
S/U grading.
360A-360B-360C. Novice Seminars. (2-2-2) Seminar, two hours. Analysis of basic principles and concepts of planning, conducting, and evaluating units of
curriculum and instruction. Emphasis on study and
utilization of constructivist strategies and their application in elementary and secondary schools. Examination of different methods of computer literacy and
teaching subject matter. Students may conduct ethnographic inquiry of local community of their designated partnership district. May be repeated for credit.
S/U grading.
375. Teaching Apprentice Practicum. (1 to 4) Seminar, to be arranged. Preparation: apprentice personnel employment as teaching assistant, associate,
or fellow. Teaching apprenticeship under active guidance and supervision of regular faculty member responsible for curriculum and instruction at UCLA.
May be repeated for credit. S/U grading.
390A-390B. Colloquium Series: Psychological
Studies in Education. (1-1) Seminar, one hour. Required of first- or second-year Psychological Studies
in Education (PSE) PhD students. Training to conduct
research that has practical implications as well as theoretical significance within field of applied human development. Childrens cognitive, language, personality, and social development in educationally relevant
settings such as schools and daycare programs. Series unites scholars exploring contemporary issues in
applied human development and provides framework
to facilitate research and training in human develop-
314 / Education
406B. Social Foundations and Cultural Diversity in
American Education: Ethnic Studies Emphasis. (3)
Lecture, three hours. Historical, social, political, and
economic contexts of schooling in U.S., with special
emphasis on perspectives and contributions from
ethnic studies. Examination of central arguments centered around systemic processes, deficit-framing,
meanings produced in cultural contexts, and agency
and activism. Letter grading.
407. Psychological Foundations of Education. (3)
Lecture, three hours. Analysis of learning processes in
school situations. Processes of human motivation, affective, cognitive, social, and personal development
of children and adolescents, evaluation of learning, individual differences, and implications of relevant
theory and research. Letter grading.
408B-408U. Language and Culture. (2 each) Lecture, two hours. Exploration of complex nature of culture and impact of cultural diversity in urban classroom through class discussions, activities, and reflective expression, allowing novice teachers to
understand and participate in rich cultural diversity of
urban Los Angeles. By exploring culture as tool and
target for increasing understanding of multicultural diversity, teachers may construct meaningful connections to students, communities, and home cultures.
Each course may be taken independently for credit.
Letter grading. 408B. Latino/Latina Emphasis; 408C.
Asian American Emphasis; 408D. African American
Emphasis. 408U. General Topics.
409. Language Structure, Acquisition, and Development. (3) Lecture, three hours. Theoretical foundations of language structure and first and second language acquisition, with focus on major themes of current research that provide framework for schooling of
English language learners. Rationale for bilingual/English language acquisition and development programs. Historical and current theories and models of
language. Letter grading.
410A-410B. Issues in Higher Education and K-12.
(4-4) Lecture, four hours. Two-course sequence providing overview of higher education systems. Letter
grading. 410A. Designed to develop knowledge, understanding, and sensitivity to contemporary critical
and emerging issues that impact higher education,
with focus on both theory and practice. Study of relationships between issues in K-12 schooling and
higher education. 410B. Exploration of issues that effect both higher education and K-12 schooling, including restructuring and reform, standards, access
and accountability, and new technologies. Emphasis
on both theory and practice.
411. Procedural Issues in Evaluation. (4) Lecture,
four hours. Assessment methodologies appropriate
for evaluation problems. Writing evaluation proposals,
developing program monitoring procedures, selecting
appropriate evaluation design strategies, coping with
ethical considerations in evaluation, framing decision
context, and reporting evaluation results. Letter
grading.
412. Why Research Matters to Student Affairs
Practice. (3 or 4) Lecture, three hours. How do researchers study impact of college on students? How
can that research be used to improve student affairs
practice? Introduction to world of college impact research and orientation to major ongoing studies conducted at UCLA and beyond. Students interact with
researchers and provide input on how research results might be utilized to improve work of student affairs. Letter grading.
413A. Language and Culture. (2) Lecture, two hours.
Limited to credential program students. Offered and
required for Bilingual Authorization Programs. Focus
on language of emphasis for bilingual teachers. Practice in listening, reading, speaking, and writing competencies required for bilingual classrooms. Assessment made at end of course to determine proficiency
of Bilingual Authorization Program candidates. Letter
grading.
413B. Methodology for Primary Language Instruction. (3) Lecture, three hours. Offered and required for
Bilingual Authorization Programs. Consideration of
models for developing cultural and language skills of
Education / 315
and instruction applied to bilingual learner; language
assessment; development of instructional component; program evaluation. S/U or letter grading.
425. Principles for Teaching Exceptional Individuals. (3) Lecture, three hours. Approaches for teaching
exceptional individuals in special and regular education programs. Principles and assumptions underlying
alternative approaches. Emphasis on individualizing
curriculum and classroom management. Letter
grading.
426A-426B. Program Development and Program
Evaluation in Student Affairs. (2-2) Lecture, two
hours. Introduction to program development and
planning, as well as to assessment and program review. Development of knowledge of and skill in planning educational and training programs that provide
support for learning within context of student affairs,
as well as knowledge of and skill in developing, implementing, and analyzing assessment projects within
student affairs context. Study of basic theoretical perspectives underlying program design/implementation
and program review/assessment and application by
developing, implementing, and assessing effectiveness of one program. In Progress (426A) and letter
(426B) grading.
431A. Administration in Higher Education. (4) Lecture, four hours. Overview of college and university
administration and introduction to policy research and
analysis in postsecondary institutions. Case studies
of administrative problems, policies, and practices.
Management information systems, resource allocation, and issues related to responsibility, authority,
and participation in administrative decisions. S/U or
letter grading.
431B. Curriculum and Instruction in Higher Education. (4) Lecture, four hours. Principles of curriculum
and instruction in postsecondary programs. Theory
and practices in goal setting, testing, media selection,
and related instructional responsibilities. Preparing to
teach college-level students. S/U or letter grading.
432. Seminar: Professional Topics in Higher Education. (4) Seminar, four hours. S/U or letter grading.
433A. Design of Learning Environments. (4) Discussion, four hours. Theory and practice of design of
technology-supported learning environments. Examination of how theories of learning guide design and
enactment of learning environments in classrooms
and informal settings and how research on such environments informs theory and design. Letter grading.
433B. Development of Educational Media. (4) Discussion, four hours. Current issues and trends in design of interactive educational media. Design and development of prototype educational media applications, integration plans for established or
experimental educational media into formal learning
settings, or evaluations of specific learning environments. Letter grading.
440C. Administration of Instructional Programs.
(4) Lecture, four hours. Examination of current educational problems in society and strategies of their solution through curriculum policy and practice; instructional design and operation; in-service training of
teaching staffs. S/U or letter grading.
441A. Instructional Supervision A. (4) Lecture, four
hours. Analysis of teaching in light of research-substantiated elements of instruction: task analysis, appropriate objectives, principles that increase motivation, rate and degree of learning, retention and
transfer, monitoring and adjusting instruction to meet
needs and capacities of learners. S/U or letter
grading.
441B. Instructional Supervision B. (4) Lecture, four
hours. Requisite: course 441A. Basic techniques of
script-taping instructional episodes, planning teacher
conferences through analysis of script-tapes, conducting and analyzing growth-evoking teacher conferences. Conducting mini-lessons to demonstrate elements of good instruction. S/U or letter grading.
442B. Legal Aspects of Educational Management
and Practice. (4) Lecture, four hours. Examination of
structures and kinds of law governing educational
systems in U.S.; constitutional dimensions of church/
state relations; employees civil rights and legal aspects of hiring, firing, and negotiating procedures;
student attendance, control, and civil rights. S/U or
letter grading.
443. Policy Analysis in Education. (4) Lecture, four
hours. Overview of political, economic, and legal context of educational policy formation. Included in examination are issues that impact on minorities (e.g.,
bilingual education, desegregation, affirmative action,
role of subdominants in policy-making process). S/U
or letter grading.
444B. Equality of Educational Opportunity through
Desegregation and Finance Case Law. (4) Lecture,
four hours. Requisite: course 442B. Concentrated review of definition of equality of educational opportunity as it is being developed by courts in cases concerning desegregation and educational finance. S/U
or letter grading.
447. Seminar: Educational Policy and Planning,
Special Studies. (1 to 4) Seminar, one to four hours.
S/U or letter grading.
448A. Urban School Leadership. (4) Lecture, four
hours. Analysis of problems of urban school leadership. Emphasis on changing nature of urban principalship, with considerable attention to role of other
school and community agencies that interact with
urban school leaders. S/U or letter grading.
448B. Urban Leadership Laboratory. (4) Laboratory,
four hours. Analysis of and opportunity to practice
human and technical skills requisite for success as
urban school leader. Topics include negotiations, conflict resolution, applied computer technology, and effective communication. Activities include gaming,
simulation, computer programming, and group dynamics. S/U or letter grading.
450. Leadership Capacity Building. (4) Lecture, one
hour; discussion, three hours. Limited to Educational
Leadership Program students. Course taken in year
three of Educational Leadership Program to help students with their communication and leadership capacities. S/U grading.
451. Foundations of Organizations and Leadership. (4) Lecture, four hours. Limited to Educational
Leadership Program students. Promotion of understanding of traditional and contemporary conceptions
of leadership and organizational theory, with application of these conceptions to student professional
work settings. Letter grading.
452A-452B. Educational Enterprise. (4-4) Lecture,
two hours; discussion, two hours. Limited to Educational Leadership Program students. Use of structural, human resource, political, and symbolic frames
to study K-16 education. Letter grading. 452A. Focus
on purposes of education governance, finance, access, and equity. 452B. Requisite: course 452A.
Focus on educational environments, organizations,
and curriculum and instruction.
453. Technology in Education: Learning and Leading with Technology. (2) Lecture, two hours; discussion, two hours. Limited to Educational Leadership
Program students. Examination of roles of technology
in educational institutions and leadership issues associated with these roles. Letter grading.
454A. Action Research: Collaboration in Change.
(4) Lecture, one hour; discussion, two hours; small
group work, one hour. Limited to Educational Leadership Program students. Students carry out full cycle
of action research at educational site. Projects done
in teams as students hone and assess their collaboration abilities. Exploration of qualitative and quantitative data gathering methods and analyses. Letter
grading.
454B. Action Research: Collaboration in Change.
(4) Lecture, one hour; discussion, two hours; small
group work, one hour. Limited to Educational Leadership Program students. Second course in two-course
sequence on learning how to do and use action research. Honing of team processes and team roles
while collaborating on data collection and analysis at
educational site. Letter grading.
ELECTRICAL
ENGINEERING
Henry Samueli School of Engineering
and Applied Science
UCLA
56-125B Engineering IV
Box 951594
Los Angeles, CA 90095-1594
310-825-2647
fax: 310-206-8495
e-mail: eechair@ee.ucla.edu
http://www.ee.ucla.edu
Gregory J. Pottie, PhD, Chair
Mona Jarrahi, PhD, Vice Chair, Graduate
Affairs
Abeer A.H. Alwan, PhD, Vice Chair,
Undergraduate Affairs
C.-K. Ken Yang, PhD, Vice Chair, Industry
Relations
Professors
Asad A. Abidi, PhD
Abeer A.H. Alwan, PhD
Katsushi Arisaka, PhD
M.-C. Frank Chang, PhD (Wintek Endowed Professor
of Electrical Engineering)
Panagiotis D. Christofides, PhD
Jingsheng Jason Cong, PhD
Babak Daneshrad, PhD
Suhas N. Diggavi, PhD
Christina P. Fragouli, PhD
Warren S. Grundfest, MD, FACS
Lei He, PhD
Diana L. Huffaker, PhD
Tatsuo Itoh, PhD (Northrop Grumman Professor of
Electrical Engineering)
Subramanian S. Iyer, PhD (Charles P. Reames
Endowed Professor of Electrical Engineering)
Bahram Jalali, PhD (Northrop Grumman OptoElectronic Professor of Electrical Engineering)
Chandrashekhar J. Joshi, PhD
William J. Kaiser, PhD
Douglas G. Lichtman, JD
Kuo-Nan Liou, PhD
Jia-Ming Liu, PhD
Wentai Liu, PhD
Dejan Markovic, PhD
Warren B. Mori, PhD
Ali Mosleh, PhD
Stanley J. Osher, PhD
Thomas S. Otis, PhD
Aydogan Ozcan, PhD
Gregory J. Pottie, PhD
Professors Emeriti
Frederick G. Allen, PhD
Francis F. Chen, PhD
Harold R. Fetterman, PhD
Stephen E. Jacobsen, PhD
Rajeev Jain, PhD
Alan J. Laub, PhD
Nhan N. Levan, PhD
Dee Son Pan, PhD
C. Kumar N. Patel, PhD
Frederick W. Schott, PhD
Gabor C. Temes, PhD
Chand R. Viswanathan, PhD
Paul K.C. Wang, PhD
Donald M. Wiberg, PhD
Jack Willis, BSc
Alan N. Willson, Jr., PhD (Charles P. Reames Endowed
Professor Emeritus of Electrical Engineering)
Kung Yao, PhD
Associate Professors
Danijela Cabric, PhD
Robert N. Candler, PhD
Chi On Chui, PhD
Lara Dolecek, PhD
Puneet Gupta, PhD
Mona Jarrahi, PhD
Sudhakar Pamarti, PhD
Yuanxun Ethan Wang, PhD
Benjamin S. Williams, PhD
Assistant Professors
Samuel Coogan, PhD
Ankur Mehta, PhD
Adjunct Professors
Ezio Biglieri, PhD
Dariush Divsalar, PhD
Dan M. Goebel, PhD
Asad M. Madni, PhD
Yi-Chi Shih, PhD
Ingrid M. Verbauwhede, PhD
Eli Yablonovitch, PhD
Undergraduate Study
The electrical engineering program is accredited by the Engineering Accreditation Commission of ABET. See http://www.abet.org.
The Electrical Engineering major is a designated capstone major. Undergraduate students complete a design course in which they
integrate their knowledge of the discipline and
engage in creative design within realistic and
professional constraints. Students apply their
knowledge and expertise gained in previous
mathematics, science, and engineering
coursework. Within a multidisciplinary team
structure, students identify, formulate, and
solve engineering problems and present their
projects to the class.
Electrical Engineering BS
Capstone Major
The undergraduate curriculum provides all
Electrical Engineering majors with preparation
in the mathematical and scientific disciplines
that lead to a set of courses that span the fundamentals of the discipline in the three major
departmental areas of signals and systems,
circuits and embedded systems, and physical
wave electronics. These collectively provide an
understanding of inventions of importance to
society, such as the electrical grid, integrated
circuits, photonic devices, automatic compu-
The Major
Required: Electrical Engineering 101A, 102,
110, 111L, 113, 131A; six core courses selected from Computer Science 33, Electrical
Engineering 101B, 115A, 121B, 132A, 133A,
141, 170A; three technical breadth courses (12
units) selected from an approved list available
in the Office of Academic and Student Affairs;
12 units of major field elective courses, at least
8 of which must be upper division electrical engineering coursesthe remaining 4 units may
be from upper division electrical engineering
courses or from another HSSEAS department;
and one two-term electrical engineering capstone design course (8 units).
For information on University and general education requirements, see the College and
Schools section earlier in this catalog.
Graduate Study
Official, specific degree requirements are detailed in Program Requirements for UCLA
Graduate Degrees, available at the Graduate
Division website, http://grad.ucla.edu. In many
cases, more detailed guidelines may be outlined in announcements, other publications,
and websites of the schools, departments, and
programs.
Graduate Degrees
The Department of Electrical Engineering
offers Master of Science (MS) and Doctor of
Philosophy (PhD) degrees in Electrical
Engineering.
Electrical Engineering
Lower Division Courses
2. Physics for Electrical Engineers. (4) Lecture, four
hours; discussion, two hours; outside study, six
hours. Requisite: Physics 1C. Introduction to concepts of modern physics necessary to understand
solid-state devices, including elementary quantum
theory, Fermi energies, and concepts of electrons in
solids. Discussion of electrical properties of semiconductors leading to operation of junction devices.
Letter grading.
2H. Physics for Electrical Engineers (Honors). (4)
Lecture, four hours; discussion, two hours; outside
study, six hours. Requisite: Physics 1C. Honors
course parallel to course 2. Letter grading.
3. Introduction to Electrical Engineering. (4) Lecture, two hours; laboratory, two hours; outside study,
eight hours. Requisite: Physics 1B. Introduction to
field of electrical engineering. Basic circuits tech-
115AL. Analog Electronics Laboratory I. (2) Laboratory, four hours; outside study, two hours. Enforced
requisites: courses 110L or 111L, 115A. Experimental
determination of device characteristics, resistive
diode circuits, single-stage amplifiers, compound
transistor stages, effect of feedback on single-stage
amplifiers, operational amplifiers, and operational amplifier circuits. Introduction to hands-on design experience based on individual student hardware design
and implementation platforms. Letter grading.
115B. Analog Electronic Circuits II. (4) Lecture, four
hours; discussion, one hour; outside study, eight
hours. Enforced requisite: course 115A. Analysis and
design of differential amplifiers in bipolar and CMOS
technologies. Current mirrors and active loads. Frequency response of amplifiers. Feedback and its
properties. Stability issues and frequency compensation. Letter grading.
115C. Digital Electronic Circuits. (4) Lecture, four
hours; discussion, one hour; outside study, seven
hours. Enforced requisites: course 115A, Computer
Science M51A. Recommended: course 115B. Transistor-level digital circuit analysis and design. Modern
logic families (static CMOS, pass-transistor, dynamic
logic), integrated circuit (IC) layout, digital circuits
(logic gates, flipflops/latches, counters, etc.), computer-aided simulation of digital circuits. Letter
grading.
115E. Design Studies in Electronic Circuits. (4)
(Formerly numbered 115D.) Lecture, four hours; discussion, one hour; outside study, seven hours. Enforced requisite: course 115B. Description of process
of circuit design through lectures to complement
other laboratory-based design courses. Topics vary
by instructor and include communication circuits,
power electronics, and instrumentation and measurement and may entail simulation-based design projects. Emphasis throughout on design-oriented analysis and rigorous approach to practical circuit design.
Letter grading.
M116C. Computer Systems Architecture. (4)
(Same as Computer Science M151B.) Lecture, four
hours; discussion, two hours; outside study, six
hours. Enforced requisites: course M16 or Computer
Science M51A, Computer Science 33. Recommended: course M116L or Computer Science
M152A, Computer Science 111. Computer system
organization and design, implementation of CPU datapath and control, instruction set design, memory hierarchy (caches, main memory, virtual memory) organization and management, input/output subsystems
(bus structures, interrupts, DMA), performance evaluation, pipelined processors. Letter grading.
M116L. Introductory Digital Design Laboratory. (2)
(Same as Computer Science M152A.) Laboratory,
four hours; outside study, two hours. Enforced requisite: course M16 or Computer Science M51A. Handson design, implementation, and debugging of digital
logic circuits, use of computer-aided design tools for
schematic capture and simulation, implementation of
complex circuits using programmed array logic, design projects. Letter grading.
M117. Computer Networks: Physical Layer. (4)
(Same as Computer Science M117.) Lecture, two
hours; discussion, two hours; laboratory, two hours;
outside study, six hours. Not open to students with
credit for course M171L. Introduction to fundamental
computer communication concepts underlying and
supporting modern networks, with focus on wireless
communications and media access layers of network
protocol stack. Systems include wireless LANs
(IEEE802.11) and ad hoc wireless and personal area
networks (e.g., Bluetooth, ZigBee). Experimental
project based on mobile radio-equipped devices
(smart phones, tablets, etc.) as sensor platforms for
personal applications such as wireless health, positioning, and environment awareness, and experimental laboratory sessions included. Letter grading.
162A. Wireless Communication Links and Antennas. (4) Lecture, four hours; discussion, two hours;
outside study, six hours. Enforced requisite: course
101B. Basic properties of transmitting and receiving
antennas and antenna arrays. Array synthesis. Adaptive arrays. Friis transmission formula, radar equations. Cell-site and mobile antennas, bandwidth
budget. Noise in communication systems (transmission lines, antennas, atmospheric, etc.). Cell-site and
mobile antennas, cell coverage for signal and traffic,
interference, multipath fading, ray bending, and other
propagation phenomena. Letter grading.
163A. Introductory Microwave Circuits. (4) Lecture,
four hours; discussion, one hour; outside study, seven
hours. Enforced requisite: course 101B. Transmission
lines description of waveguides, impedance matching
techniques, power dividers, directional couplers, active devices, transistor amplifier design. Letter
grading.
163C. Introduction to Microwave Systems. (4) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Enforced
requisite: course 101B. Theory and design of modern
microwave systems such as satellite communication
systems, radar systems, wireless sensors, and biological applications of microwaves. Letter grading.
163DA. Microwave and Wireless Design I. (4) Lecture, one hour; laboratory, three hours; outside study,
eight hours. Enforced requisites: courses 101A, 101B.
Course 163DA is enforced requisite to 163DB. Limited to senior Electrical Engineering majors. Capstone
design course, with emphasis on transmission linebased circuits and components to address need in industry and research community for students with microwave and wireless circuit design experiences.
Standard design procedure for waveguide and transmission line-based microwave circuits and systems to
gain experience in using Microwave CAD software
such as Agilent ADS or HFSS. How to fabricate and
test these designs, In Progress grading (credit to be
given only on completion of course 163DB).
163DB. Microwave and Wireless Design II. (4) Lecture, one hour; laboratory, three hours; outside study,
eight hours. Enforced requisites: courses 101A, 101B,
163DA. Limited to senior Electrical Engineering majors. Design of radio frequency circuits and systems,
with emphasis on both theoretical foundations and
hands-on experience. Design of radio frequency
transceivers and their building blocks according to
given specifications or in form of open-ended problems. Introduction to advanced topics related to projects through lecture and laboratories. Creation by students of end-to-end systems in application context,
managing trade-offs across subsystems while
meeting constraints and optimizing metrics related to
cost, performance, ease of use, manufacturability,
testing, and other real-world issues. Oral and written
presentations of project results required. Letter
grading.
164DA-164DB. Radio Frequency Design Project I,
II. (4-4) (Formerly numbered 164D.) Lecture, one
hour; laboratory, three hours; outside study, eight
hours. Enforced requisite: course 115B. Course
164DA is enforced requisite to 164DB. Limited to senior Electrical Engineering majors. Design of radio frequency circuits and systems, with emphasis on both
theoretical foundations and hands-on experience. Design of radio frequency transceivers and their building
blocks according to given specifications or in form of
open-ended problems. Introduction to advanced
topics related to projects through lecture and laboratories. Creation by students of end-to-end systems in
application context, managing trade-offs across subsystems while meeting constraints and optimizing
metrics related to cost, performance, ease of use,
manufacturability, testing, and other real-world issues. Oral and written presentations of project results
required. In Progress (164DA) and letter (164DB)
grading.
170A. Principles of Photonics. (4) Lecture, four hours;
recitation, one hour; outside study, seven hours. Enforced requisites: courses 2, 101A. Development of
solid foundation on essential principles of photonics
from ground up with minimum prior knowledge on
this subject. Topics include optical properties of ma-
Graduate Courses
201A. VLSI Design Automation. (4) Lecture, four
hours; outside study, eight hours. Requisite: course
115C. Fundamentals of design automation of VLSI
circuits and systems, including introduction to circuit
and system platforms such as field programmable
gate arrays and multicore systems; high-level synthesis, logic synthesis, and technology mapping;
physical design; and testing and verification. Letter
grading.
201C. Modeling of VLSI Circuits and Systems. (4)
Lecture, four hours. Requisite: course 115C. Detailed
study of VLSI circuit and system models considering
performance, signal integrity, power and thermal effects, reliability, and manufacturability. Discussion of
principles of modeling and optimization codevelopment. Letter grading.
201D. Design in Nanoscale Technologies. (4) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Enforced
requisite: course 115C. Challenges of digital circuit
design and layout in deeply scaled technologies, with
focus on design-manufacturing interactions. Summary of large-scale digital design flow; basic manufacturing flow; lithographic patterning, resolution enhancement, and mask preparation; yield and variation
modeling; circuit reliability and aging issues; design
rules and their origins; layout design for manufacturing; test structures and process control; circuit ans
architecture methods for variability mitigation. Letter
grading.
M202A. Embedded Systems. (4) (Same as Computer Science M213A.) Lecture, four hours; outside
study, eight hours. Designed for graduate computer
science and electrical engineering students. Methodologies and technologies for design of embedded
systems. Topics include hardware and software platforms for embedded systems, techniques for modeling and specification of system behavior, software
organization, real-time operating system scheduling,
real-time communication and packet scheduling, lowpower battery and energy-aware system design,
timing synchronization, fault tolerance and debugging, and techniques for hardware and software architecture optimization. Theoretical foundations as
well as practical design methods. Letter grading.
M202B. Energy-Aware Computing and CyberPhysical Systems. (4) (Same as Computer Science
M213B.) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight
hours. Requisite: course M16 or Computer Science
M51A. Recommended: course M116C or Computer
Science M151B, and Computer Science 111.
System-level management and cross-layer methods
for power and energy consumption in computing and
communication at various scales ranging across embedded, mobile, personal, enterprise, and datacenter scale. Computing, networking, sensing, and
control technologies and algorithms for improving energy sustainability in human-cyber-physical systems.
Topics include modeling of energy consumption, energy sources, and energy storage; dynamic power
management; power-performance scaling and energy
proportionality; duty-cycling; power-aware scheduling; low-power protocols; battery modeling and
management; thermal management; sensing of
power consumption. Letter grading.
202C. Networked Embedded Systems Design. (4)
Lecture, four hours; laboratory, four hours; outside
study, four hours. Designed for graduate computer
science and electrical engineering students. Training
in combination of networked embedded systems design combining embedded hardware platform, embedded operating system, and hardware/software interface. Essential graduate student background for
research and industry career paths in wireless devices
for applications ranging from conventional wireless
mobile devices to new area of wireless health. Laboratory design modules and course projects based on
state-of-art embedded hardware platform. Letter
grading.
205A. Matrix Analysis for Scientists and Engineers. (4) Lecture, four hours; discussion, one hour;
outside study, seven hours. Preparation: one undergraduate linear algebra course. Designed for first-year
graduate students in all branches of engineering, science, and related disciplines. Introduction to matrix
theory and linear algebra, language in which virtually
all of modern science and engineering is conducted.
Review of matrices taught in undergraduate courses
and introduction to graduate-level topics. Letter
grading.
transportation networked systems, smart grid networks, adaptive multimedia streaming over mobile
wireless networks, embedded sensor networks, satellite and long-haul networks, energy aware networking,
cyber security. Letter grading.
232E. Graphs and Network Flows. (4) Lecture, four
hours; recitation, one hour; outside study, seven
hours. Solution to analysis and synthesis problems
that may be formulated as flow problems in capacity
constrained (or cost constrained) networks. Development of tools of network flow theory using graph theoretic methods; application to communication, transportation, and transmission problems. Letter grading.
236A. Linear Programming. (4) Lecture, four hours;
discussion, one hour; outside study, seven hours.
Requisite: Mathematics 115A or equivalent knowledge of linear algebra. Basic graduate course in linear
optimization. Geometry of linear programming. Duality. Simplex method. Interior-point methods. Decomposition and large-scale linear programming.
Quadratic programming and complementary pivot
theory. Engineering applications. Introduction to integer linear programming and computational complexity theory. Letter grading.
236B. Convex Optimization. (4) Lecture, four hours;
discussion, one hour; outside study, seven hours.
Requisite: course 236A. Introduction to convex optimization and its applications. Convex sets, functions,
and basics of convex analysis. Convex optimization
problems (linear and quadratic programming,
second-order cone and semidefinite programming,
geometric programming). Lagrange duality and optimality conditions. Applications of convex optimization. Unconstrained minimization methods. Interiorpoint and cutting-plane algorithms. Introduction to
nonlinear programming. Letter grading.
236C. Optimization Methods for Large-Scale Systems. (4) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight
hours. Requisite: course 236B. First-order algorithms
for convex optimization: subgradient method, conjugate gradient method, proximal gradient and accelerated proximal gradient methods, block coordinate descent. Decomposition of large-scale optimization
problems. Augmented Lagrangian method and alternating direction method of multipliers. Monotone operators and operator-splitting algorithms. Secondorder algorithms: inexact Newton methods, interiorpoint algorithms for conic optimization. Letter
grading.
M237. Dynamic Programming. (4) (Same as Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering M276.) Lecture,
four hours; outside study, eight hours. Recommended
requisite: course 232A or 236A or 236B. Introduction
to mathematical analysis of sequential decision processes. Finite horizon model in both deterministic and
stochastic cases. Finite-state infinite horizon model.
Methods of solution. Examples from inventory theory,
finance, optimal control and estimation, Markov decision processes, combinatorial optimization, communications. Letter grading.
238. Multimedia Communications and Processing.
(4) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours.
Requisites: courses 113, 131A. Key concepts, principles, and algorithms of real-time multimedia communications and processing across heterogeneous Internet and wireless channels. Due to flexible and lowcost infrastructure, new networks and communication
channels enable variety of delay-sensitive multimedia
transmission applications and provide varying resources with limited support for quality of service required by delay-sensitive, bandwidth-intense, and
loss-tolerant multimedia applications. New concepts,
principles, theories, and practical solutions for crosslayer design that can provide optimal adaptation for
time-varying channel characteristics, adaptive and
delay-sensitive applications, and multiuser transmission environments. Discussion of online learning and
learning how to make decisions in broad context, including Markov decision processes, optimal stopping, reinforcement learning, structural results for online learning, multiarmed bandits learning, multiagent
learning. Letter grading.
tromechanical systems, solid state, and nanotechnology. May be repeated for credit with topic change.
S/U or letter grading.
279BS. Seminar: Physical and Wave Electronics. (2
to 4) Seminar, two to four hours; outside study, four to
eight hours. Seminars and discussions on current and
advanced topics in one or more aspects of physical
and wave electronics, such as electromagnetics, microwave and millimeter wave circuits, photonics and
optoelectronics, plasma electronics, microelectromechanical systems, solid state, and nanotechnology.
May be repeated for credit with topic change. S/U
grading.
279CS. Clean Green IGERT Brown-Bag Seminar.
(1) Seminar, one hour. Required of students in Clean
Energy for Green Industry (IGERT) Research. Literature seminar presented by graduate students and experts from around country who conduct research in
energy harvest, storage, and conservation. S/U
grading.
CM282. Science, Technology, and Public Policy.
(4) (Same as Public Policy CM282.) Lecture, three
hours. Recent and continuing advances in science
and technology are raising profoundly important
public policy issues. Consideration of selection of critical policy issues, each of which has substantial ethical, social, economic, political, scientific, and technological aspects. Concurrently scheduled with course
CM182. Letter grading.
285A. Plasma Waves and Instabilities. (4) Lecture,
four hours; outside study, eight hours. Requisites:
courses 101A, and M185 or Physics M122. Wave
phenomena in plasmas described by macroscopic
fluid equations. Microwave propagation, plasma oscillations, ion acoustic waves, cyclotron waves, hydromagnetic waves, drift waves. Rayleigh/Taylor,
Kelvin/Helmholtz, universal, and streaming instabilities. Application to experiments in fully and partially
ionized gases. Letter grading.
285B. Advanced Plasma Waves and Instabilities.
(4) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours.
Requisites: courses M185, and 285A or Physics
222A. Interaction of intense electromagnetic waves
with plasmas: waves in inhomogeneous and bounded
plasmas, nonlinear wave coupling and damping,
parametric instabilities, anomalous resistivity, shock
waves, echoes, laser heating. Emphasis on experimental considerations and techniques. Letter grading.
M287. Fusion Plasma Physics and Analysis. (4)
(Same as Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering
M237B.) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight
hours. Fundamentals of plasmas at thermonuclear
burning conditions. Fokker/Planck equation and applications to heating by neutral beams, RF, and fusion
reaction products. Bremsstrahlung, synchrotron, and
atomic radiation processes. Plasma surface interactions. Fluid description of burning plasma. Dynamics,
stability, and control. Applications in tokamaks,
tandem mirrors, and alternate concepts. Letter
grading.
293. Intellectual Property for Technology Entrepreneurs and Managers. (2) Seminar, two hours; outside study, four hours. Introduction to intellectual
property (IP) in context of technology products and
markets. Topics include best practices to put in place
before product development starts, how to develop
high-value patent portfolios, patent licensing, offensive and defensive IP litigation considerations, trade
secrets, opportunities and pitfalls of open source software, trademarks, managing copyright in increasingly
complex content ecosystems, and adopting IP strategies to globalized marketplaces. Includes case
studies inspired by complex IP questions facing technology companies today. S/U or letter grading.
295. Academic Technical Writing for Electrical Engineers. (3) Seminar, three hours. Designed for electrical engineering PhD students who have completed
preliminary examinations. Students read models of
good writing and learn to make rhetorical observations and writing decisions, improve their academic
and technical writing skills by writing and revising
conference and journal papers, and practice writing
for and speaking to various audiences, including po-
EMERGENCY
MEDICINE
David Geffen School of Medicine
UCLA
924 Westwood Boulevard, Suite 300
Box 951777
Los Angeles, CA 90095-1777
310-794-0578
fax: 310-794-0599
http://www.emergencymedicine.ucla.edu
Graduate Degrees
The Henry Samueli School of Engineering and
Applied Science offers the Master of Engineering (MEngr) degree (through the Engineering
Executive Program), Master of Science (MS)
online degree in Engineering, and Engineer
(Engr) degree as schoolwide degrees. The following area-specific online degrees have also
been established: MS in EngineeringAerospace, MS in EngineeringComputer Networking, MS in EngineeringElectrical, MS in
EngineeringElectronic Materials, MS in EngineeringIntegrated Circuits, MS in EngineeringManufacturing and Design, MS in EngineeringMaterials Science, MS in EngineeringMechanical, MS in EngineeringSignal
Processing and Communication, and MS in
EngineeringStructural Materials.
A certificate of specialization is available in all
areas of specialization, except computer
science.
Engineering
Chair
David L. Schriger, MD, MPH, Interim Chair
ENGINEERING
SCHOOLWIDE
PROGRAMS
Henry Samueli School of Engineering
and Applied Science
UCLA
6426 Boelter Hall
Box 951601
Los Angeles, CA 90095-1601
310-825-9580
http://engineer.ucla.edu
Professors Emeriti
Allen B. Rosenstein, PhD
Bonham Spence-Campbell, EE
Graduate Study
Official, specific degree requirements are detailed in Program Requirements for UCLA
Graduate Degrees, available at the Graduate
Division website, http://grad.ucla.edu. In many
cases, more detailed guidelines may be outlined in announcements, other publications,
and websites of the schools, departments, and
programs.
113. Product Strategy. (4) Lecture, four hours; discussion, one hour; outside study, seven hours. Designed for juniors/seniors. Introduction to current
management concept of product development.
Topics include product strategy, product platform,
and product lines; competitive strategy, vectors of differentiation, product pricing, first-to-market versus
fast-follower; growth strategy, growth through acquisition, and new ventures; product portfolio management. Case studies, class projects, group discussions, and guest lectures by speakers from industry.
Letter grading.
116. Statistics for Management Decisions. (4) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Management as well as engineering decisions nearly always
take place in environment characterized by uncertainty. Probability provides mathematical framework
for understanding how to make rational decisions
when outcomes of actions are uncertain. Application
of probability to problem of reasoning from sample
data, encompassing estimation, hypothesis testing,
and regression analysis. Discussion of specific analytical techniques needed in later courses in program.
Development of basic understanding of statistical
analysis. Letter grading.
120. Entrepreneurship for Scientists and Engineers. (2) Seminar, two hours; outside study, four
hours. Designed for seniors and graduate students.
Identification of business opportunities and outline of
basic requisites for viable business plans, followed by
specific topics related to securing basic assets and
resources needed to execute those plans. P/NP
grading.
180. Engineering of Complex Systems. (4) Lecture,
four hours; discussion, two hours; outside study, six
hours. Designed for junior/senior engineering majors.
Holistic view of engineering discipline, covering lifecycle of engineering, processes, and techniques used
in industry today. Multidisciplinary systems engineering perspective in which aspects of electrical,
mechanical, material, and software engineering are
incorporated. Three specific case studies in communication, sensor, and processing systems included to
help students understand these concepts. Special attention paid to link material covered to engineering
curriculum offered by UCLA to help students integrate
and enhance their understanding of knowledge already acquired. Motivation of students to continue
their learning and reinforce lifelong learning habits.
Letter grading.
183EW. Engineering and Society. (4) Lecture, four
hours; discussion, three hours; outside study, five
hours. Enforced requisite: English Composition 3 or
3H or English as a Second Language 36. Not open for
credit to students with credit for course 185EW. Limited to sophomore/junior/senior engineering students.
Professional and ethical considerations in practice of
engineering. Impact of technology on society and on
development of moral and ethical values. Contemporary environmental, biological, legal, and other issues
created by new technologies. Emphasis on research
and writing within engineering environments. Writing
and revision of about 20 pages total, including two individual technical essays and one team-written research report. Readings address technical issues and
writing form. Satisfies engineering writing requirement. Letter grading.
185EW. Art of Engineering Endeavors. (4) Lecture,
four hours; discussion, three hours; outside study, five
hours. Enforced requisite: English Composition 3 or
3H or English as a Second Language 36. Not open for
credit to students with credit for course 183EW. Designed for junior/senior engineering students. Nontechnical skills and experiences necessary for engineering career success. Importance of group dynamics in engineering practice. Teamwork and
effective group skills in engineering environments. Organization and control of multidisciplinary complex
engineering projects. Forms of leadership and qualities and characteristics of effective leaders. How engineering, computer sciences, and technology relate
to major ethical and social issues. Societal demands
Graduate Courses
200. Program Management Principles for Engineers and Professionals. (4) Lecture, four hours;
outside study, eight hours. Designed for graduate students. Practical review of necessary processes and
procedures to successfully manage technology programs. Review of fundamentals of program planning,
organizational structure, implementation, and performance tracking methods to provide program manager with necessary information to support decisionmaking process that provides high-quality products
on time and within budget. Letter grading.
201. Systems Engineering. (4) Lecture, four hours;
outside study, eight hours. Designed for graduate students. Practical review of major elements of system
engineering process. Coverage of key elements:
system requirements and flow down, product development cycle, functional analysis, system synthesis
and trade studies, budget allocations, risk management metrics, review and audit activities and documentation. Letter grading.
202. Reliability, Maintainability, and Supportability.
(4) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours.
Requisite: course 201. Designed for graduate students with one to two years work experience. Integrated logistic support (ILS) is major driver of system
life-cycle cost and one key element of system engineering activities. Overview of engineering disciplines
critical to this functionreliability, maintainability, and
supportabilityand their relationships, taught using
probability theory. Topics also include fault detections
and isolations and parts obsolescence. Discussion of
6-sigma process, one effective design and manufacturing methodology, to ensure system reliability, maintainability, and supportability. Letter grading.
203. System Architecture. (4) Lecture, four hours;
outside study, eight hours. Requisite: course 201. Designed for graduate students with BS degrees in engineering or science and one to two years work experience in selected domain. Art and science of architecting. Introduction to architecting methodology
paradigm and tools. Principles of architecting through
analysis of architecture designs of major existing sys-
English / 327
society past, present, and future. Change agents and
resistance to change. S/U or letter (471A) grading; In
Progress (471B) and S/U or letter (471C) grading.
472A-472D. Engineer in Business Environment. (33-3-1.5) Lecture, three hours (courses 472A, 472B,
472C) and 90 minutes (course 472D). Limited to Engineering Executive Program students. Language of
business for engineering executive. Accounting, finance, business economics, business law, and marketing. Laboratory in organization and management
problem solving. Analysis of actual business problems of firm, community, and nation, provided
through cooperation and participation with California
business corporations and government agencies. In
Progress (472A, 472C) and S/U or letter grading
(credit to be given on completion of courses 472B
and 472D).
473A-473B. Analysis and Synthesis of Large-Scale
System. (3-3) Lecture, two and one half hours; outside study, six hours. Limited to Engineering Executive Program students. Problem area of modern industry or government is selected as class project, and
its solution is synthesized using quantitative tools and
methods. Project also serves as laboratory in organization for goal-oriented technical group. In Progress
(473A) and S/U (473B) grading.
495A. Teaching Assistant Training Seminar. (4)
Seminar, four hours; outside study, eight hours.
Preparation: appointment as teaching assistant. Limited to graduate engineering students. Seminar on
communication of engineering principles, concepts,
and methods, preparation, organization of material,
presentation, use of visual aids, grading, advising,
and rapport with students. S/U grading.
M495B. Supervised Teaching Preparation. (2)
(Same as English Composition M495E.) Seminar, two
hours; outside study, four hours. Required of all
teaching assistants for Engineering writing courses
not exempt by appropriate departmental or program
training. Training and mentoring, with focus on composition pedagogy, assessment of student writing,
guidance of revision process, and specialized writing
problems that may occur in engineering writing contexts. Practical concerns of preparing students to
write course assignments, marking and grading essays, and conducting peer reviews and conferences.
S/U grading.
M495C. Supervised Teaching Preparation. (2)
(Same as English Composition M495F.) Seminar, one
hour; outside study, five hours. Requisite: course
M495B. Required of all teaching assistants in their initial term of teaching Engineering writing courses.
Mentoring in group and individual meetings. Continued focus on composition pedagogy, assessment
of student writing, guidance of revision process, and
specialized writing problems that may occur in engineering writing contexts. Practical concerns of preparing students to write course assignments, marking
and grading essays, and conducting peer reviews and
conferences. S/U grading.
501. Cooperative Program. (2 to 8) Tutorial, to be
arranged. Preparation: consent of UCLA graduate adviser and graduate dean, and host campus instructor,
department chair, and graduate dean. Used to record
enrollment of UCLA students in courses taken under
cooperative arrangements with USC. S/U grading.
ENGLISH
College of Letters and Science
UCLA
149 Humanities Building
Box 951530
Los Angeles, CA 90095-1530
310-825-4173
fax: 310-267-4339
e-mail: information@english.ucla.edu
http://www.english.ucla.edu
Ali Behdad, PhD, Chair
Professors
Blake Allmendinger, PhD
Ali Behdad, PhD (John Charles Hillis Professor of
Literature)
Albert R. Braunmuller, PhD
Joseph E. Bristow, PhD
King-Kok Cheung, PhD
Michael J. Colacurcio, PhD
Frederick M. DAguiar, BA
Helen E. Deutsch, PhD
Barbara Fuchs, PhD
Lowell Gallagher, PhD
Alicia Gaspar de Alba, PhD
James E. Goodwin, PhD
Jonathan H. Grossman, PhD
Ursula K. Heise, PhD (Marcia H. Howard Term
Professor of Literary Studies)
Eric Jager, PhD
Eleanor K. Kaufman, PhD
Rachel C. Lee, PhD
Jinqi Ling, PhD
Christopher J. Looby, PhD
Saree Makdisi, PhD
Kirstie M. McClure, PhD
Claire E. McEachern, PhD
Kathleen A. McHugh, PhD
Harryette R. Mullen, PhD
Michael A. North, PhD
Rafael Perez-Torres, PhD
Jonathan F.S. Post, PhD
Karen E. Rowe, PhD
Mark I. Seltzer, PhD (Evan Frankel Endowed Professor
of English)
Jennifer A. Sharpe, PhD
Debora K. Shuger, PhD
Mona E. Simpson, MFA
Donka Minkova Stockwell, PhD
Robert N. Watson, PhD
Richard A. Yarborough, PhD
Professors Emeriti
Michael J.B. Allen, PhD, DLitt
Martha Banta, PhD
Charles L. Batten, Jr., PhD
Calvin B. Bedient, PhD
Charles A. Berst, PhD
Frederick L. Burwick, PhD
Edward I. Condren, PhD
Patrick K. Ford, PhD
Robert A. Georges, PhD
Gerald J. Goldberg, PhD
Christopher W. Grose, PhD
George R. Guffey, PhD
Janet R. Hadda, PhD
N. Katherine Hayles, PhD (John Charles Hillis
Professor Emerita of Literature)
Henry Ansgar Kelly, PhD
Jascha Kessler, PhD
Gordon L. Kipling, PhD
Gwin Jack Kolb, PhD
Verdel A. Kolve, PhD
Richard A. Lanham, PhD
Richard D. Lehan, PhD
Kenneth R. Lincoln, PhD
David Wong Louie, MFA
Anne K. Mellor, PhD
Joseph F. Nagy, PhD
Maximillian E. Novak, DPhil, PhD
Felicity A. Nussbaum, PhD
Raymund A. Paredes, PhD
Florence H. Ridley, PhD
Alan H. Roper, PhD
George S. Rousseau, PhD
Paul R. Sellin, PhD
Paul D. Sheats, PhD
Eric J. Sundquist, PhD (UCLA Foundation Professor
Emeritus)
Alexander Welsh, PhD
Thomas R. Wortham, PhD
Stephen I. Yenser, PhD
Associate Professors
Allison B. Carruth, PhD
Christine N. Chism, PhD
Michael C. Cohen, PhD
Assistant Professors
Louise E. Hornby, PhD
Carrie L. Hyde, PhD
Anahid Nersessian, PhD
Juan L. Snchez, PhD
Arvind Thomas, PhD
Justin J. Torres, MFA
Senior Lecturers
Karen J. Cunningham, PhD
Christopher M. Mott, PhD
Lecturers
Joseph A. Dimuro, PhD
Michelle R. Huneven, MFA
Adjunct Professor
Carolyn See, PhD, Emeritus
328 / English
vanced level. A parallel program continues to
the PhD degree. Because the PhD program
may require five years or more, it is intended
only for qualified students who are seriously
committed to advanced literary scholarship
and, in some cases, to a career in college or
university teaching.
Undergraduate Study
Students must have completed the Entry-Level
Writing requirement before taking any courses
in English (other than English Composition A or
2). For further information regarding EntryLevel Writing, see the Undergraduate Study
section of this catalog.
The English Department offers a designated
capstone program for English and American
Literature and Culture majors. Students in both
majors have the option of completing a capstone seminar or other culminating work that
enables them to use knowledge and skills acquired through previous coursework to engage, under the guidance of a faculty member,
in literary research or other creative projects
that result in a final paper or other product.
Extra-Departmental Requirement
in Foreign Literature or Foreign
Language
All English majors must have completed either
(1) level five or equivalent in any one foreign
language or (2) level three or equivalent in one
foreign language and two additional courses in
foreign language or foreign literature, including
foreign literature in translation (see course listings under Foreign Literature in Translation
later in this section). Transfer students who have
satisfied the College of Letters and Science
foreign language requirement at the high
school level through the IGETC program may
satisfy the departmental requirement with five
foreign literature in translation courses. The
courses may be taken on a P/NP grading
basis.
English BA
Capstone Program
The Bachelor of Arts degree in English has an
optional concentration in creative writing for
students who have been admitted to and completed three creative writing workshops in a
single genre of either poetry or short story. Students are expected to meet with the undergraduate counselors and undergraduate faculty adviser to plan and follow a course of
study that incorporates their interests and
goals with the fulfillment of requirements for
the degree.
The Major
Required: Ten 4- or 5-unit upper division English courses, including (1) four historical period courses, one from each of the following
four periods: (a) literatures in English to 1500
course 140A through 148 or indicated sections
of 149, (b) literatures in English, 1500 to 1700
course 150A through 157, indicated sections
of 159 or 159R or 166A, (c) literatures in English, 1700 to 1850course 160A through
165C, 166B through 168, 176, or indicated
sections of 169 or 169R, and (d) literatures in
English, 1850 to presentcourse M101B,
M101C, M102A, M102B, M104A through
M104D, M105B through M105E, 116B, 130,
131, 164B, 164C, 164D, 167A, 167B, 168,
170A through 174C, 176, 179, or 179R; (2)
three breadth courses, one from each of three
of the following four areas: (a) gender, race,
ethnicity, disability, and sexuality studiesEnglish 100 through 109, M126, 135, 155, 163C,
165B, 166C, or indicated sections of 119, 139,
149, 159, 159R, 169, 169R, 179, or 179R, (b)
imperial, transnational, and postcolonial studiescourse M105A through M105D, 112D,
128, 130 through 135, 154, 157, 163B, 164D,
165A, 166A, 166B, 176, or indicated sections
of 149, 159, 159R, 169, 169R, 179, or 179R, (c)
genre studies, interdisciplinary studies, critical
theorycourse 111A through 129, 144, 146,
147, 153, 156, 161A, 161B, 161C, 163A, 163C,
164A through 164D, 167A, 167B, 171A
through 177, or indicated sections of 149, 159,
159R, 169, 169R, 179, or 179R, and (d) creative writingcourses 136, 137, 138; (3) two
elective courses (two sections of English 110B
may fulfill one elective; English 195CE is not
applicable); (4) one seminar from course 180
through 184, or M191A through M191E. Admission to creative writing workshops (courses
136, 137, 138) is by application only. Each
course applied toward requirements for the
major must be 4 or 5 units and be taken for a
letter grade.
Capstone Program
Students are expected to meet with the undergraduate counselors and undergraduate faculty adviser to plan and follow a course of
study that incorporates their interests and
goals with the fulfillment of requirements for
the degree.
The Major
Required: Ten 4- or 5-unit upper division
courses, including five in American literature
selected from English 166A through 167B,
170A, 170B, 170C, 172C through 177 (or when
treating American topics, 169, 169R, 179, or
179R), two of which must be devoted to literature written before 1900 (courses 166A
through 167B, 170A, and M104A, 175, 176,
177 when treating a pre-1900 topic); one seminar from M105SL, 183A, 183B, 183C, M191A,
M191B, M191C, or when treating American
topics, 180, 181A, 181B, 182E, 182F, 184,
M191D, M191E; two American gender, race,
ethnicity, disability, and sexuality courses from
M102A, M102B, M104A through 106 (also 100,
M101B, M101C, M101D, M103, M107A,
M107B, 108, 109 when treating American topics or figures); and two courses from 100
through 199 (two sections of English 110B may
fulfill one elective; English 195CE is not applicable) or from courses pertaining to American
culture offered by other departments (of those
courses applied toward the major from outside
the Department of English, both must usually
come from one department or program and
appear on a list of approved courses for the
major). Each course applied toward requirements for the major must be at least 4 units
and be taken for a letter grade.
English / 329
Honors Program
Admission
The honors program is open to departmental
majors with a 3.5 departmental and a 3.25
overall grade-point average. Students with
lower GPAs may petition for admission to the
program, but these grade-point averages must
be achieved before graduation in order to qualify for honors. Students should apply by winter
quarter of the junior year. For application forms
and further information, contact the departmental counselor.
Requirements
All honors students are required to take one
theory course from English 120 through 128
(may fulfill one of three required breadth
courses) no later than winter quarter of the junior year. Students in the creative writing concentration are required to have completed or
been accepted into their third workshop in a
single genre prior to or concurrent with enrollment in course 191H. In spring quarter of the
junior year, students must take course 191H
(may fulfill one of two electives for the major).
During fall and winter quarters of the senior
year, they take courses 198A and 198B, in
which they write a thesis under the direction of
a faculty member (198B may fulfill the second
of two electives for the major). The thesis determines whether they receive highest honors,
honors, or no honors.
English Minor
The English minor is designed for students
who wish to enhance their major program with
the benefits of intensive study of English language and literatures, including a better understanding and appreciation of literatures in English and improvement in critical thinking,
reading, and writing skills.
To enter the minor, students must have an
overall grade-point average of 2.0 or better,
have completed English 10A with a grade of C
or better, and have satisfied the English Composition 3 requirement and completed English
4W. Students must file a petition to declare the
minor by meeting with a student affairs officer
in the Undergraduate Counseling Office, 158/
160 Humanities Building, 310-825-1389. This
allows them priority enrollment in many upper
division courses.
Required Lower Division Courses (10 units):
English 10B and 10C, with grades of C or
better.
Required Upper Division Courses (25 units):
Five courses selected from English 100
through M191E, including one course in literatures in English written before 1700 (see
course lists 1a and 1b under English BA, The
Major, above) and one other course in literatures in English written before 1850 (see
course lists 1a, 1b, and 1c under English BA,
The Major, above).
A minimum of 20 units applied toward the minor requirements must be in addition to units
applied toward major requirements or another
minor. At least 15 upper division units applied
Graduate Study
Official, specific degree requirements are detailed in Program Requirements for UCLA
Graduate Degrees, available at the Graduate
Division website, http://grad.ucla.edu. In many
cases, more detailed guidelines may be outlined in announcements, other publications,
and websites of the schools, departments, and
programs.
Graduate Degrees
The Department of English offers Master of
Arts (MA), Candidate in Philosophy (CPhil), and
Doctor of Philosophy (PhD) degrees in English.
English
Lower Division Courses
4HW. Critical Reading and Writing (Honors). (5)
Lecture, four hours. Enforced requisite: English Composition 3 or 3H or English as a Second Language 36.
Introduction to literary analysis, with close reading
and carefully written exposition of selections from
principal modes of literature: poetry, prose fiction, and
drama. Minimum of four papers (three to five pages
each) and two in-class essays. Satisfies Writing II requirement. Letter grading.
4W. Critical Reading and Writing. (5) Lecture, four
hours. Enforced requisite: English Composition 3 or
3H or English as a Second Language 36. Introduction
to literary analysis, with close reading and carefully
written exposition of selections from principal modes
of literature: poetry, prose fiction, and drama. Minimum of 15 to 20 pages of revised writing. Satisfies
Writing II requirement. Letter grading.
4WS. Critical Reading and Writing (Service Learning). (5) Lecture, four hours; fieldwork, two hours. Enforced requisite: English Composition 3 or 3H or English as a Second Language 36. Introduction to literary analysis, with close reading and carefully written
exposition of selections from principal modes of literature: poetry, prose fiction, and drama. Minimum of
15 to 20 pages of revised writing. Service learning
component includes meaningful work with offcampus agency selected by instructor. Satisfies
Writing II requirement. Letter grading.
330 / English
10A. Literatures in English to 1700. (5) Lecture,
three hours; discussion, one hour. Enforced requisites: English Composition 3 or 3H, English 4W or
4HW. Survey of major writers and genres, with emphasis on tools for literary analysis such as close
reading, argumentation, historical and social context,
and critical writing. Minimum of three papers (three to
five pages each) or equivalent required. P/NP or letter
grading.
10B. Literatures in English, 1700 to 1850. (5) Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour. Enforced requisites: English Composition 3 or 3H, English 4W or
4HW, 10A. Survey of major writers and genres, with
emphasis on tools for literary analysis such as close
reading, argumentation, historical and social context,
and critical writing. Minimum of three papers (three to
five pages each) or equivalent required. P/NP or letter
grading.
10C. Literatures in English, 1850 to Present. (5)
Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour. Enforced
requisites: English Composition 3 or 3H, English 4W
or 4HW, 10A, 10B. Survey of major writers and
genres, with emphasis on tools for literary analysis
such as close reading, argumentation, historical and
social context, and critical writing. Minimum of three
papers (three to five pages each) or equivalent required. P/NP or letter grading.
20. Introduction to Creative Writing. (4) Lecture,
four hours; discussion, one hour (when scheduled).
Preparation: submission of creative or expository
writing samples to screening committee. Enforced
requisites: satisfaction of Entry-Level Writing requirement, English Composition 3. Not open for credit to
students with credit for course 20W. Designed to introduce fundamentals of creative writing. Emphasis
either on poetry, fiction, or drama, depending on
wishes of instructor(s) during any given term. Readings from assigned texts and weekly writing assignments required. P/NP or letter grading.
20W. Introduction to Creative Writing. (5) Lecture,
four hours; discussion, one hour (when scheduled).
Enforced requisites: satisfaction of Entry-Level
Writing requirement, English Composition 3. Not open
for credit to students with credit for course 20. Designed to introduce fundamentals of creative writing
and writing workshop experience. Emphasis on poetry, fiction, drama, or creative nonfiction depending
on wishes of instructor(s) during any given term.
Readings from assigned texts, weekly writing assignments (multiple drafts and revisions), and final portfolio required. Satisfies Writing II requirement. Letter
grading.
M30. Introduction to Environmental Humanities.
(5) (Same as Environment M30.) Lecture, three hours;
discussion, one hour. Enforced requisite: satisfaction
of Entry-Level Writing requirement. Introduction to
core themes, questions, and methods within interdisciplinary field of environmental humanities. Examination of how different culture forms (e.g., fiction, journalism, poetry, visual art) represent environmental issues. Topics may include biodiversity, wilderness,
food, urban ecologies, postcolonial ecologies, environmental justice, and climate change. P/NP or letter
grading.
M30SL. Introduction to Environmental Humanities
(Service Learning). (5) (Same as Environment
M30SL.) Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour;
fieldwork, two hours. Enforced requisite: satisfaction
of Entry-Level Writing requirement. Introduction to
core themes, questions, and methods within interdisciplinary field of environmental humanities. Examination of how different culture forms (e.g., fiction, journalism, poetry, visual art) represent environmental issues. Topics may include biodiversity, wilderness,
food, urban ecologies, postcolonial ecologies, environmental justice, and climate change. Service
learning component includes meaningful work with
off-campus agency/agencies selected by instructor.
P/NP or letter grading.
M40. Structure of English Words. (5) (Same as Linguistics M10.) Lecture, four hours; discussion, one
hour. Introduction to structure of English words of
classical origin, including most common base forms
and rules by which alternate forms are derived. Students may expect to achieve substantial enrichment
of their vocabulary while learning about etymology,
semantic change, and abstract rules of English word
formation. P/NP or letter grading.
M50. Introduction to Visual Culture. (5) (Same as
Film and Television M50.) Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour; laboratory, two hours. Enforced
requisite: satisfaction of Entry-Level Writing requirement. Study of how visual media, including advertising, still and moving images, and narrative films, influence contemporary aesthetics, politics, and knowledge. P/NP or letter grading.
80. Major American Authors. (5) Lecture,
three
hours; discussion, one hour. Enforced requisite: satisfaction of Entry-Level Writing requirement. Not open
for credit to English majors or students with credit for
any courses in 170 series. Introduction to chief American authors, with emphasis on poetry, nonnarrative
prose, and short fiction of such writers as Poe, Dickinson, Emerson, Whitman, Twain, Frost, and Hemingway. P/NP or letter grading.
85. American Novel. (5) Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour. Enforced requisite: satisfaction of
Entry-Level Writing requirement. Not open for credit
to English majors or students with credit for any
courses in 170 series. Development, with emphasis
on form, of American novel from its beginning to
present day. Includes works of such novelists as
Hawthorne, Fitzgerald, Faulkner, Ellison, and Morrison. P/NP or letter grading.
88A-88Z. Lower Division Seminars: Special Topics
in English. (5 each) Seminar, three hours. Limited to
15 students. Content varies; see departmental counselor for information. P/NP or letter grading. 88A. Medieval Literature; 88B. Renaissance Literature; 88C.
17th-Century Literature; 88D. 18th-Century Literature;
88E. Romantic Literature; 88F. Victorian Literature;
88G. 20th-Century British Literature; 88H. Colonial
American Literature; 88I. 19th-Century American Literature; 88J. 20th-Century American Literature; 88K.
History of English Language; 88L. Folklore and Mythology; 88M. Literature and Society; 88SL. Service
Learning. Seminar, three hours; fieldwork, three
hours. Textual analysis, analytical discussion, and
written assignments about works of literature that
raise issues relevant to contemporary society. Service
learning component includes minimum of 20 hours
service with agency involved in issues of public advocacy and social justice.
90. Shakespeare. (5) Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour. Enforced requisite: satisfaction of
Entry-Level Writing requirement. Not open for credit
to English majors or students with credit for course
150A or 150B. Survey of Shakespeares plays, including comedies, tragedies, and histories, selected
to represent Shakespeares breadth, artistic progress,
and total dramatic achievement. P/NP or letter
grading.
91A. Introduction to Poetry. (5) Lecture, three hours;
discussion, one hour. Enforced requisite: satisfaction
of Entry-Level Writing requirement. Recommended
for instructional credential candidates. Study of critical issues (metrics, diction, figurative language, symbolism, irony and ambiguity, form and structure) and
aesthetic issues, including evaluative criteria, followed by close critical analysis of selection of representative poems. P/NP or letter grading.
91B. Introduction to Drama. (5) Lecture, three hours;
discussion, one hour. Enforced requisite: satisfaction
of Entry-Level Writing requirement. Examination of
representative plays; readings may range from Greek
to modern drama. Emphasis on critical approaches to
dramatic text; study of issues such as plot construction, characterization, special uses of language in
drama, methods of evaluation. P/NP or letter grading.
91C. Introduction to Fiction. (5) Lecture, three hours;
discussion, one hour. Enforced requisite: satisfaction
of Entry-Level Writing requirement. Introduction to
prose narrative, its techniques and forms. Analysis of
short and long narratives and of critical issues such
as plot, characterization, setting, narrative voice, realistic and nonrealistic forms. P/NP or letter grading.
English / 331
ethnic/gender formation, interethnic dynamics, and
social movement. Works by such authors as Edith
Eaton, Younghill Kang, Carlos Bulosan, Hisaye Yamamoto, John Okada, Frank Chin, and Maxine Hong
Kingston. P/NP or letter grading.
M102B. Contemporary Asian American Literary Issues and Criticism. (5) (Same as Asian American
Studies M112B.) Lecture, four hours; discussion, one
hour (when scheduled). Enforced requisite: English
Composition 3 or 3H. Survey of post-1980 Asian
American literature that explores key literary and critical issues, such as race and geography, aesthetics
and activism, cultural work and immigrant labor, kinship and sexuality, model minority and Orientalism,
and meat versus rice, in study of novels, poetry, performance, memoirs, and essays. May be repeated for
credit with topic or instructor change. P/NP or letter
grading.
M103. Studies in Disability Literatures. (5) (Same
as Disability Studies M103.) Lecture, four hours; discussion, one hour (when scheduled). Enforced requisite: English Composition 3 or 3H. Survey of modes of
disability in literature, with specific emphasis on thematic concerns. Topics may include introduction to
disability studies; race, gender, and disability; disability narratives; etc. May be repeated for credit with
topic or instructor change. P/NP or letter grading.
M104A. Early African American Literature. (5)
(Same as African American Studies M104A.) Lecture,
four hours; discussion, one hour (when scheduled).
Enforced requisite: English Composition 3 or 3H. Introductory survey of African American literature from
18th century through World War I, including oral and
written forms (folktales, spirituals, sermons; fiction,
poetry, essays), by authors such as Phillis Wheatley,
Frances Harper, Frederick Douglass, Harriet Jacobs,
Charles Chesnutt, Booker T. Washington, and Pauline
Hopkins. P/NP or letter grading.
M104B. African American Literature from Harlem
Renaissance to 1960s. (5) (Same as African American Studies M104B.) Lecture, four hours; discussion,
one hour (when scheduled). Enforced requisite: English Composition 3 or 3H. Introductory survey of
20th-century African American literature from New
Negro Movement of post-World War I period to
1960s, including oral materials (ballads, blues,
speeches) and fiction, poetry, and essays by authors
such as Jean Toomer, Claude McKay, Langston
Hughes, Nella Larsen, Zora Neale Hurston, Richard
Wright, Ann Petry, James Baldwin, Gwendolyn
Brooks, and Ralph Ellison. P/NP or letter grading.
M104C. African American Literature of 1960s and
1970s. (5) (Same as African American Studies
M104C.) Lecture, four hours; discussion, one hour
(when scheduled). Enforced requisite: English Composition 3 or 3H. Introductory survey of African American literary expression from late 1950s through
1970s. Topics include rise of Black Arts Movement of
1960s and emergence of black womens writing in
early 1970s, with focus on authors such as Lorraine
Hansberry, Amiri Baraka, Nikki Giovanni, Alice Walker,
Toni Morrison, Ishmael Reed, Audre Lorde, Paule
Marshall, and Ernest Gaines. P/NP or letter grading.
M104D. Contemporary African American Literature. (5) (Same as African American Studies M104D.)
Lecture, four hours; discussion, one hour (when
scheduled). Enforced requisite: English Composition
3 or 3H. Introductory survey of African American literature from 1980s to present covering range of genres,
with emphasis on diversity of perspectives and styles
that have emerged over past 30 years or so. Authors
may include Toni Morrison, August Wilson, Octavia
Butler, Anna Deavere Smith, June Jordan, Charles
Johnson, and Rita Dove. P/NP or letter grading.
M104E. Topics in African American Literature and
Culture. (5) (Same as African American Studies
M104E.) Lecture, four hours; discussion, one hour
(when scheduled). Enforced requisite: English Composition 3 or 3H. Variable topics lecture course that
provides opportunity to cover African American literature from wide range of theoretical, historical, format,
and thematic perspectives. Topics may include African American autobiography, 20th-century African
332 / English
ical arguments. Minimum 15 to 20 pages of revised
writing required. May not be repeated for credit. P/NP
or letter grading.
110T. Writing in English Major: Transfer Students.
(5) Lecture, four hours; discussion, one hour (when
scheduled). Enforced requisites: courses 4W (or
4HW), 10A, 10B, 10C, English Composition 3. Open
only to English major transfer students. Not open for
credit to students with credit for course 110A. Improvement and refinement of writing about literature
and culture. Focus on writing as process, rewriting,
and nuanced argument; minimum 15 to 20 pages of
writing required. May not be repeated for credit. P/NP
or letter grading.
111A. Hebrew Bible in Translation. (5) Lecture, four
hours; discussion, one hour (when scheduled). Enforced requisite: English Composition 3 or 3H. Literary study of Hebrew Bible (Old Testament), with emphasis on literary devices and narrative structures in
relation to Judaic historical, political, psychological,
philosophical, and theological themes. P/NP or letter
grading.
111B. Christian Biblical Texts in Translation. (5)
Lecture, four hours; discussion, one hour (when
scheduled). Enforced requisite: English Composition
3 or 3H. Literary study of canonical New Testament
and other Christian texts (deuterocanonical, apocryphal, gnostic, etc.), with emphasis on literary devices
and narrative structures in relation to Judeo-Christian
historical, political, psychological, philosophical, and
theological themes. P/NP or letter grading.
111C. Topics in Biblical Literature. (5) Lecture, four
hours; discussion, one hour (when scheduled). Enforced requisite: English Composition 3 or 3H. Recommended: course 111A or 111B. Study of topics in
Hebrew Bible and/or New Testament, with attention
to particular literary themes, motifs, genres, and
modes of interpretation. Discussion of influence of
Bible on discrete periods or individual authors in literatures in English. May be repeated for credit with
topic or instructor change. P/NP or letter grading.
112A. Oral Tradition. (5) Lecture, four hours; discussion, one hour (when scheduled). Enforced requisite:
English Composition 3 or 3H. Study of myth, dramatic
origins, oral epic, folktale, and ballad. P/NP or letter
grading.
112B. Celtic Mythology. (5) Lecture, four hours; discussion, one hour (when scheduled). Enforced requisite: English Composition 3 or 3H. Survey of early textual materials pertaining to Celtic peoples and their
stories, with emphasis on techniques of mythological
analysis. P/NP or letter grading.
112C. Survey of Medieval Celtic Literature. (5) Lecture, four hours; discussion, one hour (when scheduled). Enforced requisite: English Composition 3 or
3H. Knowledge of Irish or Welsh not required. General
course dealing with Celtic literature from earliest
times to 14th century. P/NP or letter grading.
112D. Celtic Folklore. (5) Lecture, four hours; discussion, one hour (when scheduled). Enforced requisite: English Composition 3 or 3H. Folkloric traditions
of modern Ireland, Scotland, and other Celtic countries, with attention to colonial and postcolonial issues
and folkloristic methods. P/NP or letter grading.
112E. Food and Fantasy in Irish Tradition and Literature. (5) Lecture, four hours; discussion, one hour
(when scheduled). Enforced requisite: English Composition 3. Food, cooking, feeding, eating, and
drinking as powerful cultural symbols in Irish oral and
literary tradition from medieval to modern times. P/NP
or letter grading.
113A. History of English Language. (5) Lecture, four
hours; discussion, one hour (when scheduled). Enforced requisite: English Composition 3 or 3H. Study
directed toward English majors of main features in
grammatical, lexical, and phonetic condition of English language from Indo-European time to present.
P/NP or letter grading.
113B. Introduction to Structure of Present-Day English. (5) Lecture, four hours; discussion, one hour
(when scheduled). Enforced requisite: English Composition 3 or 3H. Introduction to techniques of lin-
English / 333
120. History of Aesthetics and Critical Theory. (5)
Lecture, four hours; discussion, one hour (when
scheduled). Enforced requisites: courses 10A, 10B.
Investigation of texts and ideas in history of aesthetics, critical theory, and interpretation from Greeks
through 18th century. Readings may include Gorgias,
Plato, Aristotle, Longinus, Biblical hermeneutics,
Hume, Descartes, Kant, Schiller, and Hegel. May not
be repeated for credit. P/NP or letter grading.
121. Modern and Contemporary Aesthetics and
Critical Theory. (5) Lecture, four hours; discussion,
one hour (when scheduled). Enforced requisites:
courses 10A, 10B. Investigation of some dominant
trends in 19th- and 20th-century aesthetics, critical
theory, and interpretation. Topics may include
Marxism, psychanalysis, structuralism, poststructuralism, feminism, and postcolonialism. May not be repeated for credit. P/NP or letter grading.
122. Keywords in Theory. (5) Lecture, four hours;
discussion, one hour (when scheduled). Enforced requisites: courses 10A, 10B, 10C. Recommended:
courses 120, 121. Taking its model from Raymond
Williams classic vocabulary of culture and society, investigation of fundamental theoretical concepts, or
keywords, that have emerged from variety of intellectual disciplines to shape literary and cultural studies.
Consideration of lexical development of such keywords; how they alter and enrich assumptions about
textuality, readers, and authorship; and how they engender interpretive paradigms and methodologies for
study of literature and culture. May be repeated for
credit with topic or instructor change. P/NP or letter
grading.
123. Theories of History and Historicism. (5) Lecture, four hours; discussion, one hour (when scheduled). Enforced requisites: courses 10A, 10B, 10C.
Recommended: courses 120, 121. Exploration of theories of history and historicism that offer productive
approaches to literary texts. Investigation of how theorists negotiate between abstract concepts of history
and situated historical narratives, how histories are
constructed, troped, and given authority, how histories constitute past and present in relationship to each
other to stabilize tradition or induce change, and
complex ways that literary texts operate within and on
their historical contexts. May be repeated for credit
with topic or instructor change. P/NP or letter
grading.
124. Theories of Religion. (5) Lecture, four hours;
discussion, one hour (when scheduled). Enforced requisites: courses 10A, 10B, 10C. Recommended:
courses 120, 121. Examination of relationship between literary and religious practices and traditions.
Topics may include legacies of monotheisms, theories
of sacrifice, sacrament, gift, and mystical traditions,
as well as history of allegory and theological approaches to reading. Selected topics may address literary applications of religious categories as treated in
cultural anthropology, philosophy, and critical theory.
May be repeated for credit with topic or instructor
change. P/NP or letter grading.
125. Violence in Cultural Theory and Literature. (5)
Lecture, four hours; discussion, one hour (when
scheduled). Enforced requisite: English Composition
3 or 3H. Recommended: courses 120, 121. Examination of literary, philosophical, religious, and/or psychological texts that theorize causes, effects, political justifications, cultural sublimations, and literary uses and
critiques of violence. P/NP or letter grading.
M126. Feminist and Queer Theory. (5) (Same as
Gender Studies M126 and Lesbian, Gay, Bisexual,
and Transgender Studies M126.) Lecture, four hours;
discussion, one hour (when scheduled). Enforced requisite: English Composition 3 or 3H. Recommended:
one course from 120, 121, Gender Studies 102, 103,
or 104. Investigation of key concepts and debates in
study of gender, sexuality, and kinship, with focus on
their interrelated significance for making of culture.
Readings to be interdisciplinary, with possible emphasis on impact of changing ideas of gender and
sexuality on specific historical cultures. May be
repeated for credit with topic or instructor change.
P/NP or letter grading.
134. Nationalism and Transnationalism. (5) Lecture, four hours; discussion, one hour (when scheduled). Enforced requisites: courses 10A, 10B, 10C.
Examination of how critical frameworks of nation and
migration, transnationalism and globalization, and tradition and modernity frame analysis of literary texts,
particularly relationship between literature and national identity. Other topics include nation building in
relationship to regional identities as well as discourses of national expansion, diaspora, resettlement, and exile and foundational narratives of nation
in relationship to representations of mobility. Genres
may include epic, romance, travel narrative, novel,
and autobiography. May be repeated for credit with
topic or instructor change. P/NP or letter grading.
135. Literature of Americas. (5) Lecture, four hours;
discussion, one hour (when scheduled). Enforced requisites: courses 10A, 10B. Survey of literatures of
Americas, with emphasis on complex ways in which
letters of North America, Central America, South
America, and Caribbean forge distinctly American
perspective on global affairs. Spans literature from
age of encounter to 19th-century U.S. American revolution and Latin American independence movements
and beyond, considering such topics as empire, colonialism, slavery, transnational dynamics, and crosscultural transformations among indigenous, European, and African civilizations. May be repeated for
credit with topic or instructor change. P/NP or letter
grading.
136. Creative Writing: Poetry. (5) Seminar, three or
four hours. Enforced requisites: English Composition
3 or 3H, English 4W or 4HW. Weekly exercises in
writing of poetry, with practice in standard forms and
meters and study of techniques. Classroom discussion based on student work. Enrollment in more than
one section per term not permitted. May be repeated
for maximum of 15 units. No more than 10 units may
be completed with same instructor. P/NP or letter
grading.
137. Creative Writing: Short Story. (5) Seminar,
three or four hours. Enforced requisites: English Composition 3 or 3H, English 4W or 4HW. Three averagelength stories to be completed each term. Some stories may, with instructors consent, be substantial revisions of other stories presented. Classroom discussion based on stories presented. Enrollment in more
than one section per term not permitted. May be repeated for maximum of 15 units. No more than 10
units may be completed with same instructor. P/NP or
letter grading.
138. Topics in Creative Writing. (5) Seminar, three
hours. Enforced requisites: English Composition 3 or
3H, English 4W or 4HW. Introductory workshop in
genre(s) of instructor choice, that may include mixed
genres, playwriting, screenwriting, literary nonfiction,
or others. Enrollment in more than one section per
term not permitted. May be repeated for maximum of
10 units. May not be used to satisfy workshop requirements for English creative writing concentration.
P/NP or letter grading.
139. Individual Authors. (5) Lecture, four hours; discussion, one hour (when scheduled). Enforced requisite: English Composition 3. Specialized study of
work of one single Anglophone poet, dramatist, prose
writer, or novelist. May be repeated for credit with
topic or instructor change. P/NP or letter grading.
140A. Chaucer: Canterbury Tales. (5) Lecture, four
hours; discussion, one hour (when scheduled). Enforced requisites: courses 10A, 10B. Introductory
study of Chaucers language, versification, and historical and literary background, including analysis and
discussion of his long major poem, Canterbury Tales.
P/NP or letter grading.
140B. Chaucer: Troilus and Criseyde and Selected
Minor Works. (5) Lecture, four hours; discussion, one
hour (when scheduled). Enforced requisites: courses
10A, 10B. Intensive study of Troilus and Criseyde and
selected minor works of Chaucer, such as Book of the
Duchess, House of Fame, Parliament of Fowls, etc.
P/NP or letter grading.
334 / English
141. Early Medieval Literature. (5) Lecture, four hours;
discussion, one hour (when scheduled). Enforced requisites: courses 10A, 10B. Major poetry and prose of
early medieval Britain, including epic, romance, history, saints lives, and travel literature. Texts and
topics include Beowulf, Vikings, poems on women,
Bede, and King Alfred. P/NP or letter grading.
141R. Early Medieval Literature: Research Component. (5) Lecture, four hours; discussion, one hour
(when scheduled). Enforced requisites: courses 10A,
10B. Major poetry and prose of early medieval Britain,
including epic, romance, history, saints lives, and
travel literature. Substantial research component included. May be repeated for credit with topic or instructor change. P/NP or letter grading.
142. Later Medieval Literature. (5) Lecture, four
hours; discussion, one hour (when scheduled). Enforced requisites: courses 10A, 10B. Reading and historical explication of major writers of later medieval
Britain (e.g., Gawain-poet, Langland, Gower, Margery
Kempe, Malory, miracle and morality plays, prose,
and lyrics). P/NP or letter grading.
142R. Later Medieval Literature: Research Component. (5) Lecture, four hours; discussion, one hour
(when scheduled). Enforced requisites: courses 10A,
10B. Reading and historical explication of major
writers of later medieval Britain (e.g., Gawain-poet,
Langland, Gower, Margery Kempe, Malory, miracle
and morality plays, prose, and lyrics). Substantial research component included. May be repeated for
credit with topic or instructor change. P/NP or letter
grading.
143. Drama to 1576. (5) (Formerly numbered 152A.)
Lecture, four hours; discussion, one hour (when
scheduled). Enforced requisites: courses 10A, 10B.
English drama from its Latin and Anglo-Norman roots
to opening of first public playhouse. P/NP or letter
grading.
144. Medieval Romance and Literatures of Court.
(5) Lecture, four hours; discussion, one hour (when
scheduled). Enforced requisites: courses 10A, 10B.
Investigation of medieval court culture, exploring concepts of nobility, governance, love, loyalty, and power
in range of genres: romance, courtly epic, lyric, debate, and satire. Texts may include Beowulf, Lais of
Marie de France, Sir Gawain and Green Knight, Pearl,
and Malorys Morte Arthure. May be repeated for
credit with topic or instructor change. P/NP or letter
grading.
145. Medieval Literatures of Devotion and Dissent.
(5) Lecture, four hours; discussion, one hour (when
scheduled). Enforced requisites: courses 10A, 10B.
Exploration of devotional genres and their complex
relationships with traditions of dissent in medieval English culture, encompassing hagiography, vision, conversion narrative, interreligious debate, heresy trials,
and Lollard manifestos and translations. Texts may include Dream of Rood, South English Legendary, Ancrene Wisse, Piers Plowman, Lollard writings, macroplays, Wakefield cycle, Showings of Julian of Norwich, and Book of Margery Kempe. May be repeated
for credit with topic or instructor change. P/NP or
letter grading.
146. Medieval Story Cycles and Collections. (5)
Lecture, four hours; discussion, one hour (when
scheduled). Enforced requisites: courses 10A, 10B.
Exploration of medieval story cycles and story collections as narrative forms. Medieval story cycles engage in complex literary conversations across medieval cultures, periods, genres, and languages, while
story collections often stage art of storytelling within
narrative frame to invite self-consciousness about
powers of literary production itself. Texts may include
cycles such as texts gathered as Matter of Britain,
Matter of Rome, or Matter of France; also Mabinogi,
manuscript collections such as Auchinleck manuscript or Exeter book, framed narratives such as Decameron, Canterbury Tales, 1001 Nights, and Gowers
Confessio Amantis, or collections of exempla, legends, and dicta. May be repeated for credit with topic
or instructor change. P/NP or letter grading.
English / 335
to empire, and gendering of authorship. May be
repeated for credit with topic or instructor change.
P/NP or letter grading.
161B. Drama in English to 1850. (5) Lecture, four
hours; discussion, one hour (when scheduled). Enforced requisites: courses 10A, 10B. Survey of drama
in English until 1850. May be repeated for credit with
topic or instructor change. P/NP or letter grading.
161C. Novel in English to 1850. (5) Lecture, four
hours; discussion, one hour (when scheduled). Enforced requisites: courses 10A, 10B. Survey of major
novelists until 1850. May be repeated for credit with
topic or instructor change. P/NP or letter grading.
162A. Earlier Romantic Literature. (5) Lecture, four
hours; discussion, one hour (when scheduled). Enforced requisites: courses 10A, 10B. Intensive study
of writings by Blake, Wollstonecraft, W. Wordsworth,
Coleridge, and Austen, with collateral readings from
such authors as Godwin, Burke, Paine, Radcliffe,
Edgeworth, Baillie, C. Smith, Burns, Southey, D.
Wordsworth, Lamb, DeQuincey, and Scott. P/NP or
letter grading.
162B. Later Romantic Literature. (5) Lecture, four
hours; discussion, one hour (when scheduled). Enforced requisites: courses 10A, 10B. Intensive study
of writings by Byron, Keats, Percy Shelly, and Mary
Shelley, with collateral readings from such authors as
Hazlitt, Hunt, Landor, Clare, Moore, Peacock, Landon,
Aikin, Hemans, and Prince. P/NP or letter grading.
163A. Romanticism and Revolution. (5) Lecture,
four hours; discussion, one hour (when scheduled).
Enforced requisites: courses 10A, 10B. Exploration of
relationships among and between different revolutionary currentspolitical, economic, and aesthetic
in British Romantic period, developing readings of literary texts that situate them in revolutionary context
out of which they emerged, and to which they contributed in turn. Recovery of sense of how literary and
extra-literary texts emerged in common relationship;
development of deeper understanding of nature of
Romanticism itself. Readings from work of Blake,
Wordsworth, Coleridge, Southey, Austen, Byron,
Keats, Wollstonecraft, and others. May not be repeated for credit. P/NP or letter grading.
163B. Transatlantic Romanticism. (5) Lecture, four
hours; discussion, one hour (when scheduled). Enforced requisites: courses 10A, 10B. Transatlantic
studies have been central in generating new conceptual frameworks for thinking through complex issues
related to interconnectedness of Atlantic rim cultures.
With focus on ways in which cultures, ideologies, and
political identities are reworked and reinscribed by
transatlantic movement of peoples, ideas, and cultural artifacts, expansion of notions of Romanticism to
include transoceanic perspectives that understand
early 19th-century Romantic literature as transatlantic
phenomenon. May not be repeated for credit. P/NP or
letter grading.
163C. Jane Austen and Her Peers. (5) Lecture, four
hours; discussion, one hour (when scheduled). Enforced requisites: courses 10A, 10B. Coverage of six
novels of Jane Austen, as well as literary works that
most influenced her: Mary Wollstonecrafts Vindication of Rights of Woman, Gothic novel, and Maria
Edgeworths Belinda. P/NP or letter grading.
164A. Earlier 19th-Century Poetry. (5) Lecture, four
hours; discussion, one hour (when scheduled). Enforced requisites: courses 10A, 10B. Developments in
English poetic genres from time of Napoleonic Wars
to middle decades of 19th century. Readings enable
students to understand legacies of 18th-century and
Romantic writing and emergence of new forms such
as dramatic monologue and novel-in-verse. P/NP or
letter grading.
164B. 19th-Century Critical Prose. (5) Lecture, four
hours; discussion, one hour (when scheduled). Enforced requisites: courses 10A, 10B. Study of traditions in critical thought from 1800 to 1900 in relation
to development of cultural and literary criticism, social
thought, and political writing. P/NP or letter grading.
164C. 19th-Century Novel. (5) Lecture, four hours;
discussion, one hour (when scheduled). Enforced requisites: courses 10A, 10B. Study of development of
336 / English
and Television majors 10A, 10B, 10C requisites are
waived). Survey of drama in English, with its principal
continental influences, from 1850 through World War
II. P/NP or letter grading.
172B. Drama, 1945 to Present. (5) Lecture, four
hours; discussion, one hour (when scheduled). Enforced requisites: courses 10A, 10B, 10C. Study of
drama in English, with its principal continental influences, since World War II. P/NP or letter grading.
172C. American Drama. (5) Lecture, four hours; discussion, one hour (when scheduled). Enforced requisites: courses 10A, 10B, 10C. Study of American
drama from its beginning to present day. Historical
period may vary with instructor. May be repeated for
credit with topic or instructor change. P/NP or letter
grading.
173A. American Poetry, 1900 to 1945. (5) Lecture,
four hours; discussion, one hour (when scheduled).
Enforced requisites: courses 10A, 10B, 10C. Study of
American poetry from beginning of 20th century to
end of World War II. P/NP or letter grading.
173B. American Poetry since 1945. (5) Lecture, four
hours; discussion, one hour (when scheduled). Enforced requisites: courses 10A, 10B, 10C. Study of
American poetry since end of World War II. P/NP or
letter grading.
173C. Contemporary American Poetry. (5) Lecture,
four hours; discussion, one hour (when scheduled).
Enforced requisites: courses 10A, 10B, 10C. Study of
American poetry, mostly by living authors, with emphasis on emergent issues and poetic forms. May be
repeated for credit with topic or instructor change.
P/NP or letter grading.
174A. American Fiction, 1900 to 1945. (5) Lecture,
four hours; discussion, one hour (when scheduled).
Enforced requisites: courses 10A, 10B, 10C. Study of
American novels and short stories from beginning of
20th century to end of World War II. P/NP or letter
grading.
174B. American Fiction since 1945. (5) Lecture, four
hours; discussion, one hour (when scheduled). Enforced requisites: courses 10A, 10B, 10C. Study of
American novels and short stories since end of World
War II. P/NP or letter grading.
174C. Contemporary American Fiction. (5) Lecture,
four hours; discussion, one hour (when scheduled).
Enforced requisites: courses 10A, 10B, 10C. Study of
American novels and short stories, mostly by living
authors, with emphasis on emergent issues and aesthetics. May be repeated for credit with topic or instructor change. P/NP or letter grading.
175. American Nonfictional Prose. (5) Lecture, four
hours; discussion, one hour (when scheduled). Enforced requisites: courses 10A, 10B, 10C. Study of
American nonfictional prose (essays, autobiographies, travel narratives, and other). Particular genre
and/or historical period vary with instructor. May be
repeated for credit with topic or instructor change.
P/NP or letter grading.
176. Hemispheric American Literature. (5) Lecture,
four hours; discussion, one hour (when scheduled).
Enforced requisites: courses 10A, 10B, 10C. Examination of primarily North American literature from
hemispheric rather than nation-based perspective.
Historic breadth in study of American literature while
posing such crucial theoretical issues as emergence
of U.S. Empire or relationship between North America
and global south, including Africa, Latin America, and
Caribbean. May be repeated for credit with topic or
instructor change. P/NP or letter grading.
177. Interdisciplinary Studies of American Culture.
(5) Lecture, four hours; discussion, one hour (when
scheduled). Enforced requisites: courses 10A, 10B,
10C. Interdisciplinary study of American literature in
its relationships to other disciplines, including art, architecture, film, history, music, politics, and various
social sciences, with emphasis on application of literary methodology to historical survey of American
culture. May be repeated for credit with topic or instructor change. P/NP or letter grading.
English / 337
community; themes of transnational migration; crosscultural, interdisciplinary, or interracial negotiation;
and gender and queer politics. Reading, discussion,
and development of culminating project. May be
repeated for credit with topic or instructor change.
P/NP or letter grading.
M191D. Topics in Queer Literatures and Cultures.
(5) (Same as Gender Studies M191D and Lesbian,
Gay, Bisexual, and Transgender Studies M191D.)
Seminar, three or four hours. Enforced requisite: English Composition 3 or 3H. Consult Schedule of
Classes for author, period, genre, or subject to be
studied in specific term. May be repeated for credit
with topic or instructor change. P/NP or letter
grading.
M191E. Topics in Gender and Sexuality. (5) (Same
as Gender Studies M191E and Lesbian, Gay, Bisexual, and Transgender Studies M191E.) Seminar,
three or four hours. Enforced requisite: English Composition 3 or 3H. Consult Schedule of Classes for author, period, genre, or subject to be studied in specific
term. May be repeated for credit with topic or instructor change. P/NP or letter grading.
191H. Honors Research Seminars: English. (5)
Seminar, three hours. Enforced requisite: one course
from 120 through 128. Open only to students who are
eligible and apply for honors program in English. Introduction to research techniques and study of various approaches and applications of critical methodology as it relates to interpretation and evaluation of
texts. Development and presentation of proposals for
honors projects. Consult undergraduate adviser. May
be repeated for credit. Letter grading.
192. Undergraduate Practicum in English: Westwind Journal. (2) Seminar, two hours. Training and
supervised practicum for undergraduate student editors of Westwind literary magazine. May be repeated
for credit. P/NP or letter grading.
193. Colloquia and Speakers Series Undergraduate Seminars: English. (1) Seminar, one hour. Limited to undergraduate students. Discussion of current
critical literature and/or creative readings by writers,
artists, and scholars. Exploration in greater depth of
literary topics and creative work presented through
sponsored forums, speakers series, and colloquia.
May be repeated for credit. P/NP grading.
195CE. Community and Corporate Internships in
English. (4) Tutorial, to be arranged; fieldwork, eight
to 10 hours. Limited to juniors/seniors. Internship in
corporate, governmental, or nonprofit setting coordinated through Center for Community Learning. Students complete weekly written assignments, attend
biweekly meetings with graduate student coordinator,
and write final research paper. Faculty sponsor and
graduate student coordinator construct series of
reading assignments that examine issues related to
internship site. May not be applied toward major requirements. May be repeated for credit with consent
of Center for Community Learning. Individual contract
with supervising faculty member required. P/NP or
letter grading.
197. Individual Studies in English. (2 to 5) Tutorial,
four hours. Limited to juniors/seniors. Individual intensive study, with scheduled meetings to be arranged
between faculty member and student. Assigned
reading and tangible evidence of mastery of subject
matter required. May be repeated for credit. Individual
contract required. P/NP or letter grading.
198A-198B. Honors Research in English. (5-5)
Tutorial, to be arranged. Requisite: course 191H. Limited to juniors/seniors. Development and completion
of honors thesis under direct supervision of faculty
member. May be repeated for credit. Individual contract required. In Progress (198A) and letter (198B)
grading.
199. Directed Research or Senior Project in English. (2 to 8) Tutorial, to be arranged. Limited to juniors/seniors. Supervised individual literary research
and creative projects under guidance of faculty
mentor. Culminating paper or project required. May
be repeated for credit. Individual contract required.
P/NP or letter grading.
Graduate Courses
200. Approaches to Literary Research. (4) Lecture,
four hours. Bibliographical tools of English and American literary scholarship; introduction to descriptive
bibliography and basic methods of research. Periods
covered vary. S/U or letter grading.
201A. Criticism and Interpretation from Classical
Era to Renaissance. (4) Lecture, three hours. Examination of major texts in history of critical theory and
interpretation from pre-Socratics to Descartes, including classical literary criticism (Plato, Aristotle,
Horace, Longinus), biblical hermeneutics (Bible, Midrash, St. Paul, St. Augustine, St. Thomas Aquinas),
and medieval and Renaissance theories of interpretation (Dante, Boccaccio, Sidney). S/U or letter grading.
201B. Aesthetics and Criticism from Enlightenment to Decadence. (4) Lecture, three hours. Continuation of course 201A, proceeding from neoclassical and Enlightenment critical theory through Victorian and decadent aesthetic and literary criticism.
Readings may include texts by Rousseau, Dryden,
Pope, Hume, Kant, Schiller, the Schlegels, Coleridge,
Hegel, Schelling, Arnold, Pater, Wilde, and Neitzsche.
S/U or letter grading.
201C. Developments and Issues in Modern Critical
Thought. (4) Lecture, three hours. Study of major figures and ideas in modern and contemporary critical
theory. Readings vary from year to year but may include such figures as Freud, Durkheim, Saussure,
Heidegger, Shkolvskii, Benjamin, Adorno, LeviStrauss, Lacan, Barthes, Derrida, Deleuze, Fanon,
Foucault, Irigaray, Lyotard, Bourdieu, and Bhabha.
S/U or letter grading.
203. Computers and Literary Research. (4) Lecture,
four hours. Prior knowledge in this area not required.
Practice in writing and using computer programs for
analysis of literary style, content, and authorship. S/U
or letter grading.
204. History of Rhetoric. (4) Lecture, four hours.
Reading of basic texts in history of rhetoric and selections from standard commentaries. Survey of
classical period and medieval-to-modern period in
alternate years. S/U or letter grading.
M205A. Study of Oral Tradition: History and Methods. (4) (Same as Scandinavian M271.) Seminar,
three hours. Exploration of scholarly and literary attempts to study, define, analyze, promote, and/or appropriate oral traditions, from Homer and ancient
Greece to origins of vernacular literatures, European
romantic (re)discovery of oral tradition, 20th-century
heuristic models of oral composition, and modernday electronic media and popular verbal genres, such
as joking and rapping. S/U or letter grading.
M205B. Collecting Oral Tradition. (4) (Same as
Scandinavian M272.) Seminar, three hours. Description and evaluation of various modern approaches to
collecting and documenting oral tradition as text, performance, and sociocultural event. Consideration of
approaches ranging from written transcription and
textualization to audio and video presentation. S/U or
letter grading.
M205C. Studies in Oral Traditional Genres. (4)
(Same as Scandinavian M273.) Seminar, three hours.
Exploration in depth of variety and history of, and
scholarship on, particular oral traditional genre (e.g.,
ballad, song, epic, proverb, riddle, folktale, legend) or
set of closely related oral traditional genres. S/U or
letter grading.
210. History of English Language. (4) Lecture, four
hours. Detailed study of history, characteristics, and
changing forms of English language from its origin
until about 1900. S/U or letter grading.
211. Old English. (4) Lecture, four hours. Study of
Old English grammar, lexicon, phonology, and pronunciation to enable students to read literature silently
and aloud. Reading of as much of more interesting
Old English prose and poetry as can be read in one
term. S/U or letter grading.
212. Middle English. (4) Lecture, four hours. Requisite: course 211. Detailed study of linguistic aspects
of Middle English and of representative examples of
better prose and poetry. S/U or letter grading.
213. Early Modern English. (4) Lecture, four hours.
Detailed study of phonology, morphology, syntax, and
vocabulary of English between 1450 and 1750. Description and analysis of changes in language in relation to intellectual, political, and social characteristics
of period. S/U or letter grading.
214. Modern English. (4) Lecture, four hours. Description and analysis of modern English phonology,
grammar, and vocabulary, using theory and techniques of contemporary linguistics. Survey of evolution of American English and account of characteristic
phonological and grammatical features of major regional varieties of English around world. S/U or letter
grading.
M215. Paleography of Latin and Vernacular Manuscripts, 900 to 1500. (4) (Same as Classics M218,
French M210, and History M218.) Lecture, three
hours; discussion, two hours. Introduction to history
of Latin and vernacular manuscript book from 900 to
1500 to (1) train students to make informed judgments with regard to place and date of origin, (2) provide training in accurate reading and transcription of
later medieval scripts, and (3) examine manuscript
book as witness to changing society that produced it.
Focus on relationship between Latin manuscripts and
vernacular manuscripts with regard to their respective
presentation of written texts. S/U or letter grading.
216A-216B. Old Irish. (4) Lecture, four hours. Studies
in grammar. Readings in glosses and other texts.
Comparative considerations. S/U or letter grading.
217A-217B. Medieval Welsh. (4) Lecture, four hours.
Studies in grammar. Readings in Mabinogi and other
texts. Comparative considerations. S/U or letter
grading.
218. Celtic Linguistics. (4) Lecture, four hours.
Survey of salient features of Celtic linguistic stock
in its Gaelic and British branches, with reference to
position of Celtic within Indo-European languages.
S/U or letter grading.
230. Workshop: Creative Writing. (2 to 4) Lecture,
two to four hours. Preparation: submission of writing
samples in specified genre (poetry, fiction, or
drama). May be repeated but may not satisfy more
than one of nine courses required for first qualifying
examination nor any of five courses required for
second qualifying examination. S/U or letter grading.
240. Studies in History of English Language. (4)
Lecture, four hours. Individual seminars dealing with
any single historical period from Old English period to
present or development of one particular linguistic
characteristic (phonology, syntax, semantics, dialectology) through various periods. May be repeated for
credit. S/U or letter grading.
241. Studies in Structure of English Language. (4)
Lecture, four hours. Topics in various aspects of
structure of modern English, especially syntax and
semantics. May be repeated for credit. S/U or letter
grading.
242. Language and Literature. (4) Lecture, four hours.
Application of linguistics to literary analysis. Individual
seminars dealing with one historical period (medieval
and Renaissance, neoclassical, or 19th century and
modern), specific authors, or contributions of specific
groups of linguists to literary analysis. May be repeated for credit. S/U or letter grading.
244. Old and Medieval English Literature. (4) Lecture, four hours. Studies in poetry and prose of Old
and medieval English literature; limits of investigation
set by individual instructor. May be repeated for
credit. S/U or letter grading.
245. Chaucer. (4) Lecture, four hours. May be repeated for credit. S/U or letter grading.
246. Renaissance Literature. (4) Lecture, four hours.
Studies in poetry and prose of Renaissance English
literature, exclusive of Shakespeare; limits of investigation set by individual instructor. May be repeated
for credit. S/U or letter grading.
338 / Entrepreneurship
247. Shakespeare. (4) Lecture, three hours. May be
repeated for credit. S/U or letter grading.
248. Earlier 17th-Century Literature. (4) Lecture,
three hours. Studies in poetry and prose of 17th-century English literature up to Restoration; limits of investigation set by individual instructor. May be repeated for credit. S/U or letter grading.
249. Milton. (4) Lecture, three hours. Studies in poetry and prose of John Milton; limits of investigation
set by individual instructor. May be repeated for
credit. S/U or letter grading.
250. Restoration and 18th-Century Literature. (4)
Lecture, three hours. Studies in English poetry and
prose, 1660 to 1800; limits of investigation set by individual instructor. May be repeated for credit. S/U or
letter grading.
251. Romantic Writers. (4) Lecture, three hours. May
be repeated for credit. S/U or letter grading.
252. Victorian Literature. (4) Lecture, three hours.
Studies in English poetry and prose of Victorian period; limits of investigation set by individual instructor.
May be repeated for credit. S/U or letter grading.
253. Contemporary British Literature. (4) Lecture,
three hours. May be repeated for credit. S/U or letter
grading.
254. American Literature to 1900. (4) Lecture, three
hours. Studies in Colonial and 19th-century American
literature; limits of investigation set by individual instructor. May be repeated for credit. S/U or letter
grading.
255. Contemporary American Literature. (4) Lecture, three hours. Studies in contemporary American
poetry and prose; limits of investigation set by individual instructor. May be repeated for credit. S/U or
letter grading.
256. Studies in Drama. (4) Lecture, three hours.
Studies in drama as genre from its beginning to
present; limits of investigation set by individual instructor. May be repeated for credit. S/U or letter
grading.
257. Studies in Poetry. (4) Lecture, three hours.
Studies in various themes and forms of poetry from
Old English to present; limits of investigation set by
individual instructor. May be repeated for credit. S/U
or letter grading.
258. Studies in Novel. (4) Lecture, three hours.
Studies in evolution of genre from its beginning to
present; limits of investigation set by individual instructor. May be repeated for credit. S/U or letter
grading.
259. Studies in Criticism. (4) Lecture, three hours.
May be repeated for credit. S/U or letter grading.
260. Studies in Literature and Its Relationship to
Arts and Sciences. (4) Lecture, three hours. Studies
in interrelationships of literature, arts, and sciences;
limits of investigation set by individual instructor. May
be repeated for credit. S/U or letter grading.
M260A. Topics in Asian American Literature. (4)
(Same as Asian American Studies M260.) Seminar,
three hours. Graduate seminar that examines and
critically evaluates writings of Asian Americans. May
be repeated for credit. S/U or letter grading.
M261. Studies in Chicana/Chicano Literature. (4)
(Formerly numbered 261.) (Same as Chicana and Chicano Studies M289.) Seminar, three hours. Intensive
research and study of major themes, authors, and issues in Chicana/Chicano literature and culture. Examination of political, aesthetic, economic, and cultural
context that emerges in Chicana/Chicano discourse;
limits of investigation set by individual instructor. May
be repeated for credit. S/U or letter grading.
M262. Studies in Afro-American Literature. (4)
(Same as African American Studies M200E.) Lecture,
four hours. Intensive research and study of major
themes, issues, and writers in Afro-American literature. Discussions and research on aesthetic, cultural,
and social backgrounds of Afro-American writing.
May be repeated for credit. S/U or letter grading.
263. Celtic Literature. (4) Lecture, three hours.
Preparation: knowledge of one ancient or modern
Celtic language. Studies in poetry and prose of early
ENGLISH COMPOSITION
See Writing Programs
ENTREPRENEURSHIP
Interdisciplinary Minor
John E. Anderson Graduate School of
Management
UCLA
149 Humanities Building
Box 951530
Los Angeles, CA 90095-1530
(310) 825-1389
fax: (310) 267-4339
e-mail: munguia@english.ucla.edu
http://www.uei.ucla.edu/entrepreneurship
minor.htm
Alfred E. Osborne, Jr., PhD, Chair
Faculty Committee
Andrew G. Atkeson, PhD (Economics)
Carla Hayn, PhD (Management)
Mark J. Garmaise, PhD (Management)
Richard B. Kaner, PhD (Chemistry and Biochemistry)
Alfred E. Osborne, Jr., PhD (Management)
James W. Stigler, PhD (Psychology)
Miguel M. Unzueta, PhD (Management)
Willeke Z. Wendrich, PhD (Near Eastern Languages
and Cultures)
Undergraduate Study
Entrepreneurship Minor
Professors Emeriti
Associate Professors
Jesus A. Araujo, MD
Jane L. Valentine, PhD
Yifang Zhu, PhD
Assistant Professors
Patrick Allard, PhD
Adjunct Professors
A minimum of 20 units applied toward the minor requirements must be in addition to units
applied toward major requirements or another
minor.
Each minor course must be taken for a letter
grade, and students must have an overall
grade-point average of 3.0 or better. Successful completion of the minor is indicated on the
transcript and diploma.
ENVIRONMENTAL
HEALTH SCIENCES
Jonathan and Karin Fielding School of
Public Health
UCLA
56-070 Center for the Health Sciences
Box 951772
Los Angeles, CA 90095-1772
(310) 206-1619
fax: (310) 794-2106
http://ehs.ph.ucla.edu
Michael L. Jerrett, PhD, Chair
Professors
Richard F. Ambrose, PhD
Michael D. Collins, PhD
Jared M. Diamond, PhD
Hilary A. Godwin, PhD
Oliver Hankinson, PhD
Richard J. Jackson, MD, MPH
Michael L. Jerrett, PhD
Niklas Krause, MD, MPH, PhD
Timothy Malloy, JD
Andr E. Nel, MBChB, PhD
Shane S. Que Hee, PhD
Beate R. Ritz, MD, PhD
Wendie A. Robbins, RN, PhD, FAAN
Linda Rosenstock, MD, MPH
Graduate Study
Official, specific degree requirements are detailed in Program Requirements for UCLA
Graduate Degrees, available at the Graduate
Division website, http://grad.ucla.edu. In many
Graduate Degrees
The Department of Environmental Health Sciences offers Master of Science (MS) and Doctor of Philosophy (PhD) degrees in Environmental Health Sciences.
Environmental Health
Sciences
Upper Division Courses
100. Introduction to Environmental Health. (4) Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour. Preparation:
one course each in chemistry and biology. Introduction to environmental health, including coverage of
sanitary principles and chronic and acute health effects of environmental contaminants. P/NP or letter
grading.
101. Fundamentals of Chemistry in Environmental
Health. (2) Seminar, one hour; discussion, one hour.
Designed for undergraduate students in Public Health
minor or masters and doctoral students in Fielding
School of Public Health. Ideal for students who feel
that their background in chemistry is not strong
enough and are planning to take course 100, C200A,
C200B, or 200C or are concurrently enrolled in one of
those courses. Interactive seminar with focus on critical concepts in chemistry that students need for core
environmental health sciences courses. P/NP, S/U, or
letter grading.
C125. Atmospheric Transport and Transformations
of Airborne Chemicals. (4) Lecture, four hours.
Preparation: one year of calculus, one course each in
physics, organic chemistry, and physical chemistry.
Designed for science, engineering, and public health
students. Role of regional or long-range transport,
and atmospheric lifetimes and fates of airborne
chemicals in phenomena such as photochemical
smog, acid deposition, stratospheric ozone depletion,
accumulation of greenhouse gases, and regional and
global distribution of volatile toxic compounds. Concurrently scheduled with course C225. P/NP or letter
grading.
C135. Environmental Policy for Science and Engineering. (4) Lecture, four hours. Limited to senior undergraduate and graduate students. Examination of
theoretical underpinnings of several major types of
regulatory policy, as well as practical issues involved
in implementing and enforcing each. Exploration of
selection and impact of regulatory forms from variety
of disciplines and viewpoints. Focus on traditional
command and control regulation (including self-executing performance standards and permitting),
market-based regulation (such as emissions trading),
remediation, and emerging regulatory approaches
such as management-based regulation and alternatives assessment. Issues of compliance and enforcement. Concurrently scheduled with course C235.
P/NP or letter grading.
C140. Fundamentals of Toxicology. (4) Lecture, four
hours. Preparation: one course each in biology, organic chemistry, and biochemistry. Essential aspects
of toxicology, with emphasis on human species. Absorption, distribution, excretion, biotransformation, as
well as basic toxicologic processes and organ systems. Concurrently scheduled with course C240.
Letter grading.
C152D. Properties and Measurement of Airborne
Particles. (4) Lecture, four hours. Preparation: one
year each of chemistry, physics, and calculus. Basic
theory and application of aerosol science to environmental health, including properties, behavior, sampling, and measurement of aerosols and quantitative
problems. Concurrently scheduled with course
C252D. P/NP or letter grading.
important for public health professionals, such as application of scientific information to real-world problems and ability to communicate effectively with different stakeholders. Concurrently scheduled with
course C200B. Letter grading.
C185C. Foundations of Environmental Health Sciences. (6) Lecture, four hours; group project, two
hours. Enforced requisite: course C185A or C185B.
Multidisciplinary aspects of environmental health sciences in context of public health for environmental
health majors. Concurrently scheduled with course
C200C. Letter grading.
197. Individual Studies in Environmental Health
Sciences. (2 to 4) Tutorial, four hours. Limited to juniors/seniors. Individual intensive study, with scheduled meetings to be arranged between faculty
member and student. Assigned reading and tangible
evidence of mastery of subject matter required. May
be repeated for credit. Individual contract required.
P/NP or letter grading.
Graduate Courses
C200A. Foundations of Environmental Health Sciences. (6) Lecture, six hours. Preparation: one year of
undergraduate biology and chemistry. Introduction to
field of environmental health sciences designed for
students pursuing MS degrees. Examination of series
of topics relevant to science of environmental health
(e.g., population, agriculture/food, microbiology, energy, climate change, water, waste, air) by introducing
scientific basis from ecological perspective and describing how topics relate to health on biochemical
and molecular basis. Emphasis on scientific aspects
of field, with focus on critique of primary literature and
quantitative approaches for examination of topics to
provide skills that are critical to perform research.
Concurrently scheduled with course C185A. Letter
grading.
C200B. Foundations of Environmental Health Sciences for Public Health Professionals. (6) Lecture,
six hours. Preparation: one year of undergraduate biology and chemistry. Introduction to field of environmental health sciences designed for students pursuing MPH degree in Environmental Health Sciences.
Examination of series of topics that cover scientific
principles of field, as well as translation of science to
environmental health practice. Topics include physical, chemical, and biological hazards, as well as risk
assessment and communication. Acquisition of skills
important for public health professionals, such as application of scientific information to real-world problems and ability to communicate effectively with different stakeholders. Concurrently scheduled with
course C185B. Letter grading.
C200C. Foundations of Environmental Health Sciences. (6) Lecture, four hours; group project, two
hours. Enforced requisite: course C200A or C200B.
Multidisciplinary aspects of environmental health sciences in context of public health for environmental
health majors. Concurrently scheduled with course
C185C. Letter grading.
201. Seminar: Health Effects of Environmental
Contaminants. (2) Seminar, two hours. Requisites:
courses C200A, C200B. Emphasis on health effects
of air, water, environmental pollutants on man and review of research literature. May be repeated for credit.
S/U or letter grading.
202. Seminar: Environmental Chemistry. (2) Seminar, one hour. Requisites: courses C200A, C200B,
410A, 410B. Environmental chemistry aspects of environmental health sciences through multimedia analyses and biological and microbiological analyses.
May be repeated for credit. Letter grading.
203. Seminar: Ecotoxicology. (2) Seminar, two hours.
Discussion of various topics in ecotoxicology. Topics
vary from term to term and include aspects of environmental chemistry, toxicology, and ecology. May be
repeated for credit. S/U grading.
204. Seminar: Exposure Assessment. (2) Seminar,
two hours. Discussion of various topics in exposure
assessment. Topics vary by term and include aspects
well as basic toxicologic processes and organ systems. Concurrently scheduled with course C140.
Letter grading.
M241. Advanced Concepts in Gene-Environment
Interactions. (4) (Same as Molecular Toxicology
M247.) Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour.
Comprehensive and practical examination of
emerging science of gene-environment interaction.
Discussion of primary components of field, including
role of metabolic pathways in modifying environmental responses and importance of environmental
influences in human disease. Exploration of selected
hot topics infield, such as importance of epigenetics
and of microbiome. S/U or letter grading.
M242. Toxicodynamics. (2) (Same as Molecular Toxicology M242.) Lecture, one hour; discussion, one
hour. Preparation: undergraduate biology and chemistry courses. Requisite: course C240. Examination of
recent literature on mechanisms of toxicity or toxicodynamics. Student presentation of papers selected
by instructor on various aspects of toxic mechanisms,
including free radical mechanisms, mechanisms of
cell death, metal toxicity/ion homeostasis, intracellular pH and calcium regulation, stress and adaptive
pathways, DNA repair/mutagenesis, carcinogenesis,
and teratogenesis. Discussion of various papers. S/U
or letter grading.
M245. Laboratory in Toxicological Methods. (2)
(Same as Molecular Toxicology M245 and Pharmacology M234C.) Lecture, one hour; laboratory, four to
five hours. Survey of experimental techniques used in
study of toxic substances. Experiments conducted
within known toxin to demonstrate its effects at molecular, cellular, and tissue levels. Presentation of principles of techniques and methods of data analysis at
discussion session prior to laboratory. Letter grading.
M246. Molecular Toxicology. (4) (Same as Molecular
Toxicology M246.) Lecture, four hours. Enforced requisite: course C240. Fundamental aspects of toxicology required for deep understanding of toxicological processes, with research-oriented outlook. Dissemination of information about important molecular
toxicological topics to make students think about
them from research perspective. Students learn about
cutting-edge research areas of molecular toxicology,
how to most optimally extract important information
from research papers, how to critique papers, how to
formulate alternative hypotheses for data in papers,
how to formulate ideas for future research, and how
to express their ideas effectively in oral settings.
Letter grading.
250D. Industrial Hygiene Practice. (2) Seminar, two
hours. Requisites: courses C200A, C200B. Presentation of topics that are relevant to current practice of
occupational health. Topics include discussions of
regulatory framework, risk assessment and risk communication, new legislation, and emergent occupational health issues. S/U grading.
251. Prevention of Disease in Workers and Workplaces. (3) Lecture, three hours. Review of health
conditions caused by occupational exposures,
worker-oriented preventive methods, and workplacerelated approaches to improving general health. Integration of exposure- and clinical-based preventive
strategies. Appropriate for students in occupationalenvironmental medicine, preventive medicine, epidemiology, nursing, and occupational hygiene, and toxicologists interested in human implications. Letter
grading.
C252D. Properties and Measurement of Airborne
Particles. (4) Lecture, four hours. Preparation: one
year each of chemistry, physics, and calculus. Basic
theory and application of aerosol science to environmental health, including properties, behavior, sampling, and measurement of aerosols and quantitative
problems. Concurrently scheduled with course
C152D. S/U or letter grading.
252E. Identification and Measurement of Gases
and Vapors. (4) Lecture, three hours; discussion, one
hour; outside study, two hours. Preparation: one year
each of chemistry, physics, and calculus. Theoretical
M414. Effective Oral Presentation. (2) (Same as Environment M414.) Seminar, two hours. Introduction to
oral presentations. Development of oral presentation
skills, including content structure, visual aids, delivery,
and audience interaction. S/U grading.
M415. Advanced Oral Presentation. (2) (Same as
Environment M415.) Seminar, two hours. Development of advanced oral presentation skills. Preparation
for oral qualifying examination. S/U grading.
454. Health Hazards of Industrial Processes. (4)
Lecture, two hours; field trips, four hours. Requisite:
course 255. Industrial processes and operations and
occupational health hazards that arise from them.
Letter grading.
461. Water Quality and Health. (4) Lecture, three
hours; discussion, one hour. Requisites: courses
C200A, C200B, 401. Introduction to water quality,
with coverage of hydrology, water chemistry, and various chemical contaminants that may affect human
health. Various treatment methods and health implications. S/U or letter grading.
470. Environmental Hygiene Practices. (2) Lecture,
two hours. Requisites: courses C200A, C200B, 401,
Epidemiology 100. Field principles and practices of
environmental sanitation as applicable to sanitarians.
Topics include theory, code enforcement, and inspection procedures for applicable environmental topic
areas. S/U or letter grading.
M471. Improving Worker Health: Social Movements, Policy Debates, and Public Health. (4)
(Same as Community Health Sciences CM470 and
Urban Planning M470.) Lecture, three hours; fieldwork, two hours. Examination of intersection between
work, health, and environment, analysis of social
causes of health disparities, investigation of historical
trends and social movements, interpretation of current policy debates, and development of innovative
interventions. S/U or letter grading.
495. Teacher Preparation in Environmental Health
Sciences. (2) Seminar, two hours. Preparation: 18
units of cognate courses in area of specialization.
May not be applied toward masters degree minimum
total course requirement. May be repeated for credit.
S/U grading.
501. Cooperative Program. (2 to 8) Tutorial, to be
arranged. Preparation: consent of UCLA graduate adviser and graduate dean, and host campus instructor,
department chair, and graduate dean. Used to record
enrollment of UCLA students in courses taken under
cooperative arrangements with USC. No more than 8
units may be applied toward masters degree minimum total course requirement; may not be applied
toward minimum graduate course requirement. S/U
grading.
596. Directed Individual Study or Research. (2 to
8) Tutorial, to be arranged. Limited to graduate students. Individual guided studies under direct faculty
supervision. Only 4 units may be applied toward MPH
and MS minimum total course requirement. May be
repeated for credit. S/U or letter grading.
597. Preparation for Masters Comprehensive or
Doctoral Qualifying Examinations. (2 to 8) Tutorial,
to be arranged. Limited to graduate students. May
not be applied toward any degree course requirements. May be repeated for credit. S/U grading.
598. Masters Thesis Research. (2 to 10) Tutorial,
four hours. Only 4 units may be applied toward MPH
and MS minimum total course requirement; may not
be applied toward minimum graduate course requirement. May be repeated for credit. S/U grading.
599. Doctoral Dissertation Research. (2 to 10)
Tutorial, four hours. May not be applied toward any
degree course requirements. May be repeated for
credit. S/U grading.
Epidemiology / 343
ENVIRONMENTAL
SCIENCE AND
ENGINEERING
See Institute of the Environment and Sustainability
EPIDEMIOLOGY
Jonathan and Karin Fielding School of
Public Health
UCLA
71-254 Center for the Health Sciences
Box 951772
Los Angeles, CA 90095-1772
(310) 825-8579
fax: (310) 206-6039
http://epi.ph.ucla.edu
Zuo-Feng Zhang, MD, PhD, Interim Chair
Anne W. Rimoin, PhD, Acting Vice Chair
Professors
Onyebuchi A. Arah, MD, PhD
Haroutune K. Armenian, MD, DrPH, in Residence
John D. Clemens, MD
Thomas J. Coates, PhD, in Residence
Susan D. Cochran, MS, PhD
Anne L. Coleman, MD, PhD
Roger Detels, MS, MD
Pamina M. Gorbach, MHS, DrPH
S. Jody Heymann, MD, PhD, Dean
Leeka I. Kheifets, MH, PhD, in Residence
Robert J. Kim-Farley, MD, MPH, in Residence
Niklas Krause, MD, MPH, PhD
Li Li, PhD, in Residence
Otoniel Martinez-Maza, PhD
Jian Yu Rao, MD
Beate R. Ritz, MD, PhD
Teresa E. Seeman, PhD
Frank J. Sorvillo, PhD, in Residence
Zuo-Feng Zhang, MD, PhD
Professors Emeriti
Lawrence R. Ash, PhD
Ralph R. Frerichs, DVM, DrPH
Sander Greenland, DrPH, MA, MS
Barbara R. Visscher, MD, DrPH
Associate Professors
Nina T. Harawa, MPH, PhD
Marjan Javanbakht, PhD, in Residence
Sung-Jae Lee, PhD, in Residence
Anne W. Rimoin, PhD
Assistant Professor
Dallas T. Swendeman, PhD, in Residence
Adjunct Professors
O. George W. Berlin, PhD
Marc Bulterys, PhD
James R. Greenwood, MPH, PhD
Mia Hashibe, PhD
Kamyar Kalantar-Zadeh, MD, PhD
Peter Katona, MD
Jeffrey D. Klausner, MD, MPH
Peter R. Kerndt, MD, MPH
Jorn Olsen, MD, PhD
Paul A. Simon, MD, MPH
Marc A. Strassburg, DrPH
Nathan D. Wong, PhD
Zunyou Wu, PhD
The objectives of the Department of Epidemiology fall into three broad categories
research, teaching, and community service.
Degrees offered include the MS and PhD in
Epidemiology and, through the Fielding School
of Public Health, the MPH and DrPH with a
specialization in epidemiology (see Public
Health Schoolwide Programs).
Graduate Study
Official, specific degree requirements are detailed in Program Requirements for UCLA
Graduate Degrees, available at the Graduate
Division website, http://grad.ucla.edu. In many
cases, more detailed guidelines may be outlined in announcements, other publications,
and websites of the schools, departments, and
programs.
Graduate Degrees
The Department of Epidemiology offers Master
of Science (MS) and Doctor of Philosophy
(PhD) degrees in Epidemiology.
Epidemiology
Upper Division Courses
100. Principles of Epidemiology. (4) Lecture, four
hours; discussion, two hours. Preparation: one full biological sciences course. Not open for credit to students with credit for course 200A, 200B, or 200C. Introduction to epidemiology, including factors governing health and disease in populations. Letter
grading.
CM175. Terrorism, Counterterrorism, and Weapons of Mass Destruction: Practical Approach. (5)
(Same as Honors Collegium M175.) Seminar, three
hours. Terrorism, its origins, and ways of addressing
terrorism at local, national, and global levels. Guest
speakers from variety of UCLA departments and from
Los Angeles. Concurrently scheduled with course
C275. P/NP or letter grading.
197. Individual Studies in Epidemiology. (2 to 4) Tutorial, four hours. Limited to juniors/seniors. Individual
intensive study, with scheduled meetings to be arranged between faculty member and student. Assigned reading and tangible evidence of mastery of
subject matter required. May be repeated for credit.
Individual contract required. P/NP or letter grading.
Graduate Courses
200A. Methods I: Basic Concepts and Study Designs. (6) Lecture, six hours; discussion, four hours.
Enforced requisite or corequisite: Biostatistics 100A.
Introduction to basic concepts, principles, and
methods of chronic and infectious disease epidemiology. Letter grading.
200B. Methods II: Prediction and Validity. (6) Lecture, six hours; discussion, four hours. Enforced requisites: course 200A, Biostatistics 100A, 100B. Introduction to basic concepts, principles, and methods of
chronic and infectious disease epidemiology. Letter
grading.
200C. Methods III: Analysis. (6) Lecture, four hours;
laboratory, two hours. Enforced requisites: courses
200A, 200B. Introduction to basic concepts, principles, and methods of epidemiologic data analysis.
Letter grading.
203. Topics in Theoretical Epidemiology. (2) Lecture, two hours. Selected topics from current research
areas in epidemiologic theory and quantitative
methods. Topics selected from biologic models, epidemiologic models, problems in inference, model
specification problems, design issues, analysis issues, and confounding. May be repeated for credit
with consent of instructor. S/U grading.
344 / Epidemiology
M204. Logic, Causation, and Probability. (4) (Same
as Statistics M243.) Lecture, four hours. Preparation:
two terms of statistics or probability and statistics.
Recommended requisite: course 200C. Principles of
deductive logic and causal logic using counterfactuals. Principles of probability logic and probabilistic
induction. Causal probability logic using directed acyclic graphs. S/U or letter grading.
M211. Statistical Methods for Epidemiology. (4)
(Same as Biostatistics M211 and Statistics M250.)
Lecture, four hours. Preparation: two terms of statistics (such as Biostatistics 100A, 100B). Requisites:
courses 200B, 200C. Concepts and methods tailored
for analysis of epidemiologic data, with emphasis on
tabular and graphical techniques. Expansion of topics
introduced in courses 200B and 200C and introduction of new topics, including principles of epidemiologic analysis, trend analysis, smoothing and sensitivity analysis. S/U or letter grading.
M212. Statistical Modeling in Epidemiology. (4)
(Same as Biostatistics M209.) Lecture, four hours.
Preparation: two terms of statistics (three terms recommended). Recommended: course M204 or M211.
Principles of modeling, including meanings of models,
a priori model specification, translation of models into
explicit population assumptions, model selection,
model diagnostics, hierarchical (multilevel) modeling.
S/U or letter grading.
M216. Applied Sampling. (4) (Same as Statistics
CM248.) Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour.
Designed for upper division and graduate students in
social or life sciences and those who plan to major in
Statistics. Topics include methods of sampling from
finite populations, sources of sampling and estimation
bias, and methods of generating efficient and precise
estimates of population characteristics. Practical applications of sampling methods via lectures and
hands-on laboratory exercises. S/U or letter grading.
M218. Questionnaire Design and Administration.
(4) (Same as Community Health Sciences M218.)
Lecture, four hours. Requisites: courses 200B and
200C, or Community Health Sciences 211A and
211B. Design, testing, field use, and administration of
data collection instruments, with particular emphasis
on questionnaires. Letter grading.
220. Principles of Infectious Disease Epidemiology. (4) Lecture, three hours. Requisite: course 100 or
200A. Ascertainment of infection, transmission, and
epidemiological parameters rather than clinical and
pathological aspects. Specific diseases discussed in
depth to illustrate epidemiologic principles. S/U or
letter grading.
223. Biology and Ecology of Human Parasitic Diseases. (4) Lecture, four hours. Information on all aspects of parasitic organisms causing human disease,
including their morphology, biology, means of diagnosis, and diseases they cause. From epidemiological
perspective, special emphasis on way in which parasites maintain themselves in nature and manner in
which organisms are transmitted to people. Letter
grading.
224. Zoonotic Diseases and Publics Health. (4)
Lecture, four hours. Examination of wide variety of infectious disease agents (viruses, bacteria, and protozoan and helminth parasites) causing diseases in individuals and populations. Emphasis on how these diseases exist in natural environment, how they are
transmitted from animals to humans, and methods for
their prevention and control. Letter grading.
M226. Global Health Measures for Biological
Emergencies. (4) (Same as Ecology and Evolutionary
Biology M226.) Lecture, four hours. Requisite: course
220. Mitigation of bioterrorism falls outside traditional
public health programs and public health graduate
education. Because of seriousness of such threats, it
is important that individuals trained in public health
understand problems and responses. Letter grading.
227. AIDS: Major Public Health Challenge. (4) Lecture, four hours. Requisites: courses 200A, 200B, and
200C (or 100), Biostatistics 100A or 110A. Presentation of epidemiologic, biologic, psychological, and
Epidemiology / 345
257. Advanced Nutritional Epidemiology. (2) Lecture, one hour; discussion, one hour. Preparation: introductory biostatistics and epidemiology courses.
Requisite: course 254. Intended primarily for doctoral
students interested in doing epidemiologic research.
Methodological aspects of research in nutritional epidemiology. Topics include why and how to conduct
validation studies, adjustment for energy intake, correction of measurement error. Methods related to genetic polymorphism, biochemical markers, gene-nutrient interaction in chronic diseases. Theoretical as
well as practical aspects. S/U or letter grading.
M258. Molecular Nutrition and Genetics Epidemiology of Obesity and Diabetes. (4) (Same as Pathology M259.) Lecture, four hours. Preparation: basic
biochemistry, epidemiology, molecular biology, physiology, and statistics courses. Survey of entire landscape of nutritional, biochemical, and genetic aspects
of obesity and diabetes and their microvascular and
macrovascular complications. Review of descriptive
and analytical epidemiology of these seemingly distinct yet clearly clustered disorders, including socalled metabolic syndrome. Study of distributions and
determinants of these disorders in Westernized populations to appreciate how and why these epidemics
occurred. Through case studies students learn process of generating etiologic hypotheses that can be
tested using modern molecular epidemiologic
methods. Techniques and principals of molecular genetics relevant to epidemiologic studies. Analysis of
real data sets that include both genotype and phenotype information, with emphasis on examination of
various gene/environment interactions. S/U or letter
grading.
259. Disaster Epidemiology. (2) Lecture, two hours.
Requisites: courses 200A, 200B, and 200C (or 100),
Community Health Sciences 295. Introduction to epidemiologic methodology to study disasters and their
health outcomes, including surveillance, loss estimation, risk factor assessment, intervention, and evaluation. Letter grading.
260. Environmental Epidemiology. (2 or 4) Lecture,
three hours. Requisites: courses 200A, 200B, and
200C (or 100). Epidemiologic methods applied to
evaluation of human health consequences of environmental hazards. Topics include air pollution, pesticides, drinking water contaminants, use of GIS. Review of recently completed environmental studies
published in peer-reviewed literature. S/U or letter
grading.
M261. Occupational Epidemiology. (4) (Formerly
numbered 261.) (Same as Environmental Health Sciences M260.) Lecture, three hours. Requisites for majors: courses 200A, 200B, 200C; for nonmajors:
course 100. Methodological considerations, approaches, and limitations in epidemiological studies
of occupational groups and environments. S/U or
letter grading.
262. Seminar: Environmental and Occupational
Cancer Epidemiology. (2) Seminar, two hours. Requisites: courses 200A, 200B, and 200C (or 100). Discussion of examples of recent epidemiologic studies,
with focus on environmental and occupational exposures, especially in areas where controversies have
arisen such as for electromagnetic fields and childhood leukemia, and bladder cancer and trihalomethanes levels of drinking water. S/U or letter grading.
263. Exposure Assessment in Occupational and
Environmental Epidemiology. (2) Lecture, two hours.
Requisites: courses 200A, 200B, and 200C (or 100).
Exposure assessment is often most challenging aspect of epidemiologic studies of occupational and environmental hazards. Focus on integration of industrial hygiene principles and epidemiologic methods to
improve exposure assessment protocols and exposure analyses for occupational/environmental health
studies. S/U or letter grading.
265. Epidemiologic Methods in Occupational and
Environmental Health. (2) Lecture, two hours. Introduction to epidemiologic methods applied to evaluation of human health consequences of occupational
and environmental hazards, including study design,
exposure assessment, and statistical techniques
commonly encountered in research focused on assessing adverse health effects resulting from occupational and environmental exposures. Topics include
clusters, meta-analysis, risk assessment, and policy
development. Illustrated by case studies, with focus
on techniques to critically evaluate and interpret current literature. Letter grading.
266. Global Health and Tropical Medicine. (4) Lecture, four hours. Introduction to tropical diseases and
global health. How humanitarian health issues, maternal-child health, research in tropics, World Health
Organizations, and political/medical constraints all are
related with respect to health on worldwide scale.
Letter grading.
267. Methodologic Issues in Reproductive Epidemiology. (2) Seminar, two hours. General discussion
of methodologic issues important to epidemiologic
studies of reproductive outcomes, including fertility,
low birth weight, prematurity, birth defects, pregnancy
loss, and perinatal mortality. Approaches to study design and exposure assessment and identification of
potential sources of bias illustrated through review of
recent studies published in literature and with particular focus on occupational and environmental exposures and birth cohorts. S/U or letter grading.
268. Introduction to Pharmacoepidemiology. (2)
Lecture, two hours. Requisites: courses 200A, 200B,
200C. Pharmacoepidemiology is application of epidemiologic knowledge, reasoning, and methods to
study of effects and uses of drugs. Survey of contemporary roles of pharmacoepidemiology in drug development and public health, with historical background
of its evolution and projections of future prospects.
S/U or letter grading.
270. Behavioral Epidemiology. (4) Lecture, four hours.
Requisite: course 100 or 200A. Introduction to range
of different methodologies used to collect data and
conduct analyses on behaviors studied in epidemiology research. How to collect, analyze, and interpret
data on behaviors that can be associated with disease outcomes, including methods to collect survey
data (i.e., design of questionnaires, interviewing techniques, use of technology to collect data) and
methods to collect and analyze qualitative data (e.g.,
ethnographic interviews, focus groups, systematic
observations). Overview information on epidemiology
of key behavioral factors affecting human health, including sexual risk behaviors, substance use, physical activity, and healthcare utilization. S/U or letter
grading.
271. Assessing Validity of Complementary and
Alternative Healthcare Procedures. (2) Lecture, two
hours. Exploration of validity of alternative and complementary healthcare procedures, with special emphasis on disorders in field of neurology. Focus on
methods of analyzing clinical and experimental research published in journals that provide support or
refute claims made by practitioners of these procedures. Primary procedures include acupuncture, chiropractic, manipulation, massage, and herbal remedies. Letter grading.
M272. Social Epidemiology. (4) (Same as Community Health Sciences M272.) Lecture, two hours; discussion, one hour. Requisite: course 100. Relationship between sociological, cultural, and psychosocial
factors in etiology, occurrence, and distribution of
morbidity and mortality. Emphasis on lifestyles and
other socioenvironmental factors associated with
general susceptibility to disease and subsequent
mortality. Letter grading.
M273. Responsible Conduct of Research in Global
Health. (2) (Formerly numbered 273.) (Same as Public
Health M273.) Lecture, two hours. Requisite: Community Health Sciences 200. Introduction to fundamental
principles of public health ethics, current ethical procedures, guidelines, and requirements, and ethical issues facing public health professionals working in developing countries. History of public health issues,
unique ethical issues of research in developing countries, analysis of ethical implications of informed consent, responsibility to study community, mechanisms
of study approval, role of funders, and role and responsibilities of review boards. S/U or letter grading.
346 / Ethnomusicology
M403. Computer Management and Analysis of
Health Data Using SAS. (4) (Same as Biostatistics
M403B.) Lecture, two hours; laboratory, two hours.
Requisites: Biostatistics 100A, 100B (100B may be
taken concurrently). Introduction to practical issues in
management and analysis of health data using SAS
programming language. Cross-sectional and longitudinal population-based data sets to be used
throughout to illustrate principles of data management and analysis for addressing biomedical and
health-related hypotheses. Letter grading.
404. Advanced SAS Techniques for Management
and Analysis of Epidemiologic Data. (2) Lecture,
three hours. Requisite: course M403 or 410. Handson experience with SAS 9.2/9.3, with focus on using
SAS data and PROC steps efficiently to manage,
clean, analyze, and tabulate epidemiologic data from
data collection systems. Common issues and solutions in data management, including lack of documentation, data definitions, unique subject identifiers,
and nonstandard data formats. S/U or letter grading.
410. Management of Epidemiologic Data. (2) Lecture, two hours. Data management for various epidemiologic study designs, confidentiality concerns; data
management systems; introduction to mainframe
computer. S/U or letter grading.
411. Research Resources in Epidemiology. (2) Lecture, one hour; discussion, one hour. Instruction and
practical experience in use of varied bibliographic
aids and sources of information, building of reference
files, and presentation of research findings for publication. Letter grading.
412. Public Health Surveillance. (2) Lecture, two
hours. Requisites: courses 200A, 200B, and 200C (or
100), Biostatistics 100A. Overview of public health
surveillance methodology, including (1) design, implementation, and evaluation of surveillance systems, (2)
analysis and interpretation of surveillance data, and
(3) application of surveillance methods to specific
health-related outcomes. Letter grading.
413. Methods of Scientific Communication. (2)
Lecture, two hours. Requisite: course 100 or 200A.
Principles of scientific writing and communication.
Approaches to developing effective written, oral, and
visual presentations of epidemiologic research findings. Communication issues arising in conduct of research, including informed consent process. S/U or
letter grading.
414. Practical Epidemiologic Investigations. (2 or
4) Lecture, one or two hours; laboratory, one or two
hours. Requisites: courses 200A, 200B, and 200C (or
100). Practical approaches to epidemic investigations
presented through problem sets based on actual outbreaks. Data collection, analysis, and written presentation of findings. Letter grading.
415. Epidemiology for Developing Countries. (4)
Lecture, four hours. Requisites: courses 200A, 200B,
and 200C (and/or 100), Biostatistics 100A. Practical
use of epidemiology, microcomputers, and spreadsheet models for estimating morbidity and mortality,
developing intervention or prevention strategies, and
setting program priorities in Third World settings.
Letter grading.
417. Injury Prevention Strategies and Countermeasures. (2) Lecture, two hours. Requisite: course
100. Lectures with discussion on injury prevention
strategies and countermeasures, including critical review of effectiveness in public health context. Emphasis on major public health injury problems from
assaultive, self-inflicted, or unintentional causes. S/U
or letter grading.
420. Field Trials in Developing Countries. (4) Lecture, four hours. Requisite: course 100 or 200A or
200B. Introduction to practical concepts and issues in
conducting epidemiologic field research in developing
countries, including formulating research questions,
study site selection, ethical considerations, and logistics of data and specimen collection. S/U or letter
grading.
Lecturers
Justo Almario, BA
Teresia Awe, BA
Clayton Cameron, BM
Jesus A. Guzman
Charles A. Harrison, MM
Tamir Hendelman, BM
Alexandro D. Hernandez, PhD
Wolf Marshall, BA
Rahul D. Neuman
Charles Owens, BA
Jesse D. Ruskin, PhD
Adjunct Professors
Amy R. Catlin, PhD
Chi Li, BA
Eddie S. Meadows, PhD
Ankica Petrovic, PhD
Tzvetanka T. Varimezova, BA
ETHNOMUSICOLOGY
Herb Alpert School of Music
UCLA
2539 Schoenberg Music Building
Box 951657
Los Angeles, CA 90095-1657
(310) 825-8381
fax: (310) 206-4738
http://www.ethnomusic.ucla.edu
Steven J. Loza, PhD, Chair
Professors
Rosina M. Becerra, PhD
Tara C. Browner, PhD
Kenneth E. Burrell, BA
Cheryl L. Keyes, PhD
Mark L. Kligman, PhD (Mickey Katz Endowed
Professor of Jewish Music)
Steven J. Loza, PhD
Daniel M. Neuman, PhD (Mohindar Brar Sambhi
Endowed Professor of Indian Music)
James W. Newton, BM
A.J. Racy, PhD
Helen M. Rees, PhD
Timothy Rice, PhD
Roger Savage, PhD
Timothy D. Taylor, PhD
Professors Emeriti
Jacqueline Cogdell DjeDje, PhD
Charlotte A. Heth, PhD
William R. Hutchinson, PhD
Roger A. Kendall, PhD
J.H.K. Nketia, BA
James W. Porter, MA
Hiromi Lorraine Sakata, PhD
Anthony Seeger, PhD
Assistant Professor
Mnir N. Beken, PhD
Ethnomusicology / 347
view. The major provides students with a wideranging liberal arts education in music. At its
core, this includes (1) comprehensive knowledge of music cultures of the world, (2) understanding of the interrelationship of music, society, and culture, (3) grounding in the basics of
Western music theory and musicianship, and
(4) the experience of playing in one or several
musical ensembles from various traditions
around the world.
The concentration in jazz studies seeks to produce students who emerge as outstanding and
well-rounded jazz musicians with a strong academic foundation, and to prepare students to
enter professional careers in the music world,
as well as graduate study in various aspects of
music such as composition, arranging, film scoring, jazz performance, research, and teaching.
Beyond the core and emphasis requirements,
students in the world music concentration
may, through elective courses, prepare for a
variety of career goals, including the study of
ethnomusicology in graduate school, composing and performing music, working in the music industry, serving society in the nonprofit
sector, or becoming a K through 12 music
teacher.
At the graduate level, the department offers
MA and PhD degrees in Ethnomusicology, with
a specialization in systematic musicology. Both
degree programs train students for future university teaching careers, as well as careers in
library science and archiving, the music industry, public service, and music technology. The
department provides fellowships, teaching assistantships, and research assistantships for
qualified students.
Undergraduate Study
The Ethnomusicology major is a designated
capstone major. The capstone project is individualized to each student and requires a creative process either through music performance/composition, a research project, or an
internship with a self-reflective journal detailing
the process. Through that process, students
are expected to demonstrate a broad knowledge base and competency in performance,
writing, and/or composition and ability to apply
knowledge and experience to the specific requirements of the capstone; conceive and successfully complete a project that is expressive
of their specific interests and acquired expertise; and display, through written documentation or live presentation, the requisite communication and, in some cases, teamwork
required by work in this field.
Ethnomusicology B.A.
Capstone Major
Admission
Applicants are reviewed individually, based on
a questionnaire, grade-point average, two letters of recommendation, test scores, a personal statement of purpose, and an interview/
audition. Applicants who are unable to travel to
UCLA have the option of submitting a videotape of musical performance, following departmental guidelines.
Graduate Study
Official, specific degree requirements are detailed in Program Requirements for UCLA
Graduate Degrees, available at the Graduate
Division website, http://grad.ucla.edu. In many
cases, more detailed guidelines may be outlined in announcements, other publications,
and websites of the schools, departments, and
programs.
Graduate Degrees
The Major
Ethnomusicology
5. Music Around World. (5) Lecture, four hours; discussion, one hour; outside study, 10 hours. Overview
of worlds musical traditions by selecting one or two
case studies from each of nine musical world regions:
Pacific, East Asia, Southeast Asia, South Asia, Middle
East, Africa, Europe, Latin America, and U.S. and
Canada. P/NP or letter grading.
M6A-M6B-M6C. Introduction to Musicianship. (22-2) (Same as Music M6A-M6B-M6C and Music History M6A-M6B-M6C.) Laboratory, four hours. Preparation: placement examination. Course M6A is enforced requisite to M6B, which is enforced requisite to
M6C. Students must receive grade of C or better to
proceed to next course in sequence. Introduction to
musicianship through in-depth exploration of basic
common musical elements and training in aural recognition, sight singing, dictation, and keyboard skills.
Focus on topics such as tonal and modal harmony,
rhythm, improvisation, composition, notation, and ear
training to prepare students for later theory courses,
participation in music ensembles, advanced study in
music, and professional careers. Letter grading.
M7A-M7B-M7C. Introduction to Music: History,
Culture, Creativity. (4-4-4) (Same as Music M10AM10B-M10C and Music History M10A-M10B-M10C.)
Lecture, two hours; laboratory, four hours. Preparation: placement examination. Course M7A is enforced
requisite to M7B, which is enforced requisite to M7C.
Students must receive grade of C or better to proceed to next course in sequence. Introduction to
study of music from three complimentary perspectives: its history, relation to culture, and creative structuring. Lectures from musicologists, ethnomusicologists, and composers/theorists combined with small
sections in which students develop wide range of musicianship skills. Organized around broad ideas (performance, simultaneity, time, place, and more) where
creative and cultural implications are explored
through analysis and discussion of broad repertoire of
musical works spanning historical eras and global
348 / Ethnomusicology
cultures. Compositional exercises, production of
short compositions, and short papers dealing with
historical and cultural issues required. Letter grading.
10A-10B-10C. World Music Theory and Musicianship. (5-5-5) Lecture, two hours; discussion, four
hours; laboratory, two hours; outside study, seven
hours. Course 10A is requisite to 10B, which is requisite to 10C. Limited to Ethnomusicology and World
Arts and Cultures majors. Introduction to and participation in musical systems of selected world cultures
through aural and written notations, vocal and instrumental skills, melodic and rhythmic dictation, improvisation, and composition. Letter grading.
11A-11B-11C. World Music Systems and Structures. (5-5-5) Lecture, four hours; discussion, four
hours; outside study, seven hours. Requisite: course
10C. Course 11A is requisite to 11B, which is requisite to 11C. Limited to Ethnomusicology majors. Students must receive grade of C or better to proceed to
next course. Advanced study and analysis of musical
systems and aesthetic concepts from selected world
cultures through aural and written notations, vocal
and instrumental skills, melodic and rhythmic dictation, improvisation, and composition. Letter grading.
15. American Life in Music. (4) Lecture, three hours.
Impact of ethnicity, race, gender, and other social processes on American music in late 20th century; use of
and creativity in music to respond to and shape contemporary social processes. P/NP or letter grading.
20A-20B-20C. Musical Cultures of World. (5-5-5)
Lecture, four hours; discussion, one hour; outside
study, 10 hours. Enforced requisite: Music 20C with
grade of C or better. Traditional and popular musics
from many different countries, with introduction to
basic ethnomusicological concepts and development of listening and analytical skills. Each course
may be taken independently for credit. Letter grading.
20A. Europe and Americas; 20B. Africa and Near
East; 20C. Asia.
25. Global Pop. (5) Lecture, four hours; discussion,
one hour. Development of world music or world beat,
including its meaning and importance to contemporary culture as well as its history and impact. P/NP or
letter grading.
30. Music and Media. (5) Lecture, four hours; discussion, one hour. Exploration of ways music is mediated to people by industry, technologies, and corporations. Survey of leading theorists of media and exploration of case studies. P/NP or letter grading.
35. Blues, Society, and American Culture. (5) Lecture, four hours; discussion, one hour. Sociocultural
history and survey of blues music tradition from its
roots in West Africa to its emergence in African American oral culture, with emphasis on philosophical underpinnings and social and political impact of blues
and its influence on development of country, jazz,
gospel, rhythm and blues, rock, hip-hop music, and
other mediums. P/NP or letter grading.
40. Music and Religion. (5) Lecture, four hours; discussion, one hour. Survey of nature, role, and power
of music in religious rituals around world, covering
music and ritual of Hinduism, Buddhism, Judaism,
Christianity, and Islam, as well as religious traditions
of Native Americans and syncretic religious practices
in Americas such as African American gospel music,
Brazilian Candomble, Cuban Santera, and Haitian
vodoun. Letter grading.
45. Music of Bollywood and Beyond. (5) Lecture,
four hours; discussion, one hour; outside study, 10
hours. History and development of South Asian film
scores in their filmic context, especially omnipresent
songs that most distinctively characterize this genre.
P/NP or letter grading.
50A-50B. Jazz in American Culture. (5-5) Lecture,
four hours; discussion, one hour. Course 50A is not
requisite to 50B. Survey of development of jazz in
American culture. Discussion of different compositional/performance techniques and approaches that
distinguish different sub-styles of jazz from one another, as well as key historical figures that shaped development of jazz from its early years through modern
jazz. Important historical social issues (segregation,
Depression, World War II, Civil Rights Movement) that
Ethnomusicology / 349
to American culture, with emphasis on 20th-century
popular music and its major composers, including
comparison between traditional pre-1950 popular
music and trends in post-1950 popular music. P/NP
or letter grading.
118. Development of Rock. (5) Lecture, four hours.
Examination of historical and stylistic development of
rock from 1950s to present, with attention to its sociocultural and political impact on American society and
beyond. P/NP or letter grading.
M119. Cultural History of Rap. (5) (Same as African
American Studies M107.) Lecture, four hours; discussion, one hour. Introduction to development of rap
music and hip-hop culture, with emphasis on musical
and verbal qualities, philosophical and political ideologies, gender representation, and influences on
cinema and popular culture. P/NP or letter grading.
120A-120B. Development of Jazz. (4-4) Lecture,
four hours; discussion, one hour. Introduction to jazz;
its historical background and its development in U.S.
P/NP or letter grading.
121. Cross-Cultural Perspectives in Jazz. (4) Lecture, four hours. Exploration of assimilation and retention of jazz from U.S. in various countries, with particular emphasis on cultural and social features that
form basis for new jazz-ethnic music blends. P/NP or
letter grading.
C122A-C122B-C122C. Jazz Styles and Analysis.
(4-4-4) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight
hours. Designed for Ethnomusicology, Music, and
Music History majors. In-depth analysis of jazz styles
and repertoire intended for students with music backgrounds. Concurrently scheduled with courses
C222A-C222B-C222C. Letter grading. C122A. Early
Jazz to Swing Era; C122B. Bebop to Avant-garde;
C122C. Jazz since Sixties.
123. Music of Bebop. (4) Lecture, three hours. Study
of jazz bebop tradition, including analysis of compositions and song forms, styles of improvisation, and developments from 1940 to present. P/NP or letter
grading.
C124. Electric Music of Miles Davis. (4) Lecture,
four hours; outside study, eight hours. Enforced requisite: course 11C. Careful examination of artistic body
of Miles Davis electric music (1967 to 1991). Influences and impetus that fueled his daring move from
acoustic jazz to electric music. Examination of Davis
complex and challenging relationship with music industry as his art moved through periods of multidimensional growth and evolutionary development.
Much detail to his use of contemporary jazz, funk,
rhythm and blues, rock, southern and west African,
Brazilian, European avant-garde, Cuban, Indian, flamenco, and ambient music. Concurrently scheduled
with course C224. Letter grading.
125A-125B-125C. Jazz Composition and Arranging. (2-2-2) Lecture, two hours; outside study, four
hours. Examination of various aspects of jazz composition. Differentiation between improvisation and notated composition, as well as between composition
and arranging, and introduction to basic arranging
concepts. Letter grading. 125A. Early Jazz to Swing
Era; 125B. Bebop to Avant-garde; 125C. Jazz since
Sixties.
126A. Introduction to Jazz Arranging and Orchestration. (2) Seminar, two hours. Requisite: course
129C. Study and practice of skills used in arranging
and orchestrating music in jazz idiom. Students
create and orchestrate their own arrangements. Study
of specific instruments and their unique use and application in jazz (jazz notation and terminology, transposition, woodwind doublings, brass mutes, etc.).
Writing for smaller ensembles, culminating with arrangements to be read by one UCLA Jazz Combo.
Letter grading.
126B. Jazz Arranging and Orchestration. (2) Seminar, two hours. Enforced requisites: courses 126A,
129C. Continuation of concepts from course 126A,
with focus on full sectional writing and in-depth score
analysis. Culminates with arrangements to be read by
UCLA Jazz Orchestra I. Letter grading.
126C. Advanced Jazz Arranging and Orchestration. (2) Seminar, two hours. Enforced requisites:
courses 126A, 126B, 129C. Continuation of concepts
from course 126B, with focus on contributions of
noteworthy arrangers/orchestrators. Culminates with
arrangements to be read by UCLA Jazz Orchestra I.
Letter grading.
127A-127B-127C. Jazz Keyboard Harmony I, II, III.
(2-2-2) Laboratory, two hours; outside study, four
hours. Enforced requisites: courses 11A, 11B, 11C.
Course 127A with grade of C or better is enforced
requisite to 127B; course 127B with grade of C or
better is enforced requisite to 127C. Study of jazz harmony through use of piano keyboard. Letter grading.
129A-129B-129C. Jazz Theory and Improvisation.
(2-2-2) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight
hours. Elements of jazz theory and improvisation.
Letter grading. 129A. Basic jazz harmonic constructions, as well as melodic, rhythmic, and harmonic
concepts, and how to apply those elements to personal efforts in improvisations. 129B. Requisite:
course 129A with grade of C or better. Medium-level
jazz harmonic constructions. 129C. Requisite: course
129B with grade of C or better. Advanced-level jazz
harmonic constructions.
M130. Culture of Jazz Aesthetics. (4) (Same as Anthropology M142R and World Arts and Cultures
M136.) Lecture, three hours. Requisite: course 20A or
20B or 20C or Anthropology 9 or 33 or World Arts and
Cultures 20. Aesthetics of jazz from point of view of
musicians who shaped jazz as art form in 20th century. Listening to and interacting with professional jazz
musicians who answer questions and give musical
demonstrations. Analytical resources and historical
knowledge of musicians and ethnomusicologists
combined with those interested in jazz as cultural tradition. P/NP or letter grading.
M131. Development of Latin Jazz. (4) (Same as
Music M131.) Lecture, four hours; discussion, one
hour. Survey of historical and stylistic development of
musical style referred to today as Latin jazz. P/NP or
letter grading.
133. European Musics: Politics, Identities, Nationalisms. (5) Lecture, four hours; outside study, 12
hours. Limited to Ethnomusicology, Music, Musicology, Music History, and European Studies majors.
European folk, popular, and classical music as practice that shapes ideas about national, ethnic, class,
and religious identity and as tool of political domination and resistance. Letter grading.
M134. Introduction to Armenian Music. (4) (Same
as Armenian M134 and Music M134.) Lecture, three
hours. Some amount of formal music study and experience as vocalist or instrumentalist desirable but not
essential. Introduction to history, tradition, and scope
of music of Armenia. Focus on number of different
genres and approaches, and interactions between
music and culture, society, and history. P/NP or letter
grading.
136A. Music of Africa. (5) Lecture, four hours; discussion, one hour; outside study, 10 hours. Introduction to music of Africa through general discussion of
select topics such as continent and its peoples, function, musician, instruments, musical structure and related arts, and contemporary music. P/NP or letter
grading.
C136B. Music of Africa. (4) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Introduction to music of various African cultures and regions. Through readings,
lectures, viewing of films, and analysis of music, students gain greater understanding of diverse musical
traditions found on African continent and become
more cognizant of contributions that people of Africa
have made to world music. Concurrently scheduled
with course C236B. Letter grading.
C140. Music of Arab World. (4) Seminar, three hours.
Limited to junior/senior Ethnomusicology majors. Investigation of historical and cultural backgrounds,
main musical styles, relationship between theory and
practice and emphasis on mode and improvisation,
and 20th- and 21st-century trends in music of Arabicspeaking Near East. Concurrent participation in Near
East performance ensemble (course 91N or 161N) required. Concurrently scheduled with course C240.
Letter grading.
C141. Music of Turkey and Iran. (4) Seminar, three
hours. Limited to junior/senior Ethnomusicology majors. Comparative study of music of Iran and other related areas, including Turkey, with particular reference
to their historical and cultural background, sources on
music theory and aesthetics, instruments, style, technique of improvisation, and contemporary practice.
Concurrent participation in Near East performance
ensemble (course 91N or 161N) required. Concurrently scheduled with course C241. Letter grading.
146. Folk Music of South Asia. (4) Lecture, three
hours; laboratory, one hour. Illustrated survey of some
regional genres, styles, and musical instruments
found in India and Pakistan, with special reference to
religious, social, economic, and cultural context of
their occurrence. P/NP or letter grading.
147. Survey of Classical Music in India. (4) Lecture,
four hours. Examination of melodic, metric, and
formal structures of Indian classical music in context
of religious, sociocultural, and historical background
of country. P/NP or letter grading.
C150. Music and Politics in East Asia. (4) Lecture,
four hours. Limited to Ethnomusicology, Music, Music
History, World Arts and Cultures, Chinese, Japanese,
Korean, and East Asian Studies majors. Political imperatives have long had direct and often explicit impact on music sound and context in East Asia. Examination of interaction of ideology and musical practice
in medieval Korea and in contemporary Korea, Japan,
Taiwan, and China. Concurrently scheduled with
course C250. Letter grading.
C155. Intangible Cultural Heritage Worldwide. (4)
Lecture, three hours. Designed for Ethnomusicology,
Music History, and World Arts and Cultures majors.
Through critical reading of publications by scholars,
officials, and culture-bearers involved in intangible
cultural heritage policy and practice, examination of
history of heritage conservation; concepts of tangible
and intangible heritage; pioneering roles of Japan,
South Korea, and UNESCO in making intangible cultural heritage focal point of much cultural policy
worldwide; tensions among international ideals, nation-state nationalisms, regionalism, ethnicity, and indigeneity in creating intangible cultural heritage policies in different settings; U.S. equivalents to intangible
cultural heritage policies and practices in other countries; roles of private individuals, community initiative,
and professional organizations in cultural preservation
schemes; and related concept of sustainability. Concurrently scheduled with course C255. Letter grading.
C156A-156B. Music in China. (4-4) Letter grading.
C156A. Lecture, four hours. Requisite: course 20C.
Limited to Ethnomusicology majors. Survey of traditional, popular, and Western-influenced musics currently widespread in China, including musical analysis
of different genres; examination of contexts in which
they exist. Investigation of profound effect of Confucian and Communist ideologies on music. Concurrently scheduled with course C256A. 156B. Lecture,
three hours; laboratory, two hours. Requisite: course
C156A. Introduction to various notational systems.
Analysis of representative styles.
157. History of Chinese Opera. (4) Lecture, four
hours. Survey of dramatic elements in Chinese operas, incorporating singing, dance, and acrobatics.
Emphasis on traditional and modern Peking opera
and its relation to Cantonese and other genres. P/NP
or letter grading.
158A-158B-158C. Studies in Chinese Instrumental
Music. (4-4-4) Lecture, three hours; laboratory, one
hour. P/NP or letter grading. 158A. Study of literature,
major sources, paleography, theory, and philosophy
of Chin, including transcription and analysis. 158B.
Study of literature, major sources, paleography,
theory, and philosophy of Pi Pa, including transcription and analysis. 158C. Comprehensive study of Chinese musical instruments, classification system, specific musical notation, and use in context of Chinese
society.
350 / Ethnomusicology
C159. Music on Chinas Periphery. (4) Lecture, four
hours; outside study, eight hours. Designed for undergraduate Ethnomusicology, Music, Music History, and
World Arts and Cultures majors. Survey of musics
from Chinas border regions and neighboring countries: technical musical characteristics and important
contextual issues related to traditional and modern
styles from Mongolia, Uighurs of Xinjiang, Tibet, Tibeto-Burman peoples, Hmong, and indigenous peoples of Taiwan. Concurrently scheduled with course
C259. P/NP or letter grading.
160. Survey of Music in Japan. (4) Lecture, three
hours. Survey of main genres of Japanese traditional
music, including Gagaku, Buddhist chant, Biwa
music, Koto music, Shamisen music, and music used
in various theatrical forms. P/NP or letter grading.
161A-161Z. Advanced World Music Performance
Organizations. (2 each) Activity, three hours; outside practice, three hours. Limited to Ethnomusicology majors. Advanced study of traditional vocal
and instrumental world music. May be repeated for
credit without limitation. Letter grading. 161A. Music
and Dance of American Indians; 161B. Music of Bali;
161C. Music and Dance of Balkans; 161D. Music of
China; 161E. Music and Dance of Ghana; 161F. Music
of India; 161G. Music of Japan; 161H. Music of Java;
161J. Music of Korea; 161K. Music of Mexico; 161L.
Music of Persia; 161M. Music of Thailand; 161N.
Music of Near East; 161P. Music of African Americans; 161T. Jazz Orchestra. Preparation: audition.
Advanced rehearsal and performance of jazz big
band repertoire in traditional jazz ensemble, Latin jazz
ensemble, and contemporary jazz ensemble; 161Z.
Open Ensemble.
162. Advanced Private Instruction in Music. (2)
Studio, one hour; outside practice, five hours. Preparation: two years of courses 91A through 91Z or 92.
Limited to Ethnomusicology majors. Advanced private or semiprivate music instruction with distinguished community-based musician, that must be arranged by students and approved by course instructor. May be repeated for credit without limitation.
Letter grading.
163. Pathways to Composition. (4) Lecture, four
hours. Enforced requisite: course 11C. Fresh new approaches to composing music for both beginning and
experienced composers, while looking at pieces from
jazz, classical, and film music repertoire for inspiration
and study. Group composition exercises, with improvisation as potent composition tool. Exploration of
compositions in myriad of styles to see how different
composers develop melodic phrases into musical
statements. Observation of how composers create
sense of dramatic flow, with composition of student
pieces based on these concepts. Study of various
composers use of rhythmic phrases and call and response, and element of surprise to keep student
compositions fresh and dynamic. Writing of compositions based on programmatic storylines and specific
images by interweaving musical ideas with concepts
from visual art, drama, and film. Letter grading.
164. World Music Composition. (4) Lecture, three
hours; laboratory, three hours; outside study, six
hours. Requisites: courses 11A, 11B, 11C. Limited to
Ethnomusicology majors. Examination in composition
using variety of Western and non-Western musical
systems. Final project required. Letter grading.
C165. Selected Topics in Composition. (4) Lecture,
four hours; outside study, eight hours. Evaluation of
important musical concepts and approaches to enable students to develop greater compositional technique and understanding. Ways composers of jazz,
European classical, and other musical genres have
successfully approached use of extended compositional forms. Examination of way in which world
music traditions have interfaced with jazz and other
types of music to create new musical languages. Use
of concepts, structural paradigms, and inspiration
from literature, visual arts, and other sources to develop student compositions. May be repeated once
for credit. Concurrently scheduled with course C270.
Letter grading.
Ethnomusicology / 351
sions of world music education and application of
these theories in elementary and secondary music
and social studies classrooms. P/NP or letter grading.
197E. Individual Studies in Ethnomusicology. (2 to
4) Tutorial, one hour; outside study, five to 11 hours.
Preparation: 3.0 grade-point average. Limited to seniors. Individual intensive study in ethnomusicology,
with scheduled meetings to be arranged between faculty member and student. Tangible evidence of mastery of subject matter resulting in final research
project required. May be repeated for maximum of 8
units. Individual contract required. P/NP or letter
grading.
197S. Individual Studies in Systematic Musicology.
(2 to 4) Tutorial, one hour; outside study, five to 11
hours. Preparation: 3.0 grade-point average. Limited
to seniors. Individual intensive study in systematic
musicology, with scheduled meetings to be arranged
between faculty member and student. Tangible evidence of mastery of subject matter resulting in final
research project required. May be repeated for maximum of 8 units. Individual contract required. P/NP or
letter grading.
199. Directed Research or Senior Project in Ethnomusicology. (2 to 4) Tutorial, to be arranged. Limited
to junior/senior Ethnomusicology majors. Supervised
individual research or investigation under guidance of
faculty mentor. Culminating paper or project required.
May be repeated for maximum of 8 units. Individual
contract required. Letter grading.
Graduate Courses
C200. Audiovisual Archiving in 21st Century. (4)
Seminar, three hours. Designed for Ethnomusicology
majors. Examination of history, present state, and future of audiovisual archives, with specific focus on
ethics, copyright, contracts, fieldwork, preservation,
and access and issues related to technology, space,
budgets, and staffing. Concurrently scheduled with
course C100. S/U or letter grading.
201. History of Ethnomusicology. (4) Seminar, three
hours; outside study, nine hours. Limited to graduate
ethnomusicology students. Basic literature and
schools of thought in field of ethnomusicology from
late 19th century to 1980s. Letter grading.
202. Current Issues in Ethnomusicology. (4) Seminar, three hours; outside study, nine hours. Limited to
graduate ethnomusicology students. Current issues,
basic literature, and schools of thought in field of ethnomusicology from 1980s to present. Letter grading.
C203. Empirical Foundations in Systematic Musicology. (4) Seminar, three hours; outside study, nine
hours. Limited to Ethnomusicology majors. Comprehensive overview of empirical approaches in systematic musicology. Exploration of theory and philosophy
of science and empiricism, experimental semiotics
and aesthetics, acoustics, musical learning theory,
psychology of music, psycholinguistics, and related
disciplines as applied to musical scholarship based
on theory and model building. Concurrently scheduled with course C179. Letter grading.
C204. Aesthetic and Philosophical Foundations in
Systematic Musicology. (4) Seminar, three hours;
outside study, nine hours. Limited to Ethnomusicology majors. Comprehensive overview of critical
approaches to aesthetics in systematic musicology.
Exploration of aesthetics and philosophy of music,
sociology of music, critical theory, hermeneutics, and
music criticism. Concurrently scheduled with course
C178. Letter grading.
205. Seminar: Information Technology and Research Skills. (4) Seminar, three hours. Limited to
graduate ethnomusicology students. Lecture, demonstration, and practice. Basic skills for research on and
about music that is essential to student careers as
ethnomusicologists, specifically information technology skills, acoustics, and representational tools for
nonlinguistic acoustic phenomena. Basic understanding of acoustics, ability to represent sounds in
various graphic forms appropriate to them, and ability
to locate and organize information sources related to
field of ethnomusicology. Letter grading.
352 / Ethnomusicology
tangible cultural heritage policy and practice, examination of history of heritage conservation; concepts
of tangible and intangible heritage; pioneering roles of
Japan, South Korea, and UNESCO in making intangible cultural heritage focal point of much cultural
policy worldwide; tensions among international
ideals, nation-state nationalisms, regionalism, ethnicity, and indigeneity in creating intangible cultural
heritage policies in different settings; U.S. equivalents
to intangible cultural heritage policies and practices in
other countries; roles of private individuals, community initiative, and professional organizations in cultural preservation schemes; and related concept of
sustainability. Concurrently scheduled with course
C155. Letter grading.
C256A. Music in China. (4) Lecture, four hours. Requisite: course 20C. Limited to Ethnomusicology majors. Survey of traditional, popular, and Western-influenced musics currently widespread in China, including musical analysis of different genres;
examination of contexts in which they exist. Investigation of profound effect of Confucian and Communist ideologies on music. Concurrently scheduled with
course C156A. Letter grading.
C259. Music on Chinas Periphery. (4) Lecture, four
hours; outside study, eight hours. Designed for graduate Ethnomusicology, Music, Musicology, and World
Arts and Cultures majors. Survey of musics from
Chinas border regions and neighboring countries:
technical musical characteristics and important contextual issues related to traditional and modern styles
from Mongolia, Uighurs of Xinjiang, Tibet, TibetoBurman peoples, Hmong, and indigenous peoples of
Taiwan. Concurrently scheduled with course C159.
S/U or letter grading.
M261. Gender and Music in Cross-Cultural Perspective. (4) (Same as Gender Studies M261.) Seminar, three hours. Designed to foster in-depth understanding of gender in study of music as culture.
Topics range from ethnography of gender and sexuality, (de)codification of messages of resistance, and
gender representation to gendered politics via musical production. S/U or letter grading.
262. Musical Ethnography. (4) Seminar, three hours;
outside study, nine hours. Examination of selected
book-length ethnographies, most published in last 10
years, as both literary genre and research procedure.
S/U or letter grading.
263. Perspectives in Popular Music Research. (4)
Seminar, three hours. Investigation of theoretical paradigms, issues, and research models of popular
music, with emphasis on world music genres, local/
global markets, mass mediation, appropriation and
aesthetics of style, ethnographic methods, and impact of popular music studies on ethnomusicology.
Letter grading.
264. Urbanism and Music. (4) Seminar, three hours;
outside study, nine hours. Theoretical and methodological issues in study of city as cultural entity that
affects and is affected by music making. S/U or letter
grading.
265. Religion and Music. (4) Seminar, three hours;
outside study, nine hours. Cross-cultural examination
of role of musical expression as spiritual medium and
as artistic expression in worlds religions. S/U or letter
grading.
266. Charles Seegers Life and Thought. (4) Seminar, three hours; outside study, nine hours. Charles
Seegers (1886 to 1979) major writings and influence
on three fields he helped to found (ethnomusicology,
systematic musicology, historical musicology), as well
as his interest in applied musicology and American
composition in 20th century. S/U or letter grading.
267. Music and Ecstasy. (4) Seminar, three hours;
outside study, nine hours. Relationship between
music and consciousness in different world cultures
and role music plays in ecstatic experiences. Phenomena include trance, spirit possession, shamanism, religious ecstasy, mysticism, and artistic inspiration. S/U or letter grading.
268. Modernity and Musical Experience. (4) Seminar, three hours; outside study, 10 hours. Limited to
graduate students. Examination of possibilities for
EUROPEAN STUDIES
See International and Area Studies
FAMILY MEDICINE
David Geffen School of Medicine
Family medicine faculty members are in leadership roles in the doctoring curriculum and in
the Primary Care College. All first-year students are assigned to work with a family medicine preceptor once a month on a longitudinal
basis for the entire year as part of the doctoring program. In the third and fourth (clinical)
years, required and elective opportunities exist. All students take a required four-week
clerkship in the third year, which is offered at
over 10 teaching sites.
Jerzy Antczak, MA
Janet L. Bergstrom, PhD
Nicholas K. Browne, EdD
Gyula Gazdag, MFA
Marina Goldovskaya, PhD
A.P. Gonzalez, MA
Lewis R. Hunter, MA
Barbara Marks
Robert Rosen, MA
Vivian Sobchack, PhD
Howard Suber, PhD
Peter Wollen, BA
John W. Young, MA
UCLA
50-071 Center for the Health Sciences
Box 951683
Los Angeles, CA 90095-1683
(310) 825-8234
fax: (310) 206-5351
http://www.uclahealth.org/Family-Medicine/
Family Medicine
Upper Division Course
Chairs
Patrick T. Dowling, MD, MPH (Kaiser Permanente
Endowed Professor of Community Medicine), Chair
Martin Quan, MD, Vice Chair, Academic Affairs
Michelle Anne Bholat, MD, MPH, Vice Chair, Clinical
Affairs
Denise K.C. Sur, MD, Vice Chair, Education
Michael Rodriguez, MD, MPH, Vice Chair, Global
Health
Steven Shoptaw, MD, Vice Chair, Research
Directors
David Araujo, MD, Ventura County
Pamela Davis, MD, Northridge Hospital
Lynne M. Diamond, MD, Pomona Valley
Kathleen Dor, MD, Kaiser-Woodland Hills
Theresa Nevarez, MD, MBA, Harbor-UCLA
Carol A. Stewart, MD, Clinica Sierra Vista
John K. Su, MD, Kaiser-Sunset
Denise K.C. Sur, MD, UCLA
Professors Emeriti
Associate Professors
Arne O. Lunde, PhD
C. Fabian Wagmister, MFA
Assistant Professors
Kristy Guevara-Flanagan, MFA
Rory M. Kelly, MFA
Gina Kim, MFA
Ellen C. Scott, PhD
Jasmine N. Trice, PhD
Lecturers S.O.E.
Harold L. Ackerman, MA, Emeritus
Mark McCarty, MA, Emeritus
Lecturers
Tim T. Albaugh, MFA
Ana Lily Amirpour, MFA
Christopher Appelhans
Marc A. Arneson
Bethany Babyak, BA
William J. Barminski
Anne P. Beatts, BA
Suny Behar Parker, MFA
Vincent M. Brook, PhD
Robert A. Burgos
Jeffrey A. Burke
James JC Calciano, BFA
David L. Chambers
Julie Chambers
Heather Collins, MFA
Richard Edwards, MFA
Stephen Farber, MA
Cynthia Felando, PhD
Joshua Feldman, MFA
Michael Friend, MA
Alexander S. Franklin, MFA
Alan L. Friel, JD
George Gary, MFA
Jason Gendler, PhD
Charles B. Gervich
Nicholas Griffin
Cecelia Hall
Rhonda Hammer, PhD
Benjamin U. Harris, MFA
Alexander G. Hedlund, MFA
Erin Hill, PhD
Charles D. Holland, MA, JD
Jeremy R. Hughto, MA
David Johnson, MFA
Michael W. Johnson
Silvia C. Kratzer, PhD
Susan J. Kroyer, BS
Jonathan A. Kuntz, PhD
Neil Landau, BA
Valerie M. Lettera
Kenneth N. Levine
Robert J. Levy, BA
Nicholas LaTerza, JD
David MacMillan
David M. Maquiling, BFA
Undergraduate Study
The Major
Students are admitted for fall quarter only. Admission is highly competitive, and only a limited number of students can be accepted each
year. In addition to the UC Application for
Admission and Scholarships, freshman and
transfer applicants must submit a School of
Theater, Film, and Television supplemental
application. For information about the supplemental application, see http://www.tft.ucla.edu/
filmba.
April Shawhan
John W. Simmons, MFA
Visiting Professors
Peter Guber, LLM
Michael W. Colleary, MFA
Admission
Transfer Students
Transfer applicants to the Film and Television
major with 90 or more units must meet UCLA
transfer requirements and, before arriving at
UCLA, must complete the School of Theater,
Film, and Televisions general education
requirements by either (1) taking college
courses that satisfy the schools general education requirements or (2) completing the
Intersegmental General Education Transfer
Curriculum (IGETC) at a California community
college or (3) achieving UC reciprocity through
completion of general education requirements
at another UC campus while a student there.
In addition to the UC Application for Admission
and Scholarships, transfer applicants must
submit a School of Theater, Film, and Television supplemental application. For information
about the supplemental application, see http://
www.tft.ucla.edu/filmba.
Refer to the UCLA Transfer Admission Guide at
http://www.admission.ucla.edu/prospect/Adm
Graduate Study
Official, specific degree requirements are detailed in Program Requirements for UCLA
Graduate Degrees, available at the Graduate
Division website, http://grad.ucla.edu. In many
cases, more detailed guidelines may be outlined in announcements, other publications,
and websites of the schools, departments, and
programs.
Graduate Degrees
The Department of Film, Television, and Digital
Media offers Master of Arts (MA), Master of
Fine Arts (MFA), Candidate in Philosophy
(CPhil), and Doctor of Philosophy (PhD) degrees in Film and Television.
102A-102B-102C. Senior Symposium. (1-1-1) (Formerly numbered 100B.) Laboratory, three hours. Enforced requisite: course 101A. Course 102A is enforced requisite to 102B, which is enforced requisite
to 102C. Limited to Film and Television majors. Structured forum in which seniors meet on regular basis to
discuss curricular issues, meet with faculty members,
and have exposure to array of guest speakers from
within film and television industry. Letter grading.
104. Story and Style: Theory and Practices of Filmmaking. (5) (Formerly numbered 101.) Lecture/
screenings, six hours; discussion, one hour. Systematic analysis of how filmmakers use sound and image
to tell stories on screen. Viewing of selected films as
case studies to understand relationship of theory to
practice and to develop skills in critical thinking, analytical writing, and strategies for creating original film
and video productions. P/NP or letter grading.
106B. History of European Motion Picture. (6) Lecture/screenings, eight hours; discussion, one hour.
Historical and critical survey, with examples, of European motion picture both as developing art form and
as medium of mass communication. Letter grading.
106C. History of African, Asian, and Latin American
Film. (6) Lecture/screenings, eight hours; discussion,
one hour. Critical, historical, aesthetic, and social
studytogether with exploration of ethnic significanceof Asian, African, Latin American, and Mexican films. Letter grading.
107. Experimental Film. (6) Lecture/screenings, eight
hours; discussion, one hour. Study and analysis of unconventional developments in motion pictures. P/NP
or letter grading.
108. History of Documentary Film. (6) Lecture/
screenings, eight hours; discussion, one hour. Philosophy of documentary approach in motion pictures.
Development of critical standards and examination of
techniques of teaching and persuasion used in selected documentary, educational, and propaganda
films. Letter grading.
110C. World Media Systems. (4) Lecture/viewing,
four hours; discussion, one hour. Requisite: course
110A. Designed for juniors/seniors. Global analysis of
internal and external broadcasting services, with emphasis on their motives, origins, technologies, and
programming. Special attention to political, economic, and regulatory constraints and common world
media issues. P/NP or letter grading.
M111. Women and Film. (6) (Same as Gender
Studies M111.) Lecture, eight hours; discussion, one
hour. Historical issues and critical approaches to
women and cinema that may include authorship,
stardom, female genres, and images of women in
Hollywood cinema, alternative cinema, and independent cinema from silent era to present. Letter grading.
112. Film and Social Change. (6) Lecture/screenings,
eight hours; discussion, one hour. Development of
documentary and dramatic films in relation to and as
force in social development. Letter grading.
113. Film Authors. (5) Lecture/screenings, five hours;
discussion, one hour. In-depth study of specific film
author (director or writer). P/NP or letter grading.
113A. Film Directors: Hitchcock and His Influence.
(5) Lecture/screenings, five hours; discussion, one
hour. Study of films of Alfred Hitchcock and influence
he has had on other filmmakers. Lectures and screenings of Hitchcock films in first seven weeks, with coverage of films that are closely patterned after Hitchcocks in last three weeks. P/NP or letter grading.
113B. Film Authors: Women Filmmakers. (5) Lecture, five hours; discussion, one hour. Consideration
of contributions to world cinema made by women directors, with focus on women directors working in
various eras and modes of production (e.g., silent
cinema, industry cinema, avant garde) with specific
investigations of several auteurs, specifically Dorothy
Azner, Jane Campion, and Cheryl Dunye. P/NP or
letter grading.
114. Film Genres. (5) Lecture/screenings, five hours;
discussion, one hour. Study of specific film genre
(e.g., Western, gangster cycle, musical, silent epic,
comedy, social drama). P/NP or letter grading.
ences. Focus on engagement between distributor, exhibitor, and audience and analysis of various conceptual frameworks and industrial strategies within which
these relationships are conceived and operate. May
be taken independently for credit. Letter grading.
184A. Overview of Contemporary Film Industry. (4)
Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour. Examination of evolving economic structures and business
practices in contemporary Hollywood film industry,
with emphasis on operations of studios and independent distribution companies, their development, marketing, and distribution systems, and their relationship
to independent producers, talent, and agencies.
Letter grading.
184B. Overview of Contemporary Television Industry. (4) Lecture, three hours. Examination of evolving
economic structures and business practices in contemporary Hollywood television industry, with emphasis on operations of networks and cable companies, series development, marketing, and network
branding from 1947 to present. Letter grading.
185. Undergraduate Television and Video Production. (6) Laboratory, six hours. Enforced requisite:
course 1C or 101A. Limited to Film and Television majors. Instruction and exercises in basic techniques of
television and video production. Letter grading.
186A. Introduction to Documentary Production.
(4) Lecture, three hours; laboratory, three hours; fieldwork, four to six hours. Course 186A is enforced requisite to 186B, which is enforced requisite to 186C. Introductory viewing and discussion of selected documentaries and instruction in various production skills
necessary to create video documentaries. Completion of series of exercises from conceptualization
through postproduction, culminating in production of
short documentary. Letter grading.
186B. Intermediate Documentary Production
Workshop. (4) Lecture, three hours; laboratory, three
hours; fieldwork, four to six hours. Enforced requisite:
course 186A. Intermediate viewing and discussion of
selected documentaries and instruction in various
production skills necessary to create video documentaries. Completion of series of exercises from conceptualization through postproduction, culminating in
production of short documentary. Letter grading.
186C. Advanced Documentary Production Workshop. (4) Lecture, three hours; laboratory, three
hours; fieldwork, four to six hours. Enforced requisite:
course 186B. Advanced viewing and discussion of
selected documentaries and instruction in various
production skills necessary to create video documentaries. Completion of series of exercises from conceptualization through postproduction, culminating in
production of short documentary. Letter grading.
187A-187B-187C. Producing and Directing Remote Multicamera Production. (4-6-6) Lecture/laboratory, three hours (additional hours to be arranged).
Letter grading. 187A. Professionally oriented lecture/
laboratory/field workshop course designed to provide
disciplined planning, responsible leadership, and organizational and problem-solving skills required in
deadline remote production. Emphasis on clarity of vision, storytelling, effective execution of pitch, preproduction, shoot, and editorial. 187B-187C. Instruction
and supervised productions of remote experience,
with focus on development and execution of concept.
Experience closely patterned after professional experiences in working with talent, production venues, and
production logistics of remote on-location video programs.
188A. Special Courses in Film, Television, and Digital Media. (4) Lecture, three hours; discussion, one
hour. Special topics in film, television, and digital
media for undergraduate students taught on experimental or temporary basis. May be repeated for
credit. P/NP or letter grading.
193A. Film Curatorship. (4) Lecture, two hours; discussion, two hours; laboratory, four hours. Study of
principles and techniques of film curatorship and research, including but not limited to acquisitions, cataloging, storage, and retrieval systems. Special atten-
Graduate Courses
200. Seminar: Research, Methods, and Resources.
(6) Seminar, three hours; laboratory, four to six hours
(additional screenings and/or video laboratory work
as required). Designed for graduate students. Examination and study of research methods, techniques,
and resources related to film and television research,
including development of computer skills for preparation of bibliographies, online database searching and
retrieval and, when appropriate, use of computer/videodisc technology for research. Letter grading.
201A. Seminar: Media Industries and Cultures of
ProductionFoundations. (6) Seminar, three hours;
film screenings, three hours. Critical survey of various
scholarly traditions and methods (ethnographic, sociological, political-economic, geographic) that have
been used to study film and television production
practices as cultural, social, and industrial phenomena, as basis for individual student research projects. Letter grading.
201B. Seminar: Media Industries and Cultures of
ProductionTransmedia. (6) Seminar, three hours;
film screenings, three hours. Requisite: course 201A.
Examination of contemporary production studies research and transmedia practices, including innovations in marketing, licensing, distribution, industrial
organization, creative work, new technologies, and
evolving relations between fans and producers in digital economy. Letter grading.
202. Seminar: Media Audiences and Cultures of
Consumption. (6) Seminar, three hours; film screenings, three hours. Critical study of reception and use
of television and electronic media and examination of
theoretical approaches to culture and audience research. Consideration of issues of cultural taste, consumerism, style/lifestyle, identity, and relationships
between audience, industry, and mass-marketed images/commodities. Letter grading.
203. Seminar: Film and Other Arts. (6) Seminar,
three hours; film screenings, four to six hours. Designed for graduate students. Studies in interrelationships between film and fine arts, or performing arts, or
C244. Interactive Multimedia Authoring. (4) Lecture, three hours; laboratory, three hours. Introduction
to expressive and aesthetic potential of interactive
digital media and its theoretical issues. Exploration of
methodologies and tools for media integration, interface design, and interactive audiovisual construction.
Students conceive, produce, and master individual interactive multimedia projects. May be repeated once
for credit. Concurrently scheduled with course C144.
Letter grading.
C245. Creative Authoring for World Wide Web. (4)
Lecture, three hours; laboratory, three hours. Exploration of creative aspects of World Wide Web as medium for personal/collective expression. Students
produce Web works and serve them online. Contextualization of medium by looking at its history, embedded ideology, and sociopolitical consequences.
May be repeated once for credit. Concurrently scheduled with course C145. Letter grading.
246. Seminar: Issues in Electronic Culture. (6)
Seminar, three hours; laboratory, three hours. Critical
studies seminar with major hands-on laboratory component that explores impact of new digital technologies on contemporary culture and aesthetics. Students do laboratory projects using visualization,
image manipulation tools, and Internet authoring
tools. Letter grading.
C247. Planning Independent Feature Production.
(4) Lecture, three hours. Analysis of procedure, problems, and budgets in planning feature-length script
for film and television production, with emphasis on
role of producer and creative organizational techniques of producing. Concurrently scheduled with
course C147. Letter grading.
C248. Advanced Digital Media Workgroup. (4) Discussion, four hours; laboratory, two hours. Designed
for students with previous laboratory course experience, course provides opportunity to create largerscale digital media works with advanced software
tools and techniques in small process-oriented, creative workshop environment. May be repeated once
for credit. Concurrently scheduled with course C148.
Letter grading.
249. Digital Revolution. (4) Lecture, four hours; discussion, one hour; laboratory, one hour. Comprehensive survey to introduce students to emerging digital
technologies, resulting new media, and their artistic,
economic, and social implications. Topics include digital editing, digital previsualization, multimedia, World
Wide Web, interactive television, and virtual reality.
Letter grading.
270. Seminar: Film Criticism. (6) Seminar, three
hours; film screenings, four to six hours. Designed for
graduate students. Study of key aesthetic questions
of analysis and evaluation in relation to central works
of motion picture criticism. May be repeated once for
credit. S/U or letter grading.
271. Seminar: Television Criticism. (6) Seminar, four
hours; screenings/discussion, three hours. Designed
for graduate students. Analysis of major forms of television production and criticism it has elicited. May be
repeated once for credit. S/U or letter grading.
273. Seminar: Contemporary Film and Television
Criticism. (6) Seminar, three hours; film and television
screenings, four to six hours. Limited to Film and Television PhD candidates. Study and practice of analytic
and critical response, with emphasis on contemporary film and television. S/U or letter grading.
274. Seminar: Research Design. (6) Seminar, three
hours. Designed for second-year Film and Television
PhD students. Examination of general principles that
govern formulation of major research projects and
preparation of prospectus for PhD dissertation. S/U or
letter grading.
276. Seminar: Non-Western Films. (6) Seminar,
three hours (additional hours as required); film
screening, three hours. Designed for graduate students. Study of aesthetic and ideological impulses of
selected films from Asia, Africa, and Latin America.
S/U or letter grading.
fiction thesis. Exercises in analysis of script and character for purpose of directing actors in film and television productions. Emphasis on eliciting best possible
performance from actors. May be repeated twice for
credit. S/U or letter grading.
423B. Advanced Direction of Actors for Film and
Television. (4) Studio laboratory, six hours. Requisite: course 423A. Limited to graduate film and television students. Advanced study and practice of directing actors before camera. Emphasis on developing
techniques
to
immediately
enhance
communication between director and actor on set in
order to maintain continuity from shot to shot. S/U or
letter grading.
C430. Screenwriting Fundamentals. (2) Lecture,
one hour. Corequisite for graduate students enrolled
in course 431. Examination of screenwriting fundamentals: structure, character and scene development,
conflict, locale, theme, history of drama. Review of
authors such as Aristotle. Concurrently scheduled
with course C132. S/U or letter grading.
431. Introduction to Film and Television Screenwriting. (4) Lecture, three hours. Limited to graduate
film and television students. Introductory course in
problems of film and television screenwriting. S/U or
letter grading.
433. Writing Short Screenplays. (4) Lecture, three
hours. Limited to and required of first-year MFA production program students. Conception, development,
and writing of six-minute dramatic film script to be
produced in courses 410A, 410B, 410C. Letter
grading.
434. Advanced Screenwriting. (8) Seminar, three
hours. Requisite: course 431. Advanced problems in
writing of original film and television screenplays. May
be repeated for credit. Letter grading.
435. Advanced Writing for Short Film and Television Screenplays. (4) Discussion, three hours. Requisite: course 410C. Limited to graduate film and television students. Conception, development, and
writing of dramatic film script to be produced as advanced or thesis project. Letter grading.
437. Nontheatrical Writing for Film and Television.
(4) Discussion, three hours. Limited to graduate film
and television students. Advanced problems in field of
documentary and special feature programs, with emphasis on research and preproduction. May be repeated for maximum of 16 units. S/U or letter grading.
451. Advanced Design for Film and Television. (4)
Laboratory, to be arranged. Limited to graduate film
and television students. Advanced study and practice
of techniques and methods of design for motion pictures. Art direction for advanced workshop productions. May be repeated for maximum of 12 units. S/U
or letter grading.
452A. Film and Television Sound Recording. (4)
Lecture, three hours; laboratory, four hours. Limited to
graduate film and television students. Principles and
practices of film and television sound recording, including supervised exercises. S/U or letter grading.
452B. Music Recording Workshop. (4) Lecture, four
hours; studio, eight hours. Supervised exercises in
studio music recording techniques, with emphasis on
special requirements for motion pictures and television. S/U or letter grading.
C452C. Digital Audio Postproduction. (4) Lecture,
three hours; laboratory, three hours. Limited to departmental majors. Through discussion, demonstrations, and laboratory assignments, exploration of digital audio tools and procedures available to todays
filmmakers. Coverage of many technical, equipment,
and software step-by-steps, with emphasis on creative process. Concurrently scheduled with course
C152C. Letter grading.
453. Postproduction Sound Design. (2 to 4) Lecture, three hours. Designed to give film students insight into world of postproduction sound and to provide knowledge and tools necessary to complete
postwork on their projects. Exploration of all areas of
postproduction sound design from editing to final
mixing. How to effectively use sound design to enhance storytelling capability of films, evaluate music
FOOD STUDIES
Interdisciplinary Minor
College of Letters and Science
UCLA
A316 Murphy Hall
Box 951571
Los Angeles, CA 90095-1571
(310) 825-4945
fax: (310) 267-5166
e-mail: bwilkinson@college.ucla.edu
http://www.uei.ucla.edu/foodstudiesminor.htm
Joseph F. Nagy, PhD, Chair
Faculty Committee
Allison B. Carruth, PhD (English, Institute of the
Environment and Sustainability, Institute for Society
and Genetics)
Barbara Drucker, MFA (Art)
Akhil Gupta, PhD (Anthropology)
Joseph F. Nagy, PhD (English)
Amy C. Rowat, PhD (Integrative Biology and
Physiology)
Wendelin M. Slusser, MD, MS (Community Health
Sciences)
Keith D. Stolzenbach, PhD (Civil and Environmental
Engineering, Institute of the Environment and
Sustainability)
Undergraduate Study
Food Studies Minor
To enter the Food Studies minor, students
must have an overall grade-point average of
2.0 or better and file a petition with College Academic Counseling, A316 Murphy Hall.
A minimum of 20 units applied toward the minor requirements must be in addition to units
applied toward major requirements or another
minor.
FOREIGN LITERATURE
IN TRANSLATION
Scope and Objectives
The following courses offered in the departments of language and literature do not require
reading knowledge of any foreign language.
Foreign Literature in
Translation
Course List
Afrikaans (Germanic Languages)
40. From Oppressed to Oppressor and Beyond: Literature in Afrikaans from Preapartheid to Postapartheid
Era in English Translation
Ancient Near East (Near Eastern Languages)
150A-150B. Survey of Ancient Near Eastern Literatures in English
Arabic (Near Eastern Languages)
150. Classical Arabic Literature in English
M151. Modern Arabic Literature in English
Food Studies
FRENCH AND
FRANCOPHONE
STUDIES
College of Letters and Science
UCLA
212 Royce Hall
Box 951550
Los Angeles, CA 90095-1550
(310) 825-1145
fax: (310) 825-9754
http://www.french.ucla.edu
Dominic R. Thomas, PhD, Chair
Jean-Claude Carron, Docteur s Lettres,
Undergraduate Studies Director
Professors
Jean-Claude Carron, Docteur s Lettres
Patrick J. Coleman, PhD
Eleanor K. Kaufman, PhD
Professor Emerita
Lynn A. Hunt, PhD (Eugen Weber Professor Emerita of
Modern European History)
Associate Professor
Lia N. Brozgal, PhD
Senior Lecturer
No credit is allowed for completing a less advanced course after successful completion of
a more advanced course in French grammar
and/or composition.
The French major is a designated capstone
major. Students are required to complete a
capstone seminar that is thematically devised
to reflect current trends in the discipline.
Through the capstone experience, students
work closely with a faculty member on a focused topic of research. They engage in presentations and weekly discussions and write a
research paper demonstrating language proficiency, critical and creative thinking, analytical
skills, and a cultural perspective.
French BA
Lecturer
Capstone Major
The Major
Undergraduate Study
If students have taken French elsewhere, they
must take a placement test administered by
the department. Depending on the results of
the placement test or with recommendation of
an instructor, they may be permitted to enroll in
a course of study at a more advanced level.
Requisites to all upper division courses taken
in partial fulfillment of the French majors are
French 6, 12, or equivalent. Courses 105
through 109 are not sequential and may be
taken in any order, provided the requisites for
each course are fulfilled.
courses in related fields such as gender studies, humanities, linguistics, and social sciences.
It is strongly advised that students who intend
to pursue advanced degrees begin preparation
for the language requirements at the undergraduate level.
If students knowledge of French exceeds the
preparation usually received in courses preparing for the major and if they demonstrate the
requisite attainment in French 100 or 101, they
may substitute for those courses in grammar
and composition an equivalent number of upper division courses in the French and Francophone Studies Department in consultation with
an adviser. All prospective French majors who
are native or quasi-native speakers of French
must see the undergraduate adviser before beginning upper division work in the major.
All majors must complete a minimum of nine
courses of appropriate upper division work in
the UCLA French and Francophone Studies
Department. Freshmen and sophomores may
take up to two courses taught in English, selected from French 164 through 167, in fulfillment of major requirements (if taken in the junior or senior year, these courses count as
electives). A maximum of 8 units of course 199
may be applied toward the elective requirements for the major if approved in advance by
the undergraduate adviser. Students must
maintain a C average in upper division major
courses in order to remain in the French major.
Coursework taken on a Passed/Not Passed
basis is not acceptable in any area of the major
program.
It is recommended that students intending to
major in French consult the undergraduate adviser before enrolling in upper division courses.
The Major
Required: French 100, 101, 104, one course
from 114A, 114B, or 114C, two courses from
105, 107, 108, 109, 110, one upper division
French elective course, and Linguistics 103,
110, 120A, 120B. Each course must be taken
for a letter grade.
Honors Program
The department encourages those students in
the French majors with initiative and independence of mind who desire an enriched individualized course of study to apply for the honors
program.
The honors program is designed for French
majors who have fulfilled their lower division
requirements and have a 3.5 departmental
grade-point average. Students whose GPA
falls between 3.3 and 3.5 should submit a
composition from an advanced language or literature course to the honors committee. If the
work submitted meets with approval, students
are admitted to the program.
To graduate with departmental honors, students must complete a minimum of two honors projects in the context of nonhonors upper
division courses (French 115 and above) taken
for honors credit. They must do an honors
project (a research paper of 12 to 15 pages) in
addition to the regular course requirements. An
honors contract must be signed before the end
of the third week of the term. After completing
the project, students fill out a completion form.
On the basis of their coursework and field of
interest, students are expected to formulate a
research topic they wish to pursue in greater
depth. They take course 198 where they receive regular personal supervision from a faculty member in the research, methodology, and
writing of their approximately 20- to 25-page
honors thesis (honors projects and the honors
thesis are not to be confused).
Students may begin the honors program toward the end of their junior year or during their
senior year. Students are allowed to enroll in
graduate courses with the consent of the instructor but cannot use those courses to replace an honors project. Departmental honors
are recorded on the final transcript if students
fulfill all requirements for the program. They
may submit their final honors thesis for the departmental prize.
French Minor
To enter the French minor, students must have
an overall grade-point average of 2.0 or better.
Required Lower Division Courses (8 units):
French 6 or equivalent and one course from
12, 14, 41, or 60.
Required Upper Division Courses (20 units):
French 100 or 101, and four additional departmental courses in language, culture, or literature to be selected in consultation with an undergraduate counselor.
A minimum of 20 units applied toward the minor requirements must be in addition to units
applied toward major requirements or another
minor.
Each minor course must be taken for a letter
grade, and students must have an overall
grade-point average of 2.0 or better. Successful completion of the minor is indicated on the
transcript and diploma.
Graduate Study
Official, specific degree requirements are detailed in Program Requirements for UCLA
Graduate Degrees, available at the Graduate
Division website, http://grad.ucla.edu. In many
cases, more detailed guidelines may be outlined in announcements, other publications,
and websites of the schools, departments, and
programs.
Graduate Degrees
The Department of French and Francophone
Studies offers Master of Arts (MA), Candidate
in Philosophy (CPhil), and Doctor of Philosophy (PhD) degrees in French and Francophone
Studies.
French
Lower Division Courses
1. Elementary French. (4) Lecture, five hours. P/NP
or letter grading.
1G. Elementary French for Graduate Students. (3)
Lecture, three hours. Preparation for GSFLT or other
language examinations. Passing grade does not
imply satisfaction of language requirements. S/U
grading.
2. Elementary French. (4) Lecture, five hours. Enforced requisite: course 1 with grade of C or better.
P/NP or letter grading.
3. Elementary French. (4) Lecture, five hours. Enforced requisite: course 2 with grade of C or better.
P/NP or letter grading.
4. Intermediate French. (4) Lecture, four hours. Enforced requisite: course 3 with grade of C or better.
P/NP or letter grading.
5. Intermediate French. (4) Lecture, four hours. Enforced requisite: course 4 with grade of C or better.
P/NP or letter grading.
6. Intermediate French. (4) Lecture, four hours. Enforced requisite: course 5 with grade of C or better.
P/NP or letter grading.
8. Intensive First-Year French. (12) Lecture, 15 hours.
All-in-French intensive language program equivalent
to first year of college French and designed to develop basic language skills. Additional work in language and media laboratory required. Offered in
summer only. P/NP or letter grading.
9. Intensive Second-Year French. (8) Lecture, 10
hours; media laboratory, three hours. Enforced requisite: course 3. Intensive course equivalent to first two
terms of intermediate French and designed to improve proficiency in reading, writing, and speaking.
Offered in summer only. P/NP or letter grading.
10A-10D. French Conversation. (2 each) Discussion, three hours. Enforced requisite: course 3 with
grade of B or better. P/NP or letter grading.
12. Introduction to Study of French and Francophone Literature. (5) Lecture, two hours; discussion, one hour. Enforced requisite: course 6. Principles of literary analysis as applied to selected texts in
poetry, theater, and prose by French and Francophone writers. P/NP or letter grading.
14. Introduction to French Culture and Civilization
in English. (5) Lecture, three hours; discussion, one
hour. Not open for credit to students with credit for
course 14W. Study of contemporary French institutions and issues in cultural, political, and socioeconomic realms. P/NP or letter grading.
14W. Introduction to French Culture and Civilization in English. (5) Lecture, three hours; discussion,
one hour. Enforced requisite: English Composition 3
or 3H or English as a Second Language 36. Not open
for credit to students with credit for course 14. Study
of contemporary French institutions and issues in cultural, political, and socioeconomic realms. Satisfies
Writing II requirement. Letter grading.
16. Society and Self in Early Modern France. (5)
Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour. Role of religion, politics, and sociability in constructing self and
understanding its relation with society in early modern
France. Development of students critical thought and
knowledge of French and European intellectual tradition. P/NP or letter grading.
41. French Cinema and Culture. (5) Lecture/screenings, five hours; discussion, one hour. Introduction to
French culture and literature through study of films of
cultural and literary significance. P/NP or letter
grading.
60. French and Francophone Novel. (5) Lecture,
three hours; discussion, one hour. Study of literary
masterpieces produced by writers from France and
Francophone world (Canada, Africa, Caribbean, etc.)
from 17th to early 21st century. P/NP or letter grading.
Graduate Courses
200. Contemporary French Theories. (4) Lecture,
three hours. Introductory study of French structuralist
and poststructuralist thought in literature, linguistics,
psychoanalysis, anthropology, philosophy, and feminism, that may include texts by Althusser, Barthes,
Deleuze, Derrida, Foucault, Genette, Irigaray,
Kristeva, Lacan, Lyotard, and others. S/U or letter
grading.
201. Techniques of Literary Analysis. (4) Lecture,
three hours. Practice in close analysis of literary texts,
including explication de texte. S/U or letter grading.
202. Cultural Studies. (4) Lecture, three hours. Introduction to theoretical approaches to popular and
mass culture, and to postcolonial and Francophone
cultures. Topics include emergent disciplines and theories such as sociology and structuralism, city, revolution, avant-garde strategies, media, diaspora during
postwar modernization, Algerian War, May 68, and
beyond. Theorists include Barthes, de Certeau, Bourdieu, Baudrillard, Lyotard, Ross, Rey Chow, Virilio.
S/U or letter grading.
203. Contemporary Francophone Literature. (4)
Lecture, three hours. Study of Francophone African,
Caribbean, Vietnamese, or Quebec literatures and
cultures, with specific attention to issues of cultural
contact, language, colonialism, anticolonialism, nationalism, resistance and dissidence, and postcolonial
theory. S/U or letter grading.
204. Studies in Autobiography. (4) Lecture, three
hours. Introduction to theories of autobiography and
subjectivity, and to genre of autobiography in literatures in French across centuries. Topics include early
modern approaches to self-writing, Rousseau and
emergence of modern self, womens autobiography in
France and Francophone world. Theorists may include Georges Gusdorf, Philippe Lejeune, Paul de
Man, Jacques Derrida, Helene Cixous, Michel Foucault, Pierre Bourdieu, Toril Moi. S/U or letter grading.
205. Studies in Cinema and Literature. (4) (Formerly
numbered 205A.) Lecture, three hours. Discussion of
selected topics in French and Francophone cinema
and literature. S/U or letter grading.
207. Studies in History of Ideas. (4) Seminar, three
hours. Particular problems in French literature and
ideas. May be repeated for credit. S/U or letter
grading.
208. Studies in Literary Criticism. (4) Seminar, three
hours. Readings in literary criticism, theory, and literature from any period of French literature. May be repeated for credit. S/U or letter grading.
209. Studies in Literary Genre. (4) Seminar, three
hours. Advanced research and study of literary genres
such as poetry, drama, fiction, autobiography, or performance and of theory of these genres. S/U or letter
grading.
M210. Paleography of Latin and Vernacular Manuscripts, 900 to 1500. (4) (Same as Classics M218,
English M215, and History M218.) Lecture, three
hours; discussion, two hours. Introduction to history
of Latin and vernacular manuscript book from 900 to
1500 to (1) train students to make informed judgments with regard to place and date of origin, (2) provide training in accurate reading and transcription of
later medieval scripts, and (3) examine manuscript
book as witness to changing society that produced it.
Focus on relationship between Latin manuscripts and
vernacular manuscripts with regard to their respective
presentation of written texts. S/U or letter grading.
214. Problematics of Medieval Language and Literature. (4) Lecture, three hours. Introduction to Old
French and problematics of medieval literature. S/U or
letter grading.
215. Studies in Middle Ages. (4) Seminar, three
hours. Examination of nature of cross-cultural, crosslinguistic, and cross-confessional exchange in medieval and early modern periods and Frances role in it.
S/U or letter grading.
216. Renaissance. (4) Lecture, three hours. French
literature of 16th century studied within historical, intellectual, and cultural contexts. Letter grading.
217. 17th Century. (4) Lecture, three hours. Readings
in 17th-century literature studied within historical, cultural, and literary contexts. S/U or letter grading.
218. Enlightenment. (4) Lecture, three hours. Readings in 18th-century French literature and thought:
novels, satires, plays, and other key Enlightenment
philosophies. Letter grading.
219. 19th Century. (4) Lecture, three hours. Readings
in 19th-century literature, covering development of
novel, lyric poetry, and theater from Romantic period
to fin-de-siecle. S/U or letter grading.
220. 20th Century. (4) Lecture, three hours. Overview, both historical and analytical, of 20th-century
French literature set in context of several key critical
topics that interrogate canonical interpretation. Letter
grading.
296. Research Methods and Writing. (2) Seminar,
two hours. Advanced study of current topics in literary
and cultural analysis and in critical theory. Discussion
of current research and literature in research specialty
of faculty member teaching course. S/U grading.
375. Teaching Apprentice Practicum. (1 to 4) Seminar, to be arranged. Preparation: apprentice personnel employment as teaching assistant, associate,
or fellow. Teaching apprenticeship under active guid-
ance and supervision of regular faculty member responsible for curriculum and instruction at UCLA.
May be repeated for credit. S/U grading.
495. Teaching French at College Level. (4) Seminar, three hours; discussion, one hour. Designed for
graduate students. Theory and practice of language
teaching. S/U grading.
596. Directed Individual Studies or Research. (2 to
4) Tutorial, to be arranged. S/U or letter grading.
597. Preparation for Second-Year Review or PhD
Qualifying Examinations. (2 to 8) Tutorial, to be
arranged. May be repeated for maximum of 16 units.
S/U grading.
598. Research for and Preparation of MA Thesis. (2
to 4) Tutorial, to be arranged. Maximum of 4 units
may be applied toward MA/MFA degree requirements. S/U grading.
599. Research for and Preparation of PhD Dissertation. (2 to 8) Tutorial, to be arranged. S/U grading.
FRESHMAN GENERAL
EDUCATION CLUSTERS
College of Letters and Science
UCLA
A265 Murphy Hall
Box 951571
Los Angeles, CA 90095-1571
(310) 794-5040
fax: (310) 206-2175
http://www.uei.ucla.edu/clusters.htm
Anthony R. Friscia, PhD, Director
Faculty Committee
Scott H. Chandler, PhD (Integrative Biology and
Physiology)
Jeffrey L. Decker, PhD (English)
Anthony R. Friscia, PhD (Integrative Biology and
Physiology)
Jennifer A. Jay, PhD (Civil and Environmental
Engineering, Institute of the Environment and
Sustainability)
James E. Larkin, PhD (Physics and Astronomy)
Joseph F. Nagy, PhD (English)
Vilma Ortiz, PhD (Sociology)
Janice L. Reiff, PhD (History, Statistics)
Abigail C. Saguy, PhD (Gender Studies, Sociology)
Matthew Norton Wise, PhD (History, Institute for
Society and Genetics)
General Education
Clusters
Lower Division Courses
M1A-M1B-M1CW. Food: Lens for Environment and
Sustainability. (6-6-6) (Same as Environment M1AM1B-M1CW.) Course M1A is enforced requisite to
M1B, which is enforced requisite to M1CW. Limited to
first-year freshmen. Letter grading. M1A-M1B. Lecture, three hours; discussion, two hours. Food as lens
for local and global environmental and sustainability
issues. Integration of environmental, social, economic, and technological solutions for fair, sustainable, and healthy food production, food security, and
access. Focus on human impacts on Earths biological and physical systems, including how food production and consumption contributes to, and is impacted by, global problems, including climate change,
pollution, and overpopulation. Laboratory exercises
included in discussions. M1CW. Special Topics. Seminar, three hours. Enforced requisite: course M1B. Examination of specialized environmental and sustainability topics as they relate to food, including air,
water, biodiversity, climate change, food access, food
security, and health. Satisfies Writing II requirement.
20A-20B-20CW. Interracial Dynamics in American
Culture and Society. (6-6-6) Course 20A is enforced
requisite to 20B, which is enforced requisite to 20CW.
Limited to first-year freshmen. Letter grading. 20A20B. Lecture, three hours; discussion, two hours. Examination of nature and meaning of race in American
society through study of history, literature, and law.
Consideration, among other topics, of construction of
race as social and cultural category among two or
more groups and exploration of ways in which race
has shaped understanding of American citizenship.
20CW. Special Topics. Seminar, three hours. Enforced
requisite: course 20B. Consideration of how experience, debates, and issues of race are represented
and understood in historical, legal, cinematic, and literary contexts. Satisfies Writing II requirement.
21A-21B-21CW. History of Modern Thought. (6-66) Course 21A is enforced requisite to 21B, which is
enforced requisite to 21CW. Limited to first-year
freshmen. Letter grading. 21A-21B. Lecture, three
hours; discussion, two hours. Introduction to key issues in humanities and social sciences through
reading of prominent social theories of past four centuries. Consideration of writers from Rousseau and
Wollstonecraft to Foucault and Beauvoir in historical
context and from perspectives of academic specialties for which their work is fundamental. 21CW. Special Topics. Seminar, three hours. Enforced requisite:
course 21B. Examination of cross-section of classical
and modern social theories and debates that shape
them. Satisfies Writing II requirement.
22A-22B-22CW. Toward World Economy: Perils
and Promise of Globalization. (5-5-5) Course 22A is
enforced requisite to 22B, which is enforced requisite
to 22CW. Limited to first-year freshmen. Letter
grading. 22A-22B. Lecture, three hours; discussion,
two hours. Exploration of causes and mechanisms of
globalization as well as its consequences. Critical examination of globalization theories, international institutions of trade, finance, governance, and overall impact of globalization on human society. 22CW. Special Topics. Seminar, three hours. Enforced requisites:
course 22B, and English Composition 3 or 3H or En-
97A. Cluster Colloquia: Variable Topics. (1) Seminar, one hour. Variable topics course designed for
students who have completed one GE cluster. Study,
through small-group discussion and projects, of selected topics related to one cluster theme or topic.
Consult Schedule of Classes for topics and instructors. May be repeated once for credit. P/NP grading.
GENDER STUDIES
College of Letters and Science
UCLA
1120 Rolfe Hall
Box 951504
Los Angeles, CA 90095-1504
310-206-8101
fax: 310-206-7700
e-mail: info@gender.ucla.edu
http://www.genderstudies.ucla.edu
Elizabeth A. Marchant, PhD, Chair
Professors
Ellen C. DuBois, PhD
Alicia Gaspar de Alba, PhD
Gil Z. Hochberg, PhD
Douglas M. Kellner, PhD
Rachel C. Lee, PhD
Franoise Lionnet, PhD
Purnima Mankekar, PhD
Kathleen A. McHugh, PhD
Rafael Prez-Torres, PhD
Lucia Re, PhD, Dottore in Lettere
Abigail C. Saguy, PhD
Jennifer A. Sharpe, PhD
Juliet A. Williams, PhD
Professors Emeriti
Sondra Hale, PhD
Sandra Harding, PhD
Christine A. Littleton, JD
James A. Schultz, PhD
Associate Professors
Maylei S. Blackwell, PhD
Lucy M. Burns, PhD
Jessica R. Cattelino, PhD
Lieba B. Faier, PhD
Aisha K. Finch, PhD
Mishuana R. Goeman, PhD
Grace Kyungwon Hong, PhD
Elizabeth A. Marchant, PhD
Uri G. McMillan, PhD
Kathryn Norberg, PhD
David Delgado Shorter, PhD
Shannon E. Speed, PhD
Sharon J. Traweek, PhD
Assistant Professors
Michelle F. Erai, PhD
Sarah Haley, PhD
Undergraduate Study
The Gender Studies major is a designated
capstone major. Students are required to complete a senior seminar in which they conduct
original research while studying readings that
consider how disciplinary and interdisciplinary
research has been conducted and critiqued.
Through their senior seminar work, students
produce a significant work that may include an
original research paper, a media project, or an
in-depth literature review. They are expected to
demonstrate working knowledge of the field of
gender studies; understand key theoretical approaches in the study of women, gender, and
sexuality; have ability to construct well-written
analytic essays and present their work orally;
and conduct a research project that involves
the consultation of scholarly literature and presentation of evidence to support an argument.
Gender Studies BA
Capstone Major
The major in Gender Studies may be taken
alone or in conjunction with another Letters
and Science major. In the case of a double major, no more than five courses may be applied
toward both majors.
Admission
To be admitted to the major, students must
have completed Gender Studies 10, be in
good standing, and formally register with the
department. They are encouraged to declare
their major as early as possible and to discuss
their proposed course of study with the undergraduate adviser.
Students are encouraged to draw on the Universitys diverse resources in creating their program of study. They may pursue traditional
and/or innovative subjects in fields ranging
from the humanities and fine arts to the social
The Major
The major is designed to (1) impart core concepts in theory and critical analysis, research
design, and methods and (2) provide exposure
to a range of feminist and queer scholarship
across disciplines. To achieve these goals, the
major is divided into three categories.
Required for Students Who Entered Prior to
Fall Quarter 2011: At least 11 upper division
courses (minimum of 4 units each) as follows:
(1) two core courses selected from Gender
Studies 102, 103, 104, M110C, 130, or former
courses 110A and 110B, (2) eight elective
courses; one upper division tutorial (minimum
of 4 units) selected from course 195, 197, or
199 may be applied toward the elective requirement (this limit does not apply to course
198A or 198B), and (3) course 187 (capstone
seminar).
Required for Students Who Entered Fall Quarter 2011 and Thereafter: At least 11 upper division courses (minimum of 4 units each) as follows: (1) three core coursesGender Studies
102, 103, 104, (2) seven elective courses; one
upper division tutorial (minimum of 4 units) selected from course 195, 197, or 199 may be
applied toward the elective requirement (this
limit does not apply to course 198A or 198B),
and (3) course 187 (capstone seminar).
Honors Program
The honors program is open to advanced junior and senior Gender Studies majors with a
3.6 grade-point average in gender studies
courses and a minimum 3.4 overall GPA who
have no outstanding Incomplete grades, and
to majors who demonstrate ability to do hon-
Gender Studies
Graduate Study
Official, specific degree requirements are detailed in Program Requirements for UCLA
Graduate Degrees, available at the Graduate
Division website, http://grad.ucla.edu. In many
cases, more detailed guidelines may be outlined in announcements, other publications,
and websites of the schools, departments, and
programs.
Graduate Degrees
The Gender Studies Department offers Master
of Arts (MA) and Doctor of Philosophy (PhD)
degrees in Gender Studies.
M110C. Philosophical Analysis of Issues in Feminist Theory. (4) (Same as Philosophy M187.) Lecture,
three hours. Requisite for Gender Studies majors:
course 10; for other students: one philosophy course.
Examination in depth of different theoretical positions
on gender and women as they have been applied to
study of philosophy. Emphasis on theoretical contributions made by new scholarship on women in philosophy. Critical study of concepts and principles that
arise in discussion of womens rights and liberation.
Philosophical approach to feminist theories. May be
repeated for credit with consent of instructor. Letter
grading.
M111. Women and Film. (6) (Same as Film and Television M111.) Lecture, eight hours; discussion, one
hour. Historical issues and critical approaches to
women and cinema that may include authorship,
stardom, female genres, and images of women in
Hollywood cinema, alternative cinema, and independent cinema from silent era to present. Letter grading.
112. Special Topics in Women and Arts. (4) Lecture,
three hours. Requisite: course 10. Selected topics relating feminist theories to creation of art by women,
with consideration of cultural contexts in which they
work. Approach to be comparative, cross-cultural,
and interdisciplinary. Consideration of artistic practice
by women in relation to issues of power, representation, and access. May be repeated twice, except for
credit toward Gender Studies major. P/NP or letter
grading.
113. Sex Work. (4) Lecture, three hours. Enforced
requisite: course 10. Analysis of variety of contemporary sex work both in U.S. and abroad from feminist
perspective. Examination of how race, class, and
gender alter experience and perception of erotic
labor, and consideration of critically feminist responses by range of authors to sex work. Topics include brothels, phone sex, strip clubs, sex tourism,
military prostitution, and international traffic in persons. Reading of texts by sex workers, as well as articles from current philosophical and policy debates
about prostitution. P/NP or letter grading.
M114. Introduction to Lesbian, Gay, Bisexual, and
Transgender Studies. (5) (Same as Lesbian, Gay, Bisexual, and Transgender Studies M114.) Lecture,
three hours; discussion, one hour. Introduction to history, politics, culture, and scientific study of lesbians,
gay men, bisexuals, and transgendered people; examination of sexuality and gender as categories for
investigation; interdisciplinary theories and research
on minority sexualities and genders. P/NP or letter
grading.
M115. Topics in Study of Sexual and Gender Orientation. (4) (Same as Lesbian, Gay, Bisexual, and
Transgender Studies M115.) Lecture/discussion,
three hours. Requisite: course 10 or M114. Studies in
arts, humanities, social sciences, and/or life sciences
on aspects of sexual orientation, gender identity, and
lesbian, gay, and/or bisexual issues; variable topics
may include cultural representations, historical and
political change, life and health experiences, and
queer or transgender theories; multiethnic and crosscultural emphases. May be repeated for credit. Letter
grading.
M116. Sexuality and the City: Queer Los Angeles.
(4) (Same as Lesbian, Gay, Bisexual, and Transgender
Studies M116.) Lecture, three hours. Requisite:
course M114. Investigation of history, culture, and political economy of lesbian, gay, bisexual, and transgender Los Angeles. Letter grading.
M117. Women and Politics. (4) (Same as Political
Science M107.) Lecture, three or four hours; discussion, one hour (when scheduled). Designed for juniors/seniors. Introduction to rapidly growing body of
empirical and theoretical scholarship on women and
politics in both national and international contexts.
Topics may include womens movement in U.S. and
globally; womens electoral participation; representation of women in Congress and in legislatures worldwide; women as heads of government and state; feminist critiques of political science; women and human
Chicana literature, meaning of familia in Chicana lesbian lives, and impact of Chicana lesbian theory on
Chicana/Chicano studies. Letter grading.
M133A-M133B. History of Women in Europe. (4-4)
(Same as History M133A-M133B.) Lecture, three
hours; discussion, one hour (when scheduled). Designed for juniors/seniors. History of social, political,
and cultural roles of women in Western Europe from
early Middle Ages to present. P/NP or letter grading.
M133A. 800 to 1715; M133B. 1715 to Present.
M133C. History of Prostitution. (4) (Same as History M133C.) Lecture, three hours; discussion, one
hour (when scheduled). Designed for juniors/seniors.
History of prostitution from ancient times to present.
Topics include toleration in medieval Europe, impact
of syphilis, birth of courtesan, regulation in 19th-century Europe, white slavery scare, and contemporary
global sex trade. Readings include novels, primary
sources, and testimony by sex workers. P/NP or letter
grading.
134. Gender, Science, and Theory. (4) Lecture, three
hours. Requisite: course 10. Examination of differing
theoretical perspectives on relation between ideologies of gender and conceptualization and practice of
science and medicine. Study of relations among
gender, race, class, and sexual orientation and production and legitimation of scientific knowledge. Applications of theoretical critiques to research design,
practice, and interpretation. Letter grading.
M135C. Bilingual Writing Workshop. (4) (Same as
Chicana and Chicano Studies M135.) Seminar, four
hours. Limited to juniors/seniors. Writing sample required; access to course webpage mandatory; need
not be bilingual to enroll. Technical instruction, analysis, and theoretical discussion of bilingual creative
expression through genre of short fiction. Bilingualism
as both politics and aesthetics to be central theme.
Discussion and analysis of Chicana/Chicano and
Latina/Latino short story collections. Peer critique of
weekly writing assignments. Emphasis on narrative
techniques such as characterization, plot, conflict,
setting, point of view, and dialogue, and magical realism as prevailing Chicanesque/Latinesque style.
Some attention to process of manuscript preparation,
public reading, and publication. Letter grading.
M136. Music and Gender. (5) (Same as Music History M136.) Lecture, four hours; discussion, one hour.
Analysis of gender ideologies in several musical cultures; representations of gender, body, and sexuality
by both male and female musicians; contributions of
women to Western art and popular musics; methods
in feminist and gay/lesbian theory and criticism. Letter
grading.
M137E. Work Behavior of Women and Men. (4)
(Same as Psychology M137E.) Lecture, two and one
half hours. Requisite: course 10 or Psychology 10.
Designed for seniors. Examination of work behavior of
women and men. Topics include antecedents of career choice, job findings, leadership, performance
evaluation, discrimination and evaluation bias, job
satisfaction, and interdependence of work and family
roles. P/NP or letter grading.
138. Gender and Popular Culture. (5) Lecture, three
hours; screenings, two hours. Limited to juniors/seniors. Conceptual tools and critical skills necessary to
rigorously interrogate gender politics of popular culture in the U.S. context. Consideration of theories of
popular culture and exploration of distinctive power
and ideological force exerted by popular culture in
American public life. Examination of specific representations of male and female bodies to understand
visual vocabulary of gender in popular culture, as well
as relationship between visual stereotypes and regimes of power. Consideration of debates concerning
transformative potential of pop culture and exploration of capacity and limits of popular culture as agent
of social change. Letter grading.
139. Women and Art in Contemporary U.S. (4) Lecture/discussion, three hours. Requisite: course 10.
Exploration of some significant cultural issues of contemporary American womens art movement. Representation, resistance, and critical intervention in rela-
Graduate Courses
201. Introduction to Interdisciplinary Methods in
Gender Studies. (4) Seminar, three hours. Presentation by faculty members of approaches to interdisciplinary studies and discussion of their own research.
Demystification of methods, particularly of interdisciplinary sort, to introduce students to wide range of
faculty research and to incorporate questions of
ethics. Focus on interdisciplinary gender research that
intervenes in knowledge production. Particular issues
include approaches to interdisciplinary methods of research, introduction to feminist intersectional and
queer theories, effective use of reflexivity and positionality in research and writing, and incorporating
ethics into research design, conduct, and teaching.
May be repeated once for credit with instructor
change. Letter grading.
202. Key Theories and Concepts in Gender Studies. (4) Lecture/discussion, three hours. Relationship
of debates in field to key intellectual and social movements (such as Marxism, poststructuralism, critical
race studies, queer studies, indigenous studies, and
postcolonial and transnational studies) that have elicited feminist critiques and contributed to development in feminist thought. Issues include analysis of
central theoretical works in field and survey of key
methodologies, examination of key concepts and de-
376 / Geography
bates in gender studies, and identification of debates
that have generated key analytics in feminist analysis
and gender studies scholarship. May be repeated
once for credit with instructor change. Letter grading.
203. Epistemologies of Gender. (4) Lecture/discussion, three hours. Focus on debates concerning
methods of inquiry in gender and sexuality studies
and exploration of intersections of feminist studies,
masculinity studies, and queer studies. Debates and
interventions concern interdisciplinary, intersectional
feminist methods and changing boundaries of field
over time. Exploration of critical tools to utilize and interrogate existing methodologies. Issues include examination of how feminisms have shaped and been
shaped by processes of knowledge-production within
and across disciplinary boundaries, cultures, and paradigms, and importance of intersectional, standpoint,
and queer theory as critical research tools and as responses to issues of power, domination, oppression,
and other loci of identities and difference. May be repeated once for credit with instructor change. Letter
grading.
204. Research Design and Professional Development. (4) Seminar, three hours. Required of third-year
gender studies graduate students. To be taken after
all other coursework is complete; primarily geared toward proposal writing for dissertations and outside
grants. Process of constructing dissertation proposals by providing structured process with incremental steps toward writing of dissertation proposal
draft. Professional development for students as they
prepare to enter academia or other professions. Help
in preparation for fall grant-writing season, exploration of job/interview process, development of materials to assist in teaching, and analysis of various job
markets. May be repeated once for credit with instructor change. Letter grading.
205. Subfields in Gender Studies. (4) Seminar, three
hours. Departmental topics course that offers indepth aspects of field. Limits of investigation set by
individual instructor. S/U or letter grading.
210. Topics in Women and Public Policy. (4) Lecture, four hours. Designed for graduate gender
studies students. Introduction to background, decision-making processes, and current debates over
public policy directly affecting women in one or more
major spheres of public life (e.g., work, family, political
system, healthcare, legal regulation). Topics may
focus on public health, political science, medicine,
workplace studies, and social welfare. May be repeated for credit with topic or instructor change.
Letter grading.
215. Topics in Study of Sexuality and Gender. (4)
Seminar, three to four hours. Designed for graduate
students. Multidisciplinary studies on aspects of
sexual orientation, gender identity, queer and transgender theory, interdisciplinary research on minority
sexualities, and social construction/deconstruction of
gender. May be repeated for credit with topic or instructor change. Letter grading.
220. Cultural Studies in Gender, Race, and Sexuality. (4) Seminar, three hours. Designed for graduate
students. In-depth study of representations of gender
and sexuality in literature and performance culture,
with special attention to race. Topics include flow of
artistic cultural production across national borders,
theorizing femiqueer as diasporic or multicultural formation. Letter grading.
CM232A. Chicana Feminism. (4) (Same as Chicana
and Chicano Studies CM214.) Lecture, four hours.
Enforced requisite: course 10 or Chicana and Chicano Studies 10A. Examination of theories and practices of women who identify as Chicana feminist.
Analysis of writings of Chicanas who do not identify
as feminist but whose practices attend to gender inequities faced by Chicanas both within Chicana/Chicano community and dominant society. Attention to
Anglo-European and Third World women. Concurrently scheduled with course CM132A. S/U or letter
grading.
M238. Feminist Theory. (4) (Same as Sociology
M238.) Seminar, three hours. Designed for graduate
students. Analysis of current American feminist theory
GEOGRAPHY
College of Letters and Science
UCLA
1255 Bunche Hall
Box 951524
Los Angeles, CA 90095-1524
310-825-1071
fax: 310-206-5976
http://www.geog.ucla.edu
Laurence C. Smith, PhD, Chair
Geography / 377
Professors
John A. Agnew, PhD
Judith A. Carney, PhD
Jared M. Diamond, PhD
C. Cindy Fan, PhD
Thomas W. Gillespie, PhD
Susanna B. Hecht, PhD
Helga M. Leitner, PhD
Dennis P. Lettenmaier, PhD
Glen M. MacDonald, PhD (John Muir Memorial
Endowed Professor of Geography)
Gregory S. Okin, PhD
Marilyn N. Raphael, PhD
David L. Rigby, PhD
Yongwei Sheng, PhD
Eric S. Sheppard, PhD (Alexander von Humboldt
Endowed Professor of Geography)
Laurence C. Smith, PhD
Michael C. Storper, PhD
Yongkang Xue, PhD
Professors Emeriti
Charles F. Bennett, Jr., PhD
William A.V. Clark, PhD
Michael R. Curry, PhD
J. Nicholas Entrikin, PhD
Gerry A. Hale, PhD
Antony R. Orme, PhD
Melissa Savage, PhD
Allen J. Scott, PhD
Werner H. Terjung, PhD
Norman J.W. Thrower, PhD
Stanley W. Trimble, PhD
Hartmut S. Walter, PhD
Associate Professors
Stephen A. Bell, PhD
Lieba B. Faier, PhD
Michael E. Shin, PhD
Assistant Professors
Kyle C. Cavanaugh, PhD
Daniela F. Cusack, PhD
Jamie M. Goodwin-White, PhD
Adam D. Moore, PhD
search is also conducted in libraries and archives, probing documentary sources on human interaction with the natural world and how
that world is imagined.
Department of Geography graduates have a
wide variety of career opportunities because of
their combination of geographical/environmental perspectives and technical skills. UCLA geography students have gone on to become
university scholars, school teachers, members
of governmental and nongovernmental planning, development, and conservation agencies, business executives, lawyers, and specialists in geographical information analysis for
government and private business. Because of
its sophisticated focus on the relationship of
the global to the local, geography is particularly useful for those who wish to pursue careers with an international focus.
The department has one of the top programs
in the U.S. and offers two undergraduate majors that lead to the Bachelor of Arts degree:
Geography and Geography/Environmental
Studies. The Geography major combines a
broad background in the field with specific
tracks. The Geography/Environmental Studies
major focuses on the impact of humans on the
natural environment. Also offered are undergraduate minors in Geography, Geography/Environmental Studies, and Geospatial Information Systems and Technologies.
The department also offers the PhD degree in
Geography (an MA degree may be earned in
the process of completing PhD requirements).
Student research projects are conducted in
collaboration with a faculty adviser and advisory committee. Graduate students work in
most major areas of geography and on projects around the world. Graduate alumni of the
department have teaching positions at many
leading universities in the U.S. and abroad.
Undergraduate Study
Geography BA
The Geography major allows students to combine a broad background in the field with more
specific interests and career goals. Students
can select classes in several areas of geography such as urban, economic, cultural, environmental, physical, or biogeography. They
should consult with the undergraduate adviser
to plan a program suitable to their personal
objectives.
The Major
Required: Eleven upper division geography
courses (44 units minimum), each taken for a
letter grade. All geography upper division
courses numbered 100 and higher may be
applied toward the major, with a few exceptions. Contact the advising office for more
information.
Geography/Environmental
Studies BA
The major in Geography/Environmental Studies develops and deepens students understanding of environmental issues; it explores
problem-solving approaches from an interactive people/nature viewpoint and involves analysis of social, physical, and biotic environmental systems. The majors uniqueness lies in its
emphasis on its geographical perspective of
human impacts on natural systems, as well as
of implications of global change on local and
regional human systems.
The Major
Required: Eleven upper division geography
courses, each taken for a letter grade, that
must be distributed as follows: (1) environmental studies and natural systems coresix
courses from 100, 101, 102, 104, 105, M106,
M107, 108, M109, 110, 111, 112, 113, 114,
M115, 116, M117, 122, 123, 124, 125, 126,
M127, M128, 129, M131, 132, 135, M137,
159C, 159D, 159E; (2) human systems core
two courses from 118, 133, 138, 140, 141, 142,
143, 144, 145, M146, 147, 148, M149, 150,
151, M153, 155, 159A, 159B; (3) procedures
two courses from 162, 163, 166, 167, 168, 169,
170, M171, 172, 173, 174, 177; and (4) regionsone course from 119, 139, 145, 152,
156, 158, 180, 181, 182A, 182B, 184, 185, or
186. Each course must be taken for a letter
grade.
Geography/Environmental Studies majors are
advised to complete the required courses in
the human systems core before taking courses
378 / Geography
in the environmental studies and natural systems core.
Geography/Environmental
Studies Minor
Honors Program
Geography Minor
The Geography minor is designed for students
who wish to deepen and/or broaden their major program of study with a distinctive yet flexible program of courses encompassing the relationship between environment and society.
The minor allows students to develop a coherent strategy for understanding and explaining
the manner in which people and the Earth interact. Students have the opportunity to explore the origins, development, morphology,
and processes of landscapes inherited from
nature, as well as those institutions and cultural, economic, political, and social patterns
associated with the human development, occupancy, organization, perception, and use of
these landscapes.
To enter the minor, students must have an
overall grade-point average of 2.0 or better
and file a petition in the Geography Department Advising Office, 1255 Bunche Hall, 310825-1166. Courses should be selected in consultation with the departmental adviser.
Required Lower Division Courses (10 units): Two
courses from Geography 1, 2, 3, 4, 6. It is recommended that students take these courses
before attempting upper division courses.
Required Upper Division Courses (20 units):
Any five upper division geography courses,
with a few exceptions. Contact the advising office for more information.
A minimum of 20 units applied toward the minor requirements must be in addition to units
applied toward major requirements or another
minor, and at least three of the five upper division courses must be taken in residence at
UCLA. Transfer credit for any of the above is
subject to departmental approval.
Each minor course must be taken for a letter
grade. Successful completion of the minor is
indicated on the transcript and diploma.
Geospatial Information
Systems and Technologies
Minor
The Geospatial Information Systems and Technologies minor is designed to provide students
with a strong background in the use, application, and development of geospatial/environmental research techniques and methods.
To enter the minor, students must be in good
academic standing, have completed Geography 7 with a grade of B or better, and file a petition in the Geography Department Advising
Office, 1255 Bunche Hall, 310-825-1166. For
majors in Geography or Geography/Environmental Studies, only two upper division
courses may overlap between the major and
this minor.
Required Lower Division Courses (10 units):
Geography 7, Statistics 12.
Required Upper Division Courses (24 units
minimum): Geography 167, 168, 169, 170, and
any two courses selected from 154, 162, 163,
166, M171, 172, 173, and 199 (4 units with approval of the faculty adviser). Each upper division course must be completed with a grade of
C or better.
Graduate Study
Official, specific degree requirements are detailed in Program Requirements for UCLA
Graduate Degrees, available at the Graduate
Division website, http://grad.ucla.edu. In many
cases, more detailed guidelines may be outlined in announcements, other publications,
and websites of the schools, departments, and
programs.
Graduate Degrees
The Department of Geography offers Master
of Arts (MA), Candidate in Philosophy (CPhil),
and Doctor of Philosophy (PhD) degrees in
Geography.
Geography
Lower Division Courses
1. Earths Physical Environment. (5) Lecture, three
hours; laboratory, two hours. Study of Earths physical
environment, with particular reference to nature and
distribution of landforms and climate and their significance to people. P/NP or letter grading.
2. Biodiversity in Changing World. (5) Lecture, three
hours; discussion, two hours. Biogeographic exploration of plant and animal diversity and conservation issues on continents and islands around world. Study
of physical, biotic, and human factors responsible for
evolution, persistence, and extinction of species and
ecological communities. Analysis of effects of human
activity. P/NP or letter grading.
3. Cultural Geography. (5) Lecture, three hours; discussion, two hours. Introduction to cultural geography of modern world, with examination of key concepts of space, place, and landscape as these have
shaped and been shaped by connections between
societies and their natural environments. Examples
from variety of landscapes and places since 1800 and
especially from Los Angeles region. P/NP or letter
grading.
4. Globalization: Regional Development and World
Economy. (5) Lecture, three hours; discussion, one
hour. Economic geography explores spatial distribution of all forms of human productive activity at
number of geographical scaleslocal, regional, national, and global. Key theme is impact of increasingly
powerful global economic forces on organization of
production. P/NP or letter grading.
5. People and Earths Ecosystems. (5) Lecture,
three hours; laboratory, two hours. Exploration of
ways in which human activity impacts natural environment and how modification of environment can eventually have significant consequences for human activity. Examination, using case studies, of real environmental problems that confront us today. P/NP or letter
grading.
6. World Regions: Concepts and Contemporary
Issues. (5) Lecture, three hours; discussion, two
hours. Interdisciplinary and historical approach to
modern peoples, their differences in wealth or poverty, and their local origins of food production. Brief
introduction to physical geography and biogeography
of each region. Discussion of each regions peoples,
languages, foods, prehistories, and histories. Letter
grading.
Geography / 379
7. Introduction to Geographic Information Systems. (5) Lecture, three hours; laboratory, two hours.
Designed for freshmen/sophomores. Introduction to
fundamental principles and concepts necessary to
carry out sound geographic analysis with geographic
information systems (GIS). Reinforcement of key issues in GIS, such as geographic coordinate systems,
map projections, spatial analysis, and visualization of
spatial data. Laboratory exercises use database
query, manipulation, and spatial analysis to address
real-world problems. P/NP or letter grading.
88A-88Z. Lower Division Seminars: Geography. (4
each) Discussion, three hours; reading period, one
hour. Seminars designed to explore various themes
and issues pertinent to environment and people.
Seminar topics advertised in department during previous term. P/NP or letter grading.
88GE. Seminar Sequence: Special Topics in Geography. (5) Seminar, three hours. Enforced requisite:
course 5. Designed for sophomores/juniors. Exploration of aspects of lecture topic through readings, images, and discussions. P/NP or letter grading.
380 / Geography
M127. Soils and Environment. (4) (Same as Ecology
and Evolutionary Biology M127 and Environment
M127.) Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour;
field trips. General treatment of soils and environmental implications: soil development, morphology,
and worldwide distribution of soil orders; physical,
chemical, hydrologic, and biological properties; water
use, erosion, and pollution; management of soils as
related to plant growth and distribution. P/NP or letter
grading.
M128. Global Environment and Development:
Problems and Issues. (4) (Same as Urban Planning
CM166.) Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour.
Designed for juniors/seniors. Questions of population,
resource use, Third World poverty, and environment.
Analysis of global economic restructuring and its connections to changing organization of production and
resulting environmental impacts. Case studies from
Africa, Latin America, Asia, and U.S. P/NP or letter
grading.
129. Seminar: Environmental Studies. (4) Seminar,
three hours; reading period, two hours. Preparation:
one course each from natural and human systems
cores, three environmental studies cluster courses.
Limited to seniors. Qualitative/quantitative analysis of
problems associated with rational protection and use
of selected environmental systems (urban, rural,
forest, desert, coastal, water, soil, or others). P/NP or
letter grading.
130. Geographical Discovery and Exploration. (4)
Lecture, three hours; reading period, one hour. Requisites: courses 1, 3. Designed for juniors/seniors.
Survey of history of exploration from earliest times to
modern, with emphasis on period from Marco Polo to
present. P/NP or letter grading.
M131. Environmental Change. (4) (Same as Environment M130.) Lecture, three hours; reading period,
one hour. Designed for juniors/seniors. Examination
of natural forces producing environmental changes
over past two million years. How present landscape
reflects past conditions. Effects of environmental
change on people. Increasing importance of human
activity in environmental modification. Focus on impact of natural and anthropogenic changes on forests. P/NP or letter grading.
132. Food and Environment. (4) Lecture, three hours.
Designed for juniors/seniors. Thematic orientation to
food systems and their role in environmental and cultural transformations. P/NP or letter grading.
133. Cultural Geography of Modern World. (4) Lecture, three hours; reading period, one hour. Designed
for juniors/seniors and graduate students. Historical
and structural approach to cultural geography of
modern world system, with particular emphasis on
structure and functioning of its core, semi-periphery,
and periphery. P/NP or letter grading.
135. African Ecology and Development. (4) Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour. Designed for
juniors/seniors. Overview of contemporary ecological
and development issues in sub-Saharan Africa. P/NP
or letter grading.
M137. Historical Geography of American Environment. (4) (Same as Environment M137.) Lecture,
three hours. Designed for juniors/seniors. Study of
systematic changes of natural environment in U.S.
during historical time, with emphasis on interplay between and among natural factors of climate, soils,
vegetation, and landforms, and human factors of settlement, economic activity, technology, and cultural
traits. P/NP or letter grading.
138. Place, Identity, and Networked World. (4) Lecture, three hours; reading period, one hour. Communications technologies, such as personal computers
and Internet, seem to be connected to dramatic
changes in identities of people, groups, and places.
Exploration of those changes and their implications
for social institutions and human values and practices. P/NP or letter grading.
139. Japan in World: Culture, Place, and Global
Connections. (4) Lecture, three hours; reading period, one hour. Focus on questions of culture and
place in Japan. Exploration of ways that these questionsand Japan itselfhave been shaped by histor-
Geography / 381
Korean diaspora resides. Korean experience to be
juxtaposed against responses by other cities of world
to similar challenges. Geography of housing and associated processes of urban redevelopment whereby
built environment is continuously being reproduced
and transformed. Current urban debates, as well as
topics showing interplay between competing visions
of city. P/NP or letter grading.
159A-159E. Problems in Geography. (4 each) Discussion, three hours; reading period, one hour. Preparation: completion of three courses in one concentration. Limited to seniors. Seminar course in which students carry out intensive research projects developed
from courses within one concentration. P/NP or letter
grading. 159A. Urban and Regional Development
Studies; 159B. Spatial Demography and Social Processes in Cities; 159C. Culture and Environment in
Modern World; 159D. Physical Geography; 159E.
Biogeography.
Procedures
162. Glacier Environments of Californias High Sierra. (4) Fieldwork, 10 hours; discussion, four hours.
Introduction to alpine glacial environment through
three hours of introductory lecture followed by intensive seven-day field trip to Californias High Sierra.
Students carry out laboratory exercises, as well as
data collection for research projects designed around
their individual interests. Presentation of additional
evening lectures, using presentation facilities at Sierra
Nevada Aquatic Research Laboratory (SNARL). Offered in summer only. P/NP or letter grading.
163. Field Analysis in Biogeography. (4) Fieldwork,
eight hours. Requisites: courses 2, 5, 108, 112. Examination of field procedures and intellectual concepts
used in observation, measurement, analysis, and interpretation of phenomena pertinent to biogeography
and interrelated human influences. P/NP or letter
grading.
166. Environmental Modeling. (4) Lecture, one hour;
laboratory, two hours. Presentation of basic concepts
related to computer modeling of biogeochemical cycles, geomorphic processes, and other phenomena
relevant to changing Earth and its inhabitants. Laboratory exercises include building basic computer
models and working with existing models. P/NP or
letter grading.
167. Cartography. (4) Lecture, two hours; laboratory,
four hours. Enforced requisite: course 7. Designed for
juniors/seniors. Survey of field of cartography. Theory
and construction of map projections, compilation procedures, principles of generalization, symbolization,
terrain representation, lettering, drafting and scribing,
and map reproduction methods. P/NP or letter
grading.
168. Intermediate Geographic Information Systems. (4) Lecture, two hours; laboratory, two hours.
Enforced requisite: course 7. Extension of basic concepts presented in course 7. How geographic and
spatial analyses inform, integrate, and extend scientific inquiry in physical, life, and social sciences. Discussion of range of decisions and critical judgments
necessary to carry out sound spatial analyses. Development of technical proficiency within geographic information systems (GIS) environment. P/NP or letter
grading.
169. Satellite Remote Sensing and Imaging Geographic Information Systems. (4) Lecture, two hours;
laboratory, one hour. Enforced requisite: course 7. Introduction to fast-growing field of environmental monitoring from space. Application of Landsat, radar,
Global Positioning System (GPS), and Earth Observing System satellites to land-use change, oceanography, meteorology, and environmental monitoring.
Introduction to digital image-processing and imaging
geographic information systems (GIS) software. P/NP
or letter grading.
170. Advanced Geographic Information Systems.
(4) Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour. Enforced requisite: course 168. Introduction to full geographic information systems (GIS) functionality, using
ARC/INFO on UNIX workstations. Spatial manipulation, query, and computation of datasets carried out
in project-oriented approach. P/NP or letter grading.
M171. Introduction to Spatial Statistics. (4) (Same
as Statistics M171.) Lecture, three hours; laboratory,
one hour. Requisite: one course from Statistics 10, 11,
12, 13, or 14. Introduction to methods of measurement and interpretation of geographic distributions
and associations. P/NP or letter grading.
172. Remote Sensing: Digital Image Processing
and Analysis. (4) Lecture, three hours; laboratory,
one hour. Enforced requisite: course 169. Digital processing methods for manipulating and analyzing
image data. Topics include statistical description,
geometric and radiometric correction, classification,
image enhancement and filtering, and change detection schemes. Reinforcement of procedures presented in lecture with laboratory exercises and student project. P/NP or letter grading.
173. Geographic Information Systems Programming and Development. (4) Lecture, two hours; laboratory, two hours. Enforced requisite: course 168. Introduction to fundamental concepts and architecture
of programming objects in widely used geographic information systems (GIS), and programming in GIS environment. Topics include GIS customization and development using variety of programming languages.
Lectures followed by laboratory exercises. P/NP or
letter grading.
174. Advanced Remote Sensing. (5) Lecture, three
hours; laboratory, two hours. Enforced requisites:
courses 169, 172. Remote sensing in visible and infrared wavelength regions to understand basic concepts of radiation propagation and interaction with
matter, how digital remote sensing images are acquired, and constraints on available data and data
analysis. P/NP or letter grading.
177. Field Methods in Physical Geography. (5) Lecture, three hours; laboratory, three hours. Not open for
credit to students with credit for course M127. Examination of field procedures and concepts used in observation, measurement, analysis, and interpretation
of physical phenomena pertinent to natural and built
environment. Topics vary from year to year and may
include soils, geomorphology, and field methods in
geographic information science. May be repeated for
credit with topic change. P/NP or letter grading.
Regions
180. North America. (4) Lecture, three hours; reading
period, one hour. Designed for juniors/seniors. Delimitation and analysis of principal geographic regions of
U.S. and Canada. P/NP or letter grading.
181. Mexico, Central America, Caribbean. (4) Lecture, three hours; reading period, one hour. Designed
for juniors/seniors. Study of geographic factors, physical and cultural, that are basic to understanding historical development of Middle America and contemporary economic and cultural geography of Mexico
and countries of Central America and West Indies.
P/NP or letter grading.
182A. Spanish South America. (4) Lecture, three
hours; reading period, one hour. Designed for juniors/
seniors. Study of geographic factors, physical and
cultural, that are basic to understanding historical development of Spanish South America and contemporary economic and cultural geography of individual
Spanish-speaking countries. P/NP or letter grading.
182B. Brazil. (4) Lecture, three hours; reading period, one hour. Designed for juniors/seniors. Study of
geographic factors, physical and cultural, that are
basic to understanding historical development of Portuguese South America and contemporary economic
and cultural geography of Brazil. P/NP or letter
grading.
184. California. (4) Lecture, three hours; reading period, one hour. Limited to juniors/seniors. Systematic
and regional treatment of geography of California, including physical, cultural, and economic aspects and
detailed studies of various regions. P/NP or letter
grading.
Special Studies
191. Variable Topics Research Seminars: Geography. (4) Seminar, three hours. Research seminars on
selected topics in geography. Some sections may require prior coursework. Consult Schedule of Classes
for topics and instructors. May be repeated for credit
and may be applied as elective units toward departmental majors and minors. P/NP or letter grading.
194. Research Group Seminars: Geography. (2)
Seminar, two hours; research group meeting, two
hours. Designed for undergraduate students who are
part of research group. Discussion of research
methods and current literature in field or of research
of faculty members or students. May meet concurrently with graduate research seminar. May be repeated for credit with topic change. P/NP grading.
C194A. Research Group Seminars: Issues in
Biophysical Geography. (1) Seminar, one hour. Designed for undergraduate students who are part of research group. Bimonthly seminar to discuss current
research in biophysical geography. Topics vary from
year to year. May be repeated for credit. Concurrently
scheduled with course C296A. P/NP grading.
195. Community or Corporate Internships in Geography. (4) Tutorial, four hours. Limited to juniors/seniors. Internship of eight to 10 hours per week in supervised setting in community agency or business.
Students meet on regular basis with instructor and
provide periodic reports of their experience. May be
repeated for credit. Individual contract with supervising faculty member required. P/NP grading.
198A-198B. Honors Research in Geography I, II. (44) Tutorial, to be arranged. Preparation: 3.25 gradepoint average overall, at least five upper division geography courses with 3.5 grade-point average. Limited to juniors/seniors. Development and completion
of honors thesis or comprehensive research project
under direct supervision of one or two faculty members. May be repeated for maximum of 16 units. Individual contract required. Letter grading.
199. Special Studies. (2 to 8) Tutorial, to be arranged. Limited to juniors with B average in major or
seniors. May be repeated for maximum of 16 units.
P/NP or letter grading.
Graduate Courses
Environment
200. Advanced Topics in Geomorphology. (4) Lecture, two hours; discussion, one hour; reading period,
eight hours. Preparation: two courses from 101, 103,
105, M107. Requisite: course 100. Analysis of geomorphic theories since scientific revolution, with emphasis on catastrophism, uniformitarianism, glacial
theories, isostasy and eustasy, evolution and cyclicity,
thermodynamics and mechanics, quantification, and
current paradigms. View of each theme in its contemporary milieu. S/U or letter grading.
204. Advanced Climatology. (4) (Formerly numbered
204A.) Lecture, three hours; laboratory, one hour.
Preparation: first year of calculus and acquaintance
with Fortran IV. Requisite: course 104. Introduction to
tools and concepts of environmental physics of relevance to natural and man-made landscapes. Such
basic intellectual, mathematical, and computer pro-
382 / Geography
gramming tools are of special concern to physical geographers, ecologists, and architects. S/U or letter
grading.
205. Seminar: Climatology. (4) Seminar, three hours;
reading period, one hour. Requisite: course 204. Selected topics. May be repeated for credit. S/U or letter
grading.
M206. Introduction to Biophysical Modeling of
Land Surface Processes and Land/Atmosphere
Interactions. (4) (Same as Atmospheric and Oceanic
Sciences M206.) Lecture, two hours; laboratory, one
hour; reading period, one hour. Designed for graduate
students. Presentation of introductory knowledge for
graduate students to understand nature, principles,
and scope of biophysical modeling of land surface
processes, including ideal canopy model, radiation,
heat and CO2 fluxes transfer, and satellite data application. Laboratory sessions included. S/U or letter
grading.
207. Regional Climate and Terrestrial Surface Processes. (4) Seminar, three hours. Designed for graduate students. Physical concepts and basic principles
of land-surface/atmosphere interactions. Exploration
of topics in terms of regional and global perspective
and implications. Human activities cause changes in
land cover, which in turn affect regional climate. Some
regions, in particular, appear to be hot spots. Regions
to be studied in detail. S/U or letter grading.
208. Advanced Topics in Biogeography. (4) Lecture, two hours; discussion, one hour; reading period,
one hour. Requisites: courses 108, and 110 or 116. Intensive review and analysis of physical and cultural
factors influencing plant distributions. S/U or letter
grading.
213. Seminar: Biogeography. (4) Seminar, three
hours; reading period, two hours. Requisite: course
208. Related research projects growing out of course
208 or former course 212. May be repeated for credit.
S/U or letter grading.
215. Advanced Topics in Environmental Change.
(4) Seminar, three hours; reading period, two hours;
fieldwork, three hours. Preparation: at least one
course from 200 through 205 or one appropriate
graduate course in atmospheric and oceanic sciences or Earth, planetary, and space sciences. Analysis of changing physical environment of Quaternary
period. May be repeated for credit. S/U or letter
grading.
218. Advanced Medical Geography. (4) Lecture, two
hours; discussion, one hour; reading period, one hour.
Requisite: course 118. In-depth study of selected
topics in medical geography and intense review of recent research. S/U or letter grading.
223. Seminar: Humid Tropics. (4) Seminar, three
hours; reading period, two hours. Designed for graduate students. Selected topics. Biophysical and cultural complexes of the humid tropics, with emphasis
on problems related to human settlement and livelihood. May be repeated for credit. S/U or letter
grading.
227. Land Degradation. (4) Seminar, three hours.
Discussion on impact of human activities and institutions on terrestrial ecosystems and goods and services they provide. Topics vary from year to year. May
be repeated for credit with topic change. S/U or letter
grading.
228. Human Security and Environmental Change.
(4) Seminar, three hours. Discussion of impact of environmental change on food, water, and physical security of human populations and societies adaptations to environmental change. Topics vary from year
to year. S/U or letter grading.
M229A. Development Theory. (4) (Same as Urban
Planning M234A.) Lecture, three hours. Review of
basic literature and schools of thought on development theory through analysis of impact of mercantilism, colonialism, capitalism, and socialism on various urban and rural social and economic structures
in Third World. Presentation, through evaluation of
theoretical writings and case studies, of complexity
and diversity of developing countries. Emphasis on
linkages between policy and rural and urban impacts.
Human Geography
231. Advanced Topics in Economic Geography. (4)
Seminar, three hours; reading period, three hours. Designed for graduate students. Advanced study of economic theories and principles S/U or letter grading.
232. Advanced Topics in Cultural Geography. (4)
Seminar, two hours; discussion, one hour; reading period, one hour. Requisite: course 133. Lectures and
discussions around specific aspects of development
of cultural landscape in different geographic environments. S/U or letter grading.
233. Seminar: Cultural Geography. (4) Seminar,
three hours; reading period, two hours. Discussions
on particular topics in cultural geography. Content
may vary from year to year. May be repeated for
credit. S/U or letter grading.
235. Seminar: Social Geography. (4) Seminar, three
hours; reading period, one hour. Process of doing social/cultural geography entails conceptualizing,
adapting, and reformulating social and critical theories of space, subject, and power. Examination of this
process by considering theoretical themes that shape
concepts of social space and social research. Theoretical discussions of recent research in social/cultural
geography, particularly around topics of gender, race
sexuality, subjects and spatiality resistance and
agenda, and social difference and identity. S/U or
letter grading.
M236A. Theories of Regional Economic Development I. (4) (Same as Public Policy M240 and Urban
Planning M236A.) Lecture, three hours; discussion,
one hour. Introduction to theories of location of economic activity, trade, and other forms of contact between regions, process of regional growth and decline, reasons for different levels of economic development, relations between more and less developed
regions. Letter grading.
M236B. Globalization and Regional Development.
(4) (Same as Urban Planning M236B.) Lecture, three
hours. Requisite: course M236A. Application of theories of regional economic development, location, and
trade learned in course M236A to contemporary process known as globalization. Examination of nature
and effects of globalization on development, employment, and social structure, along with implications for
policy. Letter grading.
237. Seminar: Historical Geography. (4) Seminar,
three hours; reading period, two hours. Theory and
practice of historical geography in North America and
Europe. May be repeated for credit. S/U or letter
grading.
Procedures
260. Advanced Field and Laboratory Methods in
Biophysical Geography. (4) Laboratory, five hours;
fieldwork, five hours. Examination of advanced field
and laboratory procedures used in contemporary biophysical geography research. May be repeated for
credit with instructor change. S/U or letter grading.
262. Advanced Field Analysis: Biogeography. (8)
Fieldwork, 10 hours. Observation, measurement, and
analysis of biogeographic phenomena, including
identification and evaluation of biotic populations and
communities and their modifications resulting from
impact of human activity. S/U or letter grading.
M265. Environmentalisms. (4) (Same as Urban Planning M265.) Lecture, three hours; discussion, one
hour. Review of environmental theories and their practices in dynamic U.S. and international contexts. Issues of climate change, scenario planning, and matrix
ecology and its implications in both urban and rural
settings. Exploration of problematics of increasing internationalization (or international implications) of environmental practices as part of both green and black
economies. What does integrated environmental
planning look like in this century? Letter grading.
268. Advanced Projects in Geographic Information
Systems (GIS)/Remote Sensing. (4) Lecture, one
hour; laboratory, three hours. Recommended requisite: course 169 or 170 or Earth, Planetary, and Space
Sciences 150. Familiarity with GIS or image processing package expected. Individualized research
projects conducted on UNIX platforms within structured course environment. All aspects of modest but
original project, including data acquisition, ingestion,
and analysis; interpretation of results and presentation in publication-style format. Letter grading.
M270A-M270B-M270C. Seminars: Climate Dynamics. (2 to 4 each) (Same as Atmospheric and Oceanic
Sciences M272A-M272B-M272C and Earth, Planetary, and Space Sciences M270A-M270B-M270C.)
Seminar, two hours. Archaeological, geochemical, micropaleontological, and stratigraphic evidence for climate change throughout geological past. Rheology
and dynamics of climatic subsystems: atmosphere
and oceans, ice sheets and marine ice, lithosphere
and mantle. Climate of other planets. Modeling, simu-
Regions
282. South America. (4) Seminar, three hours;
reading period, two hours. Introduction to main issues
in geography of South America, with focus mainly on
cultural/historical geographical perspectives on national period; themes and periods can be adapted to
individual interests. S/U or letter grading.
286. Geography of Contemporary China. (4) Seminar, three hours; reading period, two hours. Designed
for graduate students. May be repeated for credit.
S/U or letter grading.
292. Advanced Regional Geography: Selected Regions. (4) Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour.
Preparation: appropriate upper division regional
course. Lecture series devoted to one specific region
at discretion of instructor. May be repeated for credit.
S/U or letter grading.
Seminars
295. Seminar: Geographic Thought. (4) Seminar,
three hours; reading period, two hours. Designed for
graduate students. Discussion and study of topics
significant to growth of modern philosophy of geography. S/U or letter grading.
C296A. Research Group Seminars: Issues in
Biophysical Geography. (1) Seminar, one hour. Bimonthly seminar to discuss current research in biophysical geography. Topics vary from year to year.
May be repeated for credit. Concurrently scheduled
with course C194A. S/U grading.
296B. Cultural Geography Methods Workshop. (1)
Seminar, two hours. Biweekly forum for presentation
and discussion of new concepts, theories, and
methods at juncture of geography, humanities, and
environmental study. Principal focus on landscape,
but scope of cultural study within geography also embraced. S/U grading.
296C. Political Geography Working Group. (1)
Seminar, two hours. Limited to graduate students. Biweekly forum for analysis of current geopolitics, with
emphasis on geographic impacts of recent global
events. S/U grading.
296D. Agriculture and Food Studies Colloquium.
(1) Seminar, one hour. Current scholarly debates surrounding topics on agriculture and food. Interdisciplinary discussion, with focus on research that explores confluence of production and consumption
studies vis--vis agriculture and food. Group discussion of recently published work, works-in-progress by
participants, and distinguished guest speakers. S/U
grading.
296E. Research Group Seminars: Issues in Human
Geography. (1) Seminar, one hour. Bimonthly seminar
to discuss current research in human geography.
Topics vary from year to year. May be repeated for
credit. S/U grading.
Core Courses
297A. History and Structure of Modern Geography.
(4) Lecture, three hours; reading period, one hour.
Evolution of field of geography in 19th and 20th centuries, with emphasis on professionalization of geography and its emergence as modern academic discipline. S/U or letter grading.
Special Studies
375. Teaching Apprentice Practicum. (1 to 4) Seminar, to be arranged. Preparation: apprentice personnel employment as teaching assistant, associate,
or fellow. Teaching apprenticeship under active guidance and supervision of regular faculty member responsible for curriculum and instruction at UCLA.
May be repeated for credit. S/U grading.
495. Teaching College Geography. (2) Seminar, one
hour; laboratory, three hours. Classroom practice in
teaching, with individual and group instruction on related educational methods, materials, and evaluation.
May be repeated for credit. S/U grading.
596. Directed Individual Study or Research. (2 to
8) Tutorial, to be arranged. May be repeated for credit.
S/U grading.
GERMANIC
LANGUAGES
College of Letters and Science
UCLA
212 Royce Hall
Box 951539
Los Angeles, CA 90095-1539
310-825-3955
fax: 310-825-9754
http://www.germanic.ucla.edu
John A. McCumber, PhD, Chair
Professors
Maria (Maite) T. de Zubiaurre, PhD
Douglas M. Kellner, PhD (George F. Kneller Professor
of Education and Philosophy)
Kathleen L. Komar, PhD
John A. McCumber, PhD
Todd S. Presner, PhD (Michael and Irene Ross
Endowed Professor of Yiddish Studies)
Professors Emeriti
Ehrhard Bahr, PhD
Marianna D. Birnbaum, PhD
Robert S. Kirsner, PhD
James A. Schultz, PhD
Associate Professor
Christopher M. Stevens, PhD
Assistant Professor
David D. Kim, PhD
Lecturer
Magdalena Tarnawska Senel, PhD
Undergraduate Study
The German major is a designated capstone
major. During their senior year, students com-
German BA
Capstone Major
The Major
Three plans are offered by the department:
Plan I: German Studies
Required: Six upper division German courses,
three upper division elective courses in fields
relevant to Germanic languages to be selected
in consultation with the director of undergraduate studies, and German 191C. Each course
must be taken for a letter grade.
Plan II: Germanic Language and Literature
Required: German 140, 141 (or C142), 152,
153 (or 158), 191C, and six upper division German courses, two of which may be from outside the department with approval of the director of undergraduate studies. Each course
must be taken for a letter grade.
Plan III: Germanic Linguistics
Required: German 140, 141, C142, 152, 153,
191C, one upper division elective course in the
department, and three upper division elective
courses in fields relevant to Germanic languages to be selected in consultation with the
director of undergraduate studies.
Honors Program
To qualify for graduation with departmental
honors, students must earn a cumulative
grade-point average of 3.6 or better in upper
division German courses and a 3.3 overall
GPA, and complete German 199 with a grade
of A. Contact the departmental honors adviser
German Minor
To enter the German minor, students must
have an overall grade-point average of 2.0 or
better.
Required Lower Division Courses (8 units):
German 5 and 6 or equivalent.
Required Upper Division Courses (at least 20
units): Any five upper division courses in the
department.
A minimum of 20 units applied toward the minor requirements must be in addition to units
applied toward major requirements or another
minor.
Each minor course must be taken for a letter
grade, and students must have an overall
grade-point average of 2.0 or better. Successful completion of the minor is indicated on the
transcript and diploma.
Graduate Study
Official, specific degree requirements are detailed in Program Requirements for UCLA
Graduate Degrees, available at the Graduate
Division website, http://grad.ucla.edu. In many
cases, more detailed guidelines may be outlined in announcements, other publications,
and websites of the schools, departments, and
programs.
Graduate Degrees
The Department of Germanic Languages offers
Master of Arts (MA), Candidate in Philosophy
(CPhil), and Doctor of Philosophy (PhD) degrees in Germanic Languages and a Master of
Arts (MA) degree in Scandinavian (see Scandinavian Section).
Afrikaans
Lower Division Course
40. From Oppressed to Oppressor and Beyond:
Literature in Afrikaans from Preapartheid to Postapartheid Era in English Translation. (5) Lecture,
four hours; discussion, one hour. Enforced requisite:
English Composition 3 or 3H. Development of all literature in Afrikaans, with special attention to authors
and poets who protested apartheidBrink, Breytenbach, Van Heerden, Jonker, Joubert, Krige, Krog, Leroux, Rabie, Small, and Willemse. Additional readings
by Coetzee, De Lange, Krog, and others on censorship, imprisonment, South African history, and postcolonial literary theory. P/NP or letter grading.
Graduate Courses
596. Directed Individual Study or Research in Afrikaans. (4) Tutorial, to be arranged with faculty
member who directs study or research (course section to be identified by two-letter code using initials of
sponsoring instructorsee department for ID
number). May be repeated once. S/U grading.
597. Preparation for PhD Qualifying Examinations.
(4) Tutorial, to be arranged with instructor (see department for ID number). S/U grading.
Dutch
Lower Division Course
10. Contemporary Dutch Society and Culture: Beyond Rembrandt, Cheese, and Wooden Shoes. (5)
Lecture, three hours. Lectures and readings in English. Country known as Holland, or more correctly,
The Netherlands (in Dutch: Nederland) has played
crucial role in both American history and American
current events. It was first country to set up official
diplomatic relations with U.S. (in 1782) and is major
investor in U.S. and staunch ally of its foreign policy.
Piercing of tourista aura surrounding The Netherlands
by actively comparing and contrasting contemporary
Dutch culture and society with contemporary American culture and society. How life would be different
growing up in The Netherlands. Letter grading.
Graduate Courses
596. Directed Individual Study or Research in
Dutch. (4) Tutorial, to be arranged with faculty
member who directs study or research (course section to be identified by two-letter code using initials of
sponsoring instructorsee department for ID
number). May be repeated once. S/U grading.
597. Preparation for PhD Qualifying Examinations.
(4) Tutorial, to be arranged with faculty member who
directs study (see department for ID number). S/U
grading.
German
Lower Division Courses
1. Elementary German. (4) Lecture, five hours; laboratory, one hour. P/NP or letter grading.
1G. Elementary German for Graduate Students.
(4) Lecture, four hours. Preparation for Graduate Division foreign language reading requirement. May not
be applied toward degree requirements. S/U grading.
2. Elementary German. (4) Lecture, five hours; laboratory, one hour. Enforced requisite: course 1. P/NP or
letter grading.
2G. Elementary German for Graduate Students.
(4) Lecture, four hours. Enforced requisite: course 1G.
Preparation for Graduate Division foreign language
reading requirement. May not be applied toward degree requirements. S/U grading.
3. Elementary German. (4) Lecture, five hours; laboratory, one hour. Enforced requisite: course 2. P/NP or
letter grading.
4. Intermediate German. (4) Lecture, five hours; laboratory, one hour. Enforced requisite: course 3. P/NP
or letter grading.
5. Intermediate German. (4) Lecture, four hours; laboratory, one hour. Enforced requisite: course 4. P/NP
or letter grading.
6. Intermediate German. (4) Lecture, four hours; laboratory, one hour. Enforced requisite: course 5. P/NP
or letter grading.
8. Elementary German: Intensive. (12) Lecture, 15
hours; laboratory, five hours. Intensive basic course in
German equivalent to courses 1, 2, and 3. P/NP or
letter grading.
50A-50B. Great Works of German Literature in
Translation. (4-5) Lecture. May not be applied toward
completion of major in German. P/NP or letter
grading:
50A. Medieval Period through Classicism. (4) Lecture,
three hours. Study and analysis of selected masterworks in English translation, including works from earliest period, such as heroic and courtly epic, to authors such as Grimmelshausen, Lessing, Schiller, and
Goethe. P/NP or letter grading.
50B. Romanticism to Present. (5) Lecture, three
hours; discussion, one hour. Study and analysis of selected masterworks in English translation, including
authors such as E.T.A. Hoffmann, Heine, Fontane,
Rilke, Kafka, Brecht, Thomas Mann, Hesse, Grass,
Bll, and Christa Wolf. P/NP or letter grading.
56. Figures Who Changed World. (5) Lecture, three
hours; discussion, one hour. Introduction to strains of
German philosophy and political thought that resonated internationally. Use of version of great man
model of history to move beyond such models in its
understanding of how, exactly, intellectual currents
actually ferment change in world. P/NP or letter
grading.
57. Hollywood and Germany. (5) Lecture/screenings,
five hours; discussion, one hour. Examination of images of Germany generated by Hollywood, cultural/
M105. Tristan, Isolde, and History of Heterosexuality. (4) (Same as Gender Studies M119.) Lecture,
three hours. Taught in English. German, French, and
English versions of Tristan and Isolde story from
Middle Ages to 20th century. Particular attention to
relation between representation of heterosexual love
in each text and contemporaneous ideas about
human sexuality. P/NP or letter grading.
109. Jewish Question and German Thought. (4)
Lecture, three hours. Taught in English. Analysis of
works that represent process of Jewish assimilation,
disenfranchisement, and extermination, including authors such as Mendelssohn, Heine, Kafka, Paul
Celan, Nelly Sachs, Anne Frank, and others. Letter
grading.
110. Special Topics in Modern Literature and Culture. (4) Lecture, three hours. Taught in English. Content varies with instructor and may include works by
authors such as Thomas Mann, Rilke, Kafka, Brecht,
Christa Wolf, and others. May be repeated for credit.
Letter grading.
111. Thomas Mann, Hesse, Bll, and Grass: German Nobel Prize Winners in English. (4) Lecture,
three hours. Taught in English. Survey of Nobel Prizewinning German texts with eye for degree to which
these authors visions reflect Nobels ideals of peace
and progress of human race. Texts include Weavers
(Hauptmann), excerpts from Buddenbrooks (Mann),
and Siddharta (Hesse). Viewing of films based on Lost
Honor of Katharina Blum and Tin Drum. Letter
grading.
112. Feminist Issues in German Literature and Culture. (4) Lecture, three hours. Taught in English. Analysis of major issues in German feminism today (e.g.,
status, creative work, and reception of women writers
in various periods such as Romanticism, Fascism,
and/or divided/unified Germanies). Letter grading.
113. German Folklore. (4) Lecture, three hours.
Taught in English. Survey of various folklore genres in
cultural context, including legends, proverbs, and cultural enactments such as carnival. Letter grading.
114. Fairy Tales and Fantastic. (5) Lecture, three
hours; discussion, one hour. Taught in English. History
and reception of folklore collections in Europe, with
particular attention to ideology and influence of
Grimms tales. Interpretation of selected tales and
their transformations and appropriation in literature,
film, advertising, and pedagogy. P/NP or letter
grading.
115. 19th-Century German Philosophy. (4) Lecture,
three hours; discussion, one hour. Taught in English.
German philosophy, which may generally be characterized as philosophy that takes activity rather than
passive subsistence to be fundamental nature of all
things, is one of Germanys greatest gifts to humanity.
Exploration of first half of two-century history of
German philosophyperiod from Kant to Nietzsche,
including Hegel, Kierkegaard, and Marx. Letter
grading.
116. 20th-Century German Philosophy. (4) Lecture,
three hours; discussion, one hour. Taught in English.
German philosophy, which may generally be characterized as philosophy that takes activity rather than
passive subsistence to be fundamental nature of all
things, is one of Germanys greatest gifts to humanity.
Exploration of second half of two-century history of
German philosophyperiod from Nietzsche through
Habermas, including Heidegger, Gadamer, Jaspers,
and Frankfurt School theorists. Letter grading.
117. German Exile Culture in Los Angeles. (4) Lecture, three hours. Taught in English. Cultural and historical exploration of exile as site of creative activity
for German writers and other artists during and after
World War II. General questions of cultural migration
and cultural transfer to be thematized. P/NP or letter
grading.
118SL. Between Memory and History: Interviewing
Holocaust Survivors. (4) Seminar, two hours; fieldwork, two hours. Strongly recommended requisites:
prior European and Holocaust history courses. Examination of historical value of eyewitness testimony of
Holocaust through unique service opportunities that
bring students together with survivors. Question of
155. Advanced German Language through Cultural History and Current Affairs. (4) Lecture, three
hours. Requisites: courses 152, 153. Taught in
German. Advanced German language course that
juxtaposes cultural history with current affairs to teach
complex speaking and writing skills of interpretation,
analysis, and criticism. Readings may include selections from Luther, Heine, Freud, and current authors.
Students create their own interactive media presentations. Letter grading.
157. Contemporary German Cinema: Advanced
Conversation and Composition. (4) Lecture, three
hours. Taught in German. Development of advanced
speaking skills and thorough grounding in essay
writing in German by considering issues of style,
structure, grammar, and vocabulary. Introduction to
contemporary German cinema to expose students to
slice of German (and European) culture and history,
with focus on notion of boundary. Examination of different types of boundaries and borders (e.g., physical
borders between countries; boundaries created by
various political ideologies; socially created boundaries of class, race, and gender; boundary between
memory and experience), ways in which people cross
them, and their reasons for these transgressions.
Analysis of movies to better understand various cinematic techniques. P/NP or letter grading.
158. Introduction to Study of Literature. (4) Lecture,
three hours. Taught in German. Introduction to most
important terms and resources of literary analysis to
help students develop and improve skills in close and
critical reading of literary texts, develop basic research techniques, acquire familiarity with basics of
literary and cultural analysis, and find pleasure in pursuit of literary and cultural study. Letter grading.
159. German Cultural Studies. (4) Lecture, three
hours. Requisite: course 152 or 153. Taught in
German; some theoretical readings in English. Exploration of German culture in different historical contexts. Examination of various cultural spaces, practices, and standpoints as staged in literary and nonliterary texts, with emphasis on constructions of sex
and gender, memory and national identity, and ethnicity and race. Analysis of ways of seeing, thinking,
and talking about these issues as manifested in several cultural debates that dominated public discussions in Germany (and Europe) for several weeks,
months, or even years (e.g., debates about admission
of women to universities at end of 19th century, reconstructing/preserving sites of memory in postwar
Germany, and headscarf and integration in contemporary Germany). Letter grading.
160. Introduction to German Poetry. (4) Lecture,
three hours. Requisite: course 152 or 153. Taught in
German. Close reading of representative examples of
German lyric poetry from early as well as recent literary periods, including systematic consideration of
poetic conventions and forms, diction, imagery, symbolism, and metrics. Letter grading.
161. Introduction to German Drama. (4) Lecture,
three hours. Requisite: course 152 or 153. Taught in
German. Analysis of selected dramatic genres (e.g.,
tragedy, comedy, one-act play, lyric drama, lyric theater, historical drama, etc.), including systematic review of dramatic forms, techniques, and theories.
Texts selected from both contemporary and earlier
periods. Letter grading.
162. Introduction to German Narrative Prose. (4)
Lecture, three hours. Requisite: course 152 or 153.
Taught in German. Analysis of narrative prose genres
(e.g., short story, novella, fairy tales, etc.), including
systematic review of narrative forms, techniques, and
styles. Texts selected from both contemporary and
earlier periods. Letter grading.
163. Project of Enlightenment. (4) Lecture, three
hours. Requisite: course 152 or 153. Taught in
German. Topics in Enlightenment literature, social history, and culture. Works by Goethe, Lessing, Schiller,
Kant, Mozart, and others. Letter grading.
164. Introduction to 19th-Century Studies. (4) Lecture, three hours. Requisite: course 152 or 153.
Taught in German. Presentation of major texts from
Romanticism to realism. Works by Kleist, Bchner,
Heine, Fontane, and others. Letter grading.
165. Introduction to Modern Literature. (4) Lecture,
three hours. Requisite: course 152 or 153. Taught in
German. Analysis of selected modern works written
between 1890 and 1945, including texts by authors
such as Thomas Mann, Kafka, Rilke, Brecht, and
others. Letter grading.
166. Introduction to Contemporary Literature. (4)
Lecture, three hours. Enforced requisite: course 152
or 153. Taught in German. Analysis and discussion of
German, Austrian, Swiss, and ex-GDR literatures from
1945 to present. Examination of writers such as Heinrich Bll, Gnther Grass, Friedrich Drrenmatt, Elfriede Jelinek, and Christa Wolf with view to their specific political and cultural context. Letter grading.
169. Studies in German Literature before 1750. (4)
Lecture, three hours. Enforced requisite: course 152
or 153. Taught in German. Readings and analysis of
major works from Middle Ages to baroque. Letter
grading.
170. Goethe. (4) Lecture, three hours. Enforced requisite: course 152 or 153. Taught in German. Reading
and discussion of representative works (except Faust)
from Goethes early period through maturity and old
age. Letter grading.
171. Goethes Faust. (4) Lecture, three hours. Enforced requisite: course 152 or 153. Taught in
German. Detailed interpretation of Goethes major
work, Parts I and II, together with general consideration of other treatments of Faust theme in European
literature. Letter grading.
172. Romanticism. (4) Lecture, three hours. Enforced
requisite: course 152 or 153. Taught in German.
Reading and analysis of major works by German Romantics, including Friedrich Schlegel, Novalis, E.T.A.
Hoffman, and Eichendorff. Letter grading.
173. Advanced Study of Modern Literature. (4)
Lecture, three hours. Enforced requisite: course 152
or 153. Taught in German. Naturalism, Expressionism,
and other early 20th-century literary movements and
works. Letter grading.
174. Advanced Study of Contemporary Literature
and Culture. (4) Lecture, three hours. Enforced requisite: course 152 or 153. Taught in German. Literature
after 1945 in German-speaking countries, including
issues such as national borders, ethnic identity,
gender relations, and commercialization of culture.
Letter grading.
175. Intercultural Germany: Literature, Politics, Migration, and Culture. (4) Lecture, three hours. Taught
in German. Most readings in German; some theoretical readings in English. Exploration of issues surrounding immigration and intercultural identity in Germany since 1960, with focus on period after 1990. Examination of various cultural spaces, practices, and
standpoints as staged in literary and nonliterary texts,
with emphasis on constructions of ethnicity, nation,
race, class, and gender. Analysis of several political
and cultural debates that dominated media and
public discussions in Germany and Europe for several
weeks. Discussion of several literary texts by Turkish
German and other minority/intercultural writers. Examination of hip-hop minority music and culture as
voices in political debates. Exploration of contemporary controversies around Islam in Germany. Reading
of several theoretical pieces that examine relationships between immigration, globalization, culture, and
identity. P/NP or letter grading.
187. Undergraduate Seminar. (4) Seminar, three
hours. Required of all German majors who are candidates for general secondary instructional credential.
Content varies by instructor and may include advanced work in folklore, film, and German studies.
Letter grading.
191A. Variable Topics Research Seminars: German. (4) Seminar, three hours. Requisite: course 6.
Taught in German. Research seminars on topics to be
announced each term. Topics include major writers,
Graduate Courses
201C. Theories of Literary Interpretation. (4) Lecture, three hours. Advanced analysis and discussion
of various models of literary interpretation and
schools of thought such as hermeneutics, psychoanalytic criticism, social historical approaches, semiotics, structuralism, and poststructuralism. Topics
vary with instructor. Letter grading.
202A. Middle High German. (4) Lecture, three hours.
Introduction to Middle High German language, with
particular emphasis on developing facility in reading.
Study of grammar, syntax, and vocabulary combined
with introduction to poetic forms and cultural context.
Letter grading.
202B. Readings in Middle High German Literature.
(4) Lecture, three hours. Introduction to medieval
German literature and literary history and to use of
contemporary theory in study of medieval texts. Continued practice in reading Middle High German, although most texts to be read in modern translation.
Letter grading.
204. Early Modern German Literature. (4) Lecture,
three hours. Selected readings from 1500 to 1700,
with introduction to development of German as
modern literary language and to literary genres and
cultural models. Impact of Thirty Years War on
German literary production and reception in German
baroque. Letter grading.
206. Studies in Enlightenment Literature and Culture. (4) Lecture, three hours. Analysis of major 18thcentury German texts from philosophic, social-historical, psychohistorical, and literary perspectives. Letter
grading.
207. Weimar Classicism. (4) Lecture, three hours.
Reading and interpretation of major works of German
classicism. May include problems in reception of
classicism by later authors and cultural theorists.
Letter grading.
208. Romanticism. (4) Lecture, three hours. Analysis
of selected works and theories of German Romantics
such as Friedrich Schlegel, Novalis, and Hoffman,
with attention to relationship between Romanticism
and other periods. Letter grading.
209C. 19th-Century Narrative Prose. (4) Lecture,
three hours. Analysis of prose works between Romanticism and naturalism. Discussion of development of literary realism and form of novella. Letter
grading.
210A. Naturalism, Symbolism, and Expressionism.
(4) Lecture, three hours. Analysis of selected works
(poetry, drama, prose) of early modernism from
Hauptmann to Kafka. Discussion of sociological
spectra and pluralism of styles and forms. Letter
grading.
388 / Gerontology
599. Research for and Preparation of PhD Dissertation. (4 to 12) Tutorial, three hours. To be arranged
with faculty member who directs study. May be repeated. S/U grading.
Yiddish
Graduate Courses
596. Directed Individual Study or Research in Yiddish. (4) Tutorial, to be arranged with faculty member
who directs study or research (course section to be
identified by two-letter code using initials of sponsoring instructorsee department for ID number).
May be repeated once. S/U grading.
597. Preparation for PhD Qualifying Examinations.
(4) Tutorial, to be arranged with faculty member who
directs study (see department for ID number). S/U
grading.
GERONTOLOGY
Interdisciplinary Minor
Meyer and Renee Luskin School of
Public Affairs
UCLA
3375H Public Affairs Building
Box 951656
Los Angeles, CA 90095-1656
310-206-8966
fax: 310-206-2381
e-mail: paul@luskin.ucla.edu
http://luskin.ucla.edu/content/undergraduateprograms
David B. Reuben, MD, Chair
Faculty Committee
Janet C. Frank, DrPH (Community Health Sciences)
Michael R. Irwin, MD, in Residence (Psychiatry and
Biobehavioral Sciences, Psychology)
Len F. Levy-Storms, PhD, MPH (Social Welfare)
David B. Reuben, MD (Medicine)
Theodore F. Robles, PhD (Psychology)
Gary W. Small, MD (Psychiatry and Biobehavioral
Sciences)
Fernando M. Torres-Gil, PhD (Public Policy, Social
Welfare)
Steven P. Wallace, PhD (Community Health Sciences)
Undergraduate Study
Gerontology Minor
To enter the Gerontology minor, students must
have an overall grade-point average of 2.0 or
better and a grade of B or better in Gerontology M108.
Gerontology
Upper Division Courses
M104C. Diversity in Aging: Roles of Gender and
Ethnicity. (4) (Same as Chicana and Chicano Studies
M106B, Gender Studies M104C, and Social Welfare
M104C.) Lecture, four hours. Exploration of complexity of variables related to diversity of aging population and variability in aging process. Examination of
gender and ethnicity within context of both physical
and social aging, in multidisciplinary perspective utilizing faculty from variety of fields to address issues of
diversity. Letter grading.
M104D. Public Policy and Aging. (4) (Same as Social Welfare M104D.) Lecture, four hours. Examination
of theoretical models and concepts of policy process,
with application to aging policy. Analysis of decisionmaking processes that affect aging policy. Description of history of contemporary aging policy. Exploration of current policy issues affecting elderly. P/NP or
letter grading.
M104E. Social Aspects of Aging. (4) (Same as Social Welfare M104E.) Lecture, four hours. Topics include theories of aging, economic factors, changing
roles, social relationships, and special populations.
Weekly seminars organized around key aspect of social gerontology. P/NP or letter grading.
M108. Biomedical, Social, and Policy Frontiers in
Human Aging. (5) (Same as Social Welfare M108.)
Lecture, four hours. Limited to juniors/seniors. Course
of human aging charted in ways that are based on variety of recent research frontiers. Use of conceptual
frameworks to increase relevance of aging to students lives and enhance their critical thinkingbiopsychosocial approach that is based on recognition
that aging is inherently interdisciplinary phenomenon,
and life course perspective that is distinguished by
analytical framework it provides for understanding interplay between human lives and changing social
structures, and allows students to understand how
events, successes, and losses at one stage of life can
have important effects later in life. Focus on individuals as they age within one particular sociohistorical
context. Letter grading.
M119O. Psychology of Aging. (4) (Same as Psychology M119O.) Lecture, four hours. Requisite: Psychology 115. Designed for juniors/seniors. Aging refers to developmental changes occurring at end
stages of life. Some alterations that occur represent
improvement, others are detrimental. Examination of
impact of aging process on mental phenomena and
exploration of ways in which positive changes can be
maximally utilized and impact of detrimental alterations minimized. P/NP or letter grading.
GLOBAL HEALTH
Interdisciplinary Minor
College of Letters and Science
UCLA
10373 Bunche Hall
Box 951487
Los Angeles, CA 90095-1487
310-206-6571
fax: 310-206-3555
e-mail: undergrads@international.ucla.edu
http://web.international.ucla.edu/institute/
academics/globalhealth/
Michael A. Rodriguez, MD, MPH, Chair
Faculty Committee
David H. Gere, PhD (World Arts and Cultures/Dance)
Michael F. Lofchie, PhD (Political Science)
Ninez A. Ponce, MPP, PhD (Health Policy and
Management)
Michael A. Rodriguez, MD, MPH (Family Medicine)
Undergraduate Study
Global Health Minor
To be admitted to the minor, students must be
in good academic standing (overall gradepoint average of 2.0 or better) and have completed all lower division minor courses with a
GPA of 2.0 or better in those courses.
After satisfying these requirements, students
may declare the minor in consultation with the
academic counselor.
Required Lower Division Courses (10 units):
Two courses from Civil and Environmental Engineering 58SL, Community Health Sciences
91, General Education Clusters 80A, 80B,
80CW, Global Studies 1, History 3D, Honors
Collegium 1, 14, 26, International and Area
Studies 1, Molecular, Cell, and Developmental
Biology 60, 70, Nursing 50, Statistics 13, World
Arts and Cultures 2, 33.
Required Upper Division Courses (20 to 25
units): Global Health 100 and four courses from
the following theme areas, with a maximum of
two courses from any single area:
Art: World Arts and Cultures 144, C158, C159,
160.
Biological Sciences: Psychology 179B.
Community Health: Community Health Sciences 100, 161, CM170, 187A, 187B, 195,
Health Policy and Management 140, Medicine
Global Health
Upper Division Courses
100. Global Health and Development. (4) (Formerly
numbered International Development Studies 140.)
Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour (when
scheduled). Interdisciplinary examination of key issues in area of global health, with focus on developing world. Provides basis for understanding current
debates that frame global health problems and actions in and across nations with strikingly different political-economic contexts. Discussion of how local
and international communities attempt to address
challenges of global health problems and how interventions play out through range of policy and programmatic approaches. P/NP or letter grading.
110A-110B. Field Studies in Global Health. (4-4)
Seminar, three hours. Enforced corequisite for course
110A: course 110B. Exploration of issues regarding
global health in important locations around world.
Hands-on experiential courses offered for students
participating in UCLA Travel Study Program. Field
trips included to gain first-hand experience. May be
repeated with topic and/or location change. Offered in
summer only. P/NP or letter grading.
199. Directed Research in Global Health. (4) Tutorial, to be arranged. Limited to juniors/seniors. Supervised individual research under guidance of faculty
mentor. Culminating paper required. May be applied
toward requirements via petition. May be repeated for
credit. Individual contract required. Letter grading.
GLOBAL STUDIES
Undergraduate Study
Interdepartmental Program
College of Letters and Science
The Global Studies major is a designated capstone major. As students progress through the
major, they move from a set of broad themes,
theories, and perspectives to a more specialized focus about which they develop a specific
research expertise and write a thesis. In completing the capstone, students should demonstrate an appropriate mastery of a specialized
area of global studies and a critical understanding of current scholarly concerns, literatures, and debates. They should also be able to
identify and analyze primary sources and use
those sources and appropriate scholarly literature to design and carry out a research project.
UCLA
10359 Bunche Hall
Box 951487
Los Angeles, CA 90095-1487
310-825-5187
fax: 310-206-3555
e-mail: idps@international.ucla.edu
http://web.international.ucla.edu/institute/
academics/globalstudies/
Michael F. Thies, PhD, Chair
Faculty Committee
John A. Agnew, PhD (Geography, Italian)
Hannah C. Appel, PhD (Anthropology)
Elizabeth M. DeLoughrey, PhD (English)
David D. Kim, PhD (Germanic Languages)
Purnima Mankekar, PhD (Asian American Studies;
Film, Television, and Digital Media; Gender Studies)
Saloni Mathur, PhD (Art History)
Kau Raustiala, JD, PhD (Law)
David L. Rigby, PhD (Geography, Statistics)
Michael F. Thies, PhD (Political Science)
Dominic R. Thomas, PhD (Comparative Literature,
French and Francophone Studies)
Yunxiang Yan, PhD (Anthropology)
Global Studies BA
Capstone Major
Admission
Admission to the Global Studies major is by
application only and is highly competitive, with
only a limited number of students admitted
each year. To be eligible to apply, UCLA students must have completed all nonlanguage
preparation for the major courses and one
modern foreign language equivalent to level 3
by the end of the term in which they are applying. Any remaining language courses may be
completed after students have been accepted
to the major. Each preparation for the major
course must be taken for a letter grade, and
the UC grade-point average for all preparation
courses must be a minimum of 3.25. In addition, students must have earned a grade of B
or better in Global Studies 1.
The application period is once per year, and
students must apply no later than the end of
fall quarter of their junior year.
Meeting the above
antee admission to
on a competitive
qualifications as
consideration.
The Major
Required: Global Studies 100A, 100B, and
seven elective courses, with at least two from
each of the following categories and at least
three in one category: (1) culture and society
Anthropology M154Q, M158Q, 167, Asian
American Studies M130C, 170, M172A,
M172C, Chicana and Chicano Studies 120,
143, CM147, Comparative Literature 100, English 131, 133, 134, French 121, 142, Gender
Studies 102, M147C, M154Q, M162, Geography 133, 138, 139, 141, Political Science
M184A, Sociology 151, 154, M162, 191F,
World Arts and Cultures 102; (2) governance
and conflictAsian American Studies 171A,
M171D, 171E, Chicana and Chicano Studies
151, Environment M132, Geography M109,
140, History 121E, 121F, 144, M186A, Honors
Collegium 125, Political Science 120A, 120B,
122A, M122B, 123A, 125A, 126, 128A, 132A,
M132B, 137A, 138B, 169, Sociology 182; (3)
marketsAnthropology 153P, Chicana and
Chicano Studies M125, 176, Economics 121,
122, Environment M134, Geography M128,
148, History 131A, 134C, International Development Studies M120, Political Science 124A,
151B, M167C, 167D, Sociology 183.
After successful completion of Global Studies
100A and 100B, students are expected to attend a summer Global Learning Institute at one
of several locations around the world in which
they enroll in Global Studies 110A and 110B.
During their senior year, students must also
take four capstone coursesGlobal Studies
191 and 194 in fall quarter, followed by 199A
and 199B. Courses 199A and 199B culminate
in a capstone senior thesis of 35 to 50 pages.
Honors Program
To qualify for departmental honors, students
must (1) have a grade-point average of 3.5 or
better in upper division courses in the major, (2)
have a cumulative GPA of 3.25 or better, and
(3) complete Global Studies 199B with a grade
of A or better. Honors or highest honors may
be granted at the discretion of the faculty
sponsor and the faculty committee to students
demonstrating exceptional ability on the senior
thesis.
Global Studies
Lower Division Courses
1. Globalization: Markets. (5) Lecture, three hours;
discussion, one hour. Exploration of world economy.
Topics include trade, colonialism, Industrial Revolution, and ever-increasing integration of local and national markets into truly global economy. P/NP or
letter grading.
10. International Diplomacy and Foreign Affairs.
(2) Lecture, 15 hours; discussion, 15 hours. Limited to
high school students participating in Model United
Nations (UN) Summer Institute. One-week intensive
summer course, including lectures in international relations and outside study. Development of position
papers in simulation of United Nations and final presentation in respective UN committees. Particular emphasis on public speaking and cooperative debate.
May be repeated for credit without limitation. Offered
only as part of Summer Institute. P/NP grading.
basis with readings, discussions, papers, and development of culminating project. May not be repeated
for credit. Letter grading.
192. Undergraduate Practicum in Global Studies.
(2) Seminar, two hours; practicum, to be arranged.
Limited to juniors/seniors. Training and supervised
practicum for advanced undergraduate students to
serve as undergraduate course assistants in global
studies courses. Students assist in preparation and
presentation of materials and development of innovative programs with guidance of faculty members. May
not be applied toward major requirements. May be repeated for credit. P/NP grading.
194. Research Group Seminars: Global Studies.
(2) Seminar, two hours. Requisites: courses 110A,
110B. Limited to senior Global Studies majors. Discussion of research methods regarding various approaches to analysis and evaluation of globalization
and current literature in field in preparation for senior
thesis. May be repeated for credit. Letter grading.
199, Directed Research in Global Studies. (4) Tutorial, to be arranged. Limited to juniors/seniors. Supervised individual research under guidance of faculty
mentor. Culminating paper required. May be applied
toward requirements via petition. May be repeated for
credit. Individual contract required. Letter grading.
199A-199B. Directed Individual Research in Global
Studies. (2-4) Tutorial, one hour. Limited to senior
Global Studies majors. Supervised individual research
or investigation under guidance of faculty mentor. Individual contract required. 199A. Requisite: course
191. Research, discussion, and planning of senior
thesis. In Progress grading (credit to be given only on
completion of course 199B). 199B. Requisite: course
199A. Final drafting and submission of senior thesis.
Culminating paper of 35 to 50 pages required. Letter
grading.
Graduate Course
375. Teaching Apprentice Practicum. (1 to 4) Seminar, to be arranged. Preparation: apprentice personnel employment as teaching assistant, associate,
or fellow. Teaching apprenticeship under active guidance and supervision of regular faculty member responsible for curriculum and instruction at UCLA.
May be repeated for credit. S/U grading.
Professors Emeriti
Emily K. Abel, PhD
Ellen Alkon, MD, MPH
Ronald M. Andersen, PhD
Barbara Berman, PhD
Diana W. Hilberman, DrPH
Robert M. Kaplan, PhD
Paul R. Torrens, MD, MPH
Associate Professors
Moira Inkelas, MPH, PhD
Arturo Vargas Bustamante, MPP, PhD
Paul J. Chung, MD, MS
Assistant Professors
Cindy L. Cain, PhD, in Residence
Emmeline Chuang, PhD
Corrina Mouderaud, ScD
Lecturers
Jean Balgrosky-Hinshaw, PhD
Julie A. Elginer, MBA, DrPH
Michael Galper, MPH, CPA
William C. Nicholas, MPH, PhD
Jennifer S. Wortham, MPH, DrPH
Adjunct Professors
Health (MPH), includes training in various aspects of health administration such as policy
formulation, health planning, organization, and
management. For information on the MPH and
concurrent degree programs, see Public
Health Schoolwide Programs. Admission to
the DrPH program has been suspended.
For those interested in careers in research and
teaching, the department offers MS and PhD
degrees in Health Policy and Management.
These programs maintain close ties with related activities in the Schools of Dentistry and
Medicine, including the Robert Wood Johnson
Clinical Scholars Program, the Program in Prevention, and the Cancer Control Division. The
RAND/UCLA Center for Health Policy Study
and the RAND/UCLA Center for Healthcare Financing Research afford opportunities for joint
activities with the RAND Health Sciences Program. Graduates of the academic degree programs pursue careers in universities, as well as
in public and private agencies involved in
health services research and health policy
analysis.
Graduate Study
Official, specific degree requirements are detailed in Program Requirements for UCLA
Graduate Degrees, available at the Graduate
Division website, http://grad.ucla.edu. In many
cases, more detailed guidelines may be outlined in announcements, other publications,
and websites of the schools, departments, and
programs.
Graduate Degrees
The Department of Health Policy and Management offers Master of Science (MS), Doctor of
Philosophy (PhD), and Executive MPH (EMPH)
degrees in Health Policy and Management.
Graduate Courses
200A-200B. Health Systems Organization and Financing. (4-4) Lecture, three hours; discussion, one
hour. Limited to graduate health services students. Indepth analysis of health services systems in U.S.,
using relevant theories, concepts, and models. S/U or
letter grading.
M202. Qualitative Research Design and Methodology for Indigenous Communities. (5) (Same as
American Indian Studies M202 and Nursing M221.)
Seminar, three hours. Introduction to some key theoretical themes in American Indian studies and exploration of methods that can be used to incorporate
them in research on American Indian cultures, societies, languages, and other issues. Quantitative
methods (design, appropriate use), with emphasis on
qualitative research methods, ethics, and special considerations in conducting research in American Indian
country. Design of research and exploration of feasibility of researching topics. Letter grading.
203A. Applied Microeconomics. (4) Lecture, four
hours. Requisite: Mathematics 3A or 3B or 31A.
Course 203A is requisite to 203B. Basic concepts of
microeconomics, with emphasis on their application
to actual situations and their use in problem solving
and focus on theory of choice. Extensive use of differential calculus. Letter grading.
203B. Applied Microeconomics. (4) Lecture, four
hours. Requisites: course 203A and one course from
Mathematics 3A, 3B, or 31A. Basic concepts of microeconomics, with emphasis on their application to
actual situations and their use in problem solving and
focus on theories of firms and markets. Extensive use
of differential calculus. Letter grading.
M204A-M204B-M204C. Seminars: Pharmaceutical
Economics and Policy. (1-1-2) (Same as Economics M204L-M204M-M204N.) Seminar, three hours
every other week. Requisite: course M236. Limited to
graduate public health and economics students. Various topics in economics of pharmaceutical industry,
including rates of innovation, drug regulation, and
economic impact of pharmaceuticals. In Progress
(M204A, M204B) and letter (M204C) grading.
205. Pharmaceutical Policy. (4) Lecture, three hours.
Policy issues pertaining to pharmaceutical sector.
Topics include determinants of expenditures on
drugs, price setting in industry, health insurance coverage for pharmaceuticals, and research and development process. Letter grading.
206. Healthcare for Vulnerable Populations. (4)
Lecture, three hours. Overview of health services issues associated with organization, financing, and delivery of healthcare services to vulnerable populations
within domestic and international contexts to gain understanding of social, political, economic, and cultural
issues that lead to disparities in access, quality, and
cost of healthcare services that lead to vulnerability
for particular population groups. Introduction to strategies that have been adopted to address these health
225A-225B. Health Services Research Design. (66) Lecture, four hours; laboratory, two hours. Limited
to departmental MS and PhD students. Letter
grading. 225A. Introduction to scope of health services research, conceptualization and design of
health services research, choice and assessment of
measures for such research, and methods for studies
involving direct data collection. Broad overview to
conducting health services research, alternative research paradigms, building conceptual models of
what students are trying to study, designing and
testing measures, and direct data collection issues of
survey and questionnaire design, sampling, community engagement, and research ethics. 225B. Requisite: course 225A. Development of conceptual
models for health services research, identification and
use of secondary data sources, study design, and its
operationalization through regression models.
225C. Research Methods for Improvement/Implementation Science. (4) Lecture, four hours. Enforced
requisite: course 215A or 215B. Design and implementation of studies of dynamic interventions, including improvement initiatives and pragmatic clinical
trials. Provides skills in research methods for improvement and implementation studies in clinical settings
(including community-based settings) and health systems. Completion of improvement research projects
that demonstrate student competence in design and
implementation. Fundamentals in research design
and methods for conducting rigorous inferential evaluation in real world of implementation science, with
emphasis on methods for generalizing results of improvement and implementation studies involving dynamic testing. Emphasis on case studies and applications so students gain skills in design and implementation. Letter grading.
226A-226B. Readings in Health Services Research. (2-2) Seminar, two hours. Limited to departmental MS and PhD students. Introduction to research literature in health services research, including
literature on key conceptual models, classic empirical
studies, and current research illustrating cutting-edge
methods or findings. In Progress (226A) and S/U
(226B) grading.
227A. Special Topics in Health Services: Current
Research Issues. (2 to 4) Seminar, two hours. Designed for doctoral students. Review of articles in
health services journals nominated as best published
during 1990. Analysis of articles to determine contribution to theory, methods, and/or implications for
management or policy in health services organizations or health services as field. May be repeated for
credit with topic change. Letter grading.
227B. Special Topics in Health Services: Seminar
Series. (2 to 4) Seminar, two hours. Designed for
doctoral students. Presentation of proposed or ongoing research projects by faculty members and students, with discussion to determine relevant methodological and policy issues, as well as to offer constructive criticism. May be repeated for credit with
topic change. Letter grading.
230. Principles of Organization Leadership. (4)
Lecture, four hours. Designed for graduate students.
Examination of principles and models of organization
leadership, including presentation by current leaders
in fields of health and welfare. Theories and empirical
investigations of leadership qualities. Letter grading.
231. History of Public Health. (4) Discussion, three
hours. Designed for doctoral students. Emphasis on
topics which illuminate current issues in public health
policy. Discussion of historical perspectives on
healthcare providers, healthcare institutions, healthcare reform movements, public health activities, childbirth, and AIDS. S/U or letter grading.
232. Leadership Capstone Seminar. (4) Seminar,
four hours. Preparation: completion of summer internship requirement. Designed for graduate students
completing their masters training in health management and health policy. Examination of leaders and
leadership in healthcare and other organizations to
provide broad introduction to literature on skills, behaviors, and characteristics of organizational leaders.
Relationship and importance of vision, values,
240. Healthcare Issues in International Perspective. (4) Lecture, four hours. Preparation: two health
administration courses, two upper division social sciences courses. Analysis of crucial issues in healthcare; manpower policy, economic support, health facilities, patterns of health service delivery, regulation,
planning, and other aspects of healthcare systems
probed in settings of European welfare states, developing nations, and socialist countries. S/U or letter
grading.
241. Economics of Health Policy. (4) Lecture, four
hours. Requisite: course M236 or doctoral standing.
Second-level health economics course, with emphasis on health policy applications, designed to provide more nuanced view of health economics than
does course M236. Provides more training for
masters students interested in policy, as well as material and insights for doctoral students who may find
it useful in thinking about dissertation topics. Emphasis on special characteristics of health and healthcare and how these characteristics can result in
market failure and various policy tools that can be
used to deal with these failures. Because U.S. is only
developed country that has traditionally relied on private insurance, course goes into more detail on that
topic. Alternative conceptual models to traditional
market one, discussion of proposed U.S. reforms,
and examination of systems in selected other countries. Letter grading.
M242. Determinants of Health. (4) (Same as Community Health Sciences M232.) Lecture, three hours;
discussion, one hour. Designed for graduate students. Critical analysis of models for what determines
health and evidence for social, economic, environmental, genetic, health system, and other factors that
influence health of populations and defined subgroups. Letter grading.
247. Research Topics in Health Economics. (4)
Lecture, four hours. Requisites: courses 100, M236.
Seminar in economic analysis of current health services issues. Critical examination of studies pertaining
to health manpower, healthcare costs and controls,
diffusion of technology, and cost-benefit analysis of
health programs. S/U or letter grading.
249A-249Z. Special Topics in Health Services. (2 to
4 each) Hours to be arranged. Requisites for each offering announced in advance by department. Advanced seminars covering current issues and special
topics in health policy, health financing, and organization and administration of health services. Sections
offered on regular basis, with topics announced in
preceding term. May be repeated for credit with topic
change:
M249E. Advanced Topics in Health Economics. (4)
(Same as Public Policy M266.) Seminar, four hours.
Requisites: courses 200A, 200B, M236. Advanced
treatment of number of topics in health economics,
including mental health economics, pharmaceutical
economics, and relationship between labor supply,
welfare, and health. Letter grading.
M249Q. Editorial Board Apprenticeship. (2) (Same as
Psychiatry M210.) Seminar, two hours. Designed for
postdoctoral fellows and advanced PhD students.
Participation in peer review process for academic
journal, Health Psychology, with consideration of interface between behavioral science, health, and medicine. Reading and discussion of submissions and advising of editor on suitability for full review. S/U or
letter grading.
249R. Cancer Prevention and Control Research. (2)
Seminar, two hours. Limited to graduate students.
Presentations by faculty members and outside
speakers, as well as students, on research topics in
cancer prevention and control as well as career development issues such as grant writing, scientific review
process, research funding, and other academic issues. Presentation of student research in progress as
well as solicitation of feedback from class regarding
grant proposals, manuscript submissions, and future
directions for research. Possible reviews of assigned
articles, with focus on particular topics in cancer prevention and control. S/U grading.
249S. Introduction to Science of Implementing Evidence-Based Practice. (4) Seminar, four hours. Requisites: courses 200A, 200B. Designed to provide basic
understanding of science of implementing evidencebased practice. Through series of didactic teaching
and interactive case discussions, introduction to integrated framework to understand key issues related to
implementing evidence-based practice and set of
tools to apply evidence base to improving healthcare
quality. Guest lecturers included who are nationally
recognized experts in topic content areas. Interactive
discussion and case analyses based on materials
closely related to lecture material. S/U or letter
grading.
251. Quality Improvement and Informatics. (4) Lecture, four hours. Requisites: course 100, Biostatistics
100A. Introduction to concepts of healthcare quality
measurement, process improvement, and information
systems, as well as organizational aspects of implementing them. Letter grading.
M252. Medicare Reform. (4) (Same as Public Policy
M267.) Lecture, three hours; outside study, nine
hours. Designed for graduate students. Analytical and
managerial skills learned earlier to be used to analyze
problems with existing Medicare program and to develop specific options for reforming features of program to accommodate coming pressures generated
by retirement of baby-boom generation. Letter
grading.
M255. Obesity, Physical Activity, and Nutrition
Seminar. (4) (Same as Community Health Sciences
M234.) Seminar, three hours; outside study, one hour.
Designed for graduate students. Multidisciplinary introduction at graduate level to epidemiology, physiology, and current state of preventive and therapeutic
interventions for obesity in adults and children, including public health policy approaches to healthy
nutrition and physical activity promotion. S/U or letter
grading.
260. World Health. (2) (Formerly numbered 260B.)
Lecture, two hours. Designed for graduate students.
Overview of world health, with emphasis on healthcare outside U.S. Key areas include burden of infectious diseases, health economics, and impact of
healthcare policy on healthcare delivery. Letter
grading.
265. Challenges in Clinical Health Services Research. (4) Lecture, four hours. Requisites: courses
200A, 200B. Designed to prepare students for challenges involved in conducting health services research on clinical topics and populations. Topics include formulating appropriate questions, identifying
sources, mechanism of conducting field studies,
identifying funding sources, writing grants, and publishing findings. S/U or letter grading.
266A-266B. Community-Based Participatory Health
Research: Methods and Applications. (4-4) Lecture,
one hour; discussion, one hour; fieldwork, two hours.
Limited to clinical scholars fellows. Mentoring of field
experiences with introduction to critical issues in conducting research in community settings. Review of
assignments, interventions, and evaluation designs
for community settings and discussion of practical issues in partnering with communities. Letter grading.
M269. Healthcare Policy and Finance. (4) (Same as
Public Policy M269.) Seminar, three hours; outside
study, nine hours. Exploration of demand for health
insurance, policies for public insurance (Medicaid and
Medicare), uninsured, and health insurance reform.
Examination of effects of managed care on health and
costs, consumer protection movement, and rise of
competitive healthcare markets. Letter grading.
M274. Health Status and Health Behaviors of Racial and Ethnic Minority Populations. (4) (Same as
Psychology M274.) Lecture, two hours; discussion,
one hour. Limited to graduate students. Overview of
physical and mental health behaviors and status of
major racial/ethnic groups in U.S. Where appropriate,
discussion of international issues as well. S/U or letter
grading.
tion of grant writing principles and skills to develop research proposals following National Institutes of
Health guidelines. S/U or letter grading.
M428. Child and Family Health Program Community Leadership Seminar. (2) (Same as Community
Health Sciences M428.) Seminar, two hours. Designed for graduate students. Examination of characteristics of community-based organizations (CBOs)
and role of leadership in decision-making process involved in major issues facing maternal and child
health in Los Angeles County. Focus on specific leadership competencies that are or should be employed
by organizations effective in shaping maternal and
child health programs and policies (or any populationlevel policies and programs). Leaders from CBOs in
Los Angeles meet with students, comment on their
practicum experiences, and underscore community
leadership concepts demonstrated by those CBOs.
S/U or letter grading.
430. Healthcare Innovations and E-Health. (4) Lecture, four hours. Introduction of new technologies in
healthcare e-commerce/Internet/new media area,
with emphasis on general background, review of applications, and discussion of organizational and managerial issues dealing with successful use and implementation of technologies. S/U or letter grading.
431. Organizational Behavior and Human Resources in Healthcare Organizations. (4) Lecture,
four hours. Managerial skills and behaviors applied to
components of organizations at several levels: individual, interpersonal, group, intergroup, and system.
Core human resources skills required by managers.
Unique features of health services organizations
stressed as applications are presented. Letter
grading.
432. Management of Healthcare Delivery Organizations. (4) Seminar, four hours. Preparation: summer
internship, work experience in health services. Readings, case analyses, and term papers concerned with
operations, performance management, and service
quality of healthcare delivery institutions. S/U or letter
grading.
433. Healthcare Strategy. (4) Lecture, three hours;
discussion, one hour. Enforced requisites: courses
200A, 200B, 234, M236, Biostatistics 100A, Management 403. Conceptual, analytical, and technical aspects of policy and strategy formulation in health services organizations. Special attention to structure and
dynamics of competitive markets, corporate-level
strategic planning and marketing, managerial ethics
and values, organizational creativity/innovation. Letter
grading.
M434. Building Advocacy Skills: Reproductive
Health Focus. (4) (Same as Community Health Sciences M430.) Seminar, three hours. Recommended
requisite: one prior health policy course such as Community Health Sciences 247 or Health Policy 235. Designed for School of Public Health graduate and doctoral students. Skills-building course to develop competency in assessing, developing, and implementing
advocacy strategies for reproductive health initiatives.
Introduction to legislative and community advocacy
initiatives and to policymaking process, including
policy analysis and development of resources necessary for legislative advocacy. Identification of advocacy goals and objectives, development of advocacy
plan, coalition building, organizational capacity
building, media relations, and message development
for various audiences. Students learn about range of
former and current reproductive health advocacy
campaigns. Letter grading.
435. Innovations and Current Trends in Ambulatory
Care. (4) Lecture, three hours. Requisites: courses
200A, 200B. Examination of U.S. ambulatory care delivery system, with focus on more recent trends that
are highlighted under Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act of 2010. Structure of ambulatory care
service delivery system, infrastructure challenges, financing and quality of care, role of healthcare reform
in shaping future of ambulatory care, concepts of
chronic care/disease management, medical home,
396 / History
and accountable care organizations, measurement,
implementation, and impact of these models. Letter
grading.
436. Healthcare Financial Management. (4) Lecture, four hours. Requisites: courses 234, 403. Application of financial management and accounting principles to healthcare facilities, including unique financial characteristics of healthcare facilities, third-party
reimbursement, cost finding and rate setting, operational and capital budgeting, auditing, and risk management. S/U or letter grading.
437. Legal Environment of Health Services Management. (2) Lecture, two hours. Requisites: courses
200A, 200B. General survey of legal aspects of health
services management, including governance, agency,
informed consent, medical malpractice, and contracts. S/U or letter grading.
438. Issues and Problems of Local Health Administration. (4) Lecture, three hours. Preparation: one
health services course. Requisites: course 100, Epidemiology 100. Overview of administrative issues
currently faced by local health departments, including
providing public health programs during fiscal constraint, quality improvement, interagency relationships and partnerships, and political and public interactions. Letter grading.
439. Dental Care Administration. (4) Lecture, three
to four hours. Requisites or corequisites: Biostatistics
100A, Epidemiology 100. In-depth examination of
several specific dental care policy issues: manpower,
relationship of treatment to disease, national health
program strategies, and evaluation mechanisms.
Letter grading.
440A. Healthcare Information Systems and Technology. (4) Lecture, four hours. Preparation: completion of summer internship. Provides strong foundation
in health information technology (HIT) for those
working in healthcare, with emphasis on development
of knowledge and skill to plan, manage, and implement HIT systems in healthcare delivery organizations
with clinical and business partners and evolving HIT
spaces. Background and evolution of HIT; how it is
planned, implemented, and managed; and how it can
be productively used by healthcare delivery organizations, external research organizations, regulatory organizations, providers, and patients/consumers. Fundamentals of technology, electronic medical records
(EMR), electronic health records (EHR), personal
health records (PHR), meaningful use, interoperability,
and health information exchanges (HIE). Letter
grading.
440B. Health Information Systems: Organization
and Management. (4) Lecture, two hours; laboratory,
three hours. Requisite: course 440A. Health and administrative research using clinical records. Principles
of planning for routine and special studies. Individual
investigation in methods of obtaining and processing
data to meet needs of programs in institution and
agency. Introduction to principles of medical auditing;
analysis of medical and health services. S/U or letter
grading.
441. Health Analytics: Identifying, Collecting, and
Analyzing Big Data in Healthcare. (4) Lecture, four
hours. Use of technology for data collection and processing, as well as data delivery from patients to
healthcare providers, administrators, and analysts.
Exploration of sources of big data in healthcare, including electronic medical record data warehouses,
social media databases, wireless biosensors, and patient-provider-portal metadata. Review of associated
analytic techniques for each data source, including
data acquisition and management from data warehouses, hands-on data manipulation in Excel and Access, natural language processing of medical record
and social media text, cloud networking for wireless
biosensors, and queuing models for evaluating patient throughput. Letter grading.
442. Integrated Health Systems. (4) Lecture, four
hours. Requisites: courses 200A, 200B. Position of integrated health systems in U.S. and how they function. Introduction to important technical and organiza-
tional developments. Exploration of changes in organization and delivery of healthcare as result of growth
of integrated health systems. Letter grading.
445. Healthcare Marketing. (2 to 4) Lecture, two
hours. Requisites: courses 200A, 200B. Introduction
to concepts of healthcare marketing. Exploration of
principles of market-driven decision-making process.
Examination of development of key elements in annual marketing process and of consumer, competitor,
company analysis, market segmentation, and target
markets. Letter grading.
M449A-M449B. Child Health, Programs, and Policies. (4-4) (Same as Community Health Sciences
M436A-M436B.) Lecture, four hours. Requisite:
course 100. Course M449A is requisite to M449B. Examination of history of child health policy trends and
determinants of health, structure, and function of
health service system; needs, programs, and policies
affecting especially at-risk populations. Letter
grading.
450. Healthcare Financial Applications. (2) Lecture,
two hours. Requisites: courses 200A, 200B. Study of
healthcare financial management, including variables
of cost of funds, availability of physicians to provide
necessary patients, efficiency of operations, and legal
constraints. Letter grading.
501. Cooperative Program. (2 to 8) Tutorial, to be
arranged. Preparation: consent of UCLA graduate adviser and graduate dean, and host campus instructor,
department chair, and graduate dean. Used to record
enrollment of UCLA students in courses taken under
cooperative arrangements with USC. No more than 8
units may be applied toward masters degree minimum total course requirement; may not be applied
toward minimum graduate course requirement. S/U
grading.
596. Directed Individual Study or Research. (2 to
8) Tutorial, to be arranged. Limited to graduate students. Individual guided studies under direct faculty
supervision. Only 4 units may be applied toward MPH
and MS minimum total course requirement. May be
repeated for credit. S/U or letter grading.
597. Preparation for Masters Comprehensive or
Doctoral Qualifying Examinations. (2 to 12) Tutorial,
to be arranged. Limited to graduate students. May
not be applied toward any degree course requirements. May be repeated for credit. S/U grading.
598. Masters Thesis Research. (2 to 8) Tutorial, to
be arranged. Only 4 units may be applied toward
MPH and MS minimum total course requirement; may
not be applied toward minimum graduate course requirement. May be repeated for credit. S/U grading.
599. Doctoral Dissertation Research. (2 to 12)
Tutorial, to be arranged. May not be applied toward
any degree course requirements. May be repeated for
credit. S/U grading.
HISTORY
College of Letters and Science
UCLA
6265 Bunche Hall
Box 951473
Los Angeles, CA 90095-1473
310-825-4601
fax: 310-206-9630
http://www.history.ucla.edu
Stephen A. Aron, PhD, Chair
Professors
Francis R. Anderson, BA
Andrew Apter, PhD
Stephen A. Aron, PhD (Robert N. Burr Endowed
History Department Professor)
Eric R. Avila, PhD
Peter Baldwin, PhD
Joel T. Braslow, MD, PhD, in Residence
Robert P. Brenner, PhD
Professors Emeriti
Edward A. Alpers, PhD
Joyce O. Appleby, PhD
Ivan T. Berend, PhD
Kathryn Bernhardt, PhD
Ruth H. Bloch, PhD
Giorgio Buccellati, PhD
Mortimer H. Chambers, Jr., PhD
Claus-Peter Clasen, PhD
Robert Dallek, PhD
Christopher Ehret, PhD
Benjamin A. Elman, PhD
Saul P. Friedlander, PhD (1939 Club Professor
Emeritus)
Frank O. Gatell, PhD
Patrick Geary, PhD
Carlo Ginzburg, Laurea in lettere (Franklin D. Murphy
Professor Emeritus of Italian Renaissance Studies)
Robert A. Hill, MSc
Thomas S. Hines, PhD
Richard G. Hovannisian, PhD (Armenian Educational
Foundation Professor Emeritus of Modern Armenian
History)
Daniel W. Howe, PhD
Philip C. Huang, PhD
Lynn A. Hunt, PhD (Eugen Weber Professor Emerita of
Modern European History)
Nikki Keddie, PhD
Barisa Krekic, PhD
Naomi R. Lamoreaux, PhD
John H. Laslett, DPhil
Peter J. Loewenberg, PhD
Afaf Marsot, DPhil
Lauro R. Martines, PhD
Ronald J. Mellor, PhD
History / 397
Gary B. Nash, PhD
Fred G. Notehelfer, PhD
Patricia OBrien, PhD
Herman Ooms, PhD
Merrick Posnansky, PhD
Peter H. Reill, PhD
Richard H. Rouse, PhD
Geoffrey W. Symcox, PhD
Dora B. Weiner, PhD
Richard Weiss, PhD
James W. Wilkie, PhD
Robert Wohl, PhD
Stanley A. Wolpert, PhD
Associate Professors
Sebouh David Aslanian, PhD (Richard Hovannisian
Professor of Modern Armenian History)
Stephen A. Bell, PhD
Raanan S. Boustan, PhD
Scot D. Brown, PhD
Robin L.H. Derby, PhD
Stephen P. Frank, PhD
Jessica L. Goldberg, PhD
Andrea S. Goldman, PhD
Frank Tobias Higbie, PhD
Katsuya Hirano, PhD
Ghislaine E. Lydon, PhD
Kelly A. Lytle Hernndez, PhD
Benjamin L. Madley, PhD
William Marotti, PhD
Muriel C. McClendon, PhD
Kathryn Norberg, PhD
David D. Phillips, PhD
Michael Salman, PhD
Peter J. Stacey, PhD
Albion M. Urdank, PhD
Craig B. Yirush, PhD
Lecturers
Mary F. Corey, PhD
John S. Langdon, PhD
led to careers in high school, college, and university teaching. Increasingly, they are also being put to use in government service, international business, museum and archival work,
and journalism.
There is no language requirement for the major; however, students wishing to enter the
honors program or planning to do graduate
work in history are urged to pursue language
study early in their undergraduate careers.
Undergraduate Study
History BA
Capstone Major
The History Departments undergraduate program consists of 16 courses in history (six
lower divisionthe Preparation for the Major,
including the premajor requirements; 10 upper
divisionthe Major). Each course must be
taken for a letter grade.
The Major
Required: At least 10 upper division history
courses, including (1) two courses in U.S. history, (2) two courses in non-Western history
from the same area (i.e., Latin America, Asia,
Near East, Africa), (3) two courses in European
history or in history of science, and (4) one
capstone seminar from the History 191 series.
The requirements for U.S., non-Western, and
European history may be fulfilled with either
upper or lower division courses, but majors are
required to take a minimum of 10 upper division history courses.
Honors Program
The honors program is designed for History
majors who are interested in completing a
year-long research project that culminates in
an honors thesis. A 3.5 departmental gradepoint average is required for admission. To
graduate with departmental honors, students
must have a cumulative or overall GPA of at
least 3.0 in all University-level coursework and
at least a 3.5 GPA in all coursework required
for the major.
The honors thesis must be completed in three
terms, on the basis of work carried out in History 198A, 198B, and 198C. Students must
register their intention to undertake an honors
thesis with the undergraduate affairs vice chair
no later than spring quarter of their junior year.
When students register for honors, they must
provide the undergraduate affairs vice chair
with a two-paragraph description of their thesis project, which must be approved in writing
by the faculty member who agrees to act as
their adviser. The undergraduate affairs vice
chair must also approve the proposed project
in writing.
The faculty adviser is primarily responsible for
guiding the thesis work to its completion and
assigns grades for the honors courses after the
thesis is complete. The honors thesis should
be 40 to 60 pages in length and be based on
primary source material. Determination of the
level of honors awarded (no honors, honors, or
highest honors) is made by the undergraduate
affairs vice chair, acting in conjunction with the
honors committee, at the end of the term in
which the thesis is completed.
398 / History
medicine for a letter grade, and file a petition
with the minor adviser in 6265 Bunche Hall.
Required Lower Division Courses (12 units):
Three courses from History 2B, 2D, 3A through
3D, Philosophy 8.
Required Upper Division Courses (20 units):
Five courses from Anthropology 182, History
179A through 180C, any upper division Honors
Collegium courses with history of science or
history of medicine content, Neurobiology
M168 (or Physiological Science M168), Philosophy 124.
Each year certain undergraduate seminars in
the History 191 sequence are designated as
applicable to the upper division minor requirements. Students may also petition to have
other relevant courses, including those from
other departments, applied toward the upper
division requirements.
At least one upper division course, to be selected and approved in consultation with the
undergraduate or faculty adviser, must involve
writing a research or interpretative paper of
significant length and intellectual content.
Transfer credit for courses may be subject to
departmental approval.
A minimum of 20 units applied toward the minor requirements must be in addition to units
applied toward major requirements or another
minor.
One course may be taken on a Passed/Not
Passed basis; each of the other minor courses
must be taken for a letter grade, and students
must have an overall grade-point average of
2.0 or better. Successful completion of the minor is indicated on the transcript and diploma.
Graduate Study
Official, specific degree requirements are detailed in Program Requirements for UCLA
Graduate Degrees, available at the Graduate
Division website, http://grad.ucla.edu. In many
cases, more detailed guidelines may be outlined in announcements, other publications,
and websites of the schools, departments, and
programs.
Graduate Degrees
The Department of History offers Master of
Arts (MA), Candidate in Philosophy (CPhil), and
Doctor of Philosophy (PhD) degrees in History.
History
Lower Division Courses
1A-1B-1C. Introduction to Western Civilization. (55-5) Lecture, three hours; discussion, two hours.
Broad, historical study of major elements in Western
heritage from world of Greeks to that of 20th century,
designed to further beginning students general education, introduce them to ideas, attitudes, and institutions basic to Western civilization, and acquaint them,
through reading and critical discussion, with representative contemporary documents and writings of
enduring interest. P/NP or letter grading. 1A. Ancient
Civilizations, Prehistory to circa A.D. 843; 1B. Circa
A.D. 843 to circa 1715; 1C. Circa 1715 to Present.
1AH-1BH-1CH. Introduction to Western Civilization (Honors). (5-5-5) Lecture, three hours; discussion, two hours. Honors sequence parallel to courses
1A, 1B, 1C. P/NP or letter grading. 1AH. Ancient Civilizations, Prehistory to circa A.D. 843 (Honors); 1BH.
Circa A.D. 843 to circa 1715 (Honors); 1CH. Circa
1715 to Present (Honors).
2A. Power, Ethics, and Technological Change. (4)
Lecture, three hours; discussion, two hours. Examination of historical and theoretical relationships between
ethical behavior, corporate power, and technological
change. Topics include engineering practice and business profits, gender and engineering cultures,
product liability and consumer safety, and engineering
and computer ethics. Historical case studies include
Three Mile Island, Chernobyl, the DC-10, and Challenger Disaster. P/NP or letter grading.
2B. Social Knowledge and Social Power. (5) Lecture, three hours; discussion, two hours. History of
social knowledge and social power in the 19th and
20th centuries. Everyday ideas and practices about
human nature, common sense, and community and
relation of those practices to social thought, social
engineering, and social science. Themes include development of social knowledges through public activities and discourses; how social knowledge differs in
agricultural, mercantile, industrial, and informationbased political economies; and how social science
addresses these issues. P/NP or letter grading.
2C-2D. Religion, Occult, and Science. (5-5) Lecture,
three hours; discussion, two hours. P/NP or letter
grading:
2C. Mystics, Heretics, and Witches in Western Tradition, 1000 to 1600. (5) Lecture, three hours; discussion, two hours. Specific aspects of elite and popular
culture in medieval and early modern Europe. Manner
in which men and women sought to explain, order,
and escape terrors of their lives by embracing transcendental religious experiences and dreaming of
apocalypse and witchcraft. Examination of experiences in context of genesis of the state, birth of a new
science, and economic and social change. P/NP or
letter grading.
2D. Science, Magic, and Religion, 1600 to Present. (5)
Lecture, three hours; discussion, two hours. Science
and religion as historical phenomena that have
evolved over time. Examination of earlier mind-set before 1700 when into science fitted elements that
came eventually to be seen as magical. How Western
cosmologies became disenchanted. Magical tradition transformed into modern mysticisms. Political
implications of these movements; science in totalitarian settings as well as big science during the
Cold War. Discussion of anti-science and cult movements. P/NP or letter grading.
3A-3B-3C. Introduction to History of Science. (5-55) Lecture, three hours; discussion, two hours. History
majors may not apply these courses on science general education requirements. P/NP or letter grading:
3A. Scientific Revolution. (5) Lecture, three hours; discussion, two hours. Survey of beginnings of physical
sciences involving transformation from Aristotelian to
Newtonian cosmology, mechanization of natural
world, rise of experimental science, and origin of scientific societies. P/NP or letter grading.
3B. History of Science from Newton to Darwin. (5)
Lecture, three hours; discussion, two hours. In this
period science became part of Enlightenment campaign for reason and of culture of an Industrial Revolution. New social science and evolutionary debates
about science and religion demonstrate its rising intellectual and practical significance. P/NP or letter
grading.
3C. History of Modern Science, Relativity to DNA. (5)
Lecture, three hours; discussion, two hours. Ranging
from startling new physics of relativity and the
quantum, and of nuclear weapons, to molecular reductionism in biology and campaigns for statistical
objectivity, examination of involvement of science in
technological, military, intellectual, and political
changes of the 20th century. P/NP or letter grading.
History / 399
9A-9E. Introduction to Asian Civilizations. (5 each)
Lecture, three hours; discussion, two hours. P/NP or
letter grading:
9A. History of India. (5) Lecture, three hours; discussion, two hours. Introductory survey for beginning
students of major cultural, social, and political ideas,
traditions, and institutions of Indic civilization. P/NP or
letter grading.
9C. History of Japan. (5) Lecture, three hours; discussion, two hours. Survey of Japanese history from earliest recorded time to the present, with emphasis on
development of Japan as a cultural daughter of
China. Attention to manner in which Chinese culture
was Japanized and aspects of Japanese civilization
which became unique. Creation of the modern state
in the last century and impact of Western civilization
on Japanese culture. P/NP or letter grading.
9CH. History of Japan (Honors). (5) Lecture, three
hours; discussion, two hours. Honors course parallel
to course 9C. P/NP or letter grading.
9D. History of Middle East. (5) Lecture, three hours;
discussion, two hours. Introduction to history of
Muslim world from advent of Islam to present day.
P/NP or letter grading.
9E. Southeast Asian Crossroads. (5) Lecture, three
hours; discussion, two hours. Overview history of a
region united by its wet tropical environment and divided by great religious, cultural, and political pluralism, with focus on Vietnamese, Thai, Filipino,
Khmer, Burmese, and Malayo-Indonesian patterns.
P/NP or letter grading.
M10A-10B. History of Africa. (5-5) P/NP or letter
grading. M10A. To 1800. (Same as African American
Studies M10A.) Lecture, three hours; discussion, one
hour. Exploration of development of African societies
from earliest times to late 18th century. 10B. 1800 to
Present. Lecture, three hours; discussion, two hours.
Not open for credit to students with credit for course
10BH or 10BW. Survey of social, economic, and political developments in Africa since 1800, with focus on
slave trade, imperialism and colonialism, and nationalism and independence. Attention to different ideologies (nationalism, socialism, apartheid), rural/urban
tensions, changing role of women.
10BH. Introduction to Civilizations of Africa (Honors). (4) Lecture, three hours; discussion, two hours.
Not open for credit to students with credit for course
10B or 10BW. Honors course parallel to course 10B.
P/NP or letter grading.
10BW. Introduction to Civilizations of Africa since
1800. (5) Lecture, three hours; discussion, two hours.
Enforced requisite: English Composition 3 or 3H or
English as a Second Language 36. Not open for credit
to students with credit for course 10B or 10BH.
Survey of social, economic, and political developments in Africa since 1800, with focus on slave trade,
imperialism and colonialism, and nationalism and independence. Attention to different ideologies (nationalism, socialism, apartheid), rural/urban tensions,
changing role of women. Four papers required. Satisfies Writing II requirement. Letter grading.
11A-11B. History of China. (5-5) Lecture, three hours;
discussion, one hour. P/NP or letter grading. 11A. To
1000. Survey of early history of Chinagenesis of
characteristic Chinese institutions and modes of
thought from antiquity to 1000. Focus on social, political, intellectual, and economic aspects of early and
middle empires. 11B. Circa 1000 to 2000. Survey of
later history of Chinaevolution of characteristic Chinese institutions and modes of thought from circa
1000 to 2000. Focus on social, political, intellectual,
cultural, and economic aspects of early modern regimes and empires and rise of modern China into
contemporary era.
11AH-11BH. History of China (Honors). (5-5) Lecture, three hours; discussion, two hours. Honors sequence parallel to courses 11A, 11B. P/NP or letter
grading. 11AH. To 1000 (Honors); 11BH. 1000 to
1950 (Honors).
88GE. Sophomore Seminar: Special Topics in History. (5) Seminar, four hours. Requisite: designated
GE lecture course; see Schedule of Classes for specific requisite lecture and seminar topics. Designed
for sophomores/juniors. Exploration of aspects of lecture topic through readings, images, and discussions.
P/NP or letter grading.
94. History Research Methods and Strategies. (1)
Seminar, one hour. Development of competency with
identifying, locating, critically evaluating, and using information in print, electronic, and other formats. Flow
of information in variety of disciplines, how to approach research problems systematically, how to access and evaluate information in variety of formats,
and how to formulate effective searches and search in
electronic databases and on Internet. P/NP or letter
grading.
96W. Introduction to Historical Practice. (5) Seminar, three hours. Enforced requisite: English Composition 3 or 3H or English as a Second Language 36.
Not open for credit to students with credit for former
course 99W. Introduction to study of history, with emphasis on historical theory and research methods.
Satisfies Writing II requirement. Letter grading.
97. Historical Practices Adjunct Seminar. (1) Seminar, one hour. Corequisite: any course from History
97A through 97O. Limited to History majors. Exploration of topics covered in courses 97A through 97O in
greater depth through supplemental readings, discussions, or other activities. P/NP grading.
97A-97O. Introduction to Historical Practice: Variable Topics. (4 each) Seminar, three hours. Discussion classes of no more than 15 students. Introduction to study of history, with emphasis on historical
theory and research methods. Variable topics
courses; consult Schedule of Classes for topics to be
offered in specific term. P/NP or letter grading. 97A.
Ancient History; 97B. Medieval History; 97C. European History; 97D. U.S. History; 97E. Latin American
History; 97F. Near Eastern History; 97G. East Asian
History; 97I. History of Science/Technology; 97J. African History; 97K. History of Religion; 97L. Jewish
History; 97M. Southeast Asian History; 97N. Indian
History; 97O. World History.
400 / History
and professional groups made Persian into one of
most important languages in world history. P/NP or
letter grading.
M103A-M103B. Ancient Egyptian Civilization. (4-4)
(Same as Ancient Near East M103A-M103B.) Lecture,
three hours; discussion, one hour (when scheduled).
Course M103A is not requisite to M103B. Designed
for juniors/seniors. Political and cultural institutions of
ancient Egypt and ideas on which they were based.
P/NP or letter grading. M103A. Chronological discussion of Prehistory, Old and Middle Kingdom. M103B.
New Kingdom and Late period until 332 B.C.
M104A. History of Ancient Mesopotamia and Syria. (4) (Same as Ancient Near East M104A.) Lecture,
three hours; discussion, one hour (when scheduled).
Designed for juniors/seniors. Political and cultural development of Fertile Crescent, including Palestine,
from Late Uruk to neo-Babylonian period. P/NP or
letter grading.
M104B. Sumerians. (4) (Same as Ancient Near East
M104B.) Lecture, three hours. Designed for juniors/
seniors. Overview of Sumer and related cultures of
Greater Mesopotamia in 4th and 3rd millennia B.C.E.,
with focus on rich cultural history of region and integration of archaeological, art historical, and written records. P/NP or letter grading.
M104C. Babylonians. (4) (Same as Ancient Near
East M104C.) Lecture, three hours. Designed for juniors/seniors. Overview of Babylonia and cultural history of region from late 3rd millennium B.C.E. to invasion of Cyrus in 539 B.C.E., with focus on history and
archaeology of region, urban structure, literature, and
legal practices. P/NP or letter grading.
M104D. Assyrians. (4) (Same as Ancient Near East
M104D.) Lecture, three hours. Designed for juniors/
seniors. Overview of Assyrian cultural history from its
origins to end of Neo-Assyrian period (circa 612
B.C.E.), with focus on rise, mechanics, and decline of
Neo-Assyrian Empire, which at its peak ruled ancient
Near East from Zagros to Egypt. P/NP or letter
grading.
105A-105B-105C. Survey of Middle East, 500 to
Present. (4-4-4) Lecture, three hours; discussion, one
hour (when scheduled). Designed for juniors/seniors.
Background and circumstances of rise of Islam, creation of Islamic Empire, and its development. Rise of
Dynastic Successor States and Modern Nation
States. Social, intellectual, political, and economic
development. P/NP or letter grading. 105A. 500 to
1300; 105B. 1300 to 1700; 105C. 1700 to Present.
M106. Premodern Islam. (4) (Formerly numbered
M106A.) (Same as Religion M106A.) Lecture, three
hours; discussion, one hour (when scheduled). Designed for juniors/seniors. Examination of early development of Islam with special attention to doctrine of
nature of God, human responsibility, guidance, revelation and religious authority, duties of believers, ritual,
law, sectarian movements, mysticism, and popular religion. P/NP or letter grading.
107A-107B-107C. Armenian History. (4-4-4) Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour (when scheduled). Designed for juniors/seniors. P/NP or letter
grading. 107A. Armenia in Ancient and Medieval
Times, 2nd Millennium B.C. to A.D. 11th Century;
107B. Armenia from Cilician Kingdom through Periods of Foreign Domination and National Stirrings,
11th to 19th Centuries; 107C. Armenia in Modern and
Contemporary Times, 19th and 20th Centuries. Armenian question and genocide, national republic, Soviet
Armenia, and dispersion.
107D. Introduction to Armenian Oral History. (4)
Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour (when
scheduled). Designed for juniors/seniors. Uses and
techniques of Armenian oral history; preinterview, interview, and postinterview procedures; methods of
compilation and evaluation. Field assignments, interviews, and summaries and/or paper based on interviews. P/NP or letter grading.
107E. Caucasus under Russian and Soviet Rule.
(4) Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour (when
scheduled). Designed for juniors/seniors. Survey of
political, economic, social, and cultural history of
Caucasus region since 1801. Georgian, Armenian,
History / 401
heaval and renewal, and cultural representations. May
be repeated for maximum of 16 units with topic and/
or instructor change. P/NP or letter grading.
120A-120B. East-Central Europe. (4-4) Lecture,
three hours; discussion, one hour (when scheduled).
Designed for juniors/seniors. P/NP or letter grading.
120A. Long 19th Century, 1780 to 1914. Analysis of
characteristics of peripheral 19th-century capitalism,
effort to modernize and catch up, and factors and
consequences of its partial failure in economy, politics, and culture. 120B. Short 20th Century, 1918 to
1990. Analysis and interpretation of stormy history of
crisis zone of Europe where wars, revolts and revolutions, and different types of extremisms led to historical detour: 70 years of departure from Western values
and at last effort to turn back to them.
120C. East-Central Europe in Transition, 1988 to
1993. (4) Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour
(when scheduled). Designed for juniors/seniors.
State-socialism and Soviet domination collapsed in
East-Central Europe in 1989. Analysis of cause and
consequence of collapse, as well as road of transformation in seven (now 12) countries of region; international circumstances and domestic political, social,
and economic processes. Ideology of transition
versus reality of democratization, marketization, and
privatization; free choice versus determinant factors.
Scenarios for future. P/NP or letter grading.
120D. Film and History: Central and Eastern Europe, 1945 to 1989. (4) Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour (when scheduled). Designed for juniors/seniors. Postwar history of central and eastern
Europe (1945 to 1989), using eight Czech, Polish, and
Hungarian films to explore life under state socialist
modernization dictatorship. P/NP or letter grading.
121A-121F. History of Modern Europe. (4 each)
Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour (when
scheduled). Designed for juniors/seniors. P/NP or
letter grading:
121A. Renaissance and Reformation, 1450 to 1660.
(4) Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour (when
scheduled). Designed for juniors/seniors. Reorganization of power, new forms of representation, and discourses about rule and obedience in Europe from
mid-15th through 16th century; popular culture;
peasant society; refashioning of religion and power;
localization. P/NP or letter grading.
121B. Baroque Culture and Absolutist Politics, 1600
to 1715. (4) Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour
(when scheduled). Designed for juniors/seniors.
Changing nature of state and social domination; redeployment of military violence; strategies of population
discipline; absolutism and baroque culture; new forms
of bureaucratic intervention; representation of family,
sexuality, and body; witch persecutions. P/NP or
letter grading.
121C. Old Regime and Revolutionary Era, 1715 to
1815. (4) Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour
(when scheduled). Designed for juniors/seniors. Enlightened absolutism and reform, challenge of new
political and economic ideas, crisis of Old Regime,
impact of French Revolution and Napoleonic empire.
P/NP or letter grading.
121D. Bourgeois Century, 1815 to 1914. (4) Lecture,
three hours; discussion, one hour (when scheduled).
Designed for juniors/seniors. Restoration politics, Industrial Revolution, uprisings of 1848, unification of
Germany and Italy, imperialism, rise of socialism, population growth, changes in social structure, origins of
World War I. P/NP or letter grading.
121E. Era of Total War, 1914 to 1945. (4) Lecture,
three hours; discussion, one hour (when scheduled).
Designed for juniors/seniors. World War I, interwar period, and World War II. Social, cultural, political, and
economic aspects, with focus on strain between
model of parliamentary democracy and dynamics of
mass politics (e.g., Bolshevik Revolution, Italian Fascism, national socialism, and Spanish Civil War). P/NP
or letter grading.
121F. World War II and Its Aftermath, 1939 to Present.
(4) Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour (when
scheduled). Designed for juniors/seniors. World War
II, origins and persistence of Cold War, reconstruction
in West, de-Stalinization, decolonization, crisis of welfare state, background to and course of 1989 revolutions, current political configuration. P/NP or letter
grading.
122A-122F. Cultural and Intellectual History of
Modern Europe. (4 each) Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour (when scheduled). Designed for juniors/seniors. Climates of taste and climates of
opinion. Educational, moral, and religious attitudes;
art, thought, and manners of time in historical context.
P/NP or letter grading. 122A. 15th Century. Renaissance cultural and intellectual history of Europe. Central themes include comparative history of ideas,
theory and practice of art and architecture, civic and
religious humanism, religious experience, and new
cultural genres of history and philological scholarship.
122B. 16th Century. 122C. 17th Century. 122D. 18th
Century. M122E. 19th Century. (Same as Art History
M127C.) 122F. 20th Century.
123A-123B-123C. War and Diplomacy in Europe.
(4-4-4) Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour
(when scheduled). Designed for juniors/seniors. P/NP
or letter grading. 123A. 1650 to 1815. Survey of military and diplomatic history, seen in relation to social
and economic developments and growth of state.
123B. 1815 to 1945. Changing patterns of warfare
and diplomatic attempts to contain Great Power rivalries; wars of national unification; imperialism; shifting
balance of power and alliances; origins, course, and
effects of two World Wars. 123C. Cold War. Relations
of West, Soviet Union, and world from 1945 to 1991.
Origins, development, and end of power-political, military, and ideological confrontations between superpowers and their allies and clients in Europe, Asia,
and Latin America.
124A-124B-124C. History of France. (4-4-4) Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour (when scheduled). Designed for juniors/seniors. P/NP or letter
grading. 124A. France, 1500 to 1715. Social history of
16th- and 17th-century France, including growth of
monarchy, wars of religion, peasant uprisings, popular
culture, Catholic resurgence, Louis XIV, and achievements in arts and literature. 124B. France, 1715 to
1871. Ancien Rgime and time of revolutions. Critical
discourse leading to French Revolution, collapse of
state, Napoleonic era, reconstruction of society
through monarchies and revolutions of 19th century.
124C. Making of Modern France, 1871 to Present.
From oligarchy to democratic bureaucracy in two
wars and three republics.
125A. Baroque and Enlightenment Germany. (4)
Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour (when
scheduled). Designed for juniors/seniors. Development of state institutions, culture, and society in Central Europe from end of Thirty Years War to end of
Napoleonic Wars. Consideration of absolutism as political system, and baroque and Enlightenment cultures as new discourses on power and hierarchy.
P/NP or letter grading.
125B. Nationalism and Modernization in 19th-Century Germany. (4) Lecture, three hours; discussion,
one hour (when scheduled). Designed for juniors/seniors. Problems of class society and state formation,
emancipation, assimilation, growth of national consciousness, emergence of bourgeois public sphere,
dynamics of gender in civil society and political life,
post-Napoleonic tensions between reform and reaction, 1848, and national unification. P/NP or letter
grading.
125C. 20th-Century Germany. (4) Lecture, three
hours; discussion, one hour (when scheduled). Designed for juniors/seniors. Transitions that Germany
has faced during this century: two world wars, shift
from monarchy to republic to national socialism to divided nation, and finally reunification. Consideration
of political, social, economic, and cultural spheres.
P/NP or letter grading.
125D. History of Low Countries. (4) Lecture, three
hours; discussion, one hour (when scheduled). Designed for juniors/seniors. Examination of aspects of
Dutch (and on occasion Belgian) history from medieval period to period after World War II, with emphasis
on political and cultural history. Topics include Middle
402 / History
theory of politics and state in relationship to historical
interpretation of 19th-century European revolutions;
capitalist crises. P/NP or letter grading.
132. Topics in European History. (4) Lecture, three
hours; discussion, one hour (when scheduled). Designed for juniors/seniors. Integrated introduction to
important aspects of European history, with emphasis
on specific topic within broad framework. May be repeated for maximum of 16 units with topic and/or instructor change. P/NP or letter grading.
M133A-M133B. History of Women in Europe. (4-4)
(Same as Gender Studies M133A-M133B.) Lecture,
three hours; discussion, one hour (when scheduled).
Designed for juniors/seniors. History of social, political, and cultural roles of women in Western Europe
from early Middle Ages to present. P/NP or letter
grading. M133A. 800 to 1715; M133B. 1715 to
Present.
M133C. History of Prostitution. (4) (Same as Gender
Studies M133C.) Lecture, three hours; discussion,
one hour (when scheduled). Designed for juniors/seniors. History of prostitution from ancient times to
present. Topics include toleration in medieval Europe,
impact of syphilis, birth of courtesan, regulation in
19th-century Europe, white slavery scare, and contemporary global sex trade. Readings include novels,
primary sources, and testimony by sex workers. P/NP
or letter grading.
134B-134C. Economic History of Europe. (4-4)
Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour (when
scheduled). Designed for juniors/seniors. P/NP or
letter grading. 134B. 1780 to 1914. Analysis of emergence of European world economy, first Industrial
Revolution, revolutionary changes in technology, demographic patterns, education, transportation, and
interrelationship between Western core and European
peripheries in process of industrialization. 134C. 20th
Century. Changing European economy after World
War I and II and in 1990s; impact of fourth and fifth Industrial Revolutions; Great Depressions of century
during 1930s, 1970s, and 1980s; and changing modernization strategies; import-substituting industrialization in peripheries; Soviet modernization dictatorship
in East Central Europe and its collapse; integration
process of second half of century and rise of European Union; modernization model at end of century.
135A-135B-135C. Europe and World. (4-4-4) Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour (when scheduled). Designed for juniors/seniors. P/NP or letter
grading:
135A. Exploration and Conquest, 1400 to 1700. (4)
Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour (when
scheduled). Designed for juniors/seniors. First phase
of European expansion in Americas, Africa, and Eurasia. Analysis of motives and methods of expansion,
differing patterns of European settlement, including
plantation economy, and development of new commercial networks, including Atlantic slave trade. P/NP
or letter grading.
135B. Colonialism, Slavery, and Revolution, 1700 to
1870. (4) Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour
(when scheduled). Designed for juniors/seniors. Origins and gradual increase of European dominance of
world trade, impact of European colonialism in New
World, Africa, and Asia, influence of new revolutionary
ideals that took shape in wake of Enlightenment of
18th century, and beginnings of industrialization.
P/NP or letter grading.
135C. Imperialism and Postcolonialism, 1870 to
Present. (4) Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour
(when scheduled). Designed for juniors/seniors.
Survey of major European events and trends and their
impact on world in modern period. Interrelationship of
European and world history, from partition of Africa to
founding of India and Pakistan. Global consequences
of Cold War and new place of Europe in world. P/NP
or letter grading.
136A-136B-136C. History of Britain. (4-4-4) Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour (when scheduled). Designed for juniors/seniors. Analysis of British
economy, society, and polity, with focus on dynamics
of both stability and change. P/NP or letter grading.
136A. Tudor-Stuart Times, 1485 to 1715. Political, so-
History / 403
146A-146B. American Working Class Movements.
(4-4) Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour (when
scheduled). Designed for juniors/seniors. Major episodes in social, trade union, and cultural history of
American working class from Colonial times to
present, with emphasis on both organized and unorganized labor, history of Knights of Labor, A.F. of L.
and C.I.O., and development of labor politics. P/NP or
letter grading.
146C-146D. U.S. and Comparative Immigration
History. (4-4) Lecture, three hours; discussion, one
hour (when scheduled). Designed for juniors/seniors.
Use of overlapping diaspora model that integrates
North Atlantic (Europe), South Atlantic (Afro-Caribbean), Pacific (China/Japan/Hawaii), and Latin
(Mexico to Brazil) worlds to provide chronological and
analytic survey of American and comparative immigration from 1750 to present. Special focus on
Southern California in course 146D. P/NP or letter
grading.
147A-147B. American Social History. (4-4) Lecture,
three hours; discussion, one hour (when scheduled).
Designed for juniors/seniors. Historical analysis of
American society and culture, with emphasis on
family, religious values, Afro-American life, womens
work, urbanization and industrialization, immigration
and nativism, and movements for social reform. P/NP
or letter grading. 147A. 1750 to 1860; 147B. 1860 to
1960.
M147C. History of Women in Colonial British
America and Early U.S., 1600 to 1860. (4) (Same as
Gender Studies M147B.) Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour (when scheduled). Designed for juniors/seniors. Introduction to major themes in history
of early American women from initial confrontation of
English and American Indian cultures in early 17th
century to rise of womens rights movement in mid19th century. P/NP or letter grading.
M147D. History of Women in U.S., 1860 to 1980.
(4) (Same as Gender Studies M147D.) Lecture, three
hours; discussion, one hour (when scheduled). Designed for juniors/seniors. Introduction to major
themes in history of American women from abolition
of slavery and Civil War to rise and consequences of
second-wave feminism. P/NP or letter grading.
M147E. History of Deaf Communities in America.
(4) (Same as American Sign Language M120.) Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour (when scheduled). Designed for juniors/seniors. Study of history
and culture of deaf communities in America (circa
1800 to present) by exploring major events impacting
deaf people, including development of sign language,
deaf education, audism, politics of deafness, eugenics, deaf revolution movements, and role of
hearing technology. Historical development of emergence, growth, and survival of Americas deaf community and development of deaf identity over time.
P/NP or letter grading.
149A-149B. North American Indian History. (4-4)
Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour (when
scheduled). Designed for juniors/seniors. History of
Native Americans from contact to present, with emphasis on historical dimensions of culture change, Indian political processes, and continuity of Native
American cultures. Focus on selected Indian peoples
in each period. P/NP or letter grading. 149A. Precontact to 1830; 149B. 1830 to Present.
M150A. Comparative Slavery Systems. (4) (Same
as African American Studies M158A.) Lecture, three
hours; discussion, one hour (when scheduled). Designed for juniors/seniors. Examination of slavery experiences in various New World slave societies, with
emphasis on outlining similarities and differences
among legal status, treatment, and slave cultures of
North American, Caribbean, and Latin American slave
societies. P/NP or letter grading.
M150B-M150C. Introduction to Afro-American
History. (4-4) (Same as African American Studies
M158B-M158C.) Lecture, three hours; discussion,
one hour (when scheduled). Designed for juniors/seniors. Survey of Afro-American experience, with emphasis on three great transitions of Afro-American life:
M151E. Latino Metropolis: Architecture and Urbanism in Americas. (4) (Same as Chicana and Chicano Studies M187 and Urban Planning M187.) Lecture, four hours. Introduction to history of architecture
and urbanism in Americas, from fabled cities of Aztec
empire to barrios of 21st-century Los Angeles and
Miami. Emphasis on role of cities in Latina/Latino experience and uses of architecture and city planning to
forge new social identities rooted in historical experiences of conquest, immigration, nationalization, and
revolution. P/NP or letter grading.
152. Asians in American History. (4) Lecture, three
hours; discussion, one hour (when scheduled). Designed for juniors/seniors. Study of politically troubling question of entry into U.S. of immigrants ineligible for citizenship and their citizen children in American history. P/NP or letter grading.
153. American West. (4) Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour (when scheduled). Designed for juniors/seniors. Study of West as frontier and as region,
in transit from Atlantic seaboard to Pacific, from 17th
century to present. P/NP or letter grading.
154. History of California. (4) Lecture, three hours;
discussion, one hour (when scheduled). Designed for
juniors/seniors. Economic, social, intellectual, and political development of California from earliest times to
present. P/NP or letter grading.
M155. History of Los Angeles. (4) (Same as Chicana
and Chicano Studies M183.) Lecture, three hours;
discussion, one hour (when scheduled). Designed for
juniors/seniors. Social, economic, cultural, and political development of Los Angeles and its environs from
time of its founding to present. Emphasis on diverse
peoples of area, changing physical environment, various interpretations of city, and Los Angeles place
among American urban centers. P/NP or letter
grading.
156. Topics in U.S. History. (4) Lecture, three hours;
discussion, one hour (when scheduled). Designed for
juniors/seniors. Examination of specific historical
themes and/or major issues in U.S. history. May be
repeated for maximum of 16 units with topic and/or
instructor change. P/NP or letter grading.
157A. Early Latin America. (4) Lecture, three hours;
discussion, one hour (when scheduled). Designed for
juniors/seniors. Advanced survey of Latin American
history from conquest to independence, with emphasis on society, culture, and ethnic aspects. P/NP
or letter grading.
157B. Indians of Colonial Mexico. (4) Lecture, three
hours; discussion, one hour (when scheduled). Designed for juniors/seniors. Survey of social and cultural history of Indians of Mexico, especially central
Mexico, from time of European conquest until Mexican independence, with emphasis on internal view of
Indian groups and patterns on basis of records produced by Indians themselves. P/NP or letter grading.
159. Latin America in 19th Century. (4) Lecture,
three hours; discussion, one hour (when scheduled).
Designed for juniors/seniors. Intensive analysis of
economic, social, and political problems of Latin
American nations from their independence to around
1910. P/NP or letter grading.
160A. Latin American Elitelore. (4) Lecture, three
hours; discussion, one hour (when scheduled). Designed for juniors/seniors. Elitelore (defined as oral or
noninstitutionalized knowledge involving leaders
conceptual and perceptual life history views) in contrast to folklore (followers traditional or popular
views). Elitelore genres include oral history, literature,
and cinema. P/NP or letter grading.
160B. Mexican Revolution since 1910. (4) Lecture,
three hours; discussion, one hour (when scheduled).
Designed for juniors/seniors. Examination of concept
of permanent crisis to describe and explain structure
of permanent revolution under one-party democracy.
Analysis of unresolved colonial and 19th-century
problems and crises that have influenced modern-day
Mexico, if in modified form. P/NP or letter grading.
161. Topics in Latin America History. (4) Lecture,
three hours; discussion, one hour (when scheduled).
Designed for juniors/seniors. Examination of major is-
404 / History
sues in history of Latin America. May be repeated for
maximum of 16 units with topic and/or instructor
change. P/NP or letter grading.
162A. Modern Brazil. (4) Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour (when scheduled). Designed for
juniors/seniors. Selected topics in political, economic,
social, and cultural development of Brazil, with
emphasis on modernization and struggle for change,
1850 to present. Discussions, films, slides, and
guest speakers supplement and complement lectures. P/NP or letter grading.
162B. Brazil and Atlantic World, 1500 to 1822. (4)
Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour (when
scheduled). Designed for juniors/seniors. Exploration
of development of colonial society in Brazil from discovery in 1500 to independence in 1822, placing it in
context of Portugals overseas expansion in Asia, Africa, and Americas. Emphasis on Portuguese, indigenous, and African roots of modern Brazil. P/NP or
letter grading.
162C. History of Argentina. (4) Lecture, three hours;
discussion, one hour (when scheduled). Designed for
juniors/seniors. History of economic, political, social,
and cultural developments that have shaped Argentina from colonial time to present. Emphasis on 19thcentury development of agro-export economy and
20th-century formation of mass society. P/NP or letter
grading.
164B-164Z. Topics in African History. (4 each) (Formerly numbered M164A-164Z.) Lecture, three hours;
discussion, one hour (when scheduled). Preparation:
one prior course in African history at UCLA. Designed
for juniors/seniors. Examination of specific topics that
have continental application rather than proceeding
on strictly chronological or regional basis. P/NP or
letter grading:
164B. Africa and Slave Trade. (4) Lecture, three hours;
discussion, one hour (when scheduled). Preparation:
one prior course in African history at UCLA. Designed
for juniors/seniors. Social, economic, political, and
cultural impact of slave trade on African society, with
emphasis on Atlantic trade without neglecting those
of ancient Mediterranean, Islamic, and Indian Ocean
worlds. Abolition and African diaspora. P/NP or letter
grading.
164D. Africa and Diaspora in Global and Comparative
Perspective. (4) Lecture, three hours; discussion, one
hour (when scheduled). Preparation: one prior course
in African history at UCLA. Designed for juniors/seniors. Forced migration of Africans through overseas
slave trade was formative event of modern world. Exploration of that experience and its lasting consequences by placing it in its global contextAfrican,
American, European, Islamic, and Asian. P/NP or
letter grading.
164E. Africa, 1945 to Present. (4) Lecture, three
hours; discussion, one hour (when scheduled). Preparation: one prior course in African history at UCLA.
Designed for juniors/seniors. History of Africa south of
Sahara from end of World War II to present. Last
phases of colonial rule in Africa, African nationalism,
Pan-Africanism, liberation movements, and achievement of independence. Political, social, and economic change in colonies and in independent states
of Africa. Neocolonialism, experiments in national development, apartheid in South Africa, ideological conflict in contemporary Africa, and Africa in world affairs
since 1957. P/NP or letter grading.
165. Topics in African History. (4) Lecture, three
hours; discussion, one hour (when scheduled). Designed for juniors/seniors. Examination of specific historical themes and/or major issues in African history.
May be repeated for maximum of 16 units with topic
and/or instructor change. P/NP or letter grading.
165SL. Service Learning and Historical Understanding in South Africa. (4) Fieldwork, six hours.
Students participate in two service learning projects
in South Africa to help them understand ongoing historical legacy of apartheid in South Africa, differences
between urban and rural poverty, and link between
rural poverty and urban overcrowding. Students work
History / 405
Japan in world reshaped by catastrophic war and its
lingering specter. Through screenings and critical discussion of select films spanning half-century following
World War II, consideration of cultural, aesthetic, and
sociopolitical significance of postwar as demarcated
category in Japan. Reflection on ways in which filmic
presentations of state of being postwar engaged with
lived history, memory, and present time. P/NP or letter
grading.
174A. Early History of India. (4) Lecture, three hours;
discussion, one hour (when scheduled). Designed for
juniors/seniors. Introduction to civilization and institutions of India. Survey of history and culture of South
Asian subcontinent from earliest times to founding of
Mughal Empire. P/NP or letter grading.
174B-174C. History of British India I, II. (4-4) Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour (when scheduled). Designed for juniors/seniors. P/NP or letter
grading. 174B. Examination of expansion of British
rule, theories and practice of governance, constitution
of India as oriental despotism, epistemological projects of state, and other modes by which British
achieved conquest of knowledge. 174C. Political
economy of imperialism and Britains civilizing mission. Encounter, especially in terms of race and
gender, between colonized and colonizers and to
questions of resistance and nationalism.
M174D. Indo-Islamic Interactions, 700 to 1750. (4)
(Same as Religion M174D.) Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour (when scheduled). Designed for juniors/seniors. Historical introduction to Muslim communities of what eventually became nations of India,
Pakistan, and Bangladesh. Topics include social, political, religious, and cultural history. P/NP or letter
grading.
M174E. Indo-Islamic Interactions, 1750 to 1950.
(4) (Same as Religion M174E.) Lecture, three hours;
discussion, one hour (when scheduled). Designed for
juniors/seniors. Examination of interplay of factors
that, from Christian missionaries to Islamic madrasa
schools and colonial rebellions, gave shape to multifaceted Muslim reformation in context of colonial modernity. P/NP or letter grading.
174F. Gandhi and Making of Modern India. (4) Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour (when scheduled). Designed for juniors/seniors. Examination of life
and ideas of Mahatma Gandhi, known world over as
prophet of nonviolence and principal architect of Indian independence movement. Gandhi was also spiritual thinker, social reformer, critic of Western modernity, interpreter of Indian civilization, staunch supporter of Indian syncreticism, voluminous writer, and
forerunner, not only in India, but of many great social
and ecological movements of our times. Focus on
Gandhis idea of satyagraha, resistance to oppression
through truth (satya) and nonviolence (ahimsa), and
his nonviolent campaigns against colonial rule, before
moving to broader assessments of his life and
thought, his critiques of modernity and industrial civilization, and his relationship to Indian nationalism. Discussion of feminist, Dalit (low-caste), Marxist, and
modernist critiques of his ideas, and reflections on his
place in modern India and global circulation of his
ideas over last six decades. P/NP or letter grading.
M174G. Indian Identity in U.S. and Diaspora. (4)
(Formerly numbered M175B.) (Same as Asian American Studies M172A.) Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour (when scheduled). Designed for juniors/seniors. History of overseas Indian communities; transformations of Hinduism in diaspora;
emergence of new diasporic art forms such as
bhangra rap and chutney music; relations between Indians and other racial and ethnic groups; Indian
women as embodiment of Indian culture; diasporic
identities. P/NP or letter grading.
175A. Cultural and Political History of Contemporary South Asia. (4) Lecture, three hours; discussion,
one hour (when scheduled). Designed for juniors/seniors. Problem of modernity; partition of India and
emergence of Pakistan; political, social, ecological,
and womens movements; struggle for rights and
conflicts of identity among Muslims, Hindus, and
Sikhs; terrorism in Sri Lanka and Punjab; public culture, popular cinema, and street life. P/NP or letter
grading.
175C. Special Topics in Contemporary Indian History. (4) Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour
(when scheduled). Designed for juniors/seniors. Treatment of major issues in history of contemporary India.
May be repeated for maximum of 16 units with topic
and/or instructor change. P/NP or letter grading.
176A-176B. History of Southeast Asia. (4-4) Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour (when scheduled). Designed for juniors/seniors. P/NP or letter
grading. 176A. Early History of Southeast Asia. Political and cultural history of peoples of Southeast Asia
from earliest times to about 1815. 176B. Southeast
Asia since 1815. History of modern Southeast Asia,
with emphasis on expansion of European influence in
political and economic spheres, growth of nationalism, and process of decolonization.
176C. Philippine History. (4) Lecture, three hours;
discussion, one hour (when scheduled). Designed for
juniors/seniors. Social, cultural, and political history of
Philippine societies from Spanish conquest through
independence. Emphasis on questions of identity
under colonialism, understanding Revolutions of 1896
and 1898, and politics of Philippine nationalist discourse. Readings include introduction to major issues
in Philippine historiography and literature. P/NP or
letter grading.
176D. Premodern Vietnamese History. (4) Lecture,
three hours; discussion, one hour (when scheduled).
Designed for juniors/seniors. Overview of history of
people of Vietnam to beginning of colonial period
(circa 1880), covering political, social, economic, cultural, and religious developments. Consideration of
impact of Vietnamese past on modern age. P/NP or
letter grading.
176E. Vietnam: Past and Present. (4) Lecture, three
hours; discussion, one hour (when scheduled). Designed for juniors/seniors. Survey of history and culture of Vietnam from about 700 B.C. to present, including political, social, and economic developments
as well as international relations in post-1954 period.
P/NP or letter grading.
177A. National Histories of Southeast Asia. (4)
Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour (when
scheduled). Designed for juniors/seniors. Variable
topics with focus on history of one or more of Southeast Asias nation-states: Indonesia, East Timor, Thailand, Cambodia, Burma, Laos, Malaysia, Singapore,
Brunei, Philippines, Vietnam. P/NP or letter grading.
177B. Comparative Histories of Southeast Asia.
(4) Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour (when
scheduled). Designed for juniors/seniors. Variable
topics with focus on history of Southeast Asia from
thematic or comparative perspective. Topics may include history of human rights in Southeast Asia,
gender and sexuality in island Southeast Asia, and
economic history of Southeast Asia. P/NP or letter
grading.
179A. History of Medicine: Historic Roots of Healing Arts. (4) Lecture, three hours; discussion, one
hour (when scheduled). Designed for juniors/seniors.
Introduction to traditions, practices, goals, and myths
of Western healing professions from time of ancient
Greeks to Renaissance. Topics range from Hippocrates, Galen, and scholars at Alexandria to healing at
Epidaurus and Salerno, contributions of medieval
Muslim and Jewish doctors, rise of healing professions, medical faculties, nursing orders, and hospitals. P/NP or letter grading.
179B. History of Medicine: Foundations of Modern
Medicine. (4) Lecture, three hours; discussion, one
hour (when scheduled). Designed for juniors/seniors.
Cultural, scientific, and social context that shaped
modern medicine from Renaissance to Romantic era.
Topics include establishment of anatomy, physiology,
and modern clinical medicine, mapping of human
body, medical approach to mental illness, rise of
anatomo-clinical method at Paris School. P/NP or
letter grading.
179C. Medicine and Society in 20th-Century America. (4) Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour
(when scheduled). Designed for juniors/seniors. Sociohistorical look at changes in medical science,
health and disease, and treatment practices in 20th
century within context of development of hospitals
and research institutions and of changing American
society. Particular topics include antibodies and other
wonder drugs, cancer research and treatment, mental
illness, patient activism, and genetic medicine. P/NP
or letter grading.
180A. Topics in History of Science. (4) Lecture,
three hours; discussion, one hour (when scheduled).
Designed for juniors/seniors. Topics may include science and colonialism, science and religion, environmental history, science in Enlightenment, development of theory of evolution, science and public policy,
public nature of science. May be repeated for maximum of 16 units with topic and/or instructor change.
P/NP or letter grading.
M180B. Historical Perspectives on Gender and
Science. (4) (Same as Gender Studies M180B.) Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour (when scheduled). Designed for juniors/seniors. Historical cases illustrating how gender enters practices and concepts
of science. Topics include gendered conceptions of
nature, persona of man of science, role of women in
scientific revolution, scientific investigations of
women and feminine. P/NP or letter grading.
180C. Science and Technology in 20th Century. (4)
Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour (when
scheduled). Designed for juniors/seniors. Development of science and technology and their impact on
society. Industrialization, global scientific community,
social Darwinism, atomic bomb and nuclear proliferation, Cold War and American science, environmentalism, molecular biology and genetic engineering.
P/NP or letter grading.
M181. Topics in Jewish History. (4) (Same as Jewish
Studies M181.) Lecture, three hours; discussion, one
hour (when scheduled). Designed for juniors/seniors.
Examination of major issues in Jewish history. May be
repeated for maximum of 16 units with topic and/or
instructor change. P/NP or letter grading.
M181SL. Jews in Los Angeles: Representation,
Memory, and History in Digital Age. (4) (Formerly
numbered M188SL.) (Same as Jewish Studies
M181SL.) Lecture, three hours; fieldwork, two hours.
Designed for juniors/seniors. History of Los Angeles,
with special emphasis on pivotal roles Jews have
played in shaping Los Angeles and role that Los Angeles has played in reshaping of Jewish identities,
communities, and cultures. Exploration of themes related to regionalism in American Jewish history, comparative immigration and migration patterns, and
frontiers and borderlands, while providing overview of
historical methodologies and interpretation. Examination of ethical and methodological implications of
writing history in digital age and learning how to read
and analyze these new media works as primary and
secondary historical texts. Opportunity to contribute
to body of historical work related to Los Angeles
Jewish history through required service work with
community partners and development of digital public
history projects. P/NP or letter grading.
M182A. Ancient Jewish History. (4) (Same as Jewish
Studies M182A and Religion M182A.) Lecture, three
hours; discussion, one hour (when scheduled). Designed for juniors/seniors. Survey of social, political,
and religious developments. P/NP or letter grading.
M182B. Medieval Jewish History. (4) (Same as
Jewish Studies M182B and Religion M182B.) Lecture,
three hours; discussion, one hour (when scheduled).
Designed for juniors/seniors. Exploration of unfolding
of Jewish history from rise of Christianity to expulsion
of Jews from Spain in 1492. P/NP or letter grading.
M182C. Modern Jewish History. (4) (Same as Jewish
Studies M182C.) Lecture, three hours; discussion,
one hour (when scheduled). Designed for juniors/seniors. Survey of early modern Jewish history beginning with enormously repercussive expulsion of Jews
from Spain in 1492, followed by transformations in
406 / History
Jewish society and identity over five centuries in Europe and Middle East, and concluding with nationalism. P/NP or letter grading.
183A-183B. Third Reich and Jews. (4-4) Lecture,
three hours; discussion, one hour (when scheduled).
Designed for juniors/seniors. P/NP or letter grading.
183A. History of modern anti-Semitic ideologies and
movements. Rise of national socialism in Germany.
Development and execution of Nazi anti-Jewish
policy to outbreak of World War II. 183B. Second
World War. Implementation of Nazi plans for extermination of Jews in Nazi-dominated Europe. Life in
Nazi-imposed ghettos. Forms of Jewish resistance.
Fate of Jewish populations in occupied territories.
M184A. Jewish Civilization: Encounter with Great
World Cultures. (4) (Same as Jewish Studies M184A
and Religion M184A.) Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour (when scheduled). Designed for juniors/seniors. Exploration of dynamic and millenniaold interaction of Jews with great world cultures. Creative adaptations that have lent Jewish culture its distinct and various forms. P/NP or letter grading.
M184B. History of Anti-Semitism. (4) (Same as
Jewish Studies M184B.) Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour (when scheduled). Designed for juniors/seniors. Survey of origins and historical development of anti-Semitism. P/NP or letter grading.
M184C. American Jewish Experience. (4) (Same as
Jewish Studies M184C.) Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour (when scheduled). Designed for juniors/seniors. Experience of Jews in America, both
historical and contemporary. P/NP or letter grading.
M184D. History of Zionism and State of Israel. (4)
(Same as Jewish Studies M184D.) Lecture, three
hours; discussion, one hour (when scheduled). Designed for juniors/seniors. Examination of history of
State of Israel from 1948 to present. P/NP or letter
grading.
185A. History of Religions: Myth. (4) Lecture, three
hours; discussion, one hour (when scheduled). Designed for juniors/seniors. Nature and function of
myth in history of religion and culture. Examples selected from nonliterate as well as from other Asian
and European traditions. P/NP or letter grading.
185B. Religions of South and Southeast Asia. (4)
Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour (when
scheduled). Requisite: course 4 or 185A. Designed for
juniors/seniors. Topics vary from year to year and include religion of Veda; Brahmanism; (later) Hinduism.
Consult Schedule of Classes for specifics. May be
taken independently for credit. P/NP or letter grading.
185C. Religions of South and Southeast Asia. (4)
Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour (when
scheduled). Requisite: course 4 or 185A. Designed for
juniors/seniors. Topics vary from year to year and include Buddhism in India; religions of Java and Bali;
nonliterate traditions of India and Southeast Asia.
Consult Schedule of Classes for specifics. May be
taken independently for credit. P/NP or letter grading.
M185D. Religions of Ancient Near East. (4) (Same
as Ancient Near East M185D and Religion M185D.)
Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour (when
scheduled). Designed for juniors/seniors. Main polytheistic systems of ancient Near East, with emphasis
on Mesopotamia and Syria and with reference to religion of ancient Israel: varying concepts of divinity, hierarchies of gods, prayer and cult, magics, wisdom,
and moral conduct. P/NP or letter grading.
185E. Special Topics in History of Religions. (4)
Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour (when
scheduled). Designed for juniors/seniors. Topics announced in Schedule of Classes and include ancient
Germanic cults; Renaissance mysticism; mystics of
low countries; goddesses; religion in secular age. May
be repeated for maximum of 16 units with topic and/
or instructor change. P/NP or letter grading.
M185F. History of Early Christians. (4) (Formerly
numbered M186A.) (Same as Religion M186A.) Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour (when scheduled). Designed for juniors/seniors. Christian movement from its origins to circa 160 C.E., stressing its
continuity/discontinuity with Judaism, various re-
M191DC. CAPPP Washington, DC, Research Seminars. (8) (Same as Communication Studies M191DC,
Political Science M191DC, and Sociology M191DC.)
Seminar, three hours; laboratory, 24 hours. Limited to
CAPPP Program students. Seminars for undergraduate students in Center for American Politics and
Public Policys program in Washington, DC. Focus on
development and execution of original empirical research based on experiences from Washington, DCbased field placements. Study of variety of qualitative
methods (observation, interviewing, etc.), with comparison to quantitative analysis. Examination of features of solid and significant research; intensive
writing. Letter grading.
M194DC. CAPPP Washington, DC, Research Seminars. (4) (Same as Political Science M194DC and
Sociology M194DC.) Seminar, three hours. Limited to
CAPPP Quarter in Washington students and other
students enrolled in UC Washington Center programs. Seminars for undergraduate students in
Center for American Politics and Public Policys program in Washington, DC. Focus on development and
execution of original empirical research based on experiences from Washington, DC-based field placements. Study of variety of qualitative methods (observation, interviewing, etc.), with comparison to quantitative analysis. Examination of features of solid and
significant research; intensive writing. Letter grading.
195. Community or Corporate Internships in History. (4) Tutorial, three hours. Limited to juniors/seniors.
Internship in supervised setting in community agency
or business. Students meet on regular basis with instructor and provide periodic reports of their experience. May be repeated for credit. Individual contract
with supervising faculty member required. P/NP
grading.
195CE. Community and Corporate Internships in
History. (4) Tutorial, to be arranged; fieldwork, eight
to 10 hours. Limited to juniors/seniors. Internship in
corporate, governmental, or nonprofit setting coordinated through Center for Community Learning. Students complete weekly written assignments, attend
biweekly meetings with graduate student coordinator,
and write final research paper. Faculty sponsor and
graduate student coordinator construct series of
reading assignments that examine issues related to
internship site using historical methods. May not be
applied toward major requirements. May be repeated
for credit with consent of Center for Community
Learning. Individual contract with supervising faculty
member required. P/NP or letter grading.
M195DC. CAPPP Washington, DC, Internships. (4)
(Same as Political Science M195DC and Sociology
M195DC.) Tutorial, four hours. Limited to junior/senior
CAPPP Program students. Internships in Washington,
DC, through Center for American Politics and Public
Policy. Students meet on regular basis with instructor
and provide periodic reports of their experience. Individual contract with supervising faculty member required. P/NP grading.
197. Individual Studies in History. (4) Tutorial, three
hours. Limited to juniors/seniors. Individual intensive
study, with scheduled meetings to be arranged between faculty member and student. Assigned reading
and tangible evidence of mastery of subject matter
required. May be repeated for credit. Individual contract required. P/NP or letter grading.
198A. Honors Research in History. (4) Tutorial, to be
arranged. Course 198A is requisite to 198B, which is
requisite to 198C. Limited to juniors/seniors. Development of honors thesis or comprehensive research
project under direct supervision of faculty member.
May be repeated for maximum of 16 units. Individual
contract required. Letter grading.
198B. Honors Research in History. (4) Tutorial, to be
arranged. Requisite: course 198A. Limited to juniors/
seniors. Continued development of honors thesis or
comprehensive research project under direct supervision of faculty member. May be repeated for maximum of 16 units. Individual contract required. In
Progress grading (credit to be given only on completion of course 198C).
History / 407
198C. Honors Research in History. (4) Tutorial, to be
arranged. Requisite: course 198B. Limited to juniors/
seniors. Completion of honors thesis or comprehensive research project under direct supervision of faculty member. May be repeated for maximum of 16
units. Individual contract required. Letter grading.
199. Directed Research in History. (4) Tutorial, three
hours. Limited to juniors/seniors. Supervised individual research or investigation under guidance of
faculty mentor. Culminating paper or project required.
May be repeated for credit; History majors limited to 8
units. Individual contract required. P/NP or letter
grading.
Graduate Courses
200A-200U. Advanced Historiography. (4 each)
Seminar, three hours. May be repeated for credit.
200A. Ancient Greece; 200B. Ancient Rome; 200C.
Medieval; 200D. Europe; 200H. U.S.; 200I. Latin
America; 200J. Near East; 200K. India; 200L. China;
200M. Japan; 200N. Africa; 200O. Science/Technology; 200P. History of Religions; 200Q. Theory of
History; 200R. Jewish History; 200S. Armenia and
Caucasus; 200T. Southeast Asia; 200U. Psychohistory.
M200V. Advanced Historiography: Afro-American.
(4) (Same as African American Studies M200A.) Seminar, three hours. May be repeated for credit. S/U or
letter grading.
M200W. Advanced Historiography: American Indian Peoples. (4) (Same as American Indian Studies
M200A.) Lecture, 90 minutes; seminar, 90 minutes. Introduction to culture-histories of North American Indians and review of Indian concepts of history. Stereotypical approach to content and methodologies related to Indian past that is interdisciplinary and
multicultural in its scope. Letter grading.
200X. Advanced Historiography: Oral History. (4)
Seminar, three hours. Introduction to practice,
method, and theory of oral history.
200Y. Advanced Historiography: Application of
Economics to History. (4) Discussion, three hours.
200Z. Advanced Historiography: Chicano. (4) Discussion, three hours. Graduate survey of leading literature in Chicano history, with emphasis on new methodological and theoretical approaches in the field.
201A-201V. Topics in History. (4 each) Seminar,
three hours. Graduate courses involving reading, lecturing, and discussion of selected topics. May be repeated for credit. When concurrently scheduled with
course 191, undergraduates must obtain consent of
instructor to enroll. S/U or letter grading. 201A. Ancient Greece; 201B. Ancient Rome; 201C. Medieval;
201D. Early Modern Europe; 201E. Modern Europe;
201F. Russia/Eastern Europe; 201G. Britain; 201H.
U.S.; 201I. Latin America; 201J. Near East; 201K.
India; 201L. China; 201M. Japan; 201N. Africa; 201O.
Science/Technology; 201P. History of Religions;
201Q. Theory of History; 201R. Jewish History; 201S.
Armenia and Caucasus; 201T. Southeast Asia; 201U.
Psychohistory; 201V. Digital History.
202A-202B. Seminars: Comparative Modern Economic History. (4-4) Seminar, three hours. Course
202A is requisite to 202B. Designed for graduate students. Study of problems of modern economics in the
19th and 20th centuries, including such topics as industrialization, growth, demography, development,
and economic change. In Progress (202A) and letter
(202B) grading.
203A-203B. Social Theory and Comparative History. (4-4) Seminar, three and one half hours every other
week. Introduction to historically rooted social theory
and theoretically sensitive history, following program
of Center for Social Theory and Comparative History.
Each course may be taken independently for credit.
S/U or letter grading.
203C. Theories in Cultural History. (4) Seminar,
three hours. Introduction to social, linguistic, semiotic,
or other new interpretive theories and practices developed in other fields and applied to historical material.
Letter grading.
204A. Departmental Seminar: Approaches, Methods, Debates, Practice. (4) (Formerly numbered 204.)
Seminar, three hours. Required of all first-year departmental graduate students. Introduction to range of
important methodological approaches and theoretical
debates about writing of history that are influential
across fields, geographical contexts, and temporal
periods to stimulate conversation and connection
across fields, inviting students to think collectively
and expansively about study and praxis of history. Introduction to sampling of scholarship produced by
department faculty members with whom students
may work. S/U or letter grading.
204B. Departmental Seminar: Many Professions of
History (4) Seminar, three hours. Professional development seminar with practicum component. Focus
primarily on exploring and demonstrating ways in
which skills of historians are transferable to variety of
professions and exercised in diverse ways and roles.
Discussion of actual and possible roles and responsibilities of historians in 21st-century society. Examination of where historians have been, where they are
now, where they can be, and where they should be as
highly educated, actively engaged members of society. Collaborative project required. S/U or letter
grading.
205A-205B. History Department Professional Development Seminars. (1-1) Seminar, one hour.
Course 205A is requisite to 205B. Limited to history
doctoral students. Introduction to issues in professional development of students in History PhD program. In Progress (205A) and S/U (205B) grading.
206A-206B. Seminars: Near East History. (4-4)
Seminar, three hours. Course 206A is requisite to
206B. In Progress (206A) and letter (206B) grading.
C208A-C208B. Variable Topics: Interdisciplinary
Studies. (4-4) Lecture, three hours; discussion, one
hour (when scheduled). Course C208A is not requisite
to C208B. Topics may include gender, world history,
masculinity, and economic history. May be repeated
for credit with topic change. Concurrently scheduled
with courses C101A-C101B. S/U or letter grading.
M210. Topics in Ancient Iranian History. (4) (Same
as Ancient Near East M208 and Iranian M210.) Seminar, three hours. Varying topics on Elamite, Achaemenid, Arsacid, and Sasanian history. May be repeated for credit. S/U or letter grading.
211A-211B. Seminars: Armenian History. (4-4)
Seminar, three hours. Course 211A is requisite to
211B. In Progress (211A) and letter (211B) grading.
212. Methods in Armenian Oral History. (4) Seminar, three hours. Uses and techniques of Armenian
oral history; preinterview, interview, and postinterview
procedures; methods of compilation and evaluation.
Field assignments, interviews, and summaries and/or
paper based on interviews. S/U or letter grading.
213A-213B. History of Women, Men, Sexuality. (44) Seminar, three hours. S/U or letter grading. 213A.
Readings include historiography and theory, as well
as classic and new historical studies drawn widely
from U.S., European, Latin American, Middle Eastern,
and Asian history to have diversity of interests and
perspectives represented and discussed. 213B. Enforced requisite: course 213A. Research, analysis,
drafting, and rewriting of student final papers.
213C. History of Women, Men, and Sexuality Historiography. (4) Seminar, three hours. Limited to
graduate students. Exposure to newest branch of
gender history: study of masculinity. Focus not on
men per se, but on values, practices, and texts that
constitute masculinity as one gender. Readings focus
on broad range of chronological periods from antiquity to 20th century and geographical areas including
Americas, Asia, Europe, and Middle East. S/U or letter
grading.
214. Topics in World History. (4) Seminar, three hours.
Graduate seminar utilizing world-historical perspective to examine variety of broad themes in human history. Topics vary annually. Letter grading.
215A-215B. Seminars: Ancient History. (4-4) Seminar, three hours. Course 215A is requisite to 215B. In
Progress (215A) and letter (215B) grading.
408 / History
236B-236C. Seminars: Psychohistory. (4-4) Seminar, three hours. Course 236B is requisite to 236C.
Exploration of individual and group psychological
processes and their uses in historical research. In
Progress (236B) and letter (236C) grading.
239A-239B. Seminars: English HistoryMiddle
Ages. (4-4) Seminar, three hours. Course 239A is requisite to 239B. In Progress (239A) and letter (239B)
grading.
240A-240B. Seminars: English HistoryModern
History. (4-4) Seminar, three hours. Course 240A is
requisite to 240B. In Progress (240A) and letter (240B)
grading.
241A-241B. Seminars: German History. (4-4) Seminar, three hours. Course 241A is requisite to 241B.
Designed for graduate students. In Progress (241A)
and letter (241B) grading.
242. Colloquium: European History. (2) Designed
for graduate students. Forum for critical discussion of
work of students and invited scholars. Presentation of
student dissertation prospectuses during their third or
fourth year in residence. S/U grading for students presenting papers.
244A-244B. Seminars: British Empire History. (4-4)
Seminar, three hours. Course 244A is requisite to
244B. In Progress (244A) and letter (244B) grading.
245. Colloquium: U.S. History. (4) Seminar, three
hours. Normally limited to and required of all entering
graduate students in U.S. history. Critical introduction
to historical method, with emphasis on new methodological and conceptual approaches, use of source
materials, and current state of U.S. historiography.
246A-246B-246C. Introduction to U.S. History. (44-4) Seminar, three hours. Graduate survey of significant literature dealing with U.S. history from the Colonial period to the present. Each course may be taken
independently for credit. 246A. Colonial Period; 246B.
1790 to 1900; 246C. 20th Century.
247A-247B. Seminars: Early American History. (44) Seminar, three hours. Course 247A is requisite to
247B. In Progress (247A) and letter (247B) grading.
249A-249B. Seminars: Jacksonian America. (4-4)
Seminar, three hours. Course 249A is requisite to
249B. In Progress (249A) and letter (249B) grading.
250A-250B. Seminars: U.S. History of Middle 19th
Century. (4-4) Seminar, three hours. Course 250A is
requisite to 250B. In Progress (250A) and letter (250B)
grading.
251A-251B. Collaborative Research Seminars:
American History. (4-4) Seminar, three hours. Research seminars taught jointly by two faculty members. In Progress (251A) and letter (251B) grading.
251A. Common readings and development of individual research projects. 251B. Requisite: course
251A. Research, writing, and critical discussion of
draft papers.
252A-252B. Seminars: Recent U.S. History to 1930.
(4-4) Seminar, three hours. Course 252A is requisite
to 252B. In Progress (252A) and letter (252B) grading.
253A-253B. Seminars: Recent U.S. History since
1930. (4-4) Seminar, three hours. Course 253A is requisite to 253B. In Progress (253A) and letter (253B)
grading.
254A-254B. Seminars: U.S. Social and/or Intellectual History. (4-4) Seminar, three hours. Course 254A
is requisite to 254B. In Progress (254A) and letter
(254B) grading.
255A-255B. Business Enterprise and American
Culture. (4-4) Seminar, three hours. Course 255A is
requisite to 255B. In Progress (255A) and letter (255B)
grading.
256A-256B. Seminars: America in World. (4-4)
Seminar, three hours. Course 256A is requisite to
256B. In Progress (256A) and letter (256B) grading.
257A-257B. Seminars: U.S. Urban History. (4-4)
Seminar, three hours. Course 257A is requisite to
257B. In Progress (257A) and letter (257B) grading.
258A-258B. Seminars: Working Class History. (44) Seminar, three hours. Course 258A is requisite to
258B. In Progress (258A) and letter (258B) grading.
282A-282B. Seminars: Chinese History. (4-4) Seminar, three hours. Course 282A is requisite to 282B. In
Progress (282A) and letter (282B) grading.
285A-285B. Seminars: Japanese History. (4-4)
Seminar, three hours. Course 285A is requisite to
285B. In Progress (285A) and letter (285B) grading.
M286. Japan in Age of Empire. (4) (Same as Anthropology M276 and Asian M292.) Seminar, three hours.
Designed for graduate students. Since late 19th century, Japan expanded its empire into East and Southeast Asia. Coverage of that period and array of anthropological studies conducted in Japans colonies
and occupied areas in this hardly explored area of
study of colonialism. S/U or letter grading.
M287. Central Asian Studies: Discipline, Methods,
Debates. (2) (Same as Anthropology M287R.) Seminar, two hours. Introduction to study of central Asia
as practiced in humanities and social sciences disciplines. S/U grading.
288A-288B. Seminars: South Asia. (4-4) Seminar,
three hours. Course 288A is requisite to 288B. In
Progress (288A) and letter (288B) grading.
289A-289B. Seminars: Southeast Asia. (4-4) Seminar, three hours. Course 289A is requisite to 289B. In
Progress (289A) and letter (289B) grading.
291A-291B. Seminars: Jewish History. (4-4) Seminar, three hours. Course 291A is requisite to 291B.
Studies in intellectual and social history of Jewish
people from ancient times to modern period. In Progress (291A) and letter (291B) grading.
293A-293B. Seminars: History of Religions. (4-4)
Seminar, three hours. Course 293A is requisite to
293B. In Progress (293A) and letter (293B) grading.
294A-294B. Western Science, Religion, and Political Economy, 1600 to 1830. (4-4) Seminar, three
hours. Study of science integrated within matrix of religious belief commonplace in early modern Europe
and, to a lesser extent, in American colonies. Examination of relationship of both cultural matrices to political and economic change. S/U or letter grading.
295. Theories of Scientific Change. (4) Seminar,
three hours. Historical and philosophical perspectives
on science, focusing on rationality of scientific change
and logic and psychology of scientific discovery.
Readings and seminar-style discussions of such authors as Popper, Kuhn, Toulmin, Lakatos, Holton, Buchdahl, Feyerabend, and others.
297A-297B. Seminars: History of Science. (4-4)
Seminar, three hours. Course 297A is requisite to
297B. In Progress (297A) and letter (297B) grading.
M298. Interdisciplinary Studies in 17th and 18th
Centuries. (4) (Same as English M298.) Discussion,
four hours. Topics vary according to participating faculty. May be repeated for credit. S/U or letter grading.
M299. Interdisciplinary American Studies. (6)
(Same as English M299.) Discussion, four hours.
Readings, discussion, and papers on common
theme, team-taught by faculty members from different departments. Topics vary according to participating faculty. May be repeated for credit with consent of instructors. S/U or letter grading.
375. Teaching Apprentice Practicum. (1 to 4) Seminar, to be arranged. Preparation: apprentice personnel employment as teaching assistant, associate,
or fellow. Teaching apprenticeship under active guidance and supervision of regular faculty member responsible for curriculum and instruction at UCLA.
May be repeated for credit. S/U grading.
490. Writing Workshop for Graduate Students. (4)
Tutorial, three hours. Writing workshop on students
papers-in-progress. Analysis and group discussion of
rhetorical and stylistic principles, illustrated in students own and in professional historians work, help
students improve their own writing. May be repeated
once. S/U grading.
495. Teaching History. (4) Seminar, to be arranged.
Designed for graduate students. Required of all new
teaching assistants. Lectures, readings, discussions,
and practice teaching sessions within the structure of
HONORS COLLEGIUM
College of Letters and Science
UCLA
A311 Murphy Hall
Box 951414
Los Angeles, CA 90095-1414
310-825-1553
fax: 310-825-0564
e-mail: honors@college.ucla.edu
http://www.honors.ucla.edu
Maria (Maite) T. de Zubiaurre, PhD, Chair
Faculty Committee
Maria (Maite) T. de Zubiaurre, PhD (Germanic
Languages, Spanish and Portuguese)
Robert B. Goldberg, PhD (Molecular, Cell, and
Developmental Biology)
Kelly A. Lytle Hernndez, PhD (History)
Christina G.S. Palmer, PhD (Human Genetics, Institute
for Society and Genetics, Psychiatry and
Biobehavioral Sciences)
Zrinka Stahuljak, PhD (Comparative Literature, French
and Francophone Studies)
Christopher C. Tilly, PhD (Sociology, Urban Planning)
Aaron Tornell, PhD (Economics)
Aradhna K. Tripati, PhD (Atmospheric and Oceanic
Sciences; Earth, Planetary, and Space Sciences;
Institute of the Environment and Sustainability)
Undergraduate Study
Each Honors Collegium course is staffed by a
director who is distinguished in teaching and
scholarship and may include a variable number
of guest lecturers and additional specialists in
their fields. Some courses satisfy general education requirements and serve as preparation
for numerous majors in the College of Letters
and Science. Counselors are available in the
Honors Programs Office, A311 Murphy Hall, to
advise and help students plan an integrated
academic program.
Courses in the Honors Collegium are mainly interdisciplinary seminars, and the courses vary
each year. Refer to the Schedule of Classes for
current course listings.
Honors Collegium
Lower Division Courses
1. Plague Culture. (5) Seminar, three hours. Study of
episodes and metaphors of plague in Western culture
from ancients into age of AIDS. Topics include scripture, ancient tragedy, Black Death, realist novel, high
aesthetic metaphors of plague, Nazi propaganda, existential and absurdist thought, postwar cinema, contemporary American theater, and modern science and
medicine. P/NP or letter grading.
2. Comparative Genocide. (4) Lecture, four hours;
discussion, one hour. Social comparative study of
genocide, combining theoretical concepts with case
studies (such as Armenia, the Holocaust, American
Indians, Uganda under Amin and Obote, etc.). P/NP
or letter grading.
3. Personal Brain Management. (5) Seminar, four
hours. Designed for College Honors students. Available psychotherapies, educational media, and drugs
can alter our way of thinking. New wave of information technologies and biotechnologies is changing existing landscape. Survey of available tools that claim
neuroplastic brain-changing effects, consideration of
future developments, and engagement of students in
discussion on ethical and philosophical implications
of these developments. P/NP or letter grading.
5. Representing Cleopatra: History, Drama, and
Film. (5) Seminar, three hours. Examination of legendary queen of Egypt as seen by her contemporaries and study of origins of myths about her and
ways in which subsequent cultures and eras have
imagined her in literary, visual, and cinematic representations. P/NP or letter grading.
6. Energy Issues: Before and Now. (5) Seminar,
three hours. Review of physics and chemistry of concepts of energy, history over ages of turning of discoveries into products in this area, including use of
fossil fuel, and discussion of current energy issues, including alternative energies. P/NP or letter grading.
7. Saint and Heretic: Joan of Arc and Gilles de
Rais, History and Myth. (5) Seminar, three hours. Examination of both history of Joan of Arc and Gilles de
Rais and of way in which, over time, their histories became legends, driven by various agendas including
national identity, beatification, and gender politics.
P/NP or letter grading.
9. Visual Communication and Scientific Principles.
(5) Seminar, four hours. Opportunity for collaboration
between those in science-related disciplines and
those in art/humanities-related disciplines. New ways
in which science can be visually communicated, using
tools, techniques, and media that are typically outside
science education. Science students learn innovative
ways of presenting scientific data and design and design, media, and art students learn how to apply their
skills to topics they might not usually address. P/NP
or letter grading.
11W. Postmodern Culture. (5) Seminar, four hours.
Enforced requisite: English Composition 3 or 3H or
English as a Second Language 36. Exploration of theories and art (literature, music, film, fine art) that
emerged after World War II in what has come to be
known as postmodern era. Art criticizes master narratives of earlier age and fosters fragmentation, skepticism toward universal truth, commodification of
knowledge, media creating reality, and globalization in
industry and society. Satisfies Writing II requirement.
Letter grading.
12. Sacred Form: Literature and Poetry in India
from Bronze Age to Premodern Times. (4) Seminar, three hours. Exploration of cultural and literary
development in India from early religious poetry (prior
to 1000 B.C.) to broad range of literary styles and di-
133. Practice and Ethics of Ethnographic Fieldwork. (5) Seminar, three hours. Examination of ethics
and practices of ethnographic fieldwork. This is not
field methods course but one intended to convey rich
knowledge fieldwork can produce in many disciplines
and kinds of ethical issues raised in doing fieldwork.
P/NP or letter grading.
134. Democracy and Utopias. (5) Seminar, three
hours. Designed for College Honors students. Political culture of modern democracy fosters idea of
progress and constant reform and is also wary of radical upheavals. Political culture of ancient Greek democracy made possible two things: awareness of
having achieved unmatched superiority over any
other society and birth of utopia. Democracy praised
itself as perfect form of government, but it let flourish
counterfactual objections to quest for absolute, just,
and blissful political order. Examination of this paradoxical link between democracy and utopia by
tracing its history in works of Aristophanes, Plato,
Thomas More, Tommaso Campanella, Francis Bacon,
and Charles Fourier to show relevance to contemporary politics. P/NP or letter grading.
137. Political Satire: Offensive Art. (5) Seminar,
three hours. Study of political satire in several societies and variety of genres, including review of sociopolitical conditions that act to foster or constrain
satire. P/NP or letter grading.
140. Dominants and Subordinates in Social Psychology of Privilege and Oppression in Public Education. (6) Lecture, four hours; discussion, one hour;
tutoring, three hours. Study of social arrangements
and temporary inequalities in contemporary American
public school, showing how such entrenched inequalities tend to become permanent. Field component included. P/NP or letter grading.
141. Biology and Medicine in Postgenomic Era. (5)
Seminar, four hours. Requisite: Life Sciences 3. Discussion of human genomic project, comparative and
environmental genomics, structural and functional genomics, transcriptomics, proteomics, pharmacogenomics, and metabolomics. P/NP or letter grading.
M143. Latino Immigration History and Politics. (4)
(Same as Chicana and Chicano Studies M124.) Lecture, four hours. Overview of immigration in 20th century, examining social, political, and economic contexts out of which different waves of Latin American
immigration to U.S. has occurred. Letter grading.
M145. Politics of Crisis: Migration, Identity, and
Religion. (4) (Same as Chicana and Chicano Studies
M126.) Lecture, three hours. Examination of individual
and collective religious response of Latin Americans
and Latinas/Latinos in U.S. to dislocations, displacements, and fragmentation produced by conquest,
colonization, underdevelopment, globalization, and
migration. Letter grading.
146. Imagining Global Climate Change. (5) Seminar, three hours. Designed for College Honors students. Global and comparative study of regions in
front line of climate change, such as tropical islands
and poles that visibly confront sea level rise and glacial melt, through study of visual arts, literature, and
film. Study of authors and artists from U.S., Australia,
New Zealand, Guyana, Mexico, and Maldives to examine threat of climate change in its complex cultural
imaginations. P/NP or letter grading.
M148. Simulating Society: Exploring Artificial
Communities. (5) (Same as Sociology M118.) Seminar, three hours; computer laboratory, one hour. Examination of social behavior through computer simulations of behavior in artificial communities. P/NP or
letter grading.
M152. Past People and Their Lessons for Our Own
Future. (5) (Same as Anthropology M158Q and Geography M153.) Lecture, two hours; discussion, two
hours. Examination of modern and past people that
met varying fates, as background to examination of
how other modern people are coping or failing to
cope with similar issues. Letter grading.
through which to examine cultural modernity and national identity. Study of literature, history, and film
from Australia, United Kingdom, the U.S., Near East,
and South Asia as way of trying to define both hypocrisies and creativity of imposture. P/NP or letter
grading.
M170. Philanthropy: Confronting Challenges of
Serving Disabled. (5) (Same as Disability Studies
M171.) Lecture, three hours. Enforced requisite: Disability Studies 101 or 101W. Study of history, philosophy, and practice of philanthropy using lens of disability studies theory in conversation with important
themes of charity, paternalism, and systems of dependency. Analysis of multiple perspectives of philanthropy to gain practical experience setting priorities
and making philanthropic investments in Los Angeles-based nonprofit organizations serving people
with disabilities. Letter grading.
171. Rationality and Emotions. (5) Seminar, three
hours. Historical study of way in which philosophers,
social theorists, and cognitive scientists have characterized relationship between rationality and emotions,
culminating in emerging consensus that emotions can
positively influence rational decision making. Readings range from philosophy of ancient Greeks to writings of contemporary neuroscientists. P/NP or letter
grading.
172. French Thinkers of Society. (5) Seminar, four
hours. In-depth study of distinguishing perspectives
of French theorists who wrote on society and its impact on individuals. Theorists include Pascal, Rousseau, Marcel Mauss, and Emile Durkheim from early
modern period, contemporary thinkers such as Michel Foucault, Michel de Certeau, and Pierre Bourdieu, and two postmodern theorists, Guy Debord and
Jean Baudrillard. P/NP or letter grading.
173. American Political Thought from Revolution
to Civil War. (5) Seminar, three hours. Exploration of
nature of American political thought between Revolution and Civil War. Topics include nature of rights,
federalism, constitutionalism, and democracy, as well
as morality of slavery and legitimacy of succession. P/NP or letter grading.
173A. Liberty, Government, and Society in European Thought. (5) Seminar, three hours. Examination of
great works of European thought from 17th through
18th century, including works of John Locke, Montesquieu, David Hume, Edmund Burke, and Thomas
Payne, with emphasis on legal, social, and moral preconditions of liberty. P/NP or letter grading.
173B. Nature, Culture, and Capitalism in European
Thought. (5) Seminar, three hours. Course 173A is
not requisite to 173B. Designed for College Honors
students. Examination of great works of European
thought from 17th through early 20th century, including works by Thomas Hobbes, Adam Smith,
Jean-Jacques Rousseau, John Stuart Mill, and Max
Weber, with emphasis on intellectual foundations of
liberal democracy and capitalism. P/NP or letter
grading.
174. Future Impact of Nano in New Technologies.
(5) Seminar, four hours. Examination, for general audience, of science behind nanotechnology and way in
which nano can potentially influence medical care,
environment, energy issues, military, government, and
economics. Demonstration of how nano, like current
technology, cannot be separated from ethical, cultural, political, and social issues. P/NP or letter
grading.
M175. Terrorism, Counterterrorism, and Weapons
of Mass Destruction: Practical Approach. (5) (Formerly numbered 175.) (Same as Epidemiology
CM175.) Seminar, three hours. Terrorism, its origins,
and ways of addressing terrorism at local, national,
and global levels. Guest speakers from variety of
UCLA departments and from Los Angeles. P/NP or
letter grading.
176A. Context of Arab World: Cairo and Alexandria. (4) Seminar, four hours; fieldwork, eight hours.
Enforced corequisite: course 176B. Introduction to
some of most important cultural, historical, and polit-
HUMAN GENETICS
David Geffen School of Medicine
UCLA
6506 Gonda Center
Box 957088
Los Angeles, CA 90095-7088
310-794-5423
fax: 310-794-5446
e-mail: humgen@mednet.ucla.edu
http://www.genetics.ucla.edu
Karen Reue, PhD, Interim Chair
Professors
Rita M. Cantor, PhD, in Residence
Esteban C. DellAngelica, PhD
Katrina M. Dipple, MD, PhD
Eleazar Eskin, PhD
Guoping Fan, PhD
Nelson B. Freimer, MD
Daniel H. Geschwind, MD, PhD, in Residence (Gordon
and Virginia MacDonald Distinguished Professor of
Human Genetics)
Michael B. Gorin, MD, PhD (Harold and Pauline Price
Professor of Ophthalmology)
Wayne W. Grody, MD, PhD
Steven E. Jacobsen, PhD
Deborah Krakow, MD, in Residence
Leonid Kruglyak, PhD
Stefan Horvath, PhD
James A. Lake, PhD
Kenneth L. Lange, PhD (Maxine and Eugene
Rosenfeld Endowed Professor of Computational
Genetics)
Aldons J. Lusis, PhD
Stanley F. Nelson, MD, in Residence
Roel A. Ophoff, PhD, in Residence
Paivi E. Pajukanta, MD, PhD
Christina G.S. Palmer, PhD, in Residence
Joseph Pisegna, MD
Karen Reue, PhD
Jerome I. Rotter, MD, PhD, in Residence
Janet S. Sinsheimer, PhD
Eric M. Sobel, PhD, in Residence
Marc A. Suchard, MD, PhD
Eric J.N. Vilain, MD, PhD
Stephen G. Young, MD
Professors Emeriti
Stephen D. Cederbaum, MD
Richard A. Gatti, MD (Rebecca Smith Professor
Emeritus of A-T Research)
Associate Professors
Brent L. Fogel, MD, PhD, in Residence
Julian A. Martinez, MD, PhD
Matteo Pellegrini, PhD
Assistant Professors
Jingyi Jessica Li, PhD
Kirk E. Lohmueller, PhD
Bogdan Pasaniuc, PhD
Sriram Sankararaman, PhD
Adjunct Professor
Jeanette C. Papp, PhD
Graduate Study
Official, specific degree requirements are detailed in Program Requirements for UCLA
Graduate Degrees, available at the Graduate
Division website, http://grad.ucla.edu. In many
cases, more detailed guidelines may be outlined in announcements, other publications,
and websites of the schools, departments, and
programs.
Graduate Degrees
The Department of Human Genetics offers
Master of Science (MS) and Doctor of Philosophy (PhD) degrees in Human Genetics. An MD/
PhD program is also offered.
Human Genetics
Upper Division Courses
CM124. Computational Genetics. (4) (Same as
Computer Science CM124.) Lecture, four hours; discussion, two hours; outside study, six hours. Enforced
requisites: Computer Science 32 or Program in Com-
Graduate Courses
M203. Stochastic Models in Biology. (4) (Same as
Biomathematics M203.) Lecture, four hours. Requisite: Mathematics 170A or equivalent experience in
probability. Mathematical description of biological relationships, with particular attention to areas where
conditions for deterministic models are inadequate.
Examples of stochastic models from genetics, physiology, ecology, and variety of other biological and
medical disciplines. S/U or letter grading.
M207A. Theoretical Genetic Modeling. (4) (Same as
Biomathematics M207A and Biostatistics M272.) Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour. Requisites:
Mathematics 115A, 131A, Statistics 100B. Mathematical models in statistical genetics. Topics include population genetics, genetic epidemiology, gene mapping, design of genetics experiments, DNA sequence
analysis, and molecular phylogeny. S/U or letter
grading.
M207B. Applied Genetic Modeling. (4) (Same as
Biomathematics M207B and Biostatistics M237.)
Lecture, three hours; laboratory, one hour. Requisites:
Biostatistics 110A, 110B. Methods of computer-oriented human genetic analysis. Topics include statistical methodology underlying genetic analysis of both
quantitative and qualitative complex traits. Laboratory
for hands-on computer analysis of genetic data; laboratory reports required. Course complements M207A;
students may take either and are encouraged to take
both. S/U or letter grading.
210. Topics in Genomics. (2) Seminar, two hours.
Survey of current biological theory and technology
used in genomic research. Topics include genomic
technologies, functional genomics, proteomics, statistical genetics, bioinformatics, and ethical issues in
human genetics. S/U grading.
INDO-EUROPEAN
STUDIES
Interdepartmental Program
College of Letters and Science
UCLA
100 Dodd Hall
Box 951417
Los Angeles, CA 90095-1417
310-825-4171
fax: 310-206-1903
http://www.pies.ucla.edu/home.html
Brent H. Vine, PhD, Chair
Faculty Committee
David M. Goldstein, PhD (Linguistics)
Stephanie W. Jamison, PhD (Asian Languages and
Cultures)
Christopher M. Stevens, PhD (Germanic Languages)
Brent H. Vine, PhD (Classics)
Graduate Study
Official, specific degree requirements are detailed in Program Requirements for UCLA
Graduate Degrees, available at the Graduate
Division website, http://grad.ucla.edu. In many
cases, more detailed guidelines may be outlined in announcements, other publications,
and websites of the schools, departments, and
programs.
Graduate Degree
The Indo-European Studies Program offers
Candidate in Philosophy (CPhil) and Doctor of
Philosophy (PhD) degrees in Indo-European
Studies.
Indo-European Studies
Lower Division Courses
M20. Visible Language: Study of Writing. (5) (Same
as Asian M20, Near Eastern Languages M20, Slavic
M20, and Southeast Asian M20.) Lecture, three hours;
discussion, one hour. Consideration of concrete
means of language representation in writing systems.
Earliest representations of language known are those
of Near East dating to end of 4th millennium B.C.
While literate civilizations of Egypt, Indus Valley,
China, and Mesoamerica left little evidence of corresponding earliest developments, their antiquity and, in
case of China and Mesoamerica, their evident isolation mark these centers as loci of independent developments in writing. Basic characteristics of early
scripts, assessment of modern alphabetic writing systems, and presentation of conceptual basis of semi-
Graduate Courses
200. Proseminar: Indo-European Studies. (2) Seminar, two hours every other week. Required of graduate Indo-European studies students during first year.
Introduction to graduate-level research in Indo-European studies. S/U grading.
205. Indo-European Phonology. (4) Lecture, three
hours. Requisites: course M150, Linguistics 110.
Study of proto-Indo-European phonology and its historical development into most important of oldest attested descendant languages. S/U or letter grading.
210. Indo-European Morphology. (4) Lecture, three
hours. Comparative study of proto-Indo-European
nominal and verbal morphology and its historical development into most important of oldest attested descendant languages. S/U or letter grading.
215. Indo-European Syntax. (4) Lecture, three hours.
Requisite: course 210. Comparative and historical
study of syntax in proto-Indo-European and most important of oldest attested descendant languages. S/U
or letter grading.
M222A-M222B. Vedic. (4-4) (Same as Iranian M222AM222B and South Asian M222A-M222B.) Lecture,
three hours. Preparation: knowledge of Sanskrit
INFORMATION STUDIES
Graduate School of Education and
Information Studies
UCLA
Office of Student Services
207 GSEIS Building
Box 951520
Los Angeles, CA 90095-1520
310-825-5269
fax: 310-206-4460
e-mail: info@gseis.ucla.edu
https://is.gseis.ucla.edu
Jonathan Furner, PhD, Chair
Professors
Christine L. Borgman, PhD (Presidential Professor of
Information Studies)
Johanna R. Drucker, PhD (Martin and Bernard
Breslauer Professor of Bibliography)
Jonathan Furner, PhD
Anne J. Gilliland-Swetland, PhD
Louis M. Gomez, PhD (MacArthur Foundation
Professor of Digital Media and Learning)
Christopher M. Kelty, PhD
Leah A. Lievrouw, PhD
Beverly P. Lynch, PhD
Ellen J. Pearlstein, MA
Professors Emeriti
Marcia J. Bates, PhD
Howard A. Besser, PhD
Clara M. Chu, PhD
Associate Professors
Jean-Franois Blanchette, PhD
Kimberley Gomez, PhD
Gregory H. Leazer, DLS
Ramesh Srinivasan, PhD
Assistant Professors
Michelle L. Caswell, PhD
Safiya U. Noble, PhD
Sarah T. Roberts, PhD
Shawn VanCour, PhD
Lecturers
Murtha M. Baca, PhD
Snowden R. Becker, MLIS
Keri S. Botello, MLS
Lynn Boyden, MLS
Loretta M. Gaffney, MS
Mahnaz Ghaznavi, MLIS
Esther S. Grassian, MLS
Joan Kaplowitz, PhD
Candice A. Mack, MLIS
Cynthia L. Mediavilla, PhD
Luiz H. Mendes, MLIS
Mary E. Menzel, MLIS
Eva Mitnick, MLS
Maureen Whalen, JD, MLIS
Graduate Study
Official, specific degree requirements are detailed in Program Requirements for UCLA
Graduate Degrees, available at the Graduate
Division website, http://grad.ucla.edu. In many
cases, more detailed guidelines may be outlined in announcements, other publications,
and websites of the schools, departments, and
programs.
Graduate Degrees
The Department of Information Studies offers
the Master of Library and Information Science
(MLIS) degree and the Doctor of Philosophy
(PhD) degree in Information Studies.
One concurrent degree program (Library and
Information Science MLIS/Management MBA)
and one articulated degree program (Library
and Information Science MLIS/Latin American
Studies MA) are also offered.
Information Studies
Lower Division Courses
10. Information and Power. (5) Lecture, five hours.
Designed for undergraduate students. Introduction to
core concepts of information and power and relation
between them in range of social, economic, political,
cultural, technological, and institutional contexts.
Topics include information markets and economies;
power of cultural and media institutions; state interests in information; information, conflict, and warfare;
information organization, classification, and access;
power and information technology infrastructure; and
intellectual freedom. Letter grading.
20. Digital Cultures and Societies. (5) Lecture, five
hours. Designed for undergraduate students. Examination of social and cultural contexts of global spread
of digital networks and systems. Exploration of ethical, infrastructural, and political questions raised at
intersection of technologies and cultures. Topics include social media revolutions, indigenous and nonWestern uses of technology, cross-cultural design,
digital media literacies, and more. Letter grading.
30. Internet and Society. (5) Lecture, five hours. Designed for undergraduate students. Examination of information technology in society, including Internet,
World Wide Web, search engines (e.g., Google,
Yahoo, Lycos), retrieval systems, electronic publishing, and distribution of media, including newspapers, books, and music. Exploration of many of these
technologies, social, cultural, and political context in
which they exist, and how social relationships are
changing. Letter grading.
97. Variable Topics in Information Studies. (4)
Seminar, four hours. Designed for freshmen/sophomores, but open to all undergraduate students. Exploration of changing set of basic concepts and issues in study of information, information technology,
and society and culture at introductory level. May be
repeated for credit with consent of instructor. Letter
grading.
Graduate Courses
200. Information in Society. (4) Lecture, two hours;
discussion, two hours. Examination of processes by
which information and knowledge are created, integrated, disseminated, organized, used, and preserved. Topics include history of communication
technologies, evolution of literacy, development of information professions, and social issues related to information access. Letter grading.
201. Ethics, Diversity, and Change in Information
Professions. (4) Lecture, two hours; discussion, two
hours. Service learning course that serves as forum to
discuss, learn, and understand ethical challenges of
multicultural information society that shape societal,
professional community, and individual views and impact professional practice, decision making, and
public policy. Letter grading.
202. History of Books and Literacy Technologies.
(4) Lecture, two hours; discussion, 90 minutes. Issues
in history of books, writing, and literacy technologies.
Investigation of invention of writing, diverse cultural
concepts of literacy, earliest use of systematic notation systems in Mesopotamia, and current development of devices and practices that shape contemporary concepts of book of future. Discussion of historical development of technology (tablets, scrolls,
codices, illumination and illustration techniques,
paper and mass production, photography, digital
tools), institutions (libraries, printing and publishing industries), cultural issues and politics (publishing, censorship, colonialism, globalization), formats and styles
(type design, graphic design, aesthetics), and some
important figures and events in book history. Focused
on Western traditions, but not to exclusion of developments in Asia, Near East, Islamic empire, and elsewhere, and questions of cultural diffusion and diversity encouraged. Letter grading.
203. Seminar: Intellectual Freedom and Information Policy Issues. (4) Seminar, four hours. Investigation of concept of intellectual freedom, information
policy issues, civil liberties and civil rights, censorship, and other restraints on access to information.
Letter grading.
204. Scholarly Communication and Publishing. (4)
Lecture, three and one half hours. Designed for
M.L.I.S. students. Scholarly communication system is
in disarray. It is no longer clear what it means to publish articles and books. Digital distribution is norm,
whether peer-reviewed in journals or by blogs or social media. Scholarly communication is becoming
more atomized in small units of research objects that
can be combined in many ways. Open access publishing, now required by many funding agencies and
universities, has altered relationships between authors, readers, publishers, and libraries. Survey of
evolving landscape of scholarly communication, providing introduction to publishing, technology, and
policy issues such as open access, mass digitization,
institutional repositories, computable publications,
and altmetrics. Letter grading.
205. Cyberspace Law and Policy. (4) Lecture, four
hours. Legal and policy concerns of networked technologies from international perspective. Emphasis on
jurisdictional issues, freedom of expression, intellectual property, privacy, security, equity, and electronic
commerce in online environment. S/U or letter
grading.
206. Introduction to Economics of Information. (4)
Seminar, three and one half hours. Introduction to key
concepts, scholars, and studies in economics of information. Topics include economic value and measurement of information, information industries and
markets, public goods theories of knowledge and information, network externalities, consequences of intellectual property regimes, information and economic
development, information work and occupations, information and organizational processes, productivity
paradox, and sectoral analyses of national and global
information economies. Letter grading.
207. International Issues and Comparative Research in Information Studies. (4) Lecture, three and
one half hours. History and development of international organizations, programs, and professional traditions in information studies. Identification of key issues in international exchange of information. Introduction to comparative method as procedure for
study and research. Letter grading.
208. Scholarly Communication and Bibliometrics.
(4) Lecture, four hours. Preparation: one inferential
statistics course. Survey of current theory, method,
and empirical studies at intersection of scholarly communication and bibliometrics, seeking to understand
flow of ideas through published record, whether in
print, electronic form, or other media. Letter grading.
291B-291C. Special Topics in Theory of Information Studies. (4-4) Seminar, four hours. Enforced requisite: course 291A. Topics include information and
evidencerecord-keeping and memory-making, personal and community identity, accountability and
trust. Information and designdesign and implementation of information systems and services, information aesthetics. Information retrieval and knowledge
organization. Information seeking, access, and use
contexts, techniques, needs, barriers. Information
and powergroups, ideologies, identities, structures. Information and valueinformation ethics,
evaluation of information services. Information policy
and lawprocesses, institutions, players, stakes. Information institutions and professionsdomains,
ecologies, cultures, communities. Economics, geography, history, philosophy, politics, sociology of information. Letter grading.
298A. Doctoral Seminar: Research Methods and
Design. (4) Seminar, four hour. Survey of quantitative,
qualitative, and historical research designs. Ethical issues; conceptualization and measurement; indexes,
scales, and sampling; experimental, survey, field, and
evaluation research; data analysis. Letter grading.
298B-298C. Special Topics in Methodology of Information Studies. (4-4) Seminar, four hours. Enforced requisite: course 298A. Topics include anthropological fieldwork methods, archival methodology,
bibliographical studies, textual analysis, discourse
analysis, historical methods, information visualization,
network analysisbibliometrics, informetrics, scientometrics, social network analysis. Letter grading.
375. Teaching Apprentice Practicum. (1 to 4) Seminar, to be arranged. Preparation: apprentice personnel employment as teaching assistant, associate,
or fellow. Teaching apprenticeship under active guidance and supervision of regular faculty member responsible for curriculum and instruction at UCLA.
May be repeated for credit. S/U grading.
400. Professional Development and Portfolio Design. (2 to 4) Lecture, two hours; discussion, two
hours. Preparation: completion of information studies
core courses. Drawing on literature from many fields,
exploration of issues related to professional development, such as career planning, continuing education,
mentoring, and reflective practice; students also engage in process of guided portfolio design for MLIS
degree. S/U grading.
410. Management Theory and Practice for Information Professionals. (4) Lecture, two hours; discussion, two hours. Principles and practice of management in all types of organizations where information professionals work. Letter grading.
421. Special Libraries and Information Centers. (4)
Lecture, four hours. Organization, administration, collections, facilities, finances, and problems of special
libraries and of special collections within general libraries. Methods of handling nonbook materials. Current trends in documentation and mechanization. S/U
or letter grading.
422. College, University, and Research Libraries.
(4) Lecture, four hours. Organization, administration,
collections, facilities, finances, and problems of college and university libraries and their relationships
within institutions of which they are part. Functions of
research libraries and work of their staffs in serving
scholars. Letter grading.
423. Public Libraries. (4) Lecture, four hours. Government, organization, and administration of municipal, county, and regional public libraries; developments in changing patterns of public library service.
S/U or letter grading.
424. Storytelling. (4) Lecture, two hours; demonstration, two hours. Theory and practice of telling stories
to children and adults in public and school libraries.
S/U grading.
425. Library Services and Programs for Children.
(4) Lecture, two hours; discussion, two hours. Theory
and practice of service to children in public libraries.
Overview of professional library service to children
aged 14 and under; provides opportunities for students to gain experience in particular skills needed to
provide that service. Letter grading.
INSTITUTE FOR
SOCIETY AND
GENETICS
Center for Interdisciplinary Instruction
College of Letters and Science
UCLA
3360 Life Sciences
Box 957221
Los Angeles, CA 90095-7221
310-267-4990
fax: 310-206-1880
e-mail: socgen@socgen.ucla.edu
http://socgen.ucla.edu
Hannah L. Landecker, PhD, Director
Aaron L. Panofsky, PhD, Vice Chair,
Undergraduate Education
Professors
Soraya de Chadarevian, PhD
Wayne W. Grody, MD, PhD
Martie G. Haselton, PhD
Barbara Herman, MA, PhD
Christopher M. Kelty, PhD
Russell Korobkin, JD
Christina G.S. Palmer, PhD, in Residence
Janet S. Sinsheimer, PhD
Stefan Timmermans, PhD
Eric J.N. Vilain, MD, PhD
Professors Emeriti
Joan B. Silk, PhD
Matthew Norton Wise, PhD
Associate Professors
Michael E. Alfaro, PhD
Allison B. Carruth, PhD
Hannah L. Landecker, PhD
Jessica W. Lynch Alfaro, PhD
Aaron L. Panofsky, PhD
Undergraduate Study
The Major
Debra L. Greenfield, JD
Admission
The Human Biology and Society majors provide a rigorous interdisciplinary education in
current issues at the intersection of human biology, genetics, and society where bridging the
institutional divide between the life sciences
and human sciences (humanities and social
sciences) is necessary.
Assistant Professor
Patrick Allard, PhD
Programmatically, the majors consist of required elements that develop critical thinking
skills, knowledge, and excellence in written
and spoken communication; elective concentrations that allow students to focus on a particular emerging research area at the intersection of biology and society; and extracurricular
involvement in academic research and corporate/community internship. The mission is to
educate students who become leaders in diverse areas such as law, medicine, humanities,
social sciences, and biological sciences, and
to have them interact and work together to
form a deep understanding of the issues at the
intersection of human social systems, evolutionary biology, and genetics.
The minor in Society and Genetics provides
undergraduate students with the opportunity
to understand and probe the complex problems and possibilities presented by modern
genetics, with special attention to their social
context and content. Given the dynamic interaction between genetics and the social world
in which it is embedded, the minor is of necessity multidisciplinary and emphasizes a collaborative cross-disciplinary approach to instruction in the core courses of the minor and exposure to a wide range of disparate scholarship
through elective courses available in such areas as anthropology, biology, history, philosophy, public policy, and sociology.
Bioethics and Public Science Policy: Anthropology M134, 153P, M158Q, 181, 182, Asian
American Studies 113, Bioengineering 165EW,
Communication Studies 101, Disability Studies
101 or 101W, M121, Ecology and Evolutionary
Biology 176, Epidemiology 100, Gender Studies M114, 125, 134, M162, M164, 171A, Geography M109, M115, Global Studies 100A,
100B, History 180A, 180C, Honors Collegium
177, Philosophy 124, 125, 137, 150, 153A,
154, 154B, 155, C156, 157A, 157B, 170, Psychology 187C, Public Policy 103, Social Welfare 162, Society and Genetics M102, 120,
121, 130, 131, M133, M140, 160, 161, 162,
163, 175, 180, 188, 195CE, 197, 199, Sociology 143, 154, 156, 170. See below for additional course options in the subfocus areas of
cell development, microbiology and immunology, molecular biology and genomics, physiology, and psychology and mental health.
Evolutionary Biology, Culture, and Behavior:
Anthropology 121C, 124A, 124B, 124P,
M125A, M127, 128A, M151, M158Q, 185A,
186P, Communication Studies 112, 116,
M123W, 126, 148, Ecology and Evolutionary
Biology 120, 121, C126, 129, 135, 175, 176,
Gender Studies M114, M159, M162, M165,
M167, Linguistics C135, Molecular, Cell, and
Developmental Biology CM156, Philosophy
137, M187, Psychology 110, 112A, 112B, 115,
160, Society and Genetics M102, 120, 121,
130, 131, M133, M140, 160, 161, 162, 163,
175, 180, 188, 195CE, 197, 199, Sociology
156. See below for additional course options in
the subfocus areas of ecology and evolutionary biology, and psychology and mental health.
Historical and Social Studies of Science: Anthropology M125A, 153P, 181, 182, 185A,
Asian American Studies 105, Bioengineering
165EW, Disability Studies 101 or 101W, M121,
Ecology and Evolutionary Biology 100, 120,
C126, 130, 175, Environmental Health Sciences 100, C185A, C185B, Epidemiology 100,
Gender Studies 134, M162, M164, M180B,
Geography M109, M115, Global Studies 100A,
100B, History M151C, 179A, 179B, 180A,
180C, Honors Collegium 177, Human Genetics
C144, Neurobiology M169, Philosophy 124,
125, 129, 130, 137, 155, Society and Genetics
M102, 120, 121, 130, 131, M133, M140, 160,
161, 162, 163, 175, 180, 188, 195CE, 197, 199,
Sociology M138, 143, M148, 154, 156, 170.
See below for additional course options in the
subfocus areas of cell development, microbiology and immunology, molecular biology and
genomics, physiology, and psychology and
mental health.
Medicine and Public Health: Anthropology
M134, Chicana and Chicano Studies CM106,
Communication Studies 116, M123W, Computer Science CM121, Disability Studies 101
or 101W, M121, Epidemiology 100, Gender
Studies M114, 125, M162, M164, M167, History M151C, Human Genetics C144, Molecu-
one course from Ecology and Evolutionary Biology 120, 121, or Human Genetics C144
Psychology and Mental Health: Three courses
from Psychology M107, 112A, 112B, 115,
M117J, 127A, 129C, 160
The Major
Required: Society and Genetics M102, 105A,
105B, 108; 4 units from course 195CE, 196, or
199; and five courses (at least one of which
must be a society and genetics course) from
one of the following concentration areas:
Bioethics and Public Science Policy: Anthropology M134, 153P, M158Q, 181, 182, Asian
American Studies 113, Bioengineering 165EW,
Communication Studies 101, Disability Studies
101 or 101W, M121, Ecology and Evolutionary
Biology 176, Epidemiology 100, Gender Studies M114, 125, 134, M162, M164, 171A, Geography M109, M115, Global Studies 100A,
100B, History 180A, 180C, Honors Collegium
177, Philosophy 124, 125, 137, 150, 153A,
154, 154B, 155, C156, 157A, 157B, 170, Psychology 187C, Public Policy 103, Social Welfare 162, Society and Genetics 120, 121, 130,
131, M133, M140, 160, 161, 162, 163, 175,
180, 188, 195CE, 197, 199, Sociology 143,
154, 156, 170. See below for additional course
options in the subfocus areas of cell development, microbiology and immunology, molecular biology and genomics, physiology, and psychology and mental health.
Evolutionary Biology, Culture, and Behavior:
Anthropology 121C, 124A, 124B, 124P,
M125A, M127, 128A, M151, M158Q, 185A,
186P, Communication Studies 112, 116,
M123W, 126, 148, Ecology and Evolutionary
Biology 120, 121, C126, 129, 135, 175, 176,
Gender Studies M114, M159, M162, M165,
M167, Linguistics C135, Molecular, Cell, and
Developmental Biology CM156, Philosophy
137, M187, Psychology 110, 112A, 112B, 115,
160, Society and Genetics 120, 121, 130, 131,
M133, M140, 160, 161, 162, 163, 175, 180,
188, 195CE, 197, 199, Sociology 156. See below for additional course options in the subfocus areas of ecology and evolutionary biology,
and psychology and mental health.
Historical and Social Studies of Science: Anthropology M125A, 153P, 181, 182, 185A,
Asian American Studies 105, Bioengineering
165EW, Disability Studies 101 or 101W, M121,
Honors Program
To receive departmental honors, students must
take each course in the major for a letter grade
and complete all upper division courses in the
major with an overall grade-point average of
3.5 or better. For highest departmental honors,
students must also take Society and Genetics
197 or 199 in which they write a research paper in their major concentration area and receive a grade of A or better.
196. Research Apprenticeship in Society and Genetics. (2) Tutorial, six hours. Limited to juniors/seniors. Entry-level research opportunities in society
and genetics under guidance of faculty mentor. May
be repeated for maximum of 4 units. Individual contract required. P/NP or letter grading.
197. Individual Studies in Society and Genetics. (2
to 4) Tutorial, to be arranged. Limited to juniors/seniors. Individual intensive study, with scheduled meetings to be arranged between faculty member and student. Assigned readings and tangible evidence of
mastery of subject matter (paper or other product) required. May be repeated for credit. Individual contract
required. Letter grading.
199. Directed Research in Society and Genetics. (2
to 4) Tutorial, six to 12 hours. Preparation: submission
of written proposal outlining study or research to be
undertaken due to undergraduate adviser for department approval. Studies to involve laboratory research,
not primarily literature surveys or library research.
Proposal to be developed in consultation with instructor. Limited to juniors/seniors. Department majors may enroll with sponsorship from department
faculty members or preapproved outside faculty
members. Other juniors/seniors may enroll only with
department faculty sponsors. Supervised individual
research under guidance of faculty mentor. At end of
term culminating paper describing progress of project
and signed by student and instructor must be presented to department. May be repeated for credit. Individual contract required. Letter grading.
Graduate Course
375. Teaching Apprentice Practicum. (1 to 4) Seminar, to be arranged. Preparation: apprentice personnel employment as teaching assistant, associate,
or fellow. Teaching apprenticeship under active guidance and supervision of regular faculty member responsible for curriculum and instruction at UCLA.
May be repeated for credit. S/U grading.
INSTITUTE OF THE
ENVIRONMENT AND
SUSTAINABILITY
Center for Interdisciplinary Instruction
College of Letters and Science
UCLA
300 La Kretz Hall
Box 951496
Los Angeles, CA 90095-1496
310-825-5008
fax: 310-825-9663
http://www.environment.ucla.edu
Peter M. Kareiva, PhD, Director
Professors
Richard F. Ambrose, PhD
Paul H. Barber, PhD
Daniel T. Blumstein, PhD
Ann E. Carlson, JD
Judith A. Carney, PhD
Yoram Cohen, PhD
Charles J. Corbett, PhD
Randall D. Crane, PhD
Magali A. Delmas, PhD
J.R. DeShazo, MSc, PhD
Rajit Gadh, PhD
Thomas W. Gillespie, PhD
Hilary A. Godwin, PhD
Malcolm S. Gordon, PhD
Patricia A. Gowaty, PhD
Alexander D. Hall, PhD
Susanna B. Hecht, PhD
Ursula K. Heise, PhD (Marcia H. Howard Term
Professor of Literary Studies)
Professors Emeriti
J. Nicholas Entrikin, PhD
John R. Froines, PhD
William M. Hamner, PhD
David D. Jackson, PhD
Antony R. Orme, PhD
Richard P. Turco, PhD
Richard R. Vance, PhD
Arthur M. Winer, PhD
Associate Professors
Allison B. Carruth, PhD
Elizabeth M. DeLoughrey, PhD
Aradhna K. Tripati, PhD
Yifang Zhu, PhD
Assistant Professors
Deepak Rajagopal, PhD
Alex Wang, JD
Adjunct Professors
Mark A. Gold, DEnv
James R. Greenwood, PhD
Lawrence W. Harding, PhD
Robert J. Lempert, PhD
Carl A. Maida, PhD
Michael J. McGuire, PhD
Sasan S. Saatchi, PhD
Undergraduate Study
The Environmental Science major is a designated capstone major. In collaboration with a
local agency or nonprofit institution, students
work individually and in groups to complete
projects that require them to integrate many of
the skills, principles, theories, and concepts
they have learned throughout the curriculum
and apply them to real systems. Students are
expected to contribute meaningfully to the
analysis and solution of particular environmental science issues involving multiple disciplines
and stakeholders with different perspectives.
Those completing the major should possess
critical thinking skills, problem-solving abilities,
and familiarity with essential computational,
data collection, and analysis skills, as well as
demonstrate effective oral and written communication skills. Graduates should also be able to
identify key ethical issues and analyze the consequences of various professional dilemmas,
as well as work productively as part of a team.
Environmental Science BS
Capstone Major
The Environmental Science BS program represents strong collaboration between the Institute of the Environment and Sustainability and
the Departments of Atmospheric and Oceanic
Sciences, Civil and Environmental Engineering,
Earth, Planetary, and Space Sciences, Ecology
and Evolutionary Biology, Environmental
Health Sciences, and Geography. The program
is designed for students who are deeply interested in the study of environmental science.
There are two components to the program,
and both must be completed to receive the degree. The first component, the Environmental
Science major, requires completion of lower division requirements grounded in basic natural
sciences, a six-course upper division environmental science requirement reflecting the disciplinary breadth of environmental science,
two social sciences/humanities courses, participation in an ongoing environmental science
colloquium, and completion of an environmental science practicum. The second component
is a minor or concentration in one of seven environmental science areas, each associated
with a particular department. With assistance
from IoES staff, students must formally apply
to and be accepted by the associated department to receive the minor.
The Major
The major consists of four requirements: environmental science, social sciences/humanities,
practicum/colloquium, and minor or concentration, as follows:
Social Sciences/Humanities
Requirements
Required: (1) One humans and environment
course from Environment M132, M133, M137,
150, M153, Geography M128, 135, M137, 150,
M153, 156, or Philosophy 125; (2) one policy
and politics course from Environment M155,
157, M161, M164, 166, or M167.
Practicum/Colloquium Requirements
Required: Environment 180A, 180B, 180C, and
four terms of 170 or 185A.
Groups of courses relevant to specific subareas of atmospheric sciences include (1) atmospheric chemistry: Atmospheric and Oceanic
Sciences 104, Chemistry and Biochemistry
103, 110A, 110B, C113B, 114; (2) atmospheric
chemistry and biology: Atmospheric and Oceanic Sciences 101, 104, Ecology and Evolutionary Biology 109, C119A, 122; (3) atmospheric dynamics: Atmospheric and Oceanic
Sciences 101, 102, Physics 112, 131, 132; (4)
atmospheric dynamics and mathematical modeling: Atmospheric and Oceanic Sciences 101,
180, Mathematics 115A, 115B, 132, 135, 136,
142, 146; (5) oceanography and biology: Atmospheric and Oceanic Sciences 101, 103, 104,
Ecology and Evolutionary Biology 109, 123A or
123B, 147, 148; (6) upper atmosphere: Atmospheric and Oceanic Sciences 101, M120,
C170, Physics 110A, 110B, M122.
Honors Program
The honors program provides exceptional students an opportunity for advanced research
and study, under the guidance of a faculty
member, that leads to the completion of an
honors thesis or research project. To qualify for
graduation with honors, students must (1)
complete all requirements for the major, (2)
have a cumulative grade-point average of 3.5
or better in upper division coursework in the
major and an overall GPA of 3.0 or better, (3)
complete at least 8 units of Environment 198
taken over at least two terms, and (4) produce
a completed satisfactory honors thesis. The
honors thesis or research project is in addition
to the requirement of the completed practicum
in environmental science project. Consult the
student affairs officer for further information.
Graduate Study
Official, specific degree requirements are detailed in Program Requirements for UCLA
Graduate Degrees, available at the Graduate
Division website, http://grad.ucla.edu. In many
cases, more detailed guidelines may be outlined in announcements, other publications,
and websites of the schools, departments, and
programs.
Graduate Degree
The Institute of the Environment and Sustainability offers the Doctor of Environmental Science and Engineering (DEnv) degree.
Environment
Lower Division Courses
M1A-M1B-M1CW. Food: Lens for Environment and
Sustainability. (6-6-6) (Same as GE Clusters M1AM1B-M1CW.) Course M1A is enforced requisite to
M1B, which is enforced requisite to M1CW. Limited to
first-year freshmen. Letter grading. M1A-M1B. Lecture, three hours; discussion, two hours. Food as lens
for local and global environmental and sustainability
issues. Integration of environmental, social, economic, and technological solutions for fair, sustainable, and healthy food production, food security, and
access. Focus on human impacts on Earths biological and physical systems, including how food production and consumption contributes to, and is impacted by, global problems, including climate change,
pollution, and overpopulation. Laboratory exercises
included in discussions. M1CW. Special Topics. Sem-
inar, three hours. Enforced requisite: course M1B. Examination of specialized environmental and sustainability topics as they relate to food, including air,
water, biodiversity, climate change, food access, food
security, and health. Satisfies Writing II requirement.
M10. Introduction to Environmental Science. (4)
(Same as Atmospheric and Oceanic Sciences M10.)
Lecture, three hours; laboratory, one hour. Limited to
undergraduate students. Introduction to environmental science as discipline and as way of thinking.
Discussion of critical environmental issues at local
and global scales. Fundamentals of physical, chemical, and biological processes important to environmental science. Laboratory exercises to augment lectures. Letter grading.
12. Sustainability and Environment. (4) Lecture,
three hours; discussion, one hour. Introduction to sustainability with emphasis on environmental component, including Earths physical, chemical, and biological processes as related to resource demands and
management. Examination of application of scientific
method in helping to understand and solve sustainability problems. Case studies illustrating how natural
and social scientists work on environmental sustainability issues. Focus on global climate change, biodiversity, pollution, and water and energy resources
presented in context of creating sustainable human
society that is environmentally sound, economically
viable, and socially just and equitable. Letter grading.
25. Good Food for Everyone: Health, Sustainability,
and Culture. (5) Lecture, three hours; discussion, one
hour. Good food is healthy, sustainably produced, and
culturally meaningful. Introduction to basic concepts
and history of food systems, food science and nutrition, fair and sustainable food production, natural resources and environmental issues including climate
change and biodiversity, agriculture and food policy
and law, food distribution and access, cultural identity
and artistic engagements with food. P/NP or letter
grading.
M30. Introduction to Environmental Humanities.
(5) (Same as English M30.) Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour. Enforced requisite: satisfaction of
Entry-Level Writing requirement. Introduction to core
themes, questions, and methods within interdisciplinary field of environmental humanities. Examination
of how different culture forms (e.g., fiction, journalism,
poetry, visual art) represent environmental issues.
Topics may include biodiversity, wilderness, food,
urban ecologies, postcolonial ecologies, environmental justice, and climate change. P/NP or letter
grading.
M30SL. Introduction to Environmental Humanities
(Service Learning). (5) (Same as English M30SL.)
Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour; fieldwork,
two hours. Enforced requisite: satisfaction of EntryLevel Writing requirement. Introduction to core
themes, questions, and methods within interdisciplinary field of environmental humanities. Examination
of how different culture forms (e.g., fiction, journalism,
poetry, visual art) represent environmental issues.
Topics may include biodiversity, wilderness, food,
urban ecologies, postcolonial ecologies, environmental justice, and climate change. Service learning
component includes meaningful work with offcampus agency/agencies selected by instructor.
P/NP or letter grading.
suggest such patterns are environmentally and economically unsustainable. Introduction to basic concept of life-cycle analysis (LCA), including analytical
frameworks and quantitative techniques for systematically and holistically evaluating environmental tradeoffs presented by different alternatives. Focus on
methodology of LCA to compute various material inputs and environmental releases from all activities associated with life cycle (i.e., raw material extraction,
processing, end use, and disposal) of products or services. Discussion of strengths and limitations of LCA
as tool for decision making. Students perform lifecycle analysis of one technology, product, or service
of their choice. P/NP or letter grading.
160. Topics in Environmental Economics and Policy. (4) Seminar, three hours. Requisite: Statistics 12
or 13. Examination of intersection of environmental
economics and policy, with focus on testing policyrelevant environmental hypotheses using economics
research approach. Invited scholars present research
aimed at yielding policy-relevant results on various
topics such as climate change, pollution, and transportation. P/NP or letter grading.
M161. Global Environment and World Politics. (4)
(Same as Political Science M122B.) Lecture, three or
four hours; discussion, one hour (when scheduled).
Recommended requisite: Political Science 20. Politics
and policy of major global environmental issues such
as climate change, integrating law, policy, and political science perspectives. P/NP or letter grading.
162. Entrepreneurship and Finance for Environmental Scientists. (4) Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour. Focus on key entrepreneurial and financial concepts, with emphasis on applications that
are vital for implementing environmental solutions in
private, public, and nonprofit settings. Topics include
basic elements of finance, project evaluation, financial
planning, and marketing. Development of entrepreneurial skills to recognize opportunity and transfer
ideas into viable projects that are better for environment and that benefit people and communities. Case
studies used to equip students with tools necessary
to successfully execute environmental goals and objectives. P/NP or letter grading.
163. Business and Natural Environment. (4) Lecture, three hours. Examination of role of business in
mitigating environmental degradation and incentives
to be more environmentally responsive. Emphasis on
corporate strategies that deliver value to shareholders
while responding to environmental concerns. P/NP or
letter grading.
M164. Environmental Politics and Governance. (4)
(Same as Urban Planning M160.) Lecture, three
hours. Environmental planning is more than simply
finding problems and fixing them. Each policy must
be negotiated and implemented within multiple, complex systems of governance. Institutions and politics
matter deeply. Overview of how environmental governance works in practice and how it might be improved. Letter grading.
166. Leadership in Water Management. (4) Lecture,
three hours; discussion, one hour. Limited to juniors/
seniors. Examination of water quality and water
supply issues, including interactions between scientific, technological, management, and policy issues.
Invited experts, scholars, and practitioners discuss
relevant issues such as pollution, climate change, and
water infrastructure. Emphasis on solutions involving
integrated water supply and wastewater systems.
Leadership development through writing instruction
and negotiations and media training. P/NP or letter
grading.
M167. Environmental Justice through Multiple
Lenses. (4) (Same as Urban Planning M167.) Lecture,
three hours. Examination of intersection between
race, economic class, and environment in U.S., with
focus on issues related to social justice. Because environmental inequality is highly complex phenomenon, multidisciplinary and multipopulation approach
taken, using alternative ways of understanding, interpreting, and taking action. P/NP or letter grading.
170. Environmental Science Colloquium. (1) Seminar, 90 minutes; one field trip. Limited to undergraduate students. Study of current topics in environmental science, including participation in weekly colloquium series and field trips. May be repeated for
credit. P/NP grading.
180A. Practicum in Environmental Science. (4)
Lecture, three hours; discussion, two hours. Enforced
requisite: Statistics 12 or 13. Limited to Environmental
Science majors who have completed 40 or more units
of preparation for major courses, including statistics,
and 12 or more units of upper division courses toward
major or minor requirements. Examination of case
studies and presentation of tools and methodologies
in environmental science, building on what students
have been exposed to in other courses. Letter
grading.
180B-180C. Practicum in Environmental Science.
(5-5) Laboratory, four hours; field trips. Enforced requisite: course 180A. Course 180B is enforced requisite to 180C. Limited to junior/senior Environmental
Science majors. Investigation of various aspects of
one environmental case study representing actual
multidisciplinary issue. Particular emphasis on developing skills required for working as professionals in
this field. Work may involve site investigations, original data collection and analysis, mapping and geographic information systems, and environmental
policy and law issues. Case study to be defined and
conducted with collaboration of local agency or nonprofit institution. Letter grading.
185A. Education for Sustainable Living Program
Speaker Series. (1) Lecture, two hours. Analysis of
principles of sustainability through series of lectures
by world-renowned faculty members, authors, environmentalists, and progressive thinkers, with required
student response papers. May be repeated for credit.
P/NP grading.
185B. Education for Sustainable Living Program
Action Research. (2) Lecture, two hours; fieldwork,
four hours. Investigation of issues of campus sustainability, including energy efficiency, transportation,
waste stream management, sustainable food practices, and more by student research teams to generate coalition of student researchers that, together
with faculty members and UCLA staff, strive to make
UCLA more sustainable community. May be repeated
for credit. Letter grading.
185C. Education for Sustainable Living Program
Action Research Leader. (3) Seminar, two hours;
fieldwork, six hours. Students lead research teams to
investigate issues of campus sustainability, including
energy efficiency, transportation, waste stream management, sustainable food practices, and more to
generate coalition of student researchers that, together with faculty members and UCLA staff, strive to
make UCLA more sustainable community. May be repeated for credit. Letter grading.
186. Comparative Sustainability Practices in
Local/Global Settings. (4) Fieldwork, four hours.
Guided fieldwork and comparative analysis used to
assess local sustainability practices and policies in diverse regional or international settings. Emphasis on
comparing role of local and regional culture. geography, economic climate, and governmental policies
on sustainability awareness and practices. Use of observations, interviews, and unobtrusive measures to
document and analyze role and influence of local/
global context on sustainability behavior of individuals, small businesses, and other institutions in everyday life. Letter grading.
188A-188B. Special Courses in Environment. (4-2)
Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour (when
scheduledcourse 188A) and two hours (course
188B). Departmentally sponsored experimental or
temporary courses, such as those taught by visiting
faculty members. May be repeated for credit with
topic change. P/NP or letter grading.
193. Journal Club Seminars: Environment. (1)
Seminar, one hour. Limited to undergraduate students. Discussion of readings selected from current
literature of field. May be repeated for credit. P/NP
grading.
Graduate Courses
250. Tools for Sustainability Assessment. (4) Lecture, three hours. Recommended preparation: introductory course in industrial ecology, ecological economics, environmental economics, business and
management, or public policy analysis. Public discourse about implications of current patterns of production and consumption of energy and various
goods and services suggests such patterns are unsustainable. What is meant by sustainability and how
is it quantified? Focus on concepts and tools to assess sustainability at micro-level of individuals, products, or firms using various techniques, including lifecycle assessment, input-output analysis, and costbenefit analysis. Exploration of sustainability at
macro-level for one entire economy or nation. Discussion of usefulness and limitations of various metrics
as guide for public and private decision making. S/U
or letter grading.
260. Information, Technology, Business, and Society. (4) Seminar, three hours. Interdisciplinary research seminar to bring sound social sciences
methods to latest technology developments to design
effective information-based solutions to social problems. Topics include selection and framing of research questions, developing measurements, designing appropriate methods (e.g., surveys, experiments, using available data), ethical issues, and
writing up research proposals. S/U or letter grading.
277. Leaders in Sustainability. (4) Lecture, three
hours. Common course for all students participating
in Leaders in Sustainability Program, including those
from engineering, law, management, public affairs,
public health, natural and social sciences, and others.
Creation of environment for academically based discussions on various sustainability-related themes,
capitalizing on wide mix of disciplines represented
among participating students. Sessions feature UCLA
faculty members, external speakers, and leadership
skills to help students learn more about how to best
put their interests in sustainability to use. Letter
grading.
297A-297B. Advanced Topics in Environment and
Sustainability. (4-2) Seminar, four hours (course
297A) and two hours (course 297B). Advanced study
and analysis of variable current topics in environment
and sustainability. Consult Schedule of Classes for
topics and instructors. May be repeated for credit
with consent of instructor. S/U or letter grading.
375. Teaching Apprentice Practicum. (1 to 4) Seminar, to be arranged. Preparation: apprentice personnel employment as teaching assistant, associate,
or fellow. Teaching apprenticeship under active guid-
ance and supervision of regular faculty member responsible for curriculum and instruction at UCLA.
May be repeated for credit. S/U grading.
400. Environmental Science and Engineering
Problems Course. (8) (Formerly numbered 400A.)
Seminar, eight hours. Primarily designed for environmental science and engineering doctoral students.
Multidisciplinary technical and socioeconomic analysis and prognosis of significant current environmental problems. May be repeated for credit. S/U
grading.
M412. Effective Technical Writing. (2) (Same as Environmental Health Sciences M412.) Seminar, two
hours. Essentials of grammar, punctuation, syntax,
organization, and format needed to produce wellwritten journal articles, research reports, memoranda,
letters, and rsums. Development of technical
writing skills using critique, exercises, and examples.
S/U grading.
M413. Advanced Technical Writing. (2) (Formerly
numbered 410B.) (Same as Environmental Health Sciences M414.) Seminar, two hours. Development of
advanced technical writing skills, with exercises focused on preparation of manuscripts for publication
in peer-reviewed journal. S/U grading.
M414. Effective Oral Presentation. (2) (Formerly
numbered 410A.) (Same as Environmental Health Sciences M414.) Seminar, two hours. Introduction to oral
presentations. Development of oral presentation
skills, including content structure, visual aids, delivery,
and audience interaction. S/U grading.
M415. Advanced Oral Presentation. (2) (Formerly
numbered 410C.) (Same as Environmental Health Sciences M415.) Seminar, two hours. Development of
advanced oral presentation skills. Preparation for oral
qualifying examination. S/U grading.
501. Cooperative Program. (2 to 8) Tutorial, to be
arranged. Preparation: consent of UCLA graduate adviser and graduate dean, and host campus instructor,
department chair, and graduate dean. Used to record
enrollment of UCLA students in courses taken under
cooperative arrangements with USC. S/U grading.
596. Directed Individual or Tutorial Studies. (2 to 8)
Tutorial, to be arranged. Supervised investigation of
advanced environmental problems. S/U grading.
599. Doctoral Dissertation Research. (2 to 12)
Tutorial, to be arranged. Limited to students who have
advanced to doctoral candidacy. May not be applied
toward any degree course requirements. May be repeated for credit. S/U grading.
INTEGRATIVE BIOLOGY
AND PHYSIOLOGY
College of Letters and Science
UCLA
125 Hershey Hall
Box 957246
Los Angeles, CA 90095-7246
310-825-5022, Graduate Office
fax: 310-206-7599
e-mail: mdiaz@lifesci.ucla.edu
310-825-3892, Undergraduate Office
fax: 310-206-7599
e-mail: gergel@physci.ucla.edu
https://www.ibp.ucla.edu
Barnett A. Schlinger, PhD, Chair
Walter H. Metzner, PhD, Vice Chair
Patricia E. Phelps, PhD, Vice Chair
Professors
Arthur P. Arnold, PhD
Gene D. Block, PhD, Chancellor
Scott H. Chandler, PhD
Rachelle H. Crosbie-Watson, PhD
Professors Emeriti
R. James Barnard, PhD
V. Reggie Edgerton, PhD
Glen H. Egstrom, PhD
Gerald W. Gardner, PhD
Margaret E. Haberland, PhD
Marjorie E. Latchaw, PhD
Wayne W. Massey, PhD
Judith L. Smith, PhD
Ben W. Miller, PhD
Allan J. Tobin, PhD (Eleanor I. Leslie Professor
Emeritus of Neuroscience)
Associate Professor
Xinshu Grace Xiao, PhD
Assistant Professors
Stephanie M. Correa VanVeen, PhD
Elaine Y. Hsaio, PhD (De Logi Professor of Biological
Sciences)
Amy C. Rowat, PhD
Xia Yang, PhD
Adjunct Professor
William C. Whiting, PhD
Undergraduate Study
Physiological Science BS
Preparation for the Major
Life Sciences Core Curriculum
Required: Chemistry and Biochemistry 14A,
14B, 14BL, 14C, 14CL, and 14D, or 20A, 20B,
20L, 30A, 30AL, 30B, and 30BL; Mathematics
3A, 3B, and 3C, or 31A, 31B, and 32A, or Life
Sciences 30A, 30B, and Statistics 13; Physics
1A, 1B, 1C, 4AL, and 4BL, or 6A, 6B, and 6C,
or 6AH, 6BH, and 6CH.
Students must also complete one of two life
sciences sequenceseither Life Sciences 1, 2,
3, 4, and 23L OR 7A, 7B, 7C, and 23L. They
may not substitute courses in either sequence.
To enter the Physiological Science major, students must complete Chemistry and Biochemistry 14A, 14B, and 14C, or 20A, 20B, and 30A,
Life Sciences 1, 2, Mathematics 3A, 3B, and
3C, or 31A, 31B, and 32A, or Life Sciences
30A, 30B, and Statistics 13, and Physics 1A or
6A, with a minimum grade of C in each course
and a grade-point average of 2.5 or better in all
before fall quarter of their third year. Repetition
of more than one of these nine preparation
courses results in denial of admission to the
major. After successful completion of the
courses, students must contact the Undergraduate Advising Office to declare the major.
For all preparation courses, students must
complete each course with a grade of C or
better. Repetition of more than one preparation
course results in dismissal from the major.
Transfer Students
Transfer applicants to the Physiological Science major with 90 or more quarter units must
complete the following introductory courses
prior to admission to UCLA: one year of general biology with laboratory for majors, preferably equivalent to Life Sciences 1 and 2 OR 7A,
7B, and 7C, one year of calculus, one year of
general chemistry with laboratory for majors,
and one semester of organic chemistry with
laboratory. A second semester of organic
chemistry or one year of calculus-based physics is strongly recommended but not required
for admission.
Transfer credit for UCLA Extension coursework
and for any departmental courses is subject to
prior approval by the department; consult the
undergraduate counselor before enrolling in
any courses for the major.
Refer to the UCLA Transfer Admission Guide at
http://www.admission.ucla.edu/prospect/Adm
_tr/tradms.htm for up-to-date information regarding transfer selection for admission.
The Major
Required: Physiological Science 107, 111A,
111B, 111L, Chemistry and Biochemistry
153A, 153L.
A total of five upper division physiological science electives is required. Eight units of course
199 or 4 units each (8 units total) of courses
198A and 198B, for students in the departmental honors program, may be applied toward the
Honors Program
The honors program provides exceptional
students with the opportunity for individual
research culminating in an honors thesis. Requirements for admission include a 3.0 overall
grade-point average and a 3.2 GPA in the life
sciences core curriculum. After completion of
all requirements and with the recommendation
of the faculty adviser, the undergraduate affairs
committee confers departmental honors at
graduation.
Graduate Study
Official, specific degree requirements are detailed in Program Requirements for UCLA
Graduate Degrees, available at the Graduate
Division website, http://grad.ucla.edu. In many
cases, more detailed guidelines may be outlined in announcements, other publications,
and websites of the schools, departments, and
programs.
Graduate Degree
The Department of Integrative Biology and
Physiology offers the Master of Science (MS)
degree in Physiological Science.
Physiological Science
Lower Division Courses
3. Introduction to Human Physiology. (5) Lecture,
three hours; laboratory, two hours. Not open to Physiological Science majors. Courses 3 and 5 may be
taken independently, concurrently, or in either sequence. Understanding of human body, its organization from molecular to cellular to tissues and organs,
and how component parts function in integrated
manner to permit life as we know it. P/NP or letter
grading.
5. Issues in Human Physiology: Diet and Exercise.
(5) Lecture, three hours; discussion, 30 minutes; laboratory, 90 minutes. Not open to Physiological Science
majors. Basic introduction to principles of human biology, with special emphasis on roles that exercise
and nutrition play in health, and prevention and management of such illnesses as hypertension, diabetes,
and heart disease. P/NP or letter grading.
6. The Human Machine: Physiological Processes.
(4) Not open to Physiological Science majors. General
introduction to human musculoskeletal, cardiovascular, and respiratory systems and their function, with
special emphasis on mechanical and physiological
aspects of homeostasis and environmental interaction. Application of physical principles in selected
areas of biomechanics, hemodynamics, ergonomics,
orthopedics, and robotics. P/NP or letter grading.
7. Science and Food: Physical and Molecular Origins of What We Eat. (5) Lecture, three hours; laboratory, two and one half hours. Preparation: high
school chemistry, mathematics, physics. What makes
lettuce crispy and some cuts of meat chewier than
others? Exploration of origins of food texture and
flavor, using concepts in physical sciences to explain
macroscopic properties such as elasticity and phase
behavior, as well as physiological role of food molecules in plants and animals we eat. Letter grading.
13. Introduction to Human Anatomy. (5) Lecture,
four hours; laboratory, five hours. Not open to Physiological Science majors. Structural survey of human
body, including skeletomuscular, nervous, circulatory,
respiratory, digestive, and genitourinary systems.
Laboratory includes examination of human cadaver
specimens. Letter grading.
90. Introduction to Physiological Science. (2) Lecture, one hour; discussion, one hour. Limited to
freshmen/sophomores. Introduction to current topics
in physiological science by a team of departmental
faculty members. P/NP grading.
cific neuronal circuits in auditory pathway, basal ganglia, cerebellum, hippocampus, and neocortex. Letter
grading.
149. Mechanisms of Major Human Metabolic Diseases. (4) Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour.
Requisites: courses 111A, 111B (111B may be taken
concurrently). Integration of principles gained through
basic science curriculum with presently understood
mechanisms of selected human diseases. Progressive developments of these diseases presented in
terms of changes in cell biology and function, and
changes in regulation of intercellular interactions.
Letter grading.
C150. Musculoskeletal Mechanics. (5) Lecture,
three hours. Requisite: course 111B. Introduction to
biomechanical analysis of human musculoskeletal
system. Examination of cinematographic, force platform, and digital computer techniques to characterize
and evaluate kinematic and kinetic components of
movement. Topics include biostatics, biodynamics,
and modeling. Concurrently scheduled with course
C250B. Letter grading.
C152. Musculoskeletal Anatomy, Physiology, and
Biomechanics. (5) Lecture, three hours. Requisite:
course 111A. Anatomical, physiological, and mechanical characteristics of cartilaginous, fibrous, and bony
tissues examined in normal and abnormal stress situations. Connective tissue growth processes, normal
physiology, and repair mechanisms analyzed in conjunction with musculoskeletal injuries and effects of
exercise. Concurrently scheduled with course C252.
153. Dissection Anatomy. (5) Lecture, two hours;
laboratory, six hours. Requisite: course 111B. Study
and dissection of upper and lower extremities of
human cadavers; dissection of thorax and abdomen
limited to musculature and neurovascular supply.
Letter grading.
154. Cellular Communication and Regulation of
Physiological Processes. (4) Lecture, three hours.
Limited to juniors/seniors. Signal transduction concepts, with focus on role of receptors, G proteins, and
intracellular messengers such as cyclic AMP and calcium. Integration of these concepts with variety of
physiological processes, including stimulus-secretion
coupling, vascular smooth muscle contraction, and
role of growth factors in cell proliferation. Contemporary scientific research articles used as basis for material presented. Students required to present journal
article for discussion. Letter grading.
155. Development and Structure of Musculoskeletal System. (4) Requisite: course 111B. Development, histology, cell biology, and biochemistry of
musculoskeletal soft tissues. Integration of knowledge of muscle and connective tissue structure and
function on each of these levels to understand organization and physiological behavior of the intact
system.
156. Molecular Mechanisms and Therapies for
Muscular Dystrophy. (4) Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour. Enforced requisites: course 111A
(may be taken concurrently), Life Sciences 4 with
grade of B or better. Causes and pathogenesis of
Duchenne muscular dystrophy and some fundamental scientific findings using original scientific research. Exploration of therapies aimed at individual
stages of pathogenetic disease as method to develop
critical expert-like thinking skills. Lectures based on
experiments from primary scientific literature, and students expected to understand genetic and phenotypic animal models of muscular dystrophy, to design
experiments, and to predict outcomes from research
data. Letter grading.
165. Comparative Animal Physiology. (5) Lecture,
three hours; discussion, one hour. Requisites: Life
Sciences 1, 2, 3, 23L. Physiological response and
function at molecular, cellular, system, and whole organism levels of variety of animals to range of environmental conditions. Major topics include neural and
muscular structure and function, hormones, gas exchange, energetics, and thermoregulation. Examination of wide variety of vertebrates and invertebrates to
of experimental results, and how they bear on concepts of physiology. Development of culminating
paper. May be repeated for credit. Letter grading.
191H. Honors Seminars: Current Topics in Physiology. (4) Seminar, four hours. Requisites or corequisites: courses 198A, 198B. Limited to neuroscience
and physiological science honors program students.
Designed for juniors/seniors and required of departmental honors students. Presentation of primary
paper from physiology literature. Reading and critical
evaluation of current research literature. Presentation
of student laboratory research hypothesis, approach,
and results in form of oral and poster presentations.
Letter grading.
192. Practicum in Systems Anatomy for Undergraduate Assistants. (3) Seminar, two hours; additional hours in laboratory setting, to be arranged.
Requisite: course 107. Limited to juniors/seniors.
Training and supervised practicum in systems
anatomy for undergraduate assistants. Consult Undergraduate Office for further information. May not be
applied toward elective requirements and may not be
repeated for credit. Departmental application required. P/NP or letter grading.
193. Journal Club Seminars: Physiological Science. (1) Seminar, one hour. Limited to undergraduate students. Discussion of readings selected from
current literature in field. May be repeated for credit.
P/NP grading.
194A. Research Group Seminars: Physiological
Science. (2) Seminar, two hours. Required of undergraduate students in research traineeships such as
MARC and UC Leads programs. Discussion of research methods and current literature in field or of research of faculty members or students. May be repeated for credit. Letter grading.
194B. Research Group Seminars: Physiological
Science. (1) Seminar, two hours. Corequisite: course
198A or 198B or 198C or 199. Limited to juniors/seniors. Involvement in weekly laboratory research
group meetings to encourage student participation in
research and to stimulate progress in specific research areas. Discussion of use of specific research
methods and current literature in field or of research
of faculty members or students. May be repeated for
credit. P/NP grading.
195. Field Studies in Physiological Science. (4) Tutorial, one hour; fieldwork, eight hours. Limited to seniors. Supervised field studies in specific careers related to physiological science. May not be repeated
for credit and may not be applied toward elective requirements for major. Individual contract with supervising faculty member required. P/NP grading.
196. Research Apprenticeship in Physiological
Science. (2 to 4) Tutorial, three hours per week per
unit. Limited to juniors/seniors. Entry-level research
apprenticeship for upper division students under
guidance of faculty mentor. May be repeated for
credit; consult department. Individual contract required. P/NP grading.
198A. Honors Research in Physiological Science.
(4) Tutorial, 12 hours. Requisites: courses 111A,
111B. Corequisite: course 193. Limited to junior/senior physiological science honors program students.
Directed independent research for departmental
honors with faculty member, involving definition of research topic and extensive reading and research in
field of proposed honors thesis. May be repeated for
credit. Individual contract required. In Progress
grading (credit to be given only on completion of
course 198B).
198B. Honors Research in Physiological Science.
(4) Tutorial, 12 hours. Requisite: course 198A. Corequisite: course 193. Limited to junior/senior physiological science honors program students. Continued
reading and research that culminate in final honors
thesis. Only 4 units of course 198 or 3 units of course
199 and 1 unit of course 193 may be applied toward
elective requirements for major. May be repeated for
credit. Individual contract required. Letter grading.
Graduate Courses
200. Advanced Experimental Statistics. (4) (Formerly numbered M200.) Lecture, four hours; laboratory, one hour. Introduction to statistics with focus on
computer simulation instead of formulas. Bootstrap
and Monte Carlo methods used to analyze physiological data. S/U or letter grading.
M202. Cellular Neurophysiology. (4) (Same as Neurobiology M200F and Neuroscience M202.) Lecture,
three hours; discussion, two hours. Requisites:
course 111A (or M180A or Physics 6B), 166. Advanced course in cellular physiology of neurons. Action and membrane potentials, channels and channel
blockers, gates, ion pumps and neuronal homeostasis, synaptic receptors, drug-receptor interactions,
transmitter release, modulation by second messengers, and sensory transduction. Letter grading.
CM203. Human Physiological Systems for Bioengineering II. (4) (Same as Bioengineering CM203.)
Lecture, three hours; laboratory, two hours. Preparation: human molecular biology, biochemistry, and cell
biology. Not open for credit to Physiological Science
majors. Molecular-level understanding of human
anatomy and physiology in selected organ systems
(digestive, skin, musculoskeletal, endocrine, immune,
urinary, reproductive). System-specific modeling/simulations (immune regulation, wound healing, muscle
mechanics and energetics, acid-base balance, excretion). Functional basis of biomedical instrumentation
(dialysis, artificial skin, pathogen detectors, ultrasound, birth-control drug delivery). Concurrently
scheduled with course CM103. Letter grading.
CM204. Human Physiological Systems for Bioengineering I. (4) (Same as Bioengineering CM202.)
Lecture, three hours; laboratory, two hours. Preparation: human molecular biology, biochemistry, and cell
biology. Not open for credit to Physiological Science
majors. Broad overview of basic biological activities
and organization of human body in system (organ/
tissue) to system basis, with particular emphasis on
molecular basis. Modeling/simulation of functional aspect of biological system included. Actual demonstration of biomedical instruments, as well as visits to biomedical facilities. Concurrently scheduled with course
CM102. Letter grading.
M210. Molecular and Cellular Mechanisms of Neural Integration. (5) (Same as Neuroscience M230 and
Physiology M210.) Lecture, four hours; discussion,
one hour. Requisite: Neuroscience M202. Introduction
to mechanisms of synaptic processing. Selected
problems of current interest, including regulation and
modulation of transmitter release, molecular biology
and physiology of receptors, cellular basis of integration in sensory perception and learning, neural nets
and oscillators, and molecular events in development
and sexual differentiation. Letter grading.
211. Exercise Cardiovascular Physiology. (4) Attention to cardiovascular adaptations to acute exercise
as well as adaptations associated with regular exercise training.
M215. Molecular and Cellular Foundations of
Physiology. (5) (Same as Molecular, Cellular, and Integrative Physiology M215.) Lecture, three hours; discussion, two hours. Application of molecular and cellular approaches to systems level questions. Basic
foundation for study of major physiological systems,
with emphasis on levels of organization from molecular to macroscopic. Letter grading.
C226. Biological Clocks. (4) Lecture, three hours;
discussion, one hour. Requisites: courses 111A and
111B, or M180A and M180B. Most organisms, including humans, exhibit daily rhythms in physiology
and behavior. In many cases these rhythms are generated from within organisms and are called circadian
rhythms. Biological basis of these daily rhythms or
circadian oscillations. Exploration of molecular, cellular, and system-level organization of these timing
systems. Temporal role of these variations in maintaining homeostatic mechanisms of body and impact
on nervous system. Concurrently scheduled with
course C126. Letter grading.
CM227. Neuroendocrinology of Reproduction. (4)
(Formerly numbered M227.) (Same as Neurobiology
M227.) Lecture, three hours. Enforced requisite:
course 111B. Understanding of reproductive neuroendocrinology throughout mammalian lifespan, with
emphasis as appropriate on human condition. Discussion of general concepts of endocrine feedback
and feed-forward loops, sexual differentiation, and
structure and function for components of hypothalamo-pituitary gonadal axis. Exploration of sex differences in physiology and disease. Concurrently
scheduled with course C127. Letter grading.
235. Advanced Dynamical Systems Modeling of
Physiological Processes. (5) Lecture, four hours;
laboratory, two hours. Examination of art of making
and evaluating dynamical models of physiological
systems and of dynamical principles inherent in physiological systems. Letter grading.
241. Neural Plasticity and Repair. (4) Lecture, four
hours. Preparation: basic neuroscience background.
Progress in basic and clinical neuroscience provides
new insight to understand mechanisms of cell repair
and strategies to promote neural healing. Focus on
physiological, molecular, and anatomical basis governing repair processes in brain and spinal cord and
their clinical implications. Letter grading.
C244. Neural Control of Physiological Systems. (5)
Lecture, four hours. Requisite: course 111B or
M180B. Role of central nervous system in control of
respiration, circulation, sexual function, and bladder
control. Material for each section to be developed by
combination of lecture and open discussion. Concurrently scheduled with course C144.
245. Neural Mechanisms Controlling Movement.
(5) Lecture, four hours. Requisite: course 111A or
M180A or Neuroscience M101A. Examination of central nervous system organization required for production of complex movements such as locomotion,
mastication, and swallowing. Letter grading.
250A. Muscle Dynamics. (4) Lecture, four hours. Integrated study of electrical and dynamic parameters
of muscle-action, including topics in length-tension
and force-velocity interrelationships; critical analysis
of electromyographic and digital computer techniques. Letter grading.
C250B. Musculoskeletal Mechanics. (5) Lecture,
three hours. Requisites: course 107, Physics 6A. Introduction to biomechanical analysis of human musculoskeletal system. Examination of cinematographic,
force platform, and digital computer techniques to
characterize and evaluate kinematic and kinetic components of movement. Topics include biostatics, biodynamics, and modeling. Concurrently scheduled
with course C150. Letter grading.
C252. Musculoskeletal Anatomy, Physiology, and
Biomechanics. (5) Lecture, three hours. Requisite:
course 111A. Anatomical, physiological, and mechanical characteristics of cartilaginous, fibrous, and bony
tissues examined in normal and abnormal stress situations. Connective tissue growth processes, normal
physiology, and repair mechanisms analyzed in conjunction with musculoskeletal injuries and effects of
exercise. Concurrently scheduled with course C152.
M255. Seminar: Neural and Behavioral Endocrinology. (2) (Same as Neurobiology M255 and Psychology M294.) Seminar, one hour; discussion, one
hour. Topics include hormonal biochemistry and pharmacology. Hypothalamic/hypophyseal interactions,
both hormonal and neural. Structure and function of
hypothalamus. Hormonal control of reproductive and
other behaviors. Sexual differentiation of brain and
behavior. Stress: hormonal, behavioral, and neural aspects. Aging of reproductive behaviors and function.
Letter grading.
260. Neuromuscular Factors in Movement Regulation. (4) Lecture, four hours. Requisite: course 138.
Interaction of neural and muscular factors in regulation of muscle fiber properties and importance of
these properties in neural strategies of movement
regulation. S/U or letter grading.
263. Neuronal Mechanisms Controlling Rhythmical
Movements. (4) Lecture, four hours. Requisite:
course M145. Advanced topics on brainstem mechanisms responsible for controlling cyclic and stereotypic movements such as mastication and locomotion. Emphasis on cellular neurophysiology and interaction between neuronal networks. Introduction to
primary literature and techniques used in these areas.
Students expected to critically evaluate data and conclusions drawn. S/U or letter grading.
270A-270B. Modern Concepts in Physiology. (4-4)
Lecture, two hours; discussion, two hours. Study and
evaluation of primary research literature. Study of
foundations of modern techniques in physiology research, analysis of research design. Letter grading.
270A. Enforced requisite or corequisite: course 111A.
Foundation for experimental study of principles of
muscular and neural physiology and cellular and systems neuroscience, including factors controlling
membrane excitability, neuronal circuits, sensorimotor
regulation, special senses, cortical functions, and
neural plasticity. 270B. Enforced requisite or corequisite: course 111B. Foundation for experimental study
of principles of systems physiology, including endocrinology, transport physiology, and neural, cardiovascular, and pulmonary physiology.
M272. Neuroimaging and Brain Mapping. (4)
(Same as Neuroscience CM272 and Psychology
M213.) Lecture, three hours. Requisites: course
M202, Neuroscience M201. Theory, methods, applications, assumptions, and limitations of neuroimaging. Techniques, biological questions, and results.
Brain structure, brain function, and their relationship
discussed with regard to imaging. Letter grading.
289. Introduction to Integrative Biology and Physiology. (2) Seminar, one hour. Limited to departmental
graduate students. Introduction to departmental faculty research program. Students have three laboratory
rotations at end of which they must select one research mentor. S/U grading.
M290. Seminar: Comparative Physiology. (2)
(Same as Ecology and Evolutionary Biology M290.)
Seminar, two and one half hours. Discussion of specific topics in comparative physiology of animals.
Topics vary from year to year, with emphasis on systems physiology, neuroethology, or behavioral physiology. S/U or letter grading.
291A-291B-291C. Seminars: Cardiovascular Function and Adaptation. (2 to 4 each) Seminar, two to
four hours. Selected topics on cardiovascular function and adaptation. Students required to present
two-hour seminar. Letter grading.
292. Evolution and Development of Auditory System. (2 or 4) Seminar, two hours. Discussion of specific topics related to evolution, embryology, morphogenesis, cytodifferentiation, and onset of function of
auditory system, with special attention to centrifugal
pathways. Emphasis on primary literature sources as
well as current methodological approaches. Two-hour
INTERNATIONAL AND
AREA STUDIES
Interdepartmental Program
College of Letters and Science
UCLA
10373 Bunche Hall
Box 951487
Los Angeles, CA 90095-1487
310-206-6571
fax: 310-206-3555
e-mail: undergrads@international.ucla.edu
http://www.international.ucla.edu/institute/
academics/intlareastudies/
Michael F. Thies, PhD, Chair
Faculty Committee
Robin L. H. Derby, PhD (History)
Nile S. Green, PhD (History)
Patrick C. Heuveline, PhD (Sociology)
Namhee Lee, PhD (Asian Languages and Cultures)
Adam D. Moore, PhD (Geography)
Lucia Re, PhD, Dottore in Lettere (Italian)
Helen M. Rees, PhD (Ethnomusicology)
Bonnie Taub, PhD (Community Health Sciences,
Health Policy and Management)
Kevin B. Terraciano, PhD (History)
Michael F. Thies, PhD (Political Science)
The IDP also offers a series of area studies minors which allow students to focus their interest in a particular region of the world.
Undergraduate Study
Four majors are offeredAfrican and Middle
Eastern Studies BA, Asian Studies BA, European Studies BA, and Latin American Studies
BA. Seven minors are also offeredAfrican
and Middle Eastern Studies, African Studies,
East Asian Studies, European Studies, Latin
American Studies, South Asian Studies, and
Southeast Asian Studies.
Students considering a major or minor in the
interdepartmental program should consult the
academic counselor as soon as possible in
their University career, but in no case later than
the point at which they are about to begin taking upper division courses. Students should
select courses to fulfill major or minor requirements in consultation with the academic
counselor.
The majors offered in International and Area
Studies are designated capstone majors. Students majoring in African and Middle Eastern
Studies, Asian Studies, European Studies, and
Latin American Studies must complete a capstone seminar or travel abroad program in
which they engage in an in-depth analysis of a
specific region or a thematic subject that
spans regions. Through conceiving and executing a project, students demonstrate their
working knowledge of scholarly discourse relative to a specialized topic. Student research,
analytic, and writing skills are exhibited
through their capstone work, along with their
collaborative and oral communication skills.
Admission
Admission to the African and Middle Eastern
Studies major is by application only. To be eligible to apply, students must have completed
all nonlanguage preparation for the major
courses and the foreign language courses
through at least level 3 (elementary level). Any
remaining language courses may be completed after students have been accepted to
the major. Each preparation for the major
course must be taken for a letter grade, and
students must have a UC grade-point average
of 2.0 or better in those courses.
The application period is once per year, and
students must apply no later than the end of
fall quarter of their junior year.
The Major
The major consists of International and Area
Studies 191 (capstone seminar) and 11 upper
division courses divided among area studies
and international themes courses. To count as
one 4-unit course, 2-unit courses must either
be taken twice or two courses from the same
category (if applicable) may be taken. Each
course must be taken for a letter grade, with a
minimum overall grade-point average of 2.0.
Area Studies: (1) Three humanities and arts
group 1 courses from Afrikaans 135, Arabic
M110, 120, C141, M151, Armenian 150A, C151,
Asian Studies BA
Capstone Major
The Asian Studies major allows students to analyze the area or a subregion (e.g., Central
Asia, East Asia, South Asia, Southeast Asia)
from an interdisciplinary and modern perspective. The major seeks to ground students in
broad international issues that they can then
Admission
Admission to the Asian Studies major is by application only. To be eligible to apply, students
must have completed all nonlanguage preparation for the major courses and the foreign
language courses through at least level 3 (elementary level). Any remaining language
courses may be completed after students have
been accepted to the major. Each preparation
for the major course must be taken for a letter
grade, and students must have a UC gradepoint average of 2.0 or better in those courses.
The application period is once per year, and
students must apply no later than the end of
fall quarter of their junior year.
Meeting the above minimum requirements
does not guarantee admission to the program.
Admission is on a competitive basis, using the
above qualifications as minimum standards for
consideration.
The Major
The major consists of International and Area
Studies 191 (capstone seminar) and 11 upper
division courses divided among area studies
and international themes courses. To count as
one 4-unit course, 2-unit courses must either
be taken twice or two courses from the same
category (if applicable) may be taken. Each
course must be taken for a letter grade, with a
minimum overall grade-point average of 2.0.
Area Studies: (1) Three humanities and arts
group 1 courses from Art History C148D,
C148E, C150B, C154C, 154D, Asian 130, 151,
152, 161, 162, 163, Chinese C120, 130A, 130B,
135, 139, C150A, 150B, 151, 152, 154, 155,
C156, 157, CM160, 165, 174, 176, 180, 185,
191B, Comparative Literature M176, C178, Ethnomusicology 146, 147, C150, C156A, 156B,
157, 158A, 158B, 158C, C159, 160, 161B (2
units), 161D (2 units), 161F (2 units), Japanese
C112, 130A, 130B, 130C, C131, C150, 151,
154, 155, 157, 158, CM160, 161, 170, 175,
C177, C182, C186, 191B, Korean C105A,
C105B, C105C, 130A, 130B, C149, C151, 154,
155, CM160, 172, 177, 178, 180C, 181, 182,
183, 187, 191B, South Asian 150, 155, Southeast Asian 130, 135, 140, 157, Theater 102A,
102B, Vietnamese M155, 180B; (2) three social
sciences group 1 courses from Anthropology
M155, 175Q, 175R, 175S, Asian American
Studies 171A through 171E, M172C, Gender
Studies M164A, M170C, M173B, Geography
139, 158, 185, 186, History 170B, 170D, 172C,
M173C, 174C, 175A, 175C, 176B, 176C, Political Science 135, 158, 159A, 159B, 160, Sociology 181A, 181B; and (3) one additional elective
course selected from either item 1 or 2 above.
International Themes: (1) Two international politics and markets courses from Anthropology
153P, Economics 111, 112, 121, 122, Environment M134, Geography M128, 140, 148, International Development Studies 130, Management 109, 127C, Political Science 120B, 122A,
M122B, 123A, 124A, 125A, 126, 129, 134,
137A, 138B, 150, 166, M167C, 167D, 168, Sociology 182, 183, Urban Planning M165 and (2)
two international societies and cultures
courses from Anthropology 130, 150, 161, 167,
Art History C160, Communication Studies 179,
Comparative Literature 100, Environment
M133, Film and Television 110C, 112, Geography M109, 110, 133, 138, 142, 147, 151, 159C,
History M186B, Honors Collegium M152, International Development Studies 110, Sociology
116, 151, 154, 191D, 191F, World Arts and Cultures M130.
The area studies electives listed above (group
1) focus on contemporary issues of that region
after 1750. Students may substitute a maximum of three upper division courses with focus on earlier historical aspects of the region
or on diasporas with origins related to the region toward the area studies electives as long
the distribution between humanities and arts
European Studies BA
Capstone Major
The European Studies major allows students
to analyze the area or a subregion (e.g., Central
and Eastern Europe, Mediterranean Europe,
Scandinavia, Western Europe/European Union)
from an interdisciplinary and modern perspective. The major seeks to ground students in
broad international issues that they can then
use to focus on particular concerns of that part
of the world.
Admission
Admission to the European Studies major is by
application only. To be eligible to apply, students must have completed all nonlanguage
preparation for the major courses and the foreign language courses through at least level 3
(elementary level). Any remaining language
courses may be completed after students have
been accepted to the major. Each preparation
for the major course must be taken for a letter
grade, and students must have a UC gradepoint average of 2.0 or better in those courses.
The application period is once per year, and
students must apply no later than the end of
fall quarter of their junior year.
Meeting the above minimum requirements
does not guarantee admission to the program.
Admission is on a competitive basis, using the
above qualifications as minimum standards for
consideration.
markets courses from Economics 1, 2, Geography 4, 6, Political Science 50 (or 50R), Sociology 1, (4) two international societies and
cultures courses from Anthropology 9, Comparative Literature 1D (or 2DW or 4DW), Ethnomusicology 5, 25, Geography 3, History 2B,
22, World Arts and Cultures 20, 33, and (5) one
area-related foreign language sequence
through the intermediate level (e.g., Czech
102C, Dutch 103C, French 6, German 6, Hungarian 102C, Italian 6, Polish 102C, Portuguese 3, Romanian 102C, Russian 6, Scandinavian 29, 105B, 106B, 107B, Serbian/Croatian 102C, Spanish 5, Ukrainian 102C, Yiddish
102C). The language requirement can also be
fulfilled in part or in total by taking a placement
examination given through the appropriate language department. Each course must be taken
for a letter grade.
Transfer Students
Transfer applicants to the European Studies
premajor with 90 or more units must complete
the following introductory courses prior to admission to UCLA: two courses from sociocultural anthropology, cultural geography, contemporary world history, and world literature
and two courses from comparative politics,
economic geography, macroeconomics, microeconomics, and introductory sociology.
Transfer students must apply for the major by
the end of fall quarter of their junior year.
Refer to the UCLA Transfer Admission Guide at
http://www.admission.ucla.edu/prospect/Adm
_tr/tradms.htm for up-to-date information regarding transfer selection for admission.
The Major
The major consists of International and Area
Studies 191 (capstone seminar) and 11 upper
division courses divided among area studies
and international themes courses. To count as
one 4-unit course, 2-unit courses must either
be taken twice or two courses from the same
category (if applicable) may be taken. Each
course must be taken for a letter grade, with a
minimum overall grade-point average of 2.0.
Area Studies: (1) Three humanities and arts
group 1 courses from Art History 127B, M127C,
Central and East European Studies 125, 126,
Comparative Literature C163, C164, Dutch 113,
131, English 115B, 164A, 164B, 164C, Ethnomusicology 133, 161C (2 units), Film and Television 106B, French 114C, 119, 120, 131, 132,
138, 139, M140, 141, German 102, 103, 104,
110, 112, 160, 161, 162, 164, 165, 166, 173,
174, Italian 102C, 120, 121, 150, M158, Polish
152B, 152C, Russian 107B, 120, 121, 122, 125,
126, M127, 128, 130A, 130B, 130C, 131, M132,
140A through 140D, 150, Scandinavian C141A,
141C, CM144A, 155, 156, 157, 161, C163A,
C163B, C163C, 173A, C174A, 174B, C180,
Yiddish 131A, 131B; (2) three social sciences
group 1 courses from Economics 181, Geography 152, 183, History 120A, 120B, 120C, 121D,
121E, 121F, 122F, 123B, 123C, 124B, 124C,
125B, 125C, 125D, 127B, 127C, 127D, 129B,
131A, 131B, 134B, 134C, 135C, 136B, 136C,
183A, 183B, Honors Collegium 173A, Political
Science 127A, 128A, 128B, 153A, 156A; and (3)
Admission
The Major
Honors Program
The honors program is designed to offer highly
motivated students pursuing one of the International and Area Studies majors (African and
Middle Eastern Studies, Asian Studies, European Studies, Latin American Studies) the opportunity to design and conduct their own independent research under the guidance of a
faculty adviser and consists of a three-term directed-study series of coursesInternational
and Area Studies 198A, 198B, 198Cculminating in an honors thesis.
Admission
To enter the honors program, students must (1)
have completed all preparation for the major
requirements with a minimum 3.5 grade-point
average in those courses, (2) have a 3.5 gradepoint average in all upper division coursework
Requirements
Honors are awarded to students who (1) complete all requirements for the major with a cumulative grade-point average of 3.5 or better in
upper division courses required for the major,
(2) successfully complete courses 198A, 198B,
and 198C, and (3) produce an honors thesis
(approximately 35 to 50 pages) determined to
be of honors quality by a committee of two
faculty membersthe chair of International
and Area Studies and the faculty adviser of the
student.
Highest honors are awarded to students who
(1) complete all requirements for the major with
a cumulative grade-point average of 3.75 or
better in upper division courses required for
the major, (2) successfully complete courses
198A, 198B, and 198C, and (3) produce an exceptional honors thesis (approximately 35 to
50 pages) determined to be of highest honors
quality by a committee of two faculty membersthe chair of International and Area Studies and the faculty adviser of the student.
Honors and highest honors are recorded on
the final transcript and diploma after students
successfully complete the program.
One upper division language course (advanced level) may be applied to item 3 above
by petition to the chair of the program.
A minimum of 20 units applied toward the minor requirements must be in addition to units
applied toward major requirements or another
minor.
A minimum of 20 units applied toward the minor requirements must be in addition to units
applied toward major requirements or another
minor.
A minimum of 20 units applied toward the minor requirements must be in addition to units
applied toward major requirements or another
minor.
Study Abroad
The Southeast Asian Studies minor is designed for students who wish to augment their
major with concerted study of the history, culture, and society of Southeast AsiaBrunei,
Cambodia, East Timor, Indonesia, Laos, Malaysia, Myanmar (Burma), Philippines, Singapore, Thailand, and Vietnamfrom an interdisciplinary and modern perspective.
To enter the minor, students must be in good
academic standing (overall grade-point average of 2.0 or better) and have completed all
lower division minor courses with a GPA of 2.0
or better in those courses.
Required Lower Division Courses (13 to 15
units): International and Area Studies 1 and
two international societies and cultures
courses from Anthropology 9, Comparative Literature 1D (or 2DW or 4DW), Economics 1, 2,
Ethnomusicology 5, 25, Geography 3, 4, 6,
History 2B, 22, Political Science 50 (or 50R),
Sociology 1, World Arts and Cultures 20, 33.
Students may substitute one area studies
preparation course (from Art History 31, History 9E, 97M, International and Area Studies
31, Southeast Asian M60, or 90) toward the international societies and cultures preparation
requirement.
Required Upper Division Courses (20 to 21
units): Five area studies group 1 courses as follows: (1) two humanities and arts group 1
courses from Ethnomusicology 161B (must be
taken twice to equal one 4-unit course), Southeast Asian 130, 135, 140, 157, Theater 102B,
Vietnamese M155, 180B, (2) two social sciences group 1 courses from Asian American
Studies M171D, 171E, Gender Studies M164A,
History 176B, 176C, 176E, 177A, 177B, 185B,
185C, Political Science 158, and (3) one additional elective course selected from the group
1 list above or from the group 2 list below.
The area studies electives listed above (group
1) focus on contemporary issues of that region
after 1750. Students may substitute a maximum of one upper division course with focus
on earlier historical aspects of the region or on
diasporas with origins related to the region toward the area studies additional elective category (item 3 above). The course may be selected from the following group 2 list: Art History 156, Asian American Studies 111, 113,
Graduate Course
375. Teaching Apprentice Practicum. (1 to 4) Seminar, to be arranged. Preparation: apprentice personnel employment as teaching assistant, associate,
or fellow. Teaching apprenticeship under active guid-
ance and supervision of regular faculty member responsible for curriculum and instruction at UCLA.
May be repeated for credit. S/U grading.
their work to peers as well as providing feedback on peers work. The seminar culminates
in a written paper or project and a formal class
report.
INTERNATIONAL
DEVELOPMENT
STUDIES
International Development
Studies BA
Interdepartmental Program
College of Letters and Science
UCLA
10359 Bunche Hall
Box 951487
Los Angeles, CA 90095-1487
310-825-5187
fax: 310-206-3555
e-mail: idps@international.ucla.edu
http://www.international.ucla.edu/institute/
academics/ids/
Michael F. Lofchie, PhD, Chair
Faculty Committee
Csar J. Ayala, PhD (Sociology)
Timothy F. Brewer, MD, MPH (Medicine)
Judith A. Carney, PhD (Geography, Institute of the
Environment and Sustainability)
Akhil Gupta, PhD (Anthropology)
Kevan K. Harris, PhD (Sociology)
Patrick C. Heuveline, PhD (Sociology)
Edmond Keller, PhD (Political Science)
Nancy E. Levine, PhD (Anthropology)
Michael F. Lofchie, PhD (Political Science)
David L. Rigby, PhD (Geography, Statistics)
Ananya Roy, PhD (Social Welfare, Urban Planning)
Eric S. Sheppard, PhD (Geography)
Mary A. Yeager, PhD (History)
Undergraduate Study
The International Development Studies major
is a designated capstone major. Seniors must
complete an advanced seminar that provides
unique opportunity to work closely with a faculty member on a focused topic of research.
Students completing the capstone should be
able to demonstrate skills and expertise acquired in earlier coursework; identify, analyze,
and select relevant data from primary and secondary sources; acquire a working knowledge
of broader scholarly discourse; conceive and
execute an original research paper; and engage with a community of scholars, presenting
Capstone Major
Admission
Admission to the International Development
Studies major is by application only. To be eligible to apply, students must have first completed all nonlanguage preparation courses
and the foreign language courses through at
least level 3 (elementary level). Any remaining
language courses may be completed after students have been accepted to the major. Each
preparation for the major course must be taken
for a letter grade, and students must have a
UC grade-point average of 2.0 or better in
those courses.
The application period is once per year, and
students must apply no later than the end of
fall quarter of their junior year.
Meeting the above minimums does not guarantee admission to the program. Admission
is on a competitive basis, using the above
qualifications as minimum standards for
consideration.
International Development
Studies Premajor
Incoming freshman and transfer students may
be admitted as International Development
Studies premajors on acceptance to UCLA.
Premajor students must apply for major standing at the end of fall quarter of their junior year;
they are not automatically accepted into the
major.
The Major
Each course must be taken for a letter grade.
Students must earn a grade of C or better in
International Development Studies 110, M120,
and 130; no more than one of these three
courses may be repeated. All three core
courses must be taken prior to the capstone
senior seminar 191 course.
Required: (1) International Development Studies 110, M120, 130, 191; (2) one research
methodology course from Anthropology 131,
139, Asian American Studies 103, 104A, 105,
M108, C142A, 142D, 187A, 191A, Chicana and
Chicano Studies M119, 123, 129, Economics
103, Education C126, Geography 163, Political
Science 170A, Sociology 106A, 110, 113, Statistics 112, Urban Planning M122; (3) three social and critical theory courses, each from a
different department, from Anthropology 130,
150, 153P, 161, 167, Economics 111, 112, Environment M132, M133, M161, Gender Studies
168, Geography 110, M115, M128, 132, 133,
140, 142, 148, 155, Political Science 122A,
M122B, 124A, 150, 167D, 168, Sociology 101,
M115, 116, 182, 183, 191D, Urban Planning
121, CM166; (4) two regional courses, either
from the same or separate developing regions
of the world (East Asia and East Central Asia,
Eastern Europe and West Central Asia, Latin
America and Caribbean Basin, Middle East
and North Africa, South and Southeast Asia
and Pacific Islands, Sub-Saharan Africa) and
one disciplinary elective listed below:
East Asia and East Central Asia: Anthropology
175Q, Asian American Studies 171A, 171C,
Chinese 152, Communication Studies 183,
Gender Studies M170C, Geography 186, History 169B, 170B, M170C, 170D, Korean C151,
155, 180B, 180C, Political Science 135, 159A,
159B, Sociology 181A.
Eastern Europe and West Central Asia: Anthropology 175R, Central and East European Studies 125, 126, Czech 155, Gender Studies
M127, History 107C, 107E, 120A through
120D, 127B, 127C, Political Science 128B,
156A, Romanian 152, Russian 120, 121, 122,
125, 126, M127, 131, Serbian/Croatian 154.
Latin America and Caribbean Basin: African
American Studies M154C, M178, Anthropology 173Q, 174P, Art History C142B, Chicana
and Chicano Studies M125, M126, M144,
CM147, Community Health Sciences 132,
Gender Studies M144, M147C, Geography
114, 181, 182A, 182B, History 157B, 159,
160A, 160B, 162A, 162B, 162C, Honors Collegium M145, Political Science 124C, 154A,
154B, M184A, Sociology M178, 186.
Middle East and North Africa: Anthropology
M171P, 176, History 105C, M108C, 111C,
Honors Collegium M157, Political Science
132A, M132B, 157, 165.
Honors Program
Majors who have completed International Development Studies 110, M120, and 130 and
who have a 3.5 grade-point average in all
courses offered for the major are eligible to formally apply for the honors program. In addition
to completing all courses required for the major,
students must take courses 198A, 198B, and
198C, in which they research, write, and present
an honors thesis. To receive honors at graduation, students must have at least a 3.5 GPA in
courses applied toward the major (including
198A, 198B, 198C) and an overall GPA of 3.0.
Highest honors are awarded to students who
complete the major (including courses 198A,
198B, 198C) with a 3.75 GPA and who produce an exceptional thesis.
Study Abroad
International Development Studies majors are
highly encouraged to study abroad in developing areas of the world. Students can do so
through a variety of programs with various
lengths (summer or during the academic year).
More information about travel abroad programs is available through the UCLA International Education Office, 1332 Murphy Hall,
310-825-4995, info@ieo.ucla.edu. See http://
www.ieo.ucla.edu.
International Development
Studies
Upper Division Courses
110. Economic Development and Culture Change.
(4) (Formerly numbered 100A.) Lecture, three hours;
discussion, one hour (when scheduled). Broad introduction to theoretical traditions in development
studies, with focus on interactions between states,
markets, and cultural value systems, with selected
case studies in developing nations. Letter grading.
M120. Political Economy of Development. (4) (Formerly numbered M100B.) (Same as Political Science
M167C.) Lecture, three or four hours; discussion, one
hour (when scheduled). Political economy approach
to puzzle of why some countries are rich and others
are poor and why, among latter, some have been able
to achieve rapid rates of economic growth and others
have not. Explanation and review of logic behind most
important arguments that have been advanced to account for differences across countries in rates and
levels of economic development. Letter grading.
130. Economics of Developing Countries. (4) (Formerly numbered 150.) Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour. Economic analysis of developing
countries. Issues underlying causes of underdevelopment and process of development. Topics include
population growth, poverty, inequality, inflation, fiscal
trade and monetary policy, and alternative development strategies. Letter grading.
160. Selected Topics in International Development
Studies. (4) Lecture, three hours; discussion, one
hour (when scheduled). Examination of one or more
topics related to international development. May be
repeated for credit with topic change. P/NP or letter
grading.
188. Special Courses in International Development
Studies. (4) Seminar, three hours. Program-sponsored experimental or temporary courses on selected
contemporary topics in international development
taught by visiting instructors or affiliated faculty members. May be repeated for credit with topic change.
P/NP or letter grading.
191. Variable Topics Research Seminars: International Development StudiesSenior Seminar. (4)
Seminar, three hours. Requisites: courses 110, M120,
130. Limited to senior International Development
Studies majors. Organized on topics basis with readings, discussions, papers. May not be repeated for
credit. Letter grading.
192. Undergraduate Practicum in International
Development Studies. (2) Seminar, two hours;
practicum, to be arranged. Limited to juniors/seniors.
Training and supervised practicum for advanced undergraduate students to serve as undergraduate
course assistants in international development
studies courses. Students assist in preparation and
presentation of materials and development of innovative programs with guidance of faculty members.
Consult academic counselor for further information.
May not be applied toward major requirements. May
be repeated for credit. P/NP grading.
198A-198B-198C. Honors Research in International Development Studies. (4-4-4) Tutorial, to be arranged. Preparation: 3.5 grade-point average in
courses for major, formal application to honors program. Requisites: courses 110, M120, 130. Limited to
junior/senior International Development Studies majors. May be repeated for credit. Individual contract
required. 198A. Research, discussion, and planning of
honors thesis under direct supervision of faculty
member. Letter grading. 198B. Enforced requisite:
course 198A. Research, discussion, and planning of
honors thesis under direct supervision of faculty
member. In Progress grading. 198C. Enforced requisite: course 198B. Final drafting and submission of
honors thesis under direct supervision of faculty
member. Letter grading.
199. Directed Research in International Development Studies. (4) Tutorial, to be arranged. Limited to
junior/senior International Development Studies majors. Supervised intensive directed research program
in which students conduct interdisciplinary research
under guidance of faculty mentor. Culminating paper
required. May be applied toward major via petition.
May not be repeated. Individual contract required.
Letter grading.
Graduate Course
375. Teaching Apprentice Practicum. (1 to 4) Seminar, to be arranged. Preparation: apprentice personnel employment as teaching assistant, associate,
or fellow. Teaching apprenticeship under active guidance and supervision of regular faculty member responsible for curriculum and instruction at UCLA.
May be repeated for credit. S/U grading.
444 / Italian
ISLAMIC STUDIES
See Near Eastern Languages and Cultures
Italian BA
ITALIAN
Capstone Major
Professors
Professors Emeriti
Michael J.B. Allen, PhD, DLitt
Luigi Ballerini, Dottore in Lettere
Franco Betti, PhD
Marga Cottino-Jones, PhD, Dottore in Lettere
Edward F. Tuttle, PhD
Associate Professor
Peter J. Stacey, PhD
Assistant Professor
Transfer Students
Transfer applicants to the Italian major with 90
or more units must complete the following introductory courses prior to admission to
UCLA: two years of Italian and one Italian civilization or culture course.
Refer to the UCLA Transfer Admission Guide at
http://www.admission.ucla.edu/prospect/Adm
_tr/tradms.htm for up-to-date information regarding transfer selection for admission.
The Major
Lecturer S.O.E.
Lecturer
Hoang T. M. Truong, PhD
Undergraduate Study
The Italian and Italian and Special Fields majors are designated capstone majors. Students
are required to conceptualize, design, and
complete an interdisciplinary research project
or thesis. Through the capstone experience,
students demonstrate their mastery of an area
of Italian culture, as well as their skills in identifying and analyzing primary sources, integrating what they have learned in the course of
Anthropology Field
Preparation for the Major
Required: Italian 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, and one course
from 42A, 42B, 42C, 46, 50A, 50B; Anthropology 8 or 9, and 33.
The Major
Required: Italian 100, 199B (senior capstone
course), and three courses from 103A through
191 selected in consultation with the undergraduate adviser; five courses from Anthropology 111, 112, 130, 133Q, 135A, 135B, 135S,
135T, 139, M140, 141, 150 through M154Q,
161, 182 selected in consultation with the
undergraduate adviser.
Classics Field
Preparation for the Major
Required: Italian 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, and one course
from 42A, 42B, 42C, 46, 50A, 50B; Classics 10
or 20, 40W or 41W, and Greek 1, 2, 3 or Latin
1, 2, 3, or equivalent.
The Major
Required: Italian 100, 199B (senior capstone
course), and three courses from 103A through
191 selected in consultation with the undergraduate adviser; Greek 100 or Latin 100, two
courses from Classics 141 through 197, and
two courses from Greek 101A through 133 or
Latin 101 through 133 (graduate seminars may
be substituted for upper division author
courses) selected in consultation with the
undergraduate adviser.
English Field
Preparation for the Major
Required: Italian 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, and one course
from 42A, 42B, 42C, 46, 50A, 50B; English
Composition 3, English 4W, 10A, 10B, 10C.
The Major
Required: Italian 100, 199B (senior capstone
course), and three courses from 103A through
191 selected in consultation with the undergraduate adviser; five courses from English
100 through 113A, 114 through 135, 139
through 183C selected in consultation with the
undergraduate adviser.
Italian / 445
Film and Television Field
The Major
Required: Italian 100, 199B (senior capstone
course), and three courses from 103A through
191 selected in consultation with the undergraduate adviser; five courses from Film and
Television 106A, 106B, 106C, 107, 108, 110A,
110C, 112 through 116, 193A selected in consultation with the undergraduate adviser.
French Field
Preparation for the Major
Required: Italian 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, and one course
from 42A, 42B, 42C, 46, 50A, 50B; French 1, 2, 3,
4, 5, 6, and 12 or 14.
The Major
Required: Italian 100, 199B (senior capstone
course), and three courses from 103A through
191 selected in consultation with the undergraduate adviser; five courses from French 108
through 172 selected in consultation with the
undergraduate adviser.
History Field
Preparation for the Major
Required: Italian 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, and one course
from 42A, 42B, 42C, 46; one course from History 1A, 1B, 1C, 20, 21, 22.
The Major
Required: Italian 100, 199B (senior capstone
course), and three courses from 103A through
191 selected in consultation with the undergraduate adviser; five courses from History
100 through 188 selected in consultation with
the undergraduate adviser.
Linguistics Field
Preparation for the Major
Required: Italian 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, Linguistics 20,
and three terms of a second foreign language
other than Italian.
The Major
Required: Italian 100, 199B (senior capstone
course), and three courses from 103A through
191 selected in consultation with the undergraduate adviser; Linguistics 103, 120A, 120B,
and two courses from 110 through 191B selected in consultation with the undergraduate
adviser.
The Major
Required: Italian 100, 199B (senior capstone
course), and three courses from 103A through
191 selected in consultation with the undergraduate adviser; five courses from Music History 125D, 125E, 125F, 135A, 135B, 135C,
191A through 191G selected in consultation
with the undergraduate adviser.
Philosophy Field
Preparation for the Major
Required: Italian 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, and one course
from 42A, 42B, 42C, 46, 50A, 50B; one course
from Philosophy 1 through 31.
The Major
Required: Italian 100, 199B (senior capstone
course), and three courses from 103A through
191 selected in consultation with the undergraduate adviser; Philosophy 100A, 100B,
100C, and three courses from M101A through
191 selected in consultation with the undergraduate adviser.
Portuguese Field
Preparation for the Major
Required: Italian 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, and one course
from 42A, 42B, 46, 50A, 50B; Portuguese 1, 2,
3, 25 (or 26 or equivalent as determined by
placement test), 46.
The Major
Required: Italian 100, 199B (senior capstone
course), and three courses from 103A through
191 selected in consultation with the undergraduate adviser; five courses from Portuguese 130A through 191 selected in consultation with the undergraduate adviser.
Spanish Field
Preparation for the Major
Required: Italian 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, and one course
from 42A, 42B, 46, 50A, 50B; Spanish 1, 2, 3,
4, 5, 25 (or equivalent as determined by placement test), 42 or 44.
The Major
Required: Italian 100, 199B (senior capstone
course), and three courses from 103A through
191 selected in consultation with the undergraduate adviser; Spanish 120 and four
Theater Field
Preparation for the Major
Required: Italian 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, and one course
from 42A, 42B, 42C, 46, 50A, 50B.
The Major
Required: Italian 100, 199B (senior capstone
course), and three courses from 103A through
191 selected in consultation with the undergraduate adviser; Theater 101A, 101B, and
three courses from 102A through M114 selected in consultation with the undergraduate
adviser.
Study in Italy
Students are encouraged to spend up to one
year in Italy either to (1) study with an education abroad program or (2) study in an Italian
university. They are also urged to take advantage of summer language workshops and
study programs, including UCLAs own programs in Italy and Los Angeles. For additional
information, contact the Education Abroad
Program, 1332 Murphy Hall, or the Summer
Sessions Office, 1331 Murphy Hall.
Honors Program
Admission
The honors program provides exceptional students an opportunity for advanced research
and study, under the guidance of a faculty
member, that leads to the completion of an
honors thesis. Majors in Italian and in Italian
and Special Fields with an overall grade-point
average of 3.25 and a 3.5 GPA or better in Italian courses are eligible to participate in the
honors program. Applications should be made
during the last term of the junior year or early in
the senior year. Consult the department adviser for more information.
Requirements
To qualify for graduation with honors, Italian
majors must complete all requirements for the
major and Italian 198 in the last term of the senior year in which they write a 15- to 20-page
thesis in Italian on a subject expanding on one
or more of the upper division courses they
have taken. The thesis is written under the
guidance of a departmental faculty member.
To qualify for graduation with honors, Italian
and Special Fields majors must complete all
requirements for the major and Italian 198 in
which they write a 15- to 20-page thesis in Italian that combines their two disciplines of
study. The thesis is written under the guidance
of a departmental faculty member.
Successful completion of the honors program
is indicated on the transcript and diploma.
Italian Minor
To enter the Italian minor, students must have
an overall grade-point average of 2.0 or better.
446 / Italian
Required Lower Division Courses (12 units):
Italian 5, 6, and one course from 42A, 42B, 46,
50A, 50B.
Required Upper Division Courses (20 units):
Italian 100 and four additional Italian courses.
Three of the four courses must be taught in
Italian.
A minimum of 20 units applied toward the minor
requirements must be in addition to units
applied toward major requirements or another
minor.
Each minor course must be taken for a letter
grade, and students must have an overall
grade-point average of 2.0 or better. Successful completion of the minor is indicated on the
transcript and diploma.
Graduate Study
Official, specific degree requirements are detailed in Program Requirements for UCLA
Graduate Degrees, available at the Graduate
Division website, http://grad.ucla.edu. In many
cases, more detailed guidelines may be outlined in announcements, other publications,
and websites of the schools, departments, and
programs.
Graduate Degrees
The Department of Italian offers Master of Arts
(MA), Candidate in Philosophy (CPhil), and
Doctor of Philosophy (PhD) degrees in Italian.
Italian
Lower Division Courses
1. Elementary ItalianBeginning. (4) Lecture, five
hours. P/NP or letter grading.
1G. Special Reading Course. (4) Readings, three
hours. Open to graduate students in other fields.
Preparation for Graduate Division foreign language
reading requirement. S/U grading.
2. Elementary ItalianContinued. (4) Lecture, five
hours. Enforced requisite: course 1. P/NP or letter
grading.
2G. Special Reading Course. (4) Readings, three
hours. Open to graduate students in other fields.
Preparation for Graduate Division foreign language
reading requirement.
3. Elementary ItalianContinued. (4) Lecture, five
hours. Enforced requisite: course 2. P/NP or letter
grading.
4. Intermediate Italian. (4) Lecture, five hours. Enforced requisite: course 3. P/NP or letter grading.
5. Intermediate Italian. (4) Lecture, five hours. Enforced requisite: course 4. P/NP or letter grading.
6. Intermediate Italian. (4) Lecture, three hours. Enforced requisite: course 5. Advanced grammar and
composition course with readings from select literary
works. P/NP or letter grading.
8A-8B-8C. Italian Conversation. (2-2-2) Seminar,
three hours. Enforced requisite for course 8A: course
2; for 8B: course 3; for 8C: course 4. Each course
may be repeated once for credit. P/NP or letter
grading.
9. Intensive Italian. (12) Lecture, 20 hours. Intensive
language program equivalent to first year of college
Italian (courses 1, 2, 3) and designed to develop basic
language skills. Offered in summer only. P/NP or letter
grading.
42A-42B-42C. Italy through Ages in English. (5-55) Lecture, four hours; discussion, one hour. P/NP or
letter grading. 42A. Early Modern Italy. Survey of
Italys unique contribution to Western civilization in
Italian / 447
122. Italian Theater. (4) Lecture, three hours. Enforced requisite: course 100. Taught in Italian. Study
of works for stage from Renaissance to present, including examples of opera and questions pertaining
to acting, staging, and performance. May include
texts by Machiavelli, Aretino, Alfieri, Gozzi, Goldoni,
Verdi, Puccini, DAnnunzio, Amelia Rosselli, Dacia
Maraini, Dario Fo, and Franca Rame. P/NP or letter
grading.
123. Modern Italian Cultural Studies. (4) Seminar,
three hours. Enforced requisite: course 100. Taught in
Italian. Reading, research, and writing on various cultural aspects of modern and contemporary Italy. Examination of contemporary Italian food culture,
fashion and design, photography and visual arts,
mass media, politics, music, and sports. P/NP or
letter grading.
124. Food and Literature in Italy. (4) Lecture, three
hours. Enforced requisite: course 100. Taught in
Italian. Profile of Italian history and culture through
analysis of gastronomic documents, food traditions,
and literary and visual works. Emphasis on late
Middle Ages, Renaissance, and Risorgimento, or
modern and contemporary movements such as
Cucina futurista and slow food. Examination of relation of Italian traditions of food and eating with health,
body, gender, community, politics, biodiversity, and
environment. P/NP or letter grading.
125. Italian through Opera. (4) Lecture, three hours.
Requisite: course 6. Taught in Italian. Introduction to
traditional Italian opera as means of appreciating culture of Italy, art form of opera, and study of Italian language at advanced level through reading of libretti.
Six masterworks of Italian opera traditionIl Barbiere
di Siviglia, La Bohme, Pagliacci, Otello, Tosca, and
La Traviataoffer culturally authentic contexts to
learn about operas, their characters, plots, settings,
and themes. Exploration of various historical, political,
and cultural issues raised in each opera. P/NP or
letter grading.
131. Reading and Reciting. (4) Lecture, three hours.
Enforced requisite: course 100. Taught in Italian. Emphasis on diction, interpretation, and performance of
one-act plays as vehicles for perfection of pronunciation, comprehension, and fluency. P/NP or letter
grading.
140. Italian Novella from Boccaccio to Basile in
Translation. (4) Lecture, three hours. Analysis of development of Italian novella in its structure, historical
context, and folk material. Special emphasis on how
Italian novella influenced other European literatures.
P/NP or letter grading.
150. Modern Fiction in Translation. (4) Lecture,
three hours. Select issues in 20th-century thought
traced in writers of international fame, with focus on
concerns and styles of several prose works such as
Umberto Ecos The Name of the Rose, Pasolinis The
Ragazzi, Pirandellos The Late Mattia Pascal, and
Calvinos The Cosmicomics. P/NP or letter grading.
151. Italy and Asia. (4) Lecture, three hours. Examination of portrayals of Asian culture in Italy and Italian
culture in Asia, and ways in which Asia and Italy view
each other through eyes of writers, travelers, and
modern media. Discussion of how Italy has evolved
from relatively homogeneous society into multiethnic
country that includes growing Asian and Asian-Italian
population. P/NP or letter grading.
152. Italy between Europe and Africa. (4) Lecture,
three hours. Knowledge of Italian or background in
Italian studies not required. Analysis and critical discussion of works by Italian, northern European, and
African writers (including travelers and migrants) who
from 18th century to present have seen or experienced Italian peninsula and islands as bridge between Europe and Africa, or mix of both. Readings include works by northern European and African authors about Italy, and Italian authors about Africa and
southern Italy. P/NP or letter grading.
M158. Women, Gender, and Sexuality in Italian
Culture. (4) (Same as Gender Studies M158.) Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour. Analysis of
gender roles, images of femininity and masculinity,
patriarchy, myths of Madonna and Latin lover, condi-
tion of women in Italian society through history, politics, literature, film, and other media. Italian majors required to read texts in Italian. P/NP or letter grading.
180. History of Italian Language. (4) Lecture, three
hours. Enforced requisite: course 100. Taught in
Italian. Main forces that have shaped literary or standard Italian and specific ways in which language has
evolved. Tracing of its changing relations with other
European languages and survey of effects wrought by
historical events, changes in taste, and altered social
functions. P/NP or letter grading.
191. Variable Topics Research Seminars: Italian
Studies. (4) Seminar, three hours. Research seminar
with focus on themes and issues outside uniquely
Italian literature topics covered in regular departmental undergraduate courses. Reading, discussion,
and development of culminating project. May be repeated once for credit. P/NP or letter grading.
195. Community or Corporate Internships in Italian. (4) Tutorial, three hours. Limited to juniors/seniors. Internship in supervised setting in community
agency or business. Students meet on regular basis
with instructor and provide periodic reports of their
experience. May be repeated for credit. Individual
contract with supervising faculty member required.
P/NP or letter grading.
198. Honors Research in Italian. (4) Tutorial, one
hour. Limited to juniors/seniors. Development and
completion of significant research project under direct
supervision of faculty member. May be repeated for
credit. Individual contract required. Letter grading.
199A. Directed Research in Italian. (2 to 4) Tutorial,
to be arranged. Limited to juniors/seniors. Supervised
individual research or investigation under guidance of
faculty mentor. Culminating paper or project required.
May be repeated for credit. Individual contract required. P/NP or letter grading.
199B. Directed Capstone Research in Italian and
Italian and Special Fields. (4) Tutorial, to be arranged. Requisites: courses 100, 103A or 103B, and
at least three required courses for one field. Limited to
senior Italian and Italian and Special Fields majors.
Supervised individual research under guidance of faculty mentor. Capstone tutorial in which interdisciplinary paper (20 to 25 pages) is to be written in either
Italian or English that requires students to synthesize
their knowledge of Italian or Italian and one special
field of study. Individual contract required. Letter
grading.
Graduate Courses
201. Bibliography and Methods of Research. (4)
Lecture, three hours. S/U or letter grading.
205. Studies in Criticism and Theory. (4) Seminar,
three hours. History, theory, and practice of criticism.
Presentation, discussion, and application of fundamental currents in aesthetics and criticism from Plato
and Aristotle to present, including thematic and genre
criticism, poststructuralist approaches, and feminist
criticism. Letter grading.
210. Studies in Early Italian Literature. (4) Lecture,
three hours. Topics include origins of Italian language
and study of early texts, Scuola Siciliana and early poetry of Central and Northern Italy, and Dolce Stil Novo.
S/U or letter grading.
214A-214F. Studies in Medieval Literature. (4
each) Lecture, three hours. S/U or letter grading:
214A. La Divina Commedia. (4) Lecture, three hours.
S/U or letter grading.
214B. Dantes Other Works. (4) Lecture, three hours.
S/U or letter grading.
214C. Petrarcas Canzoniere. (4) Lecture, three hours.
S/U or letter grading.
214D. Boccaccios Decameron. (4) Lecture, three
hours. S/U or letter grading.
214E. Boccaccios Other Works. (4) Lecture, three
hours. S/U or letter grading.
214F. Variable Topics. (4) Lecture, three hours. Variable-content seminar on themes and issues of medieval literature, with coverage of authors such as St.
Francis of Assisi or Jacopone de Todi. S/U or letter
grading.
215A-215B. Studies in 15th-Century Literature. (44) Lecture, three hours. S/U or letter grading. 215A.
Variable Topics. Variable-content seminar on themes
and issues of 15th-century literature, with coverage of
authors such as Pulci or Poliziano. 215B. Age of Lorenzo de Medici and Poliziano.
216A-216E. Studies in the Renaissance. (4 each)
Lecture, three hours. S/U or letter grading:
216A. Machiavelli and Renaissance Political Thought.
(4) Lecture, three hours. S/U or letter grading.
216B. Ariosto and Renaissance Epic. (4) Lecture,
three hours. S/U or letter grading.
216C. Tasso. (4) Lecture, three hours. S/U or letter
grading.
216D. Renaissance Theater. (4) Lecture, three hours.
S/U or letter grading.
216E. Variable Topics. (4) Lecture, three hours. Variable-content seminar on themes and issues of Renaissance literature, with coverage of authors such as
Vasari, Leonardo, or Benvenuto. S/U or letter grading.
217. Studies in 17th-Century Literature. (4) Lecture, three hours. Topics include Galileo and birth of
scientific prose, Giordano Bruno, Gian Battista Marino, and baroque poetry. S/U or letter grading.
218A-218D. Studies in 18th-Century Literature. (4
each) Lecture, three hours. S/U or letter grading:
218A. Vico. (4) Lecture, three hours. S/U or letter
grading.
218B. Alfieri. (4) Lecture, three hours. S/U or letter
grading.
218C. Goldoni. (4) Lecture, three hours. S/U or letter
grading.
218D. Variable Topics. (4) Lecture, three hours. Variable-content seminar on themes and issues of 18thcentury literature, with coverage of authors such as
Vico or Ludovico. S/U or letter grading.
219A-219D. Studies in 19th-Century Literature. (4
each) Lecture, three hours. S/U or letter grading:
219A. Foscolo. (4) Lecture, three hours. S/U or letter
grading.
219B. Leopardi. (4) Lecture, three hours. S/U or letter
grading.
219C. Manzoni. (4) Lecture, three hours. S/U or letter
grading.
219D. Variable Topics. (4) Lecture, three hours. Variable-content seminar on themes and issues of 19thcentury literature, with coverage of authors such as
Carducci, Tommaseo, or Nievo. S/U or letter grading.
220. Studies in Turn-of-the-Century Literature. (4)
Lecture, three hours. Topics include Verga and Verismo, poetry, prose, and theater of DAnnunzio, and
poetry of Carducci and Pascoli. S/U or letter grading.
221A-221E. Studies in 20th-Century Literature. (4
each) Lecture, three hours. S/U or letter grading:
221A. Variable Topics. (4) Lecture, three hours. Variable-content seminar on themes and issues of 20thcentury literature, with coverage of authors such as
DAnnunzio, Verga, Marinetti, and Pirandello. S/U or
letter grading.
221B. Contemporary Poetry. (4) Lecture, three hours.
Analysis of legacy of two major figures in Italian poetry from World War IIUngaretti and Montale. Thorough examination of movements and individual poets
active in the 1960s and 1970s. S/U or letter grading.
221C. 20th-Century Narrative to World War II. (4) Lecture, three hours. Assessment of turn-of-the-century
narrative pattern (Gabriele DAnnunzio) and analysis
of radical innovations brought about by such towering
figures as Pirandello, Svevo, Bernari, Marinetti, etc. S/
U or letter grading.
221D. 20th-Century Narrative since World War II. (4)
Lecture, three hours. In-depth exploration of some
major works that have made contemporary Italian lit-
LABOR AND
WORKPLACE STUDIES
Interdisciplinary Minor
College of Letters and Science
UCLA
9244 Bunche Hall
Box 951478
Los Angeles, CA 90095-1478
310-206-0812
e-mail: lsminor@irle.ucla.edu
http://irle.ucla.edu/minor/
Frank T. Higbie, PhD, Chair
Faculty Committee
Akhil Gupta, PhD (Anthropology)
Frank T. Higbie, PhD (History)
Sanford M. Jacoby, PhD (Management)
Jacqueline Leavitt, PhD (Urban Planning)
Ching-Kwan Lee, PhD (Sociology)
Janice L. Reiff, PhD (History, Statistics)
Mark Q. Sawyer, PhD (Political Science)
Abel Valenzuela, Jr., PhD (Chicana and Chicano
Studies, Urban Planning)
Noah D. Zatz, JD, MA (Law)
Undergraduate Study
Labor and Workplace
Studies Minor
The Labor and Workplace Studies minor augments study in a traditional field. Students are
required to complete both a departmental major and this minor. The faculty adviser certifies
completion of the program.
To enter the minor, students must be in good
academic standing (2.0 grade-point average or
better), have completed 45 units, and file a petition and meet with the faculty adviser and minor coordinator in 9244 Bunche Hall, 310-2060812, lsminor@irle.ucla.edu. Students are encouraged to meet early with the academic
adviser to declare the minor and design a coherent program of coursework.
Required Courses (28 units minimum): Seven
courses, with no more than two lower division
courses (8 units), selected from African American Studies M173, Asian American Studies
113, M116, Chicana and Chicano Studies
M125, M127, M128, 129, Economics 150, 151,
Gender Studies M137E, M163, History 141B,
146A, 146B, any labor and workplace studies
course, Management 180, Political Science
116A, Psychology M137E, Public Policy 141,
C144, 145, Sociology 157, M163, 171, 173.
Students may petition, prior to enrollment in
the course, to apply other topical courses
with substantial labor and workplace studies
content.
A minimum of 20 units applied toward the minor
requirements must be in addition to units
applied toward major requirements or another
minor.
Each minor course must be taken for a letter
grade, and students must have a minimum
grade of C (2.0) in each and an overall gradepoint average of 2.0 or better. Successful completion of the minor is indicated on the transcript and diploma.
LATIN AMERICAN
STUDIES
Interdepartmental Program
College of Letters and Science
UCLA
10373 Bunche Hall
Box 951487
Los Angeles, CA 90095-1487
310-206-6571
fax: 310-206-3555
e-mail: idpgrads@international.ucla.edu
http://www.international.ucla.edu/institute/
academics/las/
Bonnie Taub, PhD, Co-Chair
Kevin B. Terraciano, PhD, Co-Chair
Faculty Committee
Csar J. Ayala, PhD (Sociology)
Stephen A. Bell, PhD (Geography, History)
Adriana J. Bergero, PhD (Spanish and Portuguese)
Vernica Cortnez, PhD (Spanish and Portuguese)
Robin L.H. Derby, PhD (History)
David E. Hayes-Bautista, PhD (Health Policy and
Management)
Susanna B. Hecht, PhD (Geography, Institute of the
Environment and Sustainability, Urban Planning)
Rubn Hernndez-Len, PhD (Sociology)
J. Randal Johnson, PhD (Spanish and Portuguese)
Steven J. Loza, PhD (Ethnomusicology)
Elizabeth A. Marchant, PhD (Comparative Literature,
Gender Studies)
Bonnie Taub, PhD (Community Health Sciences)
Kevin B. Terraciano, PhD (History)
Abel Valenzuela, Jr., PhD (Chicana and Chicano
Studies, Urban Planning)
in an interdisciplinary research study. Cooperative degree programs with the UCLA Schools
of Education and Information Studies, Management, Public Health, and Public Affairs provide the opportunity to combine the MA in
Latin American Studies with a masters degree
in a professional field.
Information on the undergraduate program in
this discipline, which offers a major and a minor in Latin American Studies, can be found in
the International and Area Studies section earlier in this catalog.
Graduate Study
Official, specific degree requirements are detailed in Program Requirements for UCLA
Graduate Degrees, available at the Graduate
Division website, http://grad.ucla.edu. In many
cases, more detailed guidelines may be outlined in announcements, other publications,
and websites of the schools, departments, and
programs.
Graduate Degrees
The Latin American Studies Program offers the
Master of Arts (MA) degree in Latin American
Studies.
Three articulated degree programs (Latin
American Studies MA/Education MEd, Latin
American Studies MA/Library and Information
Science MLIS, and Latin American Studies
MA/Public Health MPH) and two concurrent
degree programs (Latin American Studies MA/
Management MBA and Latin American Studies
MA/Urban Planning MURP) are also offered.
Law / 451
M264. Latin America: Traditional Medicine, Shamanism, and Folk Illness. (4) (Same as Anthropology M264 and Community Health Sciences
M264.) Lecture, three hours. Recommended preparation: Community Health Sciences 132, bilingual English/Spanish skills. Examination of role of traditional
medicine and shamanism in Latin America and exploration of how indigenous and mestizo groups diagnose and treat folk illness and Western-defined diseases with variety of health-seeking methods. Examination of art, music, and ritual and case examples of
religion and healing practices via lecture, film, and audiotape. Letter grading.
M268A-M268B. Seminars: Recent Latin American
History. (4) (Same as History M268A-M268B.) Seminar, three hours. Course M268A is requisite to
M268B. Reading knowledge of Spanish and Portuguese normally required. Seminar devoted to selected
topics of interdisciplinary nature. In Progress (M268A)
and letter (M268B) grading.
291A-291B. Variable Topics in Latin American
Studies. (4-4) Seminar, three hours. Selected topics
on Latin America. May be repeated for credit with
topic change. S/U or letter grading.
501. Cooperative Program. (2 to 8) Preparation:
consent of UCLA graduate adviser and graduate
dean, and host campus instructor, department chair,
and graduate dean. Used to record enrollment of
UCLA students in courses taken under cooperative
arrangements with USC. S/U grading.
596. Directed Individual Study or Research. (2 to
8) Tutorial, to be arranged. May be repeated, but only
4 units may be applied toward the minimum graduate
course requirement. S/U or letter grading.
597. Preparation for MA Comprehensive Examination. (4) Tutorial, to be arranged. Ordinarily taken only
during term in which student is being examined. S/U
grading.
598. Research for and Preparation of MA Thesis.
(4) Tutorial, to be arranged. Only 4 units may be applied toward minimum graduate course requirement.
S/U grading.
LAW
School of Law
UCLA
1242 Law Building
71 Dodd Hall, Admissions
Box 951476
Los Angeles, CA 90095-1476
310-825-4841
310-825-2080, Admissions
e-mail: admissions@law.ucla.edu
http://www.law.ucla.edu
Jennifer L. Mnookin, JD, PhD, Dean
Professors
Khaled M. Abou El Fadl, JD, MA, PhD (Omar and
Azmeralda Alfi Professor of Islamic Law)
E. Tendayi Achiume, JD, Acting
Iman Anabtawi, JD, MA
Stephen M. Bainbridge, JD, MS (William D. Warren
Professor of Law)
Asli . Bli, JD, MPhil, MA, PhD
Steven A. Bank, JD (Paul Hastings Endowed
Professor of Business Law)
Stuart A. Banner, JD (Norman Abrams Endowed
Professor of Law)
Samuel L. Bray, JD
Taimie L. Bryant, JD, MA, PhD
Daniel J. Bussel, JD
Devon W. Carbado, JD (Honorable Harry Pregerson
Endowed Professor of Law)
Ann E. Carlson, JD (Shirley Shapiro Endowed
Professor of Environmental Law)
Duane W. Champagne, MA, PhD
Beth A. Colgan, JD, Acting
Professors Emeriti
Richard L. Abel, PhD, LLB, LLD (Connell Professor
Emeritus of Law)
Norman Abrams, JD
Alison G. Anderson, JD
Peter Arenella, JD
Michael R. Asimow, JD
John A. Bauman, LLB, LLM, JurScD
Paul B. Bergman, JD
David A. Binder, LLB
Gary L. Blasi, MA
Grace Ganz Blumberg, JD, LLM
Susan Fletcher French, JD
Kenneth W. Graham, Jr., JD
Joel F. Handler, JD (Richard C. Maxwell Professor
Emeritus of Law)
Kenneth L. Karst, LLB (David G. and Dallas P. Price
Professor Emeritus of Law)
Kenneth N. Klee, JD
William A. Klein, LLB (Richard C. Maxwell Professor
Emeritus of Law)
Christine A. Littleton, JD
Daniel H. Lowenstein, LLB
Richard C. Maxwell, LLB (Connell Professor Emeritus
of Law)
Henry W. McGee, Jr., JD, LLM
William M. McGovern, Jr., LLB
Albert J. Moore, JD
Herbert Morris, LLB, DPhil
Stephen R. Munzer, JD
Grant S. Nelson, JD
Susan Westerberg Prager, JD, MA (Arjay and Frances
Fearing Miller Professor Emerita of Law)
Samuel C. Thompson, JD, MA, LLM
Philip R. Trimble, MA, LLB
Jonathan D. Varat, JD
William D. Warren, JD, JSD (Connell Professor
Emeritus of Law)
Stephen C. Yeazell, JD, MA (David G. and Dallas P.
Price Professor Emeritus of Law)
Lecturers
David B. Babbe, JD
Julianne B. Cramer, JD
Steven K. Derian, JD, MA
Skye Donald, JD, MA
Rachel S. Faulkner, JD
Patrick D. Goodman, JD, MEd
Deirdre P. Lanning, JD
Jason A. Light, JD
Kerry A. Lyon-Grossman, JD
Jyoti Nanda, JD
Paul Wonsowicz, JD
Adjunct Professors
Eileen A. Scallen, JD, MA
Robert Bradley Sears, JD
Academic Administrators
Susan Akens, JD
Joseph P. Berra, JD, MA, MDiv
Sean B. Hecht, JD
Cara Horowitz, JD
Jasleen Kohli, JD
Lisa M. Mead, JD
Lara Stemple, JD
Professional Study
The School of Law offers the Juris Doctor (JD),
Doctor of Juridical Science (SJD), and Master
of Laws (LLM) degrees.
Nine concurrent degree programs (Law JD/African American Studies MA, Law JD/American
Indian Studies MA, Law JD/Education MEd,
MA, EdD, or PhD, Law JD/Management MBA,
Law JD/Philosophy PhD, Law JD/Public Policy
MPP, Law JD/Public Health MPH, Law JD/Social Welfare MSW, and Law JD/Urban Planning
MURP) are also offered.
The undergraduate courses offered by the
School of Law are designed for undergraduate
students only. For information about the legal
curriculum of the School of Law, see http://
www.law.ucla.edu.
Law, Undergraduate
Upper Division Courses
156. American Political Thought Seminar. (3) Seminar, nine hours. Examination of American political
thought from founding to writings of Abraham Lincoln. Readings include Lockes Second Treatise of
Government, Declaration of Independence, Federalist numbers 10 and 51, and numerous writings and
speeches of Lincoln, including extensive portions of
Lincoln-Douglas debates. Emphasis on class discussion. Letter grading.
161. Consumer Bankruptcy Policy Seminar. (3)
Seminar, 13 hours. Examination of consumer bankruptcy policy with one architect of 1978 Bankruptcy
Code. Discussion of debt payment in ancient Babylon
where spouses and siblings could be sold into slavery
for nonpayment of relatives debt. Examination of
bankruptcy in U.S. history and analysis of heart of
consumer bankruptcy policy, such as when debtors
should be released from debts, what property debtors
should keep, and how debtors can put together repayment plans. P/NP or letter grading.
163A. International Human Rights Colloquium. (3)
Lecture, four hours. Alternative approaches to understanding international human rights law. Consideration of legal, political, sociological, and economic
perspectives. Weekly presentations on topic by 11
leading human rights scholars from U.S. and abroad.
Two-page critique of each paper presented by guest
lecturers required. P/NP or letter grading.
163B. International Human Rights Colloquium. (1)
Lecture, one hour. Requisite: course 163A. Continuation of course 163A. P/NP or letter grading.
170. Race and Racism in California Legal History,
1846 to the Present. (4) Seminar, 14 hours. Limited
to freshmen/sophomores. Exploration of California
legal history, with focus on issues of race and racism,
beginning with mid-19th-century transition from Mexican Alta California to U.S. territory and statehood.
Topics include state measures affecting California Indians in the 19th century, African Americans in Californias 19th-century history, measures used to curtail
Chinese immigration laws designed to prevent racial
intermixing, Alien Land Laws aimed at Japanese residents of California, relocation of Japanese citizens
after Pearl Harbor, Californias response to U.S. immigrants from dust bowl during great depression, postWorld War II through 1960s measures aimed at equal
LESBIAN, GAY,
BISEXUAL,
TRANSGENDER, AND
QUEER STUDIES
Interdisciplinary Minor
College of Letters and Science
UCLA
361 Humanities Building
Box 957233
Los Angeles, CA 90095-7233
310-206-3032
fax: 310-206-1785
e-mail: tbrown@humnet.ucla.edu
http://lgbtqstudies.ucla.edu
Alicia Gaspar de Alba, PhD, Chair
Faculty Committee
Anurima Banerji, PhD (World Arts and Cultures/
Dance)
Maylei S. Blackwell, PhD (Chicana and Chicano
Studies, Gender Studies)
Sue-Ellen Case, PhD (Theater)
Michelle F. Erai, PhD (Gender Studies)
Alicia Gaspar de Alba, PhD (Chicana and Chicano
Studies, English, Gender Studies)
Gil Z. Hochberg, PhD (Comparative Literature, Gender
Studies)
Ian W. Holloway, MSW, MPH, PhD (Social Welfare)
Kerri L. Johnson, PhD (Communication Studies,
Psychology)
Rachel C. Lee, PhD, ex officio (English, Gender
Studies)
Undergraduate Study
Lesbian, Gay, Bisexual,
Transgender, and Queer
Studies Minor
To enter the Lesbian, Gay, Bisexual, Transgender, and Queer Studies minor, students must
have an overall grade-point average of 2.0 or
better.
Required Upper Division Courses (28 units):
Lesbian, Gay, Bisexual, Transgender, and
Queer Studies M114, 180SL, and five additional courses (including at least one 181
course and one 183 course) to be selected
from Asian American Studies 187C, Education
147, Gender Studies 187, Lesbian, Gay, Bisexual, Transgender, and Queer Studies M101A
through M101D, M107B, M115, M116, M118,
M125, M126, M133, M134, M136, M137,
M141, M142, M147A, M167, 181, 182, 183,
184, M191D, M191E, Psychology 129E, Scandinavian 174B, Sociology M162.
Students may petition to apply a non-listed
course on the minor if they can show that lesbian, gay, bisexual, transgender, or queer issues represent a significant part (at least 25
percent) of the course content. Students are
strongly urged to keep in close contact with
the program coordinator who can help them
plan their course of study.
A minimum of 20 units applied toward the minor
requirements must be in addition to units
applied toward major requirements or another
minor.
Each minor course must be taken for a letter
grade, and students must have an overall
grade-point average of 2.0 or better. Successful completion of the minor is indicated on the
transcript and diploma.
author, period, genre, or subject to be studied in specific term. May be repeated for credit with topic or instructor change. P/NP or letter grading.
194. Research Group or Internship Seminars: Lesbian, Gay, Bisexual, and Transgender Studies. (2)
Seminar, two hours. Preparation: completion of four
courses toward minor. Requisite: course M114. Corequisite: course 195. Designed for seniors who are
doing internship in lesbian, gay, bisexual, or transgender organization. Discussion of organization theoretical and political issues in context of internship and
relation of those issues to ideas explored in minor
courses already taken. May be repeated for credit.
P/NP grading.
195. Community or Corporate Internships in Lesbian, Gay, Bisexual, and Transgender Studies. (4)
Tutorial, one hour. Preparation: completion of four
courses toward minor. Requisite: course M114. Corequisite: course 194. Limited to seniors. Internship in
supervised setting in lesbian, gay, bisexual, or transgender community organization. Students meet on
regular basis with instructor and provide periodic reports of their experience. May be repeated for credit.
Individual contract with supervising faculty member
required. P/NP or letter grading.
197. Individual Studies in Lesbian, Gay, Bisexual,
and Transgender Studies. (2 to 4) Tutorial, one hour.
Requisite: course M114. Limited to juniors/seniors.
Directed program of independent study or research
on specific topic within lesbian, gay, bisexual, and
transgender studies, with scheduled meetings to be
arranged between faculty member and student. Tangible evidence of mastery of subject matter required.
May be repeated for credit. Individual contract required. P/NP or letter grading.
LIFE SCIENCES
College of Letters and Science
UCLA
222 Hershey Hall
Box 957246
Los Angeles, CA 90095-7246
310-825-6614
fax: 310-825-8290
e-mail: lscore@lifesci.ucla.edu
https://www.lscore.ucla.edu
Frank A. Laski, PhD, Director
Undergraduate Study
Life Sciences Core Curriculum
Required: Chemistry and Biochemistry 14A,
14B, 14BL, 14C, and 14D, or 20A, 20B, 20L,
30A, 30AL, 30B; Mathematics 3A, 3B, and 3C,
or 31A, 31B, and 32A, or Life Sciences 30A,
30B, and Statistics 13; Physics 1A, 1B, 1C,
4AL, and 4BL, or 6A, 6B, and 6C.
Students must also complete one of two life
sciences sequenceseither Life Sciences 1, 2, 3,
4, and 23L OR 7A, 7B, 7C, 23L, and 107. They
may not substitute courses in either sequence.
Each core curriculum course must be passed
with a grade of C or better, and all courses
must be completed with an overall grade-point
average of 2.0 or better. Students receiving a
grade of D or F in two core curriculum courses,
either in separate courses or repetitions of the
same course, are subject to dismissal from the
major.
Transfer Students
Transfer applicants with 90 or more units must
complete the following introductory courses
prior to admission to UCLA: one year of general biology with laboratory for majors, preferably equivalent to Life Sciences 1 and 2 OR 7A,
7B, and 7C, one year of calculus, one year of
general chemistry with laboratory for majors,
and one semester of organic chemistry with
laboratory. A second semester of organic
chemistry or one year of calculus-based physics is strongly recommended but not required
for admission.
Refer to the UCLA Transfer Admission Guide at
http://www.admission.ucla.edu/prospect/Adm
_tr/tradms.htm for up-to-date information regarding transfer selection for admission.
Undergraduate Research
Consortium in Functional
Genomics
The Undergraduate Research Consortium in
Functional Genomics (URCFG) offers a se-
Life Sciences
Lower Division Courses
1. Evolution, Ecology, and Biodiversity. (5) Lecture,
three hours; laboratory, two hours; one field trip. Introduction to principles and mechanisms of evolution by
natural selection; population, behavioral, and community ecology; and biodiversity, including major taxa
and their evolutionary, ecological, and physiological
relationships. P/NP or letter grading.
2. Cells, Tissues, and Organs. (4) Lecture, three
hours; discussion, 75 minutes. Enforced requisite:
Chemistry 14A or 20A. Introduction to basic principles
of cell structure, organization of cells into tissues and
organs, and principles of organ systems. Letter
grading.
3. Introduction to Molecular Biology. (4) Lecture,
three hours; discussion, 75 minutes. Enforced requisites: course 2, and Chemistry 14C or 30A. Corequisite: course 23L (students must take 23L concurrently
with course 3 if they do not plan to take course 4). Introduction to basic principles of biochemistry and
molecular biology. Letter grading.
3A. Introduction to Molecular Biology Laboratory.
(1) Laboratory, three hours; discussion, one hour. Enforced corequisite: course 3. Introductory wet-laboratory designed to prepare students for upper division
laboratory courses for all life sciences departments.
Use of wet-laboratory/bioinformatics methods and
tools applicable in variety of biological fields, molecular biology, microbialbiology, genomic biology, bioinformatics, and psychology. Students conduct inquirybased laboratory experiments and learn basic wetlaboratory skills to guide them to refine their skills to
write their own laboratory reports and to work in
groups as team. Letter grading.
3H. Introduction to Molecular Biology (Honors). (5)
Lecture, two and one half hours; discussion, 90 minutes; movie section, two and one half hours. Enforced
requisites: course 2, and Chemistry 14C or 30A.
Honors course parallel to course 3, but at a more advanced level. Letter grading.
4. Genetics. (5) Lecture, three hours; discussion, 75
minutes. Enforced requisites: courses 2, 3, Chemistry
14A (or 20A), 14C (or 30A). Enforced corequisite:
course 23L. Principles of Mendelian inheritance and
chromosomal basis of heredity in prokaryotes and eukaryotes, recombination, biochemical genetics, mutation, DNA, genetic code, gene regulation, genes in
populations. Letter grading.
4A. Collaborative Learning Workshop. (1) Lecture,
two hours. Enforced corequisite: course 4. Development of problem-solving skills and intuition in genetics in collaborative learning environment. P/NP
grading.
7A. Cell and Molecular Biology. (5) Lecture, three
hours; discussion, 75 minutes. Introduction to basic
principles of cell structure and cell biology, biochemistry, and molecular biology. P/NP or letter grading.
7B. Genetics, Evolution, and Ecology. (5) Lecture,
three hours; discussion, 110 minutes. Enforced requisite: course 7A. Principles of Mendelian inheritance
and population genetics. Introduction to principles
and mechanisms of evolution by natural selection,
population, behavioral, and community ecology, and
biodiversity, including major taxa and their evolutionary, ecological, and physiological relationships.
Letter grading.
7C. Physiology and Human Biology. (4) Lecture,
three hours; discussion, 75 minutes. Enforced requisite: course 7B. Organization of cells into tissues and
organs and principles of physiology of organ systems.
Introduction to human genetics and genomics. Letter
grading.
15. Life: Concepts and Issues. (5) Lecture, three
hours; discussion, two hours. Introduction to important concepts and issues in the field for non-life
sciences majors. Topics include chemistry of life, genetics, physiology, evolution, and ecologyall explored in lecture and debates, with a writing component. P/NP or letter grading.
456 / Linguistics
15L. Life: Concepts and Issues Laboratory. (1)
Laboratory, two hours. Enforced corequisite: course
15. Broad introduction to biology, with focus on scientific literacy and thinking. Topics include scientific
thinking and decision making to interpret and analyze
data, evolution and genetics, physiology (chemistry,
nutrition, reproduction, endocrinology, and neurobiology), and human behavioral biology. Letter grading.
20. Quantitative Concepts for Life Sciences. (5)
Lecture, three hours; discussion, two hours. Preparation: three years of high school mathematics (to algebra II), some basic familiarity with computers. Introduction to variety of quantitative concepts that are
relevant to biology. Designed to enhance quantitative
skills that are essential for success in life sciences,
chemistry, mathematics, and physics courses that
make up core curriculum for life sciences majors at
UCLA. Biological examples used throughout to gain
appreciation of relevance of mathematics to biology.
Letter grading.
23L. Introduction to Laboratory and Scientific
Methodology. (2) Laboratory, three hours; discussion, one hour. Enforced requisite: course 2. Must be
taken concurrently with either course 3 or 4. Introductory life sciences laboratory designed for undergraduate students. Opportunity to conduct wet-laboratory
cutting-edge bioinformatics laboratory experiments.
Students work in groups of three conducting experiments in areas of physiology, metabolism, cell biology, molecular biology, genotyping, and bioinformatics. Letter grading.
30A. Mathematics for Life Scientists. (5) Lecture,
three hours; laboratory, one hour. Preparation: three
years of high school mathematics (to algebra II), some
basic familiarity with computers. Mathematical modeling as tool for understanding dynamics of biological
systems. Fundamental concepts of single-variable
calculus and development of single- and multi-variable differential equation models of dynamical processes in ecology, physiology, and other subjects in
which quantities change with time. Use of free computer program Sage for problem solving, plotting, and
dynamical simulation in laboratory. Letter grading.
30B. Mathematics for Life Scientists. (5) Lecture,
three hours; laboratory, two hours. Enforced requisite:
course 30A. Introduction to concept of matrices and
linear transformations to equip students with some
basic tools to understand dynamics of multivariable
nonlinear systems. Examples from ecological, physiological, chemical, and other systems. Letter grading.
97. Variable Topics in Life Sciences. (1 to 4) Seminar, two to four hours. Current issues in research and/
or development in life sciences. Consult Schedule of
Classes for topics and instructors. May be repeated
once for credit with consent of instructor. P/NP or
letter grading.
98X. PEERS Collaborative Learning Workshops for
Life Sciences Majors. (1) Laboratory, three hours.
Corequisite: associated undergraduate lecture course
in life sciences. Development of intuition and
problem-solving skills in collaborative learning environment. May be repeated three times, but only 1 unit
may be applied toward graduation. P/NP grading.
Graduate Course
375. Teaching Apprentice Practicum. (1 to 4) Seminar, to be arranged. Preparation: apprentice personnel employment as teaching assistant, associate,
or fellow. Teaching apprenticeship under active guidance and supervision of regular faculty member responsible for curriculum and instruction at UCLA.
May be repeated for credit. S/U grading.
LINGUISTICS
College of Letters and Science
UCLA
3125 Campbell Hall
Box 951543
Los Angeles, CA 90095-1543
310-825-0634
fax: 310-206-5743
e-mail: linguist@humnet.ucla.edu
http://www.linguistics.ucla.edu
Bruce P. Hayes, PhD, Chair
Professors
Bruce P. Hayes, PhD
Nina M. Hyams, PhD
Sun-Ah Jun, PhD
Patricia A. Keating, PhD
Hilda J. Koopman, PhD
Anoop K. Mahajan, PhD
Russell G. Schuh, PhD
Carson T. Schtze, PhD
Yael Sharvit, PhD
Dominique L. Sportiche, PhD
Timothy A. Stowell, PhD
Professors Emeriti
Raimo A. Anttila, PhD
George D. Bedell, PhD
Susan R. Curtiss, PhD
Linguistics / 457
Thomas J. Hinnebusch, PhD
Edward L. Keenan, PhD
H. Craig Melchert, PhD (A. Richard Diebold, Jr.,
Endowed Professor Emeritus of Indo-European
Studies)
Pamela L. Munro, PhD
Edward P. Stabler, PhD
Associate Professors
Jessica L. Rett, PhD
Megha Sundara, PhD
W. Harold Torrence, PhD
Kie Ross Zuraw, PhD
Assistant Professors
Robert T. Daland, PhD
David M. Goldstein, PhD
Jesse A. Harris, PhD
Tim Hunter, PhD
Lecturer
Benjamin J. Lewis, MA
Undergraduate Study
The majors described below are of three types:
(1) a major that concentrates entirely on general linguistics, (2) several majors that combine
the basic courses of the general program with
a language concentration or other related
fields, and (3) a major in Applied Linguistics.
The combined majors in conjunction with instructional certification programs are espe-
cially appropriate for students who have nonuniversity teaching careers as goals.
Linguistics BA
Applied Linguistics BA
The Applied Linguistics major provides students with the opportunity to combine training
in the analysis of linguistic structure with
coursework in areas that relate language to
culture, social organization, and learning. Students can select suites of courses that have
the potential of leading to career paths involving language, including but not limited to language teaching (both foreign and English as a
second language), interpretation and translation, editing, speech pathology and communication disorders, accent improvement, computational work with language data, and work in
an international setting with government and
private organizations.
The Major
Required: Ten upper division courses as follows: Linguistics 102 (or 103), 119A (or 120A),
119B (or 120B), two upper division elective
courses taught in the Linguistics Department,
and five courses selected from Anthropology
141, 147, M148W, 149A through 149F, M162,
Applied Linguistics 102W, 153, 155, Arabic
180, 181, Armenian 110, Chicana and Chicano
Studies 164SL, M167SL, M170SL, Communication Studies 119, M125, M144A, French 105,
German 140, Hebrew 180A, 180B, Iranian 131,
Linguistics 114, M116, M146, M176A, M176B,
M177, M178, Portuguese 100A, 100B, Slavic
CM114, Spanish 100A, 100B, 160.
Only one course may be selected from Anthropology 149A through 149F. No more than one
service learning course may be applied. Only
one language course beyond the second year
may fulfill an elective requirement (e.g., Korean
100A can fulfill an elective requirement, but not
Korean 100B or 100C). No more than one
The Major
Required: Eleven upper division or graduate
courses, including Linguistics 103, 120A,
120B, two courses from 110, 120C, and 130
(or 132), and two courses from 165A, 165B,
165C (students may substitute courses 200A,
200B, and 200C for 165A, 165B, and 165C respectively if they receive grades of A in 120A,
120B, and 120C respectively and have consent of instructor). Courses 165A, 165B, and
165C, or 200A, 200B, and 200C, are recommended for students planning linguistics graduate work. The remaining four courses are
electives, three of which must be linguistics
courses (no more than one course from 197,
198A, and 199 may be applied toward the major). The other course may be in linguistics or in
another field as follows: Classics 180, English
113A, 113B, Philosophy C127A, C127B, 172,
458 / Linguistics
Psychology 120A, 124E, 133C, or an upper division course in a foreign language beyond the
sixth term. Nonlinguistics courses not on the
list may be used as electives only in consultation with an adviser.
Linguistics 198A and 198B, or 199, are recommended for students planning to pursue graduate work in linguistics, since they provide an
opportunity to engage in independent research
and to write a paper that can be submitted to
graduate admissions committees. To enroll in
the courses, students must consult with the
departments senior essay and honors
counselor.
Linguistics and
Anthropology BA
Preparation for the Major
Required: Linguistics 20, completion of the
equivalent of the sixth term of one foreign language and the third term of a second foreign
language (at least three terms must be in a language other than those in the Romance,
Slavic, and Germanic families). Anthropology
33 is strongly recommended, when offered.
Transfer Students
Transfer applicants to the Linguistics and Anthropology major with 90 or more units must
complete as many of the following introductory
courses as possible prior to admission to
UCLA: one introduction to linguistics course
and two years of one foreign language and one
year of a second foreign language (at least one
year must be in a language other than those in
the Romance, Slavic, or Germanic families).
One cultural and communication course is
strongly recommended.
Refer to the UCLA Transfer Admission Guide at
http://www.admission.ucla.edu/prospect/Adm
_tr/tradms.htm for up-to-date information regarding transfer selection for admission.
The Major
Required: Eleven upper division courses as follows: Linguistics 102 (or 103), 110, 119A (or
120A), 119B (or 120B or 127), M146; two
courses from 114, 120C, 144, 160, 161, 170;
one course from Anthropology 141 or Sociology M124A; and three upper division electives
from the Anthropology 130 series (one course
only), the 140 series (one course only), the 170
series (one course only), Sociology M124A,
CM125. Linguistics 165A and 165B (or 200A
and 200B with grades of A in 120A and 120B
respectively and consent of instructor) are recommended for students planning to pursue
graduate work in linguistics.
Transfer Students
Transfer applicants to the Linguistics and Asian
Languages and Cultures major with 90 or more
units must complete as many of the following
introductory courses as possible prior to admission to UCLA: two years of either Chinese,
Japanese, or Korean, one introduction to linguistics course, one cultural anthropology
course, one Chinese, Japanese, or Korean civilization course, and one year of a second foreign language.
Refer to the UCLA Transfer Admission Guide at
http://www.admission.ucla.edu/prospect/Adm
_tr/tradms.htm for up-to-date information regarding transfer selection for admission.
The Major
Required: Linguistics 103, 110, 120A, 120B,
165A (or 165B), one upper division elective in
linguistics; for the classical Japanese track:
Japanese 100A, 100B, four courses from
CM122, 140A, 140B, 140C, C149; for the modern Japanese track: Japanese 100A, 100B,
100C, three courses from M120, CM122,
CM123 or CM127, 130B; for the classical Chinese track: Chinese 110A, 110B, 110C, three
courses from 140A through 140D, 165, 187; for
the modern Chinese track: Chinese 100A,
100B, 100C, three courses from 101A, 101B,
130A, 130B; for the Korean track: Korean
100A, 100B, 100C, three courses from 101A,
101B, 101C, CM120, CM127, 130A, 130B.
The Major
Required: Eleven upper division courses as follows: Linguistics 102 (or 103), 119A (or 120A),
120B, 120C, 165A (or 165B or 165C), 180,
185A, Computer Science 131, 132 (or 161),
180, 181.
The Major
Required: Twelve upper division courses as follows: Linguistics 103, 110, 120A, 120B, 165A
or 165B (or 200A or 200B with a grade of A in
120A or 120B respectively and consent of instructor), one upper division elective in linguistics, English 113A, 113B, 120, and three electives from 140A, 140B, 150A, 150B, 151, the 150
series (one course only), the 160 series (one
course only), the 170 series (one course only).
The Major
Required: Eleven upper division courses as follows: Linguistics 103, 110, 120A, 120B, 165A
(or 165B), one upper division elective in linguistics, French 100, 101, 105, 107, and one elective upper division French course beyond the
sixth term.
Linguistics / 459
Transfer Students
Transfer applicants to the Linguistics and Italian major with 90 or more units must complete
as many of the following introductory courses
as possible prior to admission to UCLA: two
years of Italian, one year of Latin, one introduction to linguistics course, and one cultural anthropology course.
Refer to the UCLA Transfer Admission Guide at
http://www.admission.ucla.edu/prospect/Adm
_tr/tradms.htm for up-to-date information regarding transfer selection for admission.
The Major
Required: Twelve upper division courses as follows: Linguistics 103, 110, 120A, 120B, 165A
or 165B (or 200A or 200B with a grade of A in
120A or 120B respectively and consent of
instructor), two upper division electives in linguistics, Italian 102A, 180, and three upper
division electives in Italian.
The Major
Required: Twelve upper division courses as follows: Linguistics 102 (or 103), 119A (or 120A),
120B, 120C, 165B (or 165C or 180), one upper
division elective in linguistics; six upper division courses in philosophy, including at least
five from Philosophy 124 through 135, 170,
172, 174, 180, 181, 184, of which at least two
must be from 127A, 127B, 172.
Transfer Students
Transfer applicants to the Linguistics and Psychology major with 90 or more units must
complete as many of the following introductory
courses as possible prior to admission to
UCLA: one introduction to linguistics course,
one introduction to psychology course, one introduction to cognitive science course, one
psychological statistics course, one psychology research methods course, and two years
of one foreign language and one year of a second foreign language. One introduction to programming course is strongly recommended.
Refer to the UCLA Transfer Admission Guide at
http://www.admission.ucla.edu/prospect/Adm
_tr/tradms.htm for up-to-date information regarding transfer selection for admission.
The Major
Required: Eleven upper division courses (six in
linguistics and five in psychology) as follows:
Linguistics 102 (or 103), 119A (or 120A), 119B
(or 120B), 130, 132, and one upper division
elective in linguistics (multiple-listed courses
may not be applied). Linguistics C135 or 165A
or 165B (or 200A or 200B with a grade of A in
120A or 120B respectively and consent of instructor) is strongly recommended. Also required are Psychology 120A, 121, 133B, and
two electives to be selected from 115, 116,
M117C, 118, M119L, 124A, 124B, 124C, 124E,
130, 133C, 133E, 133F, 186A, 186B.
The Major
Required: Eleven upper division courses as follows: Linguistics 103, 110, 120A, 120B, 165A
or 165B (or 200A or 200B with a grade of A in
120A or 120B respectively and consent of instructor), one upper division elective in linguistics, two courses from Scandinavian 105, 106,
107 (or one of these courses twice), 197 (in a
topic related to Scandinavian linguistics, under
the direction of a Scandinavian or Linguistics
faculty member), and three upper division electives in Scandinavian.
The Major
Required: Twelve upper division courses as follows: Linguistics 103, 110, 120A, 120B, 165A
(or 165B), one additional upper division course
in linguistics, Spanish 100A, 100B, 119, 160,
and two additional upper division Spanish
courses.
Honors Program
Departmental honors are awarded at graduation to those students who have a grade-point
average of 3.6 or better in their junior and senior years and who have received a grade of A
in Linguistics 198A and 198B or in 199. Qualified students may be proposed by any member of the faculty to the faculty as a whole for
the award of highest honors on the basis of a
piece of research in linguistics completed at
UCLA.
Computing Specialization
Students in any of the departmental majors
(except Linguistics and Computer Science)
may select a specialization in Computing by (1)
satisfying all the requirements for a bachelors
degree in the specified major and (2) completing Program in Computing 10A and 10B and
10C (or Computer Science 31 and 32), Linguistics 180, 185A, Mathematics 61. Students
graduate with a bachelors degree in their major and a specialization in Computing.
Linguistics Minor
The Linguistics minor is designed for students
where training in linguistic analysis could be an
enhancement to their major programs and to
students who are interested in language(s) but
do not have time in their undergraduate
programs to pursue multiquarter language
sequences. In addition, the minor provides
students with a way to design custom joint
degrees with linguistics where the Linguistics
Department does not have an existing joint
degree program combining linguistics and
another field.
To enter the minor, students must have an
overall grade-point average of 2.0 or better.
460 / Linguistics
Required Lower Division Course (5 units): Linguistics 20.
Required Upper Division Courses (27 to 30
units): Six courses, which must include Linguistics 102 (or 103), 119A (or 120A), 119B (or
120B), two elective courses selected from 104
through 185B, and an additional elective linguistics course, which may be upper or lower
division.
Students who plan to complete the 165 course
series must first take the corresponding 120
course series.
A minimum of 20 units applied toward the minor
requirements must be in addition to units
applied toward major requirements or another
minor.
Each minor course must be taken for a letter
grade, and students must have an overall
grade-point average of 2.0 or better. Successful completion of the minor is indicated on the
transcript and diploma.
Graduate Study
Official, specific degree requirements are detailed in Program Requirements for UCLA
Graduate Degrees, available at the Graduate
Division website, http://grad.ucla.edu. In many
cases, more detailed guidelines may be outlined in announcements, other publications,
and websites of the schools, departments, and
programs.
Graduate Degrees
The Department of Linguistics offers Master
of Arts (MA), Candidate in Philosophy (CPhil),
and Doctor of Philosophy (PhD) degrees in
Linguistics.
Linguistics
Lower Division Courses
1. Introduction to Study of Language. (5) Lecture,
three hours; discussion, one hour. Summary, for general undergraduates, of what is known about human
language; unique nature of human language, its structure, its universality, and its diversity; language in its
social and cultural setting; language in relation to
other aspects of human inquiry and knowledge. P/NP
or letter grading.
2. Language in U.S. (5) Lecture, four hours; discussion, one hour (when scheduled). Survey of languages
of U.S. (American Indian languages, oldest immigrant
languages, ethnic and regional varieties of English,
and newest arrival languages) and social and political
aspects of American language use. P/NP or letter
grading.
3. American Sign Language: Structure and Culture. (5) Lecture, four hours; discussion, one hour
(when scheduled). Knowledge of American Sign Language (ASL) not required. Introduction to principles of
linguistics through study of structure of American
Sign Language and culture of deaf Americans. Phonology, morphology, syntax of ASL, historical change,
signed language universals, education, identity, and
ASL literature. P/NP or letter grading.
4. Language and Evolution. (5) Lecture, four hours;
discussion, one hour (when scheduled). Basic concepts and tools of evolutionary theory and linguistics
relevant to how organisms with linguistic abilities
could evolve, and how particular languages, as cultural artifacts, survive and change so rapidly. P/NP or
letter grading.
5. World Languages. (5) Lecture, four hours; discussion, one hour (when scheduled). Introduction to linguistic diversity of world and to such core areas of linguistics as study of sound production and patterning
(phonetics and phonology), word formation (morphology), and sentence formation (syntax). Structural
characteristics of world languages and methods of
classifying languages into families and types. Detailed
discussion of representative languages with audiovisual illustrations to acquaint students with distinctive
features of several key language families. Discussion
of such linguistic concepts as pidgins and creoles,
unaffiliated languages, language contact, and language endangerment, together with related sociopolitical issues. P/NP or letter grading.
6. Out of Mouths of Babes. (4) Lecture, six hours.
How children acquire language, most complex of
human cognitive achievements. Look at amazing linguistic abilities of infants and their first perception and
production of speech sounds, then investigation of
how children learn words and rules for producing and
understanding sentences. Language acquisition in
special populations such as children acquiring sign
languages, bilingual children, and people acquiring
language beyond critical period. Focus mainly on English, with consideration of other languages. Offered
in summer only. P/NP or letter grading.
8. Language in Context. (4) Lecture, four hours; discussion, one hour (when scheduled). How is meaning
of language influenced by world around us? Introduction to pragmatics, speech acts, ordinary language
philosophy, and linguistic relativity. Good foundation
for students of linguistic theory, philosophy, sociology,
anthropology, and communication studies. P/NP or
letter grading.
M10. Structure of English Words. (5) (Same as English M40.) Lecture, four hours; discussion, one hour.
Introduction to structure of English words of classical
origin, including most common base forms and rules
by which alternate forms are derived. Students may
expect to achieve substantial enrichment of their vocabulary while learning about etymology, semantic
change, and abstract rules of English word formation.
P/NP or letter grading.
11. Language in Action: Perspectives from Applied
Linguistics. (5) (Formerly numbered Applied Linguistics 10.) Lecture, three hours; discussion, two hours.
Not open for credit to students with credit for former
Applied Linguistics 10 or 10W. Introduction to rich variety of topics, approaches, research, and resources
in interdisciplinary field of applied linguistics as it is
practiced at UCLA. Series of presentations by various
faculty members whose work is in those areas. Introduction to various ways language works in real life
and how this can be described and studied in systematic ways; designed to teach students to write effectively. Letter grading.
20. Introduction to Linguistic Analysis. (5) Lecture,
four hours; discussion, one hour (when scheduled).
Introduction to theory and methods of linguistics: universal properties of human language; phonetic, phonological, morphological, syntactic, and semantic
structures and analysis; nature and form of grammar.
P/NP or letter grading.
88A-88B. Lower Division Seminars. (4-4) Seminar,
three hours. Limited to freshmen/sophomores. Variable topics; consult Schedule of Classes, College of
Letters and Science, or department for topics to be
offered in specific term. May be repeated for credit.
P/NP or letter grading.
97. Variable Topics in Linguistics. (1 to 4) Seminar,
three hours; fieldwork, two hours. Variable topics offered by departmental faculty members. May be repeated for credit with topic change. P/NP or letter
grading.
Linguistics / 461
phonetic phenomena that occur in languages of
world. Extensive practice in perception and production of such phenomena. P/NP or letter grading.
104. Experimental Phonetics. (5) Lecture, four hours;
discussion, one hour (when scheduled). Requisite:
course 102 or 103. Survey of principal techniques of
experimental phonetics. Use of laboratory equipment
for recording and measuring phonetic phenomena.
P/NP or letter grading.
105. Morphology. (5) Lecture, four hours; discussion,
one hour (when scheduled). Enforced requisite:
course 20. In linguistics, morphology is study of word
structure. Morphological theory seeks to answer
questions such as how should words and their component parts (roots, prefixes, suffixes, vowel changes)
be classified crosslinguistically? how do speakers
store, produce, and process complex words (words
with affixes, compounds)? how do speakers know
how to produce correct word forms even when they
have not previously heard them and how do speakers
know that particular words are well-formed or illformed? is there principled distinction in traditional division between inflection and derivation? how can we
best account for variation in forms that are same (e.g.,
root in keep/kept even though vowels are different)?
can we formulate crosslinguistic generalizations
about word structure? P/NP or letter grading.
110. Introduction to Historical Linguistics. (5) Lecture, four hours; discussion, one hour (when scheduled). Requisites: courses 20, 102 or 103, 119A or
120A. Methods and theories appropriate to historical
study of language, such as comparative method and
method of internal reconstruction. Sound change,
grammatical change, semantic change. P/NP or letter
grading.
110G. Introduction to Historical Linguistics for
Graduate Students. (2) Lecture, four hours. Limited
to and designed for entering linguistics graduate students to help remedy entrance deficiencies in historical linguistics. Basic historical linguistics: methods
and theories appropriate to historical study of language, such as comparative methods and method of
internal reconstruction. Sound change, grammatical
change, semantic change. S/U grading.
111. Intonation. (4) Lecture, two hours; laboratory,
two hours. Requisites: courses 20, 102 or 103, one
course from 119A, 119B, 120A, or 120B. Recommended: course 104 or 204A. Survey of intonational
theory for English and other languages, with particular
emphasis on phonological models of intonation. Laboratory equipment used for recording and analyzing
intonation, and students learn to transcribe intonational elements. Letter grading.
114. American Indigenous Linguistics. (5) Lecture,
four hours; discussion, one hour (when scheduled).
Strongly recommended preparation: course 20.
Survey of genetic, areal, and typological classifications of American indigenous languages; writing systems for American indigenous languages; American
indigenous languages in social and historical context.
One or more languages may be investigated in detail.
P/NP or letter grading.
M116. Introduction to Japanese Linguistics. (4)
(Same as Japanese M120.) Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour. Enforced requisite: Japanese 3 or
8 or Japanese placement test. Introduction to Japanese grammar and sociolinguistics through reading,
discussion, and problem solving in phonology, syntax,
semantics, and discourse pragmatics. Letter grading.
119A. Phonological Structures. (5) Lecture, four
hours; discussion, one hour (when scheduled). Enforced requisites: courses 20, and 102 or 103. Not
open for credit to students with credit for course
120A. Sound structures and sound patterns in worlds
languages. Rules, rule ordering, features, syllable, and
higher structure. Comparison of sound patterns of different languages. Tools of phonology as applicable to
other fields. P/NP or letter grading.
119B. Syntactic Structures. (5) Lecture, four hours;
discussion, one hour (when scheduled). Enforced requisite: course 20 with grade of B or better. Not open
for credit to students with credit for course 120B.
Syntactic structures and syntactic patterns in worlds
languages. Basic tools of syntactic analysis. Comparison of syntactic patterns of different languages. Tools
of syntax as applicable to other fields. P/NP or letter
grading.
120A. Phonology I. (5) Lecture, four hours; discussion, one hour (when scheduled). Requisites: courses
20, 103. Introduction to phonological theory and analysis. Rules, representations, underlying forms, derivations. Justification of phonological analyses. Emphasis on practical skills with problem sets. P/NP or
letter grading.
120B. Syntax I. (5) Lecture, four hours; discussion,
one hour (when scheduled). Requisite: course 20 with
grade of B or better. Course 120A is not requisite to
120B. Descriptive analysis of morphological and syntactic structures in natural languages; emphasis on insight into nature of such structures rather than linguistics formalization. P/NP or letter grading.
120C. Semantics I. (5) Lecture, four hours; discussion, one hour (when scheduled). Requisite: course
120B. Survey of most important theoretical and descriptive claims about nature of meaning. P/NP or
letter grading.
127. Syntactic Typology and Universals. (5) Lecture, four hours; discussion, one hour (when scheduled). Requisite: course 20. Study of essential similarities and differences among languages in grammatical
devices they use to signal the following kinds of concepts: relations between nouns and verbs (case and
word order), negation, comparison, existence/location/possession, causation, interrogation, reflexivization, relativization, attribution (adjectives), time (tense
and aspect), and backgrounding (subordination). Data
from a range of languages presented and analyzed. P/
NP or letter grading.
C128A-C128B. Romance Syntax: French. (4-4)
Lecture, four hours. Preparation: some knowledge of
French (or one Romance language). Enforced requisite: course 120B. Course C128A is enforced requisite to C128B. Aspects of structure of French language, with emphasis on properties of construction
not found in English. Concurrently scheduled with
courses C228A-C228B. P/NP or letter grading.
130. Language Development. (5) Lecture, four hours;
discussion, one hour (when scheduled). Requisites:
courses 20, 119A or 120A, 119B or 120B. Survey of
research and theoretical perspectives in language development in children. Discussion and examination of
child language data from English and other languages. Emphasis on universals of language development. Topics include infant speech perception and
production, development of phonology, morphology,
syntax, and word meaning. P/NP or letter grading.
132. Language Processing. (5) Lecture, four hours;
laboratory, one hour (when scheduled). Requisites:
courses 20, 119A or 120A, 119B or 120B. Central issues in language comprehension and production,
with emphasis on how theories in linguistics inform
processing models. Topics include word understanding (with emphasis on spoken language),
parsing, anaphora and inferencing, speech error
models of sentence production, and computation of
syntactic structure during production. P/NP or letter
grading.
C135. Neurolinguistics. (5) Lecture, four hours; discussion, one hour (when scheduled). Requisites:
courses 1 or 20, and 130. Examination of relationship
between brain, language, and linguistic theory, with
evidence presented from atypical language development and language disorders in the mature brain.
Topics include methodologies to investigate normal
and atypical hemispheric specialization for language
and children and adults with acquired and/or congenital language disorders. Concurrently scheduled with
course C235. P/NP or letter grading.
C140. Bilingualism and Second Language Acquisition. (5) Lecture, four hours; discussion, one hour
(when scheduled). Requisites: courses 119A or 120A,
119B or 120B, 130. Introduction to study of childhood
bilingualism and adult and child second language (L2)
acquisition, with focus on understanding nature of L2
grammar and grammatical processes underlying L2/
462 / Linguistics
linguistics. Form of grammars, word formation, formal
and substantive universals in syntax, relation between
syntax and semantics. P/NP or letter grading.
165C. Semantics II. (5) Lecture, four hours; discussion, one hour (when scheduled). Requisite: course
120C. Recommended for students who plan to do
graduate work in linguistics. Further study in relevant
logics, relations between sentences, lexical semantics, tense and aspect, adverbs, modality and intensionality. P/NP or letter grading.
170. Language and Society: Introduction to Sociolinguistics. (4) Lecture, four hours; discussion, one
hour (when scheduled). Requisite: course 20. Study of
patterned covariation of language and society; social
dialects and social styles in language; problems of
multilingual societies. P/NP or letter grading.
175. Linguistic Change in English. (5) Lecture, four
hours. Requisites: courses 110, 120A, 120B. Principles of linguistic change as exemplified through detailed study of history of English pronunciation, lexicon, and syntax. P/NP or letter grading.
M176A. Japanese Phonology and Morphology. (4)
(Same as Japanese CM122.) Lecture, three hours;
discussion, one hour. Recommended preparation:
two or more years of Japanese. Survey of Japanese
phonetics, phonology, and morphology. Letter
grading.
M176B. Structure of Japanese. (4) (Same as Japanese CM123.) Lecture, three hours; discussion, one
hour. Recommended preparation: two years of Japanese. Functional linguistic analysis of grammatical
structures of Japanese, often in form of contrastive
analysis of Japanese, English, and other languages.
Letter grading.
M177. Structure of Korean. (4) (Same as Korean
CM120.) Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour.
Recommended preparation: two years of Korean, or
one year of Korean and some knowledge of linguistics. Discussion of major syntactic, semantic, and
pragmatic characteristics of Korean in light of linguistic universals, with brief introduction to formation,
typological features, and phonological structure of
Korean. Letter grading.
M178. Contrastive Analysis of Japanese and Korean. (4) (Same as Japanese CM127 and Korean
CM127.) Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour.
Recommended preparation: two years of Japanese
and knowledge of Hangul, or two years of Korean and
knowledge of Hiragana. Prior linguistic background
also recommended. Critical reading and discussion of
selected current research papers in syntax, pragmatics, discourse, and sociolinguistics from perspective of contrastive study of Japanese and Korean.
Letter grading.
180. Mathematical Structures in Language I. (5)
Lecture, four hours; discussion, one hour (when
scheduled). Requisite: course 119B or 120B. Recommended: Philosophy 31. Prior mathematics knowledge not assumed. Mathematical introduction to phonology, syntax, and semantics. Elementary material
on logic, sets, functions, relations, and trees. P/NP or
letter grading.
185A. Computational Linguistics I. (5) Lecture, four
hours; laboratory, one hour. Requisites: courses
120B, 180, Program in Computing 10B (or Computer
Science 32). Recommended: course 165B or 200B.
Survey of recent work on natural language processing, including basic syntactic parsing strategies,
with brief glimpses of semantic representation, reasoning, and response generation. P/NP or letter
grading.
185B. Computational Linguistics II. (5) Lecture, four
hours; laboratory, one hour. Requisite: course 185A.
Extensions of basic language processing techniques
to natural language processing. Recent models of
syntactic, semantic, and discourse analysis, with particular attention to their linguistic sophistication and
psychological plausibility. P/NP or letter grading.
191A. Variable Topics Research Seminars: Linguistics. (4) Seminar, three hours. Requisite: course 1 or
20. Research seminar on selected topics. Reading,
discussion, and development of culminating project.
May be repeated for credit with topic change. P/NP or
letter grading.
191B. Variable Topics Research Seminars: Linguistics. (2 or 4) Seminar, three hours. Research seminar
on selected topics. Reading, discussion, and development of culminating project. May be repeated for
credit with topic change. P/NP or letter grading.
192A-192B. Undergraduate Practicum in Linguistics. (4-2) Seminar, seven hours (course 192A) and
six hours (course 192B). Limited to juniors/seniors.
Training and supervised practicum for advanced undergraduate students to assist in linguistics courses.
Students assist in preparation of materials and development of innovative programs under guidance of
faculty members and teaching assistants. May not be
applied toward course requirements for any Linguistics Department major. Individual contract required.
Information and contracts may be obtained from Linguistics Department. P/NP grading.
197. Individual Studies in Linguistics. (2 to 4) Tutorial, four hours. Requisite: course 1 or 20. Limited to
juniors/seniors. Individual intensive study, with scheduled meetings to be arranged between faculty
member and student. Assigned reading and tangible
evidence of mastery of subject matter required. May
be repeated for credit. Individual contract required.
P/NP or letter grading.
198A. Honors Research in Linguistics I. (4) Tutorial,
to be arranged. Preparation: 3.5 grade-point average.
Requisite or corequisite: course 165A (or 200A) or
165B (or 200B). Recommended: completion of both
courses 165A and 165B (or 200A and 200B) before or
during term in which course 198A is taken. Limited to
juniors/seniors. Development of honors thesis or
comprehensive research project on linguistic topic
selected by student under direct supervision of faculty member. Consult professor in charge to enroll.
May be repeated for credit. Individual contract required. In Progress grading (credit to be given only on
completion of course 198B).
198B. Honors Research in Linguistics II. (2) Tutorial,
to be arranged. Requisite: course 198A. Limited to juniors/seniors. Completion of honors thesis or comprehensive research project begun in course 198A
under direct supervision of faculty member. Consult
professor in charge to enroll. May be repeated for
credit. Individual contract required. Letter grading.
199. Directed Research or Senior Project in Linguistics. (4) Tutorial, to be arranged. Limited to senior
Linguistics majors. Supervised individual research or
investigation of linguistic topic selected by student
under guidance of faculty mentor. Culminating paper
required. Consult professor in charge to enroll. May
be repeated for credit. Individual contract required.
P/NP or letter grading.
Graduate Courses
200A. Phonological Theory I. (4) Preparation: graduate linguistics student or grade of A in course 120A
or equivalent course in phonology. Courses 200A and
201 form two-course survey of current research in
phonological theory. Interaction of phonology with
morphology and syntax, syllable structure, stress.
200B. Syntactic Theory I. (4) Preparation: graduate
linguistics student or grade of A in course 120B or
equivalent course in syntax. In-depth introduction to
selected topics in theory of constituent structure and
syntax of predicates, arguments, and grammatical relations. Topics include levels of representation, X-bar
theory, case theory, thematic roles, the lexicon, grammatical function-changing rules, head-complement
relations.
200C. Semantic Theory I. (4) Lecture, four hours.
Requisite: course 180 or 208. Overview of current results and research methods in linguistic semantics.
Topics include generalized quantifiers and semantic
universals, predicate argument structures, variable
binding and pronominalization, formal semantic interpretation, syntax and LF, tense, ellipsis, and focus.
Letter grading.
201A. Phonological Theory II. (4) Lecture, four hours.
Requisite: course 200A. Continuation of course 200A.
Second course in two-course survey of current research in phonological theory. Topics include autosegmentalism (tone, tiers, segment structure), feature theory, underspecification, prosodic morphology.
S/U or letter grading.
201B. Syntactic Theory II. (4) Lecture, four hours.
Requisite: course 200B. In-depth introduction to selected topics in theory of movement processes and
topics selected from following areas: WH-movement
and related rules, subjacency and other constraints
on movement; ECP and related conditions on distribution of empty categories; resumptive pronoun constructions; parametric variation in movement constructions; LF WH-movement; filters; reconstruction;
parasitic gaps; barriers theory; control theory; null
subject parameter. S/U or letter grading.
201C. Semantic Theory II. (4) Lecture, four hours.
Requisites: courses 200C, 208. Survey of current approaches to model-theoretic semantics and its relation to current linguistic theory. Approaches include
generalized
categorial
grammars,
Montague
grammar, Boolean-based systems, generalized quantifier theory, logical form. S/U or letter grading.
202. Language Change. (4) Requisites: courses 110,
200A, 200B. Survey of current theories and research
problems in language change.
203. Phonetic Theory. (4) Requisite: course 120A.
Preliminaries to speech analysis. Functional anatomy
of vocal organs; fundamental principles of acoustics
and of acoustic theory of speech production; issues
in perception of speech; nature and design of feature
systems for phonetic and phonological analysis.
204A. Experimental Phonetics. (4) Lecture, three
hours. Requisite: course 103. Use of laboratory
equipment to investigate articulatory, acoustic, and
perceptual properties of speech. Topics include experimental design and statistics; theoretical basis of
acoustic structure of speech sounds; computerbased speech processing, analysis, and modeling;
perceptual and acoustic evaluation of synthetic
speech. S/U or letter grading.
204B. Speech Production. (4) Lecture, three hours;
laboratory, one hour. Requisite: course 104 or 204A.
Survey of topics in speech production research, especially as related to linguistic phonetics. Topics include physiology of vocal tract and models of speech
production and articulatory/acoustic relations. Emphasis on use of laboratory methods such as aerodynamic transducers, electroglottography, static and
electropalatography, electromagnetic articulography,
and imaging techniques. S/U or letter grading.
204C. Speech Perception. (2 to 4) Lecture, four
hours. Recommended requisite: course 104 (or 204A)
or 111 (or 211). Limited to graduate students. Survey
of topics in speech perception research. Topics include auditory physiology and psychophysics, categorical speech perception, and cross-linguistic
speech perception and word recognition. Emphasis
on use of experimental methods such as lexical decision, gating, priming, eye tracking, phoneme monitoring, and word spotting. S/U or letter grading.
205. Morphological Theory. (4) Requisites: courses
200A, 200B. Survey of current theories and research
problems in morphology. Nature of morphological
structure; derivational and inflectional morphology;
relation of morphology to phonology, syntax, and the
lexicon.
208. Mathematical Structures in Language I. (5)
Lecture, four hours; discussion, one hour. Requisite:
course 120B. Recommended: Philosophy 31. Prior
mathematics knowledge not assumed. Mathematical
introduction to phonology, syntax, and semantics. Elementary material on logic, sets, functions, relations,
and trees. S/U or letter grading.
209A. Computational Linguistics I. (5) Lecture, four
hours; laboratory, one hour. Survey of recent work on
natural language processing, including basic syn-
Linguistics / 463
tactic parsing strategies, with brief glimpses of semantic representation, reasoning, and response generation. S/U or letter grading.
209B. Computational Linguistics II. (5) Lecture, four
hours; laboratory, one hour. Requisite: course 209A.
Extensions of basic language processing techniques
to natural language processing. Recent models of
syntactic, semantic, and discourse analysis, with particular attention to their linguistic sophistication and
psychological plausibility. S/U or letter grading.
209C. Computational Semantics. (4) Lecture, four
hours. Preparation: basic knowledge of semantics.
Requisite: course 185A or 209A. Study of algorithms
to compute and reason with meanings of sentences
and texts. Phenomena such as anaphor resolution,
presupposition projection, and tracking time, objects,
and space to be covered. S/U or letter grading.
210A. Field Methods I. (4) Lecture, four hours.
Preparation: grade of B or better in course 103 or in
examination on practical phonetics. Requisites:
courses 200A, 200B. Analysis of a language unknown
to members of class from data elicited from a native
speaker of the language. Term papers to be relatively
full descriptive sketches of the language. May be repeated for credit with topic change. S/U or letter
grading.
210B. Field Methods II. (4) Lecture, four hours. Requisite: course 210A in preceding term. Because different languages are investigated in different years,
course 210B can only be taken as direct continuation
of 210A in same year. When there are multiple sections, continuation must be in same section. May be
repeated for credit with topic change. S/U or letter
grading.
211. Intonation. (4) Lecture, two hours; laboratory,
two hours. Requisite: course 120A or 120B. Survey of
intonational theory for English and other languages,
with particular emphasis on phonological models of
intonation. Laboratory equipment used for recording
and analyzing intonation, and students learn to transcribe intonational elements. Letter grading.
212. Learnability Theory. (4) Lecture, four hours.
Requisite: course 180 or 208. Survey of some of most
significant results on capabilities of learners, given
precise assumptions about their memory, time, and
computational power, and precise assumptions about
information provided by environment. S/U or letter
grading.
213A. Grammatical Development. (4) Requisites:
courses 200A, 200B. Recommended: course 130 or
233. Survey of theoretical perspectives and contemporary empirical research in development of syntax
and other components of grammar, with particular
emphasis on acquisition theory, linguistic theory, and
issues of learnability.
213B. Brain Bases for Language. (4) Requisites:
courses 200A, 200B. Recommended: course C135 or
C235. Survey of theoretical perspectives and contemporary empirical research in neurological and cognitive bases for language, language development, and
language breakdown.
213C. Linguistic Processing. (4) Lecture, four hours.
Requisites: courses 165B and/or 200B. Recommended: courses 132 or 232, 201B. Survey of theoretical perspectives and contemporary empirical research in human processing of language (comprehension and/or production), with emphasis on syntactic
processing, ambiguity resolution, effects of memory
load, and relationship between grammar and processor. S/U or letter grading.
214. Survey of Current Syntactic Theories. (4) Lecture, four hours. Requisite: course 201B. Survey of
several current syntactic theories, compared with one
another and with theory discussed in course 201B,
from point of view of theories relative descriptive and
explanatory power. S/U or letter grading.
215. Syntactic Typology. (2 or 4) Lecture, four hours.
Requisite: course 200B. Current results in word-order
universals; genetic classification of worlds languages;
cross-language properties of specific construction
types, including relative clauses, passives, positive
and negative coreference systems, agreement systems, deixis systems, and types of sentence complements. S/U or letter grading.
216. Syntactic Theory III. (4) Lecture, four hours.
Requisite: course 201B. Selected topics on syntactic
theories of anaphora and quantification from the following areas: typology of binding categories (pronouns, anaphors, etc.); theory of locality conditions in
binding theory; parametric variation in binding; quantifier movement; existential quantification and unselective binding; strong and weak crossover; superiority; scope interactions; complex quantifier structures. S/U or letter grading.
217. Experimental Phonology. (4) Lecture, four hours.
Requisite: course 200A. Survey of experimental work
that bears on claims about speakers knowledge of
phonology, including theories of lexicon, relation between perception and phonology, and universal
markedness relations. Letter grading.
218. Mathematical Structures in Language II. (4)
Lecture, four hours. Requisite: course 180 or 208. Indepth study of generalized quantifier theory; selected
topics from distinctive feature theory, formal syntax,
partial orders and lattices, formal language theory,
variable binding operators. May be repeated for credit
with consent of instructor. S/U or letter grading.
219. Phonological Theory III. (4) Lecture, four hours.
Requisite: course 201A. Current research and issues
in phonological theory. Topics include structure of
phonological representations, relations between representations, architecture of grammar, and explanations for phonological typology. S/U or letter grading.
220. Linguistic Areas. (4) Requisites: courses 120A,
and 120B or 127. Recommended: courses 165A or
200A, 165B or 200B. Analysis and classification of
languages spoken in a particular area (e.g., Africa, the
Balkans, South Asia, Southeast Asia, Australia, Aboriginal North America, Aboriginal South America, Far
East, etc.). May be repeated for credit with topic
change.
225. Linguistic Structures. (4) Lecture, four hours.
Requisites: courses 120A, and 120B or 127. Recommended: courses 165A or 200A, 165B or 200B. Phonological and grammatical structure of a selected language and its genetic relationships to others of its
family. May be repeated for credit with topic change.
S/U or letter grading.
C228A-C228B. Romance Syntax: French. (4-4)
Lecture, four hours. Preparation: some knowledge of
French (or one Romance language). Enforced requisite: course 120B. Course C228A is enforced requisite to C228B. Aspects of structure of French language, with emphasis on properties of construction
not found in English. Concurrently scheduled with
course C128A-C128B. S/U or letter grading.
230. History of Linguistics. (4) Requisites: courses
200A, 200B. Aspects of history of linguistics. Different
course offerings may deal with different areas of linguistics (e.g., phonology, syntax) or with different historical periods. May be repeated for credit with topic
change.
232. Language Processing. (5) Lecture, four hours;
laboratory, one hour. Central issues in language comprehension and production, with emphasis on how
theories in linguistics inform processing models.
Topics include word understanding (with emphasis on
spoken language), parsing, anaphora and inferencing,
speech error models of sentence production, and
computation of syntactic structure during production.
S/U or letter grading.
233. Language Development. (5) Lecture, four hours.
Requisites: courses 20, 120A, 120B. Survey of research and theoretical perspectives in language development in children. Discussion and examination of
child language data from English and other languages. Emphasis on universals of language development. Topics include infant speech perception and
production, development of phonology, morphology,
syntax, and word meaning. S/U or letter grading.
C235. Neurolinguistics. (5) Lecture, four hours; discussion, one hour (when scheduled). Requisites:
courses 1 or 20, and 130. Examination of relationship
464 / Management
254A. Topics in Linguistics. (4) Seminar, four hours.
Requisites: courses 200A, 200B. Course 201A, 201B,
201C, 202, 203, 204A, 205, 208, 209A, 209B, 212,
213A, 213C, 214, 215, 216, or 218 may be required.
Individual proseminars on topics such as child language, sociolinguistics, neurolinguistics, computational linguistics, psycholinguistics, etc. Meets with
course 254B. May be repeated for credit. Letter
grading.
254B. Topics in Linguistics. (2) Seminar, four hours.
Requisites: courses 200A, 200B. Course 201A, 201B,
201C, 202, 203, 204A, 205, 208, 209A, 209B, 212,
213A, 213C, 214, 215, 216, or 218 may be required.
Individual proseminars on topics such as child language, sociolinguistics, neurolinguistics, computational linguistics, psycholinguistics, etc. May not be
applied toward MA degree requirements. Meets with
course 254A. May be repeated for credit. S/U
grading.
260A-260B-260C. Seminars: Phonetics. (2 or 4
each) Seminar, three hours. Each course may be
taken independently for credit. May not be applied toward MA or PhD degree requirements when taken for
2 units. May be repeated for credit. S/U grading.
261A-261B-261C. Seminars: Phonology. (2 or 4
each) Seminar, three hours. Each course may be
taken independently for credit. May not be applied toward MA or PhD degree requirements when taken for
2 units. May be repeated for credit. S/U grading.
262A-262B-262C. Seminars: Syntax and Semantics. (2 or 4 each) Seminar, three hours. Each course
may be taken independently for credit. May not be
applied toward MA or PhD degree requirements when
taken for 2 units. May be repeated for credit. S/U
grading.
264A-264B-264C. Seminars: Psycholinguistics/
Neurolinguistics. (2 or 4 each) Seminar, three hours.
Special topics may include child language, neurolinguistics, psycholinguistics, sociolinguistics, etc. Each
course may be taken independently for credit. May
not be applied toward MA degree requirements when
taken for 2 units. May be repeated for credit. S/U
grading.
265A-265B-265C. American Indian Linguistics
Seminar. (1 or 4 each) Seminar, two hours; fieldwork,
four hours. Presentation of research on American Indian linguistics. Each course may be taken independently for credit. May not be applied toward MA
or PhD degree requirements when taken for 1 unit.
May be repeated for credit. S/U grading.
275. Linguistics Colloquium. (4) Preparation: completion of MA requirements. Varied linguistic topics,
generally presentations of new research by students,
faculty, and visiting scholars. S/U grading.
276. Linguistics Colloquium. (No credit) Designed
for graduate students. Same as course 275, but taken
without credit by students not presenting a colloquium. S/U grading.
375. Teaching Apprentice Practicum. (1 to 4) Seminar, to be arranged. Preparation: apprentice personnel employment as teaching assistant, associate,
or fellow. Teaching apprenticeship under active guidance and supervision of regular faculty member responsible for curriculum and instruction at UCLA.
May be repeated for credit. S/U grading.
403. Practical Phonetics Training. (1) Extensive
practice in production, perception, and transcription
of sounds from a wide range of languages. Concurrently scheduled with practical sections of course
103. S/U grading.
411A-411B. Research Orientation. (2-2) Designed
for graduate students. Sequence of lectures by department faculty to acquaint new graduate students
with research directions and resources of department
and elsewhere on campus. May not be applied toward MA or PhD degree requirements. S/U grading.
422. Practicum: Phonetic Data Analysis. (2) Designed for graduate students. Workshop in examination of phonetic data, such as sound spectrograms,
oscillographic records, and computer output. May not
be applied toward MA or PhD degree requirements.
S/U grading.
Swahili
Lower Division Courses
1. Elementary Swahili. (4) (Formerly numbered African Languages 1A.) Lecture, five hours. Major language of East Africa, particularly Tanzania. P/NP or
letter grading.
2. Elementary Swahili. (4) (Formerly numbered African Languages 1B.) Lecture, five hours. Enforced
requisite: course 1. Major language of East Africa,
particularly Tanzania. P/NP or letter grading.
3. Elementary Swahili. (4) (Formerly numbered African Languages 1C.) Lecture, five hours. Enforced
requisite: course 2. Major language of East Africa,
particularly Tanzania. P/NP or letter grading.
4. Intermediate Swahili. (4) (Formerly numbered African Languages 2A.) Lecture, four hours. Enforced
requisite: course 3. P/NP or letter grading.
5. Intermediate Swahili. (4) (Formerly numbered African Languages 2B.) Lecture, four hours. Enforced
requisite: course 4. P/NP or letter grading.
6. Intermediate Swahili. (4) (Formerly numbered African Languages 2C.) Lecture, four hours. Enforced
requisite: course 5. P/NP or letter grading.
103. Advanced Swahili. (4) (Formerly numbered African Languages 103C.) Lecture, four hours. Enforced
requisite: course 102. P/NP or letter grading.
MANAGEMENT
John E. Anderson Graduate School of
Management
UCLA
110 Westwood Plaza, Suite F407
Box 951481
Los Angeles, CA 90095-1481
310-825-7982
fax: 310-206-2002
http://www.anderson.ucla.edu
John W. Mamer, PhD, Chair
Professors
David Aboody, PhD
Reza H. Ahmadi, PhD
Shlomo Benartzi, PhD
Antonio E. Bernardo, PhD
Sushil Bikhchandani, PhD
Randolph E. Bucklin, PhD (Peter W. Mullin Professor
of Management)
Mikhail Chernov, PhD
Bhagwan Chowdhry, PhD
Charles J. Corbett, PhD (IBM Professor of
Management)
Samuel A. Culbert, PhD
Michael R. Darby, PhD (Warren C. Cordner Professor
of Money and Financial Markets)
Magali A. Delmas, PhD
Aimee L. Drolet Rossi, PhD
Sebastian Edwards, PhD (Henry Ford II Professor of
International Management)
Andrea L. Eisfeldt, PhD (Laurence D. and Lori W. Fink
Endowed Professor of Finance)
Christopher L. Erickson, PhD
Craig R. Fox, PhD (Harold Williams Professor of
Management)
Stuart A. Gabriel, PhD (Arden Realty Professor)
Mark J. Garmaise, PhD (Robert D. Beyer 83 Term
Professor of Management)
Mark S. Grinblatt, PhD (Japan Alumni Professor of
International Finance)
Carla Hayn, PhD
John S. Hughes, PhD (Ernst and Young Professor of
Accounting)
Uday S. Karmarkar, PhD (Los Angeles Times
Professor of Management and Policy)
Edward E. Leamer, PhD (Chauncey J. Medberry
Professor of Management)
Marvin B. Lieberman, PhD
Steven A. Lippman, PhD (George Robbins Professor
of Management)
Francis A. Longstaff, PhD (Allstate Professor of
Insurance and Finance)
John W. Mamer, PhD
Kevin F. McCardle, PhD
Judy D. Olian, PhD (John E. Anderson Professor of
Management)
Daniel M. Oppenheimer, PhD (UCLA Anderson Deans
Term Professor of Management)
Alfred E. Osborne, Jr., PhD
Kumar Rajaram, PhD (Ho-Su Wu Professor of
Management)
Peter E. Rossi, PhD (James A. Collins Professor of
Management)
Richard P. Rumelt, DBA (Harry and Elsa Kunin
Professor of Business and Society)
Mariko Sakakibara, PhD
Rakesh K. Sarin, PhD (Paine Professor of
Management)
Eduardo S. Schwartz, PhD (California Professor of
Real Estate and Land Economics)
Margaret J. Shih, PhD (UCLA Anderson Board of
Visitors Term Professor of Management)
Sanjay Sood, PhD
Management / 465
Avanidhar Subrahmanyam, PhD (Goldyne and Irwin
Hearsh Professor of Money and Banking)
Christopher S. Tang, PhD (Edward W. Carter
Professor of Business Administration)
Brett M. Trueman, PhD
Romain T. Wacziarg, MA, PhD (Hans Hufschmid
Professor of Management)
Ivo I. Welch, PhD (J. Fred Weston Professor of
Finance)
Professors Emeriti
Theodore A. Andersen, PhD
Michael J. Brennan, PhD (Goldyne and Irwin Hearsh
Professor Emeritus of Money and Banking)
Lee G. Cooper, PhD
Bradford Cornell, PhD
Jos de la Torre, DBA
David K. Eiteman, PhD
Donald Erlenkotter, PhD
Eric G. Flamholtz, PhD
Arthur M. Geoffrion, PhD
Robert L. Geske, PhD
Glenn W. Graves, PhD
Martin Greenberger, PhD (IBM Professor Emeritus of
Computers and Information Systems)
Dominique M. Hanssens, PhD (Bud Knapp Marketing
Professor Emeritus)
Alfred E. Hofflander, PhD
Sanford M. Jacoby, PhD (Howard Noble Professor
Emeritus of Management)
Harold H. Kassarjian, PhD
Archie Kleingartner, PhD
J. Clayburn La Force, Jr., PhD
Barbara S. Lawrence, PhD
Bennet P. Lientz, PhD
James B. MacQueen, PhD
John J. McDonough, DBA
Bill W. McKelvey, PhD
Bruce L. Miller, PhD
Daniel J.B. Mitchell, PhD (Ho-Su Wu Professor
Emeritus of Management)
Frank G. Mittelbach, MA
Donald G. Morrison, PhD (William E. Leonhard
Professor Emeritus of Management)
Rosser T. Nelson, PhD
William G. Ouchi, PhD (Sanford and Betty Sigoloff
Professor Emeritus of Corporate Renewal)
William P. Pierskalla, PhD
Richard W. Roll, PhD (Joel Fried Professor Emeritus of
Applied Finance)
Hans Schllhammer, DBA
Carol A. Scott, PhD
John P. Shelton, PhD
George A. Steiner, PhD, LittD
E. Burton Swanson, PhD
Walter N. Torous, PhD (Lee and Seymour Graff
Endowed Professor Emeritus)
Harold M. Williams, JD
Bruce G. Willison, MBA
Associate Professors
Corinne B. Bendersky, PhD
Anand V. Bodapati, PhD
Leonardo A. Bursztyn, PhD
Bruce I. Carlin, PhD
Felipe Caro, PhD
Judson A. Caskey, PhD
M. Keith Chen, PhD
Sanford E. DeVoe, PhD
Paola Giuliano, PhD
Noah J. Goldstein, MA, PhD
Guillaume Y. Roels, PhD
Jenessa R. Shapiro, PhD
Suzanne B. Shu, MEng, MBA, PhD
Miguel M. Unzueta, PhD
Nico Voigtlnder, MSc, PhD
Maia J. Young, PhD
Robert Zeithammer, PhD
Shi Zhang, PhD
Assistant Professors
Daniel D. Andrei, PhD
Christiane Barz, PhD
Fernanda Bravo, PhD
Christian Dippel, MA, PhD
Henry L. Friedman, PhD
Senior Lecturers
Ariella D. Herman, PhD
David S. Ravetch, MA
Robert S. Spich, PhD
Eric H. Sussman, MBA
Lecturers
Derek J. Alderton, MBA
Julie Ann Gardner-Treloar, MBA
Peter Guber, LLM
Jane Guerin, JD
Paul B. Habibi, MBA
Gordon L. Klein, JD
Danny S. Litt, MBA
Adjunct Professors
William M. Cockrum, MBA
Janis S. Forman, PhD
Robert F. Foster, MBA
Gonzalo Freixes, JD
George T. Geis, PhD
Farhad A. Hagigi, PhD
Jason C. Hsu, MSc, PhD
Robert M. McCann, PhD
Gerald Nickelsburg, PhD
Peter S. Pao, PhD
James R. Stengel, MBA
Undergraduate Study
Accounting Minor
The Accounting minor provides students with a
comprehensive accounting background; admission is competitive and based on overall
UCLA grade-point average, grade-point average in preadmission courses, and the grades
in Management 1A and 1B. Decisions on admission to the minor are made by the Anderson School Accounting Area. Applications are
accepted in fall, winter, and spring quarters.
Nontransfer students must apply subsequent
to completing 90 units. Transfer students must
apply after completing two academic quarters
(excluding summer sessions) at UCLA.
To enter the minor, students must (1) have a
minimum cumulative UCLA grade-point average of 3.2, (2) complete all required preadmission courses with a minimum course gradepoint average of 3.2, and (3) receive grades of
B or better in Management 1A and 1B. Repetition of more than one preadmission course or
of any preadmission course more than once
results in automatic denial of admission to the
minor. Satisfying these requirements does not
guarantee admission to the program, as only a
limited number of students are admitted each
year. For further information, see http://www
.anderson.ucla.edu/programs-and-outreach/
accounting-minor.
Required Preadmission Courses (31 units minimum): Economics 1, 2, any statistics course
offered or considered transferable to UCLA,
Management 1A and 1B (former course 100
taken at UCLA may be substituted), Mathematics 3A or 31A, 3B or 31B or 31E, one Writing II course. If Management 1A and/or 1B are
not taken at UCLA, students must complete
courses 120A and 122 prior to admission to
the minor.
Required Upper Division Courses (36 units):
Management 120A, 120B, 122, 127A, and
three courses from 107, 108, 109, 123, 124,
126, 127B, 127C, 128, 130A.
A minimum of 20 units applied toward the minor
requirements must be in addition to units
applied toward major requirements or another
minor.
Transfer credit for any of the above courses is
subject to department approval and is considered only for the preadmission courses. Only
one preadmission and one upper division
course repeat is allowed.
Each preadmission and upper division course
must be taken for a letter grade; if taken on a
Passed/Not Passed basis, it cannot be applied
toward the minor program. Each upper division
course must be completed at UCLA. All
courses applied toward minor requirements
must receive a grade of C or better. Successful
completion of the minor is indicated on the
transcript and diploma.
Graduate Study
Official, specific degree requirements are detailed in Program Requirements for UCLA
Graduate Degrees, available at the Graduate
466 / Management
Division website, http://grad.ucla.edu. In many
cases, more detailed guidelines may be outlined in announcements, other publications,
and websites of the schools, departments, and
programs.
Graduate Degrees
The John E. Anderson Graduate School of
Management offers Master of Science (MS),
Candidate in Philosophy (CPhil), and Doctor of
Philosophy (PhD) degrees in Management, the
Master of Business Administration (MBA) degree, and the Master of Financial Engineering
(MFE) degree. The school also offers the Executive MBA Program (EMBA), Fully Employed
MBA Program (FEMBA), and Global Executive
MBA for Asia Pacific (dual degree program
with the National University of Singapore Business School).
Ten concurrent degree programs (Management
MBA/Computer Science MS, Management
MBA/Dentistry DDS, Management MBA/Latin
American Studies MA, Management MBA/Law
JD, Management MBA/Library and Information
Science MLIS, Management MBA/Medicine
MD, Management MBA/Nursing MSN, Management MBA/Public Health MPH, Management
MBA/Public Policy MPP, and Management
MBA/Urban Planning MURP) are also offered.
Management
Lower Division Courses
1A-1B. Principles of Accounting. (4-4) Lecture,
three hours; discussion, one hour. Not open to
freshmen. P/NP or letter grading. 1A. Introduction to
financial accounting principles, including preparation
and analysis of financial transactions and financial
statements. Valuation and recording of asset-related
transactions, including cash, receivables, marketable
securities, inventories, and long-lived assets. Current
liabilities. 1B. Requisite: course 1A. Completion of
balance sheet with emphasis on debt and equity, including in-depth introduction to time value of money
concepts. Introduction to partnership and individual
income tax accounting.
88. Lower Division Seminar: Special Topics in
Management. (1 to 4) Seminar, three hours; outside
study, nine hours. Requisite: satisfaction of EntryLevel Writing requirement. Variable topics seminar
that examines specific issues or problems and ways
that professionals in management approach study of
them. Students define, prepare, and present their own
research projects with guidance of professional
school faculty member. Letter grading.
127B. Corporate and Partnership Taxation. (4) Lecture, three hours. Requisite: course 1B. Recommended: course 127A. Study of tax issues arising in
formation, operation, and termination of corporations
and partnerships. Special emphasis on closely held
enterprises, including S corporations. P/NP or letter
grading.
127C. International Taxation. (4) Lecture, three hours.
Recommended requisite: course 127A. Study of two
principle areas of international taxation from U.S. regulatory perspective: taxation of American citizens and
companies conducting business in international arena
(outbound transactions) and taxation of foreign nationals and companies who invest or conduct business in the U.S. (inbound transactions). P/NP or
letter grading.
128. Special Topics in Accounting. (4) Lecture,
three hours. Requisite: course 120B. Selected topics
in public accounting, such as audit and fraud examination, mergers and acquisitions, public-company
status and going-public process, role of partner,
serving entrepreneurial clients, and fund accounting.
Discussion of case study of current interest in accounting profession. Business plan preparation. P/NP
or letter grading.
130A. Basic Managerial Finance. (4) Lecture, three
hours. Requisites: course 1B, one statistics course.
Study of financial decision making by business firms,
with emphasis on applications of economic and accounting principles in financial analysis, planning, and
control. Extensive use of problems and cases to illustrate varied analytical techniques employed in decision making. P/NP or letter grading.
130B. Advanced Managerial Finance. (4) Lecture,
three hours. Requisite: course 130A. Analysis of capital budgeting and working capital management. Review of long-term financing through security markets
and lease contracts. Management of financial risk
using options, futures, and forward contracts. Study
of merger and acquisition processes and reorganization under bankruptcy laws. P/NP or letter grading.
132. Financial Planning. (4) Lecture, seven and one
half hours. Not open to freshmen. Application of behavioral finance to domestic world. Biases and simplifying rules of thumb feature prominently in students
real-life decisions, whether they are choosing which
wine to buy or deciding whether to get an MBA. Effect
of these behavioral influences and consideration of
some ways to adjust for them, helping people spend
wisely, invest for future, and generally live happier
lives. How behavioral principles can turn profit by developing new financial services and products for consumers. Offered in summer only. Letter grading.
133. Investment Principles and Policies. (4) Lecture, three hours. Requisite: course 130A. Principles
underlying investment analysis and policy; salient
characteristics of governmental and corporate securities; policies of investment companies and investing
institutions; relation of investment policy to money
markets and business fluctuations; security pricemaking forces; construction of personal investment
programs. P/NP or letter grading.
134. Options, Futures, and Derivative Securities.
(4) Lecture, seven and one half hours. Not open to
freshmen. Introduction to derivative markets. Derivatives are both exchange traded and over-the-counter
securities. Derivative markets are worlds largest and
most liquid. Focus on organization, role, and evolution
of put and call options markets, future and forward
markets, and their relations, with emphasis on arbitrage relations, valuation, and hedging with derivatives. Full introduction to evolution of modern derivatives pricing and hedging theory and practicefrom
basic features of futures and options to binomial option pricing model and Black/Scholes formula for
stocks, to advanced stock option models, to aspects
of measuring volatility, coping with trading costs, and
to modifications required to value and hedge variety
of other options on different underlying and exotic options. Offered in summer only. Letter grading.
Management / 467
140. Elements of Production and Operations Research. (4) Lecture, four hours. Requisites: Mathematics 3A, 3B, 3C, Statistics 11. Principles and decision analysis related to effective utilization of factors
of production in manufacturing and nonmanufacturing
activities. Analytical models and methods for allocation, transportation, inventories, replacement, scheduling, and facilities design. P/NP or letter grading.
141. Data and Decisions in Business. (4) Lecture,
seven and one half hours. Not open to freshmen.
Business decisions are made with partial information
in uncertain environment. Introduction to data analyses that are appropriate for generating information
useful in decision making and to framework for analyzing decisions based on partial information. Development of foundation of probability and statistics
necessary for career in auditing. Offered in summer
only. Letter grading.
142A. Information Technology in Accounting. (4)
(Formerly numbered 142.) Lecture, seven and one half
hours. Not open to freshmen. Introduction to role and
use of models and modeling in managerial decision
making, with focus on important types of models,
their formulation and application, and insight and information that may be gained from use of modeling.
Enables managers to understand role of quantitative
models in firms that are most often applicable in business planning and decision making. Discussion of applications in area of accounting, finance, marketing,
and operations, with emphasis on model formulation,
interpretation of solutions, and understanding of
mathematical versus verbal explanation of situations.
Use of solution techniques and computer to solve
problems. Offered in summer only. Letter grading.
142B. Communication Technology, Programming,
and Accounting. (4) Lecture, six hours. Preparation:
intermediate Excel user. Requisite: course 142A (or
former 142). Not open to freshmen. Hands-on experience in accounting uses of Microsoft Excel. Topics include creating data boxes in financial accounting,
using multiple sheets with Excel formulas, preparing
professional quality financial reports, creating graphs
to interpret business results, and using Excel functions to evaluate accounting data. Exploration of
utility of QuicBooks and functionality for small businesses. Offered in summer only. P/NP or letter
grading.
143. Technology and Operations Management. (4)
Lecture, seven and one half hours. Not open to
freshmen. For students interested in pursuing careers
in high technology management, specifically as management consultants in accounting firms. Fundamental strategies and frameworks for analyzing and
evaluating various alternatives to creating, implementing, marketing, and managing new technologies.
How to differentiate technology products, market
them to tightly focused market segments, and develop effective competitive strategies. Frameworks include technology adoption curve, developing whole
products, product platform and product line strategy,
program management, managing disruptive technology adoption, target market scenarios, managing
through strategic dissonance, and compelling value
creation. Studies of high technology cases ranging
from semiconductors and online platforms to green
vehicles and biotechnology companies. Offered in
summer only. Letter grading.
150. Elements of Industrial Relations. (4) Principles
and methods of effectively utilizing human resources
in organizations. Relationship between social, economic, and other environmental factors and current
problems in industrial relations.
151. Business Leadership. (4) Lecture, seven and
one half hours. Not open to freshmen. Designed to
enhance student knowledge of and competency in
leadership. Conceptual framework grounded in principles of individual, group, and organizational behavior. There is no extant model of leadership that has
been sufficiently scientifically validated to point of becoming so dominant that it has driven out other
models. Different perspectives offered on leadership,
with emphasis on development of skills that support
effective leadership. Combination of readings, lectures, cases, experiential exercises, and class discus-
sion to allow students to determine their own leadership strengths and limitations, and to develop plans
for maintaining/enhancing their strengths and overcoming their limitations. Offered in summer only.
Letter grading.
152. Business Strategy. (4) Lecture, seven and one
half hours. Not open to freshmen. Fundamentals of
business strategy and corporate strategy and designed to introduce wide variety of modern strategy
frameworks and methods, including methods for assessing attractiveness of markets, defining and evaluating strategy of firms within those markets, and implementing organization that can deliver on that
strategy. Seen from perspective of general managers
who have overall responsibility for performance of
firms or business units within firms. Development of
general management perspective to understand fundamental concepts in leading through organizations
and people. Offered in summer only. Letter grading.
153. Human Resources. (4) Lecture, seven and one
half hours. Not open to freshmen. Systematic exposure to management of peoplehuman resources
(HR)in organizations to enhance knowledge of HR
management and ability to apply that knowledge to
variety of decision situations. Management of human
resources for competitive advantage. Topics include
HR management strategy, HR and business performance, selecting and retaining human capital, employee engagement and branding, compensation and
reward systems, motivating and managing performance, managing employment conflict, national culture impact on HR management, leadership development and succession planning, and organizational
change. Offered in summer only. Letter grading.
154. Management of Organizations. (4) Lecture,
seven and one half hours. Not open to freshmen. Introduction to strategic and operating issues and decisions involved in managing business and operational
processes within enterprises. Operational process is
one that uses organizations resources to transform
inputs into goods, then utilizes them to provide services, or does both. Provides students with conceptual framework and set of analytical tools to enable
them to better understand why processes behave as
they do and to involve them in organizations defining
strategic decisionsthose related to key processes
affecting organizational units performance. Offered in
summer only. Letter grading.
155. Organizational Behavior. (4) Lecture, seven and
one half hours. Not open to freshmen. Designed to
provide practical guide to managing behavior in organizations, drawing on social sciences to identify key
human tendencies that pose obstacles to organizational effectiveness. Topics include challenges of
making decisions effectively, motivating others to implement ones vision, managing groups and teams,
and influencing those who resist ideas. Exploration of
these issues using readings, cases, lectures, discussions, guest speaker, and experiential exercises. Why
smart people make bad decisions, use and abuse of
authority, extrinsic and intrinsic motivation, performance management, group formation, group process, explicit and implicit prejudice, stereotypes and
their consequences, principles of persuasion and negotiations. Offered in summer only. Letter grading.
160. Entrepreneurship and Venture Initiation. (4)
Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour. Introduction to key concepts of entrepreneurship, including
new product development, finance, business plan development, and technology commercialization. Basic
tools and personal characteristics required for entrepreneurship. Terminology used by lawyers, accountants, venture capitalists, and other investors when
forming and financing new companies to be developed as startups, spinouts from existing company, or
acquisitions of existing company (or its assets). Assessment of feasibility of business concept and communication of concept to potential investors, employees, and business partners. Discussion of technology feasibility, intellectual property, and licensing.
Letter grading.
161. Business Plan Development. (4) Lecture, three
hours. Enforced requisite: course 160. Fundamentals
of developing effective business plans, both in pre-
sentation and written form. Basic principles of designing and articulating plans for sales, marketing,
product or service, operations, financials, management, and staffing functions of new startup businesses. How to develop well-written investmentquality business plans and business plan presentations, understand various analytical processes required to produce such plans, improve student writing
and oral presentation skills, and formally present their
business plans to audience of angel and venture capital investors. Letter grading.
162. Entrepreneurship and Technology Commercialization. (4) Lecture, three hours. Designed for juniors/seniors. Introduction to transformation of new
knowledge and inventions into viable commercial
products and services, with particular emphasis on
technology being developed at major research universities like UCLA. Initial emphasis on assessment and
protection of intellectual property and early evaluation
of technologies to determine potential for commercialization. How intellectual property in its various
forms is protected and how rights to these assets are
negotiated by parties involved. Examination of nature
of contracts and negotiation between university technology transfer offices, researchers, technical experts,
and early investors in commercialization space that
might lead to patents, licenses, or new business development. Letter grading.
163. Entrepreneurship and New Product Development. (4) Lecture, three hours. Designed for juniors/
seniors. Introduction to new product innovation and
management. Students assume role of product managers in identifying, developing, and commercializing
new products through cases, businesses currently in
news, team project, and readings to develop critical
thinking, decision-making skills, and creativity in
launch of successful new product (team project).
Letter grading.
164. Entrepreneurial Finance and Accounting. (4)
Lecture, three hours. Designed for juniors/seniors. Introduction to fundamental concepts of financial management of early-stage companies, with particular
emphasis on capital formation of new ventures. Relationship between entrepreneurs and investors and
discussion of different goals of founders and investors, including nature of negotiation and relationship
between parties over time. Letter grading.
167. Social Entrepreneurship. (4) Lecture, three
hours. Designed for juniors/seniors. Examination of
fundamental challenges and opportunities of developing and managing enterprises with social missions.
Use of framework to develop strategic implementation plan that incorporates external analysis, organizational assessment, strategy development, and executable action steps and draws on expertise and experience of faculty members and alumni as well as
experts in fields of social entrepreneurship, nonprofit
management, and strategic philanthropy who present
select topics of interest. Letter grading.
175. Elements of Real Estate and Urban Land Economics. (4) Examination of business decision making
as related to logical forces shaping cities and influencing real estate market functions and land uses.
Emphasis on decision making as it relates to appraising, building, financing, managing, marketing,
and using urban property.
180. Special Topics in Management. (4) Lecture,
four hours. Topics of special interest to undergraduate
students. Specific subjects may vary each term depending on particular interest of instructors or students. May be repeated for credit. P/NP or letter
grading.
182. Leadership Principles and Practice. (4)
Knowledge and skills leading to effectiveness in interpersonal relations. Understanding oneself as a leader
and others as individuals and as members of working
groups. Understanding of group process, including
group leadership. Lectures and sensitivity training
laboratory.
195. Community or Corporate Internships in Management. (2 to 4) Tutorial, to be arranged. Limited to
juniors/seniors. Internship in supervised setting in
community agency or business. Students meet on
468 / Management
regular basis with instructor and provide periodic reports of their experience. May be repeated for maximum of 8 units. Individual contract with supervising
faculty member required. P/NP or letter grading.
199. Directed Research in Management. (2 to 8)
Tutorial, to be arranged. Limited to juniors/seniors.
Supervised individual research or investigation of selected research topic under guidance of faculty
mentor. Culminating paper or project required. May
be repeated for credit. Individual contract required.
P/NP or letter grading.
Graduate Courses
201A. Business Forecasting: Turning Numbers into
Knowledge. (4) Discussion, three hours. Preparation: familiarity with linear regression. Examination of
one approach to analytical thinkingforcing numerical and textual data into carefully formulated alternative models. Data studied include macroeconomic
variables (growth, inflation, unemployment, interest
rates, and exchange rates), industry data, and firm
data. Letter grading.
201B. Econometrics and Business Forecasting.
(4) Lecture, three hours. Development of standard
topics in applied econometric modeling. Emphasis on
assumptions underlying classical normal linear regression model, special problems in application, and
interpretation of results. Practical applications extensively developed in student projects.
202B. Economic Consulting and Applied Managerial Economics. (4) Lecture, three hours. Requisites:
courses 402, 405. Use of economic methods to analyze issues of intellectual property, environmental
damage, trademark infringement, brand value, and
consumer demand. Focus on econometric thinking
and problem solving using case studies as basis for
lectures and homework. S/U or letter grading.
203A. Economics of Decision. (4) Discussion, three
hours. Preparation: basic probability theory. Basics of
single-person decision theory and introduction to
noncooperative game theory. Examination in some
detail of von Neumann/Morgenstern expected utility
theory. Other topics in decision theory include subjective expected utility theory and departures from expected utility behavior. S/U or letter grading.
204A. Probability, Statistics, and Computational
Methods for Econometrics. (4) Lecture, three hours.
Designed for PhD students. Introduction to probabilistic, statistical, and computational tools needed for
applied researchers in business fields. Probability
theory, modes of convergence, hypothesis testing,
Bayesian inference, R programming, linear algebra,
numerical optimization, simulation methods, numerical integration. S/U or letter grading.
204B. Theory and Application of Regression Analysis. (4) Lecture, three hours. Recommended requisite: course 204A. Designed for PhD students. Introduction to general regression analysis. Linear model,
maximum likelihood and asymptotic tests, endogeneity, instrumental variables, differences-in-differences, regression-discontinuity design, propensity
score matching, limited dependent variable models,
introduction to panel data. S/U or letter grading.
204C. Time-Series Analysis. (4) Lecture, three hours.
Recommended requisite: course 204B. Designed for
PhD students. Introduction to time-series methods in
analysis of business data. Basics of time series, optimal prediction, multiple equation time-series
models, generalized method-of-moments, volatility
modeling and nonnormalities, dynamic factor models.
S/U or letter grading.
205A. International Business Economics. (4) Requisite: course 405. International business environment, international economic institutions, national
and regional trade policies and developments, trends
in foreign markets, and international monetary problems, studied for their influence on organization and
operation of the international corporation.
205B. Market Power, Mergers, and Antitrust. (4)
Lecture, three hours. Requisite: course 405. Topics in
applied industrial organization, including merger
policy, differentiated product demand, market power,
and Department of Justice and Federal Trade Commission Merger Guidelines. Examination of issues in
antitrust based on law and economics, with emphasis
on practice and measurement. S/U or letter grading.
209. Managing Complex Business Deals. (4 or 6)
(Formerly numbered M209.) Lecture, three hours.
Preparation: familiarity with basic vocabulary and
concepts, including basic principles of accounting
and valuation. Advanced course in business organization. Examination of structure of business transactions and allocation of control, risk, and return. Topics
include venture capital investments, debt and loan
agreements, employment agreements, distribution
and marketing agreements (including franchising),
motion picture production/finance/distribution agreements, and joint ventures. Assigned reading and
focus on documents that incorporate terms of business transactions of deals. Concurrently scheduled
with Law 239. S/U or letter grading.
209A-209B. Managing Complex Business Deals.
(209A: 3 or 4/209B: 1 or 2) (Formerly numbered
M209A.) Lecture, three hours. Preparation: familiarity
with basic vocabulary and concepts, including basic
principles of accounting and valuation. Course 209A
is enforced requisite to 209B. Advanced course in
business organization. Examination of structure of
business transactions and allocation of control, risk,
and return. Topics include venture capital investments, debt and loan agreements, employment
agreements, distribution and marketing agreements
(including franchising), motion picture production/finance/distribution agreements, and joint ventures.
Assigned reading and focus on documents that incorporate terms of business transactions of deals. Concurrently schedule with Law 239. In Progress (209A)
and S/U or letter (209B) grading.
210A. Mathematical Programming. (4) Discussion,
three hours. Preparation: linear algebra. Comprehensive development of theory and computational
methods of linear programming, with applications to a
variety of areas. S/U or letter grading.
210B. Applied Stochastic Processes. (4) Discussion, three hours. Preparation: probability theory at
level of Electrical Engineering 131A or Mathematics
170A or Statistics 100A. Topics include Poisson processes, renewal theory, Markov chains, and Markov
decision processes, with emphasis on problem formulation, decision making, and characterization of
optimal policies. Specific applications include traditional operations research topics (inventory, queueing,
maintenance, reliability), as well as several in microeconomics (search and research and development).
S/U or letter grading.
210C. Network Flows and Integer Programming.
(4) Discussion, three hours. Preparation: linear programming. Survey course to (1) lay foundations for
more advanced study of graphs, network flow
models, and integer programming models and their
applications, (2) establish connections between these
technical foundations and real problems drawn from
many areas of management, and (3) build professional skills needed to apply these tools. S/U or letter
grading.
211A. Nonlinear Mathematical Programming. (4)
Discussion, three hours. Requisites: course 210A,
Mathematics 32A. Theory, methods, and applications
of optimization for situations where models must be
nonlinear, with special emphasis on case of convexity. Topics include classical approaches to optimization, theory of optimality and duality, main computational approaches, and survey of currently available computer software. S/U or letter grading.
211B. Large-Scale Mathematical Programming.
(4) Discussion, three hours. Requisite: course 210A.
Theory, methods, and applications of optimization for
situations where models are large and have special
structure, as is often the case in real applications.
Focus on ways of exploiting special structures with
combinatorial, multidivisional, and stochastic aspects in pursuit of computational tractability. S/U or
letter grading.
Management / 469
lending, and bankruptcy reorganizations. How to deal
with potential legal issues before they become serious problems. S/U or letter grading.
M225. Law and Management of Nonprofit Organizations. (4) (Formerly numbered 225.) (Same as
Public Policy M229.) Lecture, three hours. Introduction to important legal, financial, and management issues confronting nonprofit organizations. Topics include how to start nonprofit tax-exempt organizations, qualifying and maintaining tax-exempt status
under IRC Code Section 501(c)(3), corporate governance, political and legislative activity restrictions,
and strategic planning, fundraising, nonprofit accounting, and employment law. S/U or letter grading.
226. Special Advanced Topics in Accounting. (4)
Lecture, three hours. Requisite: course 403. Examination of advanced topics in accounting that arise in
business combinations and international accounting
practices, including principles underlying consolidated financial statements, treatment of unconsolidated subsidiaries and affiliate investments, translation of foreign exchange, and valuation of derivatives
for hedging exchange risk. S/U or letter grading.
227. Taxation and Management Decisions. (4) Lecture, three hours. Requisite: course 403. Examination
of impact of taxes on decisions of businesses and investors. Effects of taxes on investment decisions,
mergers and acquisitions, capital structure, dividend
policies, and employee compensation. S/U or letter
grading.
228. Financial Reporting and Equity Valuation. (4)
Lecture and cases, three hours. Requisite: course
403. Focus principally on equity valuation from financial accounting data, with emphasis on construction
of proforma financial statements and application of
discounted cash flow and residual income valuation
approaches. Consideration of complications posed
by capital structure, recapitalizations, derivative securities, intercorporate investments, abandonment options, accounting restatements, and equity trading.
Use of multiples in valuation and pricing anomalies.
S/U or letter grading.
229A. Special Topics in Accounting. (4) Lecture,
three hours. Designed for PhD students. Examination
in depth of problems or issues of current concern in
accounting, such as application of information economics and principal-agent model to accounting.
229B. Empirical Research in Accounting. (4) Lecture, three hours. Preparation: training in econometrics. Designed for PhD students. Introduction to empirical accounting literature, focusing on role that accounting information plays in formation of capital
market prices.
229X-229Y-229Z. Accounting Workshops. (1-1-2)
Discussion, two hours. Designed for PhD students.
Intended to develop ability to critically evaluate research in fields relevant to study of accounting. Papers presented in colloquium format by leading
scholars in accounting. Active participation and intellectual interchange encouraged through discussion of
papers during colloquium. May be repeated for credit.
S/U grading.
230. Theory of Finance. (4) Lecture, three hours.
Requisite: course 408. Primary focus on valuation of
corporate liabilities and other securities under uncertainty. Capital asset pricing model presented rigorously and compared with more recent theories of
asset pricing such as arbitrage pricing theory and option pricing model, using empirical evidence. Secondary focus on analysis of problems in corporate finance such as optimal financing of the corporation
and the market for corporate control. S/U or letter
grading.
231A. Topics in Corporate Finance. (4) Lecture,
three hours. Requisites: courses 230 (or 430), 408.
Identifying and solving financial problems through use
of cases. Application of financial theory and financial
techniques to business problems, using written reports and classroom discussion. S/U or letter grading.
231B. Nonprofit Sector Financial Policy. (4) Lecture, three hours. Requisites: courses 408, 430. Identifying and solving financial problems for all types of
nonprofit organizations, with attention to funds ac-
470 / Management
time paradigms used in derivatives finance, including
introduction to stochastic processes, stochastic differential equations, Itos lemma, and key elements of
stochastic calculus. Economic foundations of Black/
Scholes no-arbitrage paradigm, including introduction to Girsanovs theorem and changes of measure,
representation of linear functionals, equivalent martingale measures, risk-neutral valuation, fundamental
partial differential equation representations of derivatives prices, market prices of risk, and Feynman/Kac
representations of solutions to derivatives prices.
Role of market completeness and its implications for
hedging and replication of derivatives. S/U or letter
grading.
237D. Derivative Markets. (4) Lecture, three hours.
Limited to Master of Financial Engineering Program
students. Introduction to derivative markets and basic
concepts, models, analyses. and technical tools of
quantitative finance used in these markets. Derivatives are both exchange traded and over-counter securities. Derivative markets are worlds largest and
most liquid. Organization and role of put and call option markets, futures and forward markets, and their
interrelations, with emphasis on arbitrage relations,
valuation, and hedging with derivatives. Implementation of derivatives trading strategies, perspective of
corporate securities as derivatives, functions of derivatives in securities markets, and recent innovations in
derivative markets. S/U or letter grading.
237E. Empirical Methods in Finance. (4) Lecture,
three hours. Limited to Master of Financial Engineering Program students. Econometric and statistical techniques commonly used in quantitative finance. Use of estimation application software in exercises to estimate volatility, correlations, stability,
regressions, and statistical inference using financial
time series. S/U or letter grading.
237F. Fixed-Income Markets. (4) Lecture, three hours.
Limited to Master of Financial Engineering Program
students. Quantitative approach to fixed-income securities and bond portfolio management, with focus
on fixed-income security markets. Pricing of bonds
and fixed-income derivatives, measurement and
hedging of interest rate risk, dynamic models of interest rates, and management of fixed-income portfolio risk. S/U or letter grading.
237G. Computational Methods in Finance. (4) Lecture, three hours. Limited to Master of Financial Engineering Program students. Quantitative and computational tools used in finance, including numerical
techniques such as implementation of binomial and
trinomial option pricing, lattice algorithms for computing derivative prices and hedge ratios, simulationbased algorithms for pricing American options, and
numerical solution of partial differential equations that
appear in financial engineering. S/U or letter grading.
237H. Quantitative Asset Management. (4) Lecture, three hours. Limited to Master of Financial Engineering Program students. Application of state-of-art
quantitative techniques to asset management problems. Asset pricing models in depth, portfolio optimization and construction, and dynamic strategies such
as pairs trading, long-term and short-term momentum trades, and strategies that address behavioral finance anomalies. Major forms of asset management structures such as mutual funds, hedge
funds, exchange traded funds (ETFs), special investment vehicles, and some primary types of trading
strategies used by these organizations. S/U or letter
grading.
237I. Financial Risk Measurement and Management. (4) Lecture, three hours. Limited to Master of
Financial Engineering Program students. Examination of financial risk measurement and management,
including market risk, credit risk, liquidity risk, settlement risk, model risk, volatility risk, and kurtosis risk.
S/U or letter grading.
237J. Asset-Backed Security Markets. (4) Lecture,
three hours. Limited to Master of Financial Engineering Program students. Exploration of uses and
valuation of asset-backed securities, including mortgage-related securities and securities backed by
credit cards, leases, and bank debt. Particular atten-
Management / 471
242A. Models for Operations Planning, Scheduling, and Control. (4) Discussion, three hours. Designed for PhD students with some knowledge of
mathematical programming and stochastic processes. Foundations of operations planning, scheduling, and control, with emphasis on formal models
and their applications. Aggregate planning, work
force scheduling, inventory management, and detailed operations scheduling and control. S/U or letter
grading.
242B. Models for Operations Systems Design. (4)
Discussion, three hours. Requisite: course 210C. Designed for PhD students. Survey of research literature
on models for design of manufacturing and service
systems, including long-range forecasting, operational economies, capacity, location, facilities, processes/technology, work, and work structures. S/U or
letter grading.
243B. Inventory Theory. (4) Discussion, three hours.
Requisite: course 210B. General discussion of inventory models, with emphasis on characterizing form of
optimal policies and efficient computational methods.
Deterministic, stochastic, discrete-time, and continuous-time models. S/U or letter grading.
243C. Scheduling Models for Intermittent Systems. (4) Discussion, three hours. Requisite: course
242A. Scheduling models and results for single machine, flow shop, job shop, and resource-constrained
project networks. Approaches include classical
models, recent heuristic approaches, current research
in coordinated interaction of computer models, and
man/machine interaction. S/U or letter grading.
243X-243Y-243Z. Seminars: Decisions, Operations, and Technology Management Systems. (1-12) Seminar, 90 minutes to three hours. Required of all
PhD students in decisions, operations, and technology management. Student, faculty, and guest
speaker presentations of ongoing research. May be
repeated for credit. S/U or letter grading.
245. Special Topics in Decisions, Operations, and
Technology Management. (4) Lecture, three hours.
Designed for MBA and PhD students. Studies of advanced subjects of current interest in decisions, operations, and technology management. Emphasis on
recent developments and application of specialized
knowledge. Topics vary each term and have included
strategy for information intensive industries, empirical
research in operations management, analytical
methods of operation research, introduction to management in information economy, and models for
medical management. May be repeated for credit with
topic change. S/U or letter grading.
246A. Business and Environment. (4) Lecture, three
hours. Overview of many ways in which environmental issues interact with main functional areas of
business: finance, marketing, strategy, operations,
accounting. Basic introduction to background of environmental issues, with focus primarily on business aspects. Specific topics vary from year to year, but
course details what every manager should know
about environmental issues in business. S/U or letter
grading.
250D. Patterns of Problem Solving. (4) Lecture,
three hours. Acquisition of strategies that enhance
adaptive planning and real-time judgment, based on
findings from brain studies and cognitive research.
Design of tools to respond to emergent uncertainties
and to address situations where intense pressures of
time and cost are present. Letter grading.
251. Managing Human Resources. (4) Management
of people in organizations, designed for managers as
well as personnel specialists. Organized at three related but distinct levels of analysis: (1) day-to-day utilization of people as organizational resources to
achieve optimal productivity, satisfaction, retention,
and development; (2) personnel management function or system that performs specialized human resource functions; and (3) issues facing top management which involve management of human resources,
including strategic planning for human resources,
union/management relations, and design of corporate
culture.
organizations. Exploration of how individual behaviors, cognitions, and perceptions are affected by organizational content, structure, and culture. S/U or
letter grading.
259B. Advanced Studies in Human Resource Management. (4) Lecture, three hours. Designed for graduate students. Doctoral-level survey of research literature assessing how organizations utilize human resources to enhance individual, group, and organizational effectiveness. Current theory and research in
psychology, anthropology, organization behavior, and
economics, including topics such as careers, participation, negotiations, and technology/work systems.
S/U or letter grading.
259C. Markets and Organizations. (4) Seminar,
three hours. Designed for graduate students. Doctoral-level survey of major topics in organizational behavior, with focus on macro-level organizational
topics related to study of organizational systems and
organizational environments. Topics may include demography, organizational change, organizational
structure, and networks. Letter grading.
260A. Customer Assessment and Analytics. (4)
Lecture, three hours. Enforced requisite: course 411.
Decision-oriented course concerned with marketing
research and data-driven marketing analytics. Detailed hands-on understanding of market research
methodologies used in strategic assessment of customer perceptions and preferences. Extensive use of
case studies. Letter grading.
260B. Marketing Strategy and Planning. (4) Lecture, three hours. Requisite: course 411. Development
of framework for strategic marketing planning based
on customer behavior, market segmentation, product
positioning, product life cycle, market responsiveness, and competitive reaction. Within this framework, development of key elements in annual marketing process. Letter grading.
261A. Sales and Channel Management. (4) Lecture,
three hours. Requisite: course 411. Study of problems
in management of sales and distribution channels. Issues of personal selling, account management, determining sales force size, organization, and compensation plans. Coverage of channel selection, conflict,
power, and control. Extensive use of case studies.
Letter grading.
261B. Global Marketing Management. (4) Lecture,
three hours. Requisite: course 411. Analysis of opportunities, distinctive characteristics, and emerging
trends in foreign markets, including exploration of alternative methods and strategies for entering foreign
markets; organizational planning and control; impact
of social, cultural, economic, and political differences;
and problems of adapting American marketing concepts and methods. Letter grading.
262. Price Policies. (4) Lecture, three hours. Requisites: courses 405, 411. Consideration of environment
of pricing decisioncosts, customer, channels, competition, and regulation. Analysis of when and how to
apply specific pricing strategies, including two-part
tariffs, quantity discounts, product differentiation,
bundling, and auctions. Letter grading.
263A. Consumer Behavior. (4) Lecture, three hours.
Requisite: course 411. Study of nature and determinants of consumer behavior. Emphasis on influence of
sociopsychological factors such as personality, small
groups, demographic variables, social class, and culture on formation of consumers attitudes, consumption, and purchasing behavior. S/U or letter grading.
264A. Market Research. (4) Lecture, three hours.
Requisite: course 411. Designed for prospective
users of research results rather than for specialists in
research. Marketing research is aid to management
decision making. Development of problem-analysis
skills, providing knowledge of concepts and methods
of marketing research, with increased sensitivity to
limitations of marketing data. Letter grading.
264B. Data Analytics for Marketing and Finance.
(4) Lecture, three hours. Enforced requisite: course
402. How to fit predictive models and visualize multivariate data using examples and topics from marketing and finance. Topics include conditional prediction and predictive models, advanced treatment of re-
472 / Management
gression, visualization and graphics, automating
analysis for high dimensional data. Use of industryleading R/Rstudio statistical environment. S/U or
letter grading.
265. Brand Management. (4) Lecture, three hours.
Requisite: course 411. Introduction to considerations
in development, implementation, and management of
brands. Discussion of challenges to creating and
maintaining strong brands. Topics include building
brand knowledge and identities, marketing mix and
brands, brand architectures, and brand equity. Letter
grading.
266A. New Product Development. (4) Lecture, three
hours. Requisite: course 411. Examination of new
product development (NPD) process with objective of
learning key tools and methods and applying them to
case studies, exercises, and course project. Products
viewed through three lenses: quantifiable rational attributes, appeal due to emotional characteristics, and
cost/technology/competitive tradeoffs. NPD process
also investigated through five key phases: ideation,
concept generation and selection, detailed design,
prototyping and testing, and ramp-up and product
launch. Coverage of mass customization, parallel prototyping, cost reduction, and creativity. Letter
grading.
266B. Advertising and Marketing Communications. (4) Lecture, three hours. Requisite: course 411.
Detailed study of decisions regarding media and
forms of advertising and marketing communications
to develop integrated strategies. Review of use and
effectiveness of advertising and communication tools.
Evaluation of advertising and promotional policies
from development through implementation. Letter
grading.
267. Digital One-to-One Marketing. (4) Lecture,
three hours. Requisites: courses 402, 411. Use of notion of customer life cycle as organizing principle and
application to digital one-to-one marketing context.
Frameworks and analytical tools for interacting with
customers and learning about their preferences as
they evolve through four stages of customer life cycle:
(1) customer acquisition, (2) initial post-promotion
purchasing, (3) mid-maturity purchase and transaction behavior, and (4) customer attrition or switchover
to other product lines. S/U or letter grading.
268. Selected Topics in Marketing. (4) Lecture,
three hours. Requisite: course 411. Study of selected
areas of marketing knowledge and thought. Specific
subjects vary each term depending on particular interests of instructor and students. Individual projects
and reports. May be repeated for credit. S/U or letter
grading.
269A. Theory in Marketing. (4) Serves as mechanism to introduce students to development of marketing thought. Issues pertaining to general topic of
theory development and testing. Prepares students
for conducting theoretically grounded research in
marketing.
269B. Research in Marketing Management. (4)
Discussion, three hours. Designed for PhD students.
Study of research issues associated with marketing
management decisions. Recent research in areas of
strategic marketing, market segmentation, new
product development and introduction, pricing strategies, channel policy, promotion decisions, and sales
force management examined critically. Review of
both quantitative and behavioral approaches to
studying these issues.
269C. Quantitative Research in Marketing. (4) Discussion, three hours. Designed for PhD students in
management and related fields. Students are assumed to have good background in marketing principles and to be familiar with probability, statistics,
mathematical programming, and econometrics. Review of a range of quantitative models as applied in
marketing research. S/U or letter grading.
269D. Behavioral Research in Marketing. (4) Seminar, three hours. Designed for PhD students who are
conducting research in consumer behavior or related
areas. Empirical research in consumer behavior surveyed and critically evaluated from theoretical as well
as practical perspectives. S/U or letter grading.
Management / 473
cial behavior. Special attention to knowledge about
satisfaction, motivation, and productivity in organizations.
282. Optimizing Team Performance. (4) Lecture,
three hours. Enforced requisites: courses 409, 414A.
Optimization of team performance by diagnosing
complex team dynamics and taking appropriate action to improve team functioning to help students
strengthen their teamwork skills in ways that are
proven to increase effectiveness and performance of
teams. Letter grading.
284B. Organization Development. (4) Discussion,
three hours. Designed for graduate students. Analysis
of effects of organizational and managerial practices
on individual self-fulfillment and systems effectiveness. Theories of organization change and action/research methods in organization development. Theory
merged with practice through seminar discussions of
field observations. S/U or letter grading.
284C. Managing Entrepreneurial Organizations.
(4) Lecture, three hours. Issues involved in developing
and managing entrepreneurial organizations. Topics
include organizational growth, managerial tools, strategic planning, organizational design, management
development, control systems, leadership, and cultural management. Examination of transitions that individuals must make as organizations grow. S/U or
letter grading.
285A. Leadership, Motivation, and Power. (4) Discussion, three hours. Designed for graduate students.
Theoretical and practical approaches to influencing
and motivating people. Relative effectiveness of various leadership styles, different motivation theories,
and power tactics from managerial point of view. Use
of experience-based learning methods to aid diagnosis and understanding of ones own influence
styles. S/U or letter grading.
285B. Managerial Interpersonal Communication.
(4) Discussion, three hours. Designed for graduate
students. Interpersonal and personality factors affecting managerial communications. Styles and
modes of communication in one-to-one, group, and
large-systems settings. Opportunities offered to
deepen understanding of ones own communication
styles and skills, considering verbal, nonverbal perceptual, and cross-cultural aspects. S/U or letter
grading.
286. Negotiations Behavior. (4) Discussion, three
hours. Presentation of theoretical principles and concepts from psychology, sociology, and economics
through lectures and readings, with focus primarily on
improving practical negotiating skills through experiential learning (i.e., negotiations simulations). Participants learn not only to enhance their individual abilities in dyadic and group situations, but also to analyze contexts for most effective application of these
skills. S/U or letter grading.
287. Groups and Their Facilitation. (4) Discussion,
three hours. Development of cognitive and experiential understanding of dynamics of small group training
and its facilitation, including sensitivity/basic
groups, group counseling, self-help groups, small
groups, and committees in managerial decision
making. Analysis of relevant theory, research findings,
and case studies. S/U or letter grading.
288A. Selected Topics in Behavioral Science. (4)
Discussion, three hours. Designed for graduate students. Theories of human behavior fundamental to
study of individual, group, organizational, and cultural
behavior. Exploration in depth of selected theoretic
positions, extending and consolidating behavioral science knowledge and application. May be repeated for
credit. S/U or letter grading.
289X-289Y-289Z. Global Economics and Management Workshops. (1-1-2) Seminar, two hours. Designed for PhD students. Development of ability to
critically evaluate research in fields relevant to study
of economics. Papers presented in colloquium format
by leading scholars in economics. Active participation
and intellectual interchange encouraged through discussion of papers during colloquium. May be repeated for credit. S/U grading.
474 / Management
298I. Special Topics in Management. (1) Lecture,
one hour. Designed for graduate students. In-depth
examination of problems or issues of current concern
in management, with numerous topics offered each
year. May be repeated for credit. S/U grading.
298X-298Y-298Z. Management Strategy and Policy
Workshops. (1-1-2) Discussion, three hours. Designed for PhD students. Intended to develop ability
to critically evaluate research in fields relevant to
study of management strategy and policy. Papers
presented in colloquium format by leading scholars in
management strategy and policy. Active participation
and intellectual interchange encouraged through discussion of papers in sessions prior to workshop, as
well as during colloquium. May be repeated for credit.
S/U grading.
299M. Theory and Research Methods in Organizations and Management. (4) Seminar, three hours.
Designed for PhD students. Methodological issues in
management research. Emphasis on identification of
research opportunities and formulation and evaluation
of research proposals. Alternative goals, settings, and
designs. Hypothesis development and testing. Measurement. Implementation considerations. May be repeated for credit. S/U or letter grading.
299R. Research Methods in Management. (4) Discussion, three hours. Designed for PhD students. Provides feedback and evaluation of papers prepared for
research requirement. Quarterly meetings to discuss
expectations of research committee and Doctoral Office. Students must enroll the term in which they are
submitting their research paper. May be repeated for
credit. S/U grading.
375. Teaching Apprentice Practicum. (1 to 4) Seminar, to be arranged. Preparation: apprentice personnel employment as teaching assistant, associate,
or fellow. Teaching apprenticeship under active guidance and supervision of regular faculty member responsible for curriculum and instruction at UCLA.
May be repeated for credit. S/U grading.
400. Mathematics for Management. (4) Lecture,
three hours. Limited to graduate students. General
mathematics review for MBA students. Fundamental
mathematics, including topics from algebra, differential calculus in single and multiple variables, logarithmic and exponential functions, probability, and
statistics; applications, including economic theory, finance, time value of money, inventory management,
linear programming, and mathematical models. S/U
grading.
401A-401B. Managerial Problem Solving. (3-3) Discussion, three hours. Use of international business
simulation and series of complex multifaceted cases
to learn to apply MBA core disciplines in real-world
globally focused business problems. In Progress
(401A) and letter (401B) grading.
402. Data and Decisions. (4) Lecture, three hours.
Topics include probabilities, random variables (expectation, variance, covariance, normal random variables), decision trees, estimation, hypothesis testing,
and multiple regression models. Emphasis on actual
business problems and data. Letter grading.
403. Financial Accounting. (4) Lecture, three hours.
Designed for graduate students. Introduction to fundamental financial accounting methods and procedures, with emphasis on financial statements. Provides basis for firm understanding of language of
businessaccounting. Letter grading.
405. Managerial Economics. (4) Lecture, three hours.
Designed for graduate students. Analysis of consumer, producer, and market behavior. Market structure, pricing, and resource allocation. Applications to
managerial strategy and public policy, with emphasis
on competition, market power, and externalities.
Letter grading.
406. Global Macroeconomy. (4) Lecture, three hours.
Requisites: courses 402, 403, 405. Provides analytical
framework required for understanding way changing
macroeconomic conditions in world economy affect
economic growth, inflation, interest rates behavior,
exchange rate determination, global competitiveness,
unemployment, and trade account. Provides skills to
enable students to assess critically how developments in world economy affect particular industry environments. Letter grading.
407. Business Analytics with Spreadsheets. (4)
Lecture, three hours. Requisite: course 402. Introduction to uses of analytical methods for making strategic, tactical, and operational decisions arising from
accounting, finance, marketing, and production, with
focus on three key areas in problem solving: formal
problem definition, spreadsheet model formulation,
alternatives evaluation. Letter grading.
408. Foundations of Finance. (4) Lecture, three hours.
Introduction to managerial finance. Topics include
time value of money, discounting and present values,
valuation of bonds and stocks, risk and return, construction of optimal portfolios, capital budgeting, and
weighted average cost of capital. Letter grading.
409. Organizational Behavior. (4) Lecture, three
hours. Introduction to human resource management
function and management of human behavior in organizations. Emphasis on relationships among individuals, groups, and organizational units as they influence managerial process and development of prospective general managers. Letter grading.
410. Operations Technology Management. (4) Lecture, three hours. Requisites: courses 402, 403. Principles and decision analysis related to effective utilization of factors of production in manufacturing and
nonmanufacturing activities for both intermittent and
continuous systems. Production organizations, analytical models and methods, facilities design, and design of control systems for production operations.
Letter grading.
411. Marketing Management. (4) Lecture, three
hours. Principles of market-driven managerial decision making: consumer, competitor, and company
analysis, market segmentation, definition of target
markets, and product positioning. Management of
marketing function: product and pricing decisions,
channels of distribution, marketing communications.
Letter grading.
412. Management of Organizations. (4) Lecture,
three hours. Preparation: completion of first-year core
program. Integrative approach to theory and practice
of management in complex organizations, emphasizing managerial roles in designing organizational
structures, creating/maintaining planning, control, information, incentive systems, different patterns of
human interaction such structures and systems tend
to produce.
413A. Managerial Computing. (4) Lecture, three
hours. Individual computing in support of strategic
analysis, decision making, and management communication. Use of personal productivity tools, such as
Excel and VBA, and network resources for data access. Emphasis on hands-on exercises. S/U or letter
grading.
414A. Leadership Foundations. (2) Three-day residential format. Managing and working with people,
with emphasis on motivation and development of individuals, leadership and interpersonal relationships,
and group dynamics in complex organizational settings. S/U grading.
414B. Introduction to Business Field Studies. (2)
Three-day residential format. Enforced requisite:
course 414A. Continuation of course 414A, with emphasis on motivation and development of individuals
and groups and on social processes in complex organizations. S/U or letter grading.
420. Business Strategy. (4) Lecture, three hours.
Evaluation and formulation of organizations overall
policies and strategies. Economic, heuristic, and social process approaches to policy formulation, environmental analysis, and organizational appraisal. Senior managements role in managing policy process.
Letter grading.
421. Communication Development for Leaders.
(4) (Formerly numbered 421A.) Lecture, three hours.
Key attributes, knowledge, skills, and strategies necessary to succeed communicatively in workplace. Examination of business presentation skills, visual and
verbal persuasion skills, and interpersonal communi-
Management / 475
445. Applied Management Research. (8) Fieldwork,
eight hours. Must be taken in second year (or its
equivalent for part-time students). Supervised study
of an organization, including establishment of client/
consultant relationships, identification of problems or
strategic questions, design of study, collection and
analysis of data, development and reporting of implementable recommendations. Letter grading.
451. Fieldwork in Organizational Development. (2
to 12) Fieldwork, to be arranged. Requisite: course
284B. Supervised practical fieldwork in organizational
development consultation in interpersonal, group, intergroup, total organization, and interorganizational
settings. S/U or letter grading.
454. Fieldwork in Organizations. (4) Fieldwork, to be
arranged. Preparation: completion of at least two
terms of MBA program. Required of all full-time MBA
students. Under direction of MBA program senior associate dean or other supervising faculty adviser, students perform supervised practical experience or
fieldwork in organization as intern or fellow. Execution
of predetermined assignment(s) pursuant to defined
program of study that includes reporting and assessment of fieldwork experience through combination of
written or oral presentations and may include preparation of evaluations or consulting report correlating
to defined program of study. S/U grading.
455E. International Exchange Program. (2 to 16)
Lecture, 30 hours; discussion, 10 hours. Students attend up to four MBA-level courses at institutions with
exchange agreements with Anderson School. Some
courses may be taught in local language. In addition
to learning subject matter of courses, provides opportunity for students to enhance their knowledge of region while exchanging ideas and views with their
peers at that institution. S/U grading.
457. Fieldwork in Investment Management. (4) Discussion, three hours. Use of academic theories
learned in a practical experience by managing a portfolio started with donated funds. Mirrors situations experienced by typical money management firms and
includes investment strategy, asset allocation, security analysis, and organizational issues. S/U or letter
grading.
458A-458B. International Studies: Two-Quarter
Plan. (2-2) For course 458A: lecture, three hours; presentations, site visits, and discussion, 20 hours; for
course 458B: fieldwork, three hours; presentations,
site visits, and discussion, 20 hours. Course 458A is
enforced requisite to 458B. Taught in English. Designed for MBA, EMBA, FEMBA, and GEMBA students. Four on-campus academic sessions and one
intensive week in another country for blend of lectures, guest speakers, panel discussions, and company site visits, with focus on doing business in other
countries. Exposure to economy, legal and political
environment, major industries and businesses, local
culture, key historical events, and many aspects of
conducting business outside U.S. Taught by school
faculty members in conjunction with lectures by faculty members from top institutional partners, as well
as local and regional government officials and ministers, local business executives, and influential leaders
from country of focus. May be repeated for credit
based on program requirements. In Progress (458A)
and letter (458B) grading.
458I. International Studies. (4) Lecture, three hours;
presentations, site visits, and discussion, 20 hours.
Preparation: completion of first-year core courses in
Fully Employed MBA Program. Taught in English. Intensive one-week program in one foreign country with
five lectures at UCLA before and/or after trip. Courses
taught by school faculty members in conjunction with
faculty members from partner institutions in that
country. Attendance at presentations by government
officials and business executives in destination
country. Exposure to business practices and operations in destination country through site visits, study
of economy and political environment by comparing
and contrasting it with U.S., and important historical
and cultural aspects of destination country. May be
repeated once for credit. Letter grading.
464. Managerial Accounting. (4) Limited to Executive MBA Program students. Familiarizes the manager
with functions of accounting by focusing on use of
external financial reports for evaluating corporate performance and use of accounting information for internal planning and control.
465A. Quantitative Methods for Managers. (2) Lecture, two hours. Limited to Executive MBA Program
students. Survey of modeling approaches to managerial planning and decisions. Emphasis on ability to
recognize situations where models can be used advantageously, to work effectively with model building
specialists, and to make good use of models once
they have been developed. S/U or letter grading.
465B. Game Theory. (2) Lecture, two hours. Limited
to Executive MBA Program students. Conceptual
framework for thinking strategically about business
decisions. Examination of interactions between firm
and parties external to it through lens of game theory.
Framework based on ideas underlying game theory,
such as recognizing interdependencies among
players, getting away from win-lose mindset, importance of added value of players, anticipating other
players reactions to ones own actions. S/U or letter
grading.
466A. Financial Policy for Managers. (4) Lecture,
four hours. Limited to Executive MBA Program students. Modern financial management deals with decision making under uncertainty for corporate financial
management, portfolio investment decisions, financial
institutions, and international financial management.
Focus on learning sound theoretical tools and applying them in casework. S/U or letter grading.
466B. Advanced Financial Policy for Managers. (4)
Lecture, four hours. Limited to Executive MBA Program students. Modern financial management deals
with decision making under uncertainty for corporate
financial management, portfolio investment decisions,
financial institutions, and international financial management. Focus on learning sound theoretical tools
and applying them in casework. S/U or letter grading.
468. Macroeconomics and Economic Forecasting. (4) Lecture, four hours. Limited to Executive MBA
Program students. Macroeconomic theory and its application to business forecasting. Major economic indicators and their historical description of the U.S.
economy; theoretical tools that business economists
use to analyze impacts of monetary and fiscal policy;
macroeconometric techniques applicable to business
decisions. S/U or letter grading.
469A-469B. Organizational Behavior. (2-2) (Formerly numbered 469.) Lecture, two hours. Course
469A is enforced requisite to 469B. Limited to Executive MBA Program students. Introduction to organizational behavior for executives, including but not limited to optimal decision making, fostering motivation,
and other topics on psychology of leadership. Lecture, discussion, and experiential applications of
course concepts. In Progress (469A) and S/U or letter
(469B) grading.
470A. Introduction to Strategic Management Research. (2) Fieldwork, two hours. Limited to Executive MBA Program students. Methods of organizational and strategic analysis to determine relationship
of organization with its environment. In Progress
grading (credit to be given only on completion of
courses 470B and 470C).
470B. Strategic Management Research. (4) Fieldwork, four hours. Limited to Executive MBA Program
students. Preparation of strategic overview of selected company entailing collection and analysis of
primary and secondary data, including (but not limited
to) interviews of corporate executives, corporate financial and marketing data, industry reports, and
customer and competitor interviews and/or surveys.
In Progress grading (credit to be given only on completion of course 470C).
470C. Strategic Management Research. (4) Fieldwork, four hours. Limited to Executive MBA Program
students. Further research and analysis of one strategic issue facing selected company and identified in
479E. International Exchange: Executive MBA Program. (2 to 4) Lecture, three hours; discussion and
site visits, 20 hours. Preparation: completion of firstyear core courses in Executive MBA Program. Intensive one-week program in one foreign country, with
courses taught by faculty members from partner institutions in destination country. Topics vary but are tailored to MBA curriculum, including but not limited to
finance, marketing, global economics, strategy,
human resources, operations, and technology management. Exposure to local business practices, company site visits, and exploration of local cultural and
historical sites. S/U or letter grading.
480. Corporate Governance. (4) Lecture, three hours.
Foundations for members of corporate boards of directors to understand their responsibilities, hone their
skills, and learn to improve their practices. Topics include legal and moral duties as directors, risk management, managing top management team of corporation. Letter grading.
482. Negotiations Behavior. (4) Lecture, three hours.
Presentation of theoretical principles and concepts
from psychology, sociology, and economics through
lectures and readings, with focus primarily on improving practical negotiating skills through experiential learning (i.e., negotiations simulations). Participants learn not only to enhance their individual abilities in dyadic and group situations but also to analyze
contexts for most effective application of these skills.
Letter grading.
483. Management of Technology and Innovation.
(4) Lecture, three hours. Problems of managing technological innovation in Asia. Topics include incorporation of technological consideration into strategy,
adoption of technological innovation, promoting innovation through organizational design and leadership,
e-business, and m-business. Letter grading.
485. Corporate Entrepreneurship. (4) Lecture, three
hours. Managerial efforts aimed at identification, development, and exploitation of technical and organizational innovations, management of new product or
process developments, and effective new venture
management in context of large corporations in manufacturing and service industries. Development of
awareness and understanding of range, scope, and
complexity of issues related to creation of organizational environment that is supportive of entrepreneurial endeavors, and insight concerning effective
implementation of technological and organizational
innovations in corporate setting. Letter grading.
486. Strategic Leadership and Strategic Implementation. (4) Lecture, three hours. Designed to address several fundamental aspects of leading complex organizations, with emphasis on important tasks
of developing well-aligned, high-performance organizations and on challenges of leading change in organizations. Enables students to develop organized
point of view on strategic leadership and to increase
their awareness of themselves as leaders. Letter
grading.
487A-487B. Entrepreneurship and Venture Initiation I, II. (2-2) Lecture, 90 minutes. Course 487A is
enforced requisite to 487B. Limited to Executive MBA
Program students. Introduction to basic tools and
jargon required for entrepreneurship that requires financing or management of intellectual property. Terminology used by lawyers, accountants, venture capitalists, and other investors when forming and financing new companies. Assessment of feasibility of
business concept and communication of concept to
potential investors, employees, and business partners. In Progress (487A) and letter (487B) grading.
488. Business Plan Development. (2) Lecture, 90
minutes. Enforced requisites: courses 487A, 487B.
Limited to Executive MBA Program students. How to
develop business plans, understanding of analytical
processes required to produce plans, improvement of
student writing and oral presentation skills, and review of business plans of other entities. Writing of one
complete business plan and presentation of it to experienced investors. Letter grading.
MATERIALS SCIENCE
AND ENGINEERING
Henry Samueli School of Engineering
and Applied Science
UCLA
3111 Engineering V
Box 951595
Los Angeles, CA 90095-1595
310-825-5534
fax: 310-206-7353
http://www.mse.ucla.edu
Dwight C. Streit, PhD, Chair
Mark S. Goorsky, PhD, Vice Chair
Suneel Kodambaka, PhD, Vice Chair
Professors
Russel E. Caflisch, PhD
Gregory P. Carman, PhD
Jane P. Chang, PhD (William Frederick Seyer
Professor of Materials Electrochemistry)
Yong Chen, PhD
Bruce S. Dunn, PhD (Nippon Sheet Glass Company
Professor of Materials Science)
Nasr M. Ghoniem, PhD
Mark S. Goorsky, PhD
Vijay Gupta, PhD
Robert F. Hicks, PhD
Yu Huang, PhD
Ioanna Kakoulli, DPhil
Richard B. Kaner, PhD
Xiaochun Li, PhD
Ali Mosleh, PhD (Evalyn Knight Professor of
Engineering)
Vidvuds Ozolins, PhD
Qibing Pei, PhD
Dwight C. Streit, PhD
Sarah H. Tolbert, PhD
Kang L. Wang, PhD (Raytheon Company Professor of
Electrical Engineering)
Paul S. Weiss, PhD
Benjamin M. Wu, DDS, PhD
Ya-Hong Xie, PhD
Jenn-Ming Yang, PhD
Yang Yang, PhD (Carol and Lawrence E. Tannas, Jr.,
Endowed Professor of Engineering)
Professors Emeriti
Alan J. Ardell, PhD
David L. Douglass, PhD
John D. Mackenzie, PhD (Nippon Sheet Glass
Company Professor Emeritus of Materials Science)
Kanji Ono, PhD
Aly H. Shabaik, PhD
King-Ning Tu, PhD
Associate Professors
Suneel Kodambaka, PhD
Jaime Marian, PhD
Undergraduate Study
The materials engineering program is accredited by the Engineering Accreditation Commission of ABET. See http://www.abet.org.
The Materials Engineering major is a designated capstone major. Students undertake two
individual projects involving materials selection, treatment, and serviceability. Successful
completion requires working knowledge of
physical properties of materials and strategies
and methodologies of using materials properties in the materials selection process. Students learn and work independently and practice leadership and teamwork in and across
disciplines. They are also expected to communicate effectively in oral, graphic, and written
forms.
Materials Engineering BS
Capstone Major
The materials engineering program is designed
for students who wish to pursue a professional
career in the materials field and desire a broad
understanding of the relationship between microstructure and properties of materials. Metals, ceramics, and polymers, as well as the design, fabrication, and testing of metallic and
other materials such as oxides, glasses, and
fiber-reinforced composites, are included in the
course contents.
Graduate Study
Official, specific degree requirements are detailed in Program Requirements for UCLA
Graduate Degrees, available at the Graduate
Division website, http://grad.ucla.edu. In many
cases, more detailed guidelines may be outlined in announcements, other publications,
and websites of the schools, departments, and
programs.
Graduate Degrees
The Department of Materials Science and Engineering offers Master of Science (MS) and
Doctor of Philosophy (PhD) degrees in Materials Science and Engineering.
equilibrium criteria, solution thermodynamics, massaction law, binary and ternary phase diagrams, glass
transitions. Letter grading.
131. Diffusion and Diffusion-Controlled Reactions.
(4) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours.
Requisite: course 130. Diffusion in metals and ionic
solids, nucleation and growth theory; precipitation
from solid solution, eutectoid decomposition, design
of heat treatment processes of alloys, growth of intermediate phases, gas-solid reactions, design of oxidation-resistant alloys, recrystallization, and grain
growth. Letter grading.
131L. Diffusion and Diffusion-Controlled Reactions Laboratory. (2) Laboratory, two hours; outside
study, four hours. Enforced corequisite: course 131.
Design of heat-treating cycles and performing experiments to study interdiffusion, growth of intermediate
phases, recrystallization, and grain growth in metals.
Analysis of data. Comparison of results with theory.
Letter grading.
132. Structure and Properties of Metallic Alloys.
(4) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Enforced requisite: course 131. Physical metallurgy of
steels, lightweight alloys (Al and Ti), and superalloys.
Strengthening mechanisms, microstructural control
methods for strength and toughness improvement.
Grain boundary segregation. Letter grading.
140. Materials Selection and Engineering Design.
(4) Lecture, four hours; discussion, one hour; outside
study, seven hours. Enforced requisites: at least two
courses from 132, 150, 160. Explicit guidance among
myriad materials available for design in engineering.
Properties and applications of steels, nonferrous alloys, polymeric, ceramic, and composite materials,
coatings. Materials selection, treatment, and serviceability emphasized as part of successful design. Design projects. Letter grading.
141L. Computer Methods and Instrumentation in
Materials Science. (2) Laboratory, four hours. Preparation: knowledge of BASIC or C or assembly language. Limited to junior/senior Materials Science and
Engineering majors. Interface and control techniques,
real-time data acquisition and processing, computeraided testing. Letter grading.
143A. Mechanical Behavior of Materials. (4) Lecture, four hours; discussion, one hour; outside study,
seven hours. Requisites: course 104, Mechanical and
Aerospace Engineering 101. Plastic flow of metals
under simple and combined loading, strain rate and
temperature effects, dislocations, fracture, microstructural effects, mechanical and thermal treatment
of steel for engineering applications. Letter grading.
143L. Mechanical Behavior Laboratory. (2) Laboratory, four hours. Requisites: courses 90L, 143A (may
be taken concurrently). Methods of characterizating
mechanical behavior of various materials; elastic and
plastic deformation, fracture toughness, fatigue, and
creep. Letter grading.
150. Introduction to Polymers. (4) Lecture, four hours;
discussion, one hour; outside study, seven hours. Polymerization mechanisms, molecular weight and distribution, chemical structure and bonding, structure
crystallinity, and morphology and their effects on
physical properties. Glassy polymers, springy polymers, elastomers, adhesives. Fiber forming polymers,
polymer processing technology, plasticiation. Letter
grading.
151. Structure and Properties of Composite Materials. (4) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight
hours. Preparation: at least two courses from 132,
143A, 150, 160. Requisite: course 104. Relationship
between structure and mechanical properties of composite materials with fiber and particulate reinforcement. Properties of fiber, matrix, and interfaces. Selection of macrostructures and material systems.
Letter grading.
160. Introduction to Ceramics and Glasses. (4)
Lecture, four hours; discussion, one hour; outside
study, seven hours. Requisites: courses 104, 130. Introduction to ceramics and glasses being used as important materials of engineering, processing tech-
Graduate Courses
200. Principles of Materials Science I. (4) Lecture,
four hours; outside study, eight hours. Requisite:
course 120. Lattice dynamics and thermal properties
of solids, classical and quantized free electron theory,
electrons in a periodic potential, transport in semiconductors, dielectric and magnetic properties of solids.
Letter grading.
201. Principles of Materials Science II. (4) Lecture,
three hours; outside study, nine hours. Requisite:
course 131. Kinetics of diffusional transformations in
solids. Precipitation in solids. Nucleation theory.
Theory of precipitate growth. Ostwald ripening.
Spinodal decomposition. Cellular reactions. Letter
grading.
202. Thermodynamics of Materials. (4) Lecture,
four hours; outside study, eight hours. Principles of
thermodynamics and statistical mechanics and their
application to physical and chemical phenomena in
materials. Finite-temperature properties of singlecomponent and multicomponent systems, equations
of state, thermodynamic potentials and their derivatives, phase diagrams, and other equilibrium properties. First-order and second-order phase transitions in
liquids and solids. Introduction to classical and
modern theories of critical phenomena. Thermodynamic description of irreversible processes and entropy generation. Letter grading.
210. Diffraction Methods in Science of Materials.
(4) Lecture, four hours; recitation, one hour; outside
study, seven hours. Requisite: course 110. Theory of
diffraction of waves (X rays, electrons, and neutrons)
in crystalline and noncrystalline materials. Long- and
short-range order in crystals, structural effects of
plastic deformation, solid-state transformations, arrangements of atoms in liquids and amorphous
solids. Letter grading.
211. Introduction to Materials Characterization B
(Electron Microscopy). (4) (Formerly numbered
C211.) Lecture, three hours; laboratory, two hours;
outside study, seven hours. Requisites: courses 104,
110. Characterization of microstructure and microchemistry of materials; transmission electron microscopy; reciprocal lattice, electron diffraction, stereographic projection, direct observation of defects in
crystals, replicas; scanning electron microscopy:
emissive and reflective modes; chemical analysis;
electron optics of both instruments. Letter grading.
CM212. Cultural Materials Science II: Characterization Methods in Conservation of Materials. (4)
(Same as Conservation M210.) Lecture, four hours.
Preparation: general chemistry, inorganic and organic
chemistry, materials science. Principles and methods
of materials characterization in conservation: optical
and electron microscopy, X-ray and electron spectroscopy, X-ray diffraction, infrared spectroscopy, reflectance spectroscopy and multispectral imaging
spectroscopy, chromatography, design of archaeological and ethnographic materials characterization
procedures. Concurrently scheduled with course
C112. Letter grading.
M213L. Cultural Materials Science Laboratory:
Technical Study. (4) (Same as Conservation M210L.)
Laboratory, four hours. Enforced requisites: Conservation 215 (or M216) and one course from 260
through 264. Enforced corequisite: course CM212 or
C112 or Conservation M210. Research-based laboratory through object-based problem-solving approach
in conservation materials science. Experimental techniques, characterization, and analysis of archaeological and ethnographic materials (using materials science principles and reverse engineering processes) to
determine technological features, defects, and prod-
ucts of alteration. Hands-on experience with noninvasive imaging and spectroscopic techniques, sampling
and sample preparation methods, analysis of microsamples. Letter grading.
M214. Structure, Properties, and Deterioration of
Materials: Rock Art, Wall Paintings, Mosaics. (2)
(Same as Conservation M264.) Lecture, three hours.
Recommended preparation: basic knowledge of general chemistry and materials science. Introduction to
materials and techniques of rock art, wall paintings
(including painted surfaces on cement and composite
decorative architectural surfaces), and mosaics. Archaeological and ethnographic context, techniques,
and materials. Pigments, colorants, and binding
media. Chemical, optical, and structural properties.
Relationship between composition (chemistry), structure (crystals, molecular arrangement, and microstructure), and properties explained using basic concepts from physics and chemistry. Intrinsic attributes
and resistance to weathering. Causes, sources, and
mechanisms of deterioration (physical, chemical, and
biochemical). Letter grading.
M215. Conservation Laboratory: Rock Art, Wall
Paintings, and Mosaics. (4) (Same as Conservation
M250.) Laboratory, four hours. Enforced requisites:
course M216 (or C112 or Conservation M210), Conservation 210L, 264. Recommended: Conservation
215. Research-based laboratory on conservation of
rock art, wall paintings (archaeological and modern
composites on cements), mosaics, and decorated architectural surfaces. Experimental techniques and
analysis of materials (using materials science and reverse engineering processes) for characterization of
technology, constituent materials, and alteration
products; development of conservation treatment
proposals, testing of conservation products, and
methods and conservation treatment. Letter grading.
M216. Science of Conservation Materials and
Methods I. (4) (Same as Conservation M216.) Lecture, two hours; laboratory, two hours. Recommended requisite: laboratory safety fundamental concepts course by Office of Environment, Health, and
Safety. Introduction to physical, chemical, and mechanical properties of conservation materials (employed for preservation of archaeological and cultural
materials) and their aging characteristics. Science and
application methods of traditional organic and inorganic systems and introduction of novel technology
based on biomineralization processes and nanostructured materials. Letter grading.
221. Science of Electronic Materials. (4) Lecture,
four hours; outside study, eight hours. Requisite:
course 120. Study of major physical and chemical
principles affecting properties and performance of
semiconductor materials. Topics include bonding,
carrier statistics, band-gap engineering, optical and
transport properties, novel materials systems, and
characterization. Letter grading.
222. Growth and Processing of Electronic Materials. (4) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours.
Requisites: courses 120, 130, 131. Thermodynamics
and kinetics that affect semiconductor growth and
device processing. Particular emphasis on fundamentals of growth (bulk and epitaxial), heteroepitaxy, implantation, oxidation. Letter grading.
223. Materials Science of Thin Films. (4) Lecture,
four hours; outside study, eight hours. Requisites:
courses 120, 131. Fabrication, structure, and property
correlations of thin films used in microelectronics for
data and information processing. Topics include film
deposition, interfacial properties, stress and strain,
electromigration, phase changes and kinetics, reliability. Letter grading.
224. Deposition Technologies and Their Applications. (4) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight
hours. Examination of physics behind majority of
modern thin film deposition technologies based on
vapor phase transport. Basic vacuum technology and
gas kinetics. Deposition methods used in high-technology applications. Theory and experimental details
of physical vapor deposition (PVD), chemical vapor
deposition (CVD), plasma-enhanced chemical vapor
deposition processes. Letter grading.
480 / Mathematics
250B. Advanced Composite Materials. (4) Lecture,
four hours; outside study, eight hours. Preparation:
BS in Materials Science and Engineering. Requisite:
course 151. Fabrication methods, structure and properties of advanced composite materials. Fibers; resin-,
metal-, and ceramic-matrix composites. Physical,
mechanical, and nondestructive characterization
techniques. Letter grading.
251. Chemistry of Soft Materials. (4) Lecture, four
hours. Introduction to organic soft materials, including
essential basic organic chemistry and polymer chemistry. Topics include three main categories of soft materials: organic molecules, synthetic polymers, and
biomolecules and biomaterials. Extensive description
and discussion of structure-property relationship,
spectroscopic and experimental techniques, and
preparation methods for various soft materials. Letter
grading.
252. Organic Polymer Electronic Materials. (4)
Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Preparation: knowledge of introductory organic chemistry
and polymer science. Introduction to organic electronic materials with emphasis on materials chemistry
and processing. Topics include conjugated polymers;
heavily doped, highly conducting polymers; applications as processable metals and in various electrical,
optical, and electrochemical devices. Synthesis of
semiconductor polymers for organic light-emitting diodes, solar cells, thin-film transistors. Introduction to
emerging field of organic electronics. Letter grading.
270. Computer Simulations of Materials. (4) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Introduction to modern methods of computational modeling in
materials science. Topics include basic statistical mechanics, classical molecular dynamics, and Monte
Carlo methods, with emphasis on understanding
basic physical ideas and learning to design, run, and
analyze computer simulations of materials. Use of examples from current literature to show how these
methods can be used to study interesting phenomena
in materials science. Hands-on computer experiments. Letter grading.
271. Electronic Structure of Materials. (4) Lecture,
four hours; outside study, eight hours. Preparation:
basic knowledge of quantum mechanics. Recommended requisite: course 200. Introduction to modern
first-principles electronic structure calculations for
various types of modern materials. Properties of electrons and interatomic bonding in molecules, crystals,
and liquids, with emphasis on practical methods for
solving Schrdinger equation and using it to calculate
physical properties such as elastic constants, equilibrium structures, binding energies, vibrational frequencies, electronic band gaps and band structures, properties of defects, surfaces, interfaces, and magnetism. Extensive hands-on experience with modern
density-functional theory code. Letter grading.
272. Theory of Nanomaterials. (4) Lecture, four hours;
outside study, eight hours. Strongly recommended
requisite: course 200. Introduction to properties and
applications of nanoscale materials, with emphasis on
understanding of basic principles that distinguish
nanostructures (with feature size below 100 nm) from
more common microstructured materials. Explanation
of new phenomena that emerge only in very small
systems, using simple concepts from quantum mechanics and thermodynamics. Topics include structure and electronic properties of quantum dots, wires,
nanotubes, and multilayers, self-assembly on surfaces and in liquid solutions, mechanical properties of
nanostructured metamaterials, molecular electronics,
spin-based electronics, and proposed realizations of
quantum computing. Discussion of current and future
directions of this rapidly growing field using examples
from modern scientific literature. Letter grading.
CM280. Introduction to Biomaterials. (4) (Same as
Bioengineering CM278.) Lecture, three hours; discussion, two hours; outside study, seven hours. Requisites: course 104, or Chemistry 20A, 20B, and 20L.
Engineering materials used in medicine and dentistry
for repair and/or restoration of damaged natural tissues. Topics include relationships between material
properties, suitability to task, surface chemistry, pro-
599. Research for and Preparation of PhD Dissertation. (2 to 16) Tutorial, to be arranged. Limited to
graduate materials science and engineering students.
Usually taken after students have been advanced to
candidacy. S/U grading.
MATHEMATICS
College of Letters and Science
UCLA
6363 Math Sciences
Box 951555
Los Angeles, CA 90095-1555
310-825-4701
fax: 310-206-6673
http://www.math.ucla.edu
William D. Duke, PhD, Chair
David A. Gieseker, PhD, Undergraduate Vice
Chair
Mikhail Khitrik, PhD, Graduate Vice Chair
Andrea L. Bertozzi, PhD, Director, Applied
Mathematics
Christopher R. Anderson, PhD, Director,
Program in Computing
Richard S. Elman, PhD, Administrative Vice
Chair
Professors
Christopher R. Anderson, PhD
Matthias J. Aschenbrenner, PhD
Paul Balmer, PhD
Andrea L. Bertozzi, PhD (Betsy Wood Knapp
Professor of Innovation and Creativity)
Marek Biskup, PhD
Don M. Blasius, PhD
Mario Bonk, PhD (David Saxon Presidential Term
Professor of Mathematics)
Robert F. Brown, PhD
Russel E. Caflisch, PhD
Lincoln Chayes, PhD
Tom Chou, PhD
William D. Duke, PhD
Richard S. Elman, PhD
Wilfrid D. Gangbo, PhD
John B. Garnett, PhD
David A. Gieseker, PhD
Robert E. Greene, PhD
Christian Haesemeyer, PhD
Haruzo Hida, PhD
Michael A. Hill, PhD
Ko Honda, PhD
Chandrashekhar Khare, PhD
Mikhail Khitrik, PhD
Rowan B. Killip, PhD
Inwon C. Kim, PhD
Alan J. Laub, PhD
Ker-Chau Li, PhD
Kefeng Liu, PhD
Ciprian Manolescu, PhD
Alexander S. Merkurjev, PhD
Itay Neeman, PhD
William I. Newman, PhD
Stanley J. Osher, PhD
Rafail Ostrovsky, PhD
Igor Pak, PhD
Peter Petersen, PhD
Sorin T. Popa, PhD
Mason A. Porter, PhD
James V. Ralston, Jr., PhD
Raphael A. Rouquier, PhD
Dimitri Y. Shlyakhtenko, PhD
Terence C. Tao, PhD (James and Carol Collins
Professor in College of Letters and Science)
Joseph M. Teran, PhD
Burt Totaro, PhD
Lieven Vandenberghe, PhD
Luminita A. Vese, PhD
Monica Visan, PhD
Wotao Yin, PhD
William R. Zame, PhD
Mathematics / 481
Professors Emeriti
Donald G. Babbitt, PhD
Kirby A. Baker, PhD
Robert J. Blattner, PhD
David G. Cantor, PhD
Lennart Carleson, PhD
Tony F. Chan, PhD
Shiu-Yuen Cheng, PhD
Philip C. Curtis, Jr., PhD
Rodolfo De Sapio, PhD
Robert D. Edwards, PhD
Edward G. Effros, PhD
Gregory I. Eskin, PhD
Hector O. Fattorini, PhD
Thomas S. Ferguson, PhD
Theodore W. Gamelin, PhD
Mark L. Green, PhD
Nathaniel Grossman, PhD
Alfred W. Hales, PhD
Robert I. Jennrich, PhD
Paul B. Johnson, PhD
Thomas M. Liggett, PhD
Donald A. Martin, PhD
Ronald J. Miech, PhD
Yiannis N. Moschovakis, PhD
Sidney C. Port, PhD
Paul H. Roberts, PhD, DSc
Bruce L. Rothschild, PhD
Leo R. Sario, PhD
Murray M. Schacher, PhD
Roberto H. Schonmann, PhD
Masamichi Takesaki, PhD
V.S. Varadarajan, PhD
James H. White, PhD
N. Donald Ylvisaker, PhD
Associate Professors
Students who have taken the Advanced Placement (AP) Calculus AB Test and obtained a
score of 5 receive 4 units of credit and Mathematics 31A equivalency; those with a score of
4 receive 4 units of calculus and analytic geometry credit. They may petition for 31A equivalency, or they may take course 31A at UCLA,
although they must still satisfy the course requisites (Mathematics Diagnostic Test). Students who take the BC Test and obtain a score
of 5 receive 8 units of credit and Mathematics
31A, 31B equivalency; those with a score of 4
receive 4 units of credit and Mathematics 31A
equivalency. They may petition for 31A, 31B
equivalency, or they may take courses 31A,
31B at UCLA, although they must still satisfy
the course requisites (Mathematics Diagnostic
Test). Students receiving a score of 4 or lower
on the AB or 3 or lower on the BC examination
should consult the undergraduate mathematics counselor prior to enrolling in a calculus
course at UCLA.
The department offers six majors: Mathematics, Applied Mathematics, Financial Actuarial
Mathematics, Mathematics of Computation,
Mathematics/Applied Science, and Mathematics for Teaching. The department also participates in the Mathematics/Economics Interdepartmental Program, which offers a Mathematics/Economics major, and in the Mathematics/
Atmospheric and Oceanic Sciences Interdepartmental Program, which offers a Mathematics/Atmospheric and Oceanic Sciences major.
Mathematics 2 is not open for credit to students with credit for any course from Mathematics 110A through 199.
Mathematics 132 is not open for credit to students with credit for Physics 132.
Mathematics 151A is not open for credit to students with credit for Electrical Engineering 103.
Mathematics 170A and Statistics 100A are not
open for credit to students with credit for Electrical Engineering 131A.
Undergraduate Study
For upper division mathematics courses, students may not take or repeat a lower sequence
course for credit if it is part of a sequence for
which they already have credit. This applies in
particular to the repetition of courses (e.g., if
students wish to repeat Mathematics 131A,
they must do so before completing course
131B or 131BH).
Preliminary Examination in
Mathematics
If students wish to enroll in Mathematics 1, 3A,
or 31A, they must pass the Mathematics Diagnostic Test.
For specific information about the online test,
refer to the Schedule of Classes or the departmental website at http://www.math.ucla.edu/
Courses 10A, 10B, and 10C provide an extensive introduction to programming, using the
C++ language. Courses 15, 16, 20A, 20B, 20C,
30, 40A, 40B, and 60 are of interest to Letters
and Science majors who are completing a specialization in Computing or who are planning to
take upper division coursework in computer
science. These students should seek the advice of their major department.
Undergraduate Majors
Assistant Professors
Credit Limitations
Courses from only one of the following statistics sequences may be applied toward any
mathematics major: (1) Statistics 100A (or
Mathematics 170A), 100B, 100C or (2) former
Statistics 110A, 110B.
For lower division mathematics courses, students may not take or repeat a course for
credit if it is a requisite for a more advanced
lower division course for which they already
have credit. This applies in particular to the
repetition of courses (e.g., if students wish to
repeat Mathematics 31B, they must do so before completing course 32B; if students wish to
repeat Mathematics 3B or 31B or 32A, they
must do so before completing course 33A).
The Mathematics major is designed for students whose basic interest is mathematics; the
Applied Mathematics major for those interested in the classical relationship between
mathematics, the physical sciences, and engineering; the Financial Actuarial Mathematics
major for students interested in working in the
actuarial field or the application of mathematics, finance, and statistics; the Mathematics of
Computation major for individuals interested in
the mathematical theory and the applications
of computing; the Mathematics/Applied Science major for those with substantial interest in
the applications of mathematics to a particular
outside field of interest; and the Mathematics
for Teaching major for students planning to
teach mathematics at the high school level. As
part of the Mathematics/Applied Science major,
the department offers programs for students interested in the fields of mathematics/history of
science and medical and life sciences.
Each course taken to fulfill any of the requirements for any of the mathematics majors must
be taken for a letter grade.
The Mathematics for Teaching major is a designated capstone major. In their senior year
students complete a year-long course sequence that culminates in a model lesson presentation, paper, and portfolio. Through their
capstone work, students demonstrate their familiarity with research and current issues in
482 / Mathematics
mathematics education, as well as their capacities to problem solve; reason quantitatively,
geometrically, and algebraically; construct viable arguments; critique others reasoning; and
use tools strategically.
Mathematics BS
The Major
Mathematics Premajor
After satisfying the preparation for the major requirements, students need to petition to enter
the major at the Undergraduate Advising Office.
Applied Mathematics BS
Applied Mathematics Premajor
Students entering UCLA directly from high
school or first-term transfer students who want
to declare the Applied Mathematics premajor
at the time they apply for admission are automatically admitted to the premajor.
Current UCLA students need to file a petition
with the Undergraduate Advising Office in
6356 Math Sciences. All students are identified
as Applied Mathematics premajors until they
satisfy the following minimum requirements for
the major: (1) achieve grades of C or better in
all premajor mathematics sequenced courses
(Mathematics 31A, 31B, 32A, 32B, 33A, 33B),
(2) achieve a minimum 2.5 grade-point average
in the calculus sequence with no more than
two repeats, and (3) file a petition to declare
the major before completing 160 quarter units.
Transfer Students
Transfer applicants to the Applied Mathematics major with 90 or more units must complete
as many of the following introductory courses
as possible prior to admission to UCLA: two
years of calculus for majors, two calculusbased physics courses, one C++ programming
course, and one course from general chemistry for majors or calculus-based physics.
Refer to the UCLA Transfer Admission Guide at
http://www.admission.ucla.edu/prospect/Adm
_tr/tradms.htm for up-to-date information regarding transfer selection for admission.
After satisfying the preparation for the major
requirements, students need to petition to enter the major at the Undergraduate Advising
Office.
The Major
Required: Mathematics 115A, 131A, either
131B or 132, 142; two two-term sequences
from two of the following categories: numerical
analysiscourses 151A and 151B, probability
and statisticscourses 170A and 170B, or
Statistics 100A and 100B, differential equationscourses 134 and 135; four courses from
106 through 199 and Statistics 100A through
102C (appropriate courses from other departments may be substituted for some of the additional courses provided departmental consent is given before such courses are taken).
Each course must be taken for a letter grade.
The 12 courses must be completed with a minimum overall grade-point average of 2.0, with
grades of C or better in Mathematics 115A
and 131A.
It is strongly recommended that students take
Mathematics 115A as one of their first upper
division courses for the major.
Financial Actuarial
Mathematics BS
Financial Actuarial Mathematics
Premajor
Students entering UCLA directly from high
school or first-term transfer students who want
to declare the Financial Actuarial Mathematics
premajor at the time they apply for admission
are automatically admitted to the premajor.
Current UCLA students need to file a petition
with the Undergraduate Advising Office in
6356 Math Sciences. All students are identified
as Financial Actuarial Mathematics premajors
until they satisfy the following minimum
requirements for the major: (1) achieve grades
of C or better in all premajor mathematics sequenced courses (Mathematics 31A, 31B,
32A, 32B, 33A, 33B, Program in Computing
10A) with a minimum 2.5 grade-point average
and no more than two repeats, (2) achieve
grades of C or better in all premajor economics
courses (Economics 1, 2, 11, Management 1A,
1B) with a minimum 2.5 grade-point average
and no more than one repeat, and (3) file a petition to declare the major before completing
160 quarter units.
Mathematics / 483
Preparation for the Major
Required: Mathematics 31A, 31B, 32A, 32B,
33A, 33B, Economics 1, 2, 11, Management
1A, 1B, Program in Computing 10A. Each
course must be taken for a letter grade. The
economics preparation for the major courses
(Economics 1, 2, 11, Management 1A, 1B) are
calculated separately from the mathematics
preparation for the major courses (Mathematics 31A, 31B, 32A, 32B, 33A, 33B, Program in
Computing 10A). The economics preparation
courses must be completed with a minimum
overall 2.5 grade-point average and a grade of
C or better in each course, as must the mathematics preparation courses.
Repetition of more than one economics preparation course, more than two mathematics
preparation courses, or of any economics or
mathematics preparation course more than
once results in automatic dismissal from the
major.
Freshman Students
Students must petition to declare the Financial
Actuarial Mathematics major and can do so
once they complete all of the mathematics sequenced courses, all of the economics preparation courses, and submit an application to
enter the major before completing 160 quarter
units. Admission into the major is based on
student academic performance on the minimum requirements.
Transfer Students
Transfer applicants to the Financial Actuarial
Mathematics major with 90 or more units must
complete as many of the following introductory
courses as possible prior to admission to
UCLA: two years of calculus for majors, one
C++ programming course, one microeconomic
theory course, one macroeconomics course,
and two terms of accounting principle.
Transfer credit for any of the above is subject
to department approval; consult an undergraduate counselor before enrolling in any courses
for the major.
Refer to the UCLA Transfer Admission Guide at
http://www.admission.ucla.edu/prospect/Adm
_tr/tradms.htm for up-to-date information regarding transfer selection for admission.
The Major
Required: Eight mathematics/statistics courses,
including Mathematics 115A, 131A, 170A,
170B, 174A (or 174E or Economics 141 or Statistics C183), 175; one two-term sequence
from the following categories: life contingency
actuarial modelscourses 172B and 172C, or
casualty loss modelscourses 173A and
173B; and three courses from 172B through
173B, Economics 101 through 199B, Statistics
100C. Each course must be taken for a letter
grade. Transfer credit is subject to department
approval; consult an undergraduate counselor
before enrolling in any courses for the major.
To graduate, the eight Mathematics Department courses must be completed with an
overall grade-point average of 2.0, with grades
of C or better in Mathematics 115A and 131A,
Mathematics of
Computation BS
Mathematics of Computation
Premajor
Students entering UCLA directly from high
school or first-term transfer students who want
to declare the Mathematics of Computation
premajor at the time they apply for admission
are automatically admitted to the premajor.
Current UCLA students need to file a petition
with the Undergraduate Advising Office in 6356
Math Sciences. All students are identified as
Mathematics of Computation premajors until
they satisfy the following minimum requirements for the major: (1) achieve grades of C or
better in all premajor mathematics sequenced
courses (Mathematics 31A, 31B, 32A, 32B,
33A, 33B), (2) achieve a minimum 2.5 gradepoint average in the calculus sequence with no
more than two repeats, and (3) file a petition to
declare the major before completing 160 quarter units.
The Major
Required: Eleven Mathematics Department
courses, including Mathematics 115A, 131A,
131B or 132, 151A, 151B, and six courses
from 106 through 199 and Statistics 100A
through 101C; three upper division computer
science courses (12 units). Each course must
be taken for a letter grade. The 14 courses
must be completed with a minimum overall
grade-point average of 2.0, with grades of C
or better in Mathematics 115A and 131A.
It is strongly recommended that students take
Mathematics 115A as one of their first upper
division courses for the major.
Mathematics/Applied
Science BS
The Mathematics/Applied Science major is designed for students with a substantial interest
in mathematics and its applications to a particular field. It is an individual major in that students, in consultation with a faculty adviser,
design their own program. They may also select one of the established programs: mathematics/history of science plan or medical and
life sciences plan. In the past, Mathematics/
Applied Science majors have combined the
study of mathematics with fields such as atmospheric and oceanic sciences, biochemistry, biology, chemistry, economics, geography,
physics, psychology, and statistics.
Students interested in designing an individual
program should meet with the undergraduate
adviser, 6356 Math Sciences, during their
sophomore year. A proposed program is drawn
up, then forwarded to the mathematics/applied
science curriculum committee for approval. All
programs must include the following preparation for the major and major courses.
Mathematics/Applied Science
Premajor
Students entering UCLA directly from high
school or first-term transfer students who want
to declare the Mathematics/Applied Science
premajor at the time they apply for admission
are automatically admitted to the premajor.
Current UCLA students need to file a petition
with the Undergraduate Advising Office in 6356
Math Sciences. All students are identified as
Mathematics/Applied Science premajors until
they satisfy the following minimum requirements for the major: (1) achieve grades of C or
better in all premajor mathematics sequenced
courses (Mathematics 31A, 31B, 32A, 32B,
33A, 33B), (2) achieve a minimum 2.5 gradepoint average in the calculus sequence with no
more than two repeats, and (3) file a petition to
declare the major before completing 160 quarter units.
484 / Mathematics
Preparation for the Major
Actuarial Plan
The Undergraduate Council of the UCLA Academic Senate approved the disestablishment
of the Actuarial Plan of the Mathematics/Applied Science BS effective fall quarter 2013. No
new students can be admitted. Students already in the plan are allowed to complete the
requirements for the BS degree.
The Major
Required: Fourteen courses, seven in the
Mathematics Department selected from Mathematics 106 through 199 and seven upper division courses in a related field selected from
one or two other departments. Each course
must be taken for a letter grade. The seven
Mathematics Department courses must be
completed with a minimum overall grade-point
average of 2.0, with grades of C or better in
Mathematics 115A and 131A, as must the
seven courses outside mathematics.
It is strongly recommended that students take
Mathematics 115A as one of their first upper
division courses for the major.
At least five of the courses from the related discipline must be taken after the program has
been approved. Students are not admitted to
the major if they have 135 or more units by the
end of the term in which they plan to enter the
program.
Mathematics/History of Science
Plan
Preparation for the Major
Required: Mathematics 31A, 31B, 32A, 32B,
33A, 33B, Program in Computing 10A, and
three courses from History 2B, 2D, 3A through
3D. Each course must be taken for a letter
grade. The mathematics sequenced courses
(Mathematics 31A, 31B, 32A, 32B, 33A, 33B)
are calculated separately from the other preparation for the major courses and must be completed with a minimum overall 2.5 grade-point
average and a grade of C or better in each
course. The other preparation courses must be
completed with a minimum overall 2.0 gradepoint average and a grade of C or better in
each course.
Repetition of more than two mathematics sequenced courses or of any mathematics
Mathematics / 485
discrete structures course, one C++ programming course, and three courses from calculusbased physics, general chemistry for majors,
and computing.
Refer to the UCLA Transfer Admission Guide at
http://www.admission.ucla.edu/prospect/Adm
_tr/tradms.htm for up-to-date information regarding transfer selection for admission.
After satisfying the preparation for the major requirements, students need to petition to enter
the major at the Undergraduate Advising Office.
The Major
Required: Mathematics 106, 110A or 117,
115A, 120A or 123, 131A, 170A or Statistics
100A, Statistics 100B, one course from Mathematics 110B through 191H or Statistics 100C,
one course from Mathematics 131B through
136, one course from 142 through 167, and a
capstone series in the senior year (courses
105A, 105B, 105C). Each course must be
taken for a letter grade. The 13 courses must
be completed with a minimum overall gradepoint average of 2.0, with grades of C or better in Mathematics 115A and 131A.
It is strongly recommended that students take
Mathematics 115A as one of their first upper
division courses for the major.
Honors
Honors Courses
The department offers a lower division honors
sequence in calculus and upper division honors sequences in algebra and analysis. The sequences are intended for students (not necessarily mathematics majors) who desire a broad,
comprehensive introduction to these topics.
Honors Program
Students majoring in Mathematics, Applied
Mathematics, and Mathematics of Computation who wish to graduate with departmental
honors should apply for admission to the honors program in the Student Services Office.
They may apply any time after completing four
courses from the calculus sequence or from
upper division mathematics courses with an
overall grade-point average of 3.6 or better.
The program entails taking a specified sequence of courses as part of the major requirements, completing an approved seminar offered by the Mathematics Department or submitting an original research project, and
earning an overall GPA of at least 3.6 in approved upper division and graduate mathematics courses.
Students completing the program are awarded
honors at graduation; if they demonstrate exceptional achievement (i.e., at least a 3.8 GPA
in upper division mathematics courses taken
for the major), they are awarded highest
honors. Consult the department for further
information.
Computing Specialization
Majors in Mathematics, Applied Mathematics,
Financial Actuarial Mathematics, Mathematics/
Applied Science, or Mathematics for Teaching
may select a specialization in Computing by (1)
Mathematics Minor
The Mathematics minor is designed to provide
students with the opportunity to widen their
background and general comprehension of the
role of mathematics in various disciplines.
To enter the minor, students must have completed all of the lower division minor courses
with grades of C or better (an overall gradepoint average of 2.0 or better) and at least one
upper division mathematics course.
Required Lower Division Courses (12 units):
Mathematics 32A, 33A, 33B.
Required Upper Division Courses (20 units): At
least five courses (20 units) selected from
Mathematics 106 through 199.
A minimum of 20 units applied toward the minor
requirements must be in addition to units
applied toward major requirements or another
minor.
Each minor course must be taken for a letter
grade. Students must complete all lower division courses with grades of C or better. Upper
division courses must have an overall gradepoint average of 2.0 or better that is calculated
separately from the lower division courses.
Successful completion of the minor is indicated on the transcript and diploma.
Teaching Secondary
Mathematics Minor
The Teaching Secondary Mathematics minor is
designed for students majoring in fields other
486 / Mathematics
than mathematics who plan to teach secondary mathematics after graduation. The minor
provides recognition for completion of requisite coursework for the Joint Mathematics Education Program and also prepares students
for the contents on the California Subject Examination for Teachers (CSET). Post-bachelor
credentialing programs will see that students
with this minor have taken coursework on secondary mathematics from an advanced standpoint that is recommended by the Conference
Board of Mathematical Sciences and the California State Commission on Teacher Credentialing. This minor is not open to students in
any Mathematics Department major.
To enter the minor, students must have completed Mathematics 115A with a grade of C or
better. If Mathematics 115A was not completed at UCLA, students must show proof
that they completed an equivalent course with
a grade of C or better.
Required Upper Division Courses (29 units):
Mathematics 105A, 105B, 105C, 110A or 117,
115A, 120A or 123, 131A.
It is strongly recommended that students take
Mathematics 115A as their first upper division
course for the minor.
A minimum of 20 units applied toward the minor requirements must be in addition to units
applied toward major requirements or another
minor.
Each minor course must be taken for a letter
grade with a grade of C or better in each, and
students must have an overall grade-point average of 2.0 or better. Successful completion
of the minor is indicated on the transcript and
diploma.
Graduate Study
Official, specific degree requirements are detailed in Program Requirements for UCLA
Graduate Degrees, available at the Graduate
Division website, http://grad.ucla.edu. In many
cases, more detailed guidelines may be outlined in announcements, other publications,
and websites of the schools, departments, and
programs.
Graduate Degrees
The Department of Mathematics offers the
Masters of Arts in Teaching (MAT) degree and
Master of Arts (MA), Candidate in Philosophy
(CPhil), and Doctor of Philosophy (PhD) degrees in Mathematics.
Mathematics
Lower Division Courses
1. Precalculus. (4) Lecture, three hours; discussion,
one hour. Preparation: three years of high school
mathematics. Requisite: successful completion of
Mathematics Diagnostic Test. Function concept.
Linear and polynomial functions and their graphs, applications to optimization. Inverse, exponential, and
logarithmic functions. Trigonometric functions. P/NP
or letter grading.
2. Finite Mathematics. (4) Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour. Preparation: three years of high
school mathematics. Finite mathematics consisting of
better. Introduction to integral calculus of several variables, line and surface integrals. P/NP or letter
grading.
33A. Linear Algebra and Applications. (4) Lecture,
three hours; discussion, one hour. Enforced requisite:
course 3B or 31B or 32A with grade of C or better.
Introduction to linear algebra: systems of linear equations, matrix algebra, linear independence, subspaces, bases and dimension, orthogonality, leastsquares methods, determinants, eigenvalues and eigenvectors, matrix diagonalization, and symmetric
matrices. P/NP or letter grading.
33AH. Linear Algebra and Applications (Honors).
(4) Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour. Enforced requisite: course 3B or 31B or 32A with grade
of B or better. Honors course parallel to course 33A.
P/NP or letter grading.
33B. Differential Equations. (4) Lecture, three hours;
discussion, one hour. Enforced requisite: course 31B
with grade of C or better. Highly recommended:
course 33A. First-order, linear differential equations;
second-order, linear differential equations with constant coefficients; power series solutions; linear systems. P/NP or letter grading.
33BX. Workshop in Infinite Series and Differential
Equations. (1) Discussion, one hour. Corequisite:
course 33B. Supplementary techniques and applications for solving problems in infinite series and differential equations. Limits of investigation set by individual instructor. P/NP grading.
61. Introduction to Discrete Structures. (4) Lecture,
three hours; discussion, one hour. Requisites: courses
31A, 31B. Not open for credit to students with credit
for course 180 or 184. Discrete structures commonly
used in computer science and mathematics, including sets and relations, permutations and combinations, graphs and trees, induction. P/NP or letter
grading.
71SL. Classroom Practices in Elementary School
Mathematics. (2) Seminar, three hours; fieldwork,
three hours. Introduction for prospective mathematics
teachers to field of elementary education and
teaching and learning of mathematics in elementary
school classrooms. Pairs of students are placed in
local elementary school classrooms to observe, participate, and assist mentor teachers in instruction. Introduction to inquiry-based learning practices, national and California standards, reading and learning
differences in children, and cognitive ability of elementary-age children as it relates to introduction of
concepts, curricular planning, classroom management, and learning assessment. P/NP grading.
72SL. Classroom Practices in Middle School
Mathematics. (2) Seminar, 90 minutes; fieldwork,
two and one half hours. Requisites: courses 31A and
31B, with grades of C or better. Introduction for prospective mathematics teachers to field of secondary
education and teaching and learning of mathematics
in middle school classrooms. Pairs of students are
placed in local middle school classrooms to observe,
participate, and assist mentor teachers in instruction.
Discussion of learning in middle school culture, cognitive development of students at this level, and best
means to teach appropriate mathematics concepts at
this level. P/NP grading.
95. Transition to Upper Division Mathematics. (4)
Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour. Enforced
requisites: courses 32A, 32B. Not open for credit to
students with credit for course 131A or 132. Introduction to rigorous methods of proof-based upper division mathematics courses. Basic logic; structure of
mathematical proofs; sets, functions, and cardinality;
natural numbers and induction; construction of real
numbers; topology of real numbers; sequences and
convergence; continuity. May not be applied toward
major requirements. P/NP or letter grading.
97. Variable Topics in Mathematics. (4) Lecture,
three hours; discussion, one hour. Study of selected
topics in mathematics at introductory level. P/NP or
letter grading.
Mathematics / 487
98XA. PEERS Collaborative Learning Workshops
for Life Sciences Majors. (1) Laboratory, three hours.
Corequisite: associated undergraduate lecture course
in mathematics for life sciences majors. Development
of intuition and problem-solving skills in collaborative
learning environment. May be repeated four times,
but only 1 unit may be applied toward graduation.
P/NP grading.
98XB. PEERS Collaborative Learning Workshops
for Physical Sciences and Engineering Majors. (1)
Laboratory, three hours. Corequisite: associated undergraduate lecture course in mathematics for physical sciences and engineering majors. Development of
intuition and problem-solving skills in collaborative
learning environment. May be repeated four times,
but only 1 unit may be applied toward graduation.
P/NP grading.
ondary school; professional standards and current research for teaching secondary school mathematics.
Letter grading.
106. History of Mathematics. (4) Lecture, three
hours; discussion, one hour. Requisites: courses 31A,
31B, 32A. Roots of modern mathematics in ancient
Babylonia and Greece, including place value number
systems and proof. Development of algebra through
Middle Ages to Fermat and Abel, invention of analytic
geometry and calculus. Selected topics. P/NP or
letter grading.
Analysis
131A-131B. Analysis. (4-4) Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour. P/NP or letter grading. 131A. Requisites: courses 32B, 33B. Recommended: course
115A. Rigorous introduction to foundations of real
analysis; real numbers, point set topology in Euclidean space, functions, continuity. 131B. Requisites:
courses 33B, 115A, 131A. Derivatives, Riemann integral, sequences and series of functions, power series,
Fourier series.
131AH-131BH. Analysis (Honors). (4-4) Lecture,
three hours; discussion, one hour. Requisites for
course 131AH: courses 32B and 33B, with grades of
B or better. Recommended: course 115A. Honors sequence parallel to courses 131A, 131B. P/NP or letter
grading.
131AX. Analysis Techniques. (1) Lecture, one hour.
Requisite: course 33B. Corequisite: course 131A. Review of elementary techniques of mathematics and
their applications to topics in analysis, such as geometric and algebraic constructions, least upper
bound axiom, etc. P/NP grading.
131C. Topics in Analysis. (4) Lecture, three hours;
discussion, one hour. Requisites: courses 131A,
131B. Advanced topics in analysis, such as Lebesgue
integral, integration on manifolds, harmonic analysis.
Content varies from year to year. May be repeated for
credit by petition.
132. Complex Analysis for Applications. (4) Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour. Requisites:
courses 32B, 33B. Introduction to basic formulas and
calculation procedures of complex analysis of one
variable relevant to applications. Topics include
Cauchy/Riemann equations, Cauchy integral formula,
power series expansion, contour integrals, residue
calculus.
132H. Complex Analysis (Honors). (4) Lecture, three
hours; discussion, one hour. Requisites: courses 32B,
33B, and 131A, with grades of B or better. Specifically
designed for students who have strong commitment
to pursue graduate studies in mathematics. Introduc-
488 / Mathematics
tion to complex analysis, with more emphasis on
proofs. Honors course parallel to course 132. P/NP or
letter grading.
133. Introduction to Fourier Analysis. (4) Lecture,
three hours; discussion, one hour. Requisites: courses
33A, 33B, 131A. Fourier series, Fourier transform in
one and several variables, finite Fourier transform.
Applications, in particular, to solving differential equations. Fourier inversion formula, Plancherel theorem,
convergence of Fourier series, convolution. P/NP or
letter grading.
134. Linear and Nonlinear Systems of Differential
Equations. (4) Lecture, three hours; discussion, one
hour. Requisite: course 33B. Dynamical systems analysis of nonlinear systems of differential equations.
One- and two- dimensional flows. Fixed points, limit
cycles, and stability analysis. Bifurcations and normal
forms. Elementary geometrical and topological results. Applications to problems in biology, chemistry,
physics, and other fields. P/NP or letter grading.
135. Ordinary Differential Equations. (4) Lecture,
three hours; discussion, one hour. Requisites: courses
33A, 33B. Selected topics in differential equations.
Laplace transforms, existence and uniqueness theorems, Fourier series, separation of variable solutions
to partial differential equations, Sturm/Liouville theory,
calculus of variations, two-point boundary value
problems, Greens functions. P/NP or letter grading.
136. Partial Differential Equations. (4) Lecture, three
hours; discussion, one hour. Requisites: courses 33A,
33B. Linear partial differential equations, boundary
and initial value problems; wave equation, heat equation, and Laplace equation; separation of variables,
eigenfunction expansions; selected topics, as method
of characteristics for nonlinear equations.
Applied Mathematics
142. Mathematical Modeling. (4) Lecture, three hours;
discussion, one hour. Requisites: courses 32B, 33B.
Introduction to fundamental principles and spirit of
applied mathematics. Emphasis on manner in which
mathematical models are constructed for physical
problems. Illustrations from many fields of endeavor,
such as physical sciences, biology, economics, and
traffic dynamics.
143. Analytic Mechanics. (4) Lecture, three hours;
discussion, one hour. Requisites: courses 32B, 33B.
Foundations of Newtonian mechanics, kinematics
and dynamics of a rigid body, variational principles
and Lagrange equations; calculus of variations, variable mass; related topics in applied mathematics.
146. Methods of Applied Mathematics. (4) Lecture,
three hours; discussion, one hour. Requisites: courses
32B, 33B. Integral equations, Greens function, and
calculus of variations. Selected applications from
control theory, optics, dynamical systems, and other
engineering problems.
149. Mathematics of Computer Graphics. (4) Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour. Requisites:
course 115A, and Program in Computing 10A or
equivalent knowledge of programming in either
Pascal or C language. Study of homogeneous coordinates, projective transformations, interpolating and
approximating curves, representation of surfaces, and
other mathematical topics useful for computer
graphics.
151A-151B. Applied Numerical Methods. (4-4) Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour. Introduction
to numerical methods with emphasis on algorithms,
analysis of algorithms, and computer implementation
issues. Letter grading. 151A. Requisites: courses
32B, 33B, 115A, Program in Computing 10A. Solution
of nonlinear equations. Numerical differentiation, integration, and interpolation. Direct methods for solving
linear systems. 151B. Requisite: course 151A. Numerical solution of differential equations. Approximation theory, iterative solutions of linear equations,
solution of nonlinear systems, two-point boundary
value problems, optimization.
153. Numerical Methods for Partial Differential
Equations. (4) Lecture, three hours; discussion, one
hour. Requisites: courses 151A, 151B. Introduction to
first- and second-order linear partial differential equa-
Probability
170A. Probability Theory. (4) Lecture, three hours;
discussion, one hour. Requisites: courses 32B, 33A.
Not open to students with credit for Electrical Engineering 131A or Statistics 100A. Probability distributions, random variables and vectors, expectation.
P/NP or letter grading.
170B. Probability Theory. (4) Lecture, three hours;
discussion, one hour. Enforced requisite: course
170A. Convergence in distribution, normal approximation, laws of large numbers, Poisson processes,
random walks. P/NP or letter grading.
171. Stochastic Processes. (4) Lecture, three hours;
discussion, one hour. Requisites: courses 33A, 170A
(or Statistics 100A). Discrete Markov chains, continuous-time Markov chains, renewal theory. P/NP or
letter grading.
172B. Actuarial Models I. (4) Lecture, four hours.
Requisites: courses 170A and 170B (or Statistics
100A and 100B), 172A. Designed to prepare students
for Society of Actuaries Models for Life Contingencies
examination. Provides understanding of theoretical
Discrete Mathematics
180. Graph Theory. (4) Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour. Requisites: courses 31A, 31B, 61.
Strongly recommended preparation: course 115A.
Designed for computer science and engineering students. Graphs and trees. Planarity, graph colorings.
Set systems. Ramsey theory. Random graphs. Linear
algebra methods. P/NP or letter grading.
182. Algorithms. (4) Lecture, three hours; discussion,
one hour. Requisite: course 3C or 32A. Not open for
credit to students with credit for Computer Science
180. Graphs, greedy algorithms, divide and conquer
algorithms, dynamic programming, network flow. Emphasis on designing efficient algorithms useful in diverse areas such as bioinformatics and allocation of
resources. P/NP or letter grading.
184. Enumerative Combinatorics. (4) (Formerly
numbered 180.) Lecture, three hours; discussion, one
hour. Enforced requisites: courses 31A, 31B, 61,
115A. Designed for mathematics and physics stu-
Mathematics / 489
dents. Permutations and combinations, counting principles, recurrence relations, and generating functions.
Application to asymptotic and probabilistic enumeration. P/NP or letter grading.
Special Studies
190A-190O. Seminars: Current Literature. (1 each)
Seminar, one hour. Designed for undergraduate students. Readings and presentations of papers in mathematical literature under supervision of staff member.
One-hour presentation required. P/NP grading:
190A. History and Development of Mathematics.
190B. Number Theory.
190C. Algebra.
190D. Logic.
190E. Geometry.
190F. Topology.
190G. Analysis.
190H. Differential Equations.
190I. Functional Analysis.
190J. Applied Mathematics.
190K. Probability.
190L. Dynamical Systems.
190M. Mathematics.
190N. Combinatorics.
190O. Cryptography.
191. Variable Topics Research Seminars: Mathematics. (4) Seminar, three hours. Variable topics research course in mathematics that covers material
not covered in regular mathematics upper division
curriculum. Reading, discussion, and development of
culminating project. May be repeated for credit with
topic and/or instructor change. P/NP or letter grading.
191H. Honors Research Seminars: Mathematics.
(4) Seminar, three hours. Participating seminar on advanced topics in mathematics. Content varies from
year to year. May be repeated for credit by petition.
P/NP or letter grading.
195. Community Internships in Mathematics Education. (4) Tutorial, to be arranged. Limited to juniors/
seniors. Internship to be supervised by Center for
Community Learning and Mathematics Department.
Students meet on regular basis with instructor, provide periodic reports of their experience, have assigned readings on mathematics education, and complete final paper. May not be repeated and may not be
applied toward major requirements. Individual contract with supervising faculty member required. P/NP
grading.
197. Individual Studies in Mathematics. (2 to 4) Tutorial, three hours per week per unit. Limited to juniors/seniors. At discretion of chair and subject to
availability of staff, individual intensive study of topics
suitable for undergraduate course credit but not specifically offered as separate courses. Scheduled
meetings to be arranged between faculty member
and student. Assigned reading and tangible evidence
of mastery of subject matter required. May be repeated for maximum of 12 units, but no more than
one 197 or 199 course may be applied toward upper
division courses required for majors offered by Mathematics Department. Individual contract required.
P/NP or letter grading.
199. Directed Research or Senior Project in Mathematics. (2 or 4) Tutorial, three hours per week per
unit. Limited to juniors/seniors. Supervised individual
research under guidance of faculty mentor. Scheduled meetings to be arranged between faculty
member and student. Culminating report required.
May be repeated for maximum of 12 units, but no
more than one 197 or 199 course may be applied toward upper division courses required for majors offered by Mathematics Department. Individual contract
required. P/NP or letter grading.
Graduate Courses
Teacher Preparation
201A-201B-201C. Topics in Algebra and Analysis.
(4-4-4) Preparation: bachelors degree in mathematics. Designed for mathematics/education program students. Important ideas of algebra, geometry,
and calculus leading effectively from elementary to
modern mathematics. Approaches to number system,
point sets, geometric interpretations of algebra and
analysis, integration, differentiation, series and analytic functions. May not be applied toward MA degree
requirements.
202A-202B. Mathematical Models and Applications. (4-4) Preparation: bachelors degree in mathematics. Designed for mathematics/education program students. Development of mathematical theories describing various empirical situations. Basic
characterizing postulates; development of a logical
structure of theorems. Modern topics such as operations research, linear programming, game theory,
learning models, models in social and life sciences.
May not be applied toward MA degree requirements.
203. Masters Linear Algebra. (4) Lecture, four hours;
discussion, one hour. Rigorous treatment of fundamental results of pure and applied linear algebra over
fields. Applications to contemporary research. Preparation for linear algebra portion of UCLA Mathematics
Basic Examination that is required of MA and PhD
students. S/U or letter grading.
204. Masters Analysis. (4) Lecture, four hours; discussion, one hour. Rigorous treatment of fundamental
results of analysis. Applications to contemporary research. Preparation for analysis portion of UCLA
Mathematics Basic Examination that is required of
MA and PhD students. S/U or letter grading.
Number Theory
205A-205B-205C. Number Theory. (4-4-4) Lecture,
three hours. Requisites: courses 210A, 246A. Algebraic number theory, including ideal theory, valuations, local fields, cyclotomic fields. Introduction to
class-field theory, analytic number theory, L-functions
and class number formulas, and modular forms. S/U
or letter grading.
206A-206B. Combinatorial Theory. (4-4) Generating functions. Probabilistic methods. Polya theorem. Enumerative graph theory. Partition theory.
Number theoretical applications. Structure of graphs,
matching theory, duality theorems. Packings, pavings,
coverings, statistical designs, difference sets, triple
systems, finite planes. Configurations, polyhedra.
Ramsey theory, finite and transfinite, and applications.
207A-207B-207C. Topics in Number Theory. (4-44) Lecture, three hours. Adelic analysis on GL(1) and
GL(2), especially Tate thesis and Hecke theory, automorphic representations. Special values of L-functions and p-adic L-functions, arithmetic theory of
modular forms, advanced topics in analytic number
theory. Arithmetic geometry, especially of modular
curves. S/U or letter grading.
M208A-M208B. Topics in Applied Number Theory.
(4-4) (Same as Computer Science M283A-M283B.)
Lecture, three hours. Basic number theory, including
congruences and prime numbers. Cryptography:
public-key and discrete log cryptosystems. Attacks
on cryptosystems. Primality testing and factorization
methods. Elliptic curve methods. Topics from coding
theory: Hamming codes, cyclic codes, Gilbert/Varshamov bounds, Shannon theorem. S/U or letter
grading.
M209A. Cryptography. (4) (Same as Computer Science M282A.) Lecture, four hours; outside study,
eight hours. Introduction to theory of cryptography,
stressing rigorous definitions and proofs of security.
Topics include notions of hardness, one-way functions, hard-core bits, pseudorandom generators,
pseudorandom functions and pseudorandom permutations, semantic security, public-key and private-key
encryption, secret-sharing, message authentication,
digital signatures, interactive proofs, zero-knowledge
proofs, collision-resistant hash functions, commitment protocols, key-agreement, contract signing, and
two-party secure computation with static security.
Letter grading.
M209B. Cryptographic Protocols. (4) (Same as
Computer Science M282B.) Lecture, four hours. Requisite: course M209A. Consideration of advanced
cryptographic protocol design and analysis. Topics
include noninteractive zero-knowledge proofs; zeroknowledge arguments; concurrent and non-black-box
zero-knowledge; IP=PSPACE proof, stronger notions
of security for public-key encryption, including
chosen-ciphertext security; secure multiparty computation; dealing with dynamic adversary; nonmalleability and composability of secure protocols; software
protection; threshold cryptography; identity-based
cryptography; private information retrieval; protection
against man-in-middle attacks; voting protocols;
identification protocols; digital cash schemes; lower
bounds on use of cryptographic primitives, software
obfuscation. May be repeated for credit with topic
change. Letter grading.
Algebra
210A-210B-210C. Algebra. (4-4-4) Requisites:
courses 110A, 110B, 110C. Students with credit for
courses 110B and/or 110C cannot receive MA degree
credit for courses 210B and/or 210C. Group theory,
including theorems of Sylow and Jordan/Holder/Schreier; rings and ideals, factorization theory in integral
domains, modules over principal ideal rings, Galois
theory of fields, multilinear algebra, structure of algebras.
211. Structure of Rings. (4) Requisite: course 210A.
Radical, irreducible modules and primitive rings, rings
and algebras with minimum condition.
212A. Homological Algebra. (4) (Formerly numbered
212.) Lecture, three hours. Enforced requisite: course
210A. Modules over rings, homomorphisms and
tensor products of modules, functors and derived
functors, homological dimension of rings and modules. S/U or letter grading.
212B. Homological Algebra. (4) Lecture, three hours.
Requisites: courses 210A, 210B, 210C, 212A. Advanced topics in modern homological algebra, such
as triangulated categories, differential graded algebras as dg-categories, tilting theory and applications
of group cohomology to representation theory, stable
categories and modular representation theory, and
other current topics. S/U or letter grading.
213A-213B. Theory of Groups. (4-4) Requisite:
course 210A. Topics include representation theory,
transfer theory, infinite Abelian groups, free products
and presentations of groups, solvable and nilpotent
groups, classical groups, algebraic groups.
214A-214B. Introduction to Algebraic Geometry.
(4-4) Requisite: course 210A. Basic definitions and
first properties of algebraic varieties in affine and projective space: irreducibility, dimension, singular and
smooth points. More advanced topics, such as
sheaves and their cohomology, or introduction to
theory of Riemann surfaces, as time permits.
215A-215B. Commutative Algebra. (4-4) Requisite:
course 210A. Topics from commutative ring theory,
including techniques of localization, prime ideal structure in commutative Noetherian rings, principal ideal
theorem, Dedekind rings, modules, projective modules, Serre conjecture, regular local rings.
216A-216B-216C. Further Topics in Algebra. (4-44) (Formerly numbered 216.) Lecture, three hours.
Requisites: courses 210A, 210B, 210C. Closer examination of areas of current research in algebra, including algebraic geometry and K-theory. Variable
content may include Abelian varieties, invariant
theory, Hodge theory, geometry over finite fields, Ktheory, homotopical algebra, and derived algebraic
geometry. May be repeated for credit by petition. S/U
or letter grading.
M217. Geometry and Physics. (4) (Same as Physics
M236.) Lecture, three hours. Interdisciplinary course
on topics at interface between physics quantum fields
and superstrings and mathematics of differential and
algebraic geometry. Topics include supersymmetry,
490 / Mathematics
Seiberg/Witten theory, conformal field theory, Calabi/
Yau manifolds, mirror symmetry and duality, integrable systems. S/U grading.
218A. Discrete Mathematics: Probabilistic Methods. (4) Lecture, three hours. Linearity of expectation,
second movement method, local lemma, correlation
inequalities, martingales, large deviation inequalities,
Janson and Talagrand inequalities, and pseudo-randomness. S/U or letter grading.
218B. Discrete Mathematics: Algebraic Methods.
(4) Lecture, three hours. Basic dimension arguments,
spaces of polynomials and tensor product methods,
eigenvalues of graphs and their application, combinatorial Nullstellensatz and Chevalley/Warning theorem.
Counterexample to Borsuk conjecture, chromatic
number of unit distance graph of Euclidean space,
explicit constructions of Ramsey graphs, other topics.
S/U or letter grading.
218C. Topics in Discrete Mathematics. (4) Lecture,
three hours. Examination of variety of methods, approaches, and techniques that were developed in last
30 years in discrete mathematics. Topics may include
extremal problems for graphs and set systems,
Ramsey theory, additive number theory combinatorial
geometry, topological methods in combinatorics, entropy and other tools from information theory, discrete
harmonic analysis and its applications to combinatorics and theoretical computer science. Topics vary
from year to year. May be repeated for credit with
consent of instructor. S/U or letter grading.
Mathematics / 491
Classification of second-order differential operators.
Maximum principles, energy methods, uniqueness
theorems. Additional topics as time permits.
251B-251C. Topics in Partial Differential Equations. (4-4) In-depth introduction to topics of current
interest in partial differential equations or their applications.
252A-252B. Topics in Complex Analysis. (4-4) Lecture, three hours. Requisites: courses 245A, 245B,
245C, 246A, 246B, 246C. Potential theory, subharmonic functions, harmonic measure; Hardy spaces;
entire functions; univalent functions; Riemann surfaces; extremal length, variational methods, quasiconformal mappings. Topics vary from year to year.
S/U or letter grading.
253A-253B. Several Complex Variables. (4-4) Requisites: courses 245A, 245B, 245C, 246A, 246B,
246C. Introduction to analytic functions of several
complex variables. The d-bar problem, Cousin problems, domains of holomorphy, complex manifolds.
254A-254B. Topics in Real Analysis. (4-4) Requisites: courses 245A, 245B, 245C, 246A, 246B, 246C.
Selected topics in analysis and its applications to geometry and differential equations. Topics may vary
from year to year. May be repeated for credit by petition.
Functional Analysis
255A. Functional Analysis. (4) Requisites: courses
245A and 245B, or 265A and 265B, and 246A.
Banach spaces, basic principles. Weak topologies.
Compact operators. Fredholm operators. Special
spaces including Hilbert spaces and C(X).
255B-255C. Topics in Functional Analysis. (4-4)
Requisite: course 255A. Topics include Banach algebras, operators on Banach spaces and Hilbert space,
semigroups of operators, linear topological vector
spaces, and other related areas.
256A-256B. Topological Groups and Their Representations. (4-4) Lecture, three hours. Requisite:
course 255A. Topological groups and their basic
properties. Haar measure. Compact groups and their
representations. Duality and Fourier analysis on locally compact abelian groups. Induced representations, Frobenius reciprocity. Representations of special groups (Lorentz, Galilean, etc.). Projective representations. Representations of totally disconnected
groups. S/U or letter grading.
259A-259B. Operator Algebras in Hilbert Space.
(4-4) Requisites: courses 255A, 255B, 255C. Selected
topics from theories of C* and von Neumann algebras. Applications.
Applied Mathematics
260. Introduction to Applied Mathematics. (4) Requisite: course 142. Construction, analysis, and interpretation of mathematical models of problems which
arise outside of mathematics.
261. Game Theory. (4) Lecture, three hours. Designed for graduate mathematics students. Bargaining theory, core, value, other solution concepts.
Applications to oligopoly, general exchange and production economies, and allocation of joint costs. S/U
or letter grading.
264. Applied Complex Analysis. (4) Requisite: course
246A. Topics include contour integration conformal
mapping, differential equations in complex plane,
special functions, asymptotic series, Fourier and Laplace transforms, singular integral equations.
265A-265B. Real Analysis for Applications. (4-4)
Requisites: courses 131A, 131B. Not open for credit
to students with credit for courses 245A, 245B, 245C.
Lebesgue measure and integration on real line, absolutely continuous functions, functions of bounded
variation, L2- and Lp- spaces. Fourier series. General
measure and integrations, Fubini and Radon/
Nikodym theorems, representation of functionals,
Fourier integrals.
266A. Applied Ordinary Differential Equations. (4)
Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour. Requisites: courses 131A, 131B, 132, and 134 and 135, or
146. Spectral theory of regular boundary value prob-
lems and examples of singular Sturm/Liouville problems, related integral equations, phase/plane analysis
of nonlinear equations. S/U or letter grading.
266B-266C. Applied Partial Differential Equations.
(4-4) Requisite: course 266A. Classification of equations, classical potential theory, Dirichlet and Neumann problems. Greens functions, spectral theory of
Laplace equation in bounded domains, first-order
equations, wave equations, Cauchy problem, energy
conservation, heat equation, fundamental solution,
equations of fluid mechanics and magnetohydrodynamics.
266D-266E. Applied Differential Equations. (4-4)
Requisites: courses 266A, 266B, 266C. Advanced
topics in linear and nonlinear partial differential equations, with emphasis on energy estimates, numerical
methods, and applications to fluid mechanics. Additional topics include dispersive waves, systems with
multiple time scales, and applications to fluid mechanics.
M268A. Functional Analysis for Applied Mathematics and Engineering. (4) (Same as Electrical Engineering M208B.) Lecture, four hours. Requisites:
courses 115A and 115B (or Electrical Engineering
208A), 131A, 131B, 132. Topics may include L^{p}
spaces, Hilbert, Banach, and separable spaces; Fourier transforms; linear functionals. Riesz representation theory, linear operators and their adjoints; selfadjoint and compact operators. Spectral theory. Differential operators such as Laplacian and eigenvalue
problems. Resolvent distributions and Greens functions. Semigroups. Applications. S/U or letter grading.
M268B. Topics in Functional Analysis for Applied
Mathematics and Engineering. (4) (Same as Electrical Engineering M208C.) Lecture, four hours. Requisite: course M268A. Semigroups of linear operators
over Hilbert spaces; generator and resolvent, generation theorems, Laplace inversion formula. Dissipative
operators and contraction semigroups. Analytic semigroups and spectral representation. Semigroups with
compact resolvents. Parabolic and hyperbolic systems. Controllability and stabilizability. Spectral theory
of differential operators, PDEs, generalized functions.
S/U or letter grading.
268C. Topics in Applied Functional Analysis. (4)
Requisite: course 255A. Topics include spectral
theory with applications to ordinary differential operators, eigenvalue problems for differential equations,
generalized functions, and partial differential equations. S/U or letter grading.
269A-269B-269C. Advanced Numerical Analysis.
(4-4-4) Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour.
Requisites: courses 115A, 151A, 151B. Numerical
solution for systems of ordinary differential equations;
initial and boundary value problems. Numerical solution for elliptic, parabolic, and hyperbolic partial differential equations. Topics in computational linear algebra. S/U or letter grading.
270A-270F. Mathematical Aspects of Scientific
Computing. (4 each) Lecture, three hours. S/U or
letter grading:
270A. Techniques of Scientific Computing. (4) Lecture, three hours. Requisites: courses 115A, 151A,
151B, Program in Computing 10A. Mathematical
modeling for computer applications, scientific programming languages, software development,
graphics, implementation of numerical algorithms on
different architectures, case studies. S/U or letter
grading.
270B-270C. Computational Linear Algebra. (4-4) Lecture, three hours. Requisites: courses 115A, 151A,
151B, Program in Computing 10A. Direct, fast, and iterative algorithms, overdetermined systems; singular
value decomposition, regularization, sparse systems,
algebraic eigenvalue problem. S/U or letter grading.
270D-270E. Computational Fluid Dynamics. (4-4)
Lecture, three hours. Requisites: courses 115A, 151A,
151B, Program in Computing 10A. Basic equations,
finite difference, finite element, pseudo-spectral, and
vortex methods; stability, accuracy, shock capturing,
and boundary approximations. S/U or letter grading.
492 / Mathematics
273C. Optimization and Calculus of Variations: Numerical Optimization. (4) Lecture, three hours. Derivation, analysis, and implementation of numerical
methods for constrained and unconstrained optimization problems of variety of types and with data at different scales. S/U or letter grading.
274A. Asymptotic Methods. (4) Lecture, three hours.
Requisite: course 132. Fundamental mathematics of
asymptotic analysis, asymptotic expansions of Fourier integrals, method of stationary phase. Watson
lemma, method of steepest descent, uniform asymptotic expansions, elementary perturbation problems.
S/U or letter grading.
274B-274C. Perturbation Methods. (4-4) Lecture,
three hours. Requisite: course 266A. Boundary layer
theory, matched asymptotic expansions, WKB theory.
Problems with several time scales: Poincar method,
averaging techniques, multiple-scale analysis. Application to eigenvalue problems, nonlinear oscillations,
wave propagation, and bifurcation problems. Examples from various fields of science and engineering.
Special Studies
285A-285N. Seminars. (4 each) Seminar, three hours.
No more than two 285 courses may be applied toward MA degree requirements except by prior consent of graduate vice chair. Topics in various branches
of mathematics and their applications by means of
lectures and informal conferences with staff members. S/U or letter grading:
285A. History and Development of Mathematics.
285B. Number Theory.
285C. Algebra.
285D. Logic.
285E. Geometry.
285F. Topology.
285G. Analysis.
285H. Differential Equations.
285I. Functional Analysis.
285J. Applied Mathematics.
285K. Probability.
285L. Dynamical Systems.
285N. Combinatorics.
285P. Representation Theory.
290A-290O. Participating Seminars: Current Literature. (4 each) Seminar, three hours. Designed for
PhD students. Readings and presentations of papers
in mathematical literature under supervision of staff
member. Two-hour presentation required. S/U
grading:
290A. History and Development of Mathematics.
290B. Number Theory.
290C. Algebra.
290D. Logic.
290E. Geometry.
290F. Topology.
290G. Analysis.
Program in Computing
Lower Division Courses
1. Introduction to Computers and Computing. (4)
Lecture, three hours; laboratory, one hour. Not open
for credit to students with credit for course 1S or 10A;
may not be taken concurrently with course 1S or 10A.
Fundamentals of computers and computing; editors,
spreadsheets, file manager; machine organization
and computer hardware; Internet; software applications. P/NP or letter grading.
1S. Software Tools for Information Management.
(1) Lecture, one hour; laboratory, two hours. Preparation: some familiarity with computers. Not open for
credit to students with credit for course 1; may not be
taken concurrently with course 1. May be taken by
students with credit for more advanced courses. Introduction to spreadsheets and databases in laboratory setting. P/NP grading.
3. Introduction to Computing for Social Sciences
and Humanities. (4) Lecture, three hours; discussion,
two hours. No prior programming knowledge required. Not open for credit to students pursuing specializations in Computing or to students with credit for
course 20A. Basic principles of object-oriented programming and concepts, with applications from social sciences and humanities. Overview of Java programming language, programming with objects, control structures and functions, classes and objectoriented design, event-driven programming, application to multiagent models. P/NP or letter grading.
10A. Introduction to Programming. (5) Lecture,
three hours; discussion, two hours; laboratory, eight
hours. No prior programming experience assumed.
Basic principles of programming, using C++; algorithmic, procedural problem solving; program design
and development; basic data types, control structures
and functions; functional arrays and pointers; introduction to classes for programmer-defined data
types. P/NP or letter grading.
10B. Intermediate Programming. (5) Lecture, three
hours; discussion, two hours; laboratory, eight hours.
Enforced requisite: course 10A. Abstract data types
and their implementation using C++ class mechanism; dynamic data structures, including linked lists,
stacks, queues, trees, and hash tables; applications;
object-oriented programming and software reuse; recursion; algorithms for sorting and searching. P/NP or
letter grading.
10C. Advanced Programming. (5) Lecture, three
hours; discussion, two hours; laboratory, eight hours.
Enforced requisite: course 10B. More advanced algorithms and data structuring techniques; additional
emphasis on algorithmic efficiency; advanced features of C++, such as inheritance and virtual functions; graph algorithms. P/NP or letter grading.
15. Introduction to Lisp and Symbolic Computation. (5) Lecture, three hours; discussion, two hours;
laboratory, eight hours. Enforced requisite: course
10A. Introduction to symbolic computation using Lisp
programming language. Basics: list structures, recursion, function abstraction. Advanced topics: knowledge representation, higher-order functions, problemsolving algorithms and heuristics. P/NP or letter
grading.
20A. Principles of Java Language with Applications. (5) Lecture, three hours; discussion, two
hours; laboratory, eight hours. Enforced requisite:
course 10A. Not open for credit to students with
credit for course 3. Introduction to Java computer language. Class and interface hierarchies; graphics components and graphical user interfaces; streams; multithreading; event and exception handling. Issues in
class design and design of interactive Web pages. P/
NP or letter grading.
20B. Advanced Aspects of Java Language with
Applications. (5) Lecture, three hours; discussion,
two hours; laboratory, eight hours. Enforced requisite:
course 20A. Further aspects of use of classes,
graphics components, exception handling, multi-
Graduate Courses
285C-285L. Seminars. (4 each) Seminar, three hours.
Considered equivalent to Mathematics 285A through
285L for purposes of degree requirements. Topics in
Undergraduate Study
The Mathematics/Atmospheric and Oceanic
Sciences major is a designated capstone major. Students acquire experience in conceiving
and executing research projects designed to
evaluate hypotheses and complete an individual project or thesis selected with the assistance of the program advisers and faculty
mentor. The topic should reflect integrative application of mathematics to atmospheric and
oceanic sciences. Students are expected to
prepare a significant independent piece of
work that applies knowledge gained in their
coursework in a new and unique way.
Mathematics/Atmospheric
and Oceanic Sciences BS
Capstone Major
MATHEMATICS /
ATMOSPHERIC AND
OCEANIC SCIENCES
Interdepartmental Program
College of Letters and Science
UCLA
7127 Math Sciences
Box 951565
Los Angeles, CA 90095-1565
310-825-1217
fax: 310-206-5219
e-mail: deptinfo@atmos.ucla.edu
http://www.atmos.ucla.edu/content/students/
undergraduate/math-aos-joint-program
J. David Neelin, PhD, Chair
Faculty Committee
Christopher R. Anderson, PhD (Mathematics)
J. David Neelin, PhD (Atmospheric and Oceanic
Sciences)
Peter Peterson, PhD (Mathematics)
Andrew L. Stewart, PhD (Atmospheric and Oceanic
Sciences)
The Major
Required: Six mathematics courses, including
Mathematics 115A, 131A, 134, and three elective courses selected from 115B, 131B, 135,
136, 142, 151A, 151B, 170A, 170B, one of
which must be 115B, 131B, 151B, or 170B; six
atmospheric and oceanic sciences courses,
including three core courses selected from Atmospheric and Oceanic Sciences 101, 102,
103, 104, M105, and three elective courses selected from the five listed above (if not taken to
satisfy the core requirement) or from C110,
C115, M120, 130, 145, C160, C170, 180.
One capstone senior projects/thesis course,
Atmospheric and Oceanic Sciences 199, taken
for a minimum of 2 units, is also required. An
individual project or thesis to be selected with
the assistance of the program advisers and a
faculty mentor must be completed.
494 / Mathematics/Economics
No more than one course may be applied toward both this major and a major or minor in
another department or program.
MATHEMATICS /
ECONOMICS
Interdepartmental Program
College of Letters and Science
UCLA
6363 Math Sciences
Box 951555
Los Angeles, CA 90095-1555
310-206-1286
fax: 310-206-6673
e-mail: ugrad@math.ucla.edu
http://www.math.ucla.edu/ugrad/majors/
mathecon
Don M. Blasius, PhD, Chair
Faculty Committee
Don M. Blasius, PhD (Mathematics)
Robert F. Brown, PhD (Mathematics)
Russel E. Caflisch, PhD (Management, Materials
Science and Engineering, Mathematics)
Ichiro Obara, PhD (Economics)
Peter Petersen, PhD (Mathematics)
Marek G. Pycia, PhD (Economics)
John G. Riley, PhD (Economics)
Undergraduate Study
Mathematics/Economics BS
Mathematics/Economics
Premajor
Students entering UCLA directly from high
school or first-term transfer students who want
to declare the Mathematics/Economics
premajor at the time they apply for admission
are automatically admitted to the premajor.
Current UCLA students need to file a petition
with the Undergraduate Advising Office in
6356 Math Sciences. All students are identified
as Mathematics/Economics premajors until
they satisfy the following minimum requirements for the major: (1) achieve grades of C or
better in all premajor mathematics sequenced
courses (Mathematics 31A, 31B, 32A, 32B,
33A, 33B, 61, Program in Computing 10A) with
a minimum 2.7 grade-point average and no
more than two repeats, (2) achieve grades of C
or better in all premajor economics courses
(Economics 1, 2, 11) with a minimum 2.7
grade-point average and no more than one repeat, and (3) file a petition to declare the major
before completing 160 quarter units.
The Major
Required: Eight mathematics courses, including Mathematics 115A, 131A, 131B, 164,
170A, 170B, 174E (or 174A or Economics 141
or Statistics C183), and one elective course
from Mathematics 135, 136, or 171; five economics courses, including Economics 101,
102, 103 (with 103L), and two additional
courses from 106E through 199B. Each course
must be taken for a letter grade. Transfer credit
is subject to department approval; consult an
undergraduate counselor before enrolling in
any courses for the major.
To graduate, the eight Mathematics Department courses must be completed with an
Honors Program
Students who wish to graduate with departmental honors should apply for admission to
the honors program in the Mathematics Department Student Services Office. They may
apply any time after completing the preparation for the major courses and meeting the following requirements: (1) be officially enrolled in
the Mathematics/Economics major, (2) complete all the preparation for the major courses,
(3) achieve a minimum 3.5 grade-point average
in the mathematics preparation for the major
courses, (4) achieve a minimum 3.5 gradepoint average in the economics preparation for
the major courses, and (5) achieve a minimum
3.5 grade-point average in Economics 11, 101,
and 102.
To qualify for honors at graduation, students
must (1) complete Mathematics 115AH,
131AH, and 131BH, (2) complete Economics
198A and 198B (the thesis process requires
enrollment in a two-term sequence for economics courses), (3) present the thesis in Economics 198B, and (4) complete the major requirements with a minimum 3.5 grade-point
average in both the upper division economics
and mathematics courses. Highest honors are
awarded at the discretion of the departmental
honors committee based on grade-point average and quality of the senior thesis.
Computing Specialization
Students may select a specialization in Computing by (1) satisfying all the requirements for
a bachelors degree in the major and (2) completing Mathematics 61 or 180, Program in
Computing 10A, 10B, two courses from 10C,
15, 16, 20A, 20B, 30, 40A, 60, and at least two
courses from Mathematics 149 through 159,
with a minimum grade of C in each course
and a combined grade-point average of at
least 2.0. Students must petition for admission
to the program and are advised to do so after
they complete Program in Computing 10B (petitions should be filed in the Mathematics Department Student Services Office). Students
graduate with a bachelors degree in mathematics/economics and a specialization in
Computing.
MECHANICAL AND
AEROSPACE
ENGINEERING
Henry Samueli School of Engineering
and Applied Science
UCLA
48-121 Engineering IV
Box 951597
Los Angeles, CA 90095-1597
310-825-7793
fax: 310-206-4830
e-mail: maeapp@seas.ucla.edu
http://www.mae.ucla.edu
Tsu-Chin Tsao, PhD, Chair
Tetsuya Iwasaki, PhD, Vice Chair
Ajit K. Mal, PhD, Vice Chair
Professors
Mohamed A. Abdou, PhD
Oddvar O. Bendiksen, PhD
Gregory P. Carman, PhD
Yong Chen, PhD
Pei-Yu Chiou, PhD
Vijay K. Dhir, PhD
Jeffrey D. Eldredge, PhD
Rajit Gadh, PhD
Nasr M. Ghoniem, PhD
James S. Gibson, PhD
Vijay Gupta, PhD
Chih-Ming Ho, PhD (Ben Rich Lockheed Martin
Professor of Aeronautics)
Dennis W. Hong, PhD
Tetsuya Iwasaki, PhD
Y. Sungtaek Ju, PhD
H. Pirouz Kavehpour, PhD
Ann R. Karagozian, PhD
Chang-Jin (C-J) Kim, PhD
J. John Kim, PhD (Rockwell Collins Professor of
Engineering)
Adrienne G. Lavine, PhD
Xiaochun Li, PhD (Raytheon Company Professor of
Manufacturing Engineering)
Kuo-Nan Liou, PhD
Christopher S. Lynch, PhD
Ajit K. Mal, PhD
Robert T. MCloskey, PhD
Ali Mosleh, PhD
Jayathi Y. Murthy, PhD, Dean
Laurent G. Pilon, PhD
Jacob Rosen, PhD
Jason L. Speyer, PhD (Ronald and Valerie Sugar
Endowed Professor of Engineering)
Tsu-Chin Tsao, PhD
Xiaolin Zhong, PhD
Professors Emeriti
Ivan Catton, PhD
Peretz P. Friedmann, ScD
H. Thomas Hahn, PhD (Raytheon Company Professor
Emeritus of Manufacturing Engineering)
Robert E. Kelly, ScD
Anthony F. Mills, PhD
D. Lewis Mingori, PhD
Peter A. Monkewitz, PhD
Philip F. OBrien, MS
Lucien A. Schmit, Jr., MS
Owen I. Smith, PhD
Richard E. Stern, PhD
Russell A. Westmann, PhD
Daniel C.H. Yang, PhD
Associate Professors
Veronica J. Santos, PhD
Richard E. Wirz, PhD
Assistant Professors
Jonathan B. Hopkins, PhD
Yongjie Hu, PhD
Raymond M. Spearrin, PhD
Lecturers
Ravnesh C. Amar, PhD
Amiya K. Chatterjee, PhD
Robert J. Kinsey, PhD
Damian M. Toohey, PhD
Adjunct Professors
Dan M. Goebel, PhD
Leslie M. Lackman, PhD
Wilbur J. Marner, PhD
Neil B. Morley, PhD
Neil Siegel, PhD
Undergraduate Study
The aerospace engineering and mechanical
engineering programs are accredited by the
Engineering Accreditation Commission of
ABET. See http://www.abet.org.
The Aerospace Engineering and Mechanical
Engineering majors are designated capstone
majors. Within their capstone courses, Aerospace Engineering students are exposed to the
conceptual and design phases for aircraft development and produce a structural design of
a component, such as a lightweight aircraft
wing. Mechanical Engineering students work in
teams in their capstone courses to propose,
design, analyze, and build a mechanical or
electromechanical device. Graduates of both
programs should be able to apply their knowledge of mathematics, science, and engineering in technical systems; design a system,
component, or process to meet desired needs;
function as productive members of a team;
identify, formulate, and solve engineering
problems; and communicate effectively, both
orally and in writing.
Aerospace Engineering BS
Capstone Major
The aerospace engineering program is concerned with the design and construction of
various types of fixed-wing and rotary-wing
(helicopters) aircraft used for air transportation
and national defense. It is also concerned with
the design and construction of spacecraft, the
exploration and utilization of space, and related technological fields.
Aerospace engineering is characterized by a
very high level of technology. The aerospace
engineer is likely to operate at the forefront of
scientific discoveries, often stimulating these
discoveries and providing the inspiration for
the creation of new scientific concepts. Meeting these demands requires the imaginative
use of many disciplines, including fluid mechanics and aerodynamics, structural mechanics, materials and aeroelasticity, dynamics,
control and guidance, propulsion, and energy
conversion.
The Major
Required: Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering 96, 102, 103, 105A, 107, 150A, 150B,
C150P, C150R or 161A, 154S, 157A, 157S,
166A, 171A; two departmental breadth
courses (Electrical Engineering 100 and Materials Science and Engineering 104if one or
both of these courses are taken as part of the
technical breadth requirement, students must
select a replacement upper division course or
courses from the departmentexcept for Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering 156Aor,
by petition, from outside the department); three
technical breadth courses (12 units) selected
from an approved list available in the Office of
Academic and Student Affairs; two capstone
design courses (Mechanical and Aerospace
Engineering 154A, 154B); and two major field
elective courses (8 units) from Mechanical and
Aerospace Engineering 94, 105D, 131A,
C132A, 133A, 135, 136, C137, CM140,
CM141, 150C, C150G, C150R (unless taken as
a required course), 153A, 155, C156B, 161A
(unless taken as a required course), 161B,
161C, 161D, 162A, 166C, M168, 169A, 171B,
172, 174, C175A, 181A, 182B, 182C, 183A,
M183B, C183C, 184, 185, C186, C187L.
For information on University and general education requirements, see the College and
Schools section earlier in this catalog.
Mechanical Engineering BS
Capstone Major
The mechanical engineering program is designed to provide basic knowledge in thermodynamics, fluid mechanics, heat transfer, solid
mechanics, mechanical design, dynamics,
control, mechanical systems, manufacturing,
and materials. The program includes funda-
The Major
Required: Electrical Engineering 110L, Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering 96, 102,
103, 105A, 105D, 107, 131A or 133A, 156A,
157, 162A, 171A, 183A (or M183B); two departmental breadth courses (Electrical Engineering 100 and Materials Science and Engineering 104if one or both of these courses
are taken as part of the technical breadth requirement, students must select a replacement
upper division course or courses from the departmentexcept for Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering 166Aor, by petition, from
outside the department); three technical
breadth courses (12 units) selected from an
approved list available in the Office of Academic and Student Affairs; two capstone design courses (Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering 162D, 162E); and two major field elective courses (8 units) from Mechanical and
Aerospace Engineering 131A (unless taken as
a required course), C132A, 133A (unless taken
as a required course), 135, 136, C137, CM140,
CM141, 150A, 150B, 150C, C150G, C150P,
C150R, 153A, 154S, 155, C156B, 157A, 161A
through 161D, 166C, M168, 169A, 171B, 172,
174, C175A, 181A, 182B, 182C, 183A (unless
taken as a required course), M183B (unless
taken as a required course), C183C, 184, 185,
C186, C187L.
For information on University and general education requirements, see the College and
Schools section earlier in this catalog.
Graduate Study
Official, specific degree requirements are detailed in Program Requirements for UCLA
Graduate Degrees, available at the Graduate
Division website, http://grad.ucla.edu. In many
cases, more detailed guidelines may be outlined in announcements, other publications,
and websites of the schools, departments, and
programs.
Graduate Degrees
The Department of Mechanical and Aerospace
Engineering offers the Master of Science (MS)
degree in Manufacturing Engineering, Master
of Science (MS) and Doctor of Philosophy
(PhD) degrees in Aerospace Engineering, and
Master of Science (MS) and Doctor of Philosophy (PhD) degrees in Mechanical Engineering.
174. Probability and Its Applications to Risk, Reliability, and Quality Control. (4) Lecture, four hours;
discussion, two hours; outside study, six hours. Requisite: Mathematics 33A. Introduction to probability
theory; random variables, distributions, functions of
random variables, models of failure of components,
reliability, redundancy, complex systems, stressstrength models, fault tree analysis, statistical quality
control by variables and by attributes, acceptance
sampling. Letter grading.
C175A. Probability and Stochastic Processes in
Dynamical Systems. (4) Lecture, four hours; outside
study, eight hours. Enforced requisites: courses 82,
107. Probability spaces, random variables, stochastic
sequences and processes, expectation, conditional
expectation, Gauss/Markov sequences, and minimum variance estimator (Kalman filter) with applications. Concurrently scheduled with course C271A.
Letter grading.
181A. Complex Analysis and Integral Transforms.
(4) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours.
Enforced requisite: course 82. Complex variables,
analytic functions, conformal mapping, contour
integrals, singularities, residues, Cauchy integrals;
Laplace transform: properties, convolution, inversion;
Fourier transform: properties, convolution, FFT, applications in dynamics, vibrations, structures, and heat
conduction. Letter grading.
182B. Mathematics of Engineering. (4) Lecture, four
hours; discussion, one hour; outside study, seven
hours. Enforced requisite: course 82. Analytical
methods for solving partial differential equations
arising in engineering. Separation of variables, eigenvalue problems, Sturm/Liouville theory. Development
and use of special functions. Representation by
means of orthonormal functions; Galerkin method.
Use of Greens function and transform methods.
Letter grading.
182C. Numerical Methods for Engineering Applications. (4) Lecture, four hours; discussion, one hour;
outside study, seven hours. Enforced requisites:
courses M20 (or Civil Engineering M20 or Computer
Science 31), 82. Basic topics from numerical analysis
having wide application in solution of practical engineering problems, computer arithmetic, and errors.
Solution of linear and nonlinear systems. Algebraic eigenvalue problem. Least-square methods, numerical
quadrature, and finite difference approximations. Numerical solution of initial and boundary value problems for ordinary and partial differential equations.
Letter grading.
183A. Introduction to Manufacturing Processes.
(4) (Formerly numbered 183.) Lecture, three hours;
laboratory, four hours; outside study, five hours. Enforced requisite: Materials Science 104. Manufacturing fundamentals. Materials in manufacturing. Solidification processes. Metal forming processes. Material removal processes. Welding/joining. Rapid
prototyping. Electronics manufacturing. Microelectromechanical systems (MEMS) and nanotechnology.
Letter grading.
M183B. Introduction to Microscale and Nanoscale
Manufacturing. (4) (Same as Bioengineering M153,
Chemical Engineering M153, and Electrical Engineering M153.) Lecture, three hours; laboratory, four
hours; outside study, five hours. Enforced requisites:
Chemistry 20A, Physics 1A, 1B, 1C, 4AL, 4BL. Introduction to general manufacturing methods, mechanisms, constrains, and microfabrication and nanofabrication. Focus on concepts, physics, and instruments of various microfabrication and nanofabrication
techniques that have been broadly applied in industry
and academia, including various photolithography
technologies, physical and chemical deposition
methods, and physical and chemical etching
methods. Hands-on experience for fabricating microstructures and nanostructures in modern cleanroom
environment. Letter grading.
C183C. Rapid Prototyping and Manufacturing. (4)
Lecture, four hours; laboratory, two hours; outside
study, six hours. Enforced requisite: course 183A.
Rapid prototyping (RP), solid freeform fabrication, or
additive manufacturing has emerged as popular man-
Graduate Courses
231A. Convective Heat Transfer Theory. (4) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Requisites: courses 131A, 182B. Recommended: course
250A. Conservation equations for flow of real fluids.
Analysis of heat transfer in laminar and turbulent, incompressible and compressible flows. Internal and
external flows; free convection. Variable wall temperature; effects of variable fluid properties. Analogies
among convective transfer processes. Letter grading.
231B. Radiation Heat Transfer. (4) Lecture, four
hours; outside study, eight hours. Requisite: course
105D. Radiative properties of materials and radiative
energy transfer. Emphasis on fundamental concepts,
including energy levels and electromagnetic waves as
well as analytical methods for calculating radiative
properties and radiation transfer in absorbing, emitting, and scattering media. Applications cover lasermaterial interactions in addition to traditional areas
such as combustion and thermal insulation. Letter
grading.
231C. Phase Change Heat Transfer and TwoPhase Flow. (4) Lecture, four hours; outside study,
eight hours. Requisites: courses 131A, 150A. Twophase flow, boiling, and condensation. Generalized
constitutive equations for two-phase flow. Phenomenological theories of boiling and condensation, including forced flow effects. Letter grading.
231G. Microscopic Energy Transport. (4) Lecture,
four hours; outside study, eight hours. Requisite:
course 105D. Heat carriers (photons, electronics,
phonons, molecules) and their energy characteristics,
statistical properties of heat carriers, scattering and
propagation of heat carriers, Boltzmann transport
equations, derivation of classical laws from Boltzmann transport equations, deviation from classical
laws at small scale. Letter grading.
C232A. Mass Transfer. (4) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Requisites: courses 105D,
131A. Principles of mass transfer by diffusion and
convection. Simultaneous heat and mass transfer.
Transport in multicomponent systems. Thermal,
forced, and pressure diffusion, Brownian diffusion.
Analysis of evaporative and transpiration cooling, catalysis, and combustion. Mass exchangers, including
automobile catalytic converters, electrostatic precipitators, filters, scrubbers, humidifiers, and cooling
towers. Concurrently scheduled with course C132A.
Letter grading.
235A. Nuclear Reactor Theory. (4) Lecture, four
hours; outside study, eight hours. Underlying physics
and mathematics of nuclear reactor (fission) core design. Diffusion theory, reactor kinetics, slowing down
and thermalization, multigroup methods, introduction
to transport theory. Letter grading.
C237. Design and Analysis of Smart Grids. (4) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Demand
response; transactive/price-based load control;
home-area network, smart energy profile; advanced
metering infrastructure; renewable energy integration;
solar and wind generation intermittency and correc-
502 / Medicine
nano areas to understand scientific principles behind
nanotechnology and inspire students to create new
ideas in multidisciplinary nano areas. Letter grading.
C287L. Nanoscale Fabrication, Characterization,
and Biodetection Laboratory. (4) Lecture, two hours;
laboratory, three hours; outside study, seven hours.
Multidisciplinary course that introduces laboratory
techniques of nanoscale fabrication, characterization, and biodetection. Basic physical, chemical, and
biological principles related to these techniques, topdown and bottom-up (self-assembly) nanofabrication,
nanocharacterization (AEM, SEM, etc.), and optical
and electrochemical biosensors. Students encouraged to create their own ideas in self-designed experiments. Concurrently scheduled with course C187L.
Letter grading.
288. Laser Microfabrication. (4) Lecture, four hours;
outside study, eight hours. Requisites: Materials Science 104, Physics 17. Science and engineering of
laser microscopic fabrication of advanced materials,
including semiconductors, metals, and insulators.
Topics include fundamentals in laser interactions with
advanced materials, transport issues (therma, mass,
chemical, carrier, etc.) in laser microfabrication, stateof-art optics and instrumentation for laser microfabrication, applications such as rapid prototyping, surface modifications (physical/chemical), micromachines for three-dimensional MEMS (microelectromechanical systems) and data storage, up-to-date
research activities. Student term projects. Letter
grading.
294A. Compliant Mechanism Design. (4) (Formerly
numbered 294B.) Lecture, four hours; outside study,
eight hours. Requisite: linear algebra. Advanced compliant mechanism synthesis approaches, modeling
techniques, and optimization tools. Fundamentals of
flexible constraint theory, principles of constraintbased design, projective geometry, screw theory kinematics, and freedom and constraint topologies. Applications: precision motion stages, general purpose
flexure bearings, microstructural architectures,
MEMs, optical mounts, and nanoscale positioning
systems. Hands-on exercises include build-your-own
flexure kits, CAD and FEA simulations, and term
project. Letter grading.
295A. Radio Frequency Identification Systems:
Analysis, Design, and Applications. (4) (Formerly
numbered 295C.) Lecture, four hours; outside study,
eight hours. Designed for graduate engineering students. Examination of emerging discipline of radio frequency identification (RFID), including basics of RFID,
how RFID systems function, design and analysis of
RFID systems, and applications to fields such as
supply chain, manufacturing, retail, and homeland security. Letter grading.
C296A. Material Failure in Mechanical Design I:
Power Transmission. (4) (Formerly numbered 296A.)
Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Enforced requisite: course 156A or 166A. Material selection in mechanical design. Load and stress analysis.
Deflection and stiffness. Failure due to static loading.
Fatigue failure. Design for safety factors and reliability.
Statistical considerations in design. Applications of
failure prevention in design of power transmission
shafting. Design project involving computer-aided design (CAD) and finite element analysis (FEA) modeling.
Concurrently scheduled with course C156B. Letter
grading.
296B. Material Failure in Mechanical Design II:
High-Temperature Components. (4) Lecture, four
hours; outside study, eight hours. Enforced requisites:
courses 156A, C296A. Review of elasticity and continuum thermodynamics, multiaxial plasticity, flow
rules, cyclic plasticity, viscoplasticity, creep, creep
damage in cyclic loading. Damage mechanics: thermodynamics, ductile, creep, fatigue, and fatiguecreep interaction damage. Fracture mechanics:
elastic and elastoplastic analysis, J-integral, brittle
fracture, ductile fracture, fatigue and creep crack
propagation. Applications in design of high-temperature components such as turbine blades, pressure
vessels, heat exchangers, connecting rods. Design
project involving CAD and FEM modeling. Letter
grading.
597B. Preparation for PhD Preliminary Examinations. (2 to 16) Tutorial, to be arranged. Limited to
graduate mechanical and aerospace engineering students. S/U grading.
597C. Preparation for PhD Oral Qualifying Examination. (2 to 16) Tutorial, to be arranged. Limited to
graduate mechanical and aerospace engineering students. Preparation for oral qualifying examination, including preliminary research on dissertation. S/U
grading.
598. Research for and Preparation of MS Thesis. (2
to 12) Tutorial, to be arranged. Limited to graduate
mechanical and aerospace engineering students. Supervised independent research for MS candidates, including thesis prospectus. S/U grading.
599. Research for and Preparation of PhD Dissertation. (2 to 16) Tutorial, to be arranged. Limited to
graduate mechanical and aerospace engineering students. Usually taken after students have been advanced to candidacy. S/U grading.
MEDICINE
David Geffen School of Medicine
UCLA
37-120 Center for the Health Sciences
Box 951736
Los Angeles, CA 90095-1736
310-825-6058
https://www.uclahealth.org/medicine/
Chairs
Alan M. Fogelman, MD (Castera Professor of
Cardiology), Executive Chair
Jan H. Tillisch, MD, Executive Vice Chair
Jose Escarce, MD, PhD, Executive Vice Chair,
Academic Affairs
Robert K. Oye, MD, Executive Vice Chair, Clinical
Services
Dennis J. Slamon, MD (Bowyer Professor of Medical
Oncology), Executive Vice Chair, Research
Medicine
Upper Division Courses
M160A. Health Outreach and Education for AtRisk Populations. (4) (Same as Public Health
M160A.) Lecture, four hours; possible field observations. First in series of courses to explore prevention
of disease in at-risk populations, clinical services and
referrals for disadvantaged, and effects of low socioeconomic status on academic achievement, career,
and family. Lectures by faculty and practitioners, with
field visits. P/NP or letter grading.
M160B. Health Outreach and Education for AtRisk Populations. (4) (Same as Public Health
M160B.) Lecture, two hours; discussion, two hours.
Requisite: course M160A. Second in series of courses
to explore prevention of disease in at-risk populations, clinical services and referrals for disadvantaged, and effects of low socioeconomic status on
academic achievement, career, and family. Lectures
by faculty and practitioners, discussion groups, and
field activities including health education. P/NP or
letter grading.
160C. Health Outreach and Education to At-Risk
Populations. (4) Seminar, two hours; fieldwork, six to
eight hours. Requisites: courses M160A, M160B. Processes involved with designing, delivering, and assessing community health education programs, under
supervision of professional staff. P/NP or letter
grading.
180. Special Topics in Medicine. (4) Lecture, four
hours; discussion, one hour. Medical topics of special
interest to undergraduate students. Specific subjects
may vary each term depending on particular interest
of instructors and students. Topics may include East/
West medicine and global medicine. May be repeated
for credit with topic or instructor change. P/NP or
letter grading.
199. Directed Research in Medicine. (2 to 8) Tutorial,
two hours. Limited to juniors/seniors. Supervised individual research or investigation under guidance of
faculty mentor. Culminating paper required. May be
repeated for credit. Individual contract required. P/NP
or letter grading.
Graduate Courses
M215. Interdepartmental Course: Tropical Medicine. (2) (Same as Pathology M215 and Pediatrics
M215.) Lecture, two and one half hours. Preparation:
basic courses in microbiology and parasitology of infectious diseases in School of Medicine or Public
Health. Study of current knowledge about diseases
prevalent in tropical areas of the world. Major emphasis on infectious diseases, with coverage of problems in nutrition and exotic noninfectious diseases.
Syllabus supplements topics covered in classroom.
S/U grading.
M256. Interdisciplinary Response to Infectious
Disease Emergencies: Medicine Perspective. (4)
(Same as Community Health Sciences M256, Nursing
M298, and Oral Biology M256.) Lecture, three hours;
discussion, one hour. Designed to instill in professional students ideas of common emergency health
problems and coordinated response, with specific attention to bioterrorism. Examination of tools to help
students prevent, detect, and intervene in infectious
disease emergencies. Interdisciplinary sessions also
attended by students in Schools of Dentistry, Nursing,
and Public Health during weeks two through five.
Letter grading.
M260A-M260B. Methodology in Clinical Research
I, II. (4-4) (Same as Biomathematics M260A-M260B.)
Lecture, four hours. Recommended preparation: MD,
PhD, or dental degree. Requisites: Biomathematics
170A, 265A. Course M260A is requisite to M260B.
Presentation of principles and practices of major disciplines underlying clinical research methodology,
such as biostatistics, epidemiology, pharmacokinetics. S/U or letter grading.
M260C. Methodology in Clinical Research III. (4)
(Same as Biomathematics M260C.) Discussion, four
hours. Recommended preparation: MD, PhD, or
dental degree. Presentation of principles and practices of major disciplines underlying clinical research
methodology, such as biostatistics, epidemiology,
pharmacokinetics. S/U or letter grading.
M261. Responsible Conduct of Research Involving
Humans. (2) (Same as Biomathematics M261.) Lecture, two hours; discussion, two hours. Preparation:
completion of one basic course in protection of
human research subjects through Collaborative Institutional Training Initiative. Discussion of current issues
in responsible conduct of clinical research, including
reporting of research, basis for authorship, issues in
genetic research, principles and practice of research
on humans, conflicts of interest, Institutional Review
Board (IRB), and related topics. S/U or letter grading.
M263. Clinical Pharmacology. (2) (Same as Biomathematics M263 and Psychiatry M263.) Lecture,
two hours. Preparation: completion of professional
health sciences degree (MD, DDS, DNSc, or PhD).
Overview of principles of clinical pharmacology, especially as they relate to clinical and translational medicine and to advances in contemporary medicine such
as targeting, gene therapy, and genomics. Letter
grading.
M270C. Advanced Modeling Methodology for Dynamic Biomedical Systems. (4) (Same as Bioengineering M296A and Computer Science M296A.) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Requisite:
Electrical Engineering 141 or 142 or Mathematics
115A or Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering
171A. Development of dynamic systems modeling
methodology for physiological, biomedical, pharmacological, chemical, and related systems. Control
system, multicompartmental, noncompartmental, and
input/output models, linear and nonlinear. Emphasis
on model applications, limitations, and relevance in
biomedical sciences and other limited data environments. Problem solving in PC laboratory. Letter
grading.
M270D. Optimal Parameter Estimation and Experiment Design for Biomedical Systems. (4) (Same as
Bioengineering M296B, Biomathematics M270, and
Computer Science M296B.) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Requisite: course M270C or
Bioengineering CM286 or Biomathematics 220. Estimation methodology and model parameter estimation
algorithms for fitting dynamic system models to biomedical data. Model discrimination methods. Theory
and algorithms for designing optimal experiments for
developing and quantifying models, with special
focus on optimal sampling schedule design for kinetic
models. Exploration of PC software for model building
and optimal experiment design via applications in
physiology and pharmacology. Letter grading.
M270E. Advanced Topics and Research in Biomedical Systems Modeling and Computing. (4)
(Same as Bioengineering M296C and Computer Science M296C.) Lecture, four hours; outside study,
eight hours. Requisite: course M270D. Research
techniques and experience on special topics involving
models, modeling methods, and model/computing in
biological and medical sciences. Review and critique
of literature. Research problem searching and formulation. Approaches to solutions. Individual MS- and
PhD-level project training. Letter grading.
M290A-M290B. Child Abuse and Neglect. (2-2)
(Same as Community Health Sciences M245AM245B-M245C, Dentistry M300A-M300B-M300C,
Education M217G-M217H-M217I, Law M281AM281B, Nursing M290A-M290B-M290C, and Social
Welfare M203F-M203G-M203H.) Lecture, two hours.
Course M290A is requisite to M290B. Intensive interdisciplinary study of child physical and sexual abuse
and neglect, with lectures by faculty members of
Schools of Dentistry, Law, Medicine, Nursing, and
MICROBIOLOGY,
IMMUNOLOGY, AND
MOLECULAR GENETICS
College of Letters and Science and
David Geffen School of Medicine
UCLA
1602 Molecular Sciences
Box 951489
Los Angeles, CA 90095-1489
310-825-8482
fax: 310-206-5231
http://www.mimg.ucla.edu
Jerome H. Zack, PhD, Chair
Professors
Arnold J. Berk, MD (Presidential Professor of
Molecular Cell Biology)
Douglas L. Black, PhD
Kenneth A. Bradley, PhD
Peter J. Bradley, PhD
David A. Campbell, PhD
Irvin S.Y. Chen, PhD
Genhong Cheng, PhD
Asim Dasgupta, PhD
James S. Economou, MD, PhD
Lawrence T. Feldman, PhD
Robert P. Gunsalus, PhD
David A. Haake, MD, in Residence
Kent L. Hill, PhD
Alexander Hoffmann, PhD (Thomas M. Asher
Endowed Professor of Microbiology)
Marcus Horwitz, MD
Patricia J. Johnson, PhD
H. Ronald Kaback, MD
Donald B. Kohn, MD
Aldons J. Lusis, PhD
Otoniel M. Martinez-Maza, PhD
M. Carrie Miceli, PhD
Jeffery F. Miller, PhD (Fred Kavli Professor of
Nanosystems Sciences)
Robert L. Modlin, MD
Sherie L. Morrison, PhD
Manuel L. Penichet, MD, PhD
Wenyuan Shi, PhD
Stephen T. Smale, PhD
Fuyuhiko Tamanoi, PhD
Christel H. Uittenbogaart, MD, in Residence
Owen N. Witte, MD (Presidential Professor of
Developmental Immunology, University Professor)
Yi Xing, PhD
Otto O.Yang, MD
Jerome H. Zack, PhD
Z. Hong Zhou, PhD
Professors Emeriti
Benjamin Bonavida, PhD
Frederick A. Eiserling, PhD
Sydney M. Finegold, MD
C. Fred Fox, PhD
Rafael J. Martinez, PhD
James N. Miller, PhD
Jeffrey H. Miller, PhD
Debi P. Nayak, BVSc, PhD
Dan S. Ray, PhD
Larry Simpson, PhD
Karl O. Stetter, PhD
Ronald H. Stevens, PhD
Randolf Wall, PhD
Felix O. Wettstein, PhD
Bernadine J. Wisnieski, PhD
Assistant Professors
Oliver I. Fregoso, PhD
Lili Yang, PhD
Undergraduate Study
Microbiology, Immunology,
and Molecular Genetics BS
Microbiology, Immunology, and
Molecular Genetics Premajor
While students are completing the preparation
courses for the major, they are classified as Microbiology, Immunology, and Molecular Genetics premajors.
The Major
Two plans are offered by the department:
Plan IResearch Immersion Laboratory
Required: (1) Three foundation courses: Chemistry and Biochemistry 153A, Microbiology, Immunology, and Molecular Genetics 101, 185A,
(2) two courses from one of the following
groups: (a) Microbiology, Immunology, and
Molecular Genetics 103AL and 103BL or (b)
109AL and 109BL, (3) three focus elective
courses selected from Chemistry and Biochemistry 153L, Microbiology, Immunology,
and Molecular Genetics 102, 105, 106, 107,
132, CM156, 158, 168, CM256, Molecular,
Cell, and Developmental Biology 138, 165A,
and (4) at least 12 units of general elective
courses selected from any course under item 3
above, Biostatistics 100A, Chemistry and Biochemistry 103, 110A, M117, 136, C140, 153B,
153C, 156, CM160A, C161A, 171, 172, C179,
C181, Ecology and Evolutionary Biology 121,
135, 137, 162, Epidemiology 100, Human Genetics C144, Microbiology, Immunology, and
Molecular Genetics C122, 174, 191H, 198C,
199 (may be taken twice), Molecular, Cell, and
Developmental Biology 100, 104AL, 138,
M140, C141, 143, 144, 165A, 168, 172, 187AL,
Neuroscience M101A, M101B, M101C.
No more than 8 units of course 199 or a combination of 198C and 199 may be applied toward the general electives under Plan I.
Plan IIAdvanced Independent Research
Required: (1) Three foundation courses: Chemistry and Biochemistry 153A, Microbiology, Immunology, and Molecular Genetics 101, 185A,
(2) Microbiology, Immunology, and Molecular
Genetics 196A, 196B or Molecular, Cell, and
Developmental Biology 196A, 196B, (3) Microbiology, Immunology, and Molecular Genetics
180A, 180B or Molecular, Cell, and Developmental Biology 180A, 180B, (4) three focus
elective courses selected from Chemistry and
Biochemistry 153L, Microbiology, Immunology,
and Molecular Genetics 102, 105, 106, 107,
132, CM156, 158, 168, CM256, Molecular,
Cell, and Developmental Biology 138, 165A,
and (5) at least 8 units of general elective
courses selected from any course under item 3
above, Biostatistics 100A, Chemistry and Biochemistry 103, 110A, M117, 136, C140, 153B,
153C, 156, CM160A, C161A, 171, 172, C179,
C181, Ecology and Evolutionary Biology 121,
135, 137, 162, Epidemiology 100, Human Genetics C144, Microbiology, Immunology, and
Molecular Genetics 103AL, 103BL, 109AL,
109BL, C122, 174, 191H, 198C, 199, Molecular,
Cell, and Developmental Biology 100, 104AL,
138, M140, C141, 143, 144, 165A, 168, 172,
187AL, Neuroscience M101A, M101B, M101C.
No more than 4 units of course 198C or 199
may be applied toward the general electives
under Plan II.
Plan II requires submission and approval of an
admissions application. Detailed information
may be obtained at the Student Affairs Office,
1602B Molecular Sciences,
Each major course must be taken for a letter
grade of C or better, and students must have
a minimum overall grade-point average of 2.0
or better in the major. Students receiving a
grade of D or below in two major courses, either in separate courses or repetitions of the
same course, are subject to dismissal from the
major.
Honors Program
Overall grade-point averages of 3.2 and 3.5 in
the preparation for the major and major respectively are required to apply for departmental honors. In addition students must have junior standing and the sponsorship of a faculty
adviser from the department. The core of the
program consists of Microbiology, Immunology, and Molecular Genetics 198A, 198B, and
198C research, culminating in a thesis. If the
thesis is accepted by the honors committee
and students complete all major requirements
with a GPA of at least 3.5, they are awarded
the bachelors degree with departmental honors. The department also offers an honors
seminar course each winter quarter that is required for the honors program. For further information, contact the Student Affairs Office,
1602B Molecular Sciences.
Graduate Study
Official, specific degree requirements are detailed in Program Requirements for UCLA
Graduate Degrees, available at the Graduate
Division website, http://grad.ucla.edu. In many
cases, more detailed guidelines may be outlined in announcements, other publications,
and websites of the schools, departments, and
programs.
Graduate Degrees
The Department of Microbiology, Immunology,
and Molecular Genetics offers Master of Science (MS) and Doctor of Philosophy (PhD) degrees in Microbiology, Immunology, and Molecular Genetics. Applicants interested in
studying with faculty in the department are encouraged to apply to an appropriate home
area in Graduate Programs in Bioscience. See
http://bioscience.ucla.edu.
Microbiology, Immunology,
and Molecular Genetics
Lower Division Courses
5. Science of Memory and Learning. (4) Lecture,
seven hours. Nature of intelligence, overview of brain
structure, study of memory systems, including
memory retrieval, context of memories with emotion,
sleep, and memory. Survey of metacognition and performance of learning. Offered in summer only. P/NP or
letter grading.
6. Microbiology for Nonmajors. (4) Lecture, four
hours. Not open for credit to students with credit for
course 101. Designed for nonscience students; introduction to biology of microorganisms (bacteria, viruses, protozoa, algae, fungi), their significance as
model systems for understanding fundamental cellular processes, and their role in human affairs. P/NP
or letter grading.
10. Medical Microbiology for Nursing Students. (4)
Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour. Requisite:
Life Sciences 30A or 30B or Mathematics 3A or 31A.
Limited to Nursing majors. Introduction to biology of
microbial pathogens, their role in development of
human immune response, and presentation of symptoms and disease caused by microbial infections.
Letter grading.
15. Nanoscale Microscopy Laboratory. (2) Lecture,
26 hours; laboratory, nine hours. Recommended requisites: high school biology, chemistry, and physics.
Designed as one-week summer course for high
school students. Exploratory introduction to three key
microscopy techniques for nanoscience research: fluorescence microscopy, scanning probe microscopy,
and electron microscopy. Nanoscience is umbrella
term that encompasses one diverse interdisciplinary
branch of modern science research, including molecular sciences, biotechnology, material science, chemistry, biochemistry, and various fields of engineering.
Offered in summer only. P/NP grading.
109AL is enforced requisite to 109BL. Limited to Microbiology, Immunology, and Molecular Genetics
premajors and majors and Molecular, Cell, and Developmental Biology majors. Research-oriented laboratory experience designed to promote discovery of
novel microorganisms. Working in teams, students
conduct research projects that incorporate techniques in microbiology and molecular biology and involve use of bioinformatics tools and phylogenetics
software for data analysis. Emphasis on reading and
understanding scientific literature as well as improving
critical thinking skills such as ability to create and
evaluate hypotheses or experimentally address scientific questions. Critical aspects of research process,
including record keeping, ethics, laboratory safety
and citizenry, mechanics of scientific writing, and
project responsibilities and ownership. Letter grading.
109BL. Advanced Research Analysis in Microbiology. (4) Laboratory, six hours. Enforced requisites:
course 109AL, Statistics 13. Limited to Microbiology,
Immunology, and Molecular Genetics premajors and
majors. Designed to provide students authentic, discovery-based research experience in life sciences. Investigation to be primarily computational in nature
whereby students use bioinformatics or mathematical
modeling software to interpret, expand, or refine datasets. Use of graphics software to prepare figures and
illustrations for presentations, posters, reports, and
websites (database entries). Research accomplishments discussed in weekly seminar-style meetings in
which student groups create PowerPoint slides and
formally present results to class. Production of team
poster and final report describing entire research
project required. Letter grading.
C122. Mouse Molecular Genetics. (2) (Formerly
numbered CM122.) Seminar, two hours. Enforced
requisite: Life Sciences 4. Designed for students
doing research with mice. During past 25 years, molecular revolution has greatly increased power and
scope of mouse genetics, and today mouse is primary experimental model in virtually all fields of biology and biomedicine. Seminar forum for in-depth
discussion of tools and technologies of mouse genetics and their application to functional genomics,
complex traits, stem cell biology, developmental
biology, epigenetics, and genetic dissection of
diseases. Concurrently scheduled with course C222.
P/NP or letter grading.
123. Advanced Annotation and Comparative Genomics. (4) Lecture, two and one half hours; computer laboratory, six hours. Requisite: course 103AL
or Molecular, Cell, and Developmental Biology 187AL
with grade of B or better. Participation in discoverybased research experience, working as research team
to analyze microbial genomes using bioinformatics
techniques involving variety of online databases. Investigation of cellular pathways and structures as
means to discover novel genes and unusual variations in classical systems. Results of high-quality annotation efforts may lead to publication in peer-reviewed science journal. Part of DOE Joint Genome Institute Undergraduate Research in Microbial Genome
Annotation education program. Offered in summer
only. Letter grading.
132. Cell Biology of Nucleus. (4) Lecture, three hours;
discussion, one hour. Requisite: Life Sciences 4. Cell
biology of eukaryotic nucleus, including principles of
chromosome structure, transcription, RNA processing, nuclear-cytoplasmic transport, and cell cycle
control. Letter grading.
C134. Ethics and Accountability in Biomedical Research. (2) Seminar, two hours. Designed for graduate students and undergraduates who have credit
for life sciences or biomedical individual studies 199
course. Responsibilities and ethical conduct of investigators in research, data management, mentorship,
grant applications, and publications. Responsibilities
to peers, sponsoring institutions, and society. Conflicts of interest, disclosure, animal subject welfare,
human subject protection, and areas in which investigational goals and certain societal values may conflict. Concurrently scheduled with course C234. P/NP
grading.
188B. Special Courses in Microbiology, Immunology, and Molecular Genetics. (2) Seminar, two hours.
Enforced requisite: Life Sciences 3. Departmentally
sponsored experimental or temporary courses, such
as those taught by visiting faculty members. May be
repeated for credit with topic change. Letter grading.
191H. Honors Research Seminars: Microbiology,
Immunology, and Molecular Genetics. (2) Seminar,
two hours. Requisite or corequisite: course 198A or
198B or 198C. Limited to senior microbiology, immunology, and molecular genetics honors program students. Discussion of current research literature, with
focus on thesis topics/areas that students are working
on as part of departmental honors requirements. Onehour presentation of student thesis research and current literature associated with it required. May be repeated for credit. Letter grading.
192. Undergraduate Practicum in Microbiology,
Immunology, and Molecular Genetics. (2) Seminar,
six hours. Limited to junior/senior departmental majors. Training and supervised practicum for advanced
undergraduate students. Students assist in preparation of materials and development of innovative programs under guidance of faculty members in small
course settings. Consult Student Affairs Office for further information. May not be applied toward course
requirements for departmental majors. May be repeated for credit. P/NP or letter grading.
193A. Journal Club Seminars: Microbiology, Immunology, and Molecular Genetics. (1) Seminar,
one hour. Limited to undergraduate students. Discussion of readings selected from current literature in microbiology, immunology, and molecular genetics field.
P/NP grading.
193B. Journal Club Seminars: Microbiology, Immunology, and Molecular Genetics. (1) Seminar,
one hour. Limited to undergraduate students. Discussion of readings selected from current literature in microbiology, immunology, and molecular genetics.
Letter grading.
194A. Research Group Seminars: Microbiology,
Immunology, and Molecular Genetics. (1) Seminar,
one hour. Designed for undergraduate students who
are part of research group in department faculty laboratory. Discussion of research methods and current
literature in field or of research of faculty members or
students. May be repeated for credit. P/NP grading.
194B. Research Group Seminars: UC LEADS and
NIH/MARC. (2) Seminar, two hours. Limited to students in UC LEADS and NIH/MARC programs. Analysis, review, and critique of current papers in biomedical sciences disciplines, using skills necessary for effective oral communication and effective use of
software such as PowerPoint for oral presentations.
May be repeated for credit. Letter grading.
196A. Research Apprenticeship I in Microbiology,
Immunology, and Molecular Genetics. (4) (Formerly
numbered 199A.) Tutorial, 12 hours. Enforced requisites: Life Sciences 3, 4, 23L, 3.0 premajor and/or
major grade-point average, and at least one term of
prior experience in same laboratory in which 196A research is to be conducted. Enforced corequisite:
course 180A. Course 196A is enforced requisite to
196B. Designed for undergraduate students who are
interested in pursuing inquiry-based and hypothesisdriven research experience in laboratory of departmental faculty mentor. Guided research course to be
taken in conjunction with course 180A, followed by
continuation research course 196B. Technical aspects vary depending on specific laboratory; however, all students learn how to apply scientific
method: propose hypothesis, identify experiments to
address hypothesis, perform experiments, and analyze results. How to record information from experimental activities into laboratory notebooks and to
write research proposals. Letter grading.
196B. Research Apprenticeship II in Microbiology,
Immunology, and Molecular Genetics. (4) (Formerly
numbered 199B.) Tutorial, 12 hours. Enforced requisite: course 196A. Enforced corequisite: course 180B.
Expansion of scope, increasing depth, and implementation of independence in research to be performed in
same laboratory as course 196A to facilitate learning
and implementation of goals stated previously. Technical aspects vary depending on specific laboratory;
however, all students use scientific method learned in
course 196A and continue same experimental scope
proposed, but with additional degree of independence in technical and intellectual aspects of research. Letter grading.
197. Individual Studies in Microbiology, Immunology, and Molecular Genetics. (2 to 4) Tutorial, four
hours. Limited to juniors/seniors. Individual intensive
study, with scheduled meetings to be arranged between faculty member and student. Assigned reading
and tangible evidence of mastery of subject matter
required. May be repeated for credit. Individual contract required. P/NP or letter grading.
198A-198B-198C. Honors Research in Microbiology, Immunology, and Molecular Genetics. (4-4-4)
Tutorial, 12 hours. Course 198A is requisite to 198B,
which is requisite to 198C. Limited to junior/senior microbiology, immunology, and molecular genetics
honors program students. Directed individual research for departmental honors; students must have
faculty sponsor. Progress report must be submitted to
faculty sponsor at end of each of first two terms, with
honors thesis submitted at end of final term. Maximum of 8 units may be applied toward major, with
balance applied toward BS degree requirements. Individual contract required. Letter grading.
199. Directed Research in Microbiology, Immunology, and Molecular Genetics. (4) Tutorial, 12 hours.
Preparation: minimum 2.5 grade-point average in
premajor and major. Supervised individual research
project under guidance of departmental faculty
mentor. Copy of report describing research must be
filed with Student Affairs Office by end of term. May
be repeated for credit. Individual contract required.
Letter grading.
Graduate Courses
C222. Mouse Molecular Genetics. (2) (Formerly
numbered CM222.) Seminar, two hours. Enforced
requisite: Life Sciences 4. Designed for students
doing research with mice. During past 25 years, molecular revolution has greatly increased power and
scope of mouse genetics, and today mouse is primary experimental model in virtually all fields of biology and biomedicine. Seminar forum for in-depth
discussion of tools and technologies of mouse genetics and their application to functional genomics,
complex traits, stem cell biology, developmental
biology, epigenetics, and genetic dissection of
diseases. Concurrently scheduled with course C122.
S/U or letter grading.
M229. Molecular Mechanisms of Host/Pathogen
Interaction. (4) (Same as Pathology M229.) Lecture,
two hours; discussion, two hours. Requisites: Biological Chemistry 254A through 254D. Molecular mechanisms of microbial interactions with eukaryotic host
cells that result in disease or pathogen survival.
Topics include pathogenesis of common viruses, bacteria, fungi, and parasites, basis of toxin-mediated
cellular damage, and immune suppression of microbial tissue damage. Letter grading.
C234. Ethics and Accountability in Biomedical Research. (2) Seminar, two hours. Designed for graduate students and undergraduates who have credit
for life sciences or biomedical individual studies 199
course. Responsibilities and ethical conduct of investigators in research, data management, mentorship,
grant applications, and publications. Responsibilities
to peers, sponsoring institutions, and society. Conflicts of interest, disclosure, animal subject welfare,
human subject protection, and areas in which investigational goals and certain societal values may conflict. Concurrently scheduled with course C134. S/U
grading.
CM256. Human Genetics and Genomics. (5) (Same
as Molecular, Cell, and Developmental Biology
CM256.) Lecture, three hours; discussion, two hours.
Requisites: Life Sciences 3, 4, 23L. Application of genetic principles in human populations, with emphasis
on genomics, family studies, positional cloning, Mendelian and common diseases, cancer genetics, an-
MOLECULAR AND
MEDICAL
PHARMACOLOGY
David Geffen School of Medicine
UCLA
23-120 Center for the Health Sciences
Box 951735
Los Angeles, CA 90095-1735
310-825-0390
fax: 310-825-6267
e-mail: gradinfo@mednet.ucla.edu
http://www.pharmacology.ucla.edu
Michael E. Phelps, PhD, Chair
Samson A. Chow, PhD, Vice Chair
Johannes Czernin, MD, Vice Chair
Arion F. Hadjioannou, PhD, Vice Chair
Harvey R. Herschman, PhD, Vice Chair
Caius G. Radu, MD, Vice Chair
Anna M. Wu, PhD, Vice Chair
Professors
Gautam Chaudhuri, MD, PhD
Samson A. Chow, PhD
Johannes Czernin, MD
Magnus Dahlbom, PhD, in Residence
Steven M. Dubinett, MD
James S. Economou, MD, PhD
Thomas G. Graeber, PhD
Ming Guo, MD, PhD
Cameron B. Gundersen, PhD
Arion F. Hadjioannou, PhD
David A. Hovda, PhD
Jing Huang, PhD
Michael E. Jung, PhD
Daniel L. Kaufman, PhD
Donald B. Kohn, MD
Harley I. Kornblum, MD, PhD, in Residence
Paul A. Krogstad, MD, PhD
Raphael D. Levine, PhD
Gerald S. Lipshutz, MD, in Residence
Edythe D. London, PhD, in Residence (Thomas P. and
Katherine K. Pike Professor of Addictive Studies)
John C. Mazziotta, MD, PhD (Frances Stark Professor
of Neurology)
William P. Melega, PhD, in Residence
Paul Mischel, MD
Michael E. Phelps, PhD (Norton Simon Professor of
Biophysics)
Caius G. Radu, MD
Srinivasa T. Reddy, PhD, in Residence
Antoni Ribas, MD
Orian Shirihai, MD, PhD
Desmond Smith, MD, PhD
Ren Sun, PhD
Yi E. Sun, PhD, in Residence
Hsian-Rong Tseng, PhD
Owen N. Witte, MD (Presidential Professor of
Developmental Immunology)
Anna M. Wu, PhD
Lily Wu, MD, PhD
Professors Emeriti
Jorge R. Barrio, PhD
Arthur K. Cho, PhD
Matthew E. Conolly, MD
Harvey R. Herschman, PhD (Crump Professor
Emeritus of Medical Engineering)
Sung-Cheng (Henry) Huang, DSc
Louis J. Ignarro, PhD (Nobel laureate, Jerome J.
Belzer Professor Emeritus of Medical Research)
Richard W. Olsen, PhD
Nagichettiar Satyamurthy, PhD
Heinrich R. Schelbert, MD, PhD
Ligia G. Toro, PhD
Timothy R. Donahue, MD
Frederick (Fritz) C. Eilber, MD
Sherrel G. Howard, PhD
Roger S. Lo, MD, PhD
Robert M. Prins, PhD, in Residence
R. Michael van Dam, PhD
Ting-Ting Wu, PhD, in Residence
Assistant Professors
James A. Byrne, PhD
Peter M. Clark, PhD
Pei Y. Keng, PhD
Huiying Li, PhD
Jennifer M. Murphy, PhD
David A. Nathanson, PhD
Saman Sadeghi, PhD, in Residence
Adjunct Professors
James R. Heath, PhD
Meisheng Jiang, PhD
Noriyuki Kasahara, MD, PhD
Jide Tian, MD
Hong Wu, MD, PhD
Associate Professors
Graduate Study
Official, specific degree requirements are detailed in Program Requirements for UCLA
Graduate Degrees
The Department of Molecular and Medical
Pharmacology offers Master of Science (MS)
and Doctor of Philosophy (PhD) degrees in
Molecular and Medical Pharmacology but
does not admit applicants who seek only an
MS degree.
The department also offers two MD/PhD programs concurrently with the Geffen School of
Medicine. One is the Medical Scientist Training
Program (MSTP) in which candidates are medical students that have been accepted into
MSTP by the School of Medicine in order to
qualify. The second is the Specialty Training
and Advanced Research (STAR) Program in
which candidates are post-MD housestaff (interns, residents, or fellows) who have been accepted into the STAR Program by its selection
committee in order to qualify.
The department, together with the Division of
Laboratory Animal Medicine, offers PhD or
postdoctoral training combined with residency
training for veterinarians (with DVM or DVM/
PhD degrees) in the Veterinary Investigator in
Scientific Training and Advancement (VISTA)
program.
Note: There is no degree program in pharmacy
at UCLA.
Graduate Courses
200. Introduction to Laboratory Research. (8) Laboratory, eight to 20 hours. Individual projects in laboratory research for beginning graduate students. At
end of each term students submit to their supervisor
reports covering research performed. Pharmacology
graduate students must take this course three times
during their first two years in residence. Letter
grading.
203. Medical Pharmacology. (2) Lecture, zero to two
hours; discussion, zero to two hours. Requisites:
courses 211A, 211B. Series of lectures and case presentations designed to illustrate principles of pharmacology in a clinical context, and solution of practical
therapeutics by reference to pharmacokinetics,
mechanisms of action, and disposition of drugs. S/U
or letter grading.
M205A. Introduction to Chemistry of Biology. (4)
(Same as Chemistry CM205A.) Lecture, three hours;
discussion, one hour. Enforced requisite: Chemistry
153A with grade of C or better. Introduction to chemical biology. Topics include computational chemical
biology, utility of synthesis in biochemical research,
peptidomimetics, designed reagents for cellular imaging, natural product biosynthesis, protein engineering and directed evolution, cell biology of metal
ions, imaging metal ions in cells, metal-containing
drugs. Letter grading.
M205B. Issues on Chemistry/Biology Interface. (2)
(Same as Chemistry M205B.) Seminar, one hour. Requisite: course M205A. Selected talks and papers presented by training faculty on solving problems and
utilizing tools in chemistry and molecular biology on
chemistry/biology interface (CBI). S/U grading.
211A-211B. Principles of Pharmacology. (4-2) Lecture, three to eight hours; discussion, zero to nine
hours. Preparation: mammalian physiology, biochemistry. Systematic consideration of principles governing interaction between drugs and biological systems and of principal groups of drugs used in therapeutics. Particular attention on modes of action,
pharmacokinetics, and disposition to provide a scientific basis for their rational use in medicine. S/U or
letter grading.
212A-212B. Graduate Commentary: Medical Pharmacology. (2-2) Preparation: mammalian physiology,
biochemistry. Supplementation of topics covered in
course 203. Primarily for graduate students. S/U or
letter grading.
234A-234B. Experimental Methods in Pharmacology. (2-2) Laboratory, three hours. Survey of experimental methods and instrumentation used in analysis,
identification, and study of mechanisms of action of
pharmacologically active compounds. S/U or letter
grading.
M234C. Laboratory in Toxicological Methods. (2)
(Same as Environmental Health Sciences M245 and
Molecular Toxicology M245.) Lecture, one hour; laboratory, four to five hours. Survey of experimental techniques used in study of toxic substances. Experiments conducted within known toxin to demonstrate
its effects at molecular, cellular, and tissue levels. Presentation of principles of techniques and methods of
data analysis at discussion session prior to laboratory.
Letter grading.
237. Research Frontiers in Cellular and Molecular
Pharmacology. (6) Lecture, six hours; laboratory, five
hours total. Detailed examination of principles of
pharmacology and mechanisms of drug action at organismal, tissue, cellular, and molecular levels, with
emphasis on receptors, receptor/effector coupling,
neurotransmitters, cardiovascular pharmacology, autonomic and central nervous system pharmacology.
Letter grading.
M241. Introduction to Chemical Pharmacology
and Toxicology. (6) (Same as Molecular Toxicology
M241.) Lecture, six hours. Preparation: organic and
biological chemistry. Designed for molecular and
MOLECULAR BIOLOGY
Interdepartmental Program
College of Letters and Science
UCLA
172 Boyer Hall
Box 951570
Los Angeles, CA 90095-1570
310-267-5209
fax: 310-206-7286
e-mail: mbigrad@lifesci.ucla.edu
http://www.mbi.ucla.edu/mbidp/
Luisa M. Iruela-Arispe, PhD, Chair
Faculty Committee
Peter J. Bradley, PhD (Microbiology, Immunology, and
Molecular Genetics)
Michael F. Carey, PhD (Biological Chemistry)
Feng Guo, PhD (Biological Chemistry)
Luisa M. Iruela-Arispe, PhD (Molecular, Cell, and
Developmental Biology)
D. Leanne Jones, PhD (Molecular, Cell, and
Developmental Biology)
William E. Lowry, PhD (Molecular, Cell, and
Developmental Biology)
Graduate Study
Official, specific degree requirements are detailed in Program Requirements for UCLA
Graduate Degrees, available at the Graduate
Division website, http://grad.ucla.edu. In many
cases, more detailed guidelines may be outlined in announcements, other publications,
and websites of the schools, departments, and
programs.
Graduate Degree
The Molecular Biology Program offers the Doctor of Philosophy (PhD) degree in Molecular
Biology.
Molecular Biology
Graduate Courses
252. Writing for Science (1) Seminar, one hour.
Corequisite: Biological Chemistry 251A or 251B or
251C. Limited to first-year Molecular Biology PhD students. Development of specific skills in scientific
writing within context of one advanced course on mechanics of gene transcription. Letter grading.
MOLECULAR, CELL,
AND DEVELOPMENTAL
BIOLOGY
College of Letters and Science
UCLA
128 Hershey Hall
Box 957246
Los Angeles, CA 90095-7246
310-825-7109, Undergraduate Office
e-mail: mcdbundergrad@lifesci.ucla.edu
https://www.mcdb.ucla.edu
Utpal Banerjee, PhD, Chair
Professors
John S. Adams, MD
Utpal Banerjee, PhD (Irving and Jean Stone Endowed
Professor of Life Science)
Jau-Nian Chen, PhD
Amander T. Clark, PhD
Daniel H. Cohn, PhD
Robert B. Goldberg, PhD
Volker Hartenstein, PhD
Ann M. Hirsch, PhD
Luisa M. Iruela-Arispe, PhD
Steven E. Jacobsen, PhD
Tracy L. Johnson, PhD (Maria Rowena Ross Term
Professor of Cell Biology and Biochemistry)
D. Leanne Jones, PhD
James A. Lake, PhD
Frank A. Laski, PhD
Chentao Lin, PhD
Shuo Lin, PhD
Jeffrey A. Long, PhD
William E. Lowry, PhD
Karen M. Lyons, PhD
Hanna K.A. Mikkola, MD, PhD
Matteo Pellegrini, PhD
Professors Emeriti
William R. Clark, PhD
John H. Fessler, PhD
Harumi Kasamatsu, PhD
John R. Merriam, PhD
Paul H. OLague, PhD
Winston A. Salser, PhD
Clara M. Szego, PhD
Elaine M. Tobin, PhD
Associate Professors
Hilary A. Coller, PhD
Arjun Deb, MD
Atsushi Nakano, MD, PhD
Alvaro Sagasti, PhD
Assistant Professor
Jesse R. Zamudio, PhD
Lecturers
Tiffany T. Cvrkel, PhD
Pei-Yun Lee, PhD
Adjunct Professor
Nissim Benevisty, MD, PhD
Undergraduate Study
Molecular, Cell, and
Developmental Biology BS
The Bachelor of Science degree in Molecular,
Cell, and Developmental Biology (MCDB) is
designed especially for students who intend to
go on to postgraduate work in biology or medicine and for students aiming for entry-level
positions in biotechnology-related fields. Students are exposed to basic biological and molecular concepts underlying recent technical
advances in molecular, cell, and developmental biology of animals and plants. Areas of emphasis include cell biology, immunology, molecular biology, plant biology, developmental
biology, and neurobiology, among others.
The Major
Required Courses: Chemistry and Biochemistry 153A; one course from Molecular, Cell, and
Developmental Biology 104AL, 150AL, 187AL,
198B, 198C, 199B, 199C, or Microbiology, Immunology, and Molecular Genetics 103AL; one
developmental biology course from Molecular,
Cell, and Developmental Biology 138 or C141;
one cell biology course from M140 or 165A; and
one molecular biology course from 144 or 165B.
Electives: At least 20 upper division elective
units, of which at least 10 must be in courses
offered by the department. Any upper division
departmental course, except Molecular, Cell,
and Developmental Biology 100, 190A, 190B,
190C, 192A, 192B, 193, 194A, or 199, may be
selected. The following courses outside the
department may be taken to satisfy a maximum of 10 units in this category: Biostatistics
100A or Statistics 100A, Chemistry and Biochemistry 153C, 153L, 154, 156, C159A,
C159B, CM160A, Ecology and Evolutionary
Biology 110, 121, 162, 162L, Human Genetics
C144, Microbiology, Immunology, and Molecular Genetics 100L, 101, 102, 103AL, 105, 106,
158, 168, 174, 185A, Physiological Science
C126, 166, Society and Genetics M102.
Credit for a maximum of two upper division developmental biology courses from Molecular,
Cell, and Developmental Biology 138, C141,
and 143 may be applied toward the major. Due
to content overlap, students with credit for
both courses 165A and 165B cannot receive
major credit for course M140.
A maximum of 4 units of approved seminar
course credit may be applied toward the electives requirement. A maximum of 12 units of
Molecular, Cell, and Developmental Biology
198A through 198D or 199A through 199D may
be applied toward the major. Credit for 199
courses from other departments may not be
applied except by petition.
Any single course may be applied toward only
one category within the major (e.g., course
C141 may be applied toward the required or
elective category but not toward both).
Each course applied toward requirements for
preparation for the major and the major must
be taken for a letter grade. Majors must earn a
C or better in each preparation for the major
course, and at least a 2.0 (C) overall average in
all courses applied toward the major.
Honors Program
Admission
The honors program provides exceptional Molecular, Cell, and Developmental Biology majors with the opportunity to do research culmi-
Requirements
The core of the program consists of at least
one approved undergraduate seminar course
from Molecular, Cell, and Developmental Biology 191 and three research courses (12 units
minimum) from 198A, 198B, and 198C, culminating in a thesis.
To qualify for graduation with honors, students
must satisfactorily complete all requirements
for the honors program and the major and obtain at least an overall 3.0 grade-point average
and a 3.5 GPA or better in coursework required
for the major. On recommendation by the faculty sponsor and with approval of the thesis by
the departmental honors committee, students
are awarded no honors, departmental honors,
or highest departmental honors.
At the discretion of the departmental honors
committee, students who have (1) a GPA of 3.6
or better, both overall and in the major and (2)
demonstrated exceptional accomplishment on
the research thesis are awarded highest departmental honors.
Computing Specialization
Majors in Molecular, Cell, and Developmental
Biology may select a specialization in Computing by (1) satisfying all the requirements for a
bachelors degree in the major, (2) completing
Program in Computing 10A, 10B, 10C, 30, and
60, and (3) completing one course from Computer Science CM186 or Ecology and Evolutionary Biology C159. A grade of C or better is
required in each course, with a combined
grade-point average in the specialization of at
least 2.0. Students must petition for admission
to the program and are advised to do so after
completing Program in Computing 10B (petitions should be filed in the Student Affairs
Office). Students graduate with a bachelors
degree in their major and a specialization in
Computing.
Graduate Study
Official, specific degree requirements are detailed in Program Requirements for UCLA
Graduate Degrees, available at the Graduate
Division website, http://grad.ucla.edu. In many
cases, more detailed guidelines may be outlined in announcements, other publications,
and websites of the schools, departments, and
programs.
Graduate Degrees
The Department of Molecular, Cell, and Developmental Biology offers Master of Arts (MA),
Candidate in Philosophy (CPhil), and Doctor of
Philosophy (PhD) degrees in Molecular, Cell,
and Developmental Biology. Applicants interested in studying with faculty in the department are encouraged to apply to an appropriate home area in Graduate Programs in Bioscience. See http://bioscience.ucla.edu.
or biomedical fields. Weekly presentation and discussion of paper selected from current literature. May be
repeated for credit. Letter grading.
196A. Research Apprenticeship I in Molecular,
Cell, and Developmental Biology. (4) Tutorial, 12
hours. Enforced requisites: Life Sciences 3, 4, 3.0
premajor and/or major grade-point average, and at
least one term of prior experience in same laboratory
in which 196A research is to be conducted. Enforced
corequisite: course 180A. Course 196A is enforced
requisite to 196B. Designed for undergraduate students who are interested in pursuing inquiry-based
and hypothesis-driven research experience in laboratory of departmental or preapproved faculty mentor.
Guided research course to be taken in conjunction
with course 180A, followed by continuation research
course 196B. Technical aspects vary depending on
specific laboratory; however, all students learn how to
apply scientific method: propose hypothesis, identify
experiments to address hypothesis, perform experiments, and analyze results. How to record information
from experimental activities into laboratory notebooks
and to write research proposals. Letter grading.
196B. Research Apprenticeship II in Molecular,
Cell, and Developmental Biology. (4) Tutorial, 12
hours. Enforced requisites: courses 180A, 196A. Enforced corequisite: course 180B. Technical aspects
vary depending on specific laboratory; however, all
students use scientific method learned in course
196A and continue same experimental scope proposed, but with additional degree of independence in
technical and intellectual aspects of research. Letter
grading.
198A-198D. Honors Research in Molecular, Cell,
and Developmental Biology. (4 each) Tutorial, 12
hours. Requisites: Life Sciences 3, 4. Course 198A is
requisite to 198B, which is requisite to 198C. Limited
to junior/senior Molecular, Cell, and Developmental
Biology majors. Development and completion of
comprehensive research project and honors thesis
under direct supervision of approved faculty member
to broaden and deepen students knowledge of some
phase of molecular, cell, and developmental biology.
Must be taken for at least three terms and for total of
12 units. Individual contract required. In Progress
(198A) and letter (198B) grading. Report on progress
must be presented to undergraduate adviser each
term 198 course is taken. Letter (198C, 198D)
grading.
199. Special Studies Directed Research in Molecular, Cell, and Developmental Biology. (4) Tutorial, 12
hours. Preparation: submission of written proposal to
department for approval by appropriate term deadline. Proposal to be developed in consultation with instructor, outlining research study to be undertaken.
Requisites: Life Sciences 3, 4. Limited to juniors/seniors. Department majors may enroll with sponsorship
from department faculty members or preapproved
outside faculty members. Other junior/senior life sciences majors may enroll only with department faculty
sponsors. Supervised individual research under guidance of faculty mentor. Studies to involve laboratory
research, not literature surveys or library research. At
end of term culminating paper describing progress of
project and signed by student and instructor must be
presented to department. May be repeated for credit.
Individual contract required. Letter grading.
199A-199D. Directed Research in Molecular, Cell,
and Developmental Biology. (4 each) Tutorial, 12
hours. Preparation: minimum 3.0 grade-point average
in major. Requisites: Life Sciences 3, 4. Course 199A
is requisite to 199B, which is requisite to 199C, which
is requisite to 199D. Limited to juniors/seniors. Department majors may enroll with sponsorship from
department faculty members or preapproved outside
faculty members. Other junior/senior life sciences majors may enroll only for research projects in laboratories with department faculty sponsors. Supervised individual research under guidance of faculty mentor.
Culminating research project designed to broaden
and deepen students knowledge of some phase of
molecular, cell, and developmental biology. Must be
taken for at least two terms and for total of at least 8
units. Individual contract required. In Progress (199A)
Graduate Courses
M220. Cell, Developmental, and Molecular Neurobiology. (6) (Same as Neurobiology M200B and Neuroscience M201.) Lecture, six hours. Fundamental
topics concerning cellular, developmental, and molecular neurobiology, including intracellular signaling,
cell-cell communication, neurogenesis and migration,
synapse formation and elimination, programmed neuronal death, and neurotropic factors. Letter grading.
C222A-C222D. Advanced Topics in Cell and Molecular Biology. (2 each) Lecture, two hours. Requisites: courses 100 or C139 or M140, 144, Life Sciences 4. Recent developments in fields of molecular,
cell, and developmental biology. Concurrently scheduled with courses C174A-C174D. Letter grading:
C222A. Molecular Evolution. (2) Lecture, two hours.
Requisites: courses 100 or C139 or M140, 144, Life
Sciences 4. Current developments in field of molecular evolution. Constructing evolutionary trees at molecular level; formal testing of evolutionary hypotheses using sequencing data. Original research proposal required. Letter grading.
C222B. Molecular Biology of Cell Nucleus. (2) Lecture, two hours. Requisites: courses 100 or C139 or
M140, 144, Life Sciences 4. Animal cell nucleus regulation of cell metabolism. Structure/function relationships, nuclear-cytoplasmic exchange, DNA replication and gene expression. Original research proposal
required. Letter grading.
C222D. Molecular Biology of Extracellular Matrix. (2)
Lecture, two hours. Requisites: courses 100 or C139
or M140, 144, Life Sciences 4. Recommended:
course 138. Synthesis of key extracellular matrix proteins and their assembly into supramolecular structures. Interactions of matrix proteins with cells and
their influence on tissue formation. Original research
proposal required. Letter grading.
224. Molecular Basis of Vascular Biology. (4) Lecture, four hours. Requisites: Life Sciences 3, 4. Developmental and pathological aspects of vascular biology. Presentation and discussion of key questions
of vascular biology with mechanistic viewpoint. Major
emphasis on experimental approaches and current
research in field. Introduction to several model systems along with presentation of specific topic. Basic
information provided as to how this knowledge is obtained in laboratory using variety of experimental approaches and model organisms. Letter grading.
228. Prokaryotic and Eukaryotic Gene Systems.
(2) Lecture, two hours. Presentations concerning current experimental approaches in study of DNA replication, organization, transcription, and translation.
S/U or letter grading.
M230B. Structural Molecular Biology. (4) (Same as
Chemistry M230B.) Lecture, three hours; discussion,
one hour. Requisites: Mathematics 3C, Physics 6C.
Selected topics from principles of biological structure;
structures of globular proteins and RNAs; structures
of fibrous proteins, nucleic acids, and polysaccharides; harmonic analysis and Fourier transforms; principles of electron, neutron, and X-ray diffraction; optical and computer filtering; three-dimensional reconstruction. S/U or letter grading.
M230D. Structural Molecular Biology Laboratory.
(2) (Same as Chemistry M230D.) Laboratory, 10
hours. Corequisite: course M230B. Methods in structural molecular biology, including experiments utilizing
single crystal X-ray diffraction, low angle X-ray diffraction, electron diffraction, optical diffraction, optical filtering, three-dimensional reconstruction from electron
micrographs, and model building. S/U or letter
grading.
M234. Genetic Control of Development. (4) (Same
as Biological Chemistry M234.) Lecture, four hours.
Topics at forefront of molecular developmental biology, including problems in oogenesis and early em-
MOLECULAR,
CELLULAR, AND
INTEGRATIVE
PHYSIOLOGY
Interdepartmental Program
College of Letters and Science and
David Geffen School of Medicine
Graduate Study
310-825-3891
e-mail: yrayos@lifesci.ucla.edu
https://www.mcip.ucla.edu
Official, specific degree requirements are detailed in Program Requirements for UCLA
Graduate Degrees, available at the Graduate
Division website, http://grad.ucla.edu. In many
cases, more detailed guidelines may be outlined in announcements, other publications,
and websites of the schools, departments, and
programs.
Graduate Degree
Faculty Committee
The Molecular, Cellular, and Integrative Physiology Program offers the Doctor of Philosophy
(PhD) degree in Molecular, Cellular, and Integrative Physiology.
UCLA
328 Hershey Hall
Box 957246
Los Angeles, CA 90095-7246
experimental design strategies learned through primary literature review and in-class presentation/discussion. Letter grading.
249. Seminar: Pathogenic Mechanisms in Muscle
Disease. (2) Seminar, two hours. Recent advances
have been made in genetic identification of molecular
basis of muscle disease, and some mechanisms involved have been elucidated. Focus on muscle diseases in which substantial mechanistic information
has been obtained, including particular cellular locations and diseases associated with those locations.
Topics include Duchenne muscular dystrophy, congenital muscular dystrophy, limb girdle dystrophy, Ullrich myopathy, and other forms of genetically inherited muscle disease. S/U grading.
250. Current Topics in Molecular, Cellular, and Integrative Physiology. (2) Seminar, two hours. Designed for molecular, cellular, and integrative physiology students. Reading, analysis, critique, and discussion of current research literature in field of molecular, cellular, and integrative physiology. Student
presentation of assigned paper. Variable topics. May
be repeated for credit. S/U grading.
251. Integrative Genomics for Studying Complex
Diseases. (3) Seminar, two hours. Enforced requisite:
course M252A. Lectures and supervised student presentations to offer graduate students opportunity to
acquire deep understanding of advanced integrative
genomic approaches and how these approaches can
be applied to help understand molecular basis of diverse complex diseases. Topics include transcriptomics, genetics, functional genomics, network biology, and high-level integration. Letter grading.
M252A. Molecular Mechanisms of Human Diseases I. (4) (Same as Pharmacology M252A.) Lecture,
four hours. Preparation: prior satisfactory molecular
biology coursework. Corequisite: course M252B.
Fundamental concepts and methodologies in modern
biology, with emphasis on implications and relevance
to human disease and integration of biology with
mechanisms underlying disease development and
applications in therapy as they apply to cancer biology, infectious disease, and modern biological approaches. Letter grading.
M252B. Seminar: Molecular Mechanisms of
Human Diseases I. (2) (Same as Pharmacology
M252B.) Seminar, two hours. Corequisite: course
M252A. Reading, review, and discussion of primary
research literature addressing fundamental concepts
and methodologies in modern biology, with particular
emphasis on implications and relevance to human
diseases of topics presented in course M252A. Letter
grading.
M262A. Molecular Mechanisms of Human Diseases II. (4) (Same as Pharmacology M262A.) Lecture,
four hours. Preparation: prior satisfactory molecular
biology coursework. Corequisite: course M262B.
Fundamental concepts and methodologies in modern
biology, with emphasis on implications and relevance
to human disease and integration of biology with
mechanisms underlying disease development and
applications in therapy as they apply to neurological,
cardiovascular, and metabolic diseases. Letter
grading.
M262B. Seminar: Molecular Mechanisms of
Human Diseases II. (2) (Same as Pharmacology
M262B.) Seminar, two hours. Corequisite: course
M262A. Reading, review, and discussion of primary
research literature addressing fundamental concepts
and methodologies in modern biology, with particular
emphasis on implications and relevance to human
diseases of topics presented in course M262A. Letter
grading.
M286. Neurophysics: Brain-Mind Problem. (4)
(Same as Physics CM286.) Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour. Requisites: Chemistry 14A or 20A,
Mathematics 3A, 3B, 3C, 31A, 32A, 32B, 33A,
Physics 1A, 1B, 1C, 4AL, 4BL, 6A, 6B, 6C. How does
mind emerge from brain? Provides summary of basic
biophysics of neurons, synapses, and plasticity. Introduction to commonly used experimental and theoretical techniques of measuring, quantifying, and modeling neural activity, and their relative strengths and
Graduate Study
MOLECULAR
TOXICOLOGY
Interdepartmental Program
School of Public Health
UCLA
56-070 Center for the Health Sciences
Box 951772
Los Angeles, CA 90095-1772
310-206-1619
fax: 310-794-2106
e-mail: rgreenberg@ph.ucla.edu
http://moltox.ph.ucla.edu
Official, specific degree requirements are detailed in Program Requirements for UCLA
Graduate Degrees, available at the Graduate
Division website, http://grad.ucla.edu. In many
cases, more detailed guidelines may be outlined in announcements, other publications,
and websites of the schools, departments, and
programs.
Graduate Degree
The Molecular Toxicology Program offers the
Doctor of Philosophy (PhD) degree in Molecular Toxicology.
Molecular Toxicology
Faculty Committee
Jesus A. Araujo, MD, PhD (Medicine)
Michael D. Collins, PhD (Environmental Health
Sciences)
Oliver Hankinson, PhD (Environmental Health
Sciences, Pathology and Laboratory Medicine)
David E. Krantz, MD, PhD (Psychiatry and
Biobehavioral Sciences)
Robert H. Schiestl, PhD (Environmental Health
Sciences, Pathology and Laboratory Medicine)
Graduate Courses
211A-211B-211C. Molecular Toxicology Seminars.
(1-1-1) Seminar, one hour twice per month. Seminar
series which alternately features outside speakers
and members of UCLA molecular toxicology commu-
Music / 517
596. Directed Individual Study or Research. (2 to
12) Tutorial, to be arranged. Individual guided studies
under direct faculty supervision. May not be applied
toward degree course requirements. May be repeated
for credit. S/U or letter grading.
597. Preparation for PhD Qualifying Examinations.
(2 to 12) Tutorial, four hours. May not be applied toward degree course requirements. May be repeated
for credit. S/U grading.
599. PhD Dissertation Research. (8 to 12) Tutorial,
to be arranged. May not be applied toward degree
course requirements. May be repeated for credit. S/U
grading.
MUSIC
Herb Alpert School of Music
UCLA
2539 Schoenberg Music Building
Box 951616
Los Angeles, CA 90095-1616
310-825-4761
fax: 310-206-4738
http://www.music.ucla.edu
Neal H. Stulberg, MA, Chair
Professors
James K. Bass, DMA
Kenneth E. Burrell, BA
Lily Chen-Haftek, PhD
Vladimir Chernov, MM
Michael E. Dean, MM
Juliana K. Gondek, MM
Gary G. Gray, MM
Gordon Henderson, MME
Peter D. Kazaras, JD
Ian Krouse, DMA
Elisabeth C. Le Guin, PhD
Jens H. Lindemann, MM
Antonio Lysy
Movses Pogossian, DMA
Walter Ponc, DMA
Neal H. Stulberg, MA
Guillaume B. Sutre, MM
Robert S. Winter, PhD (Presidential Professor of Music
and Interactive Arts)
Professors Emeriti
Elaine R. Barkin, PhD
Roger Bourland, PhD
Paul S. Chihara, PhD
Maurice Gerow, PhD
Frederick F. Hammond, PhD
Thomas F. Harmon, PhD
Mark Kaplan, BA
D. Thomas Lee, DMA
Susan K. McClary, PhD
Donald Neuen, MA
Paul V. Reale, PhD
Jon Robertson, DMA
Roy E. Travis, MA
Robert Walser, PhD
Associate Professors
Travis J. Cross, DMA
Inna Faliks, DMA
Frank Heuser, PhD
David S. Lefkowitz, PhD
Assistant Professor
Jocelyn Ho, DMA
Lecturer S.O.E.
Maureen D. Hooper, EdD, Emerita
Senior Lecturer
John L. Hall, MM, Emeritus
Lecturers
David A. Brennan, DMA
Bruce H. Broughton
Raynor O. Carroll
Gloria C. Cheng
Richard Danielpour, DMA
Jonathan D. Davis, DMA
Theresa A. Dimond, DMA
Margaret M. Flanagan Lysy
Aubrey D. Foard, MM
Peter R. Golub, PhD
Rakefet R. Hak, MM
Jeff J. Kryka, PhD
James D. Lent, DMA
Noah G. Meites, DMA
James T. Miller, MM
Lou Anne Neill, MA
Hitomi M. Oba, MA
Benjamin J. Phelps, PhD
Jean-Louis Rodrigue
Peter Rutenberg
Amy M. Sanchez, MM
David A. Schnurr, PhD
John A. Steinmetz, MA
Adjunct Professors
Christoph Bull, DMA
Mark C. Carlson, PhD
Herbert J. Hancock
Christopher Hanulik, BM
Jennifer Judkins, PhD
Douglas H. Masek, DMA
Wayne Shorter
Undergraduate Study
The Music major is a designated capstone major. Students learn about the real world with respect to putting on concerts. Through preparation for and execution of their senior recitals,
students demonstrate a level of proficiency appropriate for their role in the recitals and their
understanding of performance practices appropriate to the repertory being performed, as
acquired in previous coursework and through
research. Students also display their ability to
assemble an effective program in terms of pacing and variety and demonstrate requisite
stage presence along with an ability to communicate with their audience in performance.
Music BA
Capstone Major
Admission
For new and change of major applicants, each
concentration within the department has its
own specific requirements for admission. Applicants to the composition concentration
must submit a portfolio of compositions prior
to the required audition and interview with the
composition theory faculty. Applicants to the
music education concentration are required to
audition in their primary performance medium
and interview with the music education faculty.
Applicants to the performance concentration
are required to audition in their principal performing medium with members of the performance faculty. Admission to the theory concentration is open only to junior/senior Music
majors on the basis of an interview with the
composition theory faculty.
518 / Music
60A through 65, and three years (18 units) of
performance organizations utilizing students
major instruments (courses C90A through 90N
and C90Q through 90S), as assigned by the
chair or designated faculty member. In addition, students are required to take one college
yearor at least one course at level threeof
French, German, Italian, or Spanish, which
may be used to fulfill the school language
requirement.
Graduate Study
Graduate Degrees
The Major
Required (for all concentrations): Music 120A,
120B, 120C, 140A, 140B, 140C, with grades of
C or better, and courses selected from one of
the concentrations listed below.
Composition: A minimum of 41 upper division
units, including Music 104A or 104B, 106A,
106B, 116, 166 (12 units), C176, and at least 8
elective units selected from any upper division
ethnomusicology, music, or music history
courses. A capstone senior recital, to be preceded by one capstone scoring course (Music
124A or 124B or 124C) and to include at least
30 minutes of original music, is also required
(exceptions by petition only).
Music Education: A minimum of 41 upper division units, including Music 110A through
110D, 114A, 114B, 115A, 115B, 116, 117,
119A, 119B, 119C, and three courses from
160A through 165. During each term in which
students take private lessons, they must participate in a performance organization for a letter grade, utilizing their major instruments
(courses C90A through 90N and C90Q through
90S), as assigned by the chair or designated
faculty member. A capstone senior recital, that
may be held as early as fall quarter of the junior
year, is also required.
Performance: Twelve units in performance instruction from Music 160A through 165 (including junior and senior recital requirements),
4 units of chamber ensembles (course C175)
for instrumental performance students, 4 units
of course C158 for vocal performance students, and 8 elective units selected from any
upper division ethnomusicology, music, or music history courses. During each term in which
students take private lessons, they must participate in a performance organization for a letter grade, utilizing their major instruments
(courses C90A through 90N and C90Q through
90S), as assigned by the chair or designated
faculty member.
Theory: Six courses selected in consultation
with a faculty adviser.
Official, specific degree requirements are detailed in Program Requirements for UCLA
Graduate Degrees, available at the Graduate
Division website, http://grad.ucla.edu. In many
cases, more detailed guidelines may be outlined in announcements, other publications,
and websites of the schools, departments, and
programs.
The Department of Music offers the Master of
Music (MM) degree, Doctor of Musical Arts
(DMA) degree, and Master of Arts (MA), Candidate in Philosophy (CPhil), and Doctor of
Philosophy (PhD) degrees in Music.
Music
Lower Division Courses
1A-1B. Fundamentals of Music. (4-4) Lecture, three
hours; discussion, two hours. Designed for nonmusic
majors. P/NP or letter grading. 1A. Introduction to
elements of music: pitch and rhythm symbols, meter
and time signatures, notation, scales, intervals, and
chord structure. 1B. Requisite: course 1A. Diatonic
harmony; four-part writing, including inversions,
sevenths, secondary dominants, and modulation; organization of melody and accompaniment; simple
analysis; sight-singing and ear training.
3. Preparatory Music Theory. (4) Lecture, four hours;
laboratory, one hour. Course in music fundamentals,
including musicianship, theory, and terminology.
Letter grading.
4A-4B-4C. Basic Musicianship. (2-2-2) Studio,
three hours. Class instruction in elementary ear
training and keyboard skills. P/NP or letter grading.
5. Beginning Voice Class. (2) Studio, four hours;
outside practice and preparation, two hours. Not
open to voice majors. Correct singing techniques, including vocal mechanism, posture and breathing, musical warm-ups, optimal vocal production, diction,
and performance delivery to be put into practice in
classroom study, vocal exercises, and performances.
Final recital with piano accompaniment required. May
be repeated for maximum of 12 units with a grade of
C in each course. Letter grading.
M6A-M6B-M6C. Introduction to Musicianship. (22-2) (Same as Ethnomusicology M6A-M6B-M6C and
Music History M6A-M6B-M6C.) Laboratory, four
hours. Preparation: placement examination. Course
M6A is enforced requisite to M6B, which is enforced
requisite to M6C. Students must receive grade of C
or better to proceed to next course in sequence. Introduction to musicianship through in-depth exploration of basic common musical elements and training
in aural recognition, sight singing, dictation, and keyboard skills. Focus on topics such as tonal and modal
harmony, rhythm, improvisation, composition, notation, and ear training to prepare students for later
theory courses, participation in music ensembles, advanced study in music, and professional careers.
Letter grading.
7. Understanding Movie Music. (4) Lecture, four
hours; outside study, eight hours. Musical experience
helpful, but not required. Brief historical survey of film
music, with strong emphasis on recent development:
Japanese animation, advertising, and MTV, as well as
computer tools and digital scoring methods. Designed to inspire and inform those interested in movie
music. Offered in summer only. P/NP or letter grading.
8G. Graduate Piano Sight-Reading. (2) Studio, two
hours. Limited to graduate students. Designed to help
entering graduate students remedy entrance deficiencies, to be cleared by examination. May be repeated.
S/U grading.
Music / 519
music composition students and designed for sophomores. One-on-one composition lessons with assignments and compositions tailored to student progress
and level of achievement. Lessons address counterpoint, voice-leading, harmonic and melodic construction, orchestration, form, texture, style, notation, and
performance feasibility. P/NP or letter grading.
74A-74B-74C. Introduction to Singing Diction. (22-2) Studio/demonstration/performance, 90 minutes;
outside study, four to five hours. Course 74A is enforced requisite to 74B, which is enforced requisite to
74C. Development of International Phonetic Alphabet
(IPA) transcription skills, along with addressing issues
of translation. Exploration of variety of vocal repertoire, including opera, art songs, early music, recitative, and folk songs. Transcription, translation,
speaking, and singing of texts from pieces assigned
in course, as well as from repertoire being prepared
for juries. P/NP or letter grading. 74A. English and
Italian. Introduction to basics of singing diction and
development of English and Italian skills for beginning
students. 74B. German. Enforced requisite: course
74A. Introduction to basics of singing diction and development of German skills for beginning students.
74C. French. Enforced requisite: course 74B. Introduction to basics of singing diction and development
of French skills for beginning students.
80A. Beginning Keyboard. (4) Laboratory, five hours;
preparation/practice, seven hours. Simple keyboard
skills together with basic aspects of music theory and
its practical application to keyboard: sight-reading,
tonality, chords, scales, cadences, simple compositions, and improvisations. May be repeated for credit
without limitation. Offered in summer only. P/NP or
letter grading.
80B. Intermediate Keyboard. (4) Laboratory, five
hours; preparation/practice, seven hours. Enforced
requisite: course 80A. Review of basic keyboard concepts, with focus on developing comprehensive keyboard musicianship ranging from music theory, sightreading, composing, improvising, analysis of form,
study of musical terms and notations, chords, scales,
cadences, transposing, and ear training. Offered in
summer only. P/NP or letter grading.
80F. Beginning Guitar Class. (4) Laboratory, five
hours; preparation/practice, seven hours. Introduction
to guitar techniques, accompanying, and arranging
for guitar; coverage of note reading and tablature.
May be repeated for credit without limitation. Offered
in summer only. P/NP or letter grading.
80V. Vocal Technique for Beginners. (4) Laboratory,
six hours; preparation/practice, six hours. Voice instruction for singers at beginning to intermediate
level. Exploration of fundamentals of vocal technique,
including overview of basics of proper breath control,
resonance, care of voice, diction, and interpretation.
Beginning vocal repertoire used as vehicle for understanding these concepts. May be repeated for credit
without limitation. Offered in summer only. P/NP or
letter grading.
80W. Woodwind Technique for Beginners. (4) Laboratory, six hours; preparation/practice, six hours.
Woodwind instruction designed to give students
knowledge of fundamental concepts and techniques
of saxophone, clarinet, oboe, bassoon, and flute. Offered in summer only. P/NP or letter grading.
M87. Special Courses in Music. (5) (Same as Ethnomusicology M87 and Music History M87.) Lecture,
four hours; discussion, four hours. Limited to undergraduate Ethnomusicology, Music, and Music History
majors. Study and analysis of current and/or special
topics in ethnomusicology, music, and music history
taught by resident and visiting faculty members. May
be repeated for credit with topic and instructor
change. Letter grading.
C90A. UCLA Chorale. (2) Activity, four hours. Preparation: audition. Select mixed ensemble of 100 voices
performing choral music appropriate for concert
choral ensemble, with emphasis on music after 1700.
May be repeated for credit without limitation. May be
concurrently scheduled with course C480. P/NP or
letter grading.
520 / Music
processes in choral music of American and world
serve as basis of comparative study, with emphasis
on comprehensive music education through performance. Letter grading.
110D. Comparative Study of Instrumental Music
Education. (4) Lecture, two hours; activity, one hour;
fieldwork, one hour; outside study, eight hours. Enforced requisites: courses 20A, 20B, 20C, 110A,
120A, 120B, 120C. Critical study and analysis of philosophy, history, organization, curriculum, and literature of music programs for elementary and secondary
instrumental music instruction in traditional and nontraditional settings. Development of strategies and
techniques to teach music in group settings. Letter
grading.
111A. Technology in Music Education I. (1) Laboratory, three hours. Requisite or corequisite: course
20A. Provides music educators with tools and knowledge necessary to use appropriate computer hardware and software for purposes of music sequencing,
arranging, and scoring, with emphasis on applications
that are appropriate for use in public and/or private
schools for levels K-12 and higher education. Activities include familiarization with computer systems
and software, computer-assisted music notation and
publication, and development of basis sequencing
techniques. Letter grading.
111B. Technology in Music Education II. (1) Laboratory, three hours. Requisite: course 111A. Introduction to instructional uses of computers in music classrooms, with emphasis on practical information necessary to intelligently purchase and implement
microcomputers in schools, including training in arranging, multimedia production, and classroom instruction techniques. Additional topics include
teacher-based administrative functions (grading,
communications, research, databases, financial management). Letter grading.
112. Guided Field Experiences in Music Education.
(1) Field studies, three hours. Initial field experiences
for students preparing to teach and earn single subject certification in music. Novice teachers work
under direct guidance of UCLA music education faculty members and practicing public school instructor
to develop and deliver instruction in K-12 settings.
P/NP grading.
114A-114I. Study of Instrumental and Vocal Techniques. (1 each) Studio, three hours. Requisite or
corequisite: course 20A. Applied studies in basic performance techniques and tutorial materials. Each of
courses 114A through 114I may be repeated once for
credit. Letter grading. 114A. High Strings; 114B. Low
Strings; 114C. Flute and Saxophone; 114D. Double
Reeds; 114E. Trumpet and Trombone; 114F. Horn and
Tuba; 114G. Snare Drum; 114H. Other Percussion;
114I. Voice.
114J. Piano Skill in Classroom. (1) Activity, two hours.
Designed for undergraduate Music majors concentrating in music education. Not open to students enrolled in piano lessons. Development of piano skills
and competencies that enable students to function
successfully in general music, instrumental ensemble,
and choral ensemble classrooms. Letter grading.
115A-115B. Study of Instrumental Techniques. (22) Studio, four hours; outside study, two hours. Applied studies in basic performance techniques and tutorial materials designed to give music education students knowledge to teach basic instrument concepts.
Letter grading. 115A. Woodwinds; 115B. Brass.
116. Introduction to Conducting. (2) Lecture, three
hours. Requisites: courses 20A, 20B, 20C, 120A. Fundamentals of conducting, including basic skills, techniques, analysis, and repertoire. P/NP or letter
grading.
117. Study and Conducting of Instrumental and
Choral Literature. (2) Lecture, three hours. Requisite:
course 116. Study and practice of conducting both
instrumental and choral repertoire. In addition to further development of conducting gestures, focus on
score study techniques, rehearsal techniques, style,
and interpretation as applied to choral and instrumental repertoire. Letter grading.
Music / 521
C158. Vocal Repertoire Interpretation. (2) Activity,
two hours; outside study, four hours. Performancebased course that develops repertoire and experience
in collaborative performance for pianists and vocalists. Activities include text and score preparation, diction, weekly rehearsals, regular coaching, and performances for lessons, juries, recitals, master classes,
auditions, and other related activities. Intensive diction study incorporated. Regular coaching with faculty
members, weekly performance class, and rehearsals.
Concurrently scheduled with course C458. P/NP or
letter grading.
160A-165. Undergraduate Instruction in Performance for Performance Specialist. (2 each)
Studio, one hour. Limited to junior/senior Music majors who have been accepted by audition into performance specialization. Individual instruction. Students
must perform in noon concert once during their junior
year and must present full recital in their senior year.
Grades are assigned by applied instructor in fall and
winter quarters and by jury examination in spring
quarter. May be repeated for credit. P/NP or letter
grading. 160A. Violin; 160B. Viola; 160C. Cello; 160D.
String Bass; 160E. Harp; 160F. Classical Guitar;
160G. Viola da gamba; 160K. Lute; 161A. Flute;
161B. Oboe; 161C. Clarinet; 161D. Bassoon; 161E.
Saxophone; 162A. Trumpet; 162B. French Horn;
162C. Trombone; 162D. Tuba; 163. Percussion; 164A.
Piano; 164B. Organ; 164C. Harpsichord; 165. Voice.
166. Advanced Undergraduate Instruction for
Composition Specialists. (2) Studio, one hour per
week to be arranged with instructor; outside study,
five hours. Enforced requisite: course 66 (6 units).
Limited to junior/senior music composition students.
One-on-one composition lessons with assignments
and compositions tailored to student progress and
level of achievement. Lessons address counterpoint,
voice-leading, harmonic and melodic construction,
orchestration, form, texture, style, notation, and performance feasibility. May be repeated for credit. P/NP
or letter grading.
C167. Selected Topics in Keyboard Literature. (2)
Lecture, two hours. Enforced corequisite: one course
from 64A, 64B, 64C, 164A, 164B, or 164C. In-depth
study of selected topics in keyboard literature, concentrating on problems of performance through analysis, historical and comparative studies, and actual
performances by participants. May be concurrently
scheduled with course C267. P/NP or letter grading.
174. Vocal Diction. (2) Lecture, two hours; outside
study, four hours. Designed for Music majors. Sounds
of language as applied to singing, including use of International Phonetic Alphabet, translation of art song
texts, and application to students current vocal
repertoire. Background in each language encouraged.
P/NP or letter grading.
C175. Chamber Ensembles. (2) Activity, two to four
hours. Preparation: audition. Students must be at advanced level of their instrument to participate. Applied
study of performance practices of literature appropriate to ensembles. Students may enroll in two sections per term; total of 12 units may be applied toward
degree requirements. May be concurrently scheduled
with course C485. P/NP or letter grading.
C176. Electronic Music Composition. (4) Lecture,
three hours; laboratory, three hours. Preparation: advanced experience and accomplishment in serious
composition (art music), two years of music theory.
Limited to music composition majors. Exercises in
electroacoustic orchestration, meta-pitch composition, notation software (Sibelius), sequencing and film
scoring software (Logic), text collages (ProTools), and
final project. May be concurrently scheduled with
course C226. P/NP or letter grading.
C177. Gluck Chamber Ensembles. (2) Studio, two
hours. Preparation: audition. Advanced chamber ensembles who, after rehearsing and being coached on
core amount of repertoire, play in outreach settings
around Los Angeles community. May be repeated for
credit without limitation. Concurrently scheduled with
course C477. P/NP grading.
CM182. Music Industry. (4) (Same as Ethnomusicology CM182, Music History CM186, and Music Industry M182.) Lecture, four hours; discussion, one
hour; outside study, seven hours. Limited to Ethnomusicology, Music, and Music History majors. Examination of influence of music industry on way music is
created, performed, listened to, evaluated, and used
today. Historical approach taken, beginning with
music published in 18th century and continuing
through development of audio recordings to MTV and
popular music today. Concurrently scheduled with
course CM282. Letter grading.
C185. Historical and Philosophical Foundations of
Music Education. (4) Lecture, three hours. Preparation: completion of undergraduate music education
specialization. Development of music education in
U.S. according to established schools of thought.
May be concurrently scheduled with course C225.
P/NP or letter grading.
188. Special Courses in Music. (4) Lecture, three
hours; outside study, nine hours. Special topics in
music for undergraduate students taught on experimental or temporary basis. May be repeated for
credit. P/NP or letter grading.
195. Community or Corporate Internships in Music. (2 to 4) Tutorial, six hours. Limited to juniors/seniors. Internship in supervised setting in community
agency or business. Students meet on regular basis
with supervising instructor and submit periodic reports of their work experiences. May be repeated for
maximum of 8 units. Individual contract with supervising faculty member required. P/NP grading.
197. Individual Studies in Music. (2 or 4) Tutorial,
one hour. Preparation: 3.0 grade-point average. Limited to seniors. Individual intensive study in music,
with scheduled meetings to be arranged between faculty member and student. Tangible evidence of mastery of subject matter (research project) required. May
be repeated for maximum of 8 units. Individual contract required. P/NP or letter grading.
Graduate Courses
M201. Repertory and Analysis. (2) (Same as Musicology M201.) Seminar, two hours. Requisite or corequisite: Musicology 200A. Exploration of defined repertory through readings and analysis. Specific topics
vary. May be repeated for credit. S/U grading.
202. Analysis for Performers. (4) Lecture, three
hours; outside study, nine hours. Designed for graduate students. Survey of analytical techniques and
approaches required for professional performers, including phrase structure, harmonic rhythm and prolongation, small and large forms, theories of musical
coherence, and understanding of styles. Letter
grading.
203. Notation and Performance. (4) Lecture, three
hours; outside study, nine hours. Designed for graduate music students. Survey analysis of evidence performers use to make their interpretive decisions in
performance of vocal and instrumental music of European tradition. Topics include editions, treatises,
tempo indications, expressive notation, use and influence of recordings, composer-performer relationship,
and nonstandard notation. Letter grading.
204. Music Bibliography for Performers. (4) Lecture, three hours; outside study, nine hours. Designed
for graduate music performance students. Survey of
general bibliographic techniques in music, with emphasis on materials for performing musicians. Letter
grading.
C218A. Advanced Choral Conducting. (2) Lecture,
one hour; studio, two hours. Requisites: courses 116,
117. Conducting basics, baton technique, beat patterns, dynamics, score preparation and analysis. May
be repeated once for credit. Concurrently scheduled
with course C118A. Letter grading.
C218B. Choral Techniques and Methods. (2) Lecture, one hour; studio, two hours. Requisites: courses
116, 117, C218A. Vocal and choral pedagogy, vocalizing and warm-up techniques, diction, and rehearsal
522 / Music
260B. Seminar: Composition for Motion Pictures
and Television. (6) Seminar, three hours; laboratory,
three hours. Focus on task of completing one entire
score for television episode or original student film.
Discussion of recent television shows. Composition
of one original title song and short cues to someone
elses song required. Term assignment involves student orchestra recording to picture, designed to approximate actual conditions of completing professional Hollywood assignment, from spotting to
scoring. Letter grading.
261A-261J. Problems in Performance Practices. (4
each) Seminar, three hours; outside study, nine hours.
Limited to graduate performance students. Investigation of primary source readings in performance practices as related to period; analytical reports and practical applications in class demonstrations. May be repeated for credit. Letter grading. 261A. Medieval;
261B. Renaissance; 261C. Baroque; 261D. Classical;
261E. Romantic; 261F. Contemporary; 261J. Jazz.
266. Graduate Instruction for Composition Specialists. (4) Studio, one hour arranged with instructor;
outside study, 11 hours. Limited to graduate composition students. One-on-one composition lessons,
with assignments and compositions tailored to each
students progress and level of achievement, addressing counterpoint, voice-leading, harmonic and
melodic construction, orchestration, form, texture,
style, notation, and performance feasibility of compositions worked on at advanced level. Presentation of
at least one composition composed during course in
graduate composition concert during academic year.
May be repeated for credit without limitation. S/U or
letter grading.
C267. Selected Topics in Keyboard Literature. (2)
Lecture, two hours. Enforced corequisite: course
464A or 464B or 464C. In-depth study of selected
topics in keyboard literature, concentrating on problems of performance through analysis, historical and
comparative studies, and actual performances by
participants. May be concurrently scheduled with
course C167. S/U or letter grading.
270A-270G. Seminars: Music Education. (6 each)
Seminar, three hours. May be repeated for credit
without limitation. S/U or letter grading. 270A. History;
270B. Non-Western Musics; 270C. Curriculum Innovations; 270D. Tests and Measurements; 270E.
Choral Literature; 270F. Instrumental Literature; 270G.
General Topics.
CM282. Music Industry. (4) (Same as Ethnomusicology CM288 and Musicology CM288.) Lecture, four
hours; discussion, one hour; outside study, seven
hours. Limited to Ethnomusicology, Music, and Musicology majors. Examination of influence of music industry on way music is created, performed, listened
to, evaluated, and used today. Historical approach
taken, beginning with music published in 18th century
and continuing through development of audio recordings to MTV and popular music today. Concurrently
scheduled with course CM182. Letter grading.
290. Composition Forum. (2) Seminar, two hours.
Weekly forum to present professional composers of
range of mediums, including large ensemble vocal
and/or instrumental works, chamber music, electronic
music, and film/television, as guest lecturers. Letter
grading.
292. Seminar: Special Topics in Music. (4) Seminar, three hours. Exploration of topics in music
through variety of approaches that may include projects, performances, readings, discussions, research
papers, and oral presentations. Topics announced in
advance. May be repeated for credit. S/U or letter
grading.
330. Introduction to Orff Schulwerk. (2) Lecture, 10
hours; discussion, five hours; laboratory, 15 hours. Intended for teachers of music, church musicians, and
music therapists who have had little or no previous
experience with Orff Schulwerk. Introduction to Orff
Schulwerk, including history, philosophy, and
teaching processes of this approach to music instruction for children. Offered in summer only. S/U or letter
grading.
or fellow. Teaching apprenticeship under active guidance and supervision of regular faculty member responsible for curriculum and instruction at UCLA.
May be repeated for credit. S/U grading.
401. New Music Forum. (2) Tutorial/laboratory, two
hours. Preparation: one year of graduate study in
music at UCLA. Interactive course in preparation and
performance of premiere work especially composed
for graduate performer or performers by graduate
composer at UCLA. Letter grading.
C450. Keyboard Skills for Pianists. (2) Activity, two
hours; outside study, four hours. Applied music
course with focus on necessary skills for piano performance. Areas include sight playing, score reading,
transposition, figured bass, harmonization, improvisation, score reduction, and ensemble issues. Concurrently scheduled with course C150. Letter grading.
C455. Instrumental and Piano Duo Repertoire. (2)
Activity, two hours; outside study, four hours. Performance-based course that develops repertoire and experience in collaborative performance for pianists and
instrumentalists. Activities include weekly score
preparation, weekly rehearsals, regular coaching, and
performances for lessons, juries, recitals, master
classes, auditions, and other related activities. Regular coaching with faculty members, weekly performance workshop, and rehearsals. Concurrently
scheduled with course C155. Letter grading.
C458. Vocal Repertoire Interpretation. (2) Activity,
two hours; outside study, four hours. Performancebased course that develops repertoire and experience
in collaborative performance for pianists and vocalists. Activities include text and score preparation, diction, weekly rehearsals, regular coaching, and performances for lessons, juries, recitals, master classes,
auditions, and other related activities. Intensive diction study incorporated. Regular coaching with faculty
members, weekly performance class, and rehearsals.
Concurrently scheduled with course C158. Letter
grading.
460A-466. Graduate Instruction in Performance. (6
each) Studio, one hour; performance laboratory/outside study, 17 hours. Limited to graduate performance students. Individual instruction. Intensive
study and preparation of musical literature in area of
specialization. May be repeated for credit. Letter
grading. 460A. Violin; 460B. Viola; 460C. Cello; 460D.
String Bass; 460E. Harp; 460F. Classical Guitar;
460G. Viola da gamba; 460K. Lute; 461A. Flute;
461B. Oboe; 461C. Clarinet; 461D. Bassoon; 461E.
Saxophone; 462A. Trumpet; 462B. French Horn;
462C. Trombone; 462D. Tuba; 463. Percussion; 464A.
Piano; 464B. Organ; 464C. Harpsichord; 464D. Fortepiano; 465. Voice; 466. Jazz.
469. Instrumental Pedagogy. (4) Lecture, three hours;
outside study and preparation, nine hours. Preparation: advanced proficiency on one musical instrument. Designed for graduate music students. Study
of art of teaching musical instruments, including discussions of philosophy of teaching, learning process
itself, and teaching of musical interpretation. Individualized study of various considerations, such as physical/technical aspects and pedagogical repertoire, peculiar to teaching students primary instrument. Letter
grading.
470. Opera Studio for Graduate Students. (4) Laboratory, six hours. Designed for graduate students.
Performance techniques and repertoire for graduate
students in opera. S/U or letter grading.
471. Vocal Pedagogy. (4) Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour. Preparation: advanced proficiency
in voice. Designed for graduate music students.
Study of teaching techniques for voice, including
thorough investigation of vocal mechanism and its
use, plus study of noted teachers of past and present.
Further emphasis on practical teaching experience in
class. Letter grading.
472. Master Class in Opera. (6) Studio, three hours;
outside study, 15 hours. Limited to graduate performance students. Intensive study and preparation of
opera literature. May be repeated for credit. S/U or
letter grading.
MUSIC INDUSTRY
Interdisciplinary Minor
Herb Alpert School of Music
UCLA
1642A Schoenberg Music Building
Box 951616
Los Angeles, CA 90095-1616
310-825-4768
fax: 310-267-0326
e-mail: belen.maria@arts.ucla.edu
http://www.schoolofmusic.ucla.edu/musicindustry-and-technology-at-ucla
for students to work with practitioners on realworld projects in the music industry.
To apply to the minor, transfer students must
have completed a minimum of one term of residency at UCLA, and students admitted as
freshman must have completed a minimum of
three terms of residency at UCLA. Students
must be in good academic standing with an
overall grade-point average of at least 2.0.
In addition, students who are not Ethnomusicology, Music, or Music History majors must
complete at least one lower division performance or ensemble course selected from Ethnomusicology 91A through 91Z, Music C90A
through 90N, or C90Q through M90T prior to
application to the minor. The performance requirement may also be fulfilled through successful completion of Music Industry 111 or
through an equivalent music industry course
by petition.
Required Upper Division Courses (28 units):
Music Industry 101, 195 (8 units), and five additional courses (20 units) selected from Ethnomusicology C100, 105, M110B, 117, C169,
172A, C184, Film and Television 122B, Music
C176, Music History 140, 164, 185, Music Industry 102 through 112, M182, 188, 195, 197.
In addition, students who are not Ethnomusicology, Music, or Music History majors must
demonstrate music theory proficiency by either passing the Music Theory Assessment
Examination, completing Music 3 with a minimum grade of C+, or completing an equivalent
course in consultation with the minor chair.
Faculty Committee
A minimum of 20 units applied toward the minor requirements must be in addition to units
applied toward major requirements or another
minor.
Undergraduate Study
Music Industry Minor
The Music Industry minor is intended to provide students with an introduction to the history, theory, and practice of music as a calling
and a business and to provide opportunities
Music Industry
Upper Division Courses
101. Seminar: Music Industry, Technology, and
Science. (4) Seminar, four hours; outside study, eight
hours. Required of Music Industry minors. Introduction to intellectual and theoretical frameworks that
form Music Industry minor and that scholars of music
and music industries have developed to analyze, understand, and perhaps judge what happens out there,
including how music business works in financial,
legal, global, and artistic terms, how music technologies of recording, reproduction, and consumption operate, and how basic music science from acoustics to
brain biology to music perception affects how music
is produced and heard. Letter grading.
102. Internet Marketing and Branding for Musicians. (4) Seminar, four hours; outside study, eight
hours. Digital world for musicians has changed dramatically. Musicians not only have ability to selfmarket and create communities directly with listeners,
but also can thrive in online communities with influencers and other musicians around world. Digital has
transformed not just way musicians get word out, but
also how they create. Internet marketing has morphed
into Internet community crowdsourcingvery dif-
524 / Musicology
ferent world for musicians and musical organizations.
Study driven by project-based work of current online
environments for musicians, organizations, and
venues. Students dive into best practices around
world, growing brand, finding target market online,
and engaging with right communities of practice to
build their own connections and online portfolio of
collaborators. Letter grading.
103. Music and Brain. (4) Seminar, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Multidisciplinary approach to
understanding brain mechanisms mediating music
perception, performance, and cognition. Students
natural interest in music serves as springboard for
learning basic concepts about how brain works.
Focus on specific themes such as harmony perception, rhythm perception, emotion and meaning in
music, and creativity. Designed to help students understand methodologies currently used to investigate
brain-behavior correlates. Broad understanding of research topics in cognitive neuroscience, one of three
main subdisciplines of neuroscience; introduction to
fundamental principles in neurophysiology, psychophysiology, and neuroanatomy, whose basics form
foundation for brain imaging, forensic practice, social
psychology research, and marketing research; and
specific knowledge about brain mechanisms mediating music-related cognitive and emotional functions. Letter grading.
104A. Music and Law. (4) (Formerly numbered 104.)
Seminar, three hours; outside study, nine hours. Fundamentals of American law as it applies to entertainment business, with special attention to music and its
use in film, television, and new media. Legal relationships in entertainment business and basic business
practices. Exploration of legal aspects of process of
producing works in entertainment field, from acquisition of rights and talent through production and distribution. Letter grading.
104B. Legal and Business Aspects of Sound Recordings. (4) Seminar, three hours; outside study and
research, nine hours. Exploration of legal and business aspects of production and distribution of sound
recordings. More detailed practical focus on legal aspects of recording process itself, from initial assembly
of material to final distribution and collection of royalties, with material covered also relevant to audio-visual recordings. Introductory presentation on contract, copyright, and trademark law as background to
step-by-step process of securing agreements necessary for production and commercial distribution of recordings. Letter grading.
105. Songwriters on Songwriting. (4) Lecture, three
hours; outside study, nine hours. With special focus
on songwriting renaissance of rock era, examination
of work of greatest songwriters of post-World War II
generation (circa 1952 to 1994) and those they have
influenced through creative as well as practical industry guidance from current and noteworthy practitioners. Coverage of songwriting, arrangement and
record production, music publishing, and record business in 20th and 21st centuries. Guest music industry
professionals to demonstrate individual creative processes and discuss their paths to songwriting and
their place in world of music. Course is not workshop
or tutorial on how to write songs. Letter grading.
106. Stardom Strategies for Musicians. (4) Lecture,
four hours; outside study, eight hours. Help for students to determine what music career best serves
their own lives and gives them tools that help them be
successful in their lives and careers. Guest speakers,
including top music agents, managers, publicists, and
performers, to be featured. Letter grading.
107A. Audio Technology for Musicians I. (4) (Formerly numbered 107.) Studio, four hours; outside
study, eight hours. Limited to Ethnomusicology,
Music, and Music History majors. Equally for singers
using microphones or beat makers using samplers,
electronic equipment and procedures permeate
music making, and ability to understand their logic is
key for any musician today. Practical technical aspects and procedures of equipment and software (sequencers, recorders, mixers, microphones, and so on)
most commonly used in contemporary music making.
Main sound processing types (equalizers, compres-
188. Special Courses in Music Industry. (4) Seminar, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Special
topics in music industry for undergraduate students
taught on experimental or temporary basis. May be
repeated for credit with topic change. Letter grading.
195. Community or Corporate Internships in Music
Industry and Technology. (4) Tutorial, eight hours.
Limited to juniors/seniors in Music Industry minor with
minimum cumulative 3.0 grade-point average. Internship in supervised setting in community agency or
private business. Students meet on regular basis with
instructor and provide periodic reports of their experience. May be repeated for maximum of 8 units. Individual contract with supervising faculty member required. P/NP grading.
197. Individual Studies in Music Industry and Technology. (2 to 4) Tutorial, six to 12 hours. Limited to juniors/seniors in Music Industry minor with minimum
cumulative 3.0 grade-point average. Individual intensive study in music industry and technology, with
scheduled meetings to be arranged between faculty
member and student. Tangible evidence of mastery of
subject matter resulting in research project/paper required. May be repeated for maximum of 8 units. Individual contract with supervising faculty member required. Letter grading.
MUSICOLOGY
Herb Alpert School of Music
UCLA
2443 Schoenberg Music Building
Box 951623
Los Angeles, CA 90095-1623
310-206-5187
fax: 310-206-9203
e-mail: musicology@humnet.ucla.edu
http://www.musicology.ucla.edu
Raymond L. Knapp, PhD, Chair
Professors
Robert W. Fink, PhD
Raymond L. Knapp, PhD
Elisabeth C. Le Guin, PhD
Tamara J.M. Levitz, PhD
David W. MacFadyen, PhD
Mitchell B. Morris, PhD
Timothy D. Taylor, PhD
Professors Emeriti
Murray C. Bradshaw, PhD
Malcolm S. Cole, PhD
Frank A. DAccone, PhD
Marie Louise Gllner, PhD
Richard A. Hudson, PhD
Associate Professors
Olivia A. Bloechl, PhD
Elizabeth Randell Upton, PhD
Assistant Professors
Nina S. Eidsheim, PhD
Jessica A. Schwartz, PhD
Musicology / 525
Music history appeals to undergraduate students with musical backgrounds whose interests and principal career goals lie in areas
other than professional performance. The undergraduate program prepares students for
graduate programs in music and related fields
and offers training within the broader context
of the humanities.
The graduate program offers courses leading
to the MA and PhD degrees. It is designed to
equip students to pursue careers not only in
teaching but also in other areas that require
bibliographical skills and training in research
methodologies. The department provides
teaching and research assistantships each
year for qualified students.
Undergraduate Study
The Music History major is a designated capstone major. Undergraduate students who are
not pursuing departmental honors must complete a senior thesis that demonstrates the
skills and expertise they have acquired in earlier coursework. Students are expected to conceive and execute a project that identifies and
engages with a problem within a specialized
topic, identify and analyze appropriate primary
sources both textual and musical, and have a
working knowledge of scholarly discourse relative to a specialized topic. While an extended
essay is the default expectation for a completed project, students are encouraged to
seek alternative formats, such as a lecturerecital, set of lesson plans, or video/audio presentation. Students discuss and critique the
work of their peers and present their work to
other students and, if they choose, to the public as part of a student-organized conference.
Music History BA
Capstone Major
Admission
The Music History program assumes that students have some musical background before
entering UCLA. Although auditions are not required, prospective majors should be sufficiently competent on an instrument or in voice
to participate in a performance group, as required by the program.
The Major
Required: Music History 125A through 125F,
187; one course from 160 through 185 or from
191A through 191P; one additional 4- to 5-unit
upper division elective course in ethnomusicology, music, or music history (enrollment may
be limited; check with the department or instructor); and one capstone research colloquium (course 190) and one capstone seminar
(course 191T). Students may enroll in lessons
from the Music Department, if instructors are
available.
Each course applied toward the major must be
taken for a letter grade (courses offered only
on a P/NP grading basis are acceptable).
Honors Program
The honors program is designed for Music History majors who wish to carry out an extended
independent research project that culminates
in a departmental honors thesis of approximately 30 pages. The program gives qualified
students the opportunity to work closely with
individual professors on an in-depth supervised research and writing project.
All junior and senior Music History majors who
have completed a minimum of four upper division music history courses with a departmental
grade-point average of 3.7 or better and an
overall GPA of 3.0 or better are eligible to apply. Normally, the thesis must be completed
during fall quarter of the senior year.
To qualify for graduation with departmental
honors, students must (1) complete all requirements for the major, (2) have a cumulative
grade-point average of 3.7 or better in upper division courses in the department and an overall
GPA of 3.0 or better, and (3) complete at least
one term of Music History 198 (2 units) with a
grade of A or better on the resulting thesis.
To qualify for graduation with departmental
highest honors, students must (1) complete all
requirements for the major, (2) have a cumulative GPA of 3.9 or better in upper division
courses in the department and an overall GPA
of 3.65 or better, and (3) complete at least one
term of Music History 198 (2 units) with a grade
of A or better on the resulting thesis.
Graduate Study
Official, specific degree requirements are detailed in Program Requirements for UCLA
Graduate Degrees, available at the Graduate
Division website, http://grad.ucla.edu. In many
cases, more detailed guidelines may be outlined in announcements, other publications,
and websites of the schools, departments, and
programs.
Graduate Degrees
The Department of Musicology offers Master
of Arts (MA), Candidate in Philosophy (CPhil),
and Doctor of Philosophy (PhD) degrees in
Musicology.
Music History
Lower Division Courses
3. Introduction to Classical Music. (5) Lecture, four
hours; discussion, one hour. Survey of music of
Western classical tradition, with emphasis on historical context, musical meanings, and creation of tradition itself. P/NP or letter grading.
5. History of Rock and Roll. (5) Lecture, four hours;
discussion, one hour. Analysis of forms, practices,
and meanings of rock and roll music, broadly conceived, from its origin to present. Emphasis on how
this music has reflected and influenced changes in
sexual, racial, and class identities and attitudes.
Credit for both courses 5 and 185 not allowed. Letter
grading.
M6A-M6B-M6C. Introduction to Musicianship. (22-2) (Same as Ethnomusicology M6A-M6B-M6C and
Music M6A-M6B-M6C.) Laboratory, four hours.
Preparation: placement examination. Course M6A is
enforced requisite to M6B, which is enforced requisite
to M6C. Students must receive grade of C or better
to proceed to next course in sequence. Introduction
to musicianship through in-depth exploration of basic
common musical elements and training in aural recognition, sight singing, dictation, and keyboard skills.
Focus on topics such as tonal and modal harmony,
rhythm, improvisation, composition, notation, and ear
training to prepare students for later theory courses,
participation in music ensembles, advanced study in
music, and professional careers. Letter grading.
526 / Musicology
7. Film and Music. (5) Lecture, four hours; discussion, one hour. History of music and cinema, particularly ways music is used to produce meanings in conjunction with visual image. Credit for both courses 7
and 177 not allowed. P/NP or letter grading.
8. History of Electronic Dance Music. (5) Lecture,
four hours; discussion, one hour. Survey of groovebased electrified dance music from its origins in
1960s pop and soul to present, covering disco,
house, techno, ambient, rave, and jungle. Emphasis
on interaction of technology, musical structures, psychoactive drugs, and club cultures to induce altered
states of musical consciousness; promise (versus reality of) political and spiritual transformation; electronic dance music as new art music. P/NP or letter
grading.
9. American Popular Song. (5) Lecture, four hours;
discussion, one hour. American popular music before
advent of rock and roll in 1950s, with special emphasis on song tradition of Tin Pan Alley. P/NP or
letter grading.
M10A-M10B-M10C. Introduction to Music: History,
Culture, Creativity. (4-4-4) (Same as Ethnomusicology M7A-M7B-M7C and Music M10A-M10BM10C.) Lecture, two hours; laboratory, four hours.
Preparation: placement examination. Course M10A is
enforced requisite to M10B, which is enforced requisite to M10C. Students must receive grade of C or
better to proceed to next course in sequence. Introduction to study of music from three complimentary
perspectives: its history, relation to culture, and creative structuring. Lectures from musicologists, ethnomusicologists, and composers/theorists combined
with small sections in which students develop wide
range of musicianship skills. Organized around broad
ideas (performance, simultaneity, time, place, and
more) where creative and cultural implications are explored through analysis and discussion of broad repertoire of musical works spanning historical eras and
global cultures. Compositional exercises, production
of short compositions, and short papers dealing with
historical and cultural issues required. Letter grading.
12W. Writing about Music. (5) Lecture, four hours;
laboratory, one hour. Enforced requisite: English
Composition 3 or 3H or English as a Second Language 36. Emphasis on learning specific skills, incorporating technical description, historical contextualization, subjective reaction, and certain stylistic conventions necessary in writing about music. Satisfies
Writing II requirement. Letter grading.
13. Punk: Music, History, Subculture. (5) Lecture,
four hours; discussion, one hour. Developments in
punk music in their historical and subcultural contexts. Survey of prepunk and musical antecedents in
1960s, rise of punk in 1970s, and tracing of its expressive trajectories to present day. P/NP or letter
grading.
28A-28B-28C. Collegium Musicum. (2-2-2) Lecture,
three hours. Preparation: ability to read music. Group
performance of Western vocal and instrumental
music. P/NP or letter grading. 28A. Medieval Period;
28B. Renaissance Period; 28C. 17th and 18th Centuries.
35. Introduction to Opera. (5) Lecture, four hours;
discussion, one hour. Exploration of history of opera
from its origins in Florentine Camerata in Italy in early
17th century, through ages of Enlightenment and Romanticism, and ending with modern era of early 20th
century. History of opera, biography of composers
and singers, operatic conventions, dramaturgy, plot,
stagings, hermeneutics of opera, and musical style,
with focus on learning appreciation of music of opera
within rich context of its compelling history. P/NP or
letter grading.
60. American Musical. (5) Lecture, four hours; discussion, 90 minutes. Survey of American musical in
20th century, beginning with its roots in operetta,
vaudeville, and Gilbert and Sullivan, and focusing on
its connections to politics, technology, film, opera,
and variety of popular musical styles, including Tin
Pan Alley, jazz, and rock. Credit for both courses 60
and 160 not allowed. P/NP or letter grading.
Musicology / 527
early Middle Ages to present. Letter grading. 125A. To
1500. Requisite or corequisite: course M10A. 125B.
1500 to 1700. Requisites: courses M10B (may be
taken concurrently), 125A. 125C. 1700 to 1800. Requisites: courses M10C (may be taken concurrently),
125B. 125D. 1800 to 1900. Requisite or corequisite:
course M10A. 125E. 1900 to 1945. Requisites:
courses M10B (may be taken concurrently), 125D.
125F. 1945 to Present. Requisites: courses M10C
(may be taken concurrently), 125E.
135A-135B-135C. History of Opera. (5-5-5) Lecture,
four hours; discussion, one hour. Designed for undergraduate students. P/NP or letter grading. 135A. Baroque and Classical Periods; 135B. Romantic Period;
135C. 20th Century.
M136. Music and Gender. (5) (Same as Gender
Studies M136.) Lecture, four hours; discussion, one
hour. Analysis of gender ideologies in several musical
cultures; representations of gender, body, and sexuality by both male and female musicians; contributions of women to Western art and popular musics;
methods in feminist and gay/lesbian theory and criticism. Letter grading.
M137. Lesbian, Gay, Bisexual, Transgender, and
Queer Perspectives in Pop Music. (5) (Same as
Lesbian, Gay, Bisexual, and Transgender Studies
M137.) Lecture, four hours; discussion, one hour.
Survey of English-language popular music in 20th
century, with focus on lesbians, gay men, and members of other sexual minorities as creators, performers, and audience members. Letter grading.
140. Music, Media, and Consumer Society. (4) Lecture, four hours. Consideration of impact of recording
technologies (gramophone, tape recorder, Walkman,
sampler), broadcast media (radio, television, MTV, Internet), and global capitalism (record labels, advertising, Muzak) on way we consume and are consumed by music. How music functions and malfunctions on records, under movies, behind ads, and in
semiotic fabric of everyday life. Letter grading.
160. Selected Topics in American Musical. (5)
Seminar, 90 minutes. Enforced corequisite: attendance, but not enrollment, in course 60 lecture. Exploration of connections and disconnects between
American musical on stage and American film musicals. Credit for both courses 60 and 160 not allowed.
Letter grading.
162. Selected Topics in Music of Mozart. (5) Seminar, two hours. Preparation: ability to read music and
engage in melodic, harmonic, and formal analysis.
Enforced corequisite: attendance, but not enrollment,
in course 62 lecture. Limited to Music History majors
and minors. Intensive discussion of selected pieces
by Mozart and of certain topics important to fuller understanding of his contributions to musical culture of
Enlightenment, as well as to contemporary culture.
Credit for both courses 62 and 162 not allowed. Letter
grading.
163. Bach: Study of Selected Works. (5) Seminar,
two hours. Enforced corequisite: attendance, but not
enrollment, in course 63 lecture. Limited to Music History majors and minors. Examination of Bachs music
in greater depth. Credit for both courses 63 and 163
not allowed. Letter grading.
164. Selected Topics in African American Popular
Music of 1960s. (5) Seminar, two hours. Enforced
corequisite: attendance, but not enrollment, in course
64 lecture. Intensive discussion of developments in
post-World War II African American popular music,
with special attention to musical achievements of Motown Records, Stax, and other rhythm and blues,
funk, and soul music centers of production. Relationships between musical forms and cultural issues of
1960s, including Civil Rights Movement, counterculture, black nationalism, capitalism, and separatism,
and larger dimensions of African American experience
as mediated through groove-based music. Credit for
both courses 64 and 164 not allowed. Letter grading.
165. Blues and Individual Expression. (5) Seminar,
two hours. Enforced corequisite: attendance, but not
enrollment, in course 65 lecture. Limited to Music History majors and minors. In-depth look at specific
blues artists, with special attention to issues of au-
191A-191P. Junior Variable Topics Research Seminars: History of Music. (4 each) Seminar, three hours.
Designed for junior Music History majors. Special aspects of music of each period studied in depth.
Reading, discussion, and development of culminating
project. May be repeated for credit. Letter grading.
191A. Middle Ages; 191B. Renaissance; 191C. Baroque; 191D. Classic; 191E. Romantic; 191F. 20th
Century; 191G. Other Topics; 191P. Performance
Practice. Practical issues in performance practice,
specific questions of how musical performance intersects with cultural and political performance, and/or
general issues of theory of performance in Western
musics; proportion of each to be determined by repertory and historical context selected by instructor.
191T. Capstone Seminar: Music History. (4) Seminar, three hours. Limited to Music History majors.
Supported by discussion and oral presentation, students formulate and draft their senior theses. Normally taken in winter quarter of senior year. Letter
grading.
193C. Music History Journal Club Seminars for
Majors. (2) Seminar, two hours. Limited to Music History majors. Introduction to discipline through discussion of readings and lectures on current topics in field,
with focus especially on its practice at UCLA, and addressing research methodologies and development of
bibliographic control. Normally taken in junior year.
P/NP grading.
193D. Music History Performance/Analysis Seminars for Majors. (2) Seminar, two hours. Recommended requisite: course 193C. Limited to Music History majors. Introduction to how music historians engage with issues of musical performance. and of how
historical concerns, theoretical issues, and methodologies can inform music as practice, especially as it is
performed, recorded, listened to, danced to, and otherwise consumed. Continued attention to issues of
bibliographic control. Normally taken in senior year.
P/NP grading.
195. Community Internships in Music. (2 to 4) Tutorial, one hour; fieldwork, 10 hours. Limited to juniors/seniors. Internship in supervised setting in community agency or business related to music or music
history. Students meet on regular basis with instructor
and provide periodic reports of their experiences and
final project. May be repeated for credit. Individual
contract with supervising faculty member required.
P/NP grading.
197. Individual Studies in Music History. (2 to 4)
Tutorial, two hours. Limited to juniors/seniors. Individual intensive study, with scheduled meetings to be
arranged between faculty member and student. Assigned reading and tangible evidence of mastery of
subject matter required. May be repeated for credit.
Individual contract required. P/NP or letter grading.
198. Honors Research in Music History. (2 to 4) Tutorial, two hours. Preparation: completion of minimum
of four upper division music history courses with departmental grade-point average of 3.5 or better and
overall GPA of 3.0. Limited to junior/senior Music History majors. One- to two-term independent research
study project under supervision of appropriate faculty
member, culminating in department honors thesis of
approximately 25 pages. May be repeated for credit.
Individual contract required. P/NP or letter grading.
199. Directed Research in Music History. (1 to 4)
Tutorial, one hour. Preparation: 3.0 grade-point average. Limited to junior/senior Music History majors.
Supervised individual research under guidance of faculty mentor. Culminating paper or project required.
May be repeated for maximum of 8 units. Individual
contract required. P/NP or letter grading.
Musicology
Graduate Courses
200A. Introduction to Music Scholarship. (6) Seminar, three hours. Designed for graduate musicology,
ethnomusicology, and music students. Introduction to
history of different fields of music scholarship (with
259. Audit Seminar: Mapping Sonic Urban Geography of Los Angeles in 1940s. (2) Seminar, three
hours. Limited to departmental graduate students and
those in Urban Humanities Certificate Program. Exploration of methodologies and conceptual frameworks for mapping sonic urban geography of Los Angeles in 1940s. In-depth critical discussion of current
theories of music and space and of most recently developed methodologies for undertaking ethnographic
or anthropological study of sound, including recording and mapping soundscapes. May not be applied toward MA or PhD degree requirements. May be
repeated for credit. Meets with course 260; concurrent enrollment in both courses not allowed. S/U
grading.
260. Mapping Sonic Urban Geography of Los Angeles in 1940s. (4) Seminar, three hours. Limited to
departmental graduate students and those in Urban
Humanities Certificate Program. Exploration of methodologies and conceptual frameworks for mapping
sonic urban geography of Los Angeles in 1940s. Indepth critical discussion of current theories of music
and space and of most recently developed methodologies for undertaking ethnographic or anthropological
study of sound, including recording and mapping
soundscapes. Letter grading.
261. Topics in Performance Practice. (4) Seminar,
three hours. Designed for graduate students. Investigation of primary source readings in performance
practices across history of Western music; analytical
reports and practical applications in class demonstrations. May be repeated for credit. Letter grading.
CM288. Music Industry. (4) (Same as Ethnomusicology CM288 and Music CM282.) Lecture, four
hours; discussion, one hour; outside study, seven
hours. Limited to Ethnomusicology, Music, and Musicology majors. Examination of influence of music industry on way music is created, performed, listened
to, evaluated, and used today. Historical approach
taken, beginning with music published in 18th century
and continuing through development of audio recordings to MTV and popular music today. Concurrently
scheduled with Music History CM186. Letter grading.
291. Teaching Western Musical Canon. (1) Seminar, three hours. Workshop series designed to prepare graduate musicology students to teach Western
musical canon at undergraduate level. May be repeated for credit. S/U grading.
296. Research Topics in Musicology. (2 to 4) Seminar, two to four hours. Preparation: consultation with
instructor. Designed for graduate musicology students. Advanced study and analysis of current topics
in musicology. Discussion of current research and literature in research specialty of faculty member
teaching course. May be repeated for credit. S/U
grading.
298. Seminar: Research Methods. (2) Seminar, two
hours. Limited to second-year graduate musicology
students and students with masters degrees. Development of advanced knowledge and bibliographic
control in three historically separate areas of musicological specialization. May be repeated for credit. S/U
grading.
299. Dissertation Research Colloquium. (2) Seminar, two hours. Preparation: advancement to PhD
candidacy. Presentation of ongoing dissertation research. Analysis and discussion of presentations.
May be repeated for credit. S/U grading.
375. Teaching Apprentice Practicum. (1 to 4) Seminar, to be arranged. Preparation: apprentice personnel employment as teaching assistant, associate,
or fellow. Teaching apprenticeship under active guidance and supervision of regular faculty member responsible for curriculum and instruction at UCLA.
May be repeated for credit. S/U grading.
C490T. Early Music Ensemble. (4) Activity, four hours.
Preparation: audition. Group performance of Western
vocal and instrumental music from historical periods
prior to 1800. Early instruments may be used at instructors discretion. May be repeated for credit
without limitation. May be concurrently scheduled
with Music History CM90T. S/U or letter grading.
495. Introductory Practicum for Teaching Apprentices in Musicology. (4) Seminar, three hours. Preparation: appointment as teaching apprentice in Music
or Musicology Department. Required of all new
teaching apprentices. Special course dealing with
problems and practices of teaching music at college
level. May not be applied toward degree requirements. S/U grading.
596. Directed Individual Studies in Musicology. (2,
4, or 6) Tutorial, to be arranged. Limited to graduate
students. S/U or letter grading.
597. Preparation for MA Comprehensive Examination or PhD Qualifying Examinations. (2 or 4) Tutorial, to be arranged. Preparation: completion of all MA
or PhD course and language requirements. Limited to
graduate students. S/U grading.
599. Guidance of PhD Dissertation. (4, 8, or 12) Tutorial, to be arranged. Preparation: advancement to
PhD candidacy. Limited to graduate students. May be
repeated for credit. S/U grading.
NEAR EASTERN
LANGUAGES AND
CULTURES
College of Letters and Science
UCLA
378 Humanities Building
Box 951511
Los Angeles, CA 90095-1511
310-825-4165
fax: 310-206-6456
e-mail: nreast@humnet.ucla.edu
http://www.nelc.ucla.edu
William M. Schniedewind, PhD, Chair
Professors
Khaled M. Abou El Fadl, JD, MA, PhD (Omar and
Azmeralda Alfi Professor of Islamic Law)
Carol A. Bakhos, PhD
Elizabeth F. Carter, PhD
Michael D. Cooperson, PhD
S. Peter Cowe, PhD (Narekatsi Professor of Armenian
Studies)
Robert K. Englund, PhD
Lev Hakak, PhD
Yona Sabar, PhD
William M. Schniedewind, PhD (Kershaw Professor of
Ancient Eastern Mediterranean Studies)
M. Rahim Shayegan, PhD (Jahangir and Eleanor
Amuzegar Professor of Iranian Studies)
Susan E. Slyomovics, PhD
Willeke Z. Wendrich, PhD (Joan Silsbee Professor of
African Cultural Archaeology)
Professors Emeriti
Arnold J. Band, PhD
Andras E. Bodrogligeti, PhD
Giorgio Buccellati, PhD
Herbert A. Davidson, PhD
Ismail K. Poonawala, PhD
Hanns-Peter Schmidt, PhD
Associate Professors
Aaron A. Burke, PhD
Kathlyn (Kara) M. Cooney, PhD
Jacco Dieleman, PhD
Nouri Gana, PhD
Asma Sayeed, PhD
Assistant Professor
Domenico Ingentio, PhD
Lecturers
Nancy Ezer, PhD
Latifeh E. Hagigi, MA
Anahid Keshishian, PhD
Hagop Kouloujian, MBA
Eastern archaeology,
cultures.
Adjunct Professor
Undergraduate Study
The department offers the Bachelor of Arts degree in five fields: (1) Ancient Near East and
Egyptology, (2) Arabic, (3) Iranian Studies, (4)
Jewish Studies, and (5) Middle Eastern Studies. In each of these fields students must meet
the requisites and take the courses prescribed.
Their adviser assists in selecting a plan of
study developed around their interests.
Students may combine their major with one in
another department (double major) to enhance
their educational opportunities. Due to the
number of additional courses required, they
are advised to consider this option early in their
academic career and in consultation with program advisers in both majors.
or
Middle
Eastern
The Major
Students must complete 10 courses as follows:
Required Core Courses: One course selected
from four of the following five areas (total of
four courses):
Archaeology and Art: Ancient Near East
CM101A, CM101B, M101C, 160, 161, 162,
CM163, C165, 166, or CM169.
History: Ancient Near East M103A through
M104D, M110A, or Jewish Studies M182A.
Languages: Ancient Near East 120A, 120B,
120C, 140A, 140B, 140C, M168, Hebrew
110A, 110B, 110C, Semitics 140A, or 140B.
Literature: Ancient Near East 150A, 150B, Jewish Studies M150A, or 170.
Religion: Ancient Near East M130, M135, M167,
M185D, Iranian 170, or Jewish Studies M155.
Required Elective Courses: Any six courses (no
more than three may be from Anthropology)
selected from the categories above or from
Ancient Near East 121A, 121B, 121C, C123A,
C123B, 124, 125A, M125B, M125C, C177, Anthropology 110P, CM110Q, 111, 119P, 130, 150,
English 111A, 111B, 111C, Greek 130, Hebrew
125, 130, 135, 188FL, Study of Religion
M186A, M186B, M186C, Semitics 130, 141, 142.
Iranian Studies BA
Students majoring in Iranian Studies may combine the major with specialization in other
fields to enhance their career opportunities.
Due to the number of additional courses required, they are advised to consider this option
early in their academic career.
Study Abroad
The Major
Jewish Studies BA
Arabic BA
Transfer Students
Transfer applicants to the Arabic major with 90
or more units must complete the following introductory courses prior to admission to
UCLA: one year of Arabic.
Refer to the UCLA Transfer Admission Guide at
http://www.admission.ucla.edu/prospect/Adm
_tr/tradms.htm for up-to-date information regarding transfer selection for admission.
The Major
Required: Eleven courses, including (1) Arabic
102A and 102B and 102C or 108, 150 or
The Major
Required: Eleven courses, including (1) three
selected from Hebrew 102A, 102B, 102C,
103A, 103B, 103C, 110A, 110B, 111A, 111B,
111C, 120, 125, 130, 135, C140students
may substitute another upper division language (Judeo-Arabic, Judeo-Persian, Ladino,
Yiddish) if they can demonstrate its integral
role in their specific course of study, (2) two
courses selected from Jewish Studies M182A,
M182B, M182C, M184A, and (3) six elective
courses selected from Hebrew or Jewish studies or from Ancient Near East M135, 162, English 111A, 111C, German 109, History 191F,
Iranian 130, 131, Political Science 121A, 132A,
M132B, Semitics 130, Study of Religion 120,
Yiddish 101A, 101B, 101C, 102A, 102B, 102C,
121A, 121B, 121C, 130, 131A, 131B, 131C.
Students are encouraged to take a research
tutorial within Jewish Studies 197 or 199. A
maximum of two 197 or 199 courses (8 units
total) may be applied toward the major.
Study in Israel
Students are encouraged to spend up to one
year in Israel either to (1) study with an education abroad program or (2) study at an Israeli
university. For information on studying in Israel,
contact the Education Abroad Program, 1332
Murphy Hall, 310-825-4889.
The Major
Students must complete 11 courses as follows:
Required Core Courses: A total of six courses,
including at least two from three of the following four areas:
Study Abroad
Students are encouraged to spend time
abroad either to (1) study with an education
abroad program or (2) work on a UCLA-affiliated archaeological excavation in the broader
Middle East. For information on studying
abroad, contact the Education Abroad Program, 1332 Murphy Hall, 310-825-4889; for
UCLA-affiliated excavations, contact the departmental academic counselor at 310-825-4165.
Required Lower Division Courses (15 units): Armenian 1A, 1B, 1C, or 4A, 4B, 4C, or equivalent.
Required Upper Division Courses (20 units):
Five courses from the Armenian section of the
department; 199 courses may not be applied.
With consent of the undergraduate adviser,
two of the five courses may be taken outside
the department. Ordinarily, the following
courses may be applied: History 107A through
107E, Indo-European Studies M150.
A minimum of 20 units applied toward the minor
requirements must be in addition to units
applied toward major requirements or another
minor.
Each minor course must be taken for a letter
grade, and students must have an overall
grade-point average of 2.0 or better. Successful completion of the minor is indicated on the
transcript and diploma.
A minimum of 20 units applied toward the minor requirements must be in addition to units
applied toward major requirements or another
minor.
Each minor course must be taken for a letter
grade, and students must have an overall
grade-point average of 2.0 or better. Successful completion of the minor is indicated on the
transcript and diploma.
Graduate Study
Official, specific degree requirements are detailed in Program Requirements for UCLA
Graduate Degrees, available at the Graduate
Division website, http://grad.ucla.edu. In many
cases, more detailed guidelines may be out-
Graduate Degrees
The Department of Near Eastern Languages
and Cultures offers Master of Arts (MA), Candidate in Philosophy (CPhil), and Doctor of Philosophy (PhD) degrees in Islamic Studies and
in Near Eastern Languages and Cultures.
tems of ancient Near East, with emphasis on Mesopotamia and Syria and with reference to religion of ancient Israel: varying concepts of divinity, hierarchies of
gods, prayer and cult, magics, wisdom, and moral
conduct. P/NP or letter grading.
197. Individual Studies in Ancient Near East. (2 to
4) Tutorial, one hour. Limited to juniors/seniors. Individual intensive study, with scheduled meetings to be
arranged between faculty member and student. Assigned reading and tangible evidence of mastery of
subject matter required. May be repeated for credit.
Individual contract required. P/NP or letter grading.
199. Directed Research or Senior Project in Ancient Near East. (2 to 4) Tutorial, one hour. Limited to
juniors/seniors. Supervised individual research or investigation under guidance of faculty mentor. Culminating paper or project required. May be repeated for
credit. Individual contract required. P/NP or letter
grading.
Graduate Courses
M201. Archaeological Research Design. (4) (Same
as Archaeology M201C.) Seminar, three hours. Requisites: Archaeology M201A, M201B. How to design archaeological projects in preparation for MA thesis or
PhD phase. Students do exploratory research to select subject, then write research design that could
form basis for extensive paper, grant application, or
oral examination. Students work closely with faculty
members and report weekly on their progress. Preparation of at least two oral progress-report presentations, one on theoretical framework and one on practical aspects of project. Final written research design
that incorporates theoretical and practical aspects of
research and formulates bridging arguments required.
S/U or letter grading.
M208. Topics in Ancient Iranian History. (4) (Same
as History M210 and Iranian M210.) Seminar, three
hours. Varying topics on Elamite, Achaemenid, Arsacid, and Sasanian history. May be repeated for
credit. S/U or letter grading.
210. Late Egyptian. (4) Lecture, three hours. Requisites: courses 121A, 121B, 121C. Late Egyptian
grammar and reading of both hieroglyphic and hieratic texts. May be repeated for credit. S/U or letter
grading.
211A-211B. Egyptian Texts of Greco-Roman
Period. (4-4) Lecture, three hours. Introduction to
grammar and orthography of hieroglyphic texts from
Greco-Roman temples. Text readings and translation
of various textual types. Letter grading.
215. Readings in Middle Kingdom Literature. (4)
Seminar, three hours. Enforced requisites: courses
120A, 120B, 120C. Survey of Middle Kingdom literature through close readings of texts in original language and evaluation of current scholarship on these
texts. Students hone their knowledge of Middle Egyptian grammar and become familiar with philological
methods in study of Egyptian literature. S/U or letter
grading.
220. Seminar: Ancient Egypt. (4) Seminar, three
hours. May be repeated for credit. S/U or letter
grading.
221A-221B. Demotic. (4-4) Lecture, three hours.
Requisite: course 121C. Course 221A is requisite to
221B. Introduction to Demotic grammar and orthography. Reading of texts from various genres. May be
repeated for credit with topic change. S/U or letter
grading.
C223A-C223B. Coptic. (5-5) Lecture, three hours. Introduction to Coptic, final phase of Egyptian language, which is attested in writing from circa 300 to
1400 CE. Concurrently scheduled with courses
C123A-C123B. S/U or letter grading. C223A. Devoted
to learning Coptic alphabet, grammar, and vocabulary
(Sahidic dialect), with particular emphasis on historical linguistics. C223B. Requisite: course C223A. Introduction to variety of Coptic textual genres, from
hagiographies to homilies, magical spells, private letters, legal contracts, and Gnostic Gospels found in
Nag Hammadi. Readings in texts in dialects other
than Sahidic (Bohairic, Fayumic, Akhmimic).
bedded them in their scholarly publications or theoretical models. Systematic instruction in digital data
management and mining, scientific analysis of materials (including geological and biochemical techniques), and visual presentation of data and research
results (ranging from simple graphs to virtual reality).
Concurrently scheduled with course CM169. S/U or
letter grading.
270. Old Egyptian. (4) Seminar, three hours. Enforced requisites: courses 120A, 120B, 120C, or one
year of introductory Middle Egyptian. Advanced
reading class in Old Egyptian, earliest of five Egyptian
language phases, to prepare students for independent research on Egyptian texts dating to Old
Kingdom (circa 2800 to 2100 B.C.E.). Through close
reading of texts in original language and original
format, students learn grammar, orthography, and
phraseology of Old Kingdom texts as well as tools
and methods of epigraphy. Focus on tomb biographies, royal edicts, and Pyramid Texts. Letter grading.
C277. Variable Topics in Ancient Near East. (4)
Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour. Variable
topics; consult Schedule of Classes for topics to be
offered in specific term. Concurrently scheduled with
course C177. S/U or letter grading.
596. Directed Individual Study. (2 to 8) Tutorial, to be
arranged. May be repeated for credit. S/U or letter
grading.
597. Examination Preparation. (2 to 8) Tutorial, to be
arranged. S/U grading.
599. PhD Dissertation Research and Preparation.
(2 to 8) Tutorial, to be arranged. S/U grading.
Arabic
Lower Division Courses
1A-1B-1C. Elementary Standard Arabic. (5-5-5)
Lecture, six hours. Course 1A is enforced requisite to
1B, which is enforced requisite to 1C. Not open to
students with prior knowledge of Arabic. Introduction
to formal Arabic (modern standard Arabic), including
listening, speaking, reading, and writing. P/NP or
letter grading.
8. Elementary Standard Arabic: Intensive. (12) Lecture, 10 hours; discussion, 10 hours. Not open to students who have learned, from whatever source,
enough Arabic to qualify for more advanced courses.
Intensive course equivalent to courses 1A, 1B, and
1C. Introduction to fundamentals of standard Arabic,
including pronunciation, grammar, and Arabic script,
with emphasis on all four basic language skills
speaking, listening comprehension, reading, and
writing. Offered in summer only. P/NP or letter
grading.
tory Muslims have determined interpretations and applications of Quranic doctrines and prescriptions.
Critical evaluation and analysis of contemporary discourses on Islam. Letter grading.
M107. Islam in West. (5) (Same as Islamic Studies
M107 and Religion M107.) Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour. Acquisition of understanding of
basic doctrines and practices of Islam. Survey of history of Islam in West, with focus on U.S. and France.
Analysis of issues relevant to growth and development of selected Muslim communities in West. Exposure to diverse expressions of Islam through independent research on Muslim communities and institutions in U.S. Development of strong analytical writing
and speaking skills. P/NP or letter grading.
108. Summer Intensive Intermediate Arabic. (12)
Lecture, and discussion, 20 hours. Enforced requisite:
course 1C. Not open to students who have learned,
from whatever source, enough Arabic to qualify for
more advanced courses. Intensive course equivalent
to courses 102A, 102B, and 102C. Intermediate
formal Arabic, including listening, speaking, reading,
and writing. Offered in summer only. P/NP or letter
grading.
M110. Thousand and One Nights/Alf Layla WaLayla. (4) (Same as Comparative Literature M110.)
Lecture, three hours. Knowledge of Arabic not required. Since its appearance in Europe in 1704, Thousand and One Nights is most well-known work of Arabic literature in West. Examination of cycle of tales
more commonly known as Arabian Nights, including
history of its translation, contemporary oral performances of tales in Arabic-speaking world, literary
emergence of vernacular language in relation to classical Arabic, and Western appropriations of tales in
music, film, and novels (Ravel, Rimsky-Korsakov,
Barth, Poe, and Walt Disney). P/NP or letter grading.
111A-111B-111C. Elementary Spoken Egyptian Arabic. (4-4-4) Lecture, three hours. Enforced requisite:
course 1C or 8. Course 111A is enforced requisite to
111B, which is enforced requisite to 111C. Not suitable for heritage speakers. Introduction to spoken Arabic dialect of Egypt. Training in listening, speaking,
and reading. P/NP or letter grading.
111S. Summer Intensive Elementary Egyptian Arabic. (4) Lecture, three hours. Knowledge of Arabic not
required; not suitable for heritage speakers. Introduction to spoken Arabic dialect of Egypt. Training in listening, speaking, and reading. P/NP or letter grading.
112A-112B-112C. Advanced Spoken Egyptian Arabic. (4-4-4) Lecture, three hours. Study of Egyptian
colloquial Arabic for heritage speakers or students
who have completed courses 1A, 1B, 1C. P/NP or
letter grading.
115. Studies in Arabic Dialectology. (4) Lecture,
three hours. Introduction to one spoken dialect of Arabic, with emphasis on speaking and listening comprehension. Dialects vary from year to year based on
student interest and instructor availability and may include Iraqi, Levantine, North African, or Gulf Arabic.
May be repeated for credit. P/NP or letter grading.
116A-116B-116C. Elementary Iraqi Arabic. (5-5-5)
Lecture, five hours. Course 116A is requisite to 116B,
which is requisite to 116C. Introduction to dialect of
Arabic spoken in contemporary Iraq, with emphasis
on conversational proficiency. Recognition and production of sounds of Iraqi Arabic and basic vocabulary, grammar, idiomatic expressions, and relevant
cultural background through dialogues and other
conversational exercises. P/NP or letter grading.
120. Islamic Texts. (4) Lecture, four hours. Requisite: course 103C. Readings from Quran, Tafsir,
Hadith, Fiqh. May be repeated for credit. Letter
grading.
M123. Oral Literature and Performance of Arab
World. (4) (Same as Comparative Literature M123.)
Lecture, three hours. Knowledge of Arabic not required. Introduction to study of living oral traditions of
troubadours, storytellers, oral poets, and performers
in Arabic-speaking Middle East. P/NP or letter
grading.
Graduate Courses
220. Seminar: Islamic Texts. (4) Seminar, three hours.
Major Islamic thinkers and their works from classical
period to modern times. Coverage of doctrines and
hermeneutics of various schools of thought in Islam,
such as Ahl al-sunna wal-jamaa, Shia, Mutazila,
and Sufis. May be organized around one author and
his works, multiple authors and their works, or specific topic with representative readings from various
schools. Exploration of secondary literature in Arabic
and other languages for student research papers.
May be repeated for credit. S/U or letter grading.
M231. Texts in Judeo-Arabic. (4) (Same as Hebrew
M231.) Lecture, three hours. Requisites: course 102C,
Hebrew 102C. Reading of Judeo-Arabic texts by Maimonides (medieval religion, medicine, philosophy)
and more recent texts in Judeo-Arabic dialects of Iraq
and Egypt, with discussion of grammar and deviations from norms of classical Arabic. S/U or letter
grading.
240A. Seminar: Arab Historians. (4) Seminar, three
hours. Introduction to very large body of literature on
medieval Islamic history. Selected readings in Arabic
that represent cross-section of Islamic historical writings, including Ibn Ishaqs Sira, Waqidis Maghazi,
Baladhuris Futuh, Tabaris Tarikh, digests of Yaqubi
and Masudi, Ibn Khalduns Muqaddima, and Maqrizis topography. Historians studied either to determine their reliability as sources or their view of history
Armenian
Upper Division Courses
101A-101B-101C. Elementary Modern Western Armenian. (5-5-5) (Formerly numbered 1A-1B-1C.) Lecture, five hours. Course 101A is recommended requisite to 101B, which is recommended requisite to
101C. Students with knowledge of Armenian should
contact instructor to determine appropriate enrollment level. Armenian grammar, conversation, and exercises. P/NP or letter grading.
102A-102B-102C. Intermediate Modern Western
Armenian. (5-5-5) Lecture, five hours. Recommended requisite: course 1C. Students with knowledge of Eastern or Western Armenian (from elementary or high school) should contact instructor to determine appropriate enrollment level. Reading of
selected texts, composition, and conversation. Each
course may be taken independently for credit. P/NP
or letter grading.
103A-103B-103C. Advanced Modern Western Armenian. (4-4-4) Lecture, four hours. Recommended
requisite: course 102C. Course 103A is recommended requisite to 103B, which is recommended
requisite to 103C. Students with knowledge of
Eastern or Western Armenian (from elementary or
high school) should contact instructor to determine
appropriate enrollment level. Designed for students
with advanced speaking fluency and reading abilities
in Armenian. Exploration of advanced Western Armenian in following areas of competency: fluency, literacy, accuracy, and proficiency. Use of language to
engage literary themes and cultural issues of historical and contemporary significance for Armenian
speakers. P/NP or letter grading.
104A-104B-104C. Elementary Modern Eastern Armenian. (5-5-5) (Formerly numbered 4A-4B-4C.) Lecture, five hours. Course 104A is recommended requisite to 104B, which is recommended requisite to
104C. Students with knowledge of Western Armenian
should contact instructor to determine appropriate
enrollment level. Designed for students with little or
no prior knowledge of Eastern Armenian, official idiom
of Republic of Armenia. Introduction to basics of
grammar and conversation. P/NP or letter grading.
105A-105B-105C. Intermediate Modern Eastern
Armenian. (5-5-5) Lecture, five hours. Recommended requisite: course 4C. Students with knowledge of Eastern or Western Armenian (from elementary or high school) should contact instructor to deter-
C153. Art, Politics, and Nationalism in Modern Armenian Literature. (4) Lecture, four hours. Examination of role of literature in modern Armenian society in
service to cause or causes, as propaganda for various
ideologies, as art for arts sake, etc. Exploration of
contrasting aesthetics implicit in these differing interpretations. Concurrently scheduled with course C253.
P/NP or letter grading.
C155. Issues in Armenian American Literature and
Culture. (4) Lecture, four hours. Preparation: reading
knowledge of modern Eastern and Western Armenian. Theoretically informed exploration of some of
most salient questions related to Armenian American
community as reflected in its literature and other cultural artifacts in interaction with its pluralistic American ambience. Concurrently scheduled with course
C255. Letter grading.
160A-160B. Armenian Literature of 19th and 20th
Centuries. (4-4) Lecture, three hours. Requisites:
courses 102A, 102B, 102C. Reading of texts and discussion of various genres of modern Armenian literature within context of Armenian cultural renaissance.
P/NP or letter grading.
C166. Armenian Film and Culture. (5) Lecture,
six hours. Requisite: course 1C or 4C. Overview of
development of Armenian cinematography from first
talkie to present, with focus on work of most seminal
directors from Armenian Republic, as well as various
voices from worldwide diaspora. Concurrently scheduled with course C266. P/NP or letter grading.
170. Armenian Poetry, 1880 to 1930. (4) Lecture,
three hours. Requisite: course 1C or 4C. Examination
of process behind creation of range and variety of poetic expression that developed in new literary formats
and genres of what became standard modern Eastern
and Western Armenian language in second half of
19th century. Special attention to crafting of central
practitioners individual voice, with particular consideration to poetics and aesthetics, continuity and innovation under impact of modernism, and employment
of poetic structure as medium for expression of
deeper philosophical values. All texts read in original
language. P/NP or letter grading.
171. Variable Topics in Armenian Studies. (4) Lecture, three hours. Examination of major issues in Armenian studies. May be repeated for maximum of 16
units with topic and/or instructor change. P/NP or
letter grading.
M172. Medieval Armenian Art. (4) (Formerly numbered M173.) (Same as Art History M118A.) Lecture,
three hours. Examination of cultural and historical impact of Armenian miniature paintings. P/NP or letter
grading.
M173. Armenian Painting, 17th to 20th Century. (4)
(Formerly numbered M172.) (Same as Art History
M118B.) Lecture, three hours. Overview of development of modern Armenian painting out of its matrix in
17th and 18th centuries. P/NP or letter grading.
188. Variable Topics in Armenian. (4) Lecture, four
hours. Departmentally sponsored experimental or
temporary courses, such as those taught by visiting
faculty members. May be repeated for credit with
topic change. P/NP or letter grading.
197. Individual Studies in Armenian. (2 to 4) Tutorial,
one hour. Limited to juniors/seniors. Individual intensive study, with scheduled meetings to be arranged
between faculty member and student. Assigned
reading and tangible evidence of mastery of subject
matter required. May be repeated for credit. Individual
contract required. P/NP or letter grading.
199. Directed Research or Senior Project in Armenian. (2 to 4) Tutorial, one hour. Limited to juniors/seniors. Supervised individual research or investigation
under guidance of faculty mentor. Culminating paper
or project required. May be repeated for credit. Individual contract required. P/NP or letter grading.
Graduate Courses
230A-230B-230C. Elementary Classical Armenian.
(4-4-4) Lecture, three hours. Course 230A is requisite
to 230B, which is requisite to 230C. Introduction to
grammar of classical literary language (5th to mid19th century) and guided readings in narrative prose
texts. Letter grading.
231A-231B-231C. Intermediate Classical Armenian. (4-4-4) Lecture, three hours. Requisite: course
230C. Intensive review of grammar and reading of select prose and poetic texts. Each course may be
taken independently for credit. Letter grading.
232A-232B-232C. Advanced Classical Armenian.
(4-4-4) Lecture, three hours. Requisite: course 231A
or 231B or 231C. In-depth reading and linguistic analysis of texts related to Philhellene School of 6th to 8th
century and related works up to 19th century. Each
course may be taken independently for credit. Letter
grading.
250A-250B. Seminars: Armenian Literature. (4-4)
Seminar, three hours. Selected topics from various
periods of Armenian literature. May be repeated for
credit. S/U or letter grading.
C251. Armenian Literature and Canon Formation.
(4) Lecture, four hours. Discussion of fundamental
themes and genres around which Armenian literary
tradition evolved and modalities by which this has
been transformed in course of last two centuries as
result of exposure to European thought and expressive forms. Concurrently scheduled with course
C151. S/U or letter grading.
C252. Modern Armenian Drama as Vehicle for Social Critique. (4) Lecture, four hours. Readings of selected plays from 1668 to 1992 from three main
genres of tragedy, comedy, and serious drama and
featuring works by most significant Armenian playwrights, with focus on their role as commentators on
contemporary mores and as agents for social reform.
Concurrently scheduled with course C152. Letter
grading.
C253. Art, Politics, and Nationalism in Modern Armenian Literature. (4) Lecture, four hours. Examination of role of literature in modern Armenian society in
service to cause or causes, as propaganda for various
ideologies, as art for arts sake, etc. Exploration of
contrasting aesthetics implicit in these differing interpretations. Concurrently scheduled with course C153.
P/NP or letter grading.
C255. Issues in Armenian American Literature and
Culture. (4) Lecture, four hours. Preparation: reading
knowledge of modern Eastern and Western Armenian. Theoretically informed exploration of some of
most salient questions related to Armenian American
community as reflected in its literature and other cultural artifacts in interaction with its pluralistic American ambience. Concurrently scheduled with course
C155. Letter grading.
C266. Armenian Film and Culture. (5) Lecture, six
hours. Requisite: course 1C or 4C. Overview of development of Armenian cinematography from first talkie
to present, with focus on work of most seminal directors from Armenian Republic, as well as various
voices from worldwide diaspora. Concurrently scheduled with course C166. S/U or letter grading.
596. Directed Individual Study. (2 to 8) Tutorial, to be
arranged. May be repeated for credit. S/U or letter
grading.
597. Examination Preparation. (2 to 8) Tutorial, to be
arranged. S/U grading.
599. PhD Dissertation Research and Preparation.
(2 to 8) Tutorial, to be arranged. S/U grading.
Hebrew
Lower Division Courses
1A-1B-1C. Elementary Hebrew. (5-5-5) Lecture,
four hours; laboratory, one hour. Enforced preparation: Hebrew placement test. Course 1A is enforced
requisite to 1B, which is enforced requisite to 1C. Not
open to native speakers. Introduction to modern Hebrew, including listening, speaking, reading, and
writing. P/NP or letter grading.
8. Elementary Hebrew: Intensive. (12) Lecture, 10
hours; discussion, 10 hours. Intensive course equivalent to courses 1A, 1B, and 1C. Introduction to
modern Hebrew, including listening, speaking,
reading, and writing. Offered in summer only. P/NP or
letter grading.
legitimacy of meta-narratives to redefine blurred outline of Israeli identity and subvert its underpinning formative myths. They simultaneously display loss of
faith in representative dimension of language, including ability of texts to penetrate to its hidden
meaning. Using periphery discourses, these texts
strive to change modernist aesthetic and power paradigm. P/NP or letter grading.
120. Biblical Texts. (4) Lecture, three hours. Requisites: courses 102A, 102B, 102C. Translation and
analysis of biblical texts, with attention to aspects of
grammar, style, and interpretation.
125. Hebrew Bible with Medieval Commentaries.
(4) Lecture, three hours. Requisite: course 103C. Hebrew Bible with the commentaries of Rashi, Ibn Ezra,
and/or Nahmanides. May be repeated for maximum
of 16 units. Letter grading.
130. Rabbinic Texts. (4) Lecture, three hours. Requisites: courses 103A, 103B, 103C. Readings in
Mishnah, Talmud, and/or Midrash. May be repeated
for credit.
135. Medieval Hebrew Texts. (4) Lecture, three hours.
Requisites: courses 103A, 103B, 103C. Readings in
medieval Hebrew prose and poetry. May be repeated
for maximum of 16 units. P/NP or letter grading.
C140. Modern Hebrew Poetry and Prose. (4) Lecture, three hours. Requisites: courses 103A, 103B,
and 103C, or equivalent knowledge of Hebrew. Study
of major Hebrew writers of past 100 years. May be repeated for credit. Concurrently scheduled with course
C240. Letter grading.
170. Dead Sea Scrolls. (4) Lecture, three hours. Requisite: course 110C. Readings in Hebrew scrolls from
Dead Sea, with focus on grammar, paleography, and
biblical interpretation in Dead Sea Scrolls. May be repeated for credit. P/NP or letter grading.
180A-180B. Survey of Hebrew Grammar. (4-4) Lecture, three hours. Requisites: courses 102A, 102B,
102C. Descriptive and comparative study of Hebrew
grammar: phonology and morphology. Topics include
development of Hebrew language from biblical times
to present day, its relation to Arabic and other Semitic
languages, methods of language expansion in Israeli
Hebrew, traditional pronunciation of Hebrew by various Jewish communities, Hebrew contribution to
other Jewish languages (Yiddish, Ladino, Judeo-Arabic). P/NP or letter grading.
188FL. Special Studies: Readings in Hebrew. (2)
Seminar, two hours. Requisite: course 102C. Students must be concurrently enrolled in an affiliated
main course. Primary readings and advanced training
in Hebrew. Additional work in Hebrew to enrich and
augment work assigned in main course, including
reading, writing, and other exercises in Hebrew. P/NP
or letter grading.
197. Individual Studies in Hebrew. (2 to 4) Tutorial,
one hour. Limited to juniors/seniors. Individual intensive study, with scheduled meetings to be arranged
between faculty member and student. Assigned
reading and tangible evidence of mastery of subject
matter required. May be repeated for credit. Individual
contract required. P/NP or letter grading.
199. Directed Research or Senior Project in Hebrew. (2 to 4) Tutorial, one hour. Limited to juniors/seniors. Supervised individual research or investigation
under guidance of faculty mentor. Culminating paper
or project required. May be repeated for credit. Individual contract required. P/NP or letter grading.
Graduate Courses
210. History of Hebrew Language. (4) Seminar,
three hours. Development of Hebrew language in its
classical period from archaic poetry through rabbinic
Hebrew. Special attention to sociology of Hebrew: literacy, language ideology, register, dialect. S/U or
letter grading.
220. Studies in Hebrew Biblical Literature. (4)
Seminar, three hours. Critical study of Hebrew texts in
relation to major versions; philological, comparative,
literary, and historical study of various biblical books.
May be repeated for credit. S/U or letter grading.
Iranian
Lower Division Courses
1A-1B-1C. Elementary Persian. (5-5-5) Lecture, six
hours. Course 1A is enforced requisite to 1B, which is
enforced requisite to 1C. Not open to students with
prior knowledge of Persian. P/NP or letter grading.
8. Elementary Persian: Intensive. (15) Lecture, 10
hours; discussion, 10 hours. Not open to students
who have learned, from whatever source, enough
Persian to qualify for more advanced courses. Intensive course equivalent to courses 1A, 1B, and 1C. Introduction to fundamentals of Persian, including pronunciation, grammar, and Persian script, with emphasis on all four basic language skillsspeaking,
listening comprehension, reading, and writing. Offered in summer only. P/NP or letter grading.
20A-20B-20C. Accelerated Elementary Persian. (66-6) Lecture, four hours; discussion two hours; laboratory, 30 minutes per day. Preparation: some knowledge of spoken Persian. Course 20A is enforced requisite to 20B, which is enforced requisite to 20C. In-
and verse, compared with their parallel genres in context of Iranian literature. Textual study of Judeo-Persian manuscripts, both print and cursive, and their
variations depending on time period or locality. P/NP
or letter grading.
140. Persian Belles Lettres (Adabiyyt). (4) Lecture,
three hours. Requisite: course 102C. Study of major
Persian poets and prose writers: proseSohravardi,
Hamadni, Nasafi, Irqi, and others; poetryHfez,
Sadi, Rmi, Bahr, Dehkhoda, and others. May be repeated for credit with consent of instructor. P/NP or
letter grading.
141. Persian Analytical Prose. (4) Lecture, three
hours. Requisite: course 102C. Study of selected analytical and expository prose texts, with emphasis on
philosophy, sciences, literary criticism, and history.
May be repeated for credit with consent of instructor.
P/NP or letter grading.
142. Persian Popular Ethics. (4) Lecture,
three
hours. Requisite: course 102C. Study of major Persian works on popular ethics that have helped shape
normative social, cultural, and political values in Iranian civilization. May be repeated for credit with consent of instructor. P/NP or letter grading.
150A-150B. Survey of Persian Literature in English. (4-4) Lecture, three hours. Knowledge of Persian not required. Each course may be taken independently for credit.
161A-161B-161C. Elementary Middle Iranian. (4-44) Lecture, three hours. Preparation: knowledge of
Persian desirable. Course 161A is requisite to 161B,
which is requisite to 161C. Studies in grammars and
texts of Middle Iranian languages (e.g., Middle Persian, Parthian, Sogdian, Khotanese, Bactrian). May be
repeated for credit with consent of instructor. P/NP or
letter grading.
CM163. Archaeology of Iran. (4) (Same as Ancient
Near East CM163.) Lecture, three hours. Designed to
introduce students to Iranian archaeology from prehistoric through Achaemenid times. Concurrently
scheduled with course CM259. P/NP or letter
grading.
169. Civilization of Pre-Islamic Iran. (4) Survey of
Iranian culture from the beginning through Sasanian
period.
170. Religion in Ancient Iran. (4) History of religion
in Iran from the beginning to the Mohammedan conquest; Indo-Iranian background, Zoroastrianism,
Manichaeism, Mazdakism.
187. Variable Topics in Iranian Studies. (4) Lecture,
three hours. Variable topics; consult Schedule of
Classes for topics to be offered in specific term. May
be repeated for credit. P/NP or letter grading.
188FL. Special Studies: Readings in Iranian. (2)
Seminar, two hours. Requisite: course 102C. Students must be concurrently enrolled in affiliated main
course. Primary readings and advanced training in
Iranian. Additional work in Iranian to enrich and augment work assigned in main course, including
reading, writing, and other exercises in Iranian. P/NP
or letter grading.
197. Individual Studies in Iranian. (2 to 4) Tutorial,
one hour. Limited to juniors/seniors. Individual intensive study, with scheduled meetings to be arranged
between faculty member and student. Assigned
reading and tangible evidence of mastery of subject
matter required. May be repeated for credit. Individual
contract required. P/NP or letter grading.
199. Directed Research or Senior Project in Iranian. (2 to 4) Tutorial, one hour. Limited to juniors/seniors. Supervised individual research or investigation
under guidance of faculty mentor. Culminating paper
or project required. May be repeated for credit. Individual contract required. P/NP or letter grading.
Graduate Courses
M210. Topics in Ancient Iranian History. (4) (Same
as Ancient Near East M208 and History M210.) Seminar, three hours. Varying topics on Elamite, Achaemenid, Arsacid, and Sasanian history. May be repeated for credit. S/U or letter grading.
Islamic Studies
Upper Division Courses
M107. Islam in West. (5) (Formerly numbered Islamics M107.) (Same as Arabic M107 and Religion
M107.) Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour.
Acquisition of understanding of basic doctrines and
practices of Islam. Survey of history of Islam in West,
with focus on U.S. and France. Analysis of issues relevant to growth and development of selected Muslim
communities in West. Exposure to diverse expressions of Islam through independent research on
Muslim communities and institutions in U.S. Development of strong analytical writing and speaking skills.
P/NP or letter grading.
M110. Introduction to Islam. (5) (Formerly numbered
Islamics M110.) (Same as Religion M109.) Lecture,
three hours; discussion, one hour. Genesis of Islam,
its doctrines, and practices, with readings from
Quran and Hadith; schools of law and theology; piety
and Sufism; reform and modernism. P/NP or letter
grading.
M111. Introduction to Islamic Archaeology. (4)
(Formerly numbered Islamics M111.) (Same as Art
History M119C and Middle Eastern Studies M111.)
Lecture, three hours. From earliest monuments of
Islam in Arabia and Jerusalem to humble remains of
small Egyptian port, broad focus on archaeological
and standing remains in central Islamic lands (pri-
marily Syria, Egypt, and Iraq), Turkey, Iran, North Africa, and Spain. Profound cultural transformations occurred from birth of Islam in 7th century to early Ottoman period in 16th and 17th centuries, which are
traceable in material records. Assessment of effectiveness of tools afforded by historical archaeology to
aid understanding of past societies. P/NP or letter
grading.
M112. Archaeology and Art of Christian and Islamic Egypt. (4) (Same as Archaeology M112, Art History
M119D, and Middle Eastern Studies M112.) Lecture,
three hours. Culture of Egypt transformed gradually
after Muslim conquest in mid-7th century C.E. According to material evidence such as ceramics, textiles, architectural forms, and building techniques, it is
functionally impossible to separate pre-Islamic Christian Egypt from early Islamic Egypt. Although population may have become largely Muslim by 10th century, Egypt remained Coptic in many senses even to
14th century and retains sizeable Christian minority to
present. Survey of archaeological remains and
standing architecture of Egypt from 6th to 19th century, charting changes and continuities in material
culture and shifts in human geography and land use.
P/NP or letter grading.
130. Shia in Islamic History. (4) (Formerly numbered
Islamics 130.) Seminar, three hours; discussion, one
hour. Rise and development of Shia Islam, its doctrines, and practices; major branches: Twelvers, Ismailis, Zaydis; their contribution to Islamic thought
and civilization; modern trends of reinterpretation and
reform. Letter grading.
151. Contemporary Islamic Thought. (4) (Formerly
numbered Islamics 151.) Lecture, 90 minutes; discussion, 90 minutes. Recommended requisite: course
M110. Based on original writings of major Islamic
thinkers in English translation, provides balanced picture of enormous ideological variety found in contemporary Muslim world. Examination of representative
writings from wide spectrum of modern Islamic intellectuals and writers. Letter grading.
197. Individual Studies in Islamic Studies. (2 to 4)
(Formerly numbered Islamics 197.) Tutorial, one hour.
Limited to juniors/seniors. Individual intensive study,
with scheduled meetings to be arranged between faculty member and student. Assigned reading and tangible evidence of mastery of subject matter required.
May be repeated for credit. Individual contract required. P/NP or letter grading.
199. Directed Research or Senior Project in Islamic Studies. (2 to 4) (Formerly numbered Islamics
199.) Tutorial, one hour. Limited to juniors/seniors. Supervised individual research or investigation under
guidance of faculty mentor. Culminating paper or
project required. May be repeated for credit. Individual contract required. P/NP or letter grading.
Graduate Courses
200. Introduction to Islamic Studies. (4) Seminar,
three hours. Introduction to various disciplines and
methods employed in study of Islamic histories, cultures, and societies, with special emphasis on methodologies and current theories and how they may be
used and combined by Islamic studies students. Content varies each year. Letter grading.
201. Arabo-Islamic Sciences. (4) (Formerly numbered Islamics 201.) Seminar, three hours. Preparation: good reading knowledge of Arabic, English, and
one other Western language. Comprehensive coverage of Arabo-Islamic sciences that formed matrix of
Islamic education. Survey of most recent developments in following disciplines: Arabic language and
literature, Quranic sciences, traditions, jurisprudence,
theology, and Sufism. Letter grading.
291A. Variable Topics in Islamic Studies. (4) Seminar, three hours. Selected topics on Islam. May be repeated for credit with topic change. S/U or letter
grading.
596. Directed Individual Study. (2 to 8) (Formerly
numbered Islamics 596.) Tutorial, to be arranged. May
be repeated for credit. S/U or letter grading.
Jewish Studies
Lower Division Course
M10. Social, Cultural, and Religious Institutions of
Judaism. (5) (Same as Religion M10.) Lecture, three
hours; discussion, one hour. Judaisms basic beliefs,
institutions, and practices. Topics include development of biblical and rabbinic Judaism; concepts of
god, sin, repentance, prayer, and the messiah; history
of Talmud and synagogue; evolution of folk beliefs
and year-cycle and life-cycle practices. P/NP or letter
grading.
M67. Popular Jewish and Israeli Music. (5) (Same
as Music History M67.) Lecture, four hours; discussion, one hour. Music of Jews is diverse. With history
of several thousand years and series of developments
in modernity, music in Jewish life covers variety of
styles found in many contexts. Exploration of music of
Jews within last 100 years, with focus on popular
music of Jews in America and Israel. Examination of
music in Israel, with focus on songs of land of Israel,
Israeli rock, and Muzika Mizrachit (Middle Eastern
popular music). P/NP or letter grading.
alism in American Jewish history, comparative immigration and migration patterns, and frontiers and borderlands, while providing overview of historical methodologies and interpretation. Examination of ethical
and methodological implications of writing history in
digital age and learning how to read and analyze
these new media works as primary and secondary
historical texts. Opportunity to contribute to body of
historical work related to Los Angeles Jewish history
through required service work with community partners and development of digital public history projects. P/NP or letter grading.
M182A. Ancient Jewish History. (4) (Same as History M182A and Religion M182A.) Lecture, three
hours; discussion, one hour (when scheduled). Designed for juniors/seniors. Survey of social, political,
and religious developments. P/NP or letter grading.
M182B. Medieval Jewish History. (4) (Same as History M182B and Religion M182B.) Lecture, three
hours; discussion, one hour (when scheduled). Designed for juniors/seniors. Exploration of unfolding of
Jewish history from rise of Christianity to expulsion of
Jews from Spain in 1492. P/NP or letter grading.
M182C. Modern Jewish History. (4) (Same as History M182C.) Lecture, three hours; discussion, one
hour (when scheduled). Designed for juniors/seniors.
Survey of early modern Jewish history beginning with
enormously repercussive expulsion of Jews from
Spain in 1492, followed by transformations in Jewish
society and identity over five centuries in Europe and
Middle East, and concluding with nationalism. P/NP
or letter grading.
M184A. Jewish Civilization: Encounter with Great
World Cultures. (4) (Same as History M184A and Religion M184A.) Lecture, three hours; discussion, one
hour (when scheduled). Designed for juniors/seniors.
Exploration of dynamic and millennia-old interaction
of Jews with great world cultures. Creative adaptations that have lent Jewish culture its distinct and various forms. P/NP or letter grading.
M184B. History of Anti-Semitism. (4) (Same as History M184B.) Lecture, three hours; discussion, one
hour (when scheduled). Designed for juniors/seniors.
Survey of origins and historical development of antiSemitism. P/NP or letter grading.
M184C. American Jewish Experience. (4) (Same as
History M184C.) Lecture, three hours; discussion, one
hour (when scheduled). Designed for juniors/seniors.
Experience of Jews in America, both historical and
contemporary. P/NP or letter grading.
M184D. History of Zionism and State of Israel. (4)
(Same as History M184D.) Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour (when scheduled). Designed for juniors/seniors. Examination of history of State of Israel
from 1948 to present. P/NP or letter grading.
M187. Holocaust in Literature. (4) (Same as Comparative Literature M165.) Lecture, three hours. Investigation of how Holocaust informs variety of literary
and cinema works and raises wide range of aesthetic
and moral questions. P/NP or letter grading.
191. Variable Topics Research Seminars: Jewish
Studies. (4) Seminar, three hours. Research seminar
on selected topics. Reading, discussion, and development of culminating project. May be repeated for
credit. P/NP or letter grading.
197. Individual Studies in Jewish Studies. (2 to 4)
Tutorial, one hour. Limited to juniors/seniors. Individual intensive study, with scheduled meetings to be
arranged between faculty member and student. Assigned reading and tangible evidence of mastery of
subject matter required. May be repeated for credit.
Individual contract required. P/NP or letter grading.
199. Directed Research or Senior Project in Jewish Studies. (2 to 4) Tutorial, one hour. Limited to juniors/seniors. Supervised individual research or investigation under guidance of faculty mentor. Culminating paper or project required. May be repeated for
credit. Individual contract required. P/NP or letter
grading.
Graduate Course
202. Colonization and Nationalism: Jewish Settlement in Palestine-Israel, 1882 to 1948. (4) Seminar,
three hours. Zionist settlement policy and practice,
engaging perspectives concerning colonialism, socialism, and national conflict over Palestine. S/U or
letter grading.
Graduate Courses
200. Bibliography and Method of Near Eastern
Languages and Literatures. (4) (Formerly numbered
Near Eastern Languages 200.) Lecture, two hours.
Required for MA degree. Introduction to bibliographical resources and training in methods of research in
various areas of specialization offered by department.
May be repeated for credit. S/U or letter grading.
201. Study of Religion: Theory and Method. (4)
(Formerly numbered Near Eastern Languages 201.)
Seminar, three hours. Preparation: familiarity with at
least two major world religions. Designed for advanced undergraduate and graduate students. Introduction to variety of theories and methods used in academic study of religion. In attempt to demonstrate
importance that historical, cultural, and social exigencies play in development of religious traditions, discussion of theories comparatively and in their historical context, with focus on presuppositions and core
concepts and implications of each theory. Letter
grading.
210. Survey of Afro-Asiatic Languages. (4) (Formerly numbered Near Eastern Languages 210.) Lecture, three hours. Survey of structures of number of
Graduate Courses
CM214. Teaching and Learning of Heritage Languages. (4) (Same as Asian CM224 and Slavic
CM214.) Lecture, three hours. Consideration of issues
relevant to heritage language learners (HLL) and to
heritage language (HL) instruction. Readings and discussion on such topics as definitions of HLs and
HLLs; linguistic, demographic, sociolinguistic, and
sociocultural profile of HLLs, particularly HL groups
most represented among UCLA students; institutional
and instructor attitudes toward HLLs; impact of student motivation and expectations on HL curriculum
and teaching approaches; similarities and differences
between HLLs and foreign language learners (FLLs)
regarding teaching methods and materials; diagnostic
testing and needs analysis; use of oral/aural proficiency as springboard for literacy instruction; optimization of instruction of mixed HL and FL classes. Action research component included. Concurrently
scheduled with course CM114. S/U or letter grading.
375. Teaching Apprentice Practicum. (1 to 4) Seminar, to be arranged. Preparation: apprentice personnel employment as teaching assistant, associate,
or fellow. Teaching apprenticeship under active guidance and supervision of regular faculty member responsible for curriculum and instruction at UCLA.
May be repeated for credit. S/U grading.
495. Preparation for Teaching Language and Literature in Near Eastern Languages and Cultures. (2)
Seminar, two hours. Problems and methods of presenting literary texts as exemplary materials in
teaching of language and literature in Near Eastern
Languages and Cultures. Theory and classroom practice, with individual counseling and faculty evaluation
of teaching assistant performances. May not be applied toward MA degree requirements. S/U grading.
501. Cooperative Program. (2 to 8) Preparation:
consent of UCLA graduate adviser and graduate
dean, and host campus instructor, department chair,
and graduate dean. Used to record enrollment of
UCLA students in courses taken under cooperative
arrangements with USC. S/U grading.
596. Directed Individual Study. (2 to 8) Tutorial, to be
arranged. May be repeated for credit. S/U or letter
grading.
597. Examination Preparation. (2 to 8) Tutorial, to be
arranged. S/U grading.
599. PhD Dissertation Research and Preparation.
(2 to 8) Tutorial, to be arranged. S/U grading.
Semitics
Upper Division Courses
110. Neo-Aramaic. (4) Lecture, three hours. Grammar and reading of selected texts (folktales, homilies,
songs) in modern Aramaic dialects of the Jews and
Christians of Kurdistan.
115. Syriac. (4) Lecture, two hours. Morphology and
syntax of Syriac language, introductory reading.
130. Biblical Aramaic. (4) Lecture, three hours. Requisites: Hebrew 102A, 102B, 102C. Grammar of biblical Aramaic and reading of texts.
140A-140B. Elementary Akkadian. (4-4) Lecture,
three hours. Elementary grammar and reading of texts
in standard Babylonian.
141. Advanced Akkadian. (4) Lecture, three hours.
Advanced Akkadian syntax and grammar; reading of
Akkadian historical and literary texts. May be repeated for credit. P/NP or letter grading.
142. Akkadian Literary Texts. (4) Lecture, three hours.
Selected readings from Akkadian myths and epics,
with introduction to historical tradition of works and
their literary structure. May be repeated for credit.
P/NP or letter grading.
542 / Neurobiology
197. Individual Studies in Semitics. (2 to 4) Tutorial, one hour. Limited to juniors/seniors. Individual intensive study, with scheduled meetings to be arranged between faculty member and student. Assigned reading and tangible evidence of mastery of
subject matter required. May be repeated for credit.
Individual contract required. P/NP or letter grading.
199. Directed Research or Senior Project in Semitics. (2 to 4) Tutorial, one hour. Limited to juniors/
seniors. Supervised individual research or investigation under guidance of faculty mentor. Culminating
paper or project required. May be repeated for credit.
Individual contract required. P/NP or letter grading.
Graduate Courses
210. Ancient Aramaic Dialects. (4) Lecture, three
hours. Requisite: course 130. Reading of surviving inscriptions and papyri. Texts include Old Aramaic inscriptions, Egyptian Aramaic texts, Qumran Aramaic,
and Targumic Aramaic. May be repeated for credit.
S/U or letter grading.
215B. Syriac. (4) Lecture, two hours. Morphology
and syntax of Syriac language; readings in Syriac
translation of Bible and Syriac literature. May be repeated for credit. S/U or letter grading.
220A-220B. Ugaritic. (4-4) Lecture, two hours. Requisites: Hebrew 102A, 102B, 102C. Study of Ugaritic
language and literature. Only course 220B may be repeated for credit. S/U or letter grading.
225. Phoenician. (4) Lecture, two hours. Requisites:
Hebrew 102A, 102B, 102C. Study of Phoenician language and inscriptions. May be repeated for credit.
S/U or letter grading.
230. Seminar: Northwest Semitic Languages and
Literatures. (4) Seminar, two hours. May be repeated
for credit. S/U or letter grading.
240. Seminar: Akkadian Language. (4) Seminar, two
hours. Readings of texts from various dialects of Akkadian; selected problems in linguistic analysis of Akkadian dialects. May be repeated for credit. S/U or
letter grading.
240X. Seminar: Akkadian Language. (1) Seminar,
two hours. Readings of texts from various dialects of
Akkadian; selected problems in linguistic analysis of
Akkadian dialects. Course for students who participate regularly in class meetings but without the
homework required in course 240. May be repeated
for credit. S/U grading.
241. Seminar: Akkadian Literature. (4) Seminar, two
hours. Readings of texts from various Akkadian literary genres; selected problems in literary history and
stylistic analysis. May be repeated for credit. S/U or
letter grading.
241X. Seminar: Akkadian Literature. (1) Seminar,
two hours. Readings of texts from various Akkadian
literary genres; selected problems in literary history
and stylistic analysis. Course for students who participate regularly in class meetings but without the
homework required in course 241. May be repeated
for credit. S/U grading.
280A. Seminar: Comparative Semitics. (4) Seminar,
two hours. S/U or letter grading.
596. Directed Individual Study. (2 to 8) Tutorial, to be
arranged. May be repeated for credit. S/U or letter
grading.
597. Examination Preparation. (2 to 8) Tutorial, to be
arranged. S/U grading.
599. PhD Dissertation Research and Preparation.
(2 to 8) Tutorial, to be arranged. S/U grading.
Turkic Languages
Upper Division Courses
101A-101B-101C. Elementary Turkish. (5-5-5) Lecture, five hours. Course 101A is requisite to 101B,
which is requisite to 101C. Grammar, reading, conversation, and elementary composition drills. P/NP or
letter grading.
102A-102B-102C. Advanced Turkish. (4-4-4) Lecture, five hours. Requisites: courses 101A, 101B,
101C. Continuing study of grammar, conversation,
and composition. Readings in modern literature and
social science texts. May be repeated for credit. P/NP
or letter grading.
111A-111B-111C. Elementary Uzbek. (4-4-4) Lecture, three hours; laboratory, two hours. Elementary
grammar, reading, and composition exercises; elementary conversation.
112A-112B-112C. Advanced Uzbek. (4-4-4) Lecture, three hours; laboratory, two hours. Descriptive
Uzbek grammar, reading, and analysis of Uzbek literary and folkloric texts. High-style composition and
conversation.
M115A-M115B-M115C. Elementary Azeri. (4-4-4)
(Same as Iranian M115A-M115B-M115C.) Lecture,
five hours. Knowledge of Russian, Turkish, and Iranian
helpful. Grammatical competence at elementary level;
knowledge of basic facts of Azeri grammar; reading
competence with help of dictionary; ability to write
simple compositions; basic conversational skill. P/NP
or letter grading.
116A-116B-116C. Advanced Azeri. (4-4-4) Lecture,
three hours; discussion, one hour; laboratory, one
hour. Preparation: placement test. Proficiency-based
course in descriptive Azeri grammar. Reading and
analysis of Azeri literary and folkloric texts in new
writing system. High-style composition and conversation. May be repeated for credit. Letter grading.
160. Turkish Tradition. (4) Lecture/discussion. Preparation: entrance examination. Survey of cultural history of the Turks, as seen primarily through their literature, from their early history to the present.
165. Islamic Literary Heritage of Central Asia. (4)
Lecture, two hours; discussion, one hour. Systematic
survey of Islamic documents produced in Turkish and
Persian in Central Asia, with reading of primary
sources in English translation. Study of special characteristics of Central Asian Islam.
170. Turco-Mongolian Nomadic Empires. (4) Lecture, three hours. Required of students in Turkic program. Survey of history of Turkic and Mongolian dominions from the 3rd century B.C. to A.D. 19th century (Hsiung-nu, Hsien-pi, Juan-Juan, Tu-Chueh,
Uyghur, Khitan, Karakhanid, Seljuq, Kara-Khitay,
Khorazmian, Jengiz-Khanite).
180. Modern Turkic Languages and Peoples. (4)
Lecture, three hours. Required of students in Turkic
program and recommended for students in Soviet
studies. Ethnic and linguistic survey of the Turkic peoples.
197. Individual Studies in Turkic. (2 to 4) Tutorial,
one hour. Limited to juniors/seniors. Individual intensive study, with scheduled meetings to be arranged
between faculty member and student. Assigned
reading and tangible evidence of mastery of subject
matter required. May be repeated for credit. Individual
contract required. P/NP or letter grading.
199. Directed Research or Senior Project in Turkic.
(2 to 4) Tutorial, one hour. Limited to juniors/seniors.
Supervised individual research or investigation under
guidance of faculty mentor. Culminating paper or
project required. May be repeated for credit. Individual contract required. P/NP or letter grading.
Graduate Courses
210A. Readings in Ottoman I. (4) Lecture, three
hours. Examination of printed texts in Ottoman from
19th and 20th centuries to improve student competence to read, transliterate, and translate Ottoman
texts. Readings include selections from newspapers,
almanacs, travel books, and literary and historical
texts. S/U or letter grading.
211. Ottoman Diplomatics. (4) Lecture, three hours.
Requisites: courses 210A, 210B, 210C. Organization
and contents of Ottoman archives; reading and discussion of documents and registers. Introduction to
use of Ottoman archive materials as a source for historical research.
NEUROBIOLOGY
David Geffen School of Medicine
UCLA
73-235 Center for the Health Sciences
Box 951763
Los Angeles, CA 90095-1763
310-206-3944, 825-8153
fax: 310-825-2224
e-mail: neurobio@mednet.ucla.edu
https://www.neurobio.ucla.edu
Paul E. Micevych, PhD, Chair
Felix E. Schweizer, PhD, Vice Chair, Education
Professors
Michele A. Basso, PhD, in Residence
Nicholas C. Brecha, PhD
Dean V. Buonomano, PhD
S. Thomas Carmichael, MD, PhD
Marie-Franoise Chesselet, MD, PhD (Charles H.
Markham Professor of Neurology)
Jean S. de Vellis, PhD (Dr. George Tarjan Professor of
Mental Retardation), in Residence
Jerome Engel, Jr., MD, PhD (Jonathan Sinay
Professor of Epilepsy)
Jack L. Feldman, PhD
Robert G. Frank, Jr., PhD
Mark A. Frye, PhD
David L. Glanzman, PhD
Ronald M. Harper, PhD
Carolyn R. Houser, PhD
Joanna C. Jen, MD, PhD
Baljit S. Khakh, PhD
Mayank R. Mehta, PhD
Paul E. Micevych, PhD (Edith Agnes Plumb Professor
of Neurobiology)
Bennett G. Novitch, PhD
Thomas S. Otis, PhD
Dario L. Ringach, PhD
Felix E. Schweizer, PhD
Alcino J. Silva, PhD (Eleanor I. Leslie Professor of
Pioneering Brain Research)
Michael V. Sofroniew, MD, PhD
Catia Sternini, MD, in Residence
Joshua T. Trachtenberg, PhD
David S. Williams, PhD, in Residence
Professors Emeriti
R. Dean Bok, PhD (Dolly Green Professor Emeritus of
Ophthalmology)
John H. Campbell, PhD
Carmine D. Clemente, PhD
Edwin L. Cooper, PhD
V. Reggie Edgerton, PhD
Earl Eldred, MD
Roger A. Gorski, PhD
Lawrence Kruger, PhD
John K. Lu, PhD
Ynez V. ONeill, PhD
Arnold B. Scheibel, MD
John D. Schlag, MD
Jos P. Segundo, MD
M.B. Sterman, PhD
Anna N. Taylor, PhD
Jaime R. Villablanca, PhD
Charles D. Woody, PhD
Richard W. Young, PhD
Guido A. Zampighi, DDS, PhD
Emery G. Zimmermann, MD, PhD
Associate Professors
James W. Bisley, PhD
Neurobiology / 543
Samantha J. Butler, PhD
Carlos Portera-Cailliau, MD, PhD, in Residence
Alapakkam P. Sampath, PhD, in Residence
Assistant Professors
Jeffrey Donlea, PhD
Weizhe Hong, PhD
Sotiris Masmanidis, PhD
Adjunct Professor
Ronald Szymusiak, PhD
Adjunct Instructor
Jennifer A. Ogren, PhD
Graduate Study
Official, specific degree requirements are detailed in Program Requirements for UCLA
Graduate Degrees, available at the Graduate
Division website, http://grad.ucla.edu. In many
cases, more detailed guidelines may be outlined in announcements, other publications,
and websites of the schools, departments, and
programs.
Graduate Degrees
The Department of Neurobiology offers Master
of Science (MS), Candidate in Philosophy
(CPhil), and Doctor of Philosophy (PhD) degrees in Neurobiology.
Medical History
Upper Division Courses
107A-107B. Historical Development of Medical
Sciences. (4-4) Lecture, three hours. Major contributions of medicine and medical personalities from earliest times. P/NP or letter grading. 107A. Contribu-
tions of medicine and medical personalities from earliest times through 1650. 107B. Subject in the period
from 1650 through the 19th century. Illustrated lectures, class discussion, and required readings from
selected texts.
M169. History of Neurosciences. (4) (Same as Neurobiology M169.) Lecture, one hour; discussion, two
hours. Development of neurosciences, especially
neuroanatomy and neurophysiology, from Enlightenment era through latter 20th century. Emphasis on
fundamental nerve functions, cell communication,
and technological, conceptual, and cultural influences
that have shaped understanding of brain and nervous
system. P/NP or letter grading.
Graduate Course
596. Directed Individual Studies in Medical History.
(2 to 12) Tutorial, to be arranged. Investigation of subjects in medical history selected by students with advice and direction of instructor. Individual reports and
conferences. S/U or letter grading.
Neurobiology
Upper Division Courses
106. Functional Neuroanatomy. (4) Lecture/laboratory, three two-hour sessions. Designed for dental
students. Lectures, demonstrations, and laboratories
dealing with structure and functional organization of
nervous system. P/NP or letter grading.
M168. Ideas and Experiments in History of Physiology. (4) (Same as Physiological Science M168.)
Lecture, three hours. Interaction of concepts and experimental techniques in physiology from the early
19th to latter 20th centuries, including heart and circulation, hormones, nutrition and vitamins, brain,
spinal cord, and peripheral nervous system, as well as
development of physiology as scientific discipline.
Discussion of weekly readings and presentations by
students. Letter grading.
M169. History of Neurosciences. (4) (Same as Medical History M169.) Lecture, one hour; discussion, two
hours. Development of neurosciences, especially
neuroanatomy and neurophysiology, from Enlightenment era through latter 20th century. Emphasis on
fundamental nerve functions, cell communication,
and technological, conceptual, and cultural influences
that have shaped understanding of brain and nervous
system. P/NP or letter grading.
M171. Variable Topics Research Seminars: Contemporary Biology. (2) (Formerly numbered Biological Chemistry 191.) (Same as Physiological Science
M171.) Seminar, two hours. Limited to undergraduate
fellows in Howard Hughes Undergraduate Research
Program. Presentations of scientific data from primary
research articles and from students own research.
May be repeated for credit. P/NP grading.
197. Individual Studies in Neurobiology. (2 to 4) Tutorial, to be arranged. Limited to juniors/seniors. Individual intensive study, with scheduled meetings to be
arranged between faculty member and student. Assigned readings and tangible evidence of mastery of
subject matter required. May be repeated for credit.
Individual contract required. P/NP or letter grading.
199. Directed Research in Neurobiology. (2 to 8)
Tutorial, to be arranged. Limited to juniors/seniors.
Supervised individual research or investigation under
guidance of faculty mentor. Studies in anatomy and
related subject areas appropriate for training of particular students, which includes reading assignments or
laboratory work leading to final oral or written report.
May be repeated for maximum of 16 units. Individual
contract required. P/NP or letter grading.
Graduate Courses
M200A. Synapses, Cells, and Circuits. (4) (Same as
Neuroscience M204.) Lecture, three hours; laboratory,
two hours. Fundamental topics concerning subcellular, cellular, and structural organization of nervous
system. Specific topic areas include neuronal ultrastructure, cellular neurobiology, neuroanatomy, neural
circuitry, and imaging. Letter grading.
M200B. Cell, Developmental, and Molecular Neurobiology. (6) (Same as Molecular, Cell, and Developmental Biology M220 and Neuroscience M201.)
Lecture, six hours. Fundamental topics concerning
cellular, developmental, and molecular neurobiology,
including intracellular signaling, cell-cell communication, neurogenesis and migration, synapse formation
and elimination, programmed neuronal death, and
neurotropic factors. Letter grading.
M200C. Sensory Systems Neurobiology. (4) (Same
as Neuroscience M221.) Lecture, two hours; discussion, two hours. Fundamental topics in sensory systems neurobiology, including sensory transduction,
taste and olfaction, audition, vision, and somatosensory system. Letter grading.
200D. Motor Systems Neurobiology. (4) Lecture,
four hours. Fundamental topics in motor systems
neurobiology, including muscle, motor units, and motoneuron pools, spinal motor control, reflexes, locomotion, basal ganglia, cerebellum, and eye movements. Letter grading.
200E. Regulatory, Behavioral, and Cognitive Neurobiology. (6) Lecture, two hours; discussion, two
hours; laboratory, two hours. Topics include hypothalamus, cardiovascular system, breathing, food intake
and metabolism, water intake and body fluids, neuroendocrine systems, circadian timing, sleep and
dreaming, psychosexual development, motivation, reward and addiction, cognitive development, object,
face, and spatial recognition, learning and memory,
language and communication, and thinking and
problem solving. Letter grading.
M200F. Cellular Neurophysiology. (4) (Same as
Neuroscience M202 and Physiological Science
M202.) Lecture, three hours; discussion, two hours.
Requisites: Physiological Science 111A (or M180A or
Physics 6B), 166. Advanced course in cellular physiology of neurons. Action and membrane potentials,
channels and channel blockers, gates, ion pumps and
neuronal homeostasis, synaptic receptors, drug-receptor interactions, transmitter release, modulation
by second messengers, and sensory transduction.
Letter grading.
M200G. Biology of Learning and Memory. (4)
(Same as Molecular, Cellular, and Integrative Physiology M200G, Neuroscience M220, and Psychology
M208.) Lecture, four hours. Molecular, cellular, circuit,
systems, neuroanatomy, theory, and models of
learning and memory. Cross-disciplinary focus on
learning and memory to provide integrative view of
subject that emphasizes emerging findings that take
advantage of novel groundbreaking models. Letter
grading.
220. Structural Neurobiology. (2) Lecture, two hours;
discussion, two hours; laboratory, two hours. Introduction to molecular structure of chemical, electrical,
and mixed synapses as determined by imaging
methods such as electron tomography. Comprehensive review of current principles governing synaptic
transmission and balanced account of some of most
topical areas of field, such as hemifusion, kiss and
run, and fast exocytocis. Laboratory sessions review
methods for preparing samples through in-depth
analysis of imaging strategies. Computer laboratory
sessions allow demonstration of data processing and
interpretation. Three round table discussions provide
forum for further inspiration as well as tackling any
questions or difficulties that may arise from laboratories and lectures. S/U grading.
225. Functional Organization of Visual System. (2)
Seminar, three hours. Preparation: basic neuroscience course. Recommended: neuroanatomy, neurophysiology, and/or neural systems courses. Designed
for neuroscientists, cell biologists, and psychologists.
Basic organizational, physiological, and functional
principles of visual system and how visual information
is processed at different levels of nervous system.
Structure, microcircuitry organization and function of
retina, central visual nuclei, and primary cortical areas
mediating visual behavior. S/U or letter grading.
544 / Neurology
M227. Neuroendocrinology of Reproduction. (4)
(Same as Physiological Science CM227.) Lecture,
three hours. Enforced requisite: Physiological Science
111B. Understanding of reproductive neuroendocrinology throughout mammalian lifespan, with emphasis as appropriate on human condition. Discussion of general concepts of endocrine feedback and
feed-forward loops, sexual differentiation, and structure and function for components of hypothalamo-pituitary gonadal axis. Exploration of sex differences in
physiology and disease. Letter grading.
M255. Seminar: Neural and Behavioral Endocrinology. (2) (Same as Physiological Science M255 and
Psychology M294.) Seminar, one hour; discussion,
one hour. Topics include hormonal biochemistry and
pharmacology. Hypothalamic/hypophyseal interactions, both hormonal and neural. Structure and function of hypothalamus. Hormonal control of reproductive and other behaviors. Sexual differentiation of
brain and behavior. Stress: hormonal, behavioral, and
neural aspects. Aging of reproductive behaviors and
function. Letter grading.
270. Joint Seminar: Neuroscience Lectures. (1)
Seminar, one hour. Formal lectures on current research topics in neuroscience by speakers from national, international, and local neuroscience communities. S/U grading.
M287. Dynamics of Neural Microcircuits. (4) (Same
as Neuroscience M287.) Lecture, two hours; discussion, two hours. Development of integrative understanding of neural microcircuits that underlie specific
functions of sensory processing, generation, and coordination of motor activity, as well as generation and
modulation of neural rhythms. Letter grading.
295. Culture of Neurobiology. (2) Discussion, one
hour. Outside readings, classroom discussions, short
write-ups, and student presentations on current issues in neurobiology. Topics include networking,
mentoring, publishing, grant system, authorship, and
career opportunities. S/U grading.
296. Research Seminar and Journal Club. (1) Seminar, one hour. Seminar and journal club with focus on
current research topics and activities occurring within
department. S/U grading.
298A-298B-298C. Advanced Topics in Neurobiology. (2-2-2) Seminar, one hour; discussion, one hour.
Advanced seminar courses in neurobiology to be offered by different departmental faculty members.
Topics are grouped thematically. S/U grading. 298A.
Molecular, Cellular, and Developmental Neurobiology; 298B. Sensory and Motor Systems Neurobiology; 298C. Regulatory, Behavioral, and Cognitive
Neurobiology.
495. Preparation for Teaching in Anatomical Sciences. (2 to 4) Seminar, to be arranged. Designed for
graduate students. Observation and practice of
methods of teaching in anatomy, including preparation of material, participation in laboratory instruction,
and presentation of review sessions, all with peer and
faculty criticism. Gross anatomy, microscopic
anatomy, and neuroanatomy subject fields included.
May not be applied toward degree requirements. S/U
grading.
501. Cooperative Program. (2 to 8) Tutorial, to be
arranged. Preparation: consent of UCLA graduate adviser and graduate dean, and host campus instructor,
department chair, and graduate dean. Used to record
enrollment of UCLA students in courses taken under
cooperative arrangements with USC. S/U grading.
596. Directed Individual Study or Research. (2 to
12) Tutorial, to be arranged. S/U grading.
597. Preparation for MS Comprehensive Examination or PhD Qualifying Examinations. (2 to 12)
Tutorial, to be arranged. S/U grading.
598. Thesis Research for MS Candidates. (2 to 12)
Tutorial, to be arranged. S/U grading.
599. Dissertation Research for PhD Candidates. (2
to 12) Tutorial, to be arranged. S/U grading.
NEUROLOGY
NEUROSCIENCE
Interdepartmental Undergraduate
Program
College of Letters and Science
UCLA
C-153 Reed Neurological Research Center
Box 951769
Los Angeles, CA 90095-1769
310-825-5521
fax: 310-825-1730
http://www.neurology.ucla.edu
Chairs
Marie-Franoise Chesselet, MD, PhD, Interim Chair
(Charles H. Markham Professor of Neurology)
S. Thomas Carmichael, MD, PhD, Vice Chair of
Programs and Research
Barbara Giesser, MD, Executive Vice Chair, Vice Chair
of Education and Clinical Affairs
Marc R. Nuwer, MD, PhD, Vice Chair of Finance and
Administration
Mark Morrow, MD,Vice Chair, Harbor-UCLA
Christopher DeGiorgio, MD, Vice Chair, Olive ViewUCLA
Claude G. Wasterlain, MD, Vice Chair, VA Greater Los
Angeles Healthcare System
Neurology
Upper Division Course
199. Directed Research in Neurology. (2 to 8) Tutorial, two hours. Limited to juniors/seniors. Supervised
individual research or investigation under guidance of
faculty mentor. Culminating paper required. May be
repeated for credit. Individual contract required. P/NP
or letter grading.
UCLA
1506D Gonda Center
Box 951761
Los Angeles, CA 90095-1761
310-206-2349
fax: 310-206-5855
e-mail: mlebre@mednet.ucla.edu
http://www.neurosci.ucla.edu
Stephanie A. White, PhD, Chair
Faculty Committee
Ellen M. Carpenter, PhD (Psychiatry and Biobehavioral
Sciences)
Scott H. Chandler, PhD (Integrative Biology and
Physiology)
Christopher S. Colwell, PhD (Psychiatry and
Biobehavioral Sciences)
David L. Glanzman, PhD (Integrative Biology and
Physiology, Neurobiology)
Carlos V. Grijalva, PhD (Psychology)
Patricia E. Phelps, PhD (Integrative Biology and
Physiology)
Joseph B. Watson, PhD (Psychiatry and Biobehavioral
Sciences)
Kate M. Wassum, PhD (Psychology)
Stephanie A. White, PhD (Integrative Biology and
Physiology)
Undergraduate Study
The Neuroscience major is a designated capstone major. Undergraduate students have the
option of conducting two terms of independent
research within a faculty laboratory or completing an advanced laboratory methods course
with a series of research modules. Through
their capstone work, students demonstrate
ability to generate testable scientific hypotheses and develop a research plan to test such
hypotheses; work on research projects independently and in small groups; evaluate and
discuss primary literature and the validity of
hypotheses generated by others; communicate effectively orally and in writing; and
demonstrate creative thinking.
Neuroscience BS
Capstone Major
Neuroscience / 545
31A, 31B, 32A, and Statistics 13, or Life Sciences 30A, 30B, and Statistics 13; Physics 1A,
1B, 1C, 4AL, and 4BL, or 6A, 6B, and 6C.
Students must also complete one of two life
sciences sequenceseither Life Sciences 1, 2,
3, 4, and 23L OR 7A, 7B, 7C, 23L, and 107.
They may not substitute courses in either
sequence.
Each core curriculum course must be passed
with a grade of C or better, and all courses
must be completed with an overall grade-point
average of 2.0 or better. Students receiving
grades below C in two core curriculum
courses, either in separate courses or repetitions of the same course, are subject to dismissal from the major.
Transfer Students
Transfer applicants to the Neuroscience major
with 90 or more units must complete the following introductory courses prior to admission
to UCLA: one year of general biology with laboratory for majors, preferably equivalent to Life
Sciences 1 and 2 OR 7A, 7B, and 7C, one year
of calculus, one year of general chemistry with
laboratory for majors, one semester of organic
chemistry with laboratory, and one statistics
course. A second semester of organic chemistry or one year of calculus-based physics is
strongly recommended but not required for
admission.
Refer to the UCLA Transfer Admission Guide at
http://www.admission.ucla.edu/prospect/Adm
_tr/tradms.htm for up-to-date information regarding transfer selection for admission.
The Major
The Neuroscience major consists of 11
courses (approximately 47 units). Consult respective departmental or program listings for
course descriptions.
Required Core: Neuroscience M101A (with
grade of C or better for Neuroscience majors),
M101B, M101C, 102, Chemistry and Biochemistry 153A, 153L. Psychology 115 cannot be
substituted for Neuroscience M101A; however,
Physiological Science 111A can be substituted.
Elective Options: One course from each of the
following three options:
Behavioral and Cognitive Neuroscience: Neuroscience M119L, M130, C172, 178, 179,
191A, Physiological Science C144, 175, M181,
Psychology 110, 112A, 112B, 112C, M117J,
118, 119A through 119F, M119L, 119M, 119R,
119S, M119X, 120A, 120B, 124A, 124B, 124I,
or 127B.
Molecular, Cell, and Developmental Neuroscience: Molecular, Cell, and Developmental Biology 162, Neuroscience M130, M145, M148,
C177, 180, 181, 182, 186, 191C, Physiological
Science C126, M145, 146, 147, M148, M181,
or Psychology M117J.
Systems and Integrative Neuroscience: Neuroscience M119N, M130, M145, 191B, Physiological Science C126, 138, C144, M145, 146,
147, 173, 177, M181, Psychology 112B, 112C,
M117J, 119A, 119B, 119M, M119N, 119Q,
119S, or 120B.
Honors Program
The honors program provides exceptional
Neuroscience majors with the opportunity to
do research culminating in an honors thesis.
Majors who have completed all preparation
courses with a grade-point average of 3.0 or
better and an overall GPA of 3.2 or better may
apply for admission to the honors program.
Applications and program requirements are
available in the Neuroscience Undergraduate
Office and at http://www.neurosci.ucla.edu.
Students must submit the application before
beginning their upper division honors requirements. After completion of all requirements
and with the recommendation of the faculty
sponsor and a second reader of the thesis, the
chair confers honors at graduation.
Neuroscience Minor
The Neuroscience minor is designed to allow
students in other majors an opportunity to explore the interdisciplinary field of neuroscience
in a structured and rigorous way, while pursuing a major field of study in another discipline
at the same time.
To enter the minor, students must have an
overall grade-point average of 2.0 or better
and a 2.5 GPA in the requisite courses for Neuroscience M101A and M101B.
Nonscience majors wishing to minor in Neuroscience should be aware that preparation
courses in chemistry, life sciences, and physics are requisites to the upper division course
requirements.
Required Upper Division Courses (approximately 31 units): Neuroscience M101A,
M101B, M101C (5 units each) and four elective
courses selected from 101L, 102, 199A and
199B, and from any of the three elective options listed under the Neuroscience major.
A minimum of 20 units applied toward the minor requirements must be in addition to units
applied toward major requirements or another
minor.
Each minor course must be taken for a letter
grade, and students must have an overall
grade-point average of 2.0 or better. Successful completion of the minor is indicated on the
transcript and diploma.
Neuroscience
See the Neuroscience Interdepartmental Graduate Program for the graduate course offerings.
546 / Neuroscience
M119L. Human Neuropsychology. (4) (Same as
Psychology M119L.) Lecture, three hours. Recommended requisites: courses M101A and M101C (or
Psychology 115), Psychology 120A or 120B. Designed for juniors/seniors. Survey of experimental and
clinical human neuropsychology; neural basis of
higher cognitive functions. P/NP or letter grading.
M119N. Visual System. (4) (Same as Psychology
M119N.) Lecture, three hours. Requisite: course
M101A or Physiological Science 111A or Psychology
115. Ability to image and analyze visual world is truly
remarkable feat. Coverage of anatomy and physiology of visual processing from retina to visual cortex
through lectures, extensive reading, and discussions.
P/NP or letter grading.
M130. Biological Bases of Psychiatric Disorders.
(4) (Same as Molecular, Cell, and Developmental Biology M181, Physiological Science M181, Psychiatry
M181, and Psychology M117J.) Lecture, three hours.
Requisite: course M101A (or Molecular, Cell, and Developmental Biology M175A or Physiological Science
M180A or Psychology M117A) or Physiological Science 111A or Psychology 115. Underlying brain systems involved in psychiatric symptoms and neurological disorders, including schizophrenia, depression,
bipolar disorder, obsessive/compulsive disorder. Provides basic understanding of brain dysfunctions that
contribute to disorders and rationales for pharmacological treatments. P/NP or letter grading.
M145. Neural Mechanisms Controlling Movement.
(5) (Same as Physiological Science M145.) Lecture,
four hours. Requisite: course M101A or Physiological
Science 111A or M180A. Examination of central nervous system organization required for production of
complex movements such as locomotion, mastication, and swallowing. Letter grading.
M148. Neuronal Signaling in Brain. (4) (Same as
Physiological Science M148.) Lecture, three hours;
discussion one hour. Requisites: courses M101A (or
Physiological Science 111A or M180A), M101B (or
Physiological Science M180B or Chemistry 153A).
Consideration of brain function, with focus on cellular
physiology and functional neuroanatomy. Topics include neuronal excitability and synaptic transmission
and function of specific neuronal circuits in auditory
pathway, basal ganglia, cerebellum, hippocampus,
and neocortex. Letter grading.
M161. Personal Brain Management. (4) (Same as
Psychiatry M182.) Seminar, four hours. Basic overview of brain function and consideration of some
management methods that exist already, and what future may hold. New methods for predicting our own
futures and modeling what if scenarios that might
alter risks and benefits of different courses of action,
based on individual genetic background and other elements of personal history and environmental exposures. Introduction to key principles from science of
behavior change, illustrating how important health-related behavioral habits are and how difficult these can
be to change and why. Coverage of series of topics
that center on personal enhancement of well-being
through consideration of stress management, longterm goal and value identification, mapping of longterm goals onto immediate actions, reinforcement
learning, meditation, neurofeedback, and time management. Critical appraisal of tools to help students
distinguish scientifically validated procedures. Offered
in summer only. Letter grading.
C172. Neuroimaging and Brain Mapping. (4) Lecture, three hours. Requisite: course M101A (or Molecular, Cell, and Developmental Biology M175A or
Physiological Science M180A or Psychology M117A)
or Physiological Science 111A or Psychology 115.
Strongly recommended: course 102. Theory,
methods, applications, assumptions, and limitations
of neuroimaging. Techniques, biological questions,
and results. Brain structure, brain function, and their
relationship discussed with regard to imaging. Concurrently scheduled with course CM272. Letter
grading.
191A-191B-191C. Variable Topics Research Seminars: Neuroscience. (4-4-4) Seminar, three hours.
Topics on one or more aspects of neuroscience.
Reading, discussion, and development of culminating
project. May be applied as elective only in specific
area of group 2. Each course may be repeated once
for credit. P/NP or letter grading. 191A. Behavioral
and Cognitive Neuroscience. Requisite: course
M101A or Physiological Science 111A. 191B. Systems and Integrative Neuroscience. Requisite: course
M101A or Physiological Science 111A. 191C. Molecular, Cell, and Developmental Neuroscience. Enforced
requisite: course M101B.
191H. Honors Seminars: Neuroscience. (4) Seminar, four hours. Preparation: one statistics course
(Statistics 10 or equivalent). Limited to neuroscience
honors program students. Instruction in principles of
scientific method, ethics, and written and oral communication; critique of current journal articles and research projects. Presentation of individual research.
May not be applied toward elective requirements for
major. Must be taken during winter quarter of academic year that students enroll in courses 198A and
198B. Letter grading.
192A. Practicum in Neuroanatomy for Undergraduate Assistants. (2) Seminar, three hours; laboratory,
one hour. Requisites: courses M101A and 102, with
grades of A. Limited to senior Neuroscience majors.
Training and supervised practicum in neuroanatomy
for undergraduate assistants. Students assist faculty
members and graduate teaching assistants in laboratory only. May not be applied toward elective requirements and may not be repeated for credit. P/NP or
letter grading.
192B. Project Brainstorm: Neuroscience K-12 Outreach. (4) Seminar, one hour; fieldwork, three hours.
Limited to juniors/seniors. Course to be supervised by
faculty and teaching assistant advisers. Project Brainstorm is K-12 science education outreach program of
Brain Research Institute (BRI) and Neuroscience PhD
and undergraduate programs that stimulates interest
in science for children and young adults in grades K12 by providing hands-on learning experiences that
emphasize function and importance of brain. Students expected to prepare age-appropriate lesson
plans to be used in Project Brainstorm classroom
visits. Students meet on regular basis with supervisors and provide periodic reports of their experience.
May not be applied toward major requirements. May
be repeated twice for credit. P/NP grading.
192C. Drug Abuse and Society: Conveying Concepts to High School Students. (4) Seminar, four
hours (seven weeks); fieldwork, four hours (three
weeks). Enforced requisites: courses M101A, C177.
Limited to senior Neuroscience majors. Preparation of
students to give accurate, knowledgeable, and ageappropriate lectures in area of drug abuse to students
at local high schools. Designed as followup to course
C177 where students learned didactic material on
mechanisms of action and translational aspects of
drugs of abuse. Students meet on regular basis with
supervisors and provide periodic reports of their experience. May not be applied toward major requirements. May be repeated twice for credit. Letter
grading.
193. Journal Club Seminars: Current Research in
Brain Development and Regeneration. (1) Seminar,
one hour. Requisite: course M101B. Limited to undergraduate students. Review and discussion of recent
research papers that make potential breakthroughs in
understanding of brain development and regeneration. May be repeated for credit. P/NP grading.
198A. Honors Research in Neuroscience. (4) Tutorial, 12 hours minimum. Requisites: courses 99,
M101A. Limited to neuroscience honors program students. Directed independent research involving extensive reading and development of honors thesis or
comprehensive project under direct supervision of
faculty member. For departmental honors, students
must also take course 191H. Maximum of 8 units of
courses 198A, 198B, 199 may be applied toward
major. Individual contract required. In Progress
grading (credit to be given only on completion of
course 198B).
Neuroscience / 547
198B. Honors Research in Neuroscience. (4) Tutorial, 12 hours minimum in laboratory. Requisite:
course 198A. Continued reading and research that
culminate in honors thesis under direct supervision of
faculty member. For departmental honors, students
must also take course 191H. Maximum of 8 units of
courses 198A, 198B, 199 may be applied toward
major. Individual contract required. Letter grading.
199A. Directed Research in Neuroscience. (4)
Tutorial, 12 hours minimum. Enforced requisites:
courses 99, M101A. Limited to junior/senior Neuroscience majors and minors with grades of B (3.0) or
better. Supervised individual research or investigation
under guidance of faculty mentor. Culminating paper
or project required. Maximum of 8 units of courses
198A, 198B, 199A, 199B may be applied toward
major. Individual contract required. In Progress
grading (credit to be given only on completion of
course 199B).
199B. Directed Research in Neuroscience. (4)
Tutorial, 12 hours minimum. Enforced requisite: course
199A. Limited to junior/senior Neuroscience majors
and minors with grades of B (3.0) or better. Continued
supervised individual research or investigation under
guidance of faculty mentor. Culminating paper or
project required. Maximum of 8 units of courses 198A,
198B, 199A, 199B may be applied toward major. Individual contract required. Letter grading.
199C. Continued Directed Research in Neuroscience. (4) Tutorial, 12 hours minimum in laboratory.
Enforced requisite: course 198B or 199B. Limited to
junior/senior Neuroscience majors and minors with
grades of B (3.0) or better. Continued reading and research that culminate in report under direct supervision of faculty mentor. May not be applied toward
major. May be repeated for credit. Individual contract
required. Letter grading.
NEUROSCIENCE
Interdepartmental Graduate Program
David Geffen School of Medicine
UCLA
1506D Gonda Center
Box 951761
Los Angeles, CA 90095-1761
310-825-8153
fax: 310-206-5855
e-mail: neurophd@mednet.ucla.edu
http://www.neuroscience.ucla.edu
Felix E. Schweizer, PhD, Chair
Thomas J. ODell, PhD, Vice Chair
Faculty Committee
Hugh T. Blaire, PhD (Psychology)
Dean V. Buonomano, PhD (Neurobiology, Psychology)
S. Thomas Carmichael, Jr., MD, PhD (Neurology)
Ellen M. Carpenter, PhD, in Residence (Psychiatry and
Biobehavioral Sciences)
Marie-Franoise Chesselet, MD, PhD (Neurobiology,
Neurology)
Christopher J. Evans, PhD, in Residence (Psychiatry
and Biobehavioral Sciences)
David L. Glanzman, PhD (Integrative Biology and
Physiology, Neurobiology)
Cameron B. Gundersen, PhD (Molecular and Medical
Pharmacology)
Ming Guo, MD, PhD (Molecular and Medical
Pharmacology)
Karen H. Gylys, RN, PhD (Nursing)
Kelsey C. Martin, MD, PhD (Biological Chemistry,
Psychiatry and Biobehavioral Sciences)
Paul E. Micevych, PhD (Neurobiology)
Thomas J. ODell, PhD (Physiology)
Alvaro Sagasti, PhD (Molecular, Cell, and
Developmental Biology)
Felix E. Schweizer, PhD (Neurobiology, Psychiatry and
Behavioral Sciences)
Graduate Study
Official, specific degree requirements are detailed in Program Requirements for UCLA
Graduate Degrees, available at the Graduate
Division website, http://grad.ucla.edu. In many
cases, more detailed guidelines may be outlined in announcements, other publications,
and websites of the schools, departments, and
programs.
Graduate Degree
The Neuroscience Program offers the Doctor
of Philosophy (PhD) degree in Neuroscience.
Neuroscience
Graduate Courses
M201. Cell, Developmental, and Molecular Neurobiology. (6) (Same as Molecular, Cell, and Developmental Biology M220 and Neurobiology M200B.) Lecture, six hours. Fundamental topics concerning cellular, developmental, and molecular neurobiology,
including intracellular signaling, cell-cell communication, neurogenesis and migration, synapse formation
and elimination, programmed neuronal death, and
neurotropic factors. Letter grading.
M202. Cellular Neurophysiology. (4) (Same as Neurobiology M200F and Physiological Science M202.)
Lecture, three hours; discussion, two hours. Requisites: Physiological Science 111A (or M180A or
Physics 6B), 166. Advanced course in cellular physiology of neurons. Action and membrane potentials,
channels and channel blockers, gates, ion pumps and
neuronal homeostasis, synaptic receptors, drug-receptor interactions, transmitter release, modulation
by second messengers, and sensory transduction.
Letter grading.
M203. Neuroanatomy: Structure and Function of
Nervous System. (4) (Same as Bioengineering
M263.) Lecture, three hours; discussion/laboratory,
three hours. Anatomy of central and peripheral nervous system at cellular histological and regional systems level, with emphasis on contemporary experimental approaches to morphological study of nervous
system in discussions of circuitry and neurochemical
anatomy of major brain regions. Consideration of representative vertebrate and invertebrate nervous systems. Letter grading.
M204. Synapses, Cells, and Circuits. (4) (Same as
Neurobiology M200A.) Lecture, three hours; laboratory, two hours. Fundamental topics concerning subcellular, cellular, and structural organization of nervous
system. Specific topic areas include neuronal ultrastructure, cellular neurobiology, neuroanatomy, neural
circuitry, and imaging. Letter grading.
548 / Neurosurgery
clude classical pain theories, pain receptors and
pathways, endogenous mechanisms of pain modulation, and pharmacological basis for treatment of pain
disorders. Letter grading.
240. Phenotypic Measurement of Complex Traits.
(4) Lecture, three hours. Preparation: background in
human genetics helpful. Integrative approach to understanding gene to behavior pathways by examination of levels of phenotype expression across systems
(cell, brain, organism), across species (invertebrate,
fly, mouse, human), and throughout development
across varying environmental milieus. Using examples from human disorders such as schizophrenia and
Alzheimers disease, linking of these diverse approaches in genetic research to map out integrative
system of understanding basis of complex human behavior. Emphasis on basic understanding of methods
used at each level of phenotype analysis, along with
major resources that can be accessed to gain insight
to gene-behavioral links. Letter grading.
245. Optical Approaches in Neuroscience. (4) Lecture, four hours. State-of-art, light-microscopy-based
approaches in neuroscience. Background material on
basic optical principles and microscope design, as
well as certification in use of lasers. Technical approaches commonly used in study of nervous system,
including imaging modalities such as two-photon microscopy, methods for imaging and stimulating neuronal activity, and advanced microscopy approaches
such as FRET and FLIM. Letter grading.
250. Neural Development and Repair. (4) Lecture,
four hours. Specific training in neural development
and repair. Each module offers different research
topic and provides perspective on its relevance to
human diseases, treatments, and unmet needs for future research. Letter grading.
255. Functional Organization of Behavior. (2) Lecture, two hours. Changes in neuronal properties supporting changes in learned behavior. Different types of
learning. Role of neurotransmitters and second messengers in changing ion channels of neurons to support associative learning versus long-term potentiation of neurotransmission. S/U or letter grading.
M267. Advanced Magnetic Resonance Imaging.
(4) (Same as Physics and Biology in Medicine M266
and Psychiatry M266.) Lecture, four hours. Starting
with basic principles, presentation of physical basis of
magnetic resonance imaging (MRI), with emphasis on
developing advanced applications in biomedical imaging, including both structural and functional
studies. Instruction more intuitive than mathematical.
Letter grading.
CM272. Neuroimaging and Brain Mapping. (4)
(Same as Physiological Science M272 and Psychology M213.) Lecture, three hours. Requisites:
courses M201, M202. Theory, methods, applications,
assumptions, and limitations of neuroimaging. Techniques, biological questions, and results. Brain structure, brain function, and their relationship discussed
with regard to imaging. Concurrently scheduled with
course C172. Letter grading.
M273. Neural Basis of Memory. (4) (Same as Psychiatry M270.) Lecture, two hours; discussion, one
hour. Anatomical, physiological, and neurological data
integrated into models for how behavioral phenomena of memory arise. Discussion of invertebrate
memory, cortical conditioning, hippocampus and
declarative memory, and frontal lobes and primary
memory.
275. Advanced Techniques in Neurobiology. (2)
Lecture, one hour; laboratory, one hour. Preparation:
basic biology and chemistry. Designed to provide introduction and, when possible, practical demonstration of a number of techniques used in neurochemical
research, with emphasis on techniques used for identification, measurement, and visualization of compounds thought to be important as mediators of intercellular communication in central nervous system.
S/U or letter grading.
C277. Drugs of Abuse from Neurobiology to Policy
and Education. (4) Lecture, four hours. Enforced requisite: Neuroscience M101A. Course ranges from
synapse to society. Provides intensive didactic on
current neuroscientific basis for understanding substance abuse and blends that material with relevant
topics such as epidemiology, co-occurring disorders,
treatment options, prevention, and public policies,
with emphasis on communication of course materials
to general public. Concurrently scheduled with course
C177. Letter grading.
M284A-M284B. Principles of Neuroimaging I, II. (44) (Same as Psychiatry M284A-M284B and Psychology M288A-M288B.) Lecture, four and one half
hours. Preparation: competence in integral calculus,
electricity and magnetism, computer programming
(any language), general statistics. Requisite: Psychiatry 292. Course M284A is requisite to M284B. Instrumental imaging methods for study of nervous system,
with emphasis on quantitative understanding and
data interpretation and features common to modalities. X-ray computed tomography, magnetic resonance imaging, positron emission tomography, magnetoencephalography, transcranial magneto stimulation, near infrared imaging. Letter grading.
M285. Functional Neuroimaging: Techniques and
Applications. (3) (Same as Bioengineering M284,
Physics and Biology in Medicine M285, Psychiatry
M285, and Psychology M278.) Lecture, three hours.
In-depth examination of activation imaging, including
MRI and electrophysiological methods, data acquisition and analysis, experimental design, and results
obtained thus far in human systems. Strong focus on
understanding technologies, how to design activation
imaging paradigms, and how to interpret results. Laboratory visits and design and implementation of functional MRI experiment. S/U or letter grading.
M287. Dynamics of Neural Microcircuits. (4) (Same
as Neurobiology M287.) Lecture, two hours; discussion, two hours. Development of integrative understanding of neural microcircuits that underlie specific
functions of sensory processing, generation, and coordination of motor activity, as well as generation and
modulation of neural rhythms. Letter grading.
M293. Culture, Brain, and Development Forum. (1)
(Same as Anthropology M293, Education M285, and
Psychology M248.) Seminar, 90 minutes every other
week. Interdisciplinary seminar series to provide students with exposure to current research in understanding complex relationship between culture, brain,
and development. S/U grading.
M294. Culture, Brain, and Development. (4) (Same
as Anthropology M293S, Education M286, and Psychology M247.) Seminar, three hours. Designed for
graduate students. Integration of knowledge across
different disciplines to understand interrelations of
culture, brain, and development, where development
includes both human ontogeny and human phylogeny. S/U or letter grading.
375. Teaching Apprentice Practicum. (1 to 4) Seminar, to be arranged. Preparation: apprentice personnel employment as teaching assistant, associate,
or fellow. Teaching apprenticeship under active guidance and supervision of regular faculty member responsible for curriculum and instruction at UCLA.
May be repeated for credit. S/U grading.
596. Directed Individual Study or Research. (2 to
12) Tutorial, to be arranged. S/U grading.
597. Preparation for PhD Qualifying Examinations.
(2 to 12) Tutorial, to be arranged. S/U grading.
599. Dissertation Research for PhD Candidates. (2
to 12) Tutorial, to be arranged. Designed for students
requiring special instruction or time to work on dissertation. S/U grading.
NEUROSURGERY
David Geffen School of Medicine
UCLA
562 Wasserman Building
Box 956901
Los Angeles, CA 90095-6901
310-267-9449
fax: 310-206-6242
http://neurosurgery.ucla.edu
Chair
Neil A. Martin, MD (W. Eugene Stern Professor of
Neurosurgery)
Neurosurgery
Upper Division Course
199. Directed Research in Neurosurgery. (2 to 8)
Tutorial, two hours. Limited to juniors/seniors. Supervised individual research or investigation under guidance of faculty mentor. Culminating paper required.
May be repeated for credit. Individual contract required. P/NP or letter grading.
NURSING
School of Nursing
UCLA
2-147 Factor Building
Box 951702
Los Angeles, CA 90095-1702
310-825-7181
fax: 310-267-0330
e-mail: sonsaff@sonnet.ucla.edu
http://www.nursing.ucla.edu
Linda P. Sarna, RN, PhD, FAAN, Interim Dean
Lynn V. Doering, RN, PhD, FAAN, Associate
Dean, Academic and Student Affairs
Nursing / 549
Deborah Koniak-Griffin, RNC, EdD, FAAN,
Associate Dean, Diversity, Equity, and
Inclusion
Adeline M. Nyamathi, ANP, PhD, FAAN,
Associate Dean, International Research and
Scholarly Activities
Professors
Barbara M. Bates-Jensen, RN, PhD
Lynn V. Doering, RN, PhD, FAAN
Karen H. Gylys, RN, PhD
Felicia S. Hodge, DrPH
Deborah Koniak-Griffin, RNC, EdD, FAAN (Audrienne
H. Moseley Professor of Womens Health Research)
Mary A. Lewis, RN, DrPH, ANP-C, FAAN
Courtney H. Lyder, ND, ScD(H), FAAN
Adeline M. Nyamathi, ANP, PhD, FAAN (Audrienne H.
Moseley Professor of Community Health Research)
Wendie A. Robbins, RN, PhD, NP, FAAN (Audrienne H.
Moseley Professor of Biological Nursing Science)
Linda P. Sarna, RN, PhD, FAAN (Lulu Wolf Hassenplug
Professor of Nursing)
Mary A. Woo, RN, DNSc, FAAN
Professors Emeriti
Nancy L.R. Anderson, RN, PhD, NP-C, AOCN, FAAN
Lina K. Badr, RN, DNSc, PNP-C, FAAN
Betty L. Chang, RN, DNSc, FNP-C, FAAN
Peggy A. Compton, RN, PhD, FAAN
Jacquelyn H. Flaskerud, RN, PhD, FAAN
Sally L. Maliski, RN, PhD
Donna K. McNeese-Smith, RN, EdD, CNA
Joyce A. Newman Giger, RN, EdD, FAAN
Linda R. Phillips, RN, PhD, FGSA, FAAN (Audrienne H.
Moseley Professor Emerita of Nursing)
Sharon J. Reeder, RN, PhD, FAAN
Gwen M. Van Servellen, RN, PhD, FAAN
Donna F. Ver Steeg, RN, PhD, FAAN
Frances M. Wiley, RN, MN
Ann B. Williams, RNC, EdD, FAAN
Associate Professors
Dong Sung An, MD, PhD
Jo-Ann O. Eastwood, RN, PhD, CCNS, CCRN
MarySue V. Heilemann, RN, PhD
Eufemia Jacob, RN, PhD
Eunice Eunkyung Lee, RN, DNSc, MS, GNP, CS
Paul M. Macey, PhD, in Residence
Janet C. Mentes, RN, PhD, GNP
Carol L. Pavlish, RN, PhD, ONC, FAAN
Assistant Professors
Sarah E. Choi, RN, PhD, FNP
Leah FitzGerald, RN, PhD, C-FNP
Nalo M. Hamilton, PRN, PhD, BC
Su Yon Jung, PhD
Huibrie C. Pieters, RN, PhD
Nancy A. Pike, RN, PhD, FNP-C, CPNP-AC
Mary Ann Shinnick, RN, PhD, MN, ACNP-BC, CCNS,
in Residence
Sophie Sokolow, PhD, MPharm
Elizabeth Anne Thomas, RN, PhD, ANP-BC, COHN-S,
CNL
Lecturers
Jody L. Adams-Renteria, RN, MN, FNP
Cynthia Albarran, RN, PhD, CNS
Theresa A. Brown, NP
Nancy Jo Bush, RN, MN, MA, AOCN, ONP
Mary M. Canobbio, RN, MN, FAAN
Patricia Cason, MS, FNP
Barbara L. Demman, RN, MSN
Elizabeth L. Dixon, RN, PHN, MSN, PhD
Stephanie Evangelista, RN, MSN, PHN
Jan M. Fredrickson, RN, MN, C-PNP
Stacey D. Green, NP
M. Jill Jordan, RNC, MSN
Kellie T. Kell, RN, MSN, FNP-C
Helen L. Kiger, RN, MSN, CNS
Maria P. Knoll, MSN
John Lazar, RN, PhD, FNP-BC
Amy S. Lohmann, RN, MSN, NP, CNS
Laurie A. Love-Bibbero, RN, MSN, FNP
Young Kee Markham, RN, MN, GNP-C
Nancy E. McGrath, RN, MN, CPNP
Adjunct Professors
Mary Lynn Brecht, PhD
Mary P. Cadogan, RN, DrPH, GNP
Anna F. Gawlinski, RN, DNSc, CS, ACNP, CCRN,
FAAN
Isabell B. Purdy, RN, PhD
Marlyn S. Woo, MD
Undergraduate Study
The Nursing (Prelicensure) major is a designated capstone major. Students complete a
clinically based scholarly project that is approved by a designated faculty member. In
completing the capstone course, students
should select, evaluate, and apply appropriate
theory and research findings concerning individual- and population-based health promotion
and disease prevention, biobehavioral and
health systems, and social environmental, cultural, and human diversity to the nursing process. They should utilize the nursing process
to promote biopsychosocial health and disease prevention and to support the resources
of culturally diverse clients and families in community- and/or hospital-based settings.
Through their work, students should demonstrate effective communication and collaboration skills with clients and their families,
research participants, other health professionals, colleagues, and policymakers. They also
should identify practice-based problems and
hypotheses and critique research on issues of
importance to nursing and healthcare delivery;
participate effectively in relevant professional
and community organizations and/or interest
groups; demonstrate leadership as a member
of the health team to plan, manage, and evaluate care of individuals, families, and communities for culturally diverse populations; and
practice their work based on the principles of
ethics, social justice, and law.
Nursing BS Prelicensure
Capstone Major
The focus of the prelicensure program is on the
preparation of nurse generalists with special
skills in primary, secondary, and tertiary prevention and care within an individual- and population-based context while developing the basics for a strong leadership role. Students learn
the art and science of nursing using the latest
research findings to guide their practice.
Admission
The School of Nursing strives to attract a culturally and ethnically diverse student population. Admission is designed for freshman students and transfer students at the junior level.
Freshman applicants are expected to fulfill
the University of California admission requirements. Transfer applicants are expected to
fulfill the Intersegmental General Education
Transfer Curriculum (IGETC). Students must
have a grade of C or better in each requisite
course and an overall grade-point average of
3.5 or better.
Two recommendation forms and a written
statement of purpose are also required. Diverse life experiences, including previous employment, volunteer work, and community
service that reflect leadership, responsibility,
multicultural involvement, multilingual abilities,
and other unusual skills and knowledge are
evaluated for all applicants. Consideration is
also given to students who are socially, economically, and educationally disadvantaged.
Completed applications should reflect clearly
identified career goals and documentation of
potential for nursing practice.
550 / Nursing
_tr/tradms.htm for up-to-date information regarding transfer selection for admission.
The Major
Required: Biostatistics 100A, Nursing 115,
150A, 150B, 152W, 160, 161, 162A through
162D, 164, 165, 168, 171, 173, 174, and completion of a capstone senior scholarly project
(course 169). Transfer students must complete
Nursing 10, 20, 50, 54A, and 54B on entry. Students may request to pursue a minor in a related field if the coursework can be completed
within the 216-unit limit.
The curriculum at UCLA must be completed
with a minimum overall grade-point average of
2.0 (C) or better in all courses taken while a
student in the School of Nursing.
Each required nursing course in the school
must be completed with a grade of C or better
(C grade is not acceptable).
Graduate Study
Official, specific degree requirements are detailed in Program Requirements for UCLA
Graduate Degrees, available at the Graduate
Division website, http://grad.ucla.edu. In many
cases, more detailed guidelines may be outlined in announcements, other publications,
and websites of the schools, departments, and
programs.
Graduate Degrees
The School of Nursing offers the Master of Science in Nursing (MSN) degree and the Master
of Science (MS) and Doctor of Philosophy
(PhD) degrees in Nursing. A concurrent degree
program (Nursing MSN/Management MBA) is
also offered.
Nursing
Lower Division Courses
3. Human Physiology for Healthcare Providers. (5)
Lecture, three hours; laboratory, two hours. Basic understanding of human physiological processes, with
emphasis on applications to patient evaluation and
care. Concepts underlying normal function and how
alterations in these normal functions can affect body
systems. Knowledge and understanding of these
normal human processes is basic to providing quality
nursing care. Examination of system variations across
lifespan. Letter grading.
10. Introduction to Nursing and Social Justice I.
(2) Lecture, two hours. Within context of history of
nursing, introduction to practice of nurses, including
role of advocacy. Discussion of effective use of self as
professional nurse in relation to ethics, cultural competence, and human diversity. Introduction to ethical
principles (justice, autonomy, veracity, beneficence,
confidentiality) and professional values (altruism, autonomy, human dignity, integrity, and social justice) in
relation to nursing practice throughout history in
health/illness and end-of-life contexts. Letter grading.
13. Introduction to Human Anatomy. (5) Lecture,
three hours; laboratory, two hours. Structural presentation of human body, including musculoskeletal, nervous, circulatory, respiratory, digestive, renal, and reproductive systems. Laboratory uses virtual cadaver
dissection and examination. Letter grading.
20. Introduction to Nursing and Social Justice II.
(2) Lecture, two hours. Advanced discussion on history of nursing, with focus on role of contemporary
nursing in relation to ethics and social justice. Analysis of ethical principles (justice, autonomy, veracity,
health and wellness across lifespan, using population-based approach to nursing care of diverse populations. Priorities in nutrition and reproductive health,
including issues related to contraception and parenting; well-child care, school-age health, and
chronic illness prevention strategies for young- and
middle-aged adults; elderly who live independently in
communities or within institutions. Analysis of influence of overarching political, societal, and governmental systems within U.S. Satisfies Writing II requirement. Letter grading.
C155. Global Health Elective: Globalization, Social
Justice, and Human Rights. (3) Seminar, two hours.
Exploration of theories, issues, debates, and pedagogy associated with globalization, social justice, and
human rights and how these perspectives influence
human health and well-being. Provides students with
unique opportunity to explore these topics within
classroom, via Internet and other technologies, and in
other classrooms located around globe. Students,
through collaborative projects with peers around
world, reflect on how globalization shapes and transforms local communities and national cultures. Concurrently scheduled with course C255. Letter grading.
160. Secondary Prevention. (4) Lecture, four hours.
Requisite: course 152W. Corequisite: course 161.
Screening and early detection of illness to prevent
chronic or acutely deteriorating illness. Expanding on
concepts of health and human development and
using nursing process, application of nursing role in
providing care to individuals and their families to
screen, diagnose, and treat illness at earliest possible
time to prevent disability or premature mortality. Examination of health problems of individuals within
context of family, social and community systems, and
interdisciplinary healthcare systems. Emphasis on differences in developmental stages in response to
screening for early and late signs and symptoms of illness in ambulatory and acute care settings, community agencies, rehabilitation units, outpatient specialty
clinics and surgical units, and home and community
settings. Letter grading.
161. Psychiatric Mental Health Nursing. (5) Lecture,
three hours; clinical, six hours. Requisites: courses
115, 152W. Knowledge development and skill assessment to promote mental health of individuals and
communities. Exploration of research underlying assessment, diagnosis, and treatment of individuals
with psychiatric disorders and pharmacotherapeutic
and psychological treatment of individuals. Application of theory in clinical interpretation of assessment
and diagnostic data for purpose of planning, implementing, and evaluating course of care for patients,
both as individuals and cohorts. Letter grading.
162A. Foundational Concepts for Tertiary Prevention and Care of Medical-Surgical Patients and
Families. (4) Lecture, three hours; clinical, three
hours. Corequisite: course 150A. Examination of
nursing assessment and management of common
health problems that adults experience. Theory content in basic assessment, health history, and diagnostic reasoning for selected health problems, with
emphasis on social, cultural, and developmental influences. Integration of basic knowledge of pathophysiology, stress and adaptation, adult development
theory, therapeutic interventions, and communication
concepts as applied to care of medical and surgical
clients and their families. Introduction to concept of
nurses as bedside scientists, with emphasis on critical and contextual thinking skills and diagnostic reasoning. Nursing process, ethical principles, clinical research, evidence-based practice, and clinical thinking
that maximize patient safety and quality care used
during clinical experiences. Letter grading.
162B. Tertiary Prevention and Care of MedicalSurgical Patients and Families. (6) Lecture, four
hours; clinical, six hours. Enforced requisite: course
162A. Examination of pathophysiological and psychosocial aspects of assessment and management
for selected acute and emergent problems of adult
patients/clients with complex illness, including multifaceted assessment, health history, and diagnostic
reasoning skills, with emphasis on social, cultural, and
developmental influences. Integration of knowledge
Nursing / 551
of pathophysiology, diagnostics, pharmacology, therapeutic interventions, and communication concepts
as applied to care of medical and surgical adult patients. Supervised practicum experience within setting of multidimensional team on medical-surgical
clinical units, with focus on clinical interpretation of
assessment and diagnostic data for purpose of planning, implementing, and evaluating course of care for
patients, both as individuals and cohorts. Intermediate-level assessment, health maintenance, and
management of symptoms across lifespan. Letter
grading.
162C. Tertiary Prevention and Care of Geriatric
Medical-Surgical Patients and Families. (8) Lecture,
four hours; clinical, 12 hours. Enforced requisites:
courses 162A, 162B. Examination of nursing assessment and management of acute and chronic health
problems experienced by older adults. Theory content in assessment, health history, and diagnostic reasoning, with emphasis on older adults and on social,
cultural, and developmental influences. Integration of
knowledge of pathophysiology, stress and adaptation, adult development theory, therapeutic interventions, and communication concepts as applied to
care of older medical and surgical clients with more
complex and co-morbid conditions and their families.
Concept of nurses as bedside scientists, with emphasis on critical and contextual thinking skills and diagnostic reasoning. Nursing process, ethical principles, clinical research, evidence-based practice, and
clinical thinking that maximize patient safety and
quality care for older adults used during clinical experiences. Letter grading.
162D. Human Responses to Critical Illness: Introduction to Critical Care. (4) (Formerly numbered
170.) Lecture, three hours; fieldwork, three hours. Enforced requisites: courses 162A, 162B, 162C. Pathophysiological and psychosocial concepts in acute lifelimiting illness and nursing management of critically ill
adults. Effect of critical illness on individual and family
health and key diagnostic and therapeutic modalities
that promote effective nursing management of individuals with complex critical illnesses addressed. Emphasis on rapid assessment, critical reasoning,
prompt intervention, and outcome achievement with
fluid replanning for rapidly changing disease conditions. Letter grading.
164. Maternity Nursing. (5) Lecture, three hours;
clinical, six hours. Requisites: courses 150A, 150B,
152W, 160, 174. Corequisite: course 173. Nursing assessment and management for selected acute and
emergent problems in maternity/newborn patients,
with emphasis on social, cultural, and developmental
influences. Integration of basic knowledge of pathophysiology, diagnostics, pharmacology, therapeutic
interventions, and communication concepts as applied to childbearing families, with application of
nursing process, evidenced-based practice, problemsolving strategies, and critical thinking. Supervised
clinical practicum experience within setting of multidimensional team, with focus on application of theory in
clinical interpretation of assessment and diagnostic
data for purpose of planning, implementing, and evaluating nursing care for maternity/newborn patients.
Intermediate-level assessment, health maintenance,
and management of symptoms in this population.
Letter grading.
165. Pediatric Nursing. (5) Lecture, three hours; clinical, six hours. Requisites: courses 162A, 162B, 162C,
164. Nursing assessment and management for selected acute and emergent problems in infants, children, and adolescents, with emphasis on social, cultural, and developmental influences. Integration of
basic knowledge of pathophysiology, diagnostics,
pharmacology, therapeutic interventions, and communication concepts as applied to care of infants,
children, and adolescents, with application of nursing
process, evidenced-based practice, and problemsolving strategies, and critical thinking. Discussion of
application of nursing process, research, problem
solving, and critical thinking. Supervised practicum
experience within setting of multidimensional team,
with focus on application of theory in clinical interpretation of assessment and diagnostic data for purpose
Graduate Courses
200. Health Promotion and Assessment across
Lifespan. (4) Lecture, four hours. Review and discussion of research, theories, clinical practice guidelines,
healthcare systems, and policies that influence assessment of health and health behaviors, health promotion, and screening of disease across lifespan
among diverse populations in multiple settings in
communities for advanced practice nurse (clinical
nurse specialist and nurse practitioner). Letter
grading.
201. Health-Related Quality of Life. (2) Lecture, two
hours. Theoretical foundations of health-related
quality of life as an outcome of disease, treatment,
and style of care. Analysis of meaning, dimensions,
predictors, measures, ethical dilemmas, cultural diversity issues, and biobehavioral foundations of
health-related quality of life. Letter grading.
202. Philosophy of Nursing Science. (4) Lecture,
four hours. Exploration of concepts of importance to
philosophy of science as context for understanding
philosophy of nursing science. Genealogies of
thought that underpin epistemological assumptions
about knowledge and knowledge development in relation to discipline of nursing, methods of inquiry
(quantitative and qualitative), and scientific reasoning.
Contemporary schools of thought (modern and postmodern) analyzed in relation to nursing research,
nursing practice, and role of nurse scientists as
leaders in relation to policy development in greater
healthcare milieu. Letter grading.
203A. Basic Statistics and Fundamentals for Analysis. (4) Lecture, four hours. Preparation: one upper
division statistics course. Introduction to applied statistics, including design, analysis of variance, correlation techniques, and regression. Sample size calculations, parametric versus nonparametric tests, and
concepts of database design, management using statistical package programs. Letter grading.
203B. Statistical Approaches for Complex Nursing
Phenomena. (4) Lecture, four hours. Requisite:
course 203A. Use of multiple linear regression, including model validation, discriminant function analysis, principal components analysis, factorial and repeated measure analysis of variance models, logistic
regression, analysis of survival data. Letter grading.
204. Research Design and Critique. (4) Lecture, 90
minutes; discussion, 90 minutes. Requisite: course
173 or equivalent upper division basic research methodology course. Complex research designs and analysis of multiple variables, and research utilization. Emphasis on techniques for control of variables, data
analysis, and interpretation of results. Analysis in
depth of interrelationship of theoretical frameworks,
design, sample selection, data collection instruments,
552 / Nursing
and data analysis techniques. Content discussed in
terms of clinical nursing research problems and how
these apply to clinical settings. Letter grading.
205A. Introduction to Qualitative Methods in Research. (4) Lecture, four hours. Requisite: course
202. Introduction to qualitative research design in
nursing science. Examination of major methodologies
that guide qualitative research in relation to various
strategies for data collection (interviews, participant
observation, focus groups), data analysis, and data
interpretation. Scientific rigor and ethical concerns for
research with human participants critically examined.
Letter grading.
205B. Advanced Qualitative Research Methodology I. (4) Lecture, four hours. Requisites: course 205A,
submission of OPRS application for small pilot study
in fall of second year. In-depth analysis of symbolic interactionism and pragmatism as foundation for study
of grounded theory methodology as guide to study
design development, including sampling plan, interview strategies for data collection, and basic coding.
Exploration of self-reflexivity and ethics in relation to
entre to field, recruitment of pilot study participants,
interviewing, and preliminary data analysis via analytic, theoretic, and reflective memos based on pilot
study data collected as part of course. Letter grading.
205C. Advanced Qualitative Research Methodology II. (4) Lecture, four hours. Requisite: course 205B.
Advanced techniques for simultaneous collection and
analysis of qualitative data. Expansion on traditional
grounded theory analysis procedures by learning and
applying situational analysis and constructivist
grounded theory techniques to analysis of data. Development of conceptual formulation (or grounded
theory) of student-selected phenomenon based on
pilot study data collected and analyzed as part of
course. Letter grading.
206. Nursing Theory Development. (4) Lecture, four
hours. Critical examination of theoretical and conceptual thinking in nursing and issues that continue to influence development of nursing knowledge and
nursing science. Application of analytical and evaluative skills fundamental to development of theory in
nursing and integral to use of theory in nursing research. Letter grading.
207. Quantitative Research Designs of Clinical
Phenomena. (4) Lecture, three hours; discussion,
one hour. Introduction to wide array of quantitative research designs for testing clinical nursing phenomena. Emphasis on dynamic interaction between
research process and theory, as well as on appropriate use of experimental, quasi-experimental, and
correlational designs among diverse populations. Approaches for evaluation of validity of various research
designs, with analysis of related threats to validity of
each design. Letter grading.
208. Research in Nursing: Measurement of Outcomes. (4) Lecture/discussion, three hours. Requisites: courses 206, 207. Advanced discussions of
psychosocial, behavioral, and biophysical measurement and analysis in nursing research. Analysis of
psychometrics, reliability, and internal validity of research instruments in relation to outcomes in nursing
research. Letter grading.
209. Human Diversity in Health and Illness. (4) Lecture, four hours. Human diversity in response to illness that nurses diagnose and treat, centering on culture and human belief systems associated with diverse orientations related to ethnicity and gender.
Provides conceptual base that nurses can use in clinical practice, research, teaching, and administration.
Letter grading.
210. Nursing Science. (4) Lecture, four hours. Designed for PhD students. Exploration of phenomena
of interest to nurse scholars from past to present and
future in relation to proposed domains of nursing
(person, environment, health, and nursing). Investigation of state of science in nursing, with special focus
on health service, biological, vulnerable populations,
and biobehavioral nursing research. Integration and
synthesis of current and historical scholarly findings
of particular phenomena in literature to identify meaningful gaps in knowledge and directions for future research. Letter grading.
211. Womens Health Primary Care. (2 to 4) Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour. Theory and
research on assessment and management of
womens health issues during reproductive years.
Clinical topics include gynecology, family planning,
pregnancy, and postpartum care, with emphasis on
health promotion of women during reproductive years
in primary care settings. Letter grading.
212. Family Healthcare Perspectives. (2) Lecture,
two hours. Overview of conceptual frameworks related to contemporary family structure and functioning, with particular emphasis on health. Family is
defined broadly to include nontraditional families;
consideration of cross-cultural views of families as
well. Identification of limitations of current theory and
research related to family study and applicability of
current knowledge to various problems encountered
in care of families. Letter grading.
213. Adult/Gerontology Nurse Practitioner Professional Role: Work, Health, Environment. (4) Lecture, four hours. Adult/gerontology primary care nurse
practitioner professional role, including care for
workers and high-risk environmental groups. Letter
grading.
214. Seminar: Advanced Concepts in Oncology
Nursing. (4) (Formerly numbered 214A.) Seminar, four
hours. Designed for adult/gerontology acute care, gerontologic, and family nurse practitioners and clinical
nurse specialists. Comprehensive overview of oncologic care. Advanced practice nursing, with emphasis
on theories and research related to prevention, detection, health history/risk assessment, cancer diagnosis
and staging, treatment, rehabilitation, oncologic
emergencies, genetics, and psychosocial issues to
provide emotional and family-focused care related to
solid tumors and hematologic malignancies. In-depth
investigation of symptom management (nausea and
vomiting, dyspnea, fatigue, cognitive dysfunction,
anemia, immunosuppression, anxiety, depression).
Evidence-based practice guidelines provide comprehensive review of health promotion, acute, chronic,
and late effects, and psychological concepts in longterm survivorship. Letter grading.
216A-216B-216C. Adult/Gerontology Concepts for
Advanced Practice Nurses in Acute Care I, II, III.
(4-4-4) Lecture, four hours. Enforced requisites:
courses 200, 231. Enforced corequisite for course
216A: course 224. Course 216A is enforced requisite
to 216B, which is enforced requisite to 216C. Assessment and management of health problems affecting
adult/gerontology population from late adolescence
to senescence in acute care settings. Synthesis of
knowledge from advanced courses in pathophysiology, pharmacotherapeutics, health promotion, and
evidence-based psychosocial care and cultural constraints. Letter grading.
218A-218D. Nursing Administration Theory. (4
each) Lecture, four hours. Letter grading:
218A. (4) Lecture, four hours. Synthesis and evaluation of organizational theory in leadership and management of healthcare organizations, with emphasis
on organizational structure, processes, and outcomes. Letter grading.
218B. (4) Lecture, four hours. Requisite: course 218A.
Focus on synthesizing organizational and management theories in relation to strategic planning and
management, changing care delivery systems, human
and financial resource management, decision making,
management information systems, professional practice, and meeting accreditation and legal standards.
Letter grading.
218C. (4) Lecture, four hours. Requisite: course 218B.
Project management, organizational communication,
governance, development and change, diverse relationships within organizations, risk management, liability, and ethics of administration decision making.
Emphasis on issues affecting local, national, and international healthcare management. Letter grading.
Nursing / 553
nursing concepts into their evolving dissertation research and to examine state of science in their areas
of focus. Core faculty from all specialty areas participate in discussions. May be repeated for maximum of
10 units. S/U grading.
227. Ethnogeriatric Nursing. (4) Lecture, three hours.
Requisite: course 209. Identification of unique content
related to minority aging using Giger and Davidhizar
Transcultural Assessment Model. Examination of
transcultural nursing viewed as culturally competent
practice that is both client centered and research focused. Exploration of difference between Eurocentric
lens and geroethnic lens when providing nursing care
to ethnically and racially diverse elders. In-depth examination of issues related to conducting research
with elders who are racially and ethnically diverse in
variety of healthcare settings. Study designs for conducting research, issues surrounding informed consent of minority elders, and data collection techniques, including critique and use of data collection
instruments used in community and long-term care
settings, behavioral observations, interviews, and surveys. Letter grading.
228. Research Methods for Aging Populations. (4)
Lecture, three hours. Requisites: courses 204, 205A,
207. Corequisite: course 208. In-depth examination of
issues related to conducting research with elders in
variety of healthcare settings. Study designs for conducting research in community and long-term care
settings, issues surrounding informed consent, planning for mortality and morbidity, data collection techniques for frail elders, including use of assessment
tools used in community and long-term care settings,
behavioral observations, interviews, and surveys, and
statistical analysis techniques related to missing data,
longitudinal data analysis, clustering, and repeated
measures. Letter grading.
229A-229B-229C. System-Based Healthcare I, II,
III. (1-1-1) Seminar, two hours. System-based healthcare where students focus on context of medical decision making, including team, hospital, culture, politics, economics, law, and personal bias. Topics include legal, political, and moral aspects of sexual
assault and abortion; economics and cultural considerations involved in end of life decision making; and
public and personal interpretation of what constitutes
conflict of interest. Consideration of how medical decisions are influenced by context of care (systembased practice) and emotional responses and preferences (professionalism). S/U grading.
230A-230B. Advanced Pathophysiology I, II. (3-2)
Lecture, three hours (course 230A) and two hours
(course 230B). Requisite: course 3 or equivalent taken
within past five years. Course 230A is requisite to
230B. In-depth examination of pathophysiological
processes that underline human illness and disease,
with detailed study of these in major body systems.
Analysis of manifestations of and responses to processes of cellular and molecular pathology at extracellular, system, and human levels. Letter grading.
231. Advanced Pathophysiology for Advanced
Practice Nurses. (4) Lecture, four hours. In-depth
examination of pathophysiological processes that underlie human illness and disease, with detailed study
of these in major body systems. Analysis of manifestations of, and responses to, processes of cellular and
molecular pathology at extracellular, system, and
human levels with implications for advanced practice
nursing. Letter grading.
232. Human Responses to Aging and Chronic Illness. (2 or 4) Lecture/discussion, four hours. Pathophysiologic concepts and nursing management of
older adults who are healthy or who have disability
and/or chronic illness. Nursing aspects of selected
dysfunctions and implications for advanced practice
in gerontological nursing. Letter grading.
233. Human Responses to Aging and Chronic Illness. (2 or 4) Lecture/discussion, four hours. Biopsychosocial concepts and nursing management of
healthy, disabled, and/or chronically ill older adults,
addressing pathophysiological aspects of common
health problems. Implications for advanced practice
in gerontological nursing. Letter grading.
236. Pediatric Primary Care for Family Nurse Practitioners. (4) Lecture, four hours. Requisite: course
200. Preparation of family nurse practitioners to assume responsibility for health promotion and illness
prevention, and maintenance and management of
common developmental, behavioral, acute, and
chronic health problems of infants, children, and adolescents in primary healthcare settings. Presentation
of condition or disease, etiology and incidence, clinical findings, differential diagnosis, pharmacologic
and treatment management, complications, and preventive and patient education measures. Examination
of primary child health delivery model reliant on evidence-based knowledge, practice protocols, consultation, referral, and community resources. Letter
grading.
238A. Assessment and Management in Pediatric
Healthcare I. (4) Lecture, four hours. Requisite:
course 200. Anticipatory guidance for children and
families to promote child wellness and assessment,
diagnosis, and management of common pediatric illnesses. Demonstration of application and evaluation
of evidence-based research and clinical guidelines in
pediatric population. Letter grading.
238B. Assessment and Management in Pediatric
Healthcare II. (4) Lecture, four hours. Requisite:
course 238A. Assessment, diagnosis, and management of common pediatric illnesses. Demonstration
of application and evaluation of evidence-based research and clinical guidelines in pediatric population.
Letter grading.
238C. Assessment and Management in Pediatric
Healthcare III. (4) Lecture, four hours. Requisite:
course 238B. Assessment, diagnosis, and management of chronic and acute pediatric illnesses. Demonstration of application and evaluation of evidencebased research and clinical guidelines in pediatric
population. Letter grading.
239A-239B-239C. Adult/Gerontology Primary Healthcare for Advanced Practice Nurses I, II, III. (4-4-4)
Lecture, four hours. Enforced requisites: courses 200,
224, 231. Course 239A is enforced requisite to 239B,
which is enforced requisite to 239C. Assessment, diagnosis, and management of common episodic and
chronic adult health problems and conditions, including urgent care, for family and adult/gerontology
primary care nurse practitioners. Application and
evaluation of evidence-based interventions and clinical guidelines in diverse adult populations (late adolescence through old age). Analysis of health promotion, maintenance, and restoration approaches in
special populations, including developmental, cultural, gender, life-stage perspectives, and functional
impairment. Letter grading.
241. Biobehavioral Foundations of Neuropsychiatric Assessment. (2) Lecture, two hours. Biologic and
behavioral theories and research from variety of disciplines, including nursing, for application to neuropsychiatric assessment and diagnosis. Exploration of
theory and research evidence underlying assessment
and diagnosis of cognitive, addictive, and affective
dysfunctions, with emphasis on developing behavioral nursing approach. Letter grading.
241F. Biobehavioral Foundations of Neuropsychiatric Assessment. (4) Lecture, four hours. Biologic
and behavioral theories and research from variety of
disciplines, including nursing, for application of neuropsychiatric assessment and diagnosis. Exploration
of research underlying assessment and diagnosis of
cognitive, addictive, and affective dysfunctions, with
emphasis on developing a behavioral nursing approach. Letter grading.
242. Biobehavioral Foundations of Neuropsychiatric Nursing Care. (2) Lecture, two hours. Concepts
and principles of working with individuals and groups
using psychotherapeutic nursing practices. Discussion of evolution of these modalities in nursing practice, as well as theory and research evidence underlying treatment of individuals with cognitive and attention deficits and thought, addictive, and mood
disorders, with emphasis on developing unified approach to management of biobehavioral symptoms in
advanced nursing practice. Letter grading.
242F. Biobehavioral Foundations of Neuropsychiatric Nursing Care. (4) Lecture, four hours. Biologic
and behavioral research from variety of disciplines, including nursing, for application to treatment of neuropsychiatric dysfunction. Exploration of research underlying treatment interaction in cognitive, addictive,
and affective dysfunctions, with emphasis on developing a biobehavioral nursing approach. Letter
grading.
245. Theoretical Foundations of Clinical Nurse
Specialist Practice. (4) Lecture/discussion, four hours.
Theoretical foundations of clinical nurse specialist
practice, including systems theory, behavioral theories, consultation theory, change theory, and models
of research utilization. Emphasis on application of relevant theories to clinical nurse specialty practice roles
in healthcare systems through case-study analysis,
with focus on application to clinical practice settings
which include culturally diverse populations. Letter
grading.
249. Meeting Health-Related Needs in Underserved Populations. (4) Lecture, four hours. Examination of systematic barriers within healthcare settings that limit access to those in greatest need of culturally appropriate interventions. Unmet healthcare
needs often result in health disparities and compromised quality of life among underserved, low income,
uninsured, marginalized populations. Analysis of current evidence-based strategies and interventions designed to address these clinical problems and improve outcomes in culturally competent manner. Presentation of context of healthcare financing, limited
access, and public policy. Letter grading.
250. Ethical Issues, Social Justice, and History of
Nursing. (5) Lecture, five hours. Interplay of social,
cultural, legal, and political forces in the U.S. form
background for study of ethical issues related to role
of nurses as advocates for social justice in contemporary society today. Analysis situated within context of
history of nursing, with emphasis on human rights,
civil rights, and patient rights. Discussion of evolution
of professional nursing within healthcare arenas in relation to ethical principles, cultural competence, and
human diversity. Letter grading.
252. Health Promotion/Risk Reduction Systems:
Population Level. (4) Lecture, four hours. Introduction to primary prevention strategies as they pertain to
health and wellness across lifespan, using population-based approach to nursing care of diverse populations. Priorities in nutrition; reproductive health, including issues related to contraception and parenting;
well-child care, school-age health, and chronic illness
prevention strategies for young- and middle-aged
adults and elderly who live independently in communities or within institutions. Analysis of influence of
overarching political, societal, and governmental systems within U.S. Letter grading.
254A. Theoretical Foundations of MSN/MECN
Role and Fundamentals of Professional Nursing
Lecture/Clinical Skills Practicum I. (4) Lecture,
three hours; laboratory, three hours. Practice of professional nursing as theory-based goal-directed
method for assisting patients to meet basic human
needs at various levels of health continuum, with emphasis on application of relevant theories to masters
entry clinical nurse (MECN) practice roles in healthcare systems. Introduction to concepts of communication, interdisciplinary communication and collaboration, interpersonal relationships, cultural competence, and nursing process as clinical decisionmaking strategy essential to practice of professional
nursing. Learning experiences in nursing skills laboratory and in clinical settings. Letter grading.
254B. Theoretical Foundations of MSN/MECN
Role and Fundamentals of Professional Nursing
Lecture/Clinical Skills Practicum II. (4) Lecture,
three hours; laboratory, three hours. Enforced requisite: course 254A. Expansion of student knowledge of
practice of professional nursing as theory-based
goal-directed method for assisting patients to meet
basic human needs at various levels of health continuum, with emphasis on application of relevant theories to masters entry clinical nurse (MECN) practice
roles in healthcare systems. Expansion of concepts of
554 / Nursing
communication, interdisciplinary communication and
collaboration, interpersonal relationships, cultural
competence, and nursing process as clinical decision-making strategy essential to practice of professional nursing. Learning experiences in nursing skills
laboratory and in clinical settings. Letter grading.
C255. Global Health Elective: Globalization, Social
Justice, and Human Rights. (3) Seminar, two hours.
Exploration of theories, issues, debates, and pedagogy associated with globalization, social justice, and
human rights and how these perspectives influence
human health and well-being. Provides students with
unique opportunity to explore these topics within
classroom, via Internet and other technologies, and in
other classrooms located around globe. Students,
through collaborative projects with peers around
world, reflect on how globalization shapes and transforms local communities and national cultures. Concurrently scheduled with course C155. Letter grading.
260. Secondary Prevention. (4) Lecture, four hours.
Requisite: course 252. Corequisite: course 225A.
Screening and early detection of illness to prevent
chronic or acutely deteriorating illness. Expanding on
concepts of health and human development and
using nursing process, application of nursing role in
providing care to individuals and their families to
screen, diagnose, and treat illness at earliest possible
time to prevent disability or premature mortality. Examination of health problems of individuals within
context of family, social and community systems, and
interdisciplinary healthcare systems. Emphasis on differences in developmental stages in response to
screening for early and late signs and symptoms of illness in ambulatory and acute care settings, community agencies, rehabilitation units, outpatient specialty
clinics and surgical units, and home and community
settings. Letter grading.
264. Professional Role Issues in Advanced Practice Nursing. (3) Lecture, three hours. Requisite:
course 418A or 438A or 439A. Assessment of organizational, legal, ethical, and healthcare policy issues in
relation to delivery of healthcare services by advanced practice nurses in evolving healthcare system.
Letter grading.
266. Healthcare Systems/Organizations. (3) Lecture, three hours. Analysis of evolving healthcare delivery systems in terms of effects of policy, economic
factors, structure and financing of organizations,
characteristics of patients/populations, and services
provided, all of which shape reform in relation to role
and practice of clinical nurse leaders. Letter grading.
267. Healthcare Policy. (3) Lecture, three hours.
Analysis of healthcare policies and how policies impact clinical practice and healthcare delivery. Discussion of concepts related to policymaking, specifically
how to formulate healthcare policy, how to affect political process, and stakeholder involvement in policy
decision making and implementation. Development of
understanding of increasing levels of public, governmental, and third-party participation in and scrutiny of
shape and direction of healthcare system. Current
mandated assembly bills and their effect on nursing.
Concepts associated with escalating healthcare costs
and cost containment efforts instituted by private and
government sectors, as well as by individual healthcare institutions. Letter grading.
268. Systems (Hospital Unit): Individual Level. (4)
Lecture, four hours. Discussion of use of systems
theory approach in providing patient-centered and
value-added care. Functioning within systems, individual healthcare practitioners learn to use critical
thinking and decision making to coordinate and deliver quality and cost-effective patient care. Development of understanding of different modes of organizing nursing care within unit environment, managing
care within multidisciplinary team framework, and
promoting effective teamwork that enhances patient
outcomes, improves staff vitality, and reduces costs.
Emphasis on concepts related to system theory,
problem solving and decision making, nursing care
delivery models, delegation, and team strategies.
Letter grading.
Nursing / 555
418D. Nursing Administration Residency. (12)
Clinic practicum, 33 hours; clinical conference, one
hour. Requisites: courses 218C, 418C. Experience in
organization setting as students assume leadership
role in planning, managing, and evaluating administrative projects. Synthesizing of content from course
218D, including assessing community healthcare
needs, marketing, media, and political action and
healthcare policy. Letter grading.
429A. Family Nurse Practitioner Practicum I. (4)
Clinic practicum, 12 hours. Requisites: courses 200,
440. First of five clinical practica designed to prepare
family nurse practitioners with knowledge, skills, and
competencies necessary to assume role of primary
healthcare provider for families and individual patients
across lifespan. Use of family-focused framework of
care for those who experience common acute and
chronic illness, developmental transitions, and health
problems. Emphasis on health promotion, maintenance, and risk reduction interventions across wide
range of diverse populations. Focus on context of
community, cultural awareness, and practice in interdisciplinary teams. Students complete minimum of 80
direct clinical hours. Letter grading.
429B. Family Nurse Practitioner Practicum II. (4)
Clinic practicum, 12 hours. Requisite: course 429A.
Second of five clinical practica designed to prepare
family nurse practitioners with knowledge, skills, and
competencies necessary to assume role of primary
healthcare provider for families and individual patients
across lifespan. Use of family-focused framework of
care for those who experience common acute and
chronic illness, disability, and developmental transitions. Emphasis on health promotion, maintenance,
and risk reduction interventions across wide range of
diverse populations. Preparation in variety of clinical
settings to implement evidence-based practice
guidelines and to critically analyze and adapt healthcare interventions based on individualized assessments of individual/family needs. Focus on context of
community, cultural awareness, and practice in interdisciplinary teams. Students complete minimum of 80
direct clinical hours. Letter grading.
429C-429D-429E. Family Nurse Practitioner Practicum III, IV, V. (6-6-9) Clinic practicum, 18 hours
(courses 429C, 429D) and 27 hours (course 429E).
Requisite for course 429C: course 429B; for 429D:
course 429C; for 429E: course 429D. Third, fourth,
and fifth of five clinical practica designed to prepare
family nurse practitioners with knowledge, skills, and
competencies necessary to assume role of primary
healthcare provider for families and individual patients
across lifespan. Use of family-focused framework of
care for those who experience common acute and
chronic illness, disability, and developmental transitions. Preparation in variety of clinical settings to implement evidence-based practice guidelines and to
critically analyze and adapt healthcare interventions
based on individualized assessments of individual/
family needs. Focus on context of community, cultural
awareness, and practice in interdisciplinary teams.
For courses 429C and 429D, students complete minimum of 160 direct clinical hours; for course 429E,
they complete minimum of 240 direct clinical hours.
Letter grading.
438A. Pediatric Nurse Practitioner Clinical Practicum I. (4) Clinic practicum, 12 hours. Corequisite:
course 238A. Comprehensive assessment and anticipatory guidance for children and families to promote
child wellness. Clinical practicum, seminar, and other
learning activities to demonstrate application and
evaluation of evidence-based research and clinical
guidelines in promotion of pediatric wellness. Students complete minimum of 100 direct clinical hours.
Letter grading.
438B. Pediatric Nurse Practitioner Clinical Practicum II. (6) Clinic practicum, 18 hours. Corequisite:
course 238B. Advanced comprehensive assessment,
diagnosis, and management of common pediatric illnesses and developmental and/or behavioral problems. Clinical practicum, seminar, and other learning
activities to demonstrate application and evaluation of
nosis and management of healthcare problems managed by masters-level clinical nurses in acute care
settings. Letter grading.
465D. Human Responses to Critical Illness. (4)
Lecture, three hours; fieldwork, three hours. Requisites: courses 461, 462, 464, 465A, 465B, 465C.
Pathophysiological and psychosocial concepts in
acute life-limiting illness and nursing management of
critically ill adults, with focus on effect of critical illness on individual and family health. Key diagnostic
and therapeutic modalities that promote effective
nursing management of individuals with complex critical illnesses addressed. Emphasis on rapid assessment, critical reasoning, prompt intervention, and outcome achievement with fluid replanning for rapidly
changing disease conditions. Letter grading.
467. Clinical Internship: Integration. (12) Clinical, 36
hours. Requisites: courses 461, 462, 464, 465D. Supervised practicum experience within setting of multidimensional team, with focus on application of theory
in clinical interpretation of assessment and diagnostic
data for purpose of planning, implementing, and evaluating course of care for patients, both as individuals
and cohorts. Advanced-level assessment, health
maintenance, and management of symptomatology
across lifespan. S/U grading.
495. Nursing Education Practicum. (2) Seminar, six
hours. Supervised student teaching internship in
preparation for academic roles. In-depth opportunity
to gain skills in role of nurse educator within university
setting, including application of instructional strategies and evaluation methods. S/U grading.
501. Cooperative Program. (2 to 8) Tutorial, to be
arranged. Preparation: consent of UCLA assistant
dean and graduate dean, and host campus instructor,
department chair, and graduate dean. Used to record
enrollment of UCLA students in courses taken under
cooperative arrangements with USC. No more than 8
units may be applied toward MSN degree minimum
total course requirement; may not be applied toward
minimum graduate course requirement. S/U grading.
596. Directed Individual Study or Research. (2 to
12) Tutorial, to be arranged. Opportunity for individual
graduate nursing students to pursue special studies
or research interests. May be repeated for credit, but
only 4 units may be applied toward graduate degree
requirements. S/U grading.
597. Individual Study for Comprehensive Examination. (2 to 4) Tutorial, to be arranged. Opportunity for
individual graduate nursing students to prepare for
comprehensive examination. May be repeated once
for credit, but only 4 units may be applied toward
MSN degree requirements. S/U grading.
599. Research for and Preparation of PhD Dissertation. (2 to 12) Tutorial, to be arranged. Individualized faculty supervision of PhD dissertation research
by students chair. May be repeated for credit, but
only 8 units may be applied toward PhD degree requirements. S/U grading.
OBSTETRICS AND
GYNECOLOGY
David Geffen School of Medicine
UCLA
27-117A Center for the Health Sciences
Box 951740
Los Angeles, CA 90095-1740
310-206-6575
http://obgyn.ucla.edu
OPHTHALMOLOGY
David Geffen School of Medicine
UCLA
2-142 Stein Eye Institute
Box 957000
Los Angeles CA 90095-7000
310-825-5053
http://www.jsei.org
Chairs
Bartly J. Mondino, MD (Bradley R. Straatsma, MD,
Endowed Professor of Ophthalmology), Chair
Anne L. Coleman, MD, PhD (Fran and Ray Stark
Foundation Professor of Ophthalmology), Vice Chair
Alfredo A. Sadun, MD, PhD, Vice Chair, Doheny Eye
Centers-UCLA
Chairs
Ophthalmology is the medical science that encompasses knowledge concerning the eyes
and the visual system. Derived from many basic and clinical fields, this knowledge must be
In response to the steadily increasing incidence and growing importance of ocular disorders, the Department of Ophthalmology and
the Jules Stein Eye Institute are closely coordinated to form a comprehensive center for research in the sciences related to vision, for the
care of patients with disease of the eyes and
related structures, and for education in the
broad field of ophthalmology.
Ophthalmology
Upper Division Course
199. Directed Research in Ophthalmology. (2 to 8)
Tutorial, two hours. Limited to juniors/seniors. Supervised individual research or investigation under guidance of faculty mentor. Culminating paper required.
May be repeated for credit. Individual contract required. P/NP or letter grading.
ORAL BIOLOGY
School of Dentistry
UCLA
13-089 Dentistry
Box 951668
Los Angeles, CA 90095-1668
310-825-1955
fax: 310-794-7109
e-mail: mdingman@dentistry.ucla.edu
https://www.dentistry.ucla.edu/learning/
masters-science-oral-biology
Assistant Professors
Adjunct Professors
Carl A. Maida, MA, PhD
Craig D. Woods, DDS, MA
Graduate Study
Official, specific degree requirements are detailed in Program Requirements for UCLA
Graduate Degrees, available at the Graduate
Division website, http://grad.ucla.edu. In many
cases, more detailed guidelines may be outlined in announcements, other publications,
and websites of the schools, departments, and
programs.
Graduate Degrees
The Section of Oral Biology in the School of
Dentistry offers Master of Science (MS) and
Doctor of Philosophy (PhD) degrees in Oral Biology. A combined DDS/Oral Biology MS or
PhD or advanced certificate training/Oral Biology MS or PhD is also offered.
Oral Biology
Graduate Courses
Professors
Associate Professors
Shen Hu, PhD
Reuben Kim, DDS, PhD
273. Research in Clinical Immunology and Lymphology. (2) Lecture, one hour; discussion, one hour.
Forum for discussion of cutting-edge topics in immunology and lymphology from clinical perspective. Emphasis on immune surveillance and lymphatic
drainage of oral pathologies associated with AIDS
and other diseases. Letter grading.
275. Molecular and Cell Biology for Oral Biology
Graduate Students. (3) Lecture, two hours; literature
review, one hour. Advanced course on prokaryotic
and eukaryotic molecular and cell biology, with emphasis on applications in dental research. Letter
grading.
596. Directed Individual Study or Research. (2 to
8) Tutorial, to be arranged. S/U or letter grading.
597. Preparation for PhD Qualifying Examinations.
(4 to 8) Tutorial, to be arranged. S/U or letter grading.
598. Thesis Research and Preparation. (2 to 8)
Tutorial, to be arranged. S/U grading.
599. Research for and Preparation of PhD Dissertation. (4 to 8) Tutorial, to be arranged. S/U or letter
grading.
Orthopaedic Surgery
ORTHOPAEDIC
SURGERY
310-825-8119
fax: 310-206-5582
e-mail: ehom@mednet.ucla.edu
http://pathology.ucla.edu/body.cfm?id=398
PATHOLOGY AND
LABORATORY
MEDICINE
David Geffen School of Medicine
UCLA
1P-171 Center for the Health Sciences
Box 951732
Los Angeles, CA 90095-1732
Professors
Sophia K. Apple, MD
Luciano Barajas, MD, in Residence
Linda G. Baum, MD, PhD
Scott W. Binder, MD (Pritzker Family Endowed
Professor of Pathology)
Jonathan Braun, MD, PhD
David S. Chia, PhD
Gay M. Crooks, MD (Rebecca Smith Professor of
Molecular and Cellular Pathology)
Kenneth A. Dorshkind, PhD
Thomas A. Drake, MD, in Residence
Samuel W. French, MD, in Residence
Tomas Ganz, MD, PhD
Ben J. Glasgow, MD (Wasserman Professor of
Ophthalmology)
Wayne W. Grody, MD, PhD
Cynthia C. Nast, MD
Scott D. Nelson, MD
Jian Yu Rao, MD
Elaine F. Reed, PhD, in Residence (Daljit S. and Elaine
Sarkaria Endowed Professor of Diagnostic Medicine)
Jonathan W. Said, MD
Robert H. Schiestl, PhD
Michael A. Teitell, MD, PhD (Lya and Harrison Latta
Endowed Professor of Pathology)
James G. Tidball, PhD
Peter J. Tontonoz, MD, PhD
David M. Underhill, PhD, in Residence
Harry V. Vinters, MD
Hanlin L. Wang, MD, PhD
Haodong Xu, MD, PhD, in Residence
William H. Yong, MD
Professors Emeriti
Anthony M. Adinolfi, PhD
Marcel A. Baluda, PhD
Judith A. Berliner, PhD
Pasquale A. Cancilla, MD
Michael J. Cecka, PhD
Alistair J. Cochran, MD
Walter F. Coulson, MD
Rita B. Effros, PhD
Michael C. Fishbein, MD, in Residence (Frances and
Albert Piansky Professor Emeritus of Anatomy)
Richard A. Gatti, MD (Rebecca Smith Professor
Emeritus of A-T Research)
Oliver Hankinson, PhD
Paul I. Liu, MD
Xin Liu, MD, PhD
Joseph M. Mirra, MD
Faramarz Naeim, MD
Associate Professors
Assistant Professors
Maria I. Cobos Sillero, MD, PhD
Kimberly A. Mislick, MD
Bogdan Pasaniuc, PhD
Q. Jennifer Zhang, PhD
Adjunct Professors
David W. Gjertson, PhD
Joseph M. Miller, PhD
M. Elena Stark, MD, PhD
Robert B. Trelease, PhD
Graduate Courses
Pathology is the branch of medicine concerned with the causes and development of
disease. The goal of the cellular and molecular
pathology (CMP) graduate program is to provide students with the knowledge to integrate
findings at the molecular, cellular, and systemic
levels to understand the causes and progression of disease.
207. Gross and Developmental Anatomy for Graduate Students. (12) Lecture/laboratory, three fourhour sessions (16-week semester). Gross anatomy,
embryology, and radiological anatomy of human body
as taught by lectures, demonstrations, and dissections. Trunk and extremities; head and neck. Letter
grading.
M215. Interdepartmental Course: Tropical Medicine. (2) (Same as Medicine M215 and Pediatrics
M215.) Lecture, two and one half hours. Preparation:
basic courses in microbiology and parasitology of infectious diseases in School of Medicine or Public
Health. Study of current knowledge about diseases
prevalent in tropical areas of world. Major emphasis
on infectious diseases, with coverage of problems in
nutrition and exotic noninfectious diseases. Syllabus
supplements topics covered in classroom. S/U
grading.
222. Hematopoiesis: Basic Biology and Clinical
Implications. (4) Lecture, three hours; discussion,
one hour. Senior undergraduate students considered
on case by case basis. In-depth study of concepts
and paradigms in hematopoietic development. Mammalian hematopoiesis and normal development, with
focus on molecular regulation of cellular development
and equal emphasis on conceptual and experimental
aspects of knowledge in field. Discussion of important
pathological states within hematopoietic system, as
well as established and novel avenues for therapy.
Topics include hematopoietic stem cells and niche,
transcriptional and epigenetic regulation of hematopoiesis, B- and T-lymphocyte development, myeloid,
erythroid, and platelet development, immune responses, myeloid and lymphoid neoplasia, and bone
marrow transplantation/gene therapy. S/U or letter
grading.
M229. Molecular Mechanisms of Host/Pathogen
Interaction. (4) (Same as Microbiology M229.) Lecture, two hours; discussion, two hours. Requisites: Biological Chemistry 254A through 254D. Molecular
mechanisms of microbial interactions with eukaryotic
host cells that result in disease or pathogen survival.
Topics include pathogenesis of common viruses, bac-
Graduate Study
Official, specific degree requirements are detailed in Program Requirements for UCLA
Graduate Degrees, available at the Graduate
Division website, http://grad.ucla.edu. In many
cases, more detailed guidelines may be outlined in announcements, other publications,
and websites of the schools, departments, and
programs.
Graduate Degrees
The Department of Pathology and Laboratory
Medicine offers Master of Science (MS) and
Doctor of Philosophy (PhD) degrees in Cellular
and Molecular Pathology. Applicants interested in studying with faculty in the department are encouraged to apply to an appropri-
560 / Pediatrics
togenetic and genomic principles and techniques and
their utility in clinical and research applications. Focus
on relationship between various chromosomal and
genomic abnormalities in humans as identified by
basic and advanced technologies such as fluorescence in situ hybridization (FISH), chromosomal microarray analysis (CMA), and next-generation sequencing (NGS). All aspects of molecular cytogenetics and cytogenomics through didactic teaching
sessions, journal clubs, and interactive discussions.
S/U or letter grading.
270. Basic and Clinical Aspects of Developmental
Hematology. (4) Lecture, two hours. Graduate- and
postgraduate-level course that covers broad range of
topics in both basic and clinical aspects of developmental hematology. Pediatric hematologic disorders
provide important paradigm to study other developmental systems. Subjects include hematopoiesis,
basic stem cell biology, angiogenesis, alternative
models to study developmental hematology (zebrafish and Drosophila), basic physiology of normal
and abnormal red cells, platelets, and white cells, leukemogenesis and novel therapeutics to treat leukemia, basic and clinical stem cell transplantation,
state-of-the-art methods in developmental hematology (genomics, proteomics, and gene therapy, design of clinical trials, and biomathematical modeling
and statistics in developmental hematology. Letter
grading.
M272. Stem Cell Biology and Regenerative Medicine. (4) (Same as Molecular, Cell, and Developmental Biology M272.) Lecture, two hours; discussion, two hours. Designed for graduate students. Presentation of current knowledge of embryonic and
adult stem cells and factors that regulate their growth
and development. Major emphasis on how advances
in cell and molecular biology and tissue engineering
can be applied to use of stem cells in regenerative
medicine. Bioethical and legal issues related to stem
cell research. S/U or letter grading.
280. Clinical Aspects and Molecular Biology of
Bone Marrow Failure Syndromes. (4) Lecture, two
hours. Limited to graduate students. Coverage of
broad range of topics on both clinical aspects and
molecular pathogenesis of bone marrow failure syndromes. Studies provide important paradigms to understand fundamental mechanisms of human disease
in addition to normal and abnormal blood cell development. Topics include basic biology and clinical features of aplastic anemia, myelodysplastic syndromes,
Diamond Blackfan Anemia, Schwachman Diamond
Syndrome, Fanconi Anemia, Dyskeratosis Congenita,
Paroxysmal Nocturia Hemoglobinuria, flow cytometry,
and research approaches to study bone marrow
failure syndromes. Journal club sessions include discussion of two journal articles per meetingone clinical and one basic/translational. Students present at
least one journal article and lead group discussion.
S/U or letter grading.
294. Basic Concepts in Oncology. (4) Lecture, three
hours. Fundamental biological, genetic, and molecular process involved in genesis and growth of cancer
cells and diagnosis, characterization, and treatment
of cancer. Letter grading.
296. Research Topics in Pathology. (1 to 2) Research group meeting, one to two hours. Limited to
departmental graduate students. Advanced study
and analysis of current topics in pathology. Discussion of current research and literature in research specialty of faculty member teaching course. May be repeated for credit. S/U grading.
298A-298D. Current Research in Disease Mechanisms. (2 each) Lecture, 90 minutes. Preparation:
one course each in molecular biology, cell biology,
and biological chemistry. Designed for graduate experimental pathology students. Current research in
disease mechanisms, with strong emphasis on experimental approach in pathology. Topics include genetic
and metabolic disorders, thyroid disease, immunology, atherosclerosis, infectious diseases, and Alzheimers disease. S/U or letter grading.
Pediatrics
Upper Division Course
199. Directed Research in Pediatrics. (2 to 8) Tutorial, two hours. Limited to juniors/seniors. Supervised
individual research or investigation under guidance of
faculty mentor. Culminating paper required. May be
repeated for credit. Individual contract required. P/NP
or letter grading.
Graduate Course
UCLA
22-412A Marion Davies Childrens Center
Box 951752
Los Angeles, CA 90095-1752
M215. Interdepartmental Course: Tropical Medicine. (2) (Same as Medicine M215 and Pathology
M215.) Lecture, two and one half hours. Preparation:
basic courses in microbiology and parasitology of infectious diseases in School of Medicine or Public
Health. Study of current knowledge about diseases
prevalent in tropical areas of world. Major emphasis
on infectious diseases, with coverage of problems in
nutrition and exotic noninfectious diseases. Syllabus
supplements topics covered in classroom. S/U
grading.
310-825-5095
fax: 310-206-4584
https://www.uclahealth.org/Mattel/Pages/
research-and-education.aspx
PHARMACOLOGY
PEDIATRICS
David Geffen School of Medicine